RECORDS

OF- THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN- MUSEUM

Vol. IX. No. 1

Published by The-Museum Board, and edited by the Museum. Director
(Herbert M: Hale)

Apeaibe; May 31,1948
PRINTED AT ‘THE HASSELL PRESS, 104-CURRIE-STREET

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA, NO. 14'
FURTHER NOTES ON THE GENUS CYCLASPIS

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Through the kind offices of Dr. A. G. Nicholls, Mr. Keith Sheard, Mr. Gilbert
Whitley, and other collectors, there is now available a large number of Cumacea from
Western Australian waters, mostly taken with submarine light traps. Notes on the
species of Cyclaspis represented in this material are included herein.

I am furthr indebted to Mr. I. S. R. Munro for additional Cumacea from Queensland.
These collections extend considerably the known distribution of some species of
Cyclaspis and show that the adults from different localities may differ greatly in size
(see C. mollis and C. fulgida herein).

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA, No, 14
FURTHER NOTES on tus GENUS CYCLASPIS

By HERBERT M, HALE, Director, Souru Austranian Museum.
Fig, 1-21.

TuroucH the kind offices of Dr. A. G. Nicholls, Mr, Keith Sheard, Mr. Gilbert
Whitley, and other collectors, there is now available a large number of Cumacea
from Western Australian waters, mostly taken with submarine light traps. Notes
on the species of Cyclaspis represented in this material are included herein,

Iam further indebted to Mr. I. 8. R. Munro for additional Cumacea from
Queensland,

These collections extend considerably the known distribution of some species
of Cyclaspis and show that ihe adults from different localities may differ greatly
in size (see C. mollis and C, fulgida herein).

Only three species of the genus were recorded previously from Western
Australia, but the following may be listed now as oceurring on our Indian Oeean

coast :
mjobergi Zimmer sheardi Hale
supersculpta Zimmer spiloles Hale
candida Zimmer sublevis sp. nov.
mollis Tale jusla sp. nov,
fulgida Hale struimosa sp. nov.
pura Hale rudis sp. nov,
nitida Hale brevipes sp. nov.

eretata Hale

Additional data are given also for exsci/pta Sarvs, cana Hale, caprella Hale,
and globosa Hale. :

One of the new forms—sublevis—belongs to the levis group and would he
placed close to levis itself in my key (Ilale, 1944, p. 71). Another, slrwmosa, is
allied to the New Zealand coclebs Calman and is of interest in that the distal setal
furniture of the carpus of the posterior peraeopods is unusually feeble and
because in the first peraeopod the merus is longer than the carpus.

Tn the light of further material it is now considered that mjobergi Zimmer
and sheardi Hale, together with rudis and brevipes spp. noy. would be better

1 For No, 13 see Trans. Roy. Sac., 8, Aust., xx, 1946, pp. 178-188, fig. 1-4,

2 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

placed alongside nada and prainosd in Seetion 2 of the key, all having the sides
of the earapace with at least one tumidity below the pseudorostral suture, no
depressed quadrilateral area on the side of carapace in at least the male, aid no
lateral elevations on the posterior part of carapace. The species concerned are
separable thus; it should be noted that the adult female is known only in sheardi
and (probably) nujebergi, aud that the key does not necessarily apply to that sex.

1, Ocular Jobe not longer than wide .. ms 5 — is aw «CD
Oenlar lobe much longer than wide .. Ae AA she he ~ &&
2, No dorsal pits at rear end of carapace mt ~ pruinosa Tale

A dorsal pit on each side of midline at rear end na vatapace 3
8. Carapace with very feeble horizontal dorso-lateral ridges. Pedunele of

topod longer than rami . nt sheardi Male
Carapace with well-developed hori zontal ‘darso- lateral carinae. Pedinele
of uropod not longer than rami .¢ He 3's + $, . 4
4. Pedunele of uropod two-thirds as lone as rami. Dorsum of carapace
corrugated R =! nt rudis Sp. NOV.
Pedunele of uropod equal int | tenet 10 rami, Dorsiun of carapace not
corrugated of ae an ade 1s ., brevipes sp. nov-

5. Carapace with two confluent antero- later al tumidities below each pseudo-
rostral suture. Three distal earpal setae on third to fifth peraeopods

munda Wale

Carapace with ove low swelling below each pseudorostral suture. Four distal

carpal setae on third to fifth peraeopods .. 4a .. mijobergi Zimmer

Crenasris CApRELLA Hale,
Cyclaspis caprella Wale, 1986, p. 395, fig. 1-2, and 1944, p. 74.

The adult female was previously unknown. As with some other Australian
representatives ol! the genus, adult males often occur abundantly in hauls made
with submarine light or hed However, a mass of specimens of the species,
taken recently by Mr. W. 8. Fairbridge af Kettering, Tasmania, 2-3 fath. with
a submarine light, cdutstnt largely of adult males and ovigerous females, the
latter though outnumbered by the males being quite abundant. The Tasinanian
locality extends the known distribution of the species.

Ovigerous female. Integument calcified, but thin aud delicate with very
fine reticulate patterning.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal considerably widened
posteriorly, where it is slightly broader than deep and two-thirds as broad as
long; the median dorsal carina is sharp on anterior two-thirds, less marked and
rugose posteriorly. Anterior horn immediately below the tiny antennal angle
on each side as in male and wetennal noteh shallow, widely open, Ocilar lobe
narrow (about (vee times as Jone as wide) one-seventh of length of carapace and

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 3

with the darkly pigmented eye confined {o anterior third. Pseudorostral lohes
not produced in front of oeular lobe.

Pedigerous somites together little more than half as long as carapace; the
first is exposed but dorsally it is very short; second strongly elevated dorsally,
its peak rising above level of dorsum of carapace, resulting in a U-shaped or
V-shaped space between it and carapace when viewed from side, the dorsum of

Fig. 1, Cyclaspis eaprella. Ovigerous female; lateral view and (ceph.) cephalothorax
from above (X 23); prp., distal end of basis of first peraeopod (X 150); ex., tip of exopod
of uropod (% 3800). B and C, Pedigcrons somites and first pleon somite of adult males, and
(D) cephalothorax of young male, from Tasmania (X 23). E, Pedigerous somites and first
pleon somite of type male (X 23).

first somite forming the narrow bottom of the gap; third somite not elevated
dorsally ; fourth and fifth each with a pair of triangular teeth on dorsum,

Pleon longer than cephalothorax; somites, like pedigerous somites, without
distinct median dorsal carina except on posterior half of fifth somite where even
then it is not at all prominent; first somite with a strong proeurved tooth on each
side of hack, near posterior end,

First joint of pedunele of first antenna as lone as combined lengths of second
and third segments; second about four-fifths as long as third; flagellum almost as

4 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

long as the third peduncular segment anc with the first of its two joints fully
half as long again as second.

Basis of third maxilliped fully half as long again as remaining joints together.

First peraeopod not very long, the carpus of extended limb reaching barely
beyond level of front of carapace; basis shorter than rest of limb, with apex
produced on inner (or ventral) side to form a small triangular tooth such as
oceurs i some other species of the genus (see fig, 1, prp, 1); carpus subequal in
length to propodus and nearly half as long again as daetylus.

Seema peracopod with basis a little longer than rest of limb ; ischiwum distinct ;
dactylus lounger than merus, not much shorter than carpus and propodus together,
and with longest terminal spine longer than the joint. Posterior legs as iu inale,

Pedunele of nroepod nearly twice as long as telsonic somite, one-fourth as long
again as the subequal rami, and without sttae, ete,, such as are developed in male ;
exopod with two terminal inucrones (fig, 1, ex,).

Ground colour whitish; carapace and pedigerous somites with stellate dark
brown spots; pleot somites also spolted, the chromatophores sometimes arrange
to form a band across each,

Length 6 mm,

Males. As in the female the shape of the elevated dorsum of the second
pedigerous somite is a little variable iu the adult male (ef. fig. 1, A~C). The
dorsal elevations of the first pleon somite of mature examples also show differences ;
in most of the Tasmanian specimens they are developed as a pair of procurved
teeth (fie. 1, B), much as in the female, but sometimes they are not nearly so
long (fig. 1, C); the extreme in reduction is found in the type, where they are
obtuse, triangular, and not at all tooth or hooktike (fig, 1, E). herve is also
variation in the size of the distal tooth of the basis of the first peraeopod.

Young males have the dorsal teeth of the first pleon somite inuch more
pronounced than in the adult ; the second pedigerons somite fits intimately against
the posterior margin of the carapace, and although dorsally it is raised a very
little above the latter, its anterior face does not slope back on the dorsum as in
mature examples. The cephalothorax of a juvenile male 3°5 mm. in length, is
shown at fig. 1, D.

Cycuagpts crerata Hale.

Cyelaspis eretata Tale, 1944, p_ 91, fig. 19-20.

The typical form proves to have a wide distribution in Australia, ranging
from lat. 24° to 34” on the eastern coast and between lat. 21° and 33° off Western
Australia; a large number of examples, mostly males, are available,

Examples from Queensland and from the western coast of Australia are all
a little smaller than the New South Wales type, the adult males being from

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 5

4-5 mm. to 5-5 mm, in length, the ovigerous females 4 mm, to 5 mm. The uropods
of these smaller males are as in the New South Wales type series, but. in the adult
females some difference in the armature of these appendages is to be noted. In
the type subadult female the uropods are insual in that the endopod has the
spines of the inner margin as in the male. Other New South Wales females have
no slender spines near proximal end of this ramus and at most fifteen short
spines on the inner margin. The smaller, adult females from Queensland and
Western Australia have only from ten to twelve inner spines on the endopod.

ac AY

Me : Be

OC

Fig. 2. Cyeluspis evetata; eephalothoras of adult male and ovigerous femule, from the
side and from above (* 30),

In all examples, both male and female, and from all aren at least the distal
third of the endopod of the nropod is unarmed (see { ig, + A, and Wale, 1944,
fig. 20 D).

In the original description of cretala suive faint indentations posterior to the
large anterior dorso-lateral depressions of the carapace were voted. Th some
examples, particularly amongst Queensland material, these mdentations are
developed as prominent shallow pits, while in others trom the same localities the
surface of the earapace is smooth except for the usual minute reticulate pattern-
ing, Variation of the superficial patterning is noted elsewhere (see C. juecta
herein, Grynodiastylis ornata Lale, 1946, p, 404, fiz. 83-34, ote.) : it seems also that
septure of greater significance, tx that it is indieative of a eroup within the
genus, may vary in degree of definitiou in one species, as is noted herein for
C. candida and mjoberqt.

6 REGORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

('. strigilis Tale (1944, p. 83, fig, 11-14) is very like ereld/a; apart from
the minute sculpture of the carapace it differs only in having the rami of the
uropod distinctly longer than the pedunele in both sexes. In cretata the rami are
barely longer than peduncle (adult male) or equal to it in length (ovigerous
female),

(!. eretata closely resembles herdacani Calman also, but the last-named species
differs in that the first peraeopods have the propodus, carpus and dactylus equal
in length (Calman, 1904, p, 171, and 1907, p. 6),

The first peraeon somite is partly exposed in the ovigerous female of cretata
(fig. 2) but is wholly concealed in the male and subadult female, The following
additional localities may be recorded for the species;

Loc. Queensland : off Moreton Island (‘*Warreen’’ Station, submarine light,
May, 1936); off Sandy Cape, 25-0 metres (‘‘Warreen’’ Station, Jaly, 1989) ;
Moreton Bay (1. 8. R, Munro, Townet, November, 1940); Noosa River (15.h.
Munro, March, 1944). Western Australia: Shark Bay, South Passage, 14 fath.,
on sand (G. P, Whitley, ex eutter ‘Isobel,’’ submarine light, November, 1945) ;
Rottnest Island, Thomson Bay (J. Clarke and R. Kenny, submarine light,
November, 1945); Abrolhos Islands, Tnrtle Bay, cast Wallabi Island, 2 fath.,
sandy bottom near coral reefs (G. P. Whitley, ex cutter “'Tsobel,’? submarine
light, December, 1945).

CYCLASPIS JUXTA SP), LOY.

Adult male. Integunent calcified thin and brittle; surface of carapace finely
reticulate and roughened by a somewhat vermiculate sculpture.

Carapace of same proportions as in C. erelata (Hale, 19-4, pp. 92) bur with
dorsal outline, as seen from side, slightly irregular because of the minute projee-
tions referred to; dorstan medianly earinate and with a shallow dorso-lateral
depression on each side in anterior third; antennal uoteh and tooth, ocular lobe
and pseudorostral lobes as in erctata.

Second (first free) peraeon somite with dorsal edge, as seen from tbe side,
sloping very obliquely backwards, its anterior margin in the middle a little
elevated; each somite with low median carima,

Pleon somites each with a median ridge; telsonie somite with sitong dorsal
notch.

Antennae and peraeopods very similar to those of erefata. The carpus of
the first peraeopod reaches a little beyond level of antennal tooth; the basis has,
similarly, a distinet immer apieal tooth but is longer, beimg one-third as long again
as combined lengths of remaining joints; propodus a little longer than carpus and
half as Jong again as dactylus.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA F

Pediinele of uropod with plumose setae on whole length of inner margin and
a second series of slender serrate spines on distal fourth of this margin; it is
two-thirds as lone again as telsonic somite and is one-fourth as long again as
exopod, which is a little longer than endopod and bears about half a dozen
plumose setae on proximal half of inner margin; the imer margin of the endopod
with nine slender serrate spines in proximal third of length, followed by nine
shorter and stouter spines, leaving the distal fourth of the ramus unarmed.

\

c. pace.

i

s

Fig. 3. Cyelaspis juxto, types adult female and male; Juteral views and (eeph.) eephalo-
thorax from above (X 18; ¢.pace., frontal portion of carapace from the side, X 42).

Colour semi-transparent, whitish with faint brown mottlings, leaving the
inferior portions of last-named pale.

Length 5:2 mm.

Female. Four females are available. These have the integument seareely at
all calcified, evidently as a result of recent ecdysis; the fully developed marsupinn
is empty but the yellow egg-mass contains large ova (sce also Hale, 1944, p. 124,
and 1944a, p. 273).

The dorsum of the carapace, as seen from the side, is mueh more strongly
arched than in the male and the oeular lobe is considerably less prominent, with
much smaller lenses. The earapace is slightly more than one-third of the total
length of the animal and is decidedly more than half as deep as long.

8 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pedigerous somites together one-half as long as carapace; the first is exposed
as a narrow strip; the second slopes back very obliquely on dorsum and is there
longer than in male.

Pleon exhibiting the usual sexual differences; it is subequal in length to
carapace and pedigerous somites together (one-fourth as long again in male).

Prawn 1

Fig. 4. Cyclaspis juxta, paratypes adult male and female; ant. 1, first antenna (X 80);
prp. 1, first peraecopod of male and (distal joints only) female (X 56); prp. 2, distal joints of
second peraeopod (X 126); prp. 3, third peraeopod (x 56; distal joints, X 126); urop.,
uropod, ete. (X 56). A, urop., Uropod of ovigerous female of Cc. cretata for comparison
(X 56).

First peraeopod with basis equal in length to rest of limb; propodus three-
fourths as long again as dactylus and a little longer than carpus.

Peduncele of uropod nearly half as long again as telsonie somite and one-fourth
as long again as exopod; endopod slightly shorter than exopod, its inner margin
with six stout spines but no slender spines near proximal end; the distal fourth
of the ramus is without spines.

Length 4-4 mm.

TALE AUSTRALIANS CUMACEA 9

Loc. Western Australia: Off Rottnest Island, hauls 22, 24, 26, 27 and 28
(type loc, J. Clarke and R, Kenny, November, 1945); Garden Island (A, G,
Nicholls, November, 1946). ‘Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.
C. 2991-2992.

The carapace exhibits a granulose or vermiculate patterning as a rule, but
the seulpture may be evanescent.

Males vary a little in length, the largest attaining to 5-5 mm, The anterior
portion of the dorsum of the first free peracon somite of this sex (as seen from
the side) 18 raised a trifle above the level of the posterior margin of the carapace,
so that a minute V, wide or narrow, is left betwee.

The species is closely allied to eretata and might have been regarded as a
variant were it not for the fact that three kindred males are readily separated
from a large number of examples of the last-iamed by the character of the uropods.
In these appendages the rami are relatively saorter in juata. The pedunele is not
ar barely longer than the exopod in eretati, whereas in the male of jute it is
one-fourth or more as long again as this rainus, and in the female it is at least
‘one-fifth as long again. The endopod is furnished with fewer inner spines, whieh
in the female, and on the distal half of the ramus in the male, are larger, while
much less than the distal third of the endopod is imarmed (see fig. 4, uvop. 2 and
ef, fig. 4, nrop. 6 with Hale, 1944, fig. 20 1D). Further, in the male of justa the
slender spines on proximal part of inner edge of the endopod are more numerous;
there are here nine or ten serrate spines followed by seven to eleven shorter and
stouter spines. In the ovigerous female of jurla the endopod, as noted aboye, has
half a dozen inner spines instead of af least ten as i erctali.

Crcnasris pura Male,
Cyolauspis pura Uale, 1936a, p. 405, fig. 1-2 ; 1937, p. 61; 1944, p, 106. fig. 31-382.

Nearly three thousand exainples of this species were taken by Dr, A. G.
Nicholls and students from Careehing Bay, Garden Island, Western Aistralia.
during the night of November 26-27, 1946, with submarine light tvap. Approxi-
mately 90 p.e. are adult males between 4 mm. and 4°5 mm, in leneth; these
have the pedunele of the uropod approximarely half as long again as the rami,
a feature obtaining in larger examples previously cleseribed from South Australia
(Hale, 1944, p. 109) ; only six ovigerous females are present in the catehes from
Garden Island.

C. pura was known previously only from South Australia,

Mr. Keith Sheard recently sent for examination a specimen collected by him
during the 1939 ‘*Warreen’? investieations. This was secured by townet at the
surface, March, 1939, at 4 a.m,, 40 to 50 miles offshore in Lacepede Bay, South

10 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Australia (lat. 36° 35’ S.; long. 138° 50’ E.) ; the depth of water at this spot was
40 fathoms. This example is considerably larger (7'8 mm, in length) than any of
the inshore material which has been described ; the peraeopods are as in the larger
littoral males (Hale, 1944, p, 109), but the carpal and propodal setae of the
fossorial legs are longer, while the uropod has the pedun¢le relatively a little more
elongate, it being more than half as long again as the rami,

Cycuaseis Niripa Hale.
Cyclaspis nitida Tale, 1944, p. 109, tig, 838-34.

Adarge number of males taken in November, 1945, by J. Clarke and R. Kenny
off Rottnest Island, Western Australia (lat. 82° 5.), ave 4mm. in length and in
other respects agree closely with the type material from the east coast of Australia
in lat. 34° S8. Other males were captured at Esperance Bay (Jannary, 1945) and
also at. Garden Island (November, 1946), Western Australia, by Dr. A, G.
Nicholls, both localities lying between the latitudes mentioned,

This species has not been taken off southern Australia.

CYCLASPIS SUBLEVIS Sp. DOV.

Adult male. Integument not calcified, thin and almost membranous.

Carapace with dorsal margin sliglitly aud evenly curved except for the timid
eye-lobe; it is not mueh more than one-fourth of total length of animal, is as wide
as deep and is nearly twice as long as deep; seen from above the sides are evenly
curved and the carapace is not noticeably narrowed towards the front; the dorsum
is rounded from side to side and has only very feeble indication of a median
longitudinal carina; antennal notch very widely open and antennal tooth sub-
acute; pseudorostral lobes with anterior margin somewhat obliquely truncate,
both as seen from above and from the side, just meeting in front of oemlar lobe,
which is as wide as long and has distinet corneal lenses.

The four exposed pedigerous somites together are more than half as long as
carapace ; all are smooth or almost so.

Pleon robust and very long, fully one-third as long again as cephalothorax ;
it has an indistinet median longitudinal carina on dorsi and the usual articular
pee's are present, but are very small; first to fourth and telsonie somites subequal
in length, fifth nearly one-third as loug again; telsonic somite narrow, twice as
long as wide, only slightly dilated towards distal end, which is produced over
bases of tropods.

First antenna with basal joint of pednnele almost as long as combined lengths
of second and third joints; third barely shorter than second and longer than the

HALE--AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 11

two-jointed flagellum. Second antenna with flagellum reaching to middle of
length of peduncle of uropod.

First peraeopod with carpus reaching to level of antennal tooth; basis more
than one-third as long again as rest of limb and with a strong inner tooth at
distal end as well as the usual plumose seta at external distal angle; carpus shorter
than propodus and one-third as long again as dactylus.

Fig. 5. Cyclaspis sublevis, types female
and malc; lateral views and (ceph.) eepha-
lothorax from above (X 287); tels., telsonic
somite from the side (x 100).

Basis of second peraeopod clongate, two-thirds as long agaiu as combined
lengths of remaining joints ; ischium distinet ; merus more than half as long again
as carpus, which is armed with a long, outer distal spine, reaching beyond middle
of length of dactylus, and a shorter spine on inner margin; dactylus three-fourths
as long again as propodus, with the longest of its three distal spines fully as long
as the joint ; the two others are subequal in length and are two-thirds as long as the
longest spine.

12 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Third to fifth peraeopods slender, with the basis not quite as long as rest of
limb ; carpus half as long again as propodus and with two distal setae, the longer,
like that of propodus reaching well beyond tip of dactylus; the latter is nnusual
in that its distal portion, for fully two-thirds of its length, is bristle-like (see fig. 6,
prp. 3, dactylus).

a erp. o

ant te

~

m Ss ”

dactylus

Fig, 6. Cyclaspis sublevis, types female and male; ant, 1, first antenna (% 126); prp. 1,
first peraeopod (x 74); prp. 2-38, second and third peraeopods (X 116; dactylus, X 250);
urop., uropod and telsonic somite (X 74; m, mucrones of exopod, X 250).

Pedunele of uropod one-fourth as long again as telsonie somite and equal in
length to the endopod, its inner margin for the whole length furnished with
plumose setae, below which, in posterior two-thirds, is a second series of shorter
setae; exopod slender, about one-tenth as long again as endopod, with five pliumose
setae on inner margin and with a pair of mucrones at apex; inner margin of
endopod with four slender spines near proximal end, followed by a series of fen
shorter and stouter spines, aud with a tiny spine not tar from the simple and
acute distal end.

Colour : transparent, except for a few scattered chromatophores.

Length 3 mm.

Ovigerous female. Cavapace dilated in posterior half, where it is distinetly
wider than greatest depth; it is two-sevenths of total length of animal. Ocular
lobe smaller and relatively narrower than in male, and antennal noteh less widely
open.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 13

Only four pedigerous somites exposed; together they are almost two-thirds
as long as ¢arapace.

Pleon slender but only one-fifth as long again as cephalothorax; the artienlar
pegs are so ininute that they are difficult to detect ; telsonic somite much as in male.

Peraeopods much as in wale but basis in first pair relatively shorter, being
equal in length to rest of limb.

Pedinele of uropod one-fourth as long again as telsonie somite and equal in
length to endopod; exopod a little longer than endopod, and with two elongate
inequal micrones at distal end (fig. 6, urop., m.) ; endopod with only halt a dozen
small spines on inner inarein, the distal third warmed and tapering to an acute
apex.

Colour as in male,

Leneth 2-8 mn.

Lac. Western Australia: Broome, 3} fath., on sandy mud ( type loc.) and
Vlaming Head, North-West Cape, 2 fath., sandy bottom (G. P. Whilley, ex cutter
'Tsobel,’’ submarine light, September and November, 1945, surface temperatures
24-10° and 24°93°C.). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.
C. 2997-2998,

This species belongs to the levis group and in the writer’s key (Hale, 1944,
p. 71) would fall in Section 1, between 27 and 29. Of the species there included,
it apparently most resembles the much larger New Zealand calmani Hale (lenis
Calman nec Thomson), but in the last-named the basis of the first peraecopod has
no distal tooth and the rami of the uropod are relatively not as long, the exopod
being considerably shorter than the pedinele; Calman (1907, p. 8, pl. v, fig. 6-8)
dovs nol describe the posterior peraeopods and doubtless these also will exhibit
differences.

The long and slender dactylus of the third to fifth peraeopods serves to at
once separate sublevis from the other four species of the abovementioned group.
Of these, only coltoni Hale has similar setal armature on the posterior peraeopods,
but the uropods are distinctive,

CYCLASPIS STRUMOSA. Sp, noy,

Adult male. Integument calcified and brittle. Carapace with the surface
reticulate patterning relatively coarse.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal, as wide as long and
three-fourths as long again as deep; about midway along the length of each side
the carapace is slightly swollen and there is a low tumidity below the posterior
half of each pseudorostral suture ; viewed from above the sides are sinuate, partly
beeause of the large lateral swellings aud partly owing to the faet that the area
below the antennal noteh flares outwards, the outer limit of the expanded portion

14 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

defined by a carina running back from the antennal tooth; there is no distinet
longitudinal carina on the back of (he earapace ; the mid-line is angularly rounded
and in anterior half of carapace is elevated to form a series of low itibereles, so
that seen from the side the front portion of the dorsum presents a slightly corru-
gated appearance. Pseudorostrum widely truncate, the lobes barely meeting in
front of ocular lobe. Antennal notch moderately open and antemmal tooth sub-
acutely rounded. Ocular lobe broad, as wide as long, with large and prominent
corneal lenses; frontal lobe with the pair of pits so often present.

Howe c. pace.

Fig. 7. Cyclaspis strumosa, type male; lateral view and (ceph.) eephalothorax from
above (X 21); e.pace., anterior portion of carapnee (X 40); tels., peduncle of uropod with
fifth pleon and telsonie somites, fron) the side (X 40),

Four pedigerous somites exposed ; together they are half as long as carapace ;
the dorsum of the second slopes backwards very obliquely and the lateral areas
of the third to fifth are moderately prominent; the back is smooth except for a
feeble dorso-lateral carina on each side of fifth, all somites lacking a median
longitudinal carina.

Pleon only one-seventh longer than cephalothorax ; first to fourth somites
swollen on sides, rounded on back but without ridge on mid-line; fifth somite
tapering to rear with sides sinnate; it is widest near the base and has a distinet
median longitudinal dorsal carina in posterior half ; telsonie somite about three-
fourths as long as fifth pleon somite; it is narrow, being nearly twice as long as
ereatest width, which oceurs near distal end, aud has a dorsal carina on mid-line
of proximal half; the dorsal noteh is shallow.

Second antenna with flagellum reaching beyond end of pleon,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 15

First peraeopod with distal portion short, the propodus of the extended limb
not quite reaching level of antennal tooth; basis two-thirds as long again as
combined lengths of remaining joints, without distal tooth but with the usual
external apical seta; carpus a little shorter than merus, five-sixths as long as
propodus and barely shorter than daetylus, which has one of the setae of distal
end long and stout.

ne

Fig. 8. Cyclaspis strumosa, lateral views and cephalothorax from above of subadult! male
(X 15) and young female (x 19),

Basis of second peraeopod fully as long as rest of limb; dactylus nearly half
as long again as propodus and distinctly shorter than cither merus or carpus,
which are subequal in length; the longest distal dactylar spine is almost as long
as combined lengths of daetylus and propodus, while the other two are short and
subequal.

Basis of third peraeopod longer than rest of limb; that of fourth and fifth
about equal in length to remaining joinis together ; carpus of posterior legs barely
longer than propodus; setal armature very nnusual in that the carpus bears ouly
a single distal outer seta, which is very short (not reaching beyond the distal end
of propodus) and is much more slender than the propodal seta; the last-named is
stout and reaches almost to tip of daetyins, which is slender and is equal in leneth
to propodus,

16 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Uropoed with peduncle barely longer than telsonie somite, equal in length to
exopod and with tao series of setae on the distal half of the serrate inner margin;
exopod subequal in Jength to endopod ani with eight phunose setae on ime
margin; endopod with both margins serrate, its ner edge with ten slender spines
in proximal half, followed by two stouter ancl shorter spines.

Colour yellow, closely spotted all over with minute, brown chromaophores,

Length 5 mm,

Lov, Western Australia: Off Onslow, Airlie Island, 3 fath., on rock, coral
and sand (G, P. Whitley, submarine light, ex entter “ Lsobel,’? 7-40 p.m, to 8 p.m.,
September, 1945, surface temperature 21-6° C.), Type in South Australian
Museum, Reg. No, C. 3012.

The saliont features of the adult ave found in the proportions of the joints
of the first peraeopod, where the merus is longer than the carpus, tm the setal
furniture of the third to fitth peracopods and the tumidities of the earapace, In
the key to the species (Male, 1944, p. 71) strumosa would full near the New Zealand
coelebs (described from the adult male only, see Cahnan, 1917, p. 140, fig. 5).
Calman’s figure shows a single short carpal seta on the posterior peraeopods and
his species in some other respects shows affinities but is at onee separated by the
yery different proportions of the limb joints while the exapod of the uropod has
an api¢al spine, In caclabs the sides of the carapace have in the posterior half
a faint eurved carina, upproximating to the hinder limits of the lateral tumidities
of strwmosa.

"Two Twmature examples, a sithbadult male and a juvenile female, are deserihed
below as possibly eo-specifie with shrwmnosm.

Subudult mate. Seen from the side the dorsum of the carapace exhibits a
corrugated outline, but posteriorly over the branchial regions it is much more
elevated, there being a conical prominence on each side; below this tumidity and
approximating to the postero-lateral tubercle on the second transverse ridge of the
eresculpta group (ILale, 1944, fig, 2) there is another coni¢al elevation, most
evident in dorsal view. There is a deep hollow on tach side—the quadrilateral
area of the exsculpt« group—emphasized above by a subeonical elongate eleyation
below the frontal lobe and continued back as an ill-defined dorso-lateral fold,
aud below by a similar prominent protuberance, which, like the postero-lateral
hump, materially affects the lateral contour when the animal is viewed from above
(fig. 8), The antennal ridge 1s well defined, just as in the adult.

Cavinae of pedigerous and pleon somites as in adult, but less conspienous.
Pleon only about one-tenth as long again as cephalothorax and exhibiting the
differences usnal in, subadults of members of this sex in the genus.

Basis of third maxill med not nineh more than half as long agein as remaining
joints together,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 17

First peraeopod relatively shorter than in adult; basis fully half as long
again as rest of limb; carpus a little shorter than merus, a little shorter than
propodus and subequal in length to daetylus.

Lobe beet sae ale

es
i
ra
¥
f

prp. 3 &

Fig. 9. Cyclaspis strimosa, paratype adult male, «and young male and female; prp. 1,
first peraeopod (& 50; distal joints only, X 62); prp. 2-4, second to fourth peraeopods
(X 62; distal joints only, X 160); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonie somites (x 50),

18 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Second peraeopod relatively shorter than in adult.

Third to fifth peraeopods with one short distal carpal seta and with propodal
seta stout and reaching almost to level of tip of dactylus.

Peduncle of uropod little more than two-thirds as long as subequal rami,

Colour white, with faint brown spots on carapace.

Length 3-7 mm.

Loc. Western Australia: Off Garden Island (G. P. Whitley, submarine light,
6.50 p.m—7.10 p.m., July, 1945). Reg. No, C. 2843.

Although it was taken far to the south of the type locality (lat. 21:5° S. and
17° S.), it is highly probable that this is a young male of stramosa. We find as
important connecting characters the unusual proportions of the distal joints of
the first peraeopod and the unusual setal armature of the third to fifth peraeopods.
The elongation of the carapace of the adult male and the “smoothing out’? of
the sculpture is no more marked than in, for instance, tribulis (see Hale, 1944,
p. 114).

It may be postulated that, as in some other members of the genus, the seulp-
tured forms in particular, the young male resembles the female more closely than
does the adult male. Acceptance of the subadult male deseribed above as belonging
to strumosa leads one also to place here, with far more hesitation, a juvenile female
from Queensland (lat. 27:2° 8S.) which has somewhat similar sculpture.

Immature female. As in the young male described above the integument is
well calcified, with fine reticulate patterning; parts of the carapace are faintly
granulate.

Seen from above the conical tumidities below posterior part of frontal lobe
(antero-lateral tubercles) project conspicuously, but the greatest width of the
carapace occurs across the branchial regions, which flare upwards and outwards on
each side and are crossed by a transverse carina which continues completely across
the back, meeting, at widest point of latter, a ridge running forward to end of
suture of frontal lobe, where there is a small tumidity; seen from the side the
carapace is elevated dorsally at about middle of length, and both anterior and
posterior to this are smaller tumidities, resulting in a very irregular dorsal outline ;
a well-defined ridge extends back from antennal angle for about one-fourth of
length of carapace; the mid-line is roof-shaped in anterior two-thirds, is slightly
depressed between the branchial regions (where to the rear it is marked by a fine
impressed line) and is slightly elevated at the rear end. Ocular lobe wide;
antennal notch and angle as in males described above.

Dorsal lengths of second (first exposed) and third pedigerous somites together
equal to fourth; second to fifth each with a dorso-lateral swelling on each side,
most apparent on last two somites.

Pleon about equal in length to cephalothorax ; somites one to five, and anterior

TIALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 19

part of telsonic somite, with median carina and with a dorsoateral ridge on each
side, the latter becoming less distinct on posterior somites.

First peraeopod with basis not longer than rest of limb; carpus and propodus
subequal in length, each longer than ischium and merus together.

Dactylus of second peracopod not much longer than propodus, but with
shorter terminal spines more unequal than in adult male described above.

Carpus of posterior legs neh shorter than propodns and dactylus together,
and with one very short distal seta; propodal seta also not nearly reachiny level of
apex of dactylus (fig. 9, prp. 3, juv. ¢ ).

Pedunele of uropod about two-thirds as lone as the subequal rami.

Colour white,

Length 2°7 mm.

Lec, Queensland: Off Moreton Island (‘*Warreen’’ Station, 6.30 pan—
7.50 p.m., May, 1939), Ree. No, C. 2842.

Remarks. This young female is linked to the subadiwlt male from Western
Australia by the row of median dorsal tumidities behind the octwar lobe, the
strong antennal ridge, wide eye-lobe, the character of the third maxilliped, ete.
Tn general the sculpture is mueh as in the aforementioned mule, but the appearanve
of the carapace as viewed from above is very different beeanse (1) the lateral
tumidity behind and below the antero-lateral tubercle is less elevated; (2) {he
prominences over the branchial regions are much more pronounced.

As mentioned already, the identification of the small female is open to doubt.
The first peraeopod (fig, 9, prp. 1, Juv. 2 ) exhibits considerable differences and
resembles far move closely that of brevipes sp. nov.. while the pleon differs fron
the adult in the dorsal carination.

CrcLAsris srrtores Hale,
Cyclaspis spilotes Tale, 1928, p. 86, fig. 5-6,

This species was known previously froma single male, 11 mm. in leneth and
taken in South Australia, It proves, however, to be not wneommon near Rottnest
Island, Western Australia, where a large series was seeured at five localities by
J. Clarke and R. Kenny in November, 1945,

Most of the Western Australian specimeus are males, which differ {from the
type in being of smaller size (7 mm, to $ mnt. in leneth), and in the absence of
defined dorso-lateral carinae on the pleon; in the type these ridves represent the
upper edges of lateral tumidities of the first six abdominal somites, swellinus
which are rounded above in the Western Australian material. The pitting of the
carapace is variable and in some examples the pits are larger than in others; the
distinetive oblique lateral carina of the carapace is easily discernible, As in the

20 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

South Australian example the peduncle of the uropod is about one-fifth as long
again as the exopod and bears an inner fringe of long setae with short plumes
and a second series, in posterior half, of shorter, slender serrate spines; the
exopod is a trifle longer than the endopod and is furnished with a row of six to
ten stout spines on inner marein (usually tending towards the higher number)
and two or three terminal ‘‘spines,’’ one of which is long and conspicuous (fig, 10,
sp.) ; the endopod has the distal end acute but unarmed and bears on the inner
margin about half a dozen slender serrate spines, followed by a row of eleven, or
thereabouts, of stonter and shorter spines; the distal fifth of length is unarmed.

Fig. 10. Cyclaspis spilotes, ovigerous female and adult male; prp. 1, first peraeopod (xX 47);
prp. 2 and 3, distal joints of second ‘and third perneopods (X 80); urop., uropod (XK 47; spy
distal spines of exopod, X 252).

Adult female. Amongst the Western material are several females, 6 mm. to
7 mm. in length, all of which have the integument soft and scareely or not
calcified. These have the marsupium fully developed; in some cases the brood-
pouch is empty and the yellow ovaries contain large eggs, in others there are ova
in the marsupium.

The basis of the first peraeopod is relatively shorter than in the male, being

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 21

not. as long as the rest of the limb; it. bas an acute apical inner process, reaching
forwards beyond middle of length of the ischium which has a similar but shorter
distal tooth; the propodus is two-thirds as long again as dactylus, which is almost
as long as earpus and has one of its terminal setae conspicuously stouter than the
others. The remaining peraeopods are as in the male, the last three pairs having
two distal carpal setae, the longer stout, more than twice as long as the other
and like the propodal seta reaching to level of tip of dactylus. ‘The latter is long
for the genus, being about twice as long as propodus, and its distal half is marked
off as a strong claw (fig. 10, prp, 3).

In the uroped the peduncle is about one-fifth as long again as the exopod, but
lacks setae on inner margin which is finely serrate in distal third; the exopod
is subequal in length to the endopod but has fewer inner spines than in the male,
usually three only being present; the terminal spines of this ramus are as in the
male; the endopod has no slender spines near proximal end, but the greater part
of the length of inner margin is oceupied by a series of half a dozen stout spines
(fig. 10, urop.) ; the distal one-fourth of the length of the ramus is nmarmed and
its apex is simple and acute.

Salient features of the species are the oblique curved carma on the side of the
carapace, the character of the uropods and the unngually well-armed distal joints
of the second peraeopod (see fig. 10, prp, 2).

CreLasris MoLtIs Hale,
Cyclaspis mollis Tale, 1944, p. 78, fig, 7-8.

Adut male. Integument thin but calcified and brittle.

Carapace pluinp, relatively conspicuously wider than in members of the levis
group; it is two-sevenths of the total length of the animal, is less than twice as
long as deep and is a little wider than deep; seen from the side the dorsum is only
slightly arehed from rear to base of ocular lobe and displays sone minute
irrerularities beeause of pitting of the low, rounded, aud not at all sharply defined
median longitudinal earina of the back, Ocular lobe, as usual, larger than in
female; it is as wide ag long, tumid in lateral view and bears nine lenses, three of
which are mueh larger than the others (fig, 11, e.pace.); it has a barely
perceptible constriction at base and two of the large lenses extend for about halt
their diameter behind the lobe. Pseudorostral lobes meeting in front for a distance
equal to approximately one-fonrth of length of eyelobe. Antennal noteh widely
open; autennal angle prominent and subaeute.

Expose pedigerous somites together little more than half as long as carapace ;
second (first free) somite with dorsum, as viewed from side, sloping obliquely
backwards; its anterior pleural portion slightly overlaps the carapace and on the

22 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

hack (here is a distinet median earina; each of the third to fifth somites is trans-
versely carinate at the posterior margin, the narrow strip of strongly calcified
integument merging into the subtriangular lateral portion ; the upper part of each
of these lateral areas is slightly elevated; the anterior pleural portion of the third
somite overlaps the second, while the fourth overlaps both third and fifth on the
sides; the fifth somite has a median longitudinal carina on the back.

ic, A

2
tets, (

Fig. 11, Cyelaspis mottis, adult male; lateral view und (eeph,) cephalothorax from above
(M 14; espace., anterior portion vf carapace from above (% 32); tels., telsonie somite
(™ 32),

Pleon more than one-fourth as long again as eephalothorax (only about one-
twelfth as long again in female) and with the lateral articular pegs strong and
subtriangular; there is a clear-cut median dorsal carina on somites one to five
and on the fifth this is produced at posterior margin as an acute point (fig. 11,
tels.) ; each of these somites is swollen fore and att on the sides; the fifth is fully
half as long again as the fourth (which is equal in length to each of the preceding
somites) and is twice as long as the telsonie somite; the last-named is strongly
notched dorsally at middle of length,

Mandible with many spines (about fifteen) in the long row (fig. 12, mand.).

First antenna rather long for the genus, with proportions of joints much as
i) female; the first segment of peduncle is subequal in length to second and third
combined, and the third is only a little longer than secoud ; flagellum two-jointed,
the proximal segment more than twice as long as the small distal one.

First peraeopod with basis nearly one-fourth as long again as combined
lengths of remaining joints; otherwise as in female. Second to fifth peraeopods as
in female.

HLALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 23

Peduncle of wropod more than twice as long as telsonic somite and distinetly
longer than the slender rami; on the inner edge it hears for the whole length a
series of plumose setae and in distal third a second series of slender serrate spines;
the exopod of this appendage is barely longer than endopod and is furnished with
half a dozen plumose setae which, as in the female, are confined to the proximal
fourth of length of inner margin of second joint; inner edge of endopod with

Pig. 12. Cyeclaxpis mollis, adult male; ant. 1, first antenna (X G2); pry. 1, first peravoped
(X 38); prp. 2, second peracopod (X 38; distal juints, & 62); prp. 4, fourth peraeopod
(X 62); urop., telsoni¢ somite snd uropod (xX 38).

half a dozen very slender serrate spines near proximal end followed by a series
of a dozen or thereabouts of tiny spines, leaving the distal half of ramus tmarmed ;
these minute spines, while a trifle larger than those of the female, are similarly
inset (cf. fig. 12, urop., and Hale, 1944, fig. 8, G).

Colour white, with small brown chromatophores as shown.

Length 6°5 mm. to 6-75 mm.

Loc. Western Australia: Esperance Bay (A. G. Nicholls, January, 1946) ;
Garden Island, Careening Bay (A, G. Nicholls, November, 1946),

24 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEUM

Several males and females with developing marsupium were found amongst
submarine light hauls of material made by Dr. Nicholls at the above localities
in lat. 32+8° 8. and 33-50° 8. The species was previously known only from the
adult female, taken on the Pacific coast of Australia, in lat, 34°58. The type
ovigerous female, like the specimens deseribed above, is well over 6 mm. in length.
Examples from Moreton Bay, Queensland, collected by Mr, 1. 8. R. Munro, are
muth smaller, au egg-bearing female being only 2-5 mm. long.

Apart from characters given in a general key previously published (Lale,
1944, p. 71), mollis has several features enabling it to be easily separated from
other species which have well-developed eyes, a plump body and the pseudorostral
lobes mecting for an appreciable distance in front of the ocular lobe. The
telsonie somite, for instance, is relatively shorter than is usual iu the genus, while
the first antennae have the second peduneular joint almost as long as the third.
Of the related forms, only in lucida Hale are the fossorial setae of the posterior
peraeopods similarly well developed; in both species there are five on the distal
portion of the carpus aud the longest, like the propodal seta, extend well beyond
the tip of the slender dactylus; in lucida, however, the peduncle of the uropod is
relatively much longer aud the exopod of that appendage bears a terminal mucro.

Cycbaspis ruLaina Iale.
Cyclaspis fulgida Hale, 1944, p. 80, fig. 9-10.

Adult mate, Integument thin, calcified and brittle. Carapace almost as plump
as in mollis; it is more than two-seventh of total length of animal; seen from the
side the dorsal edge is slightly Jess arched than in the female, The psendorostral
lobes meet in front of the eye-lobe but for a distance appreciably less than in mollis.
Antennal noteh and tooth as in male of mollis.

Exposed pedigerous somites together not much move than half as long as
eavapace; first free, oF second, somite with pleural parts slighily overlapping
carapace anteriorly, and with dorsum, as scen from the side, sloping steeply back
from the subacute apex.

Pleon one-fourth as long again as cephalothorax (only one-tenth as long
again im female) and with articular pegs rather feeble.

Flagellum of second antenna reaching to distal end of the long pedunele of
uropod.

First peraeopod with carpus reaching to antennal tooth; basis only one-
eighth as long again as combined lengths of remaining joints, and with inner angle,
ete., as in female; proportions of distal joints as in female.

Seeond peraeopod with basis subequal in length to vest of limb, otherwise as
im female.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 25

Fossorial legs with setae short, none reaching beyond end of dactylus; there
are only two carpal setae, one stout and almost as long as propodus and dactylus
together, the other slender and only half as long; propodal seta very stout, a little
shorter than dactylus.

Uropods long, the peduncle twice as long as telsonic somite, and a little
longer than the subequal tapering rami, both of which have simple apices;
proximal two-thirds of inner margin of endopod armed with spines, three or four
slender ones near base, followed by fifteen to eighteen short spines.

moo

+ 4A dann | PSE

Fig. 13. Cyelaspis fulgida, adult male; prp. 1, first peracopod (xX 44; distal and of
basis, & 88); prp. 2-3, second and rhird peracopods (xX 44; distal joints, X 88); urop.,
telsonic somite and uropod (X 44).

Colour white.

Length 5 mm. to 5-5 mm.

Loc. Western Australia: Garden Island, Careening Bay (A. G. Nicholls,
November, 1946). Three males were taken at the same times as the males of
mollis recorded herein. They are readily separated at a glanee by the setal
armature of the fossorial limbs.

A couple of ovigerous females, tow-netted by Mr. I. 8. R. Munro in Moreton
Bay, Queensland, are only 2 mm, and 2-13 mm. in length; otherwise they differ
only in trifling details from the 5-75 mm. type ovigerous female from Cronulla,

26 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

New South Wales. The vami of the uropods are slightly longer than the peduncle
and the longest of the distal dactylar spines is longer than the dactylus itself.

Some speeies of Cumacea yary in size in different environments; apparently
less often do they vary thus iu the same situation, for series of adults of a species
taken at one place and at the same tinie are generally approximately equal in
size; the factors, possibly many, controlling these dilferences as yet remain
unknown.

CycbLaspis GLoposa Hale.

‘

Cyclaspis globosa Hale, 1944, ». 99, fig. 20-26,

A subadult female, 5 mm, in length, was fow-netted at the surface 40-30 miles
offshore in the neighbourhood of Lacepede Bay, South Australia (K. Sheard,
lat. 36° 35’ S,; long. 138° 50’ E.; 4 aan, Mareh, 1939, “Warreen’’ Station 98,
depth at this spot 40 fathoms). ‘The species was known previously only from off
New South Wales.

Cycnaspis cana Iale.
Cyclaspis cana Hale, 1944, p, 132, fig. 51-52.

A series of males has now been secured near the type loeality. The tubercles
of the earapace vary very slightly in degree of prominence but two antero-lateval
ones and two postero-lateral mark ihe corners of the ‘Sersculpla group’ lateral
quadrangle; although there is no distinct depressed area on the sides, there may
be exceedingly faint indications of an anterior transverse carina and an infero-
lateral ridge.

Part of the first peraeopod is missing in the type. Tn this limb the basis ts
somewhat longer than remaining joints together, and the propodus is a little
longer than merus, which slightly exceeds the dactylus in lenyth; the edges of the
joints are serrate, the teeth of the outer edge of merus and carpus, though not
large, being more conspicuous than those elsewhere,

CYCLASPIS EXSCULPTA Sars.

Cyclaspis exsceulpta Sars, 1887, p. 20, pl i, fig, 24-26; Calman, 1905, pp. 8k ad
1907, p. 6; Zimmer, 1921, pp. 7); Hale, 1944, p. 73.

"The above references all discuss the only example previously referred to
this species, the type female, which lacks the pleon and terminal segments of the
first peracopods. More than a score of males taken not yery far From the type
locality of exsculpta are here referred to that species because, allowing for (he
extreme sexual dimorphism which vecurs in the adults of some menibers of the

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 27

genus (Hale, 1944, p. 114), they agree with exsculpta in differing from the other
forms belonging to this section in having longitudinal ridges running forward
from a distinct anterior transverse carina to the front of the carapace.

Adult male. Integument highly calcified, with a coarse reticulate surface
patterning, which in the more strongly indurated specimens is reduced to a deep
pitting rather than a distinetly honeycomb-like sculpture.

Fig. 14. Cyclaspis casculpta, lateral view of adult male (xX 14).

Carapace three-tenths of total length of animal, not quite twice as long as
deep and width across antero-lateral tubercles not much greater than depth;
median dorsal carina almost smooth (faintly pitted) wide and extending from
ocular lobe to posterior margin, where it is elevated to form a distinet tumidity ;
anterior, posterior, dorso-lateral and infero-lateral ridges well defined, although
not greatly elevated as in female described by Sars; a ridge runs forward to
antennal notch from the low upper antero-lateral tubercle and another from the
lower front corner of the lateral quadrangle to front margin of carapace; while
these carinae are well marked, the edges of the coarse reticulations form other
irregular horizontal ridges anteriorly with certain lighting; that portion of the
anterior transverse carina situate below the upper of the frontal horizontal ridges
is sharp-edged, and projects slightly forwards; the posterior transverse ridge is
not broken on the back, but completely mects the median carina; at the rear of
the carapace there is a short obscure dorso-lateral ridge on each side of median
carina, terminating at posterior margin but not (or very slightly in a few
examples) projecting beyond this margin as in the female described by Sars, or
in the female of supersculpia of Zimmer; the lower part of carapace is rather
sharply inflexed below the lower of the antero-lateral and the infero-lateral ridges.
Pseudorostral lobes as in tribulis, ete., not produced beyond the narrow ocular
lobe, which bears seven distinct corneal lenses. Antennal notch narrow and rather
deep; antennal tooth subacute.

First pedigerous somite concealed, second to fourth together barely more than
half as long as carapace ; second somite not at all elevated dorsally, tumid fore and

28 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

aft and with pleural parts overlapping carapace anteriorly ; third somite dorsally
no longer than second, with pleural parts overlapping second in front; fourth
somite (like fifth) longer dorsally than second and third combined, with pleural
parts overlapping third in front and fifth posteriorly, and with a dorso-lateral
carina on each side; fifth with a median dorsal ridge and a pair of dorso-lateral
carinae, projecting to form three small tubercles at posterior margin.

Fig. 15. Cyclaspis exsculpta, adult male; ceph., cephalothorax from above (X 14); ant.
1, first antenna (X 76); mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and peracopods (X 27; distal joints
of second and third legs, X 76); urop., uropod with fourth, fifth and telsonie somites of
pleon (X 27).

First to fifth pleon somites together as long as cephalothorax, each with a low
dorso-lateral carina on each side and a feeble median dorsal ridge; on somites
one to four the carinae project beyond posterior margins as three tubercles, as
distinct on the first as on the last pedigerous somite, less marked in the second
to fourth; such projections are not present on the fifth which, however, has the

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 29

dorso-lateval carinae more elevated in posterior third than are those of the other
somites ; the dorsal width of fifth somite is little less than that of fourth anteriorly
Where it is swollen but it tapers to the rear, where it is only one-third ag wide as
long; telsoni¢ somite with a feeble dorso-lateral carina on each side and with a
sharp elevated median dorsal ridge in anterior half; there is a median dorsal
tubercle on the groove marking the fusion between telson and sixth somite, and
ihe telsonie part bears an obsolete median dorsal carina,

First joint of pedunele of first antenna more than half as jong again as
combined lengths of second and third joints, and second half as long again as
third; main flagellum two-jointed, not quite ag lone as last peduncular segment
avcessory lash small, wnisezmentate. Second antennal flagellum reaching well
beyond end of pleon, sometimes to distal end of rami of uropods.

Third maxilliped with basis not quite two and one-fourth times as long as rest
of limb; otherwise much as in male of tribais.

First peraeopod long, when extended with carpus reaching beyond level of
end of pseudorostrum; basis subequal in leagth to rest of limb; propodus ane-
fifth as long again as merus and dactylus less than two-thirds as long as propodus,

Second peraeopod with basis shorter than rest of limb; distal joints and
armature as in allied members of group.

Third to fifth peracopods also are characteristie of erseal pta group.

Pedunele of uropod subquadrate in section, barely two-thirds as long as
telsonic somite, two-thirds as long as the equal rami and furnished with a series of
plumose setae on inner face; endopod with outer edge jaggedly seryate and with
about eight spines and a few smaller but stout spines at second third of leneth
of inner margin, preeeded by a double row of ‘‘serrate’’ setae, shorter than those
af peduncle, or than the spaced pliumose setae on inner edge of exopod.

Colout greyish white.

Length 8 mm, or a little less.

Loe, Queensland: N, Palm Island (1. 8 R. Munro, ‘Reliance?’ Station,
submarine light, 7-9 p.m., October, 1941).

Sars” type was taken ‘‘September 8, 1874, at Flinders Passage, 7 fathoms.’
The locality referred to is just off Cape York, Queensland, and separates. Horn
Island from Tuesday Islets and Wednesday Island (lat, 10° 357 8.). There is also
a Bhnders Passage in the Great Barrier Reef a little to the east of the Palm
Tslands (lat. 18° 75’ 8.) where the males now teeorded were taken.

The peduncle of the uropod in these Queensland males is slightly shorter in
relation to the telsonie somite than it is in candida, tribulis ov ustlala. Tn this
respect, these examples approach more nearly to saperseulpta Zimmer, the sub-
adult type female of which is described as having the uropod as a whole not much

30 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

longer than the telsonic somite and with the rami twice as long as pedunele
(Zimmer, 1921, p. 9, fig. 11). C. swpersculpta, as mentioned by Zimmer, other-
wise shows close affinities with easculpta; it has, for instance, a short dorso-lateral
ridge on each side of the median ridge at the hinder end of carapace (similar but
longer ridges occur in the otherwise very distinct persculpta Calman). Accepting
the reference of the above described males to exsculpta, then the only noteworthy
feature separating supersculpta from Sars’ species is the absence of defined ridges
extending from the anterior transverse carina to the front of the carapace.

One doubt remains regarding the identification of the males from the Palm
Islands; as noted, in these the posterior transverse carina joins the median ridge
without trace of interruption, The subadult female of exsculpta has the hinder
transverse crest ‘‘divided in the middle line by a distinct notch,’’ in the female of
supersculpta this carina is interrupted at the middle. In the male of candida the
posterior ridge fades ont on the middle of the back but is in any part very faint
and difficult to trace.

The variation which may oceur in the sculpture of the carapace of these
highly indurated species of Cyclaspis is as yet not fully known (Zimmer, 1921,
p. 9) ; it is certain that it alters during growth and may become sexually modified
(ITale, 1944, p. 114) and that apparently there may be loeal variants—see candida
herein and Hale, 1944, p. 115, fig. 36, A and F.

CycLaspis suEarpi Hale.
Cyclaspis sheardi Hale, 1944, p. 86, fig. 15-16.

The species was described from the adult male only. A single ege-bearing
female, from Whalers Bay, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, and taken with
many further males by submarine light, is now available. There is no very
decided sexual dimorphism in regard to the carapace, as there is in the adults of
some members of the exsculpta group, but the following comparative details are
noted.

Ovigerous female, Carapace deeper and wider than in male and with dorsal
edge as seen from the side very slightly more arched ; its depth is somewhat more
than greatest width and two-thirds of length, which is little more than one-third
of total length of animal; a sharp median dorsal ridge runs from apex of ocular
lobe to postevior margin and immediately on each side of frontal lobe a faint
horizontal carina extends back from anterior margin of pseudorostral lobes, fading
out below end of frontal lobe (this ill-defined anterior dorso-lateral fold is present
in the male also); in front of branchial regions a V-shaped group of small
tubercles diverge; the crassate upper margin of each posterior pit is slightly
angular, and the lower edge is bordered by a short horizontal ridge. Pseudo-

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 31

rostral lobes meeting in front of ocular lobe to form a very short pseudorostrum.
Antennal notch narrowly V-shaped, not so widely open as in male, and antennal
angle more acute.

First pedigerors somite exposed on sides but. almost concealed on mid-line of
dorsum ; second not fitting closely against carapace dorsally as in male, but there
separated by an interspace, narrowly V-shaped, as seen from the side; although
five somites are exposed they are together relatively shorter than in male, being
only half as long as carapace.

tele, &

Fig. 16. Cyclaspis sheardi. Ovigerous
female, Interval view and (ceph,) cephalo-
thorax from above (3 28), tels,, Lateral
views of telson of ovigerous female and
adult male (XX 57).

Pleon much more slender than in male, and not longer than cephalothorax ;
telsonie somite with median dorsal ridge of anterior half less elevated and with
telsonic portion not so distinctly marked off ( fie. 15, ef. tels. g@ and @ ).

First peraeopod short, the carpus not reaching to level of antennal angle;
basis equal in length to remaining joints together, Remaining peraeopods much as
in male.

Pedunele of wopod barely longer than the subequal tami, its inner margin
feebly serrate in distal half; inner margin of exopod serrate and with plumose
setae, that of endopod more coarsely serrate and with small inset spines.

Colour as in male (stellate spots not shown in fig, 15),

Length 86 mm.; ova in greatest diameter, (+23 mm,

C, sheardi has a wide distribution, ocenrring off Tasmania, southern Australia
and on the eastern coast as far north as lat. 34° S., while some of the material now
in hand from Western Australia was taken off the Mary Anne Islands, ete., at

32. RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

approximately Jat. 21° S. and from Garden Island (lat. 52°8°S.). The female
described is the only mature example of this sex so far taken.
Two allied species, dis and brevipes spp, nov., ave described below,

CYCLASPIS RUDIS sp, NOV.

Adult male. Tntegument strongly ealcified, Surface of carapace closely
studded with flattened, forwardly directed granules.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal, slightly depressed and
fully three-fourths as Jong again as deep; the greatest width occurs in anterior
third, but is there barely wider than at middle of length, the sides as seen from
above being evenly curved, with no prominences; there is, however, 2 marked

Fig, 17, Oyclaspis rudis, type male; lateval view and (ceph,) cephalothorax from above
(% 21); epace., anterior portion of carapace (X 47; t, tubercles of carapace, * 100).

(umidity on each side of the frontal lobe, and the area inferior to the antennal
angle curves prominently outwards; viewed from the side the dorsal profile is
irregular owing to a series of clevations of a well-defined median carina, the last
prominence being situate at the posterior end; on each side, and below the suture
of the frontal lobe, there is a clear cut earina (margining above the aforemen-
tioned antero-lateral swelling), and in posterior half of carapace a ridge extends
on each side from rear margin to the pits so often present on hinder portion of
frontal lobe; between each of these posterior dorso-lateral ridges and the median
earina there is a large pit at hinder edge and above this depression a ridge runs
forward from the median posterior prominence for a short distance; a very
distinet short carina extends back from antennal angle. Pseudorostrum widely
truncate, both as seen trom above and from the side, the lobes meeting in front,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 33

of ocular Jobe to form a short but distinet pseudorostrum. Antennal noteh widely
V-shaped ; antennal angle prominent and subacute. Oeular lobe large about as
wide as long and with nine distinct corneal lenses, the median five black, the others
pale; two of the largest extend beyond hinder end of eye-lobe,

Four pedigerous somites exposed, together only about half as long as carapace ;
the second leg-bearing somite is fused with the carapace and is rounded dorsally,

Fig. 18. Cyclaspis rudis, type male; ant. 1, first antenna (X 76); ant. 2, second antenna
(X 50); mxp. 3 and prp. 1, third manilliped and first perneopod (% 40; distal joints of firat
leg, M 76); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telonie somites (x 40); tels., telsonic somite
from the side (X 40).

but not produced to level of posterior hump of carapace ; marginal setae are present
on second and fourth somites; second, fourth and fifth with a median dorsal
longitudinal carina, projecting posteriorly as a small tubercle; third to fifth with
the upper edges of the subtriangular lateral edges elevated and fourth and fifth
with a dorso-lateral carina on each side,

Pleon massive, one-third as long again as cephalothorax; the first to fourth
somites are tumid fore and aft on the sides and each has a distinet narrow, median
dorsal carina and a pair of feeble dorso-lateral ridges, all projecting at posterior
margins of somites as insignificant tubercles; the fifth somite tapers to the rear

3+ RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

and is fully half as long again as telsonic somite, is half as long again as greatest
width and has a median dorsal carina and well-defined dorso-lateral earinae ou
each side in posterior half of length; the telsome somite is about two-thirds as wide
as long, has a sharp median ridge ou anterior half, a deep incision marking off
telsonic part and a dorgo-lateral vidge on each side; its hinder margin is sinnate,
but medianly is scarcely at all produced,

First joint of peduncle of firs! antenna as long as remaining peduncular
joints and flagellum together; second peduneulay segment subequal in length to
third; flagellum two-jointed. Second antenna with flagellum reaching a little
beyond end of telsonic somite; fifth peduncular joint equal to combined lengths of
segments one to four.

Basis of third maxilliped two-thirds as long again as remaining joints together
and with outer distal lobe yery large, extending to well beyond anterior end of
articulation of merus and carpus; oater lobe of merus reaching to level of anterior
end of carpus.

First peraeopod, when extended, with carpus attaining level of autennal
angle; basis nearly one-fourth as long again as rest of limb; carpus three-fourths
as long again as merus, fully one-fourth as long again as propodus and twiee as
long as dactylus.

Dactylus of second peraeopod shorter than merns, longer than earpus and
three-fourths as long azain as propodis; its longest distal spine is as long as the
joint and its other two much shorter spines are subequal in length; the basis is
almost as long as rest of Limb,

Basis in third peraeopods longer than rest of limb, abont equal to this in
fourth and shorter in fifth; carpus in all posterior limbs a little longer than merus
and nearly half as long again as propodus; the longer of the two carpal setae,
and the propodal seta, do not reach beyond tip of dactylus,

Pedunele of uropod with a dorso-lateral carina; it is equal in length to
telsonic somite, little more than two-thirds as long as exopod, and with a fringe of
setae on inner edge; endopod barely shorter than exopod, with setae on anterior
half, and a few spines on posterior half, of immer margin; exopod with a few
inner plumose setae,

Ground colour pale yellow, with anterioy and inferior edges of carapace,
lower edges of pedigerous and pleon somites, aud all carinae, margined with
white. Carapace, in addition, with closely placed large spots of dark brown (not
shown in figure).

Length 5 mm,

Lov. Western Australia: OF Garden Island (type loe., G, P. Whitley, sub-
marine light, 6.50 p.m—7.10 p.m., July, 1945); King Sound (G. P. Whitley, ex
eutter *‘Isobel,’’? submarine light, 7 p.m.—7.20 p.m., September, 1945, surface

7

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 35

temperature 21-6° C.) ; Mary Anne Island, 3} fathoms (G, P. Whitley, ex cutter
“‘Tsobel,”’ submarine light, 7.15 p.m.—7.45 p.m., November, 1945, surface tempera-
ture 26° C.). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg, No, G. 2844.

A dozen adults, all males, were secured; the localities range from 17° S, to
32°8° 8. ;

As in brevipes sp. nov, the plan of sculpture of the carapace is essentially as
in the related sheardi, which possesses similar posterior dorsal pits, and antero-
lateral tumidities while it has traces of longitudinal dorso-lateral carinae. The
proportions of the uropods alone provide for the ready separation of the three
species, but other obvious differences are noted in the descriptions.

CYCLASPIS BREVIPES sp, nov,

Adult male. Integument caleified and brittle. Surface of carapace smooth
except for very fine reticulate patterning,

Carapace robust, not much more than half as long again as deep; it is less
than one-third of total length of animal ancl is a little narrower than greatest.
depth ; viewed from above the sides are evenly curved for the greater part of their
length but anteriorly the areas inferior to the antennal angle are flared outwards;
in lateral view the dorsum of the carapace is very slightly wavy and there is no

Fig. 19. Cyclaspis brevipes, type male; lateral view and (eeph.) eephalothorax from
above (X 15); e.pacc., anterior portion of carapace (% 28); tela, fifth pleon and telsonic
somites with peduncle of wropod (x 25).

36 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

marked elevation at the rear, although the strong median carina is here swollen;
there is a pair of posterior dorsal pits as in rudis and carinae which are disposed
much as in that species; on the frontal lobe there is a transverse ridge (feebly
developed in rudis) immediately behind the ocular lobe. Pseudorostrium broadly
truncate, the lobes meeting for a short distance in front of ocular lobe, which is

much as in rudis. Antennal notch broadly V-shaped but extending imwards as
a closed slit.

aad

Fig. 20. Cyclaspis brevipes, adult male; ant. 1, first antenna (X 105); ant. 2, second

antenna, distal portion of flagellum omitted (X 47); mxp. 3, third maxilliped (X 47); prp. 1,
first peracopod (% 47; distal joints, X 66); prp, 2-

2-4, second to fourth peraeopods (x 47;
distal joints of second und fourth, X 105); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonie somites
(x 47). A, Distal joints of second peracopod of adult male of C. rudis for comparison,

The four exposed pedigerous somites are together more than half as long as
carapace ; second and fourth each with a short median dorsal carina ; other somites
smooth on dorsum.

Pleon robust, only one-fifth as long again as cephalothorax; first to fourth
somites each with a strong median carina on back, but no dorso-lateral ridges ;
fifth somite tapering to the rear, half as long again as telsonie somite, more than
half as long again as greatest width and with a strong median dorsal earina.
Telsonie somite broadest at the rear (where it is three-fourths as wide as long)
with a median ridge on proximal half of back, a distinct dorsal notch but no
dlorso-lateral carinae,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 37

Antennae and maxilliped much as in radis (see fig. 19 mxp. and ant.).

First peraeopod short and stout, the eapus of the extended limb not reaching
to antennal angle; basis more than one-fourth as long again as rest of limb and
with greatest. breadth equal to one-third of its length; earpus less than three-
fourths as long as ierus, nearly half as long again as propodus and two and
three-fourths times as long as dactylus.

Dactylus of second peraeopod little more than half as long as merus, shorter
than carpus and barely longer thau propodus; its longest distal spine is longer
than the joint and the other two distal spines ave unequal in length; the basis
is as long as remaining joints together.

Basis of third peraeopod equal in length to rest of limb, that of fourth and
fifth pairs shorter; carpus of posterior legs longer than merus and twiee as long
as propodus; setae as in rudis.

Peduncle of uropod with dorso-lateral carina and with plumose setae on inner
margin; it is equal in length to the telsonie somite and to the exopod, which has
half a dozen inner plumose setae; endopod equal in length to exopod, with ten
slender spines in proximal half and six shorter and stronger spines in distal half,

Colour dark purplish brown, the front and inferior portions of carapace, and
lower parts of pedigerous and pleon somites, marvined with pale yellow.

Length 4mm,

Loc. Western Australia: Shark Bay, west of Cape Peron, 3 fathoms (G. P.
Whitley, ex entter “Lsobel,"? submarine light, 8 p.m—8.20 p.m., August, 1945,
surface temperature 18°55" C.; off Onslow, Airlie Island. 3 fathoms, on rock,
coral and sand bottom (type loc, G. P. Whitley, ex eutter ‘Isobel,’ submarine
Hight, 740 pam.-8 p.n., September, 1945, surface temperature 21-6°C. Type
in Sonth Anstralian Museum, Reg. No. C. 8014.

A ridge corresponding to the anterior transverse carina of the exsculpta
group, runs xeross the frontal lobe just behind the eye-lobe aud connects the
antero-lateral tumidities, This carina, more feebly developed, is present in rvdis
also. The whole sculpture plan ts as in radix, but bree pes differs in having the
carapace relatively deeper and (apart from the ridges and pits) smooth instead
of granulate, while its dorsum is not markedly irregular; further, all the pleon
somites are relatively shorter, the first and second peraeopods are shorter, with
the joints of different proportions, and the wropods are distinetly shorter, with
the rami equal in leneth to the peduncle,

As noted under rudis, this species is allied to sheardi. C. simula Hale (1944,
p. 180, fig. 49-50) also has some features in common with brevipes and, similarly,
has the distal joints of the first peraeopods short; ihe last feature may be dne
to immaturity, simula being known only from the young male. In the latter

38 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the peduncle of the uropod is one-fourth as long again as telsonic somite and one-
third as long again as the rami, and it may be assumed that the whole appendage
is relatively longer in the adult male.

CYCLASPIS MJOBERGI Zimmer.

Cyclaspis mjobergi Zimmer, 1921, p. 11, fig. 14-16; Hale, 1944, p. 88, fig. 17-18
(male).

? Cyclaspis usitata Hale, 1932, p. 549, fig. 1, and 1944, p. 122, fig. 48 (female).

There is now an opportunity to compare with the material recorded below as
candida South Australian males previously referred to mjobergi as well as a series
of males secured at three localities in Shark Bay, Western Australia (G. P.
Whitley, September-November, 1945) and at Garden Island, Western Australia
(A. G. Nicholls, November, 1946) ; the western males here referred to myobergt
are of the same size as those from the south, being thus considerably smaller than
Zimmer’s types, which were taken off Cape Jaubert, north-western Australia.

There is no doubt that candida and mjobergi are very closely allied—the
male of the last-named differing only (1) as pointed out by Zimmer in having the
dactylus of the first leg longer in relation to the propodus of that limb (see fig. 20,
A and B, prp. 1); (2) in having the ridges so generally characteristic of the
exsculpta group obsolete. Nevertheless, its place in this group is undoubted,
although in my key (Hale, 1944, p. 71) the absence of ridges arbitrarily throws
it with the levis group (see also Hale, 1944, pp. 64 and 66).

Although the exsculpta type of ridging is absent there is, in some of the
examples from South Australia, some slight suggestion of the sculpture. This
consists, in the first place of the tumidity, previously noted, below the frontal
lobe and occupying the site of the large antero-lateral. tubercles where typically
developed; secondly, the dorsum of the carapace is not always so completely
smoothly arched as in the specimen figured previously, and there may be present a
minute median dorsal tubercle, in the same position as that formed by the first
transverse ridge of some other species of the exsculpla group (fig. 20, A). The
surface pitting as described by Zimmer seems to be merely a modification of the
coarse honeycomb pattern ; this surface sculpturing varies in the males of exsculpta
where a thickening of the walls of the reticulations may greatly reduce the size
of the enclosed area.

The males from Shark Bay, Western Australia, have the dactylus of the first
peraeopod three-fourths to four-fifths as long as the propodus of that limb and
the peduncle of the uropod while a little longer than in the South Australian
examples is nevertheless slightly shorter than the rami; it seems probable that the
tips of the latter were damaged in the types.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 39

Males from Garden Island, 9mm. in length, have the peduncle of the wropod
shorter than the rami. Although the proportions of the terminal joints of the
first peraeopods are as in the southern examples, they are relatively much more
elongate, the combined lengths of these joints (ischium to daetylus) being

Fig. 21. A, Cyelaspis mjobergi, adult’ male from South Australia; lateral and dorsal
views of cephalothorax (xX 16); prp, 1, distal joints of first peraeopod (x 45). B,
0. candida, adult male from New South Wales; lateral and dorsal views of cephalothorax
(X16); prp. 1, distal joints of first peracopod. (X% 45). C, Lateral and dorsal views of
cephalothorax of adult male of C. candida trom Queensland (X 16). D, Lateral view of
cephalothorax of non-ovigerous female of C, candida from Queensland (X 16).

equal to the length of the basis, whereas in South Australian specimens the last-
named is half as long again in relation to the rest of the limb,

As mentioned below, under cundida, ovigerous females described from South
Australia as usilula differ from a very similar adult female taken in Shark Bay,

40 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Western Australia, only in having the dactylus of the first peraeopod a little
longer in relation to the propodus, a difference found between the males of candida
and mjabergi. Thus, if the two species are really separable if would appear that
wsitala is the female of mjobergi. Many adult males of the last-named species
and a large number of ovigerous females of usituta were taken on the same night
but in separate hauls at Brighton, South Australia, in October, 1941.

CYCLASPIS CANDIDA Aimmer.
Cyclaspis candida Zimmer, 1921, p. 9, fig. 12-13.

Adult male, New South Wales. A series of examples nearly 8 min. in total
length and taken from Cronulla (II. M. Hale and K. Sheard, submarine light,
8 feet ou sand, January, 1944) are referred to this species. Although the size is
considerably smaller than Zimmer’s type male from North-Western Australia
(12-6 mm.) they exhibit no significant character by which they can be separated.
As stated in the original description the sculpture of the carapace is faint; the
first transverse ridge is, however, distinct on the back and the posterior trans-
verse carina is (vaceable on the dorsum (where it is interrupted medianly) and
for a short distance on the sides of most examples (fig. 20, B),

Zimmer describes the peduncle of the w'opod of the type as being almost as
long as the rami; in the males now recorded it is fully two-thirds as long as the
rami,

The daetylus of the first peracopod, as in the type, is two-thirds as long as
the propodus,

Adult male, Queeusland. A goodly number of males were found stranded at
the water’s edge in the Noosa River (an inlet of the sea) by Mr. T. 8. R. Munro,
June, 1944, and in September, 1945, the same collector secured by trawling in
the same lovality a single adult male ayd an immature male, These males are
only 6°5 mm, in length, thus being still smaller than the New South Wales
specimens and barely more than half as long as the type. The appendages are
as in the other material except that the peduncle of the uropod 1s a trifle shorter
in relation to the rami. In some examples, however, the sculpture of the carapace
is still less apparent. The anterior transverse varina, with its tiny median dorsal
projection, is fairly easily made out with careful lighting, bul there is uo trace of
the second transverse carina (fie. 20, C) or at most the feeblest indications of such
ridge,

Non-ovigerous female, Queensland. Stranded with the males just noted were
a couple of subadult females of about the same size presumed to belong to the
same species (fig. 20,D), These resemble the subadult female previously figured

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 41

from New South Wales (Hale, 1944, fig. 44) ay usilatas incidentally, immature
males from New South Wales and the aforementioned subadult Queensland male
are about 7 mm. in length aud have the form just as in these females, with the
ridges of the carapace distinet but with the second pedigerous somite not at all
elevated dorsally, In tribulis the seulpture of the earapace is strong in the femate
and young male but is partially obliterated in the adult male,

Adult male, Western Australia. A dozen males taken in Shark Bay (Broad-
hurst Bight, G. P. Whitley, November, 1945) are of the same size (8 num.) as the
aforementioned New South Wales males, which they otherwise closely resemble.

Ovigerous female, Western Australia. An ovigerous female, 6 mm. in
length and taken with immature females and a young male in Shark Bay (Mon-
keymia, 2 fathoms, G. P. Whitley, November, 1945) is referred here; it is very
close to the Sonth Australian adult females previously deseribed as usilata (Hale,
1932, p. 549, fig. 1, and 1944, p, 122, fig. 43), the only appreciable difference being
that the dactylus of the first peraeopod is a little shorter in relation to the propodus,
heing less than two-thirds as long as the latter instead of fully two-thirds as
long as it.

REFERENCES CITED.

Calman, W. T. (1904) + “Report on the Cumacea collected by Prof, Herdman,
at Ceylon, in 1902." Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish, 1904, Supp. Rep., xii,
pp. 159-180, pl. icv.

Calman, W. T. (1905): ‘*The Cumacea of the Siboga Expedition.” Stboga.
ixped., Mon,, xxvi, pp. 1-23, pl. i-ii, text fig. 1-4,

Calman, W. T. (1907) ‘On New or Rare Crustacea of the Order Cumacea from
the Collection of the Copenhagen Museum. Part I. The Families Bodo-
iriidac, Vauntompsoniidae, and Leneonidae.’' Trans. Zool. Soc, xviii,
pp. 1-58, pl. i-ix.

Cabnan, W. 'T. (1917): Brit, Antare. (Terre Nova’) Exped. 1910. Nat. Hist.
Rep. Zool,, iii, part iv, pp. 145-156, fig. 4-9,

Vale, Herbert M. (1928) : ‘Australian Cumacea.’’ Tans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust.,
lu, pp. 81-48, fig, 1-17.

fale, Herbert M. (1932) :'*A Cumacean New to South Australia.’’ Ree. S. Aust.
Mus., iv. pp. 549-550, fig. 1.

Hale, Herbert M, (1936): ‘‘Three New Cumacea from South Australia.” Fee.
S, Aust. Wus..v, pp. 895-4038, fie. 1-6.

Hale, Herbert M. (1936a): ‘*Ciumacea from a South Australian Reef.’? Ree:
8S. Aust, Mus.. v, pp. 404-438, fig. 1-23.

42 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Hale, Herbert M. (1937) : ‘‘Further Notes on the Cumacea of South Australian
Reefs.’’ Rec. S. Aust. Mus., vi, pp. 61-74, fig. 1-9.

Hale, Herbert M. (1944): ‘‘The Genus Cyclaspis.’? Rec. 8. Aust. Mus., viii,
pp. 68-142, fig. 1-60.

Hale, Herbert M. (1946): ‘‘The Family Diastylidae, Part 2.’ Rec. S. Aust.
Mus., viii, pp. 857-444, fig. 1-60.

Sars, G. O. (1887) : Rep. Sct. Res. “Challenger,’’ Zool, xix, part lv, ‘‘Report on
the Cumacea,’’ p. 1-73, pl. i-xi.

Zimmer, Carl (1921) : Results of Dr. Mjoberg’s Swedish Scientific Expedition to
Australia, 1910-13, xxvi. Cumaccen. Kongl. Svenska Vet.Akad. Hand.,
lxi (No. 7), pp. 1-13, fig. 1-16.

ILLUSTRATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI

I. AGARICUS AND CORTINARIUS WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO ANTIBIOTIC SPECIES

By J. B. CLELAND, UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE AND J. R. Harris,
WAITE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE

Summary

Since the discovery of penicillin and its allies, numerous workers have shown that the
production of substances antagonistic to the growth of micro-organisms is not limited
to mould fungi alone, but seems to be a very widespread characteristic of many
members of the plant kingdom. The substances active in producing such effects may
be very diverse in constitution, and, in fact, the majority of them still await exact
chemical identification.

In England, Wilkins and Harris (1944) have shown that extracts of the sporophores of
many of the larger Basidiomycetes may be active against the representative bacteria,
Escherichia (Bacterium) coli, Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa
(pyocyanea), and of some seven hundred species tested by them during the seasons of
1942-3, about seventy proved to be strongly active, and about a hundred weakly so. In
Victoria over two hundred species were examined by Mathieson (1946) who found
about forty to be active against Staph. aureus and twenty to be active against both
Staph. aureus and Esch. coli. In South Australia, Atkinson (1946) reported only five
active species in over two hundred tested.

ILLUSTRATIONS ann DESCRIPTIONS or SOUTH
AUSTRALIAN FUNGI

1, AGARICUS anp CORTINARIUS witn SPECIAL
REFERENCE tro ANTIBIOTIC SPECIES

Ry J. B. CLELAND, Universrry or Avevaibe ann J. R. HARRIS,? Warry AcRicuLTURAL
Resvarcu Instiruty.

Plates i-iii.

Since the discovery of penicillin and its allies, numerous workers have shown
that the produetion of substances antagonistic to the growth of micro-organisms
is not limited to mould fungi alone, but seems to be a very widespread characteristic
of many members of the plant kingdom. The substances active in producing sneh
effeets may he very diverse in constitution, and, in fact, the majority uf them still
await exact chemical identification.

In England, Wilkins and Harris (1944) have shown that extracts of the
sporophores of many of the larger Basidiomycetes may be active against the
representative bacteria, Escherichia (Bacteriwn) coli, Staphylococcus aureus and
Pseudomonas aeruginosa (pyocyanea), and of some seven hundred species tested
by them during the seasons of 1942-3, about seventy proved to be strongly active,
and about a hundred weakly so. In Victovia over two hundred species were
eximined hy Mathieson (1946) who found about forty to be active agaiust Staph.
aureus and twenty to be active against both Staph. aureus and Esch. coli. Tu
South Australia, Atkinson (1946) reported only five active species in over two
hundred tested,

This paper has arisen from a eonsideration of the identification of some of
the groups of the higher fungi which have been tested for antibiotic properties
and have given positive results. Mathieson, (1946) has indicated that the
systematics of these groups leave much to be desired, and it is hoped that this
paper will be the first of a series investigating some of the Australian representa-
tives. In it a new variety of Agaricus and nine new species of Cortingrius are
described along with one new name and notes on three other species. All the
accompanying plates have been prepared from watercolours drawn by Miss Gwen
D. Walsh of the South Australian Museum, and to whom our thanks are due.

The results of Wilkins and Warris (1944) and Mathieson (1946) suggest
that the occurrence of antibiotie properties of the extracts of bayidiomycete
sporophores is not confined exclusively to certain groups, but rather seems to he

{Now an Officer, G.S.LR., Division of Soils,

44 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

seattered more or less indiscriminately through many of the genera. In South
Australia workers at the lustitute of Medical and Veterinary Seience have
reported many fewer positive results (Atkinson, 1946) and it has seemed that
activity has been restricted to comparatively well-defined groups, notably the
genera Agaricus L. ex, Pr. and Cortinarius (Pers, ex Fr.) Gray, Nevertheless,
it has been quite a striking feature that several species reported as active by
Wilkins aud Harris (1944) in England have been reported as inactive by
Mathieson (1946) and Atkinson in Arstralia, eg. Agaricus arvensis (Schaeti.)
Fr. and Polystictus versicolor (U.) Fr., while a large number of the species
reported as active by Mathieson (1946) in Victoria have been found to le inactive
in South Australia by Atkinson and co-workers, e.g. Cortinarius castanca-fulous
Glel., Trametes cinnabarina (Jacq.) Fv, Clitopilus subfrwnentaceus Cle, and
Mycena epipterygia Scop., so that at present one is in quandary whether to
explain sueh discrepancies as due to yariations aurongst strains of the one species
of fungus, to the produetion of antibiotic substances being dependent upon
locality and environment, to distinet species having been used but identified as
the one species and so named, or to a reflection of minor differences between the
techniques of the workers testing them aud the strains of bacteria they have
employed.

A recent paper by Atkinson (1946) has dealt with the properties of extracts
of two of the fungi provisionally identified by one of us (J B.C.) as Cortinarius
rotundisporus Clel, et Cheel and Psalliatu sunthoderma Genev, Tir the light of
further examination of collected material it seems that each should be re-named.

In accordance with Ainsworth anc Bisby (1943) we shall adopt the generic
name Agaricus L, ex Fr, rather than Psalliota (Fr.) Quel, as used by Rea (1922)
and Cleland (1984) in reference to the genus which ineludes the common field ancl
horse witishrooms, since the former has been advocated by the British Mycolagieal
Society (1940). In this genus Wilkins and Harris (1044) found extracts of
A, arvensis (Schaetf.) Fr. and two varieties of A. vanthadermus Genev, to he
aetive. In Vietoria, Mathieson (1946) bas found both A, arvensis (Schaetf.) Fr.
and A, condhodermus Genev. 10 be inactive, while Atkinson has found the former
to be inavtive, while a fungus closely resembling the latter to be uniformly and
consistently active against Steph. mires, Baet. typhosum, the vole tubercle
bacillus and Mycobacterium phlet,

Cleland (1934) believed that ihe fungus closely resentbling the horse mush-
room but showing yellow stains on breising, and found by him im Anstralia, to
be apparently identical with the Continental A, ranthadermus Gonev. aud so he
recorded it avcordingly. The yellow staining phenomenon of this inushvoont is so
characteristic, that in a genus sach as ayaricus L. ex Fr, with some sixty tem-
perate species, this property is sufficiently well marked to form ihe basis of the

CLELAND AND HaARRIS—SoutH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI 45

species determination, Until recently it has been believed that the Southern
Hemisphere species is identical with the northern type, but compared to this plant
as figied by Ramsbottom (1945), the plant whieh we have been collecting is
usually shorter and stouter in the stem, smaller in overall (dimensions and of
slightly different growth habit, coupled with the facet that numerous records. are
available of persons eating Jarge numbers of this Innes. without feeling the
slightest il) effects in contrast to its European reeord. Therefore, we feel that
possibly the South Australian plant may not be ideutieal with the type description
and so suggest segregating 11 as a new vatiety for which the name Agaricus
ccamthadermus var. antibioticus var. nov. is proposed, 11 is alsa pointed ont that
this new variety is closely related io 4. arvensts var. fragrans Clel, and Cheel
described and figured by Cleland and Chee] (1918) and whieh differs from it in
possessing a decidedly fragrant smell, so that it indieates that the new variety
it closely related to both A. mawensis (Schaeff.) Fr. and A. canthodermus Genev,

Recently Wilkins (1947) has indieated that irrepular positive vesults for
A. arvensis (Sehaeff.) Fr. previously reported by Wilkins and Iarris (1944) are
almost certainly due to mistaken identification of individuals of A. wanthodemnus
Genevy. Furthermore, he suggests that the Pselliota «cunthederna of Atkinson
(1946), the Psalliotu sp. of Mathieson (1946) and the English collections of
A, wcanthodermus thay De identical, but it seems doubtful at least whether the
South Australian and the Victorian plants ate sufficiently alike io be so. Below
is a description of the new variety :

AGARICUS XANTHODERMUS Var. ANTIBIOTICUS var. hoy.

Pileus at first 4 em, in diameter with a flat top (4 am.) and nearly vertices]
sides (2-2 om, high), then to 6 em., convex, whitish with a tendeney to fibrillose
seales, sometimes finely floceulose (in the watereolour eovered with ditt so as to
appear brownish), tirning mustard-pickle colour when rubbed ander the tap to
remove the dirt. Closed with the veil. Veil ruther double at the attachment to
the stem, white turning yellow when rubbed, ring rather distant. Gills quite free,
T mm. deep, it first livid pink (near Kern Drah, pl. xlvi2), never fresh pink, then
dingy purplish. Stem 4 to 4 em. high, stout, equal above (1°5 to 2 em.), eonical
below passing into the voot, whitish with Deep Chrome (pl. iii) stains at base of
stem, finely fibrillose. solid, Plesh turning yellow. Smell rather strong. Spores
fuscons, rather variable in shape, broader at one end, 7-5 to 9 & SA some
5d % 3-7. Near Adelaide, August, 1946, Tested at the Institute of Medieal
and Veterinary Science, Adelaide, over the last (vee years this species, or at least

2These Roman figures veter to the plates In Ridgwiry’s Color Standards and Color Nomen-
clatyre, Washington, 1912,

46 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

this variety of it, has been consistently strongly antibiotic to Staph, aureus,
Eberthelia typhosa, the vole tubercle bacillus and Mycobacterium phlei. Tt this
antibiotie quality does not pertain to the type species, we would apply the term
antibioticus to this as a definite variety. [See Atkinson (1946) for properties of
extracts. |

Varietas cum qualitatibus perantibioticis contra Mycobacterium sp. Staphy-
lococcum aurewm et Eberthellam typhosam.

CORTINARTUS.

The genus Cortinarius (Pers. ex Fr.) 5. F. Gray is the largest genus of the
Avarivales, having at least some four hundred recognized species, especially in the
Northern Temperate zone, The genus is a very well-defined one, but avcording
io Fries (1836-8) ‘‘although it is a great natural group, the species are so
intimately related among themselves that to distingnish the separate ones is almost
to be despaired of.’’ In England at least two hundred are known, but for
Australia Cooke (1892) lists only seven, while Cleland (1928) records fourteen
and later (1934) some twenty-six, of which all but four are new, so that in all not
more than about thirty to forty separate Australian collections have been named.

While the generic characters are so well-marked, there are so many closely
related species giving a whole graded series from one extreme feature to another,
that the taxonomy within the genus is extremely difficult, since it is so difficult
to ascertain where one species ends and another begins. One therefore has to
choose between either the tendency to recognize a few species exhibiting consider-
able variations or to recognize a larger number of species of reasonably constant
morphology. Tt is diffieult to say which is the wiser until we are able to assess
the species concept within this genus upon a more natural basis and have some
vnderstandine of the effect of ecologieal factors upon morphological features
and also some knowledge of the genetics of the group.

The genus was divided by Fries into some six sub-genera, a system which has
remained intaet with most present day authors. A key to these as used by
Lange (1938) is as follows:

[. Phlegmacium. Fleshy, generally large species with a more or less viscid cap
and a dry stem.

(i.) Seauri. Stem with a distinct often marginate bulh.
ii.) Cliduchi-Elastici. Stem elub-shaped or eylindrieal, without mar-
ginate bulb,
tl, Myxacium, Both cap and stem more or less viscid,
(i.) Colliniti. Stem peronate, slimy. Spores pruniform, large (>10.).
(ii.) Delibuti. Stem merely viscid, Spores smaller (<9).

CLELAND AND HARRIS—SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI 47

IT. /nolamea, Cap and stem dry, generally syuamulose or somewhat. fibrillose.
Stem stout,
(i.) Pallido-violacei. Whole fruiting body whitish or flushed with lilae
or bluish.

(ii.) Olivaceo-aurati. Cap and stem with some tinges of olive, yellow,
ochre or red,

TY, Dermocybe, Cap dry (not hygrophanous), subfibrillose or subsquamulose.
Stem slender.

(i.) Anomali, Gills olive, bluish or pallid.
(ii,) Nitidi. Gills brilliant yellow to deep blood red or liver brown,

V. Telamonia. Expallent or hygrophanows, Stem peronate or annulate by
remnants of universal veil.
(i) Carnosi, Rather fleshy species (only sub-hygrophanous) with a
somewhat bulbous stem, Spores often rather large (>9,).
(ii.) Submembranacei, Slightly fleshy, hygrophanous species with a
rather slender stem, Spores generally rather small (<9).

VI.

_

Hydrovybe. Wygrophanous species with a glabrous or slightly fibrillose
stem,
(i.) Firmiores, Cap generally over 4 em, broad, obtuse with ineurved
edge, Spores rarely (<9).
(ii,) Tenuiores, Cap small (rarely over 4 em, broad), often acute,
straight-edged. Spores small (<9p).

Kaulfman (1918) raises the subsection Seauri to the rank of a snb-genus, viz,
Bulbopodium, and some authors have accepted this as a seventh sub-genus. The
boundaries between these sub-genera are not always sharply defined and it
becomes almost arbitrary at. times into which of two such sub-genera one will place
a species; hence their use is rather limited and of doubtful value, on an absolute
basis, but for the sale of uniformity they have been included here. Phlegmacium
and Myxacium inelude those species with viscid pileus, Inolomea and Dermocybe
those with innately silky to scaly pileus and Telamonia and Hydrovybe those with
a hygrophanous pileus,

Since several Cortinars have been found to yield extracts with antibiotic
properties, it is important to open up the question of the taxonomic status of the
Australian representatives. It is beyond the scope of this paper to attempt a
complete revision except insofar as it is pertinent to the few species described
here or to correct previously published inaceuracies.

li seems that those species listed by Cleland (1928 and 1935) as representa-
tives of the sub-genns Telmmonia, viz. C. striatulus Olel., C, russeo-cinnamonens
CleL, and (. winaceo-cinereus Clel, would be more correctly considered under the
sub-genns Hidrocybe while C, fibrillosus Clel. is probably a slender Dermoacybe.

48 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

An udditional record for this state is (. austro-evernius Clel, et Cheel as deseribed
by Cleland and Cheel (1918) from New South Wales, and this, too, appears to
he a Aydrocybe, subsection Tenmiores.

The sub-genus Dermocybe is represented by a large nimber of species, the
bulk of whieh are unnamed and wideseribed. A wide variety of forms are found
which grade closely from one to another, so that a whole range is met with which
is very diffieult to subdivide into species except in a few well-marked examples.
Two closely related and well-marked species representative of this sub-genus are
deseribed below. Doth are believed to be hitherto undescribed and so have been
named (. basirubescens sp. nov, and C!, wnbonatus sp. nov. Both are characterized
by tanny-brown, silky-fibrillose pilvi, lighter ochraceous gills and strikingly pink
tufts of myeelium at the base of the stem. The former is rare and is known only
from # single locality from which specimens were found to be antibiotic, but the
latter ig more common im selerophyll forest communities and has never shown
activity from a large number of collections,

CorTInarius (DERMOCYBE) BASIRUBESCENS Sp, TOY.

Pileus small, 2 em, to 45 em, ({-1$ in.) im diameter, convex, smooth, silky,
dry, Cameo Brown (xxviii) to Liver Brown (xiv) with darker patches near the
centre 10 Blackish Brown (xlv). Flesh moderately thick beneath the centre,
attenuated rapidly towards the periphery, but without pronounced unibo, creamy.
Gills adnate with a slight sinus, moderately crowded, in four tiers, Mikado Brown
(xxix) to Ochraceous Tawny (xv). Stem relatively stout, creamy near Chamois
(xxx), with remnants of the darker cortina forming an imperfect arachnoid ring,
slightly swollen towards the base, 4-6 em. (13-24 in.) long and up to 1°25 em.
(4 in.) at base which sharply tapers to a tuft of erimson mycelium with the red
colour tending to extend as a flush to almost half-way up the stipe. Spores light
brown, smooth, mostly sub-globose to elongate- ellipsoidal, inequilateral, smallish,
9-124 long > 8p wide. Smell absent. Subcaespitose in soil around the base of a
Eucalypt stamp. Mylor, June.

The evimson mycelium at the base of the stipe with the tendency for a red
flush to extend along it marks the species as very characteristic, The stouter stem
suggests a probable relation with [nolond,

Pileus 2-1-5 em., convexus, glaber, sericeus, siceus, ‘Cameo Brown’’ ad
“Giver Brown,’ in centro ‘Blackish Brown.’? Caro im exteriorem partem
attenuata. Lamellae subsinuato-adnatae, subconfertae, “Mikado Brown"? ad
“Ovhraceous Tawny.’’ Stipes suberassus, ¢remeus, 4-6 X 1-2 cn., ad basen
mycelio coreineo, Arnnlus imperfectus, arachnoideus, Sporae, 9-12 > 8 miera.
Plautae subcaespitosae.

CLELAND AND HARRIS—SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI 49

Cortinarius (DErRMOCcYBE) UMBONATUS Sp. Nov,
Plate iii, fie. 1.

Pileus 5-6 ein, (2-24 in.) across, distinetly umbonate at first, but spreading
to become almost plane, silky smooth, dry, an even tanny brown near Kaiser Brown
(xiv) or Sanford Brown (ii) to Burnt Sienna (ii), finely striate. Flesh thick
over disk, attenuated rapidly towards periphery, Gills in four tiers, sinuato-
adnate, more or less irregular along the edges, lighter than the pileus, Oehraceous
Tawny (xv) or Clay Colowr (xxix), Stem central, smooth, pallid above, browner
helow with tints of pileus, more or less equal, 6-11 em. long, 10-12 mm. in diameter,
slightly swollen at the base, and o¢easionally with tufts of pinkish mycelium.
Spores light yellow, subglobose, ovoid to ellipsoidal, inequilateral, exospore
slightly rough, obliquely apiculate 6-10” >< 5-7+5p. Solitary to caespitose in
sclerophyll forest. May to July, National Pavk, Waterfall Gully, Stirling.

This is quite a common, handsome species with its dark tanny brown umbonate
eap and pale stem. Extracts of sporophores have not given positive antibiotic
reactions.

Pileus 5-6 em., subumbonatus deinde sabplanus, sericens, glaber, sicens,
tenuiter striatus, ‘‘ Kaiser Brawn’’ yel ‘‘Sandford Brown”? ad ‘‘ Burnt Sienna.’’
Caro in centro crassa, in exteriorem partem attenuata. Lamellae sinuato-adnatae,
“Ochraceus Tawny’? vel ‘Clay Color.’’ Stipes glaber, supra pallidus, infra
subfulvus, 6-1] em. X 10-12mm. Sporae, 6-10 &% 5-75 micra.

CorTINARTUs (DERMOUYEE) OLEAGINUS Sp. Noy.
Plate ii, fig, 4,

Pileus small to medium, 2-6 em. (3-24 in,), very convex at first becoming
almost plane at maturity and then usually accompanied by radial splitting,
calours variable showing a range from light greenish yellow through olive tints
to almost greenish ble. The basal colmu of the pileus is yellow near Cream Buff
(xxx) or Honey Yellow (xxx) with applied fibrils of the welwm wniversale of
light blue to lilac rendering the pileus olivaceous near Hern Olive (xxx), Dark
Olive Buff (xl), Artemesia Green (xlvii), Deep Grayish Olive (xlvi) to Pale
Russian Blue (xlu), Plesh thin, yellow. Gills in four series, adnate to sinuato-
adnate or decurrent: by a tooth, ight brown shades near Cinnamon Buff (xxix),
Antimony Yellow (xv) to almost Ochraceous Tawny (xv) in old age. Stem
slender to medium stout, up to 10 em, lone, attenviated slightly in either direction
from 4mm, to 12 mm., light ereamy yellow with faint cinereous tints to strongly

50 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

developed lilac tints of the velum whiversalc, and beset with scanty brown fibrillose
remnants of the cortina. Spores rotund, yellow-brown, 7 X Gy. Solitary to
subcaespitose. Waterfall Gully, Crafers, May, June.

This is quite a handsome species exhibiting an exceptionally wide range of
variations in colour tones. It provides a striking example of a cortina in which
the basal colour of the pileus is modified by the closely appressed velwne wiiversile
of quite a different colour, Corl. austro-cevernius Clel. et Cheel is another example
of such a modification, and the resultant wide range in colours is due to different
amouuts of vestigial universal veil. It should therefore be stressed that these
colours should be indicated in describing the species, as they are of great use in
working a key to the species.

Pileus 2-6 em,, convexus, deinde subplanus, viridi-flavus ad viridi-caeruleum
vel olivarium. Cara tenuis, flava. Lamellae adnatae ad sinnato-adnatas, ‘t Cinna-
mon Buff,’’ ‘‘ Antimony Yellow”’ et ‘‘Ochraceous ''awny.’’ Stipes tenuis ad sub-
crassum, ad 10 em. X 4-12 mm., cremeo-flayus cum colore yeli universalis lilacino.
Sporae glohosae, 7 * 6 miera.

Cortinarius (TELAMONIA) YERONA-BRUNNEUS sp. nov.
Plate i, fig, 1.

Pileus small to medium, 3:5-5-0 em, (14-2 in,), slightly convex to irregularly
plane, slightly umbonate, smooth to subfibrillose, Mikado Brown to Verona Brown
(xxix) with lighter radial striations. Flesh dingy-pallid, thin, hygrophanous.
Gills slightly sinuate, moderately close set, near Ochraceous Tawny (xv), 5 aim.
deep. Stem 4-0-4°5 em. lone, moderately stout (5-8 mim.), equal to slightly
attenuated below, and with a slight cavity terminating ina slightly bulbous base,
pale above, tinted with Verona Brown (xxix) below where it is partially peronate
by remnants of the universal veil. Spores yellow brown, oblique, 9% Sp.
Solitary. Waterfall Gully; May.

This species is typical of Telamonia section Carnosi with relatively larger
stem and spores than is found in the section Submembranacei. The sub-genus is
not represented by many species in Australia, and those previously described by
Cleland (1928-19384) for Telamomu are better considered as Inoalomus,

Pileus 8+5-5 em., subconvexus ad planum, irregulariter, subumbonatus, elaber
ad. subfibrillosum, 'f Mikado Brown’’ ad ‘‘ Verona Brown.’’ Caro subfusco-pallida,
tenuis, hygrophana. Lamellae subsinuatae, subeontertae, ‘‘Ochraceous Tawny.’’
Stipes 44:5 em, X 5-8 mm,, ad basem subbulbosus, supra pallidus, infra ‘t Verona
Brown’’ et subperonatus. Sporae, 9 X& 5 micra.

CLELAND AND HARRIS—SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI 5]

Corrinarius (Iyprocyer) CINNAMONEO-BADIUS sp. nov.
Plate ii, fig. 2.

Small plants. Pileus 1-5-2 em,, convex, subgibbous, expanding until almost
plane with convex edge, hygrophanous, Verona Brown to Warm Sepia (xxix) or
darker if moist, passing through Mikado Brown to Cinnamon to Orange Cinnamon
(xxix), at first mealy with remnants of the veil, finally rather rugose with
lacerated edge of cortina. Gills sinuate, moderately close, near Mikado Brown
(xxix). Stem slender, 2-2-5 um,, whitish and clothed with whitish fibrillose
remnants of the universal veil, flesh brownish with slight cavity. Spores sub-
globose to ellipsoidal, 9 to 12% 6 to 92. Gregarious. Stonyfell, near Adelaide;
July.

Pileus 1:5-2 em., convexns, subgibbosus, deinde subplanus, hygrophanus,
**Verona-Brown,’’ “Warm Sepia,’’ deinde exsiceatus ‘‘Mikady Brown’’ vel
cinnamoneus. Lamellae sinuatae, subeonfertae, ‘Mikado Brown,’’ Stipes tenuis,
2-2°5 em. albidus. Velum albidum. Sporae subglobosae vel ellipsoideae,
9-12 « 6-9 miera,

’

Cortinarius (Ilyprocyne) ausrrRo-everNnius Cle). et, Cheel,
Plate i, fig. 2.

Plants small, slender. Pileus 3-3°5 em, diameter, at first hemispherical
becoming plano-convex, frequently slightly umbonate, becoming centrally
depressed at maturity, moist to viscid under damp conditions, subfibrillose, near
Deep Quaker Drab (li) to Pale Mouse Gray (li) with yellowish tints. The basal
eolour of the pileus is yellow, upon which is superimposed the blue tones of the
velum wniversale, giving a range of shades from pale yellows through drab grays
to light blues. Gills sinuate to adnate, generally close, 5 mm, deep, near Cinnamon
Bulf (xxxix). Stem 5-7 em. long, rather flexuous, attenuated downwards but
rather bulbous below, with tints of the ¢ap becoming yellowish below, solid.
Flesh pallid white becoming yellowish. Spores rotund, 7-5, 5-6-7+5p, yellow-
brown. Subeaespitose. Waterfall Gully; May.

Cortinarius (PuLeEaMAcIUM) IANTHINDS sp, noy,
Plate iii, fig. 3,

Plants medinm to large. Pileus up to § em. (34 in,) in diameter, at first
hemispherical becoming almost plane, vather irregular, smooth, moist, pallid
to lavender or violet near Plumbago Blne (xliii) to Pale Aniline Lilae or Aniline
Lilac (xxxv) or Bluish Lavender (xxxvi), striate with the remnants of the
universal veil which is russet near Morocco Red (ii) and may give the pileus
reddish-purplish tonings near Russet Vinaeeous (xxxix) or Vinaeeous Brown

52 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(xxxix), Flesh thick, white, sometimes exposed by radial cracks. Gills close set
to coarse, multiseriate, simuato-adnate or decurreut hy a tooth, at first with faint
lilac tints, becoming cinnamon to browner wilh age neat Light Ochraceous Salmon
(xv), Cinnamon (xxix) to Mikado Brown or Tawny (xv). Stem stout and long,
tollem, < 20 mm., slightly broader at the base, violet concolourous with the basal
colour of the pileus, fibrillose with remnants of the universal veil, near Mahogany
Red (ii). Spores yellow brown, obliquely apictlate, 11-13 % 8p. Solitary to
subeaespitose. Morialta, Myponga, Waterfall Gully; May, June, July.

Pileus ad 9 em., primum hemispherieus deinde planus, glaber, lumidus,
janthinus. Caro crassa, albida. Juamellae sinuato-adnatae, primum sublilacinae,
deinde cinnamoneae ad fuseas. Stipes cvassus, 11 cm. X 2 em., ianthinus, Velum
universale "' Moroeceo Red’? vel ‘‘ Mahogany Red.’’? Sporae 11-18 X 8 miera-

Cortinarius (PHLEGMACIUM) VIOLACKO-HINNULEUS sp. Moy,
Plate ii, fig. 3.

Pileus 5-6 em. (14-84 in.), convex becoming plane to upturned, often more
or less gibbous, margin wavy with a tendency to radial splitting, surtace sticky
when moist, more or less matt, ¢chamois-coloured near Avellaneous (x1) to as dark
as Saccardo’s Umber (xxix) near umbo, but mostly Suuff Brown (xxix), faintly
striate. Gills multiseriate, sinuato-adnate to decurrent by a tooth, msually close
set, 4mm, deep, light brown near Clay Colour (xxix) or Buckthorn Brown (xv).
Stem slender, 5-7 em. long (2-3 iv.) and 5-6 am, but occasionally up to 10 mim.
thick, slightly broader at the base, white with pronounced lavender to lilac tints
near Endive Blue (xliii) or Dark Dull Bluish Violet (xxiv) to Antimony Yellow
(xv). Spores obliquely ellipsoid, 94 X 5*2-6-24. Tn stringybark forest, Water-
fall Gully ; May.

The species name is derived from the violet stem and the chamois or fawn
coloured pileus (hinnulens L. fawn).

Pileus 5-6 em, convexus, deinde planus ad concavum, subgibbosus, viscidus,
‘« Avellaneous,”’ ‘Saceardo’s Umber,’’ vel ‘Snuff Brown.’’ Lamellae sinuato-
adnatae vel subdecurrentes, ‘Clay Colour’’ vel ‘*Buekthorn Brown."' Stipes
subtenuis, 5-7 em. X 5-6-10 mm,, pallidus eum eoloribus violaceis. Sporae
ellipsoideae, 9 X 5+2-G+2 micra.

Cortinarius (PALEGMACIUM) BASIBULBOSUS Sp. NOY.
Plate i, fig. 2.

Plants medium to large. Pileus 4-5 to 71 em, (14-4 in.), irregularly convex
becoming more or less plane, smooth, somewhat sticky when moist, shining when
dry to subfibrillose, near Tawny (xv). Flesh pallid tinted to tawny, somewhat
semi-translucent in parts, Gills sinuate, somewhat ventricose, moderately close
near Ochraceous Tawny (xy), to 1 em. deep, Stem stout, 2°5 to 5 em. long,

CLELAND AND HARRIS—SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI 53

15 to 25 mm, broad with distinct inarginate bulb 2—-+ em. at widest, silky fibrillose
to striate with cortinal remnants, pallid with tawny tints, solid. Spores
7-5p X5p, yellow brown, ellipsoidal, vather small, 77-5 X 5. In Kuealypt forest,
Crafers, May.

Both this species and the next are representatives of the section Scauri of sub-
genus Phlegmacium. Some authors (e.g, Kauffman, 1918) have raised this section
to sub-generie rank under the name of Bulbopodium, but we prefer to follow
Lange (1938) and merge them with other closely related species under
Phlegmaciwn.

Pileus 4°5-11 em., convexus irregulariter, deinde planus, glaber, subviseidus,
exsiceains nitidus ad subfibrillosum, Caro pallida, Lamellae sinuatae, subyentri-
cosac, subconfertae, oehraceo-fulvae. Stipes erassus, 2+5-5 em, *% 15-25 mm.,
marginato bulbo (2-4 em,), seriveo-fibrillosus vel striatus, pallidus eum colore

5

fulyo, Sporae 7*5 & 5 miera.
fulvo, 8] 7-0 X% 5 miera

Cortinarius (FMGEGMACTUM) LAVENDOCAERULEUS sp. liby.
Plate ii, fig. 1.

Medium sized plants, Pileus 4-5 em. (14-2 in.), at first almost hemispherical,
later convex and more irregular, surface dull, viscid when moist, with basal brown
colour of pileus tending to be modified by the closely appressed whitish and
shghtly lavender tinted universal veil, [ron Gray (li) to Drab or Hair Brown
(xlvi). Mesh bluish white. Gills narrow, close set, adnate, Grayish Olive (xlvi)
with blnish tints hecoming browner with age. Stem stout, 4 em. < 18 mro, broad,
bulbous below to 25 ram, Pale Forget-me-not Blue (xxi), fibrillose with remnants
of cortina and universal yeil, Spores obliquely ellipsoidal, yellow brown in mass,
9-11 sometimes 12°5 > 6+Ty, Densely eaespitose, Aldgate; April.

This is also a representative of the section Scanri of sub-eenus Phlegmacium.

Pileus 4-5 em., primum subhemisphericus, deinde convexus et irregularis,
non-nilidus, viseidus, ‘Tron Gray,’ ‘‘Drah*’ vel ‘Ilair Brown.”? Velum tui-
versale sublavendiwense. Caro lavendulense pallida, Lamellae adnatae, au-
gustae, confertue, * Grayish Olive’ cum coloribus lavendulensibus. Stipes cragsus,
dem. % 18 mm., ad basem bulbosus, fibriflosus, ‘Pale Forget-ne-not Blue."
Sporae J-11-12-5 3¢ 6-7 miera. Plantae cacspitosae.

NOTES ON MEMBERS OF THE GENUS CORTINARIUS,

Cortinarius rolundisporus Clel, et Cheel. A volowred illustration of this
fungus appears in Cleland and Cheel (1918) as does also Cort. austro-evernius
Clel. et Cheel and typical material of the two may be readily compared and
contrasted in this plate. Corl, votundisporus Clel. et Cheel is a shorter, stouter

54 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

plant in which the blue colours are well developed, but Cort. austro-evernius
is taller and more slender with basal colours of yellow to buff overlaid with blue
tints from closely appressed remnants of the velum universale. Both have been
found to possess antibiotie properties, but while the former has been tested from
only a few collections, the latter has been found in relatively larger amounts, and
it is this plant whieh bas been studied by Atkinson (1946) and erroneously
identified as Cort. rotundisporus Clel. et Cheel, Plate i, fig. 3 (S.A, Mus. Water-
volour, No. 92) illustrates plants nader drier growing conditions when the blue
lints ave not so well developed aid is thus somewhat atypical.

Cortinarius albidus Clel. This represeutative of Mycactwm has been deseribed
by Cleland (1933,1934) under the name above, but it has been found to be
untenable since the same specific name has been used for a Friesian species, vide
Lange (1938), Therefore, we propose that the Australian material be referred
under the new name Cortinarius austro-albidus nom. nov.

Cortinarius sanguinens (Wolf.) Br. Within the sub-genus Delmocybe
there ave recognized in Hurope three closely related bright red species, viz., Corl.
sanguineus (Wolt.) Fr., Cort. cinnabarinus Fr. and Corl. anthracinus Fr., of
whieh only the first named is recorded from South Australia by Cleland (1934)
and the first two from Victoria by Willis (1941). There seems to he a whole
range of these svarlet species, and as a first step towards the Clarification of the
position of valid species, we have ineluded a coloured illustration of typical
material of Cort. sanguincus (Wolf.) Fr. in plate iii, fig. 4 (S.A. Mus, Water-
colour, No, 97):

SUMMARY.

An investigation has been made upon the taxonomy of higher fungi exhibit-
ing antibiotic properties from South Australian collections. A new variety of
Agaricus L. ex Fr. and nie new species of Cortinarius (Pers, ex hr.) 8, F. Gray
have been described as well as one new name and notes on four other Cortinars.
Antibiotic activity has been recorded for extracts of sporophores of Agaricus
ranthodermus var. antibioticus var. nov., Cortinarius austro-cvernius Clel et
Cheel, C. rofundisparus Clel. et Cheel, C. oleaginus sp. nov aul C. basirubescens
sp. nov. A rearrangement of certain species ot Cortinars into their respective
sub-genera has been made, especially with respect to sub-genera Telamonia and
Hydrocybe.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.

We wish to express our appreciation of the work uf Miss Gwen D, Walsh
of the South Australian Museum, from whose watereolonrs the plates accompany-
ing this paper were made, and to the Museum Board for making available
facilities for publication.

CLELAND AND HARRIS--SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FUNGI 55

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Ainsworth, G.C, and Bisby, G. R. (1943) : A Dictionary of the Fungi. Imperial
Mycological Institute, Kew.

Atkinson, Nancy (1946) : Antibacterial Activity in Members of the Higher Fungi.
1. Cortinarius rotundisporus and Psalliota canthoderma Genev. Aust. Jour.
Eup. Biol. and Med, Sci., xxiv (3), pp. 169-173.

British Mycological Society (1940) : Trans., xxiv, pp. 283-292.

Cleland, J. B, and Cheel, E, (1918) : Australian Fungi: Notes and Descriptions,
No.1. Trans. Roy, Soc. 8, Aust., xlii, pp. 88-138, pl. ix—xii,

Cleland, J. B. (1928) : Australian Fungi: Notes and Descriptions, No. 7. Trans.
Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., li, pp. 217-222,

Cleland, J. B. (1983) : Australian Fungi: Notes and Deseriptions, No. 9. Trains.
Roy. Soc., 8S, Aust., vii, pp. 187-194.

Cleland, J. B, (1934) ; Toadstools and Mushrooms and other larger Fungi of South
Australia, Part I. British Science Guild Handbook, Adelaide,

Cooke, M. C. (1892) : Handbook of Australian Fungi. London.

Kauffman, C. Tf. (1918) : The Agaricaceae of Michigan, Michigan.

Lange, J. E. (1938) : Flora Agaracina Danica, IT]. Danish Society for Advanee-
ment of Mycology, Copenhagen.

Mathieson, J. (1946): Antibiotics trom Victorian Basidiomycetes, Aust, Jour.
Exp. Biol. and Med. Sci., xxiv (1), pp. 57-62.

Ramsbottom, J. (1945): Poisonous Fungi. Penguin Books, London.

Rea, Carlton (1922) : British Basidiomycetae. Cambridge University Press.

Wilkins, W. H. and Harris, G. M. C. (1944): Investigations into the produetion
of bacteriostatic substances by Fungi. VI. Examination of the larger
Basidiomycetes. Annals of Applied Biol., xxxiv (4), pp. 261-270.

Wilkins, W. H. (1947): Investigations iuto the production of bacteriostatic
substances by Fungi. Preliminary examination of the sixth 100 species, more
basidiomycetes of the wood-destroying type. Brit. Jour- Expl. Path., XXViil,
No. 1, pp. 53-56.

Willis, J. H. (1941): Victorian Fungi. Wield Naturalists Club of Victoria,
Melbourne.

56 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate i.
Fig.l. Cortinarius (Telamonia) verona-brunneus sp, nov.
Fig. 2. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) basibulbosus sp. nov.
Fig. 38. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) rotundisporus Clel. et Cheel.
Fig. 4. Agaricus xanthodermus var. antibioticus var. nov.

Plate ii.
Fig. 1. Cortinarius (Phiegmacium) lavendocceruleus sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Cortinarius (Hydrocybe) austro-evernius Clel. et Cheel.
Fig. 3. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) violaceo-hinnuleus sp. nov.
Fig. 4. Cortinarius (Dermocybe) oleaginus sp. nov.

Plate iii.
Fig. 1. Cortinarius (Dermocybe) umbonatus sp. nov.
Fig. 2. Cortinarius (Hydrocybe) cinnamonco-badius sp. nov.
Fig. 3. Cortinarius (Phlegmacium) ianthinus sp. nov.
Fig. 4. Cortinarius (Dermocybe) sanguineus (Wolf.) Fr.

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM VoL, IX, PLatrrE I

Gwen D. Walsh

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM Vor. IX, Prate Il

Gwen D. Walsh

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM VoL. IX, PLATE III

Gwen D. Walsh

A REVISION OF THE LACERTILIAN GENUS
TYMPANOCRYPTIS

By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

An initial attempt has been made to deal as comprehensively as present knowledge
and collections will allow with the agamoid genus, Tympanocryptis, the species of
which have been the subject of considerable controversy. The author’s original
intention in examining as many specimens and attendant data as possible was to
determine the status and variation of the disputed forms. Collections at present
available, however, have proved insufficient, and, as is often the case in preliminary
papers of this nature, material from many key localities is lacking. In consequence, no
conclusive decisions have been reached on several problems.

A REVISION or tHe LACERTILIAN GENUS
TYMPANOCRYPTIS

By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, Sourn Ausrrauian Museum,

Plates iv—-vi and text fig. 1-10.

INTRODUCTION.

AN initial attempt has been made to deal as com prehensively as present knowledge
and collections will allow with the agamoid genus, Tympanocryplis, the species of
which have been the subject of considerable cont roversy. ‘The author’s original
intention in examining as many specimens and attendant data as possible was to
determine the status and variation of the disputed forms. Collections at present
available, however, have proved insufficient, and, as is often the ease in preliminary
papers of this nature, material from many key localities is lacking. In consequence,
no conclusive decisions have been reached on several problems,

This preliminary examination showed that additional taxonomic work was
still necessary, for owing to the non-comprehensiye approach and few specimens
of previous authors, confusion had resulted over the identification and distribution
of the Central Australian species. Consequently, all available data have been
gathered in a survey of the genus, and as a result five species and three races
including five new forms are here recognized.

These new forms are as follows:

TYMPANOCRYPTIS INTIMA sp. hov,

This species, which has previously been mistaken for 7’. cephalus Gunther,
inhabits the Eyrean Basin.

TYMPANOCRYPTIS MACTILOSA Sp. Nov.

This species, unique in the genus, because of the presence of femoral pores
extending along the thigh, inhabits the barren salty surface of Lake Eyre North.
Twenty specimens were taken by the late Dr. C. T. Madigan during his 1929
expedition to the Lake.

TYMPANOCRYPTIS UNIFORMIS sp, nov.

This unusual form has been erected tentatively as a species, its relatively
uniform sealation contrasting sharply with the rugose scaling of the other species,
Founded on a single specimen taken near Darwin, Northern Territory.

58 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

'T'YMPANOCRYPTIS LINEATA PINGUICOLLA subsp. Dov.

A stout, short-limbed race inhabiting parts of Southern Victoria.

TY MPANOCRYPTIS CEPHALUS GIGAS subsp, nov.

This race appears to inhabit the upland area bounded by the Gascoyne and
Fortescue Rivers, Western Australia.

After an examination of all four-pored specimens ayailable, it has been
decided to reinstate /etraporophora Lucas and Frost, as a race of T. lineata Peters,
49 1 aides

\ 2 Ti. pingulcolis

4 3 T-L-teteaporophom
‘T. tntima {

T. maculose

T. cephalus

4
5
6 T. wniformis
7
BT. ©. Bigae

iv} QUEZNSLAND

Ty | No,

™,

*.

Dd
on D VICTORIA. L —

Fig. 1. Distribution map, showing the approximate localities at which recorded specimens
haye been taken.

although its status and position still remain doubtful. The description of
T. cephalus Gunther has been amplified. Consideration of Sternfeld’s reasons for
the recognition of the race centralis has resulted in its being placed in the
synonomy of 7’. lineata lineata Peters.

Many of the descriptive characters previously in use are common to more
than one race and several generally neglected and seemingly trivial, but constant
characters have been utilized herein in separating the various forms. The chief of

r

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 59

these minor features are the shapes of the dorsal tubercles, and the number of
seales separating the nasal from the upper labials. ni view of these additions +o
diagnoses, detailed redeseriptions of the previously known species have been given
for comparative purposes.

All relevant literature known to the author has been noted, and papers not
otherwise referred to and present in the bibliography contain locality data.

Although all available material has been examined, extensive field work
must be undertaken before an accurate conception of the statis and evolution of
the species in this unusially distributed genus can be formed. With the exception
of the species in and around the Byrean Basin, the extreme distribution lines
eannot be plotted to an extent sufficient to determine the preseuce or absence
of overlap, and consequently the author has been unable to verify the status of
several forms,

It will be noted that in the locality and registration lists, South Australian
Museum registration numbers refer to the locality of a collection, and not to any
individual specimen, unless it be the only specimen in the collection. Where
necessary, specimens are designated a, b, ¢, ete., under the collection registration
number. In the above-mentioned lists the following abbreviations of Museum
titles have been wiilized: ‘* B.M.,’’ British Museum, London ; “*.A.M.,’’ Australian
Museum, Sydney; 'S.A.M.,”" South Australian Museum, Adelaide; ‘‘N.M.,"’
National Museum, Melbourne; ** W.A.M.,’’ Western Australian Museum, Perth;
and ‘‘M.M.,’* Macleay Museum, Sydney,

The head length as given is the distance from the tip of the snout to the gular
fold, and the body length, the distance from the gular fold to the anus.

TymMPaANocrRYPTIS Peters,

Tympanocryptis Peters, 1863, p. 320; Boulenyer, 1885, p. 392; Lucas amd Frost,
1896, p. 131.

In view of the discovery of a species possessing four to seven femoral pores,
(he generic redescription of Lucas and Frost (1896) must be further modified.

A modified generic deseription is as follows: Tympanum covered with scales.
its position usually marked with a depression; body depressed, covered dorsally
with heterogeneous scales; upper head scales small, asymmetrical; ventral scales
uniform. A strong gular fold, but no gular sac; angle of the mouth and axilla-
eroin skin folds present or absent. Tail round or slightly depressed at the base.
Femoral and/or preanal pores present, usually in both sexes?.

' Orilical microscopic examination is often required to find the pores in some female
specimens,

60 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Key ro THe Species AND Susseecies or TYMPANOCRYPTIS,

1. Femoral pores present = ’ He ts ay +e . 3
2. Femoral pores absent .t “g a Af . 6
3. Preanal pores present be ‘4 - *, le -. . 15

4, Preanal pores absent .. cs as T - 3: .. maculosa

5. Dorsal seales smooth — . t; brs - “5 me ‘He ae

6. Dorsal seales keeled = -- as . . : if A

7. Enlarged tubercles sparse, wider te fone ast tendint to form four

longitudinal series... 7 4. J, intima

8. Enlarged tubercles and spines ‘tending eonival #s ve Hi,

9. Head short, deep, about as wide as long .. an cephalus cephalus
10. Head large, flat, wider than long .. Fu aay = cephalus gigas
11. Enlarged scales flat with a simple eentral keel 44 C: .. uniforms
12; Enlarged scales raised and spinously tuberenlar .. af - oul lo
13, Bnlarged tubercles with basal length longer than height -. lineale lineata
14. Enlarged tubereles with basal leneth yhovter than height lineata pingwicolla
15. Two preanal and two femoral pores present .. lineata telraporophora

TYMCANOCRYPTIS INTIMA sp. 10Y,

Tympanoeryptis cephalus (non Gunther) Lucas and Frost, 1896, p. 131; Zietz,
1917, p. 470: Kingtiorn, 1945, p. 3,

Form stout; head lounger than broad, covered with flat, smooth or slightly
rugose scales, 11-14 oeeurring between the supraciliary ridges. Nostril oval,
pierced in aw enlarged nasal, which is separated from sixteen upper labials by
five rows of scales. Nostril direeted forward and downward, situated about mid-
way between the eye and the tip of the snout, Body strongly depressed, covered
dorsally and laterally with small, non-keeled, and not or but slightly imbricate
seales; intermixed sparsely with eularged spinous tubercles which tend to be
disposed in four longitudinal series, These enlarged tubercles are wider than
long with rounded anterior edges as figured. Limbs and tail short, the adpressed
hind limb reaching to the shoulder; covered with feebly keeled scales intermixed
on the thighs with eularged mucronate tubercles. Ventral and gular scales
smooth. Eighteen and ten spinous bicarinate lamellae under the fourth and
third toes respectively. Preanal pores present, 1+-1.

Colouration of the type. Ground colour light grey-brown with eight darker
brown indefinite blotches, four on either side of the vertebral line. Dorso-lateral
lines absent, ‘Twelve darker caudal cross-bands and a grey nape band are present.
Ventral surfaces white.

General colouration, Vhe ground colour varies from dull grey to brick red
dependent on the locality ; the quadrate spots are seldom present and if so merely

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 6l

as indefinite blotches. There is no caudal banding in some specimens; ventral
surfaces white or occasionally finely spotted with brown im the gular and chest
regions of male specimens.

Measurements. Uolotype female, 8.A.M., R2331.

Total length ; 123 mm, Head width: 13 mm,
Body length: 41 mm, Hore limb: 25 mm,
Tail length: 66 min. Hind limb + 38 mm.

Head length: 16 mm.

Distrilution, This species inhabits the open gibher deserts and spinifex
flats of the Eyrean Basin, to which area it is principally restricted oecurring

Big. 2. Tympanocryptis intima: dorsal and lnteral views of the head (X3) and an enlarged
spinous tuberele (X5) of the holotype female,

right. to the edge of Lake Hyre. [i also appears to have encroached beyond this
into the distributions of lineata and lineata letraporophora along the southern,
western and eastern extremities of its distribution.

Loc, South Australia: Oodnadatta (S.A.M, R2851, type); 20 miles north
of Macumba Creek (S,A.M. R2444, part); Mt. Hopeless (S.A.M. R746) ; Marree
(8.A.M. R2432, R2449); Lonaminka (S.A.M, R744); (illalpaniuna (S.A.M-
R743) ; Clayton (S.A-M. R745) ; Strzeleeki Creek (S.A,M. R747): Leigh Creek
(S.A.M. R2452); Lake Callabonna (S.A.M. R988); Finniss Springs (S.A.M.
R2525, part); 4 miles sonth-west of Marvee (S.A,M. R2597, part); Camp 49,
Simpson Desert Expedition (A.M. R673); Central Australia (NM.

62 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

R1164—R1178) ; South Anstralian Museum Expedition to Lake Byre District
(S.A.M. R748).

Also Camp 31, Goyder Lagoon, according to Kinghorn (1945),

This species, which often has been mistaken for cephalus, owing to the
insutticient description of the last-named, can be distinguished easily from it
by the sparse and singly distributed dorsal tubercles. The variation that ocert's
in this speeies is of little significance, the principal variant being the number and
disposition of the tubercles. These are relatively few and tend to be disposed
in four longitudinal series. In some specimens the aligning is almost perfect,
while in others the tubercles are irregularly scattered over the dorsal surface.
The tubereles of specimens taken near the edge of Lake Eyre are more flattened
and non-spinous, although still retaining their seried disposition.

Although distinet and easily distinguishable this species does not at first
appear worthy of full specific status, and was thought only a race. However,
vaveful examination of collections and the compilation of distribution maps
has led to the finding of definite and substantial overlap on the western,
southern and eastern extremities of its distribution, Typical specimens of intima
have beew taken at several localities within the recorded ranges of lineata and
lineata telraporophora, and in one eollection (8.A.M, R2597) typical intima and
lineata letraporophora are labelled as haying been taken under the same stone,
Similarly there is a single specimen of intima in a collection of lineata telraporo-
phora fvom ‘20 miles north of Macumba Creek, South Australia’? (S,A.M,), and
several other instances could be tabulated.

This evidence leaves little doubt that intima is biologically separate from
the surrounding populations, and must therefore be granted full specific status.

TyMPANOCRYPTIS CEPIALUS Gunther.

Tympanacryptis cephalus Gunther, 1867, p. 52; Boiilenger, 1885, p. 393, pl. xxxi,
fig. 1; Stirling and Zictz, 1893, p. 168.
Tympanocryptis lineata cephalus Kinghorn, 1982, p, 360.

Form stout; head, deep with obtuse snout, slightly longer than broad,
Tympanwm depression indistinet in both sexes, Nostril oval, directed forward
and downward; nasal enlarged and resting on an ill-defined canthus rostralis ;
separated from fifteen to seventeen upper labials by five to seven rows of seales.
Upper head scales raised and rngose but not keeled, there being 15-16 hetween
the supraciliary ridges and 6-9 separating the nasals. Body strongly depressed,
vovered with smooth heterogeneous scales; intermixed irregularly with raised,
often tending conical tubercles which have a small keeled spine at the summit,

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 63

These tubercles oveur in clumps of two, three or more adjacent, and are not singly
distributed as in the other species, Ventral seales uniform and smooth. Tail and
limbs short, the adpressed bind limb reaching {o the shoulder in females and
between it and the tympanunt depression in males; tail strongly depressed at the
base. A strong transverse gular fold preseat; angle of the mouth fold feebly
preseut ov absent ; axilla-gvoin fold absent, Sixteen to eighteen and twelve spinous
bicarmate lamellae under the fourth and third toes respectively. Preanal pores
present, 1-1.

Colourdtion. Ground colour grey-brown to red-brown dorsally, lightening
dorse-laterally fo creamy-white ventrally. Tail with eight to ter very strong

See

xX
LAA 3
PegeNT: tre ela
So \ereyes el J
GT ne met

Fig. 4. Tiimpauoeryptix cephalus: cephalus: dorsal and lateval views of the head (3) and
an enlirgs| dorsal tubercle (4) of & typical male specimen—W.A.M. R7067,

black eross-bands which generally extend right around the tail and not just
dorsally as with the other species, The first curved tail band is very prowinent,
A dark brown nape hand is present in many specimens. There are no quadrate
spots or bands on the body, The ventral suvfaces of some male specimens are
faintly spotted with brown.

Measurements. W.A.M., RG6755, female,

Total length: 116 mm. Tlead width: 15 min.
Body length: 88 mm. Fore limb: 26 mm.
Tail leneth: 60 mm. Tlind limb: 35 mm,

Head length ; 18 amm.

Distribution. This species has been taken over the greater part of the
Western Australian Shield. Kinghorn (1932) deseribed a specimen from

64 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ardmore, in north-western Queensland. This specineu (A.M, R10807) has been
examined and found to be recognizable although not typical cephalus, Similarly
a specimen trom Tilpa, New South Wales (A.M, 11082) also bas definite
affinities with cephalus. Both of these specimens have 5-7 scales separating the
nasal from the wpper labials, and typical cephalus colouration. The tubercles,
however, ave less rugose with a central keel terminating in a small spine. In
the Ardmore specimen these tubercles are raised and clumped as in typical
cephalus, although for the most part singly distributed in the Tilpa specimen.

Loc. Western Australia: Nicol Bay (British Museum co-type) ; Marehison
Coldfield (S.A.M, R2487); Murchison District (SAA.M. R249, W.A.M. R2001) 5
Broad Arrow (S.A.M, R2422); Lavertou (W.A.M. R1797, R199, R1242, R17THS,
R160, R1305, A.M. R3370) ; Kurrawang (W.AM, R675, R434, RGTH4, REASS) ;
Meekathara (W.A.M. R2006) ; Kalgoorlie (W.A.M. R6o4s, 4329, R6542, R6544) ;
Lake Wells Distriet (W.A.M. R1G06); Grant Pateh (W.A,M. R7076) ; Bulong
(W.A.M, R3748); Canning Stock Route (40-49). (W.AM. RE990); Wilma
(W.A.M. R7802); Londonderry (W.A.M. R2346); Western Australia (A.M.
R6243). Queensland: Avdmore (A.M. R10807-12). New South Wales: Tilpa
(AML B11082),

The above deseription, although agreeing in essentials, differs im detail from
Gunther’s type deseription, Photographs and data. kindly supplied by the
British Museum support the accuracy of Gruther’s short deseription (1867) and
Boulenger's figure (1885), but demonstrate that the specimens in this, the only
eoustal collection so far made ditfer in Sealation detail {vom inland specimens,
Tt has been suggested hy a tellow worker that this inland form should be deseribed
as a new race. However, after considering that no sitilay specimens have been
taken, if is assumed that the type specimens are merely local variants, and not
typical representatives of the species whieh Gunther in fact described,

In view of this, specitnens agreeing with the above deseription are regarded
tentatively as typical of the species. It is apparent from Boulenger’s figure and
the British Museum photograph of a co-type that these agree basically with inland
specimens.

Another interesting tactor, previously noticed by Kinghorn (1982) is the
form and number of seales separating the nasals. The transverse head scale count
cenerally used, and applied in this paper is that between the supraciliary ridges.
It ean be seen that these counts are approximately eqial iu all species. The rugose
head shields of cephalus are undoubtedly larger than those of the other species
relative to the head dimensions, the short snout anc yet wide head of cephalus
accounting for the similar transverse supraciliary counts, Dealing with a larger
number of specimens, the count between the nostrils has not be found as consistent
as Kinghorn apparently found it, although a definite division between the average

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 65

numbers is apparent. In an examination of all specimens available the following
averages have heen found: cephalus, 7+7, vauge 6-9; lineata 10'4, range 8-13,

Although the existence of this species has been verified by several authors
its slatus has always remained doubtful. Present evidence lends little assistance
in solving this problem, for although cephalus is now shown to possess sufficient
siructural differences for specific separation, its status cannot be verified owing
to the absence of detailed collections from the cephalus-lineata border-line areas.
Also it is difficult to see the relationship of the Ardmore and 'Tilpa specimens, as
they appear to be separated from the main rephalis population by a lineata
population inhabiting practically the whole of the Northern Territory, Possibly
there is a general overlap throughout the whole of the little known northern
section of the Northern Territory.

TY MPANOCRYPTIS CEPHALUS GIGAS subsp, oy.

Worm moderate to stout; head strongly depressed, much longer than broad
with rounded canthus rostralis. Nostril oval, directed forward and downward;
pierced in the upper half of an enlarged nasal which rests almost on the rostralis,
makiny the nostril just visible when the lead is viewed dorsally; uearer the eye
than the tip of the snout. Upper head scales smooth becoming slightly tnberculate
in the temporal region; 10-12 present between the supraciliary ridves and 6-7
separating the nasals; 6-7 seales separate the nasal from fourteen upper labials.
Kye-lids larger and more prominent than in typical cephalus, Body strongly
depressed ; covered with non- or slightly imbricate heterogeneous scales; inter-
mixed dorsally with clamps of spinous tubercles of the type figured. Ventral
seales smooth. A strong gular fold present; angle of the mouth and axilla-groin
folds absent. Limbs moderate; covered with mucronulately keeled scales; when
adpressed the hind limb reaches to the tympanum depression. Sixteen and
twelve spinous bicarinate lamellae under the fourth and third toes respectively,
Preanal pores present, 1-1.

Colowration. Ground eolour creamy-yellow; body traversed by four in-
definite rich brown bands, Tail with ten transverse bands the first of which is
very prominent, There are no upper head markings present and all ventral
surfaces are white, A nape band is faintly present.

Measurements. Wolotype male, 8.A.M. R2434.

Total length: 156+ mm. Head width: 16 mm.
Body length: 39 mm. Fore limb ; 28 mm,
Tail leneth: 95-+ mm, Hind limb: 44 mm,

Head length - 22 mm,

66 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Distribution. This race is at present known from only a single locality, the
extent of whieh is unknown, three specimens having been taken (separately ')
‘“‘hetween Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers, Western Australia.’’ Wutther col
lecting in this area may reveal it to inhabit the whole of this 2,000-+4,000 ft. area
including the Hamersley Hangers.

Loc. Western Anstralia: ''Between Ashburton and Gascoyne Riyers”’
(holotype and two paratypes, 5.A.M. R2434).

This race is founded on vomparatively little data, as only three specimens
from a single locality have been examined. Iowever, the consisteney of the
diverse characters, together with the faet that the type and only known locality

pod

ms mt ae
ea a

SE Ae
, Sat. > eS

Pig. 4. Tynpanoeryplis cephalus gigas: dorsal and lateral views of the head (23) and
an onlarged dorsal tnberely (5) of the holotype male,

isin the ecological wpland niche of the Hamersley, Teano, Waldburg Range area,
Western Anstralia (where many traces, notably in Lepidoptera, have previously
been found), have led to its tentative recognition as a subspecies. In a letter,
Kinghorn, who kindly examined these specimens, suggested that they were merely
fully adult specimens of typical cephalus. ta an examination of all available
specimens of the typieal race, fully adult and pregnant females have been found
fo a maximum length of 122 mm. (A.M. R6242). The males ave generally much
smaller. The smallest of the three types meastires 137 mm. aud the largest 177 mm.
The sealation differences and deptession of the head and body are just as
prominent in the smaller specimen as in the larger, and typical cephalis sealation
is just as prominent in the 122 mm. female as in the smallest male,

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 67

Laterally, the conical spine which oceurs dorsally, especially frontodorsally
gives way to spines which are less prominent and directed forward, being in some
cases slightly keeled and similar to those of intima, The tubereles, although in
clumped formation, in no way exhibit the raised and rugose form as in the
nominate race. The only colouration variation is the presence or absence of the
dorsal blotches being present as an irregular cross-banding in the type and very
faint to absent in the two paratypes.

TYMPANOORYPTIS LINEATA LINEATA Peters.

Tympanocryptis lineata Peters, 1868, p. 230; Boulenger, 1885, p. 392; Lueas and
Frost, 1896, p. 131.

Tympanocryptis lineatus Waite, 1929, p, 118,

Tympanocryptis lineata cextralis Sternteld, 1925, p, 234; Loveridge, 1954,
pp. 825-826,

Form stout; head longer than broad with angulate supraciliary and canthal
ridges. Nostril oval, direeted forward and slightly downward; pierced in the
upper half of an enlarged nasal shield just below the eanthus rostralis, being
midway between or slightly nearer the eye than the tip of the snout. Upper head
seales strongly keeled, tubereylate and slightly spinous, there being 10-12 between
the supraciliary vidges. Upper labials 12-16 with 4-5 rows of scales separating
them from the nasal shield, Body strongly depressed, covered dorsally with
heterogeneous seales the majority of which are strongly keeled; intermixed
irregularly with large evectile strongly inueronate tubercles of the type figured;
ventral scales smooth or slightly keeled, uniform and diteeted away trom eentre.
A strong transyerse gular fold present; a further strong fold of outstanding
tubercles extends from the angle of the mouth toward the shoulder, thus making
the neck appear wider, when viewed dorsally, than it actually is. In Northern
and Central Australian specimens this fold is much weaker and the head narrows
down more sharply at the neck. Axilla-croin fold absent. Limbs moderate,
covered with slightly inneronate, strongly keeled scales; when adpressed the hind
limb reaches to the tympanum depression or slightly less in some female specimens,
Sixteen and ten to eleven spinous bicarinate tamellac under the fourth and third
toes respectively, Preanal pores present, 1+-1, Fi

Colowration, Light grey-brown dorsally with two rows of chocolate brown
quadrate spots, one on either side of the vertebral line, sometimes uniting to form
transverse bands, Three longitudinal white lines are prominent, although often
visible only where passing through the chocolate markings. In sonie specimens,
notably those taken to the southward around Adelaide, the lines are continnons,
the vertebral line running along a series of non-tubercular and often non-keeled

68 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

scales. Two light bands cross the head—a prominent oue between the supraciliary
riders and another not so obvious and sometimes dispersed band aeross the nape.
From above the posterior corner of each eye one arm of a chocolate chevron-shaped
band extends toward the nape. This band is usually broken centrally. Ventral
surfaces white with # few brown spots present on the eular and chest regions of
some male specimens. The tail has twelve transverse chocolate bands,

Measurements, Adult male, 8.A.M. R2417.

Total length: 109 miu. Dead width: 11-4 mm,
Body length : 29 min. Fore limb: 20 mm,
Tail leneth: 65 min, Tlind limb: 30 mm.

Tlead Jength : 15 min,

Fig, 5, Tumpanocryptis lineata Hacatas dovanl and lateral views of the lend (3) and a
aphrous dorsal tubercle (A) of & typival specimen—S.A.M, R2417.

Distribution, Present locality records will not allow a detailed study of the
distribution, hut this form oceurs most prominently throughout southern South
Australia, being particularly common on the Nullarbor Plain. Tt also ocenrs
northward around the intima, mecilosa, letvaporophora distribution into the
Northern Territory. A single specimen has been taken in the extreme south-west
corner of Queensland and another at King’s Sound in North Western Australia.
Records have also been made of its presence near Mildura, Victoria, from which
there is a gradual intergradation toward the Southern Victorian race pingiticalla.

Loc. South Australia: Buekleboo (S.A.M. R2417); Murat Bay (8.A.M.
R2419); Sturt Creek (S.AM, R2395); Tlectorville (S.:A.M. R787); Thighs
(S.A.M. R1017); between Oodnadatta and Todmorden (S.A.M. R591); Lake
Callabonna (S,A,M. R2429); Adelaide (RLA.M. R2485); Blakiston (8.A.M.

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 69

R2438); Tumby Bay (S.A,M, R1857); Port Noarlunga (S.A.M. R2183) ;
Wynbring (S,A.M, R875) ; Kingoonya (S.A.M. R9I8S) ; Tarcoola (S.A.M. R1010) ;
Koonibba (S.A.M. R1487); Sutherlands (S.A.M, R1517); Purnong (8.A.M.
R556) ; Fifth Creek, Montacute (S.A.M. R2588); Kirton Point (S.A,M. 2539) ;
Ooldea (A.M. R7666); Port. Lincoln (AM. R4904); South Australia (S.A.M.
R1068, A.M. R5631, R5630) ; Central Australia (A.M. R2106, 8.A.M. R2418).
Norther: Territory: Macdonald Downs (S.A,M. R1617); Coniston Station
(S.A.M, R1694); Hermannsburg (S,A.M. R1o35, R1559); Macdonnell Ranges
(S,A.M. R319); Banka Banka Station (A.M. R12010-560). Queensland :
Diamantina Creek (S.A.M. B1593). Western Australia : King Sound (M.M.
R90).

Records have been made in South Australian Museium registration lists of
speriinens taken at Lake Phillipson, South Australia, and Mildura, Victoria.
Loveridge (1984) had a specimen from Forrest, Western A ustralia, and Kinghorn
(1945) records a specimen ina eallection of 7, intima trom 4 miles cast of Camp 49,
Simpson Desert Expedition,

There now seems little doubt that Peters used a specimen of this race in his
type description. When dealing with the rare Tilique adelaidensis Peters, Waite
(1929) cast some doubt on the locality data ‘Adelaide, South Australia,’? from
whieh collection the type of Jineata was also taken. In view of the fact that no
further specimens of the Tiligua had been collected in the sixty-five years that had
elapsed since its deseription, Waite coneluded that either the locality data was
incorrect, or else adelaidensis had been deseribed from a young specimen of one
of the larger species. However, further specimens of this rare species have now
been taken near Adelaide and a redeseription iy to he published later.

Considering the diversity of environment between the varions habitats within
the geographic range of this species the amouit of variation is small, As already
mentioued the degree of prominence of the angle of the mouth skin fol varies
geographically, hemg most prominent in southern specimens and those tramsi-
tional between lineata aud the race pinguically. The tubercle sha pe is also fairly
coustant, although Northern Territory specimens have a much larger, more
elongate tuberele form, with a blunter spine. The ventral and gular scales are
keeled or smooth indiseriminately, both couditions occurring iM specimens of the
one sex taken together in a single collection,

With the exeeption of two specimens (S,A,M. R318) from the Northern
Mardonnell Ranges, the colouration is also comparatively uniform, the greater
majority of the specimens complying with the colour pattern already deseribedd,
The outer-lateral white lines ave generally absent. and there is some sheht varia-
tion in the number of tail bands, the figure genevally heiue twelve, but a range of
11-15 has been noted. Sometimes the bands ave dispersed or united making a

70 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

greater variation, but specimens with an abnormal colow' pattern have not been
included in the variation recorded.

The above-mentioned Northern Macdonnell Range specimens have several
peculiarities which suggest that a detailed examination of further specimens from
this upland area may reveul the presence of a population worthy of recognition.
These two specimens resemble typically coloured telraporophora in the absence
of longitudinal lines, and in having a light grey ground colour traversed by
darker grey bands on the back and tail; also in the presence of 4-7 scales separat-
ing the nasal from the upper labials. They differ, however, in the much stouter
habit and pores 1-1. he dorsal tubereles of these specimens are raised, but only
bluntly keeled and non-spinous.

TYMPANOCRYPTIS LINEATA PINGUICOLLA subsp, Woy.

Tympanocryptis lineala Lueas and Frost, 1894, p. 50; MeCoy, 1889, p. 297,
pl, 181.

Form stout with short robust limbs, the adpressed hind limb not reaching the
shoulder; foot and digits stumpy, lacking the Jong thin narrow palin aud fourth
finger of the typical race; tail swollen at the base. Forelimb podey with short
thick digits; when adpressed forward barely reaches the tip of the snont. Lead a
little longer (han broad with angulate supraciliary aid canthal ridges. Nostril
oval, directed sharply forward and downward; piereed in the upper halt of an
enlarged nasal, which is separated from fourteen upper labials by four rows of
seales. Body depressed, covered dorsally and laterally with small rounded
heterogeneous scales, the majority of which ave sharply keeled; tutermixed
irregularly with very elongate wrinkled tubercles of the shape figured, these being
more numerous than in typical lineatd. In the extreme, the height of these
tubercles is {twice the basal length. Transverse gular fold present; angle of the
mouth fold present or absent dependent on the state of the fat bodies—in the type
it is absent, the neck being swollen out wider than the head, the only remaining
indieation of the fold being a row of tubercles which in /ieata tineata is at the
apes of the fold. Axilla-groin fold abseut in the type, but strongly present in
the majority of specimens. Limbs and tail short, covered with large keeled
seales which tend to form wniform ridges. Gular and ventval seales unitorm
and smooth, Sixteen and ten spinous bicavinate lamcllae under the fomth aud
third toes respectively. Pores small, almost indistinguishable, being partially
hidden under the strongly imbricate Ventrals—preanal only, 14-1,

Colouration of the type. Very badly faded owing to long preservation, but
apparently near typical lineata eolouration with very prominent dark edged,
discontinuous vertebral and dorsolateral lines; faint outer-lateral lines are

MItTcHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 71

present, Without ventral markings, General ground colouration too badly
faded to warrant deseription,

Colourution of « typical south-castern Victorian spechnen. Very similar
to the typical race, but differing in the presence of outer-lateral white lines
coinciding with the axilla-groin fold, and in the continuous nature of the dorso-
lateral lines in the majority of specimens. The davk sinuous ventral mottlings
on the chest and throat are more conspicuous.

Measurements. Holotype male, 8.A.M. R2468a.

Total length: 115--+ mm. Uead length: 18 mm.
Body length : 43 mm. diead width: 16 mm.
Tail length : 54+ mam. Fore jimh: 22 mm,
Maximum width of neck: 14 mun. Hind limb: 384 mm.

Lh

Big. &. Tympanocryplis fineata pinguicollas dorsal aud lateral views of the head (3) und
wie onlarged dorsal tubercle (25) of the holotype male.

foc, Vietoria: ‘Southern Vietoria’’ (S.A.M. R2468, type specimens) ;
Essendon (N.M. D1848, D1845, DT702) ; mouth of the Yarra River (N.M. D3482,
D3483) ; Werribee (NM, D1338, D1339), Vietoriv (A.M, R2054), New South
Wales: Cooma (A.M. R8872).

Further Vietorian lovalities reeorded by Lueas and Prost (1894) under
lineata Vincala are Salt Water River, Marybovongl and Rutherglen, Also recorded
from Sunbury, Victoria, by MeCoy (1889).

72 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Owing to the large area of intergradation between this race and its nominate
form, a detailed examination for variation is impracticable, the majority of
specimens so far collected being at some stage intermediate between iypival
lineata and the extreme pinguicolla, It is not until southern Jovalities around
Melbourne are reached that any constancy is evident. The specimens here,
although showing the very stout features, short limbs and elongate tubercle form,
have not reached the extreme condition seen in the types. All specimens so far
taken within a 100 mile radius of Melbourne have proved good and easily
distinguishable examples, and can be regarded ag typical of the race. The
various characteristics of this subspecies ate admirably shown in some excellent
figures by MeCoy (1889, pl. 181) of specimens taken near Essendon, Victoria,

Another prominent factor is the presence of an axilla-groin skin fold
coinciding with the outer-lateral white line. This fold aets as an absolute division
between the heterogeneous dorsal and the nniform ventral seales. Tn typical
lineata this fold is absent, and the dorsal and yentral scales gradually intergrade.
This fold is preseut in all specimens so fav examined from the Melbourne area,
and also in the two Australian Museum specimens trom Cooma, New South Wales.
Tt is, however, absent from the three type specimens. he thick neck, tail and
body appear to have been caused by the building up of fat bodies, aly X-ray
examination having failed to show any skull modification to cause the abnormally
thickened neck. J is probable that the colder prevailing conditions and more
abundant food has led to the building wp of fat storage to tide over the long
winter in these southern areas, This fat storage sumgests a reason for the
ineoustant presence ol the skin folds, these hemg absent owing to contained fat
early in the season, and present in specimens taken later in the season,

TYMPANOCRYPTIS LINEATA TETRAPOROPIORA Lucas and IMrost,
Tympanveryptis telvaporophora Lucas and Frost, 1895, p. 264; 1806, p, 191.

Form moderate to sliin; head alinost ouve and a half times as lou as wide;
nostril round or slightly oval, directed forward and dowmward; piereed ut all
enlarged nasal just below an acute canthal ridge; nostril slightly nearer the
anterior corner of the eye than the tip of the snout; separated from 15-17 upper
labials by six or seven rows of scales. A minority of the npper head scales are
tuberculate; 11-14 separate the supraviliary ridges. Body strongly (depressed,
covered dorsally with heterogencous scales, the majority of which ave feebly
keeled ; intermixed irregularly with elongate spinous tubercles of the form fignred,
A strong transverse gular fold present; angle of the month toll feebly present
or absent, generally absent; axilla-groin fold absent, Limbs, as with the body
and head, very clongate, and when adpressed the hind limh reaches to the eye or

MiITcCHELL—A REVISION OF THE (JENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 73

beyond in males, and to the tympanum depression in females. Palm of foot very
elongate with long digits, there being 19-21 anid 12-14 spinous bieatinate lamellae
under the fourth and third toes vespeetively, One femoral and one proaial pore
present on either side in both sexes.

Colonration of the typical form. Growne eolour grey-brown with (he usual
pairs of quadrate spots, which are sometimes fused to form dark erey, yerging
black evoss-bunds. No upper head markings. Tail with 12-14 trausverse darker
cross-bands. The corso-lateral and vertebral lines are also present in many
specimens as darker or lighter streaks. Under surfaces white; the whest aud silar
region in the male is olten minutely dotted with brown,

(EM)

Mig. 7. Dympanoeryplis lineata tetraporophora: dorsal and lateral views of the head
(4S) aid au enlarged dorsal tuberele (35) of a typival male specimen—S.A.M, R2444,

Colauration of the Northera Flinders Ranye form. Dovsal and dorsolateral
surfaces unitorm light grey without quadrate spots or longitlinal lines. "ail
with 12-14 fain darker grey bands,

Calouration of small intermedialary groups. These possess car typival
linedda colouration with slightly smaller qyuadrate spots aud addiftiouval tail
bands. With the exception of the brilliantly coloured Southern Flinders Range
specimens, whose colouration will he discussed later, specimets of these groups
have no upper head markings.

Measurements. Typieal male, SAM. Rede,

Total length: 152 mui. ilead width: 13 mm,
Body length :37 mm. TLind limb: 48 min.
Tail lene@th : 97 mat. Hore limb: 26 mm.

Head length: 18 mm.

74 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Distribution. Owing to the state of collection this is somewhat uncertain,
but appears to be discontinuous throughout the greater part of Eastern and
Southern Australia, and in some way correlated with the presence of hilly
country.

Loc. South Australia: Abminga and Dalhousie (N.M. D7701) ; 20 miles
north of Macumba Creek (S.A.M. R2444); Mt. Serle (S.A.M. R1285); Inna-
minka Hills (S.A.M. R2420); Northern Flinders Ranges (S.A.M. R2494,
R2448) ; Indulkana Ranges (S.A.M. R590) ; Marree (S.A.M. R212) ; near Marree
(S.A.M. R2449); Mern Merna (8.A.M. R2603) ; Warcowie (S.A.M. R2580) ;
Finniss Springs (S.A.M. R2525, part); 4 miles south-west of Marree (S.A.M.
R2598, part). Central Australia: (N.M. D5397, D5398, 8.A.M. R2428, A.M.
R2107, R4883, R4885, R4886, R2108). Northern Territory: Charlotte Waters
(N.M. D3485, D3484). Queensland: Hughenden (A.M. R10108, R10107,
R10106) ; 15 miles south-west of Urandangi (A.M. R10306.17) ; Wangarie Rich-
mond (A.M. R5000) ; Muttaburra (A.M. R3336) ; 8 miles west of Winton (A.M.
R10308). Western Australia: Hyre Sand Patch, Hampton Range (S.A.M.
R2415). New South Wales: Broken Hill (A.M. R9833, 8. A.M. R2425) ; Silverton
(S.A.M. R2500) ; Moree (A.M. R1828) ; Darling River (A.M. R5650).

The reinstatement of this form rests upon a detailed examination of all
available four-pored specimens and their habitats. The conclusion is that this
group is worthy of recognition taxonomically, and that the additional pores and
other factors are not individual variations as was apparently suspected by Lucas
and Frost (1896). Other characters correlated with the additional pores tend
to verify this conclusion. It has been found that all specimens with four pores
have:

(a) avery elongate form.

(b) a constant position for the nostril, this differing from that of lineata
lineata in having a greater number of scales separating it from the
upper labials.

(c) a comparatively constant and definite tubercle shape.

Further, all specimens with the additional pores have been taken in a hilly
environment. Thus we have a series of localities all involving hills or ranges.
Lucas and Frost doubted the validity of their tetraporophora, principally on the
grounds of colour variation, as some specimens had been found with colouration
closely resembling that of lineata lineata. It is evident now that the colouration
varies not only from population to population, but also within a single population
in the case of large areas where there is an appreciable environment or altitude
change. In the two main distributional areas, viz., the Flinders Ranges and the

MITCHELL—-A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 75

Abminga-Dalhousie-Indulkana Range areas, such conditions are present. It is
probable that as further specimens are collected from the western slopes of the
Great Dividing Ranges in Queensland and New South Wales, that such a con-
dition will be found there also; specimens from Hughenden, Queensland, exhibit
colouration more uniform and drab than those taken from further out at
Richmond and Winton in the same State.

The type and other specimens from the Abminga-Dalhousie area have
typical colouration as already described, while specimens taken on the outskirts
of the area delineated, are at intermediate stages between this and typical lineala
colouration,

Such specimens of the Horn Expedition material as are available have been
examined, and all have been found to be intermediatarily coloured tetraporophora,
although Lucas and Frost (1896) recorded three localities within the apparent
range of tetraporophora from which ‘‘typical’’ lineata were taken. The examined
Horn specimens are without accurate locality data, and it is not possible to deter-
mine which, if any, of them were regarded by Lucas and Frost as ‘‘typical’’
lineata. It is possible that they did not critically examine their specimens for the
additional pores and beeause of their colour assumed them to be lineata. lineata.
This is supported by the fact that in many female specimens the additional pores
cannot be distinguished with the unaided eye, and without microscopic examina-
tion it would have been logical to conclude that a specimen of this nature, with
typical lineata colouration was lineata lineata, Again, one of the localities from
which Lueas and Frost recorded typical lineata is the type locality of tetraporo-
phora, viz. Dalhousie. This indicates either definite overlap in distribution or
else pronounced interbreeding between the two forms, if these specimens were
only bi-pored.

A similar combination of characters is found in examples from the Flinders
Ranges, South Australia. A number of specimens taken near Mt. Serle, have
a uniform drab colouration of dull grey which is unbroken by longitudinal lines
or quadrate spots, the only variation being faint caudal banding. From the
Southern Flinders Ranges several excellent collections have been received from
the vicinity of Mern Merna and Warcowie. These consist entirely of four-pored
specimens, all of which have a brilliant and unique colour pattern even more
striking than typical lineata colouration. The dorso-lateral white lines extend
to the neck and on to the head, the outer-lateral lines being present and prominent,
continuing along the cheek in many specimens. The dorso-lateral lines are
unbroken and expand on reaching the nape to about twice their original width,
extending along the head to a position ahove and just behind the eye. The
vertebral white line also extends to the nape, but does not dilate appreciably,
nor does it reach as far as the outer-lateral lines; there are no further markings

76 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

on the head. In some specimens exhibiting a brick-red ground colour the dorso
lateral lines have darkened to a dull grey, although they are still prominent.

Although the scalation and proportion of all populations are approximately
constant, it can be seen from the above that the major isolated populations have
developed some colour peculiarities. The smaller populations inhabiting low
hills where there is little variation in environment, have a uniform colour pattern
closely resembling that of lineata lineata, although generally lacking the upper
head markings, Such populations occur at Hampton Range, Western Australia ;
Hermit Range, South Australia; Barrier Range, New South Wales; Urandangi
area, Queensland, ete. A single specimen, said to have been taken in the Inna-
winka Hills, South Australia, has a uniform colouration resembling that of the
Northern Flinders Range specimens.

Tt is diftieult to decide the status of this group until its position has been
analyzed in the field, Considering only its struetural resemblance it has been
placed as a race of T, lineala. Critically there are almost equal grounds for
placing it with either cephalus or lineata, for it exhibits definite affinities with
both. The position of the nostril and the number of scales separating it from
the upper labials are definitely near cephalus, while the general form, colouration
and to some extent scalation point to a relationship with lineata. As will be
discussed later, a possible explanation to its affinities with both species is that it 1s
an ancestral form.

The association of this race with Iineala was influenced principally by the
fact that if it was discantinuously isolated by interbreeding, as present evidence
suggests, then it van only interbreed with its present surrounding populations of
lineata. To have any direet connection with cephalus under these cireumstanees,
cephalus would have to be regarded as a race of lincale, a doubtlul assumption
on recent. distributional evidence,

The suggestion is made thal the four-povred taterial represents an archaic.
and at present stati¢ race, which is existing in small ecological niehes in and
around bill and range eountry, where the open plain dwelling Jineuta lineata is
less likely to eneroach on it. This is supported by its present ecologically diverse
distribution with little somatic change.

TYMPANOURYPTIS UNIFORMIS hp. hov,.

Form very stout; bead almost as wide as long; the angular canthus rostralis
torether with the flat dorsal surface of the snout, give the head a ‘‘sliced’’
appearance. Nostril oval, direeted forward and downward ; pierced in the upper
half of a slightly tubular nasal shield, being a little nearer the tip of the snont
than the eye. Upper head scales only slightly enlarged, flat, and keeled; about

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS ‘T'YMPANOCRYPTIS 77

sub-equal in size to the enlarged dorsal scales. Body stout and not markedly
depressed ; covered dorsally and laterally with keeled heterogencons scales. No
enlarged dorsal tubercles, their place having been takeu by simple mueronulately
keeled seates, which ave but slightly raised above the normal dorsals, being little
noliced without evitical examination, Several small conical tubercles ave present
on the nape. Ventral and gular scales feebly keeled. Limbs short and weak;
when adpressed the hind limb reaches to the shoulder. he tail is short atid

Fig, 8 Tympanoeryptie uniformiss dorsal and lateral yiows of the head (X38) and an
enlarged dorsal seqle (X5) of the holotype specimen,

tapers rapidly to a fine point, its length being a litile longer than the combined
head and body measurements. A strong transverse ular fold is present while
the angle of the mouth fold and its altendant tnbercles are absent; axilla-groin
fold absent. Preanal pores 1+-1, barely visible. Sixteen and nine biearinate
and strongly spinous lamellae vnder the fourth and thitd toes vespectively. The
eyes protrude beyond the sypraciliary ridges, making the upper aud lower eye-
lids very convex,

Colouration. Somewhat faded in spirit, but apparently a uniform blue-grey
dorsally and dirty white ventrally, both surfaces lightening posteriorly. There
are faint indications of transverse carulal banding.

Measurements. Holotype, 8.A,M, R705.

Total length: 114 mm. Tead width; 14 mm.
Body length: 33 min, Fore Jimb ; 25 mmi,
Tail length: 65 mm, Hind limb : 88 mm,

Head length: 16 mm.

78 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Distribution, The type and only specimen was taken near Darwin, Northern
Yerritory, by P. Wesselmann, June, 1911.

‘To date this peculiar lizard is the stoutest form described, and its squat
rotund body, short fail and limbs, together with the relatively uniform sealation,
contrast sharply with the other strongly depressed and irregularly scaled members
of the genus.

TYMPANOCRYPTIS MACULOSA Sp, NOV-

Form moderate, head short; nostril below an ill-defined canthus rostralis
and slightly nearer the tip of the snont than the antevior corner of the eye; pierced
centrally in an enlarged nasal, which is sepavated from fifteen upper labials by
3-4 rows of scales; the actual nostril aperture is a slit in the bottom of an oval
nasal cavity, being diveeted jnst forward of vertically downward, Dorsal and

aT

is
Sica

bt
in
aX
es)
ul
a

3
E

—
a aes
mt

HY
ot

ta)

Pie, 9. Tympanoeryptis maculosa: dorsal and. literal views of the head (5) and an
enlarged dorsal seale (*5) of the holotype mala

lateral seales smooth, non-imbricate and heterogencous, being intermixed with
slightly enlarged flat plates, whieh hecome weakly tuberculate laterally. Ventral
scales smooth and uniform, slightly tmbricate, directed away fram centre; oular
and anal scales small, tending eanular; caudal sedles show slight keels toward
the tip of the tail, Upper head scales flat and smooth, 18-20 between the supra-
ciliary ridges, ‘The adpressed hind limb reaches to the tympanum depression
which is very prominent. A strong transverse gular fold is the only skin fold
present. Another prominent feature of thix species is a row of enlarged tuber-
cular seales which extend from under the eye to above the tympanum depression,

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 79

Six femoral pores on either side including one in each groin; a single pore is
present just within the preanal region in the holotype specimen; extending almost
the full length of the thighs. In the female allotype the pores occur as minute
depressions in modified scales, Highteen and eleven unicarinate spinous lamellae
under the fourth and third toes respectively.

Colouration. Dorsal surface white to very pale grey with a row of five very
dense black blotches on either side of the vertebral line; the two rows coalesce
toward the tail; a few small spots are also present along the vertebral line.
Ventral surfaces white; a black streak extends longitudinally along the centre
of the throat as far as the gular fold, The black markinys are less pronowneed
in the allotype female.

Measurements. Uolotype male, S,A,M. R2220a,

Total length: 135 mm. Head width: 15 mm,
Body length: 55 mm. Fore limb: 27 mm,
Tail length : 80 mm. Hind limb: 38 mm,

Head length: 19 mm.

Distribution. Twenty specimens of this unusual species were taken by the
late Dr. C, T, Madigan im his expedition on to the surtace of Lake Eyre North,
in August to December, 1929. In his report he mentions them as oeeurring on
the four mile wide marginal area of the lake.

Loc, South Australix: Lake Eyre North, holotype, allotype and paratypes,
S.A.M. R2220.

This unique species is one of the most specialized Australian lizards and is an
excellent illustration of selective adaption to a special environment. In this
barren habitat one immediately wonders as to the food of these lizards, An
examination of the stomach contents has revealed it to consist mainly of small
harvest ants (Melophorus sp.) which apparently feed on the numerous seeds which
are blown out over the lake, or alternatively, as was suggested by Madigan (1930),
on micro-organisms in the salt. The seeds also appear to have formed some part
(accidental or otherwise) in the diet of the lizards, as several of the stomach
contents examined, contained seeds in various stages of digestion, Another query
which introduces itself is that of shelter on this flat non-vegetative plain,
but Madigan mentions in his report that the lizards were found burrowing in dry
sand deposits and under the buckled salty erust.

In the aboye-mentioned report (Madigan, 1980), these lizards were identified
as Tympanocryplis hneaia var. by Mr. H. M. Hale, present Director, South
Australian Museum. Hale, althongh pointing out the nnique colouration and
smooth scalation, did not note one other important difference, viz. the presence
of a series of femoral pores. This, together with the sealation and colouration

80 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

differences already enumerated, are ample grounds for its complete specific
separation.

As with the majority of species in this genus, the specimens of this species
so far examined show remarkably uniform characters, the only variation worthy
of notice being that in some specimens, the ‘‘enlarged’’ plates are so nearly sub-
equal to the normal dovsals that their presence can be disregarded. The only
colour variation is the less prominence of the darker markings in female specimens.

TYMPANOCRYPTIS LINEATA CENTRALIS SternfeliL.

As already noticed by Loveridve (1934) the grounds upon which Sternfeld
based this race are slender, his principal distinguishing feature being the greater
relative length of the tail, which in his type is 1+7 times the snout-vent length, as
avainst 1-1 times in a specimen of lineata, the measurements of which were given
by Boulenger (1885), The average vatio of typical lineatd specimens ix approxt-
mately 1-5, which would be about equal to the average for the eight eotypes of
ecntraliy, According to Loveridge (1934) the figure for these is 1+2-1°5 in the
females and 1-5-1-6 in the males,

In response to a reqnest, the British Museum authorities kindly checked the
measurements of Boulenger’s specimen, and this revealed that the tail was
probably incomplete, Lt is interesting to note that the ratio tor a second specimen
in the same collection whose measurements were also provided is 1+0.

An examination of six specimens from the Termannsburg district has
supplied no further support for the formation of this race. All six specimens
have typical lineata scalation, and specimens taken near the mission station itself
have typical colouration. Specimens taken to the north of Hermanusburg
toward the Maedonnell Ranges, however, have less prominent dorso-lateral lines,
and the quadrate spots tend to form transverse bands. A specimen of this nature
may have been described by Sternfeld as a type. In these six speeimmens the
snout-vent into tail ratio averages 1-6,

Loveridge (1934) mentions one other character in connection wilh ventralis,
viz. the presence or absence of keeled ventral scales. This has heen found very
inconsistent, the two conditions often being found in specimens of the same sex
taken in a single collection,

KANGAROO ISLAND RECORDS.

Tn his British Museum Catalogue, Boulenger records a specimen of Tympano-
eryptis from Kangaroo Island, South Australia (B.M. Reg. No. 56,1.9.6). In
reply to a request tor further information the British Museum authorities stated
that they bad no further data other than that the specimen was presented by the

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 81

Zoological Society of London. Other than this one record, no others have been
made for the genus on this or any other insular area about Australia and T am
inclined to consider that there has been some confusion with regard to the locality
of this specimen,

In 1927 the Fauna and Wlora Board of $8.A. made a survey of the fauna of
Kangaroo Island anc were also unable to locate any further specimens, Waite
in his veport (1927) merely referring to the British Museum Catalogue record.
In January of the following year, soon after completing the manuscript of his
Reptile Wandbook, Waite died. Unless he obtained further records for the genus
between October, 1927, and his death, the reference in his handbook to T. lineata
as ‘not wiconmion on Kangaroo Island’? appears to be a generalization based on
the single British Museum record.

PROPORTIONAL ELONGATION,

During the preliminary hunt for concrete distinguishing factors it was
thought thal the elongation of some forms may have been accompanied by some
increase in vertebrae uunibers, Consequently a small number of each were
X-rayed, Asa result it was found that there was no difference in the number of
body vertebrae, the only variation being iu the proportions of each component,
The number appears io he constant at 22-24, generally 23. The tail vertebrae,
however, vary considerably, 42 beiny about the average, but some specimens of
tetraporophora have 50, while in some of the shorter tailed species cephalus and
uniforms the count falls to 35, The actnal ranges are; cephalus and wiuformit
850, average 88; lincula 88-44, average 42; letraporophora 41-50, average 46;
all other forms have a range between 88 ancl 45,

With regard tu the proportion change of the individual body vertebrae, this
is only noticeable in the extreme forms cephalus and tetraporophora, Tn cephalus
a standard vertebra is almost onee and a half times as wide as long, while in
tetraporophora it is slightly longer than wide. The tenth vertebva in each ease
is taken as standard.

Another siguificant feature noticeable in the X-ray is the elongation of the
skull andl its consequent modification. The best diagnostic feature here revealed
is the angle at which the lower jaws set themselves when closed. Here again
the difference is only significant in the extremes. In tetraporophora it varies
between 50% and 55’, while in cephalus it ranges from 60% to 65". In the single
specimen of uniformis it is about 70°,

This skull elongation, which ean be taken as a vepresentative factor in the
general elongation of the whole anitual, is shown graphically in the form of a

82 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

series of histograms (fig. 10). The three divisions of tetraporophora which
overlap lineata are composed almost entirely of the small Southern Flinders
Range group. Where there are sufficient specimens of the other forms it is
apparent that they are all near lineata in this respect.

&
19 =x
(o>)
co
Oo
10 ae
x
’ [a
; th
ae
> 2
U
ro} ui
3 Zz
iam J
ce r $e
V)
>
™ =J
x
10 xr
8 Qa
5 iu
2 ia P
' [|
roo) (05) tO 12000 FAH BOSD reo KS 150 «55

HEAD PROPORTIONS (length to width)

Fig. 10. Proportional elongation: the above results illustrated graphically in the form of a
series of histograms,

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS 83

RELATIONSHIPS.

Owing to the present incomplete knowledge of the distribution of many
forms of the genus, the relationships cannot be determined with finality. Having
regard to the geologically recent drying of Lake Eyre North and the Age and
Area Ilypothesis it would seem possible that the last species to become established
was maculosa. By comparison with other forms it appears to be a modification
or mutant of intima, the species which at present completely surrounds it, there
being an apparent trend toward a reduction in the number and size of the enlarged
tubercles and keels through [ineata and intima to maculosa.

maculosa
gigas intima
uniformis cephalus lineata ————— pinguicolla

tetraporophora —

It is suggested, on available evidence, that a form resembling the present
tetraporophora hevame differentiated into three species, viz, cephalus, uniformis
and lineata, Further that cephalus hag given rise to one race gigas, while two
species and one subspecies are modifications of lineata. As has already been
pointed ont in the previous discussion on lvtraporophora, the last named shows
definite affinities with two of these possible major evolutionary chains—that of
limeala and of cephalus. This further supports the hypothesis of both having
arisen from a population closely akin to letraparaphera as at present recognized.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

I wish to acknowledge assistance rendered in allowing me to examine
specimens contained in Australian Museums as follows: Dr. A. B. Walkom and
Myr, J. R. Kinghorn of the Australian Museum, Sydney; Mr. R. T. M. Pescott
and Mr. C. W. Brazenor of the National Mitseum, Melbourne; Mr, L. Glauert
of the Western Australian Museum, Perth, and Mr. J. Henry of the Macleay
Musenm, Sydney. Mr. G. Mack of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, forwarded
Queensland locality data, The British Museom authorities kindly provided data
and photographs of type and other material in that institution. I have also to
thank Dr, T. D, Campbell of the Dental Hospital, Adelaide, for the X-rays and
Miss G. Walsh of the South Australian Museum for the photography.

My special thanks are due to Mv. J, R. Kinghorn and Mr. 8. J. Copland,
whose advice and encouragement proved invaluable,

84+ RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Boulenger, G. A. (1885) : British Museum Catalogue of Lizards, 2nd. ed., i, p. 392,
pl. xxxi, fig. 1.

Gunther, A. (1867) : ‘‘ Additions to the knowledge of Australian Reptiles.’’ Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx, p. 52.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1932) ; ‘‘Herpetologieal Notes, No. 4.’’ Rec. Aust, Mus., xviii
(7), p. 860.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1945) : ‘‘Reptiles of the Simpson Desert Expedition.’’ Trans,
Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., 69,1, p. 5.

Loyeridge, A. (1934): ‘Australian Reptiles in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard.’’ Bull. Mus. Comp, Zool., 77 (G), p. 825.

Lueas, A. H. 8. and Frost, C. (1894) : ‘‘Lizards Indigenous to Victoria.’’ Proc.
Roy. Soc., Vict., vi, p. 50.

Lueas, A. H. 8. and Frost, C. (1895) : Proc, Roy. Soe., Vict., vii, p. 265 (1, ser.).

Lucas, A. H. 8. and Frost, C. (1896) : Reptiles of the Horn Exped.tion, ii, p. 181.

Madigan, C. T. (19380) : Geographical Journal (S. Aust), 76, p. 284.

MeCoy, F. (1889) : Prodromus Zool., Vict., ii, p. 297, pl. elxxxi.

Peters, W. (1863) : Monatsb, Akad. Wiss, zu Berlin, p. 230.

Simpson, G. G, and Roe, A. (1939) : Quantitative Zoology.

Sternfeld, R. (1925) : Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell., 38, p. 234.

Stirling, E. C. and Zietz, A. (1893) : Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., xvi, p. 168.

Waite, E. R, (1927): ‘Fauna of Kangaroo Island’’ (3)—Reptiles and Amphi-
bians, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., li, p. 326.

Waite, E. R. (1929) : Reptiles of South Australia, p. 113.

Zietz, F. R. (1915) : Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., xxxix, p. 769.

Zietz, F. R. (1917): Trans, Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., xli, p. 470.

Zietz, F. R. (1920) : ‘Catalogue of Australian Lizards.’’ Ree. 8S, Aust. Mus., i,
pp. 181-228.

MITCHELL—A REVISION OF THE GENUS TYMPANOCRYPTIS

OT-8 quasyy quasqy
apqaey
01-8 quosqy) 410A 19 GOS
juasard L]yaay
ST-2I quasqy| 10 JONISGY
}
yuasq y queasy quasqy
posaadstp i
Io quasqe
mayso 'ZT-OT quesqy) guasand qa.
WaTJOAs
| qirasaad Ud JTesq'e
a1 AyBuors ag ymesoig)
qurez A104
‘TT 19 af pues y quesq y
: | suaumeads to
Aynofem uw
€T-ZT quesqyquesaid Apsio11g
pur 1M | hig | "Pld UPS

MHOMEEIESY Hanoy 30 a[s'y

SMOI I-G

MOI J-9

Mor JG

BMOI FE) MOTH S[qesaljow JON

quoaelpe |
aI0ME IO OMY TO |

sdumya ut poynqiasrp
‘repndea.it ‘suoTeuM

yasanlpy |
Bi0I 10 OAVY ZO
sdunypa wt payuqrrystp
freqndaaae ‘sno.omny,

paynqiaystp Aysurs
IppUsaat ‘snosrawim

WOTPRUTMIEXA [Borys

saris |
peurpnujiewos, anoz

BALO1 gQ—- WIOF 0} Suipuay ‘oscedy

paynqiysrp
Aysurs “rep darae
‘snorommmld A194

BMO1 G-

*1OT} Baedas
[USEN
WOLs
[Enqe'y

HOT] VUMEEES
yeantt yoy
aTQRaarjow jouw pre pep

paynarystp Apsurs
‘IV[NSaLIt ‘sno1IMnN

OTN TAYSTCY Apron,

possardap
Apsuorjs Lia “ins

passardop
A[Fuo1js {pog qnoiw

passaidap A]Suo.cjs
‘ay urepout 0} UNTS

passaidap *jn0j9

| passaidap ‘ynoyg

possoudap
Ss] su0r4s nog

aaytiaa
FO plvaroy

T+ r |qsnl Sursts aurds

qnois L104,

passoadap ApAnOs
‘ynols OF operopoqy

| suortodoad

DATPRLOY

‘Teuperg) [Raiw0d WIT QR yp HloomLy THoomg
snoutds
4yyysys ‘[eout0a
Surpuay ‘asosngy Poowsg) yyoomsg
I-+-T
‘(eunaad pepeay | (loots co
t+t A[qaaz papery
Ferouay snoutds pay pasrey) so yyooug) ATQaagy
| ADBRIOAB
c+e |
‘tseomag) — Wyoours pie pep qjoowg,) = oomg
T+T |
‘unvorg| snourds pur yepy yyoous, = ygoourg
TLeuIs |
Stak snouds | qyooms 10
‘TST Aqpeatpaaa papeay papaay
‘eueatg ‘ayesuora 419.4 Ajqoagq = Ayurofepy
jjems |
LIA
‘T+T 1204

‘aanerg) ad uris Wits LeypT

1

I+T
‘euparg| snourds {7[voryta\

“sod g aduyg aparoqny,

pepo, pspay Ty

yyocus 10 | papaay
pepaay | S]Fu014s
Ang, dyuoteyy
oon!
‘sapbag = "saTLag
[e4}u0 4, [es10og

spas

snpoydian

pioydosod
-Dhya}

psopNaDUL

DUNE UL

pyoammnburad

spliro fren,

DpOIU]

sory

“SHONTNFAAT(] WHOLIS AL 40 WTAV YG

86

Fig. J.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4,
Fig. 6.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7.
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.

Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate iv.

Holotype male of Tympanocryptis lineata pinguicolla.

Typical male of Tympanocryptis lineata lincata—S.A.M. R2417.
Holotype female of Tympanoeryptis intima.

Holotype specimen of Tympanocryptis uniformis.

Plate v.

Holotype male of Tympanocryptis cephalus gigas.

Co-type specimen of Tympanocryptis cephalus cephalus.

Typical inland male of Tympanocryptis cephalus cephalus—W.A.M. R7067.
Holotype male of Tympanocryptis maculosa.

Plate vi.
Tympanocryptis lineata tetraporophora,

Typical form.
Low hill form.
South Flinders Range form,
North Flinders Range form.

Kkc. S.A. Museum Vor, LX, PLarrE LV

Ree. SA. MUSEUM Vor. IX, PLATE V

2c. S.A. MUSEUM

Vor. IN, PLATE V1

A NEW CESTODE, RAILLIETINA (R.) LEIPOAE,
FROM THE MALLEE HEN

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND HELEN GOLDTHORP CLARK,
UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE

Summary

The present paper is based on South Australian material from two mallee fowls,
Leipoa ocellata Gould (Galliformes, Megapodiidae), one of them taken by Mr. L.
Ellis near Tailem Bend, and the other by Mr. P. Lawson, of the South Australian
Museum staff, near Strathalbyn. From the former bird we obtained many specimens
of the new cestode, Raillietina leipoae, while from the latter bird a few immature
Davaineids, probably belonging to another species of Raillietina were collected.

A NEW CESTODE, RAILLIETINA (R.) LEIPOAE,
FROM THE MALLEE HEN

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON ann HELEN GOLDTHORP CLARK,
University of Apraipr.

Fig, 1-12.

TuE present paper is based on South Australian material from two mallee fowis,
Leipoa ocvellata Gould (Galliformes, Megapodiidae), one of them taken by Mr. L.
Ellis near Tailem Bend, and the other by Mr. P. Lawson, of the South Australian
Museum staff, near Strathalbyn, From ihe former bird we obtaimed many
specimens of the new cestode, Raillictina leipoae, while from the latter bird a few
immature Davaineids, probably belonging to another species of Raillictina were
collected.

We desire to thank Messvs. Ellis and Lawson for obtaining the birds for
us; and to express our indebtedness to the Commonwealth Research Grant to
the University of iAdelaide. Type material has been deposited in the South
Australian Museum.

RAMWEMINA (RAILLIETINA) LEIPOAK I.sp.

The worms are very small, most of them between 8 and 6 mm. in length,
none exceeding the latter. The strobila consists of relatively few segments
(28-33). All specimens are mature and possess at least one gravid proglottis.
The latter probably became detached readily since there is usually only one
attached to the strobila, although the Jast five or six segments contain develop-
ing eggs, and numerous single gravid proglottids were found free in the
intestinal Jumen. The maximum breadth of the strobilae was one to three
millimetres, most being strongly contracted.

The scolex may reach +65 mm, in len¢th but when eontracted measures -4—+5
by -3--45 mm, The hemispherical rostellum measures -24--28 mm. in diameter,
and at its base has 138-154 hammer-shaped hooks, each with a long ventral and
a short dorsal root, and a short spine. These hooks are arranged in two
alternating series, those of the inner being 52u, and of the outer 39, in total
length. Their difference in form is indicated in fig. 3,4. ‘Total length’’ is the
distance between two parallel lines drawn from the ends of the hook (Stevenson,
1904). Behind the rostellum are 20-40 rows of vety small spines, giving the

as ReEcokDs OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

E
E
a
2

ROge
\ S8sePe Saco

a ndaee
% PRU S oes SACEO.

“ogee hoe

a aia ie Tat

Fig. 1-9. Ruillielina leipode, 1. strotila; 2. seolex; J-4. rostellur Hooks; 5, sucker;
6. post-rostellar spine; 7. spine from sucker; 8. 'I.8. mature segment; 9. mature segments,
dorsal view, Fig. 10-12, Maitllietina sp. immature. 10, 11. young forms; 12. rostellar hook.

ce. calearcous corpusele; cs, cirrus sae; ee. egg capsule; ex. exeretory canal; Im, longitu-
dinal musculuture; nu. longitudinal nerve; o. ovary; t. testis; u. uterus; v, vitellarium;
vd. vas deferens; vg. vagimn.

JOHNSTON AND CLARK—CESTODE FROM MALLEE HEN &9

anterior end of the seolex a ringed appearance. These spines resemble rose
thorns in form and are Gy long, with a broadened base and a short recurved
spine (fig. 6).

The suckers are round (+16 mm, diameter) or elliptical (-2 by +15 mm.)
and bear on the rim about 14 rows of very small, closely set spines each 6-8 in
total length, with short dorsal and ventral roots and a long spine (fig. 5, 7).

In most wortis a neck was not observed, perbaps due to the state of contrae-
tion, but occasionally the svolex was seen to overhang a very short neck, about
65 long. The segutents are at first very short and narrow, but soon increase
markedly in breadth. All proglottids exeept one or two terminals are broader
than long, As the uterine capsules develop, seements become narrower and
longer until the last one or two may be squatish or even longer than broad. The
mature strobila thus becomes somewhat elliptical, The genital pores are
unilateral and open on the anterior border of the laterally projecting lobe of
the segments, close to the posterior margin of the preceding proglottid. The
genital duets pass betwee the two longitudinal exeretory canals, and dorsally
to the nerve cord,

Caleareous corpuseles, 5-10u in diameter, are scattered in the cortex, more
particularly in that of the lateral projecting region, but they ocewr also in the
posterior part of the seolex where they may be seen around the suckers. The
inner longitudinal musculature is composed of bundles of larger fibres while the
outer consists of smaller, inore scattered fibres which are more abundant in the
lateral regions of the segment, The circular museylature is rather weakly
developed. The lateral nerve cords lie just laterally from the excretory ducts,
Of the latter, the ventral may measure up to 8-5« in internal diameter and
communicate by wide transverse canals, while the dorsal canals are very narrow,
1—4p in diameter, with thick walls.

There are 22-33 testes, 14-21 of them on the aporal side, 8-12 on the poral
side of the female organs, The vas deferens becomes coiled as it passes laterally
from the median line of the segment. The small pyriform cirrus sac, *1--18 by
“06—-07 mm., does not extend inwards as far as the longitudinal nerve cord,
inch of it lying in the overhanging portion of the proglottis. The unarmed
cirrus lies somewhat coiled, when at rest, within its sac and is supplied with
gland cells. The genital atrium is shallow.

The female glands lie somewhat nearer the poral side of the segment.
The strongly lobed ovary is -167--2 mm. in maximum breadth, The yolk gland
lies behind it but is displaced slightly towards the aporal side: it is weakly
lobed and measures -085-'12 mmm, in diameter, The vagina travels beside the
vas deferens in the anterior part of the segment. Near the genital pore it has
a muscular coat and numerous gland cells. The female pore lies immediately

90 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

behind the male aperture. The uterus whieh ean be seen in relatively few
segments, lies ventrally behind the ovaty, and between the latter and the yolk
gland. Its branehes extend ¢lorsally and veutrally in the medulla. Ils walls
soon disappear and the eggs come to lie singly and evenly distributed through-
out the medulla, but these eggs berome eollected later into parenchymatous
capsules, The fully gravid segment contains 20-30 such uterine capsules,
closely packed and of irregular form, but they do not extend beyond the
excretory canals, though they may displace the latter almost to the extreme edge
of the segment. These capsules measture about +16--2 mm. by -15—-23 mm,,
and each contains 21-26 eges which measure about 11-13 by 13-14y, with
hooklets 5-Gp long.

R. (R.) leipoue differs from all known species of the subgenus from Galli-
form birds in iis small size, large rostellar hooks, the series of post-rostellar
spines, and the number and contents of the uterine eapstiles. The only other
representative of the subgenus from this order of birds, possessing relatively
large rostellar hooks is /?. (R.) williams? Fuhrmann (1982, 47), syn. Davaineu
fuhimanni Williams (1931, 17), whose hooks mvasius 37-39p and 83-34p
respectively, as against 52 aud 39. for R. C2.) lerpoue, tn BR. (t.) pormsta
Southwell and Lake (1939, 76) which has only 36 hooks, minute spines,
visible only under oi] immersion, are said to be present on the enticle srrround-
ing the rostellum whereas in R. leipoue these hooks are distinetly visible wader
high power magnification. Other species of the subgenus possessing past-
rostellar spines are R. lorynata Megwitt (1924, 507) with 150 hoolklets, 7 ancl
7-5p long, the host being a Burmese pigeon; FR. frontina Dnj. 1845, with
180 hooklets, 7-84 long; and Ff. conuitata Ransom (1909, 141), with SO hooldlets,
11-13, long, the two latter cestodes occurring in Pieiform birds.

R. (R.) leipoae differs from other members of the subgenus from Galliform
hosts in the number of egg capsules (yp to 26, each with 24-30 eggs), In other
species there may be 50-100 capsiiles, each with rarely more than 15 and usnally
less than 10 eggs.

RAILLIETINA Sp.
Fig. 10-12.

Three very young Davaineid worms, probably belonging to a Railhetina,
were found in the intestine of Leipow ocellatw from Strathalbyn. One is sfill in
the eysticercoid stage (fig. 10) and measures +42 mini. by -36 mm.; in another the
hind part is ruptured, the specimen measuring +62 by +35 mm, The third
(fiz. 11) possesses a long, narrow appendage which may be a developing strohila
or the remains of a eandal appendage; its scolex is +46 wm, long by -38 mim.

JOHNSTON AND CLARK—CESTODE FROM MALLEE HEN 91

wide, and the total length is 2:1 mm. The hemispherical rostellum in the three
worms is -15--16 mm. in diameter, and has about 400 very small hooks, 11-12)
in total length, arranged in two very closely approximated rows. Each hook
is hammer-shaped with a long ventral and short dorsal root and a short spine
(fig. 12). Each sucker measures -13--17 by -11--13 mm. and bears on its rim
several rows of minute spines, 6—7y in total length, each with short dorsal and
ventral roots and a long spine. The worms are referred provisionally to
Raillietina because of the double crown of numerous small hammer-shaped
hooks and its armed suckers.

LITERATURE.

Fuhrmann, O. (1932): Les Ténias des oiseaux. Mem. Univ. Neuchatel, xviii,
383 pp.

Meggitt, F. J. (1924) : Parasitol., xix, pp. 303-312.

Ransom, B. H, (1909) : U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 69, 141 pp.

Southwell, T. and Lake, F. (1939): Ann. Prop. Med. Parasil., xxxiii,
pp. 107-123.

Stevenson, E. C. (1904): Stud, Zool. Lab. Univ., Nebraska, iv, pp. 191-210.

Williams, O. L. (1931) : Jour. Parasit. xviii, pp. 14-20,

MICROPHALLUS MINUTUS, A NEW TREMATODE
FROM THE AUSTRALIAN WATER RAT

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON, UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE

Summary

A very minute trematode, Microphallus minutus n.sp., has been found in each of the
four water rats, Hydromys chrysogaster Geoffroy, var. fulvolavatus Gould, examined
for parasites between May, 1938, and March, 1947. They were captured along the
banks of the Murray River at Tailem Bend. The parasite was not present in one
captured in the River Torrens in Adelaide, in July, 1923. The worms occurred usually
in great numbers in the upper intestine.

The digestive tract of several of the rodents contained fragments of yabbies, Cherax
destructor; one had vertebrae and lenses of small fish; and one had fragments of
insects and of the mussel, Hyridella australis. It is of interest to note that all species of
Microphallus and closely allied genera whose life history is known, utilize a
crustacean for the metacercarial stage.

MICROPHALLUS MINUTUS, a NEW TREMATODE
FRoM THE AUSTRALIAN WATER RAT

By T, HARVEY JOHNSTON, Untversrry or AvELatDE,
Vig. 1-8,

A veRY minute trematode, Micraphallus minutus u.sp., has been found in each
of the four water rats, Hydromys chrysoyaster Geoffroy, var, fulvalavatus Gould,
examined for parasites between May, 1988, and March, 1947. They were
captured along the banks of the Murray River at Tailem Bend. ‘The parasite
was not present in one captured in the River Torrens in Adelaide, m July, 1923.
The worms occurred usually in great numbers in the upper intestine,

The digestive tract of several of the rodents contained fragments of yabbies,
Cherax destructor; one had vertebrae and lenses of small fish; aud one had
fragments of insects and of the mussel, Zyridella australis. It is of interest to
note that all species of Microphallus and closely allied genera whose life history
is known, utilize a ernstacean for the metacerearial stage.

On some oeeasions a species of Plagiorchis was also present, and in one
animal, that found in the Tovrens, two specimens of a small diplostome, Fibricola
minor, were also oblained. This latter trematode was deseribed by Dubois
(1936, 513; 1937, 345-8; 1938, 860-2) from material collected from the same
host species taken in a suburb of Sydney, New South Wales. The known range
of #, menor is this very greatly extended, The two North American species of
Fibricola whose life ¢ycles are known, viz, #. cruteru (Baker and Noll, 1915)
Dubois 1952, and F. terensis Chandler 1942, have heen shown to pass: through
the diplostomulum, stage in tadpoles by Cuckler (1940, 32) and Chandler (1942,
156-167) respectively. An account of the anatomy and life vycle of the
Plagiorchis sp. from Hydromys will be published separately.

Microphallus minutus varies considerably in form and dimensions accord-
ing to the degree of ventral imfolding of the lateral edges, and sometimes the
anterior and posterior regions of the body as well. The form may thus be
pyriform, or resemble a drumstick, or be almost cirenlar in outline. In all cases
the posterior third of the worm is considerably widened and it is here that the
numerous eggs are located. Occasionally the infoldings alone the anterior two-
thirds of the body may meet or may even overlap in plaecs, such conditions
occurring when a marked drumstick form has been assumed. The largest

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

JOHNSTON—TREMATODE FROM WATER Rat 95

specimens observed measured +41 mm. long by -22 mm. in maxinnum breadth,
“85 by -17 mm,, and -31 mm. by +19 mm., and did not exhibit any infolding of
the body margins. The third mentioned had uot yet become ovigerous, though
a small structure was present in the ootype and resembled the abnormal egys
containing only vitelline material, mentioned by Cable and Hrmninen (1940,
143, pl. iii, fig, 13) as having been seen in Spelolrema nicolla, The first worm
contained only sixteen eggs and was probably voung, while the second eontained
very abundant eggs. Othes worms, all of them ege-bearing, varied in dimensions,
the breadth mentioned being the maximiun; <37 mm. by +14 non, a dripmestielk
form with a narrow elongate anterior tegion; +18 mm. by +12 am., with the
posterior and postero-lateral regions strongly infolded; 28 mm. by +21 mm., an
almost round form; 14 mm, by <1} mm, and -187 mm. by +187 mm., both
rounded worms with the anterior, postero-lateral and posterior regions strongly
infolded. A yonng form with varrow anterior and widened posterior regions
and with infolded lateral margins ancl possessing well-developed volk glands, but
devoid of eges, measured -287 mm, hy -14 mm.

The anterior part of the body is covered by yery aninute scalelike spines
arranged in quineins pattern, rather more pronounced yentvally, where the
spination extends slightly more posteriorly than on the dorsal surface, On the
anterior part of the widened portion of the worm the sealing is smaller and less
obvious, but is usually recognizable as far back ventrally as the level of the
acetabulum.

The suckers are subequal, the venteally-directed subeirenlar oral sueker
Measiing “082-040 mm. in length by -038--05 mm. in breadth, and the
acetabulom +03—'05 mm, in diameter, The latter may be sunken o even hidden,
in the deep ventral concavity. [ts centve lies about midway between the free
ends of the crura. The distance of the posterior margin of the acetabulum
from the frout end of the worm varies to same extent with the degree of contrac-
tion of the parasite, Th elongate worins the distance is about +7 of the total
body length, whereas in contracted specimens without any anterior infolding, it
varies from °8 to °6, and in the latter (he actual distance between the suckers
also varies markedly,

There is a long, narrow prepharynx, -012--012 mm. lone by -008—--01 mm.
wide, succeeded hy a very small pharynx, -01 by -012 anim, The oesophagus is
relatively very long in relaxed parasites and may be as long as, longer than, or
somewhat shorter than, the eaeea in such worms. In strongly contracted

Fig. 1-8. Mierophaltua minutus, 1, dorsal view; 2. ventral view; 3. ventral, sides
infolded; 4-7. various specimens with infalded sides and onds; 8. ‘*drumstiek’? form. Big. 1,
2,5, 6, 7 drawn to scale beside 1 and 2; fig. 3, 4, 8 to seals below 3.

fe. acetabnlum; mp, male papilla; oy. ovary; {. testis; u. uterus; a. uterine area,
anterior limi! shown by dotted lines; vy. vagina; vs. vesiculy semiualis; yd. yolk duet; yg.
yolk gland,

96 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

specimens it may be much shorter than the ecaeca. The caeca are slightly
irregular in outline aud are 2-8 times as wide as the oesophagus. They diverge
widely to terminate just in front of the uterine region. In a few worms the
V-shaped exeretory bladder with very wide short limbs was recognizable.

The two testes ave transversely elliptical, -027 by +087 mm., and sym-
metrically placed in the widest part of the worm, just behind the level of the
acetabulum. The right testis lies just behind the oyary and may be in contact
with it, The seminal vesicle is a conspicuous, somewhat elliptical organ lying
transversely between the erura, and in front of and partly above, the anterior
portion of the acetabulum, It measures about -05 by -07 mm. in larger worms,
The end adjavent to the ovary receives the vas deferens which enters it at almost
aright angle, its position being between the ovary and acetabulum, The vesicle
becomes suddenly narrowed at its left extremity to become the slender
ejaculatory duct which travels posteviorly close to the acelabulum and is
surrounded by small prostate glands. The ‘luet then passes directly ventrally
through the relatively large civewar (it surfave view) muscular male copulatory
sae or penis whieh ocenpies most of the genital atrium. This sac has a diameter
of about -025--08 min., ic. slightly less than that of the acetabulum. The sac
lies on the left of the midline at about the same level as, or slightly behind,
the midrevion of the ventral sueker.

The ovary is rounded, about 0-27 mm, in diameter, anil situated laterally
in front of the right testis, with its anterior region lying between the acetabulum
and ihe termination of the right caceum, Jt may overlie partly the testis, The
oviduet travels iiwards, downwards and posteriorly to receive the yolk duct
and then enter the ootype which is median behind the acetabulum. A short,
narrow sintious Laurer’s canal was seen in one worm, buta receptaculnm seminis
was not observed with certainty, Surrounding the votype are the shell glands.
The uterus travels back ju a wavy course more or less in the median line,
towards the posterior end of the warm, then curves to the right, continuing
upproximately parallel with the margin of the parasite, and extending forwards
below the yolk glands and right testis. It then becomes sharply bent on itself just
behind the ovary to form another sinnous loop just in front of the first loup
and passes across to the left side, continuing forwards to lie below the yolk
glands and left testis, It then becomes folded again, this ‘portion travels
inwardly and posteriorly to become bent once more near the median line, It now
travels forwards in a more dorsal position between the acétabnliuin and the male
sac, terminating as the vagina at the female pore in the wenital atrinm, probably
just in front of the male sae. In most specimens the uterus is so swollen with
eges that its eorse is not recognizable and the posterior region of the parasites
has hecome eonsiderably thickened, In such cases the uterine region takes the

JOHNSTON—TREMATODE FROM WATER RAT 97

form of a U with very wide short limbs, which in some worms converge and
almost meet at the tips, anc with the swollen terminal part of the organ extend-
ing from the base of the U forwards towards the acetabulum before becoming
narrowed to form the vagina. Hgps are very numevous and uniform, measuring
19-20. by 10°5-11 hy,

There are six or seven rounded yolk follicles on each side, arranged close
together and seen only in younger worms. They form a compact vitelline field
on each side just behind, or partly below, the testes and above the uterus. From
each group a yolk duct travels inwardly in a slightly sinuons course, the two
duets uniting behind the acetabulum to form a common vitelline duet or yolk
reservoir which enters the ootype close to the shell gland,

Baer (1943, 69) plaeed the following Microphalline genera wnder the
synonymy of Microphallus: Monocaecum Stattord, from a Canadiau utodele ;
and Spelophallus Jagersk. and Spelotrema diigersk. from shore birds. Miero-
phallus was known previously only trom fish, All of these are similar in anatomy
in spite of the diversity of hosts. We have accordingly described our species
as Microphallus minutus vather than Spelolrema minutwn.

Baer (1945, 64) desevibed M. gracilis tom a small aquatic imsectivore, the
shrew-mouse or water shrew, Neomys fodiens, from Swiss streains. Our species
differs from it in being mnch smaller; in the relatively longer caeea; in the
position and extent of the vitelline follicles; the much lavger relative size of the
toale papilla; the relative sizes of the two suckers; and in its smaller eggs.

Ochi (1928 ; 1940, 289) described a Japanese species, M. minus (i.e, minor),
whose cereariae became eneysted in the muscles of shrimps (Palweman), the
adult stage being obtained experimentally from mice, dogs, cat and mun, the
natural hosts being the dog and the river rat. Ochi’s oviginal aecount (in
Japanese) is not available and Baer did not place the species in his key (1943,
70-1).

Africa and Garcia (1935, 257) reported that Heterophyes brevicacca
occurred in man in the Philippines. The species was re-examined by Tubangui
and Africa (1988, 117) and transferred by them to Spelotrema, Baer (1948, 70)
subsequently placing it under Microphallus. M. breavicaeca resembles our species
but it is considerably larger, the yolk glands ave much more extensive, the
ovary is slightly lavger than the testes, the prepharynx is shorter, and seales
oceur in part of the region behind the acetamuum. The natural hosts are man
and a tern, Sterna albt/rons.

The only other member of the Microphallinae known from Australia is
Lewinseniella. howensts, deseribed by 8S. J. Johnston (1917, 220-238) from
material which T collected in 1910 from Charadrius dominicus on Lord Howe
Island. M. minutus appears to be smallest adult digenetic trematode as yet
known from Australia.

98 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

Considerable contusion has oceurved concerning the genera, Microphallus,
Spelotrema and Levinseniella, attention having been drawn to that, affecting the
two latter by Rankin (1989, 481-2) and by Cable and Hunninen (1940, 1538-4),
Levinsenia was erected by Stossich m 1892 to inelude four species of Distommn—
epacum, brachysomum, pygmacun and macrophailas. The second of these
was selected by Liihe in 1889 as type of the genus, but Jégerskidld soon after-
wards (1910) designated Distamwn pygmaewn as type. Ward, who had
deseribed D, apacwm in 1894 from a North American fish, Amina calva, gave a
further account in LH01 and erected Microphallus to receive it and referred to
Levinsenia as a preoeeupied name, Stiles aud Massall (1901) replaced the latter
by Levinsenella, and a few months later Jiigerskidld (1901) erected Spelotrema
with Dist, pyginaeum as type, ail subsequently (1907) founded a new genus on
his Sp, primus. The characters of Levinseniella must be based on its first
designated type, Le. D. brachysomwn, and since Spelotrema was a subsequent
renaming of Levinsenia Stossieh, it must take for its type brachysomum instead
of pygmaeum which has a different, but related structure of the terminal genital
ducts, and is admittedly distinet generically from the species now allocated to
Lewinseniella. by Rankin (1939) and other authors, Cable and Hunninen (1940,
164) stated ‘Tis (ie. Jaégerskidld’s) later (1907) conception of two distinct
genera is valid, however, and must be accepted, although he should not have
retained fot them names which he had regarded previously as synonyms. To
suppress Spelotrema as a synonym of Levirseniella, and propose a new generic
name for the species at present allocated to the genus Spelotrema, would
probably increase rather than diminish the present confusion. For this reason, the
writers are inclined to let the matter stand.”’ [ do not agree with this conclusion
since Spelotrema was a renaming of Lewinsenia and is therefore a synonym of
Levinseniella which bas some months’ priority. The species now included under
Spelatrema by Rakin (1940), Dawes (1946) and other authors must be accom-
modated elsewhere, Baer (1943, 70) has shown that Spelotrema of authors is a
aynonym of Microphallus since the anatomy of the two gronps of species is
essentially similar. The difference between Spelotrema and Spelophatlus is said
to lie in the position of the vaginal opening into the atrium in relation to the
male papilla, but Baer (p. 70) regards the two as synonymous and has added
Stafford’s Monocaecum (1903) also.

Microphallus is based on M. opacus Ward from Amia. Osborn (1919, 123)
deseribed M. ovatus from another North American fish, Mieropterus, the species
differing from Ward's in possessing very rvidimentary eaeca and in the relative
sizes of the two shekers. Wright (1912, 167) redeseribed M. opacus, und
recently Stvandine (1943) examined a very extensive series of Microphallids
from the two fish host species and reported a very wide degree of variation in

JOHNSTON—-TREMATODE. ROM WATER RAT 99

regard to these features. Strandine showed that in M, opacus the caeca might
be stuall as deseribed by Ward, or very small and equally developed, very sinall
and unequal, or only oue (either right ov left) might be present, or they might
be represented merely by a small bilobed sac. He regarded M. ovatus as being
only a variety of M. opacus, Stafford’s Monococcwm baryurwmn (1905, 822
from a Canadian urodele suggests a similer degeneration of the caeca which
have become represented by a small median sae,

Attempts have been made by us to elucidate the life history of I. minutus,
but so far without suceess, Two excellent studies of the life cycles of Micro-
phalline trematodes have bee published by American ihvestizators, Cable and
Hunninen (1988, 1940) and Rankin (1939a, 1940). Cable and Ilunninen dealt
with Spelutreniw neolli whose cercuria belongs to the Ubiquita group anid
develops in sporoeysts in a very small marine gastropod, Biltinm, the meta-
cervaria occurring in erabs, and the adult (experimentally) in a gull, Larus
argentatus. They also duseribed an allied vercaria, @. mussicola, from another
marine gastropod, Nasse (1958, 1940). This latter cerearia was showit by"
Rankin (1940) to be the larva of a Microphallid which he had previously (1930)
deseribed as Corawucapula sippiwissellensis, Rankin reported that the meta-
cerearia oeeurred in an amphipod, Twlorehestia, aid the adult (experimentally )
in Larus argentatus. As Yamaguti had just previously (1959) erected Gynie-
cotyla to receive Mierophallids having a similar anatomy, Rankin (1940)
recorded tis observations on the life history mmider Gynwecotyla nassieala, Ut
shotld be noted that Baer (1943, 66, 7) has used the name Gynaecocotylu. As
mentioned above, the known Mierophalline ceveariae belong to the Ubiquita
group of imonostome Xiphidiocercarias, aud the ietacercarin oveuts in
crustaceans. The eyst is spherical or slightly elongate, and (hickwalled, ane
contains the metacetcatia whose anterior and posterior regions are folded
ventrally, this stage possessing well-developed genitalia (exeept the ntertis) Like
those of the adult and approaching the adult in size (Rankin 140, tig. 6; Cable
and Hunninen 1940, pl. i, fig, 5-6, pl it, fig. 7-8). The adult stage was reached
in a shove hired within 12 hours to two days after feeding on infected erystaceans,

Tt has been noted that, in ow! species, worms in which egg production had
not commenced, were not necessarily smaller thaw those in which it bad; and that
cHe-bearing specimens were seen in which the body was folded to form a more or
less spherieal animal, +14 10 +18 mm. in diameter, In MW. nieelly the diameter
of the cyst was *00-"5 im. and the adult +51--58 mm, loug; in G. nassicole the
cyst was *26--29 nun. in diameter with its wall -019 mm. thiek, and the adults
were *3--361nm. long, We suggest that the eyst stage of 47, wiintus probably
oceurs in the yabbie, Cheran destructor, aud measures +2—+3 mm. (perhaps les)
in diameter. The only other crustaceans nm the Murray River which may be

100 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

considered as hosts for the metavercaria are the shrimp (Paratya australicnsc)
and prawn (Palaemon australis), since the only species of amphipod (Chiltoni
subtenuis) and erab (Halicarcinus lacustris) which occur there are probably too
small (and the latter also too uneOmmon) to serve as food for such a large
animal as Hydronwys.

Acknowledgment is made gratefully to Messrs. G. G. and Bryce Jaensch
for assistance in obtaining the water rats from the Murray at Tailem Bend,
and to the Commonwealth Research Grant to the University of Adelaide for
travelling expenses,

Type material has been deposited in the South Australian Museum.

LITERATURE.

Africa, C.M. and Garcia, E. Y. (1985): Philippine Jowr. Sci., iii, pp. 258-267.

Baer, J. G, (1943): Bull. Sov. Neuchat. Se’, Nat., xviii, pp. 83-84.

Cable, R, M, and IIunninen, A. V. (1938): Jour, Parastt., xxiv, Suppl. Abstr.,
pp. 29-30.

Cable, R. M. and Hunninen, A. V. (1940): Biol. Bull, xxviii, pp. 136-157.

Chandler, A, C, (1942): Tr. Amer. Mier. Soc., lxi, pp. 156-167.

Cuekler, A, C. (1940) : Jour, Pavasitt,, xxvi, Suppl. 32.

Dawes, B. (1946): The trematoda, with special reference to British and other
European forms, Cambridge,

Dubois, G. (1986): Rew. Suisse de Zeal, (xliii), pp, 507-515,

Dubois, G. (1987): Avin Parasitol, xv, pp. 888-353,

Dubois, G. (1938): Monogr. Strigeida (Trematoda), Mem. Sov, Neuchat. Sci.
Nat., vi, 535 pp.

Johnston, 5. J. (1917) : Jour, Prov, Roy, Soc., N.S.W.,1 (1916), pp. 187-261.

Ochi, 5. J, (1928) : Nihon Byori Zasshi, 18, Abstract in Jap. Jour, Med. Sci., 6, 1,
1940, p. 289,

Osborn, IL L, (1919): Jour, Parasit., v, pp. 125-7.

Rankin, J. 8. (1919) ; 7. Amer. Mier, Soc., lviii, pp. 431-47.

Rankin, J. 8. (19394): Jour. Parasit., xxv, Suppl. 12.

Rankin, J. 8. (1940) : Biol. Bull., xxix, pp. 489-51.

Stafford, J. (1903): Cent. Bukt. Orig., xxxiv, pp. 822-30.

Strandine, BH. J. (1942): 7r. Amer, Mier. Soe., lxii, pp. 293-3800.

Tubangui, M.A. and Africa, C. M. (1938): Philippine Jour. Sei. Ixvii.
pp. 117-127.

Ward, II. B. (1901): Tr. Amer, Mier. Soc., xxii, pp. 175-187.

Wright, 8, (1912): Ur. Amer. Mier. Soe., xxxi, pp. 167-176,

SOME NEW RECORDS OF NEMATODES FROM
AUSTRALIAN SNAKES

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND PATRICIA M. MAWSON, UNIVERSITY OF
ADELAIDE

Summary

The parasites recorded below are part of a collection made over a period of years by
the senior author, assisted by colleagues in various parts of Australia. To these
collaborators (Dr. J. B. Cleland; Dr. O. W. Tiegs; Messrs. G. G., and F. Jaensch; the
late Dr. T. L. Bancroft) we are most grateful. Types of new species have been
deposited in the South Australian Museum. The following is a list of the parasites
examined, arranged under their hosts.

Python spilotes Lacep. Physaloptera confusa J. and M. (Helensburg, New South
Wales).

Python spilotes var. variegatus Gray. Polydelphis anoura (Duj.) (Taronga Park,
Sydney, and Gosford, New South Wales; Sandgate, Brisbane, Queensland);
Ophidascaris filaria (Duj.) (West Burleigh, South Queensland).

Some NEW RECORDS or NEMATODES From
AUSTRALIAN SNAKES

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON anv PATRICIA M. MAWSON, University or ApELAIDE.
Fig. 1-8.

THE parasites recorded below are part of a collection made over a period of
years by the senior author, assisted by colleagues in various parts of Australia.
To these collaborators (Dr. J. B. Cleland; Dr. O. W. Tiegs; Messrs. G. G., and
F. Jaensch; the late Dr. T. L. Bancroft) we are most grateful. Types of new
species have been deposited in the South Australian Museum. The following is
a list of the parasites examined, arranged under their hosts:

Python spilotes Lacep. Physaloptera confusa J. and M. (Helensburg, New South
Wales).

Python spilotes var. variegatus Gray. Polydelph:s anoura (Duj.) (Taronga
Park, Sydney, and Gosford, New South Wales; Sandgate, Brisbane, Queens-
land) ; Ophidasearis filaria (Duj.) (West Burleigh, South Queensland).

Python amethystinus Schn, Polydelphis anoura (Duj.) (Port Curtis, Queens-
land).

Python reticulatus Schn. Polydelphis anoura (Duj.) ; Hastospiculum sp. (Sydney
Zoological Gardens).

Acrochordus javanicus Homstedt. Uungua ophidis usp. (Leichhardt River,
North-western Queensland).

Acanthophis antarctica Shaw. Physaluptera confusa J. and M. ( Sydney),

Denisonia superba Gunth. Physaloptera confusa J. and M. (Tailem Bend, South
Australia).

Demansia textiis D, and B. Physaloptera confusa J. and M. (Tailem ‘Bend,
South Australia).

Demansia. psammophis Schl. Ophidascar's pyrrhus J. and M, (Vietoria ;
Sydney); Physaloptera confusa J. and M, (Victoria); Ph ysaloptera
demansiae n.sp. (Sydney),

Demansia reticulata Gray. Perhaps D. psammophis var. reticulata. Physal-
optera confusa J. and M, (North Western Australia).

102 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Natrix mairit Gray (=T'ropidonotus picturatus Schl, of some Aust. authors).
Tanqua ophidis u.sp. (North Queensland).

Pseudechis porphyriacus Shaw, Physaloptera confusa J. and M, (Dalby,
Queensland ; Sydney).

Notechis scutatus Peters. Ophidascaris pyrrhus J. and M. (Victoria; Tailem
Bend, South Australia).

Furina occipitalis D, and B. Kalicephalus sp. (Burnett River, Queensland).

Hydrus platurus Linn, Parahelerotyphhion australe ug., nsp. (Little Bay,
Sydney).

Also the lizard, Varanus varius Shaw. Tanqua tiara (Linst,) (New South
Wales).

KALICEPHALUS Sp,
(Fig. 1.)

From the ring snake Furina occipitalis, collected on the Burnett River,
Queensland, by the late Dr. I’. L. Bancroft.

Females only present, 5-8 mm. in length. Hight cephalic papillae around
mouth. Buceal capsule massive around base, laterally compressed; its internal
diameter dorsoventrally is -043 mm., from side to side at its widest part
‘025 mm., and its length -045 mm. The course of the duct of the dorsal
oesophageal gland is shown in Fig. 1,

The oesophagus is +28 mm. long in a worm 5 min. long, the nerve ring sur-
rounding it at -17 mm, from the anterior end of the parasite. The excretory
pore lies at the same level as the nerve ring. The vulva is situated just posterior
to the midlength of the worm.

PARAHETEROTYPHLUM AUSTRALE 0.g., 11.sp,
(Fig. 2-3.)

From a sea snake, Hydrus platurus, washed ashore at Little Bay, Sydney.
Material consists of two females and one male worm, the former 10 and 10°5 mm.
long, the latter 6-7 mm. long. The head bears three lips, longer than broad;
the dorsal with two papillae, the ventrals each with one papilla; interlabia are
absent. No teeth were seen on the lips. The oesophagus, 7:6 mm. (female) and
5-6 mm. (male) in length, is rather sae-like and terminates in an ill-defined
ventriculus, from which extends a long thin appendix, 5-6 mm, in length in

103

JOHNSTON AND MAWSON-—-NEMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN SNAKES

40 mw

os mm
> 7j
os

Fig. 1, Kalicephalus sp. lateral view of head. Fig. 2-3, Paraheterotyphlum australe,
2. head; 3. posterior end of male. Fig. 4-6. Yanqua ophidis, 4, aud 5. subdorsal and lateral
views of head; 6, male tail. Fig. 7-8. Physaloptera demansiae, 7. head; 8. male tail.

Fig. 2 and 3 to same seale; fig. 4 and 5 to same scale.

104 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

female, 2-8 mm. in male. There is a short intestinal eaecum, +88 mm. long in
the female, -64 mm. in the male.

In the male are about 43 pairs of preanal papillae, as well as a median
group of about six to seven pairs just anterior to the arms. There are three
pairs of postanal papillae on the short blunt tail. The spicules are -88 mm. long.

The vulva lies in the second quarter of the body length (6-1 mm. from
the head). The eggs are subspherical, 45 mm. in diameter, with a smooth thick
shell.

Generic diagnosis: Slomachinde: interlabia present, without denticles on
lips; spherical ventriculus, vesophageal appendix and intestinal caecum present.
Spieules more or less eqital. Vulva in first third of body length.

These characters of the head and alimentary canal oceur together only in
one genus of Stomachinae, namely, Helerotyphlum Spaul 1927, deseribed from
a deep sea angler fish from Iveland. The present specimens are distinguishable
from that genus by the possession of equal spicules.

OPHIDASCARIS PYRRHUS J. and M.

This species is now recorded from the tiger snake, Notechis scutatus,
eollected by the late Dr. Dombrian in Victoria; and from Tailem Bend, South
Australia (G. G., and F. Jaensch); and also from the grey or whip snake,
Demansia psammophis from Sydney and from Victoria.

OPHIDASCARIS FILARIA Duj.

A new host record for this species is the carpet snake, Python variegatus,
from which it was taken at West Burleigh, Queensland.

POLYDELPHIS ANOURA Duj.

This species ix now recorded from Python reliculatus (Taronga Park,
Sydney), Python varicgatus (Taronga Park, Sydney, aud Gosford, New South
Wales; and Sandgate, South Queensland); and from Python amethystinus
(Port Curtis, Queensland).

TANQUA OPHIDIS 1LSp.

(Fig. 4-6.)

From a fresh water snake, Nalrio mativit Gray (type host), colleeted in the
north-eastern coastal region of Queensland by Dr. O. Tiegs; and from
Acrochordus javanicus, Leichhardt River, North Queensland.

JOHNSTON AND MAWSON—NEMATOVES FROM AUSTRALIAN SNAKES 105

Males up to 27 mm., females to 30 mm. in length. Ocsophagus of female
4 mm,, of male 3-4 mm. long; and cervical sacs -4 mm, and +24 mm, long
respectively, The head bulb is subdivided into two dorsoventral swellings.
The nerve ring is -5 mim. from the anterior eud in the male.

The vulva lies at about the commencement of the posterior quarter of the
body length. The eggs are yery small, about 32 by 40p.

The spicules are typical of the genus, stout, tapering slightly, somewhat
swollen at the tip, aud beset with fine stiff bristles. The arrangement of the
eaudal papillae in the male closely resembles that of other species in the genus,
and is shown in fig, 6,

Differences hetween species in this genns appear to lie mainly in the
characters of the anterior end. The present specimens resemble 7, wnonwle
(Linst.), also from Trepidonalus spp., and T, diadema Baylis, from Helicops sp.
from Brazil, in having hut two divisions of the head bulb. The shape of the
lips is more like that figured for 7. diadema, but there is no deep collar as in
that species. In addition, the position of the valva is more posterior thau in

T. diadema.
'TANQUA TIARA Linst.

This species is now recorded from the monitor lizard, Varanus varius from
Gosford, New South Wales. It was previously reported from Veranus gouldit
by Parona 1898, from Australia ov New Guinea.

PHYSALOPTERA DEMANSIAE 1.8).
(Fig. 7-8,)

From Demansia psammophis, Sydney. Both males and females present.
Length of males, 12-15 mm.; females, 20-% mm. Bach lip bears on inner
margin one large ‘*blnn(’’ median tooth, and on each side of this two smaller
conical teeth. One pair of papillae is also present on each lip. No dentigerous
ridge, or series of denticles, was observed. The oesophagus measures 2-4 win,
(female), its museular anterior part being 1-7 mm. long, surrounded at ahout
its midlength by the nerve ring, The excretory pore is 2-5 mm. behind the head.

The vulva is near the midleneth of the body. The posterfbr third of all
the males present in the collection is tightly coiled so that even by eutting the
worm it is impossible to obtain a ventral view of the cloacal vegion. The spicules
are acicular, 1°3 mm, and -25 mm. in length. The alae are voluminous and
apparently meet ventrally. They support four pairs of peduneulate adanal
papillae, three pairs of pedunenlate postanal papillae, and a pair of short stout
papillae near the tip of the fail. This last pair is of unusual size and is sufficient
to distinguish a new species.

106 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PHYSALOPTERA CONFUSA J. and M.

This species is recorded from Demansis textilis (Tailem Bend, South Aus-
tralia) ; Demansia psammophis (Victoria) ; and Pseudechis porphyriacus (Dalby,
Queensland; and Sydney). Females probably belonging to the species were
taken from Python spilotes var. variegatus (Helensburg, New South Wales) ;
Acanthophis antarctica (Sydney); Demansia reticulata (Western Australia) ;
and Denisonia superba (Tailem Bend, South Australia).

HAsTOSsPICULUM sp.

From Python reticulatus, Sydney Zoological Gardens. Single female
present, its length 37-4 mm. As specifie identification in this genus depends on
the characters of the male, this specimen cannot be assigned to a species. The
pair of very small toothlike projections about the mouth are bifid. The anterior
part of the oesophagus is +6 mm. long, surrounded near its base by the nerve
ring, The vulva is very small, 2 mm. from the head end.

LITERATURE.

Baylis, H.A. and Lane, C. (1920): Proce. Zool. Soc., 1920, pp. 240-810,

+ tee

Meo eT |

‘
iA
E
=

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. NO. 15!
THE FAMILY BODOTRIIDAE (CONT.)”

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

This paper deals mainly with Western Australian material collected by Dr. A. G.
Nicholls, and Messrs. G. P. Whitley, J. Clark, and R. Kenny; notes were previously
published' concerning the species Cyclaspis known to occur off the Indian Ocean
coast of Australia. Apart from fifteen members of the last-named genus, two species
of the family have been described from Western Australia; eight forms are added
herein, the list to date being as follows:

Bodotria maculosa Hale.
Eocuma agrion Zimmer.
Pomacuma australiae (Zimmer).
Gephyrocuma repanda Hale.
Gephyrocuma similis sp. nov.
Leptocuma serrifera Hale.
Leptocuma nichollsi sp. nov.
Vaunthompsonia nana Hale.
Glyphocuma serventyi Hale.
Glyphocuma bakeri Hale.
Sympodomma whitleyi sp. nov.

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. No. 15°
Tue FAMILY BODOTRIIDAE (Cont.)?

By HERBERT M. HALE, Drirecror, SourH Ausrratian Museum.

Fig. 1-9.

Tus paper deals mainly with Western Australian material collected by
Dr. A. G. Nicholls, and Messrs. G. P. Whitley, J, Clark, and R. Kenny; notes
were previously published! concerning the species Cyclaspis known to occur
off the Indian Ocean coast of Australia. Apart from fifteen members of the
last-named genus, two species of the family have been described from Western
Australia; eight forms are added herein, the list to date being as follows:

Bodotria maculosa Hale. Leptocuma nichollsi sp. nov.
Eocuma agrion Zimmer. Vaunthompsona nana Hale.
Pomacuma australiae (Zimmer). Glyphocuma serventyi Hale.
Gephyrocuma repanda Hale. Glyphocuma bakert Hale.
Gephyrocuma similis sp. nov. Sympodomma whitleyi sp. nov.

Leptocuma serrifera Hale.

Genus Bopotria Goodsir.

Bopotria MACULOSA Hale.

Bodotria maculosa Hale, 1944, p. 226, fig. 1-2.

Ovigerous female (Shark Bay, G. P. Whitley, November, 1945; fig. 1, A).
Caparace with upper margin, as seen from the side, almost straight but slightly
irregular; it is decidedly more than one-fourth of total length of animal, about
as wide as deep, and one and three-fourths times longer than deep; dorsum with
a low median carina, and sides with a distinct lateral ridge as in male, below
which is a less prominent longitudinal fold; the squamose patterning is shallow.

Only a small antero-lateral portion of first pedigerous somite visible; second
to fifth somites together a little shorter than carapace, each with a prominent
lateral carina; second somite half as long again as third, its dorsal mid-line
quite strongly elevated; third to fifth somites each with a median dorsal carina,
each elevated at the rear of its somite.

1 For No. 14 see Rec. S. Aust. Mus., ix, 1948, pp. 1-42, fig. 1-21.
2 See Trans. Roy Soc., 8. Aust., xviii, 1944, pp. 225-285, fig. 1-38,

108 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pleon shorter than cephalothorax (in male it is stouter and is longer than
cephalothorax) ; first to fifth somites with a median dorsal carina which is
conspicuous on the first to fourth; these five somites also have a strong longi-
tudinal lateral carina; telsonie somite projecting posteriorly over bases of
uropods.

Peraeopods as in the South Australian males previously described, the
longer carpal seta of fossorial limbs not nearly reaching to tip of dactylus.

Fig. 1. Bodotria maculosa. A, adult female
(X 34); B, adult female, form without lateral
carinae on pleon; prp. 4 and urop., fourth
peracopod and uropod with telsonic somite

(xX 84).

Peduncle of uropod half as long again as telsonic somite and fully one-fourth
as long again as exopod, which is barely longer than the endopod and bears two
unequal spines at the truncate distal end, one spine being insignificant; the
endopod is broad (four times as long as wide), has both edges serrate, and bears
a single inner spine near the truncate distal end and two unequal terminal
spines, the longer of which is less than one-third as long as the ramus and as long

as longer terminal spine of exopod.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 109

Colour asin male. Length 3-1 mm.; ova 0:21 mm. to 0-24 mm.

Ovigerous female (Houtman’s Abrolhos, G, P. Whitley, December, 194,
tig. 1, B; form with no lateral carinae on pleon).

Differs from the female described above in having the median dorsal
carinae of the pedigerous and pleon somites less elevated and in the total absence
of lateral carinae on the last-ramed somites. The pitting of the carapace is faint
and the lower lateral carina is represented by a low fold, margining a shallow
groove, The thoracic appendages aud the uropods exhibit no differences.

Length 2-9 mm,

The adult female was previously unknown; as the appendages are identical
in the two forms recorded above, both are regarded as referable to maculosa.
They resemble the female of puinilia Zimmer (1921, p. 119, fig. 4-7) from
Formosa, but in the Australian species the nropods are distinctive. The antennal
noteh is narrower, and the dorsal carinae of the pedigerous somites are elevated
posteriorly ; in maralosa the exopod of the uropord is subequal in length to the
endopod (including in both the longer of the terminal spines) whereas in the
female of paimilio the exopod is one-fourth as long again as the endopod,

A large number of specimens, mostly adult males, was collected by
Dr. A. @. Nicholls, and Messrs. G. P, Whitley, J. Clark and R, Keuny in and
about five Western Australian localities, wiz., Honutman'’s Abrolhos, Rottnest
Island, Esperance Bay, Shark Bay and North-West Cape (lat. 21488. to
82.508.). Almost all of the males are approximately 4 mm. in length, bot
there is some vatiation in the senlpture. In the carapace both lateral and lower
lateral carinae may be sharply defined; on the other hand, the shallow pits above
the lower lateral cavina are sometimes seaveely apparent and the ridge itself
harely discernible.

A series of hauls was made at Rottnest Island (J. Clark and R. Kenny)
during different periods throughout one mght, using a submarine light trap.
B, maculosa is represented in seven of the samples thus secured, mostly by males
41mm. or so in length. Tn the first haul of the evening, however, an adult male
and female weve taken which are of much smaller size, 2°25 mm. and 2:15 mm.
respectively. The little female has the margin of the dorsal crest of the second
pedigerous somite, as seen from the side, straight, while the dorsal earinae of
pleon somites one to five are fully as elevated as in fig. 1, A.

EKocuma aarion Zimmer.

Focuma agrion Zimmer, 1914, p. 176, fig. 1-2; Hale, 1944, p. 229, fig, 3-4,

Adult males of this specics have now been taken in the following localities:
Queensland: Moreton Bay (1. 5. R. Mttnro), Western Australia: Herald Bight

110 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

and Broadhurst Bight in Shark Bay, Airlie Island off Onslow, and Eaglehawk
Island in Dampier Archipelago (G. P. Whitley) ; Careening Bay, Garden Island
(A. G@. Nicholls).

No specimens have been secured off the southern or northern coasts of
Australia and the range as at present known is between lat. 27.08. and 33.503.
on the Pacific Coast and between 20.08. and 32.08. on the Indian Ocean coast.

The mature males vary a little in size in different localities (6 mm. to 7 mn.
in Shark Bay; 6-8 mm. to 7-5 mm. at Garden Island). All have the second
peraeopod as figured for specimens from New South Wales (Hale, 1944, fig. 4).
In the fossorial peraeopods there is usually a shorter and thinner seta, inserted
just behind the long carpal seta, which reaches to the tip of the slender dactylus.

Genus ZENocuMA Hale.
ZENOCUMA RUGOSA Hale.

Zenocuma rugosa Hale, 1944, p. 238, fig. 7, A—D, and fig. 8-9.

A female from Tasmania (middle of D’Entrecasteaux Channel, J. A. Tubb,
in Seallop Dredge, April, 1945) extends the known distribution of the species;
specimens previously recorded were all taken off New South Wales.

Genus Pomacuma Hale.
POMACUMA AUSTRALIAE (Zimmer).

Pomacuma australiae Hale, 1944, p. 244, fig. 12-14.

The type was taken off Cape Jaubert, Western Australia; G. P. Whitley
secured the species in Shark Bay, in 14 fathoms.

Genus GepHYyROcUMA Hale.

Two members of the genus, one described as new, occur in Western
Australia; it is separated from the two species previously deseribed as follows:

1. Exopod of third peraeopod unisegmentate .. Bs ir repanda Hale
Exopod of third peraeopod bisegmentate .. a _ - we Ss

2. Pleon at most barely longer than pedigerous somites together. First segment
of endopod of uropod less than twice as long as second. . .. pala Hale
Pleon at least half as long again as pedigerous somites together. First

segment of endopod of uropod at least four times as long as second
similis sp. nov.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 111

GEPHYROCUMA REPANDA Hale.

Gephyrocuma repanda Hale, 1944, p. 248, fig. 15-16-17, B.

A. few examples were secured at Careening Bay, Garden Island, Western
Australia (A. G. Nicholls, November, 1946)—lat. 32.88. On the eastern coast
the species is known between lat. 33.58. and 35.228. G. repanda was described
from adult and young males and a juvenile female; adult females are now
available,

Female with embryos in marsupium. Carapace barely more than two-fifths
of total length of animal, less than half as long again as deep, and wider than
deep, thus relatively much broader and deeper than in adult male.

Fig. 2. Gephyrocuma repanda. Ovigerous female; lateral view and cephalothorax from
above (X 32); ant. 2 and urop., second antenna and left uropod (X 106).

Pedigerous somites all exposed, together fully two-thirds as long as cara-
pace; first somite short and, as in male, concealed on sides; second somite much
larger than in male, its pleural length fully half that of carapace,

Pleon a little more than half length of cephalothorax and nearly half as
long again as pedigerous somites together.

First antenna with flagellum two-jointed.

Second antenna distinctly three-jointed, the third segment (as in genotype)

112 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

elongate, and fully as long as second; the bases of the distal sensory appendages
are stout (probably the supposed terminal jointlet in pala).

Thoracic appendages as in adult male and with similar exopods (see Hale,
1944, fig. 17, B, exop. prp. 3, and exop. prp. 4).

Pedunele of uropod relatively a little shorter than in male, and with no
long inner setae; endopod equal in length to exopod, with its first joint more
than three times as long as second; it differs from that of the male in having
denticles but no spines on inner margin, but the proportions of its segments are
not as in pala; exopod with one seta (instead of a row as in adult male) on inner
edge.

Colour as described for male. Length 3:1 mm. Embryos 0°236 mm.
in greatest diameter.

Loc. New South Wales: off Wata Mooli, 35 metres, and off Ulladulla,
75 metres (K. Sheard, July, 1943, and June, 1944).

The adult female of repanda is thus easily distinguished from that of pala
by the single-jointed exopod of the third peraeopod, the relatively longer pleon
and the proportions of the endopod of the uropod, the second segment of this
ramus being more than half as long as the first in pala (see fig. 3).

Ovigerous female (Garden Island, Western Australia). Differs from the
female described above as follows. The size is smaller, the total length only
2-4 mm. The earapace is less swollen, being deeper than wide, and like the
pedigerous somites has a more distinct longitudinal median dorsal carina, which
nevertheless is low and rounded. The pleon is relatively slightly shorter, only
one-fifth as long again as pedigerous somites together, and not quite half as long
as the cephalothorax. The uropods are much shorter in relation to the total
length of the animal and on the whole present an immature appearance; the first
segment of the endopod is only two and one-third times as long as second (see
fig. 3). The pigmentation is reduced to a couple of chromatophores on the
carapace, one on each side of mid-line of dorsum, just behind middle of length.
The ova are 0:2 mm. in diameter.

Adult male (Garden Island, Western Australia), Slightly larger (3:5 mm.)
than the males from the Pacifie coast of Australia, but otherwise differing
little. The peduncle of the uropod is relatively slightly longer, being more than
half as long as the endopod. The last-named may have only two spines near the
distal end of the inner margin of the first segment, and anterior to this the
margin bears long plumose setae; the second segment has the usual six inner
spines. The pleon, as in the New South Wales type, is more than two-thirds as
long as the cephalothorax, and the proportions of the segments of the endopod
of the uropod are the same.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 113

GEPHYROCUMA SIMILIS sp. nov.

Ovigeraus female. General form as in the other two members of the genus.
Carapace deeper than wide, fully one-third as long as total length of
animal, and with a low, median rounded dorsal carina.

repanda pala similis repanda similis
ral urop, & urop. 9 urop. _urop.
Q

similis
exop. ‘ prp. 4 re

oe, ie

similis
ant. 1¢

similis

exop.prp. 3 ¢

Fig. 3. Gephyrocuma similis; urop., uropods of types adult male, 2-8 mm., and ovigerous
female, 3-1 mm. (X 86); end., distal segment of endopod (X 380); ant. 1, first antenna of
male (X 172); exp. prp. 8-4, exopods of third and fourth peraeopods of male (X 172).

G, repanda; urop., uropod of ovigerous female, 2-4 mm., and adult male, 3-5 mm., from
Garden Is,, W. Aust. (X 86). G. pala; urop., uropod of ovigerous female, 2-4 mm,, from
8. Aust. (x 86).

Pedigerous somites together five-sevenths as long as earapace. Pleon more
than half as long again as pedigerous somites together and nearly two-thirds
as long as cephalothorax.

Peraeopods as in pala, the third pair with exopods consisting of two distinct
segments, the fourth with unisegmentate exopods.

114 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Peduncle of uropod one-half as long as first segment of endopod, which is a
little shorter than exopod; inner margin of first segment of endopod with nine
simple spines; second segment only one-fifth as long as first, with one inner spine
and a distal spine which is one-third as long again as the segment.

Colour : translucent with a few scattered chromatophores. Length 3-1 mm.;
ova 0°15 mm,

Adult male. Carapace one-third of total length of animal, deeper than
wide and shaped as in repanda.

Pedigerous somites together five-sevenths as long as carapace. Pleon nearly
twice as long as pedigerous somites and fully three-fourths as long as cephalo-
thorax.

Peraeopods as in female. Pedunele of uropod less than half as long as first
segment of endopod, which is almost as long as exopod; inner margin of first
segment with fourteen irregular, curiously serrated spines (fig. 3, end.) ; second
segment less than one-fourth as long as first, with one serrate inner spine and a
simple terminal spine as in female.

Colour as in female. Length 2°8 mm.

Loc. Western Australia: Shark Bay, west of Cape Peron, 3 fathoms
(G. P. Whitley, ex ‘‘Isobel’’, submarine light, surface temperature 18:55” C.,
August, 1945). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 8005 and 8222,

At first glance it might appear that the adults described above represent
a form or race of pala in which the individuals have undergone more ecdyses
than the shore-dwelling South Australian material, which includes egg-bearing
females. It has been suggested that this may have happened in the case of
Dimorphostylis subaculeata and its var. praecow (Hale, 1945, p. 185). In the
case of Gephyrocwma similis, however, the proportions of the segments of the
endopod of the uropod do not support such theory. The adult of repanda attains
a total length of over 3 mm, but may be egg-bearing at 2-4 mm.; as noted above,
in a small ovigerous female the first segment of the endopod of the uropod, in
relation to the second joint, is approximately two-thirds as long as in an example
3mm. in length. Ina 2-4 mm. ovigerous female of pala the endopodal segments
are 8:5 and on this basis should be at most 12:5 in the Shark Bay specimens
if they were referable to pala, whereas in the ovigerous female of similis it is
25:5.

The armature of the uropods of similis is distinctive and the pleon is much
longer in both sexes than in pala.

HALE— AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 115
Jenus LerrocumMa Sars.
LerrocuMA PULLINT Hale,

Leptocuma pullein’ Hale, 1928, p. 38, fig. 7-8; and 1986, p. 409; and 1944,
p. 253, fig. 19-20.
A male taken by I. 8. R. Munro at Noosa River, Queensland, extends the
distribution of the species; its known range on South and Eastern Australian
coasts is now between lat. 27.2 8. and 35.508,

Lerrocuma serrivera Hale.
Leptocwma serrifera Hale, 1944, p, 261, fig. 24-25.
Originally described from one locality in New South Wales, the species
proves to be not uncommon in Western Australia (Airlie Island off Onslow;
Port Hedland and Esperance Bay, ete.). In the female the exopod of the uropod

bears short, compound setae on the inner margin, not plumose setae as before
stated.

LepTrocuMA NICHOLLS! sp, Nov,

Ovigerous female, Carapace robust, as wide as deep, and barely half as
long again as deep; it is one-fourth of total length of animal; median dorsal
carina sharply defined for anterior three-fourths of its length. Ocular lobe
wider than long, only slightly pigmented and with lenses ill-defined. Antennal
noteh wide and angle very obtuse.

The five pedigerous somites together are longer than carapace and rather
more than half as long as pleon.

Pleon, like pedigerous somites, smooth and, excepting fifth, subequal in
length.

First peraeopod with carpus reaching to level of front of pseudorostral
lobes; basis shorter than combined lengths of remaining joints, with a long scta
at external angle and with four serrate spines, successively increasing in length
backwards, and followed by a row of plumose setae of which also the proxnal
ones are longer than the others; dactylus long, almost as long as propodus, and
slightly longer than carpus, which is equal in length to merus.

Second peraeopod reaching to about middle of length of merus of first leg;
basis distinetly shorter than rest of limb, with plumose setae on both margins;
carpus half as long again as ischium and merus together; propodus abont
two-thirds as long as dactylus and less than half as long as earpus,

Third to fifth peraeopods each with three distal carpal setae, at least the
last two of which, together with the propodal seta, reach beyoud tip of daetylus.

116 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Pedunele of nroped slender, about one-third as long again as telsoni¢ somite,
and one-fourth as long again as the subequal rami; its inner margin is armed
with seven stout spines, none differing markedly in length from the others; first
joint of endopod half as long again as second, its inner margin with nine spines,
four short followed by one longer at middle of length; beyond the latter are
three short spines and a longer spine at distal end; second joint with four spines
on inner margin, and with three compound setae at distal end; the middle (and
wost terminal) of these setae is as long as the joint, the inner one is half as long
as this, while the outer is very short, Exopod with compound setae on both
margins and distal end of second joint; the longest of the terminal setae is more
than half as long as the exopod.,

Pig. 4. Leptocume niehollsi, Type ovigerous female;
lateral view and cephalothorax from above (% 22).

Colour ; translucent, except for a transverse dorsal brown marking on first
and fourth pleon somites. Leneth 4-1 mm,; ova 0°2 mm,

Adult male. Carapace more than one-fourth of total length of animal, as
wide as deep, and nearly half as long again as deep. The pseudorostral lobes
do not extend forwards quite as much as in the mature female and are more
widely separated. The ocular lobe is, as usual, larger and is more strongly
pigmented, while the antennal notch is represented by a very shallow indentation.

The five pedigerous somites together are half as long as the pleon and
almost as long as the carapace.

The peraeopods are much as in the female and the basis in the first pair
similarly has four conspicuous serrate spines at distal fourth of inner margin,

Uropod relatively longer than in female; pedunele two-thirds as long again
as telsonie somite, fully one-fourth as long again as the subequal rami, and with
fourteen spines on inner margin; first joint of endopod half as long again as
second ; armature of rami as in female but the spines and setae are longer.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 117

The first pleon somite has three dark brown chromatophores, arranged in
a transverse line on the dorsum, and the fourth somite has two similar spots.
In addition there is a pair of small dark chromatophores on the back of the
carapace; otherwise the animal is translucent. Length 4°25 mm,

Loc. Western Australia; Garden Island, Careening Bay, 3 fathoms
(A. G. Nicholls, submarine light, November, 1946). Type female and allotype
male in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C, 3072 and 3075.

Fig. 5. Leptocuma nichollsi. Types ovigerous female and adult male; prp, 1, 8 and 4,
first, second and fourth peracopods (X 48; basis of first leg, X92); urop., uropods, etc.
(X 48).

The types, together with eight adult males and five immature examples,
were taken from a series of hauls made on the night of November 26-27, by
Dr. A. G. Nicholls (after whom the species is named) and some of his students.

The four serrate spines at the distal end of the basis of the first peraeopod
are constant in immature specimens as well as in adults, The dark markings on
the first to fourth pleon somites are present in all examples, though the chroma-
tophores may vary in number. The number of the colour cells on the carapace
also varies, but not many are present in any of the material.

In the key to Australian species of the genus (Hale, 1944, p. 253) nichollsi
would fall into the second section together with obstipa, serrifera, sheardi and
intermedia were it not for the fact that there are four, instead of two, serrate

- :

118 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

spines at the distal end of the inner margin of the first peraeopod. It differs
from all the aforementioned species but serrifera, however, in that the second
joint of the endopod of the uropod is much more than half as long as the first
segment. In most other features it resembles serrifera, but may be separated by
the character of the uropods (longer pedunele, and different armature of it aud
the endopod of the appendage) and the proportions of the joints of the first
peraeopod.

Genus VAUNTHOMPSONIA Bate.
VAUNTHOMPSONIA NANA Hale.

Vaunthonpsoni nana Fale, 1944, p. 266, fig, 28-29,

This species was described from a male 1+9 mm, in length, with the anterior
peraeopods mutilated; as mentioned, it closely resembled V. arabica Calman
(1907, p. 29, pl.vii, fig. 20-24), differing mainly in the smaller size and shape

8 : t
of the carapace.

Fig. 6. Vaunthompsonia nana, First and second peraeopods of 3-1 mm. adult male from
Western Australia (x 60),

Some further males from Western Australia raise doubts as to whether the
South Australian type of nana should be regarded as a dwarf variety of arabica.
The Western Australian males are larger than the type of nana, being 3:1 mm.
to 3-4 mm. in length, and possess first and second peraeopods as illustrated for
arabica (cf, fig. 5; and Calman, fig. 22 and 23), while the uropods also are
very similar. The carapace, however, has the dorsal margin less arched than
shown in Calman’s fig. 20, and is as illustrated for the type of nana (Ilale, 1944,
fig. 28) ; Calman remarks of the carapace of lus arabica, ‘seen from the side the
dorsal edge is distinctly arched....This species is very closely allied to
V. cristata, but it appears to differ in a number of small characters, of which the
convex dorsal edge of the carapace and the shorter first legs are the most

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 119

conspicuous.’’ For the present it seems desirable to regard the Australian
material as representing a form separable from arabica (Suez and Aden).

The Western Australian specimens were taken at Garden and Rottnest
Islands, and at Esperance Bay. In all the pseudorostral lobes meet for a short
distance in front of the eye-lobe (a condition not completely in accord with
Stebbing’s definition of Vaunthompsonia). The carapace has a faint median
dorsal carina,

Genus SyMpopoMMA Stebbing.

Sympodomma Stebbing, 1912, p. 138, and 1913, p. 15; Hale, 1944, p. 284,

As previously noted (Hale, ut supra), five species are included here. The
adult male is known in only two of them, weberi (Calman) and australiensis
Foxon; in the case of anomala (Sars) the female alone has been described.
A sixth species (from Western Australia) is here referred to the genus, but
unfortunately this new form is represented only by adult males; further, the
South Australian specimens previously referred to S. africanus Stebbing are
now regarded as representing a distinct species.

Glyphocuma Hale (1944, p, 268) is close to Sympodomma and is separated
mainly by a male character—the presence of an exopod on the fourth peraeopod,
in that sex only, this being absent in the male of Sympodomma; for this reason a
combined key of all the species placed in the two genera is given below. Because
of the sexual dimorphism exhibited in the species referred to Glyphocuma and as
it is probable that this oecurs also in Sympodomma, the character of the dorsal
crest of the carapace, an important distinguishing feature in females and young
males, is necessarily ignored, but the key is based on details readily observable
without dissection.

Stebbing does not designate or indicate a genotype for Sympodomma. It
might be said that his S. africanus (the first-mentioned of the species which
he groups as belonging to the genus) is excluded as a genotype because it is a
“species which the author of the genus doubtfully referred to it’’ (Int. Rules
Zool. Nomenclature, Art. 30, ii, e). Stebbing gives as the main distinguishing
character of the genus, within its group, the presence of exopods on the first
three pairs of peraeopods in both sexes, but later states that in the type young
male of S. africanus ‘‘Exopods to the third pair were not satisfactorily made

?

out;’’ no exopod on the third peraeopod is indicated in his figure.
In the circumstances Heterocuma diomedeae Calman (1912, p. 612, fig. 6-9)

is now designated as the genotype of Sympodomma.

120

10.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Key To THE Species or SY MPODOMMA anv GLYPHOCUMA.

First joint of endopod of uropod not longer than second 2
First joint of endopod of uropod at least one and one-half times as long as

second

Ocular lobe with two tiny divergent teeth at anterior end S. anomala (Sars)

Ocular lobe with at most one median point at anterior end a 8
Endopod of uropod longer than exopod .. ne S. whitleyt sp. nov.
Endopod of uropod not longer than exopod ie

Front of ocular lobe produced to a point .. gs .. G, bakeri (Hale)
Front of ocular lobe rounded .

Pedunele of uropod twice as long as exopod. Endopod of uropod shorter
than exopod and with its first joint equal in length to second

S. diomedeae (Calman)
Pedunele of uropod distinctly less than twice as long as exopod. Endopod
of uropod at least as long as exopod and with its first joint shorter than

second .. os x ws $3 On ” .. G. inequalis Hale
Front of ocular lobe produced to a point .. 34 4 a we gk
Front of ocular lobe rounded bi in pa - as . 8

Ocular lobe at most barely longer than wide, with lenses extending to base
G. serventyi Hale
Ocular lobe elongated, eye present at the extremity S. australiensis Foxon

Endopod of uropod slightly longer than exopod .. 8. africana Stebbing
Endopod of uropod a little shorter than exopod .. oe, . <9

Form slender. First peraeopod with the propodus fully as long as combined
lengths of ischium, merus and carpus. Pedunele of uropod more than half
as long again as either exopod or telsonie somite .. S. weberi (Calman)
Form rather robust. First peraeopod with the propodus only about two-
thirds as long as combined lengths of ischium, merus and carpus. Pedunele
of uropod less than one-fourth as long again as exopod and little longer
than telsonie somite .. ; o ie ve ea in .. 10

Pleon smooth laterally. External apical lobe of basis of third maxilliped not
extending beyond distal end of merus : .. G@.dentata Hale
Pleon with dorso-lateral, lateral and infero- lateral carinae. External apical
lobe of basis of third maxilliped extending beyond distal end of merus

S. (2) incerta sp. nov.

SYMPODOMMA WHITLEYI sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument well calcified. Carapace slender, fully one-fourth

of total length of animal, barely deeper than wide, and more than twice as long
as deep; surface smooth except for a distinct median dorsal carina, which

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 121

exhibits no indication of serrations; dorsal margin, as scen from side, almost
straight. Antennal notch obliterated and angle very obtuse. Ocular lobe partly
pigmented, barely longer than wide, none of the somewhat indistinct lenses
projecting posteriorly beyond its hinder limits; in front the lobe has an almost
imperceptible median projection. Pseudorostral lobes reaching apex of ocular
lobe, and with anterior margins smooth.

Vig. 7. Sympodomma whitleyi, Type male; ‘ateral
view and eephalothorax from above (x 15).

Pedigerous somites together not as long as carapace and less than halt as
long as pleon; each somite with an ill-defined median dorsal carina; antero-
lateral angle of second overlapping carapace slightly, that of third overlapping
second; laterally the fourth overlaps the third anteriorly and the fourth
posteriorly.

Pleon smooth except for a low median dorsal carina on each somite; telsonic¢
somite about two-thirds as long as fifth, with distinct dorsal notch.

First peraeopod with carpus reaching slightly beyond level of antennal
angle; basis slender, subequal in length to rest of limb, margined with plumose
setae and with a few spines on proximal fourth of inner edge; ischium with a
strong tooth at inner apical angle; carpus a little shorter than propodus, equal
in length to daetylus and about one-third as long again as merus.

Well-developed exopods are present on the first to third peraeopods, but
there is no trace of exopod on the fourth leg.

Basis of second peraeopod shorter than rest of limb and with two blunt
apical ‘spines’’ (compound setae); merus and carpus subequal in length, each

122 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

shorter than dactylus, which is more than three times as long as propodus; the
longest of the terminal dactylar spines is fwlly as long as the dactylus; other
armature of the limbs is shown in fig. 7, prp. 2.

Outer slope of carpus of fossorial limbs with long setae, the three distal of
which, together with the single propodal seta, reach well beyond tip of dactylus.

Fig. 8. Sympodomma whitleyi. Paratype male; prp. 1-4, first to fourth peraeopods;
urop., telsonic somite and uropod (xX 40).

Pedunele of uropod nearly one-third as long again as telsonic somite and
one-third as long again as endopod, which is distinetly longer than the exopod ;
there are a few serrate setae on inner margin near proximal end, followed by
ten spines, irregnlar in length, and in distal half two series of setae; first joint
of exopod fully three-fourths as long as second, which is suboval in shape and is
armed with stout compound setae on both margins, the longest of the apieal ones
being about as long as the joint; first joint of endopod fully two-thirds as long
as second, armed on inner margin with ten spines, successively increasing in
length between first and fifth, and between sixth (which is abruptly shorter
than fifth) and tenth; there is a stout compound seta at outer apical angle;
second joint with a row of fifteen spines on inner margin, suecessively increasing

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 123

in length; the rounded apex bears three compound setae, the longest of which is
equal in length to the joint itself,

Colouv white, with sparse black pigment spots as shown in fig. 7, Length
7-2 mm,

Loc, Westeru Australia: Shark Bay, Monkeymia, 2 fathoms, sand and weed
bottom (G P. Whitley, ex entter ‘Isobel,’ submarine light, November, 1945,
temperatnre 24-52’ 0,). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg, No. C, 5085.

In the closely allied genus @lyphocuma the male of G. bakeri somewhat
resembles that of S. whitleyi; incidentally the two species were taken together
in the submarine light trap noted above, @. bakeri being preset im great number,
S, whitleyi may be veadily separated from the last-named, for, apart from the
generic character, it is of smaller size, has the uropod of quite different propor-
tions with endopod longer than exopod, while the eve-lenses do not extend
posteriorly beyond the hinder limit of the ocular Jobe.

SYMPODOMMA (?) INGERTA Sp. noy.

Sympodommea africanum Hale (nee Stebbing), 1928, p, 40, fig. 9-10 and 1944,
p. 284, fig. 30, D.

Unfortunately no further material of the southern Australian species
formerly vecorded by me as 8. africdna has come to hand; abortive attempts to
collect additional specimens by Avassiz Trawl were made on several occasions
ovey the area in St. Vineent Gulf on which the known examples were taken,

I'he inelusion of this form in the composite key given aboye necessitates
its recognition, at Jeast provisionally, as a species distinet from the African
apecies of Sympodomma. As the male of incerta is unknown, its inclusion jit
Sympodommd is open to question; in faet, the fecbly expanded merius of the
third maxilliped, if it be a reliable generic indicator, suggests that the species
may prove to be referable to Glyphocuma,

S. africuna Stebbing (1912, p. 138, pl. 1) is known only from a subadult
male and deerta from subaclult. females. Characters separating the Australian
specimens from africana were noted previously (Tlale, ut supra, 1928), At the
time it was considered that the differences were (ue to age and sex, but
subsequent examination of many more Cumacea has led to reconsideration of
this view (Hale, wt supra, 1944),

It will be noted that in the above key, ineerta falls close to Glyphocwma
dentate but is separable by the features there detailed; as already noted the
character of the dorsal erest of the carapace is ignored in this key. The females
of the two species exhibit considerable difference in this respect, dentata having
the «rest eut into from nine to twelve teeth, while 7acerta has only four teeth,

124 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the anterior three large, the last one tiny. However, in the case of Glyphocuma
bakert (which see herein) examples from Shark Bay (lat. 25.308.) have fewer
dorsal serrations than are found in southern Australian specimens (lat. 34.58.
to 88.218.).

Genus GuypHocUMA Hale.
GLYPHOCUMA SERVENTYI Hale.

Glyphocuma serventyi Hale, 1944, p. 280, fig. 37-38.

This species was known previously only from the Pacific Coast of Australia.
Examples are now available from Careening Bay, Garden Island, in Western
Australia.

GLYPHOCUMA BAKERI Hale.
Sympodomma bakert Hale, 1936, p. 396, fig. 3-4.
Glyphocuma bakeri Hale, 1944, p. 270, fig, 31-82.

A large number of examples, mostly males, were taken at three localities
in Shark Bay, Western Australia, by G. P. Whitley, in November, 1945, by

Fig. 9. Carapace of immature female of Glyphocuma bakeri from Shark Bay, showing
robust form and relatively large teeth of dorsal crest (Xx 44).

means of submarine light traps, in 2-8 fathoms on sandy and weedy bottoms.
The adult males, 9:2 mm. to 10 mm. in length, are as described previously
(Hale, 1944), but the females, adults and immature examples, differ from
females taken in southern Australia, in having only six or seven. serrations in
the anterior half of the crest of the carapace, these teeth being larger than in
the southern examples; those of an immature female (fig. 8) are still larger than

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 125

those of the mature Shark Bay females. This young female, 7-25 mm. in length,
has the carapace relatively much deeper than in older females and so, with its
rather large dorsal teeth, superficially resembles the adult female of G. dentata
(Hale, 1944, p, 273, fig, 33-34). The last-named, however, has smaller eyes,
restricted to the anterior portion of the ocular lobe, the front of whieh is not
produced to a point, the second joint of the endopod of the uropod is much
shorter than the first, ete.

SUMMARY,

The paper deals with further Australian Bodotriidae, mainly from Western
Australia. Apart from fifteen species of Cyclaspis (dealt with by the author
in a preyious paper) only two members of the family were formerly known from
the Indian Ocean coast of Australia; nine species are added herein, including
three which are described as new, viz. Leptocuma nichollsi, Gephyrocwma similis
and Sympodomma whitleyt.

A species recorded from South Australia as Sympodomma africana Stebbing
is now regarded as distinct and the name Sympodomma (7?) incerta is proposed
for it,

A composite key to the species of Sympodomma and Glyphocuma is given.

REFERENCES CITED.

Hale, Herbert M. (1928): ‘‘ Australian Cumacea’’. Trans. Roy. Soc., 8S. Aust.,
hii, pp. 31-48, fig. 1-17.

Hale, Herbert M. (1986): ‘‘Three New Cumacea from South Australia’. Rec.
S. Aust. Mus., v, pp. 395-403, fig. 1-6.

Hale, Herbert M, (1944): ‘‘The Family Bodotriidae’’. Trans. Roy Soc,
S. Aust., levi, pp. 225-285, fig. 1-38.

Stebbing, T. R. R. (1912): ‘*The Sympoda’’ (Part VI of S.A. Crustacea for the
Marine Investigations in South Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus., x, pp. 129-176,
pl. icxvi.

Stebbing, T. R. R. (1913): Cumacea (Sympoda). Das Tierreich, Lief, xxxix,
pp. 1-210, fig. 1-137.

Zimmer, Carl (1914): Fauna Siidwest Aust., v., Cumacea, pp. 175-195, fig. 1-18.

SANDTUBE FULGURITES
AND THEIR BEARING ON THE TEKTITE PROBLEM

By CHARLES FENNER, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Sandtube fulgurites are in themselves rare and interesting things. As will be shown,
they are found all over the world, wherever the occurrence of sand-dunes and
electrical storms combine to provide the conditions requisite for their formation.
Although these conditions exist widely over arid and semi-arid interior areas and
along the sea coast of all the lands of the world, a relatively small number of
fulgurites has been preserved in museum collections, or recorded in scientific
literature. The bibliographies of papers referred to show that these objects have
aroused interest and speculation for the past 200 years.

SANDTUBE FULGURITES
AND THEIR BEARING ON THE TEKTITE PROBLEM

hy CHARLES FENNER, SourH AustraLian Museum.

Plates vii-xi and Text Fig. 1.

PRELIMINARY NOTES.

Sanptruse fulgurites are in themselves rare and interesting things. As will be
shown, they are found all over the world, wherever the occurrence of sand-dunes
and electrical storms combine to provide the conditions requisite for their
formation.

Although these conditions exist widely over arid and semi-arid interior
areas and along the sea coast of all the lands of the world, a relatively small
number vt fulgurites has been preserved in museum collections, or recorded in
scientific literature. The bibliographies of papers referred to show that these
objects have aroused interest and speculation for the past 200 years.

Only four fulgurite occurrences have been found in Australian records:
Knibbs and others, New South Wales, 1898 (ref. 1); J. C. Vereo, South
Australia, 1907 (ref. 4); E, 8. Simpson, Western Australia, 1931 (ref. 3); and
T. H. Connah, Queensland, 1947 (ref. 2).

The British Museum mineralovical collections record four interesting
ocenrrences, dating from 1812 to 1898. Dr. Campbell Smith, Keeper of
Minerals, informs me that these specimens were all found in England, and wera
in all cases of the siliceous type.

Enquiries from Australian Universities and Museums show also that
relatively few specimens have been preserved, though at a small number of
places they were once abundant, as in the Sydney sandhills, Moreton Island,
Queensland, and Port Macquarie, New South Wales, these being apparently the
accumulated relies of countless electrical storms.

There are other types of mineral specimens that are due to fusion by
lightning, and these also are called fulgurites by some authors. The chief one
is a glassy surface due to the fusing of a rock face on high mountains; other
forms are found in ermmbled roek material on mountains. It has been suggested
that the word fulgurite should be reserved for the more striking forms known
as ‘‘sund-tube fulgurites’’. It may be that Macedon Glass (Baker and Gaskin,
ref. 5) belongs to the second type of lightning-fused rock.

128 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

The writer's interest in fulgurites arose fronr investigations into the
problem of the origin of tektites, particularly australites, and other natural
occurrences of silica glass. Long ago J. W. Gregory, Irederick Chapman, and
other workers suggested a fulguritie origin for tektites, but the weight of evi-
dence, particularly of the distribution, composition, aud shapes of australites and
other tektites was so overwhelmingly against such a theory that it was disearded.

In 1940, lLowever, Virgil E. Barnes, investigator of the first true tektites
to be found in North Ameriea, returned to the electrical fusion theory of origin,
In the econeluding paragraph of his paper on ‘‘North American Tektites"?
(ref. 12) he writes: '' If, as practically all the evidence now inrlicates, tektites
are actually proven to be fulgurites, then the word tektite should not be used
for these ohjeets, but should be helcl in reserve in case a glass meteorite is ever
found."’

Professor Barnes is admittedly no dogmatic exponent of the ‘lightning
hypothesis’’ for tektites, but wishes (he writes) to ereate interest “‘10 cause the
investigation of all the terrestrial possibilities before accepting the meteoritic
origin (for tektites) with all its nnproven and unprovable postulates’.

This challenging statement provides an additional veason for further
enquiry into the forms, distribution, composition, etc., of fulgurites, since the
latter are known to be terrestrial and due to fusion by lightning.

RECORDED AUSTRALIAN FULGURITES,

South Australia, The following account of a fulgurite is given in the
Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia (ref, 4): A portion of this
fulgurite is preserved in the Tate Museum, University of Adelaide, and is shown
in photograph, Plate vii: ‘‘The President (Dr. J. C. Vereo) exhibited a
fulgurite or lightning tube. The portion shown was 18 centimetres (about
7 inches) long and 33 millimetres (about 14 inches) in diameter. The wall
of the tube was about 175 to 2 millimetres in thickness, and was composed of
fused sand, smoothed aud glazed on the inner surface, rough like sandpaper
outside, and longitudinally folded in about seven nodose corrugations. It was
very brittle. This fulguvite was given to Dr, Vereo by Mr. Whitton, of Warrina,
near Oodnadatta, who supplied the following particulars: At the end of
November, 1902, a severe thunderstorm passed over the district, and a tremen-
dons explosive report was heard, attended by a marked vibration of the ground.
The next day a black boy found, about three-quarters of a mile from the
station, a stunted mulga-tree, one of whose branches was split and charred, and
immediately below there was a depression in the sand, Groping in this he found
a piece of sand tube, and took it to the station. Mr. Whitton visited the spot

FPRNNER—SANDTUBE FULGURITES 129

and followed the tube down for about 12 feet, beyond which he could not go,
because the sand rollecl in as fast as he threw it ont, The tube stood in almost
a vertical position, and varied but little in diameter, and in the thickness of its
walls.’'

Western Australia. Dr. BE. 8. Simpson (ref. 3) reeords: *‘On April 6,
1931, Mr, G, FE, Watts, of West Popauyinning, had the good fortune to observe
the formation of a Fulgurite, Dnvring the course of a severe thunderstorm he
saw a Violent flash of Lightning strike some sandy ground about 400 yards away,
and thereafter smoke or steam rising from the ground where it was struck.
Ou investivation he ford the gronud blackened ancl still hot over an area of
about 20 em. (8 inches) in diameter, and digeing revealed a core of lechatelierite
(fulgurite) in the soil. This core was hollow and very brittle, and extended
downwards for about a metre (3 feel approximately), small branches radiating
from it at several points.’’ An analysis of this fulgurite and a description are
elsewhere included in this paper.

New South Wales. In 1898 Messrs, Snibbs Grimshaw and Curran (ref, 1)
investigated fuleurites i sift at the Kensington Sandhills, Sydney, New South
Wales. Their report shows that most of the specimens found were near the
top of a high sandhill. Exeavations proved them to be very mich branched,
that the tubes went downwards at varying angles, and that the line followed by
the tubes was very irregular, both in the vertical and the horizontal planes.
The tubes were whiter in colour than the surrounding sand. Knibbs was of
the opinion that the small amuuit of limonite in the sand was volatilized by the
intense heat of fusion, and condensed in the sand immediately surrounding the
fulgurite.

Queensland. A fulgurite was completely excavated from the sand dunes
at. the southern end of Moreton Island by Mr. V, F, Kenna (Connah, ref, 2).
“The specimen, which occurted practically vertical in the sand, has a total
length of 5 feet 1 ineh, with a bifureation 9 inches from the lower end. The
main stem of the fulgurite (shows no branching except at the end and) exhibits
a flattened and fluted cross-section varying from 4 inch to 1 inch by 4» inch.
The widest sections are at the top and immediately above the branch, where the
width is 1 ineh. Below the bifureation the width of each branch is reduced to
4 inch, with rapid decrease in size to Ys inch at the extremity.”’

PHYSICAL DESCRIPTIONS OF FULGURITES.

The writer has had the opportunity of examining, by the courtesy of
colleagues in the various Universities and museums of Australia, over 120 ful-
gurite specimens, These have come from all the Australian States except

130 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Tasmania, as well as from North Carolina, Michigan, and Wisconsin, U.S.A.
The information thus obtained has been supplemented by descriptions given
in available references,

The accounts given by Darwin (ref, 6), Merrill (ref, 7), Rutley (ref 8),
Julien (ref, 9), and others hereafter noted, provide evidenee that the sand-tube
fulgurites, in whatever country they have been found, have had the sante
general mode of occurrence, and present the same general features, with the
same type of occasional minor variations.

The exterior of the sandtube fulgurite is usually light grey in colour, but
yaries from opaque white to very dark grey. The interior or lumen is lined by
glass, almost always pure siliva (!lechatelierite), showing the glaze which
glass-blowers deseribe as ‘hot polish’, This glass is nsvally 1 nun, thick, but
in rave cases is as niuch as 2 mm.; it may contain small bubbles, vide Julien
iref, 9), This passes iuto more Iighly vesicular material, where the gas bubbles
are larger and are mixed with fused or semi-fused sand grains, wostly quartz,
but occasionally felspar or irouw oxides. The exterior is also characterized by a
series of sub-parallel ‘‘ridges’’, ‘‘flanges’’, or ‘*wings’', and some adherent
unfused sand,

The size of the tube is usually greater at the point of origin, the surface
of the sand-dune or sand-plain. Merrill (ref. 7) records a case where the tube
enlarged dowuward., In some cases the limen is from 2 em, to 3 em. in interior
diameter. The most common diameter of the Jumen is about 1 em., tapering
as the tube bifureates or branches. The tube usually branches downwards,
after the fashion of lightning flashes (ref. 1), but some are almost straight
(ref. 2), and some have been found apparently parallel with the surface (ref. 7),

The lumen, or glazed interior of the tube, tends in cross section towards
an irregular civele, but is never cireular, The process of sketching the outline
of a large number of sections, backed by figures sueh as that given by Merrill
(vef. 7), reveals an oceasional tendeney towards a hexagonal shape, with a
ridge or flange at each angle of the hexagon. Nevertheless, the cross sections
are extremely varied in shape. The ‘‘flattened'' tubes, often called ‘‘ collapsed’,
are common, apparently in the lower portions of sandtubes; but I have seen
one specimen, over 3 cm, in the longer diameter of the section, that appears from
its size to have come from somewhere near the point of origin of the fulgurite.
Small tubes and flat tubes appear in general to come from the lower parts of the
fulgurite, as suggested by Rutley's figure (ref. 8), and by the specimens
investigated,

The open lumens have, as has been supposed from the beginning of
fulgurite records, doubtless been formed by expanding gas, It is usnally

FENNER—SANDTUBE FULGURITES 131

assumed that this gas was water, but Merrill's observations suggest thal it may
have been heated air; there is also the possibility of some gaseous SiO». There
is no evidence that the flat type of tube is due to collapse; examination of many
sections leads me to the idea that the cross section is the reflection of some
quality (strength, movement, (lispersion, etc.) in the electric charge.

“. +
“eae”

Fig. 1. Cross sections of sandtube fulgurites desertbed in: the context. Tu these sketches
the inner Jine represents the open Iumen; the nexz line represents the limit of the glass,
which is rarely more than J mm, thiek; the external dotted line represents the exterior shape
of tho sandtube, with ridges, papillac, ete. Nos. 1 lo 18, as elsewhere described, are natural
sundiube tulgurites; Nos. 19, 20, 21 are artifleial sand-glass tubes.

It is suggested that a closer examination of the shapes of open tubes, with
their curious variations as shown in fig. 1, and of the sub-parallel, discontinuous
flanges or vidges, which sometimes show a perceptible spiral tendency, may
throw some light on the qualities or properties of the electric current that
formed them,

132 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

Interesting information is obtainable, as will be seen later, from ‘artificial
fulyurites’', whether these have been made by acvidental short cirenits in
electrical transmission lines, or by careful laboratory experiment, Artificial
Hilgueites have some characters in common with natural fiuleurites, but they
laek the wide Iumen and the external ridges. In lghtuing we have a pro-
digiously powerful electric current acting for an infinitesimal fraction of a
seeond, It the artificial fulgurites that have been examined by me the current
has been less powerful and the period of its action longer.

In order to obtain a general idea of the shapes of lumens, about 200 of them
were sketched, A selection of 21 pairs is shown in fig. 1. By a ‘‘ pair’? is meant
the limens at the two ends of one segment; these often differ greatly, Sinree
filgurites are very brittle objects, the segments preserved are usually from
T to 10 em, in length. The segments of which the linens have been figured are
deseribed as follows :

1, Port Maequarie, N.S.W. ‘Tube large, slightly tapering, flattened
towards one end, heavily corrugated and papillated; 4 main ridges up to 8 mm.
high; many small bubbles in glass; adherent semi-fused quartz grains,

2, Port Macquarie, N.S.W. Large, flattened, and tapering; heavily corru-
gated, many sub-parallel and sub-spiral ridges; not a single lumen but collection
of small ones, more glass than usual; adherent semi-fused quartz grains.

8, Port Macquarie, N.S.W. Small, with abundant ridges, low but definite
and of unusual pattern, with dichotomies; opaque adherent sand; naturally the
ridges are at the angles of the lumen and the glassy material extends as a line
of glass, sometimes with bubbles, into the ridge or flange.

4. Queensland. Medium size seginent; shape of lumen tends to be hexagonal,
glass as usual abont 1 mm. thick; high, solitary, irregular ridges, with papillae
and ‘‘spikes’’ (small potted excrescences) ; tube more translucent than usual.

5. Queensland, Linnen large one end, flattened towards the other; ridges
few and unusually bigh; tube almost transparent in bright light.

6. Near Springsnre, Queensland, Large tube, open winding lumen;
extremely corrugated and papillated, with sub-parallel ridges; wlass thicker
than J mm. in places.

7. Queensland, Small tube, can be seen through from eud to end; papillated,
with a few Jow spiral-iuo-parallel ridges; himen relatively large.

8, Bondi, N.S.W. Tube very fragile, perforated, with little adherent
sand; low papillae rather than ridges; tube bent sharply at one plaec, about
180 degrees.

9. Bondi, N.'S.W. Tube very sandy and dark-coloured, very irregular in

FENNER—SANDTUBE FULGURITES 133

shape, ridges and papillae abundant; linen varies greatly im shape in cross
section.

10, Van Buren County, Michigan, U.S.A. Longitudinal ridges, sub-
parallel, with spiral tendency, papillae (rounded exerescences) and spikes
(sharper excrescences ),

11. Michigan, U.S.A. ‘Tubes mueh flattened; heavily ridged, sub-parallel,
lumen small or imperceptible, silica-glass extends up the central part of each
flange or other projection,

12, West Popanyinning, W.A, Portion of the ‘‘lechatelierite’’ analysed
and eritieally described by 14. 8. Simpson (ref, 3); lumen varies rapidly in
shape, ridges very definite and irregular; among adhering quartz grains there
uwppear to be some yellow-brown felspar grains,

13, Bronzewing, Vietoria. Broken and irregular thin glassy tubes, iton-
stained exterior; glass white and opaque looking; less ridged and papillated
than usual, little adherent sand,

l4. Michigan, U.S.A. Flattened and irregular tubes; highly rugose and
knobby exterior; breaks show the usual highly glazed ‘‘hot polish’? interior,

15. Dare County, North Carolina, U.A.A. A good example of the flattened
tube; lumen almost non-existent; glass extends as a double face into all ridges
and projections, as is usual.

16. North Carolina, U.S.A, Charactevistic specimen, wide, open, irregular-
shaped lumen, with glassy interior; exterior ridged and papillated, with usnal
fused adherent sand-grains.

17. Moreton Island, Queensland. Extremely irregular fulgurite, much
flattened and heavily ridged; interior smooth but undwating, as is usual;
occasional small black specks in the glass and in the sandy exterior,

18. Moore Park, Sydney, Large tube, wide open lumen, glass of tube
about 1 mm. thick, passing as is common into vesicular and granular layers,
with fused and semi-fused sand adhering; ridges abundant, sub-parallel.

19, 20, 21, These specimens are ‘artificial fulgurites’*; the lumen is much
gmaller in relation to the whole tube; the glass is mueh thicker, 3 mm. and more.
Ridees and corrugations do not oceur, but there are a few sharp projecting
spikes. Apart from occasional branchings and bulgings the surface is smooth
and covered by sand-grains, No. 21 was made by Professor Sir Kerr Grant in
his laboratory; Nos. 19 and 20 were forwarded by Professor de Courey Clarke,
of Western Australia, and were caused by an electric short In transmission lines
in sand-dune country. Further note of artificial sandtubes is made in sub-
sequent paragraphs,

134 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF PULGURITES.

The composition of rock-face fulgurites has heen shown to be approximately
that of the rock that has been fused, Sandtube fuleurites ave of practically the
same coniposition as that of (le satids in which they were formed, The first
spectre-chemical examiuatiou of a fulgurite is here presented, also its vadio-
active reaction.

The first analysis of an Australian sandtube fulgurite was that recorded by
Knibbs, Grimshaw, and Curran (vet. 1); analysis hy J, M, Curran, ‘This was:
SiO, 98> belie AloOQg 5%, Fe,Ox traves specific gravity 2-1-

E, 8. Sinpson (ref. 3) made a complete analysis of a sandtube tugurite,
‘Levhateherite,”’ from West Popanyinning, W.A.. as follows: SiQu 88469,
TiO, 464%, Al,Og 6-69%, FexOg 116%, MnO trace, MgO -175, CaO -178%,
NayO 01%. KO 268%. Total, 99-80, 8.G.: 221. N,) 1-465, The relatively
high alumina and potash may be ine to the sands being felspathic,

Geo. P. Merrill (ref, 7) had analyses made of sandtube fulgurites froin
U.8,A, localities, also of the sand in which they were formed. The glass proved
to be more silieeous than the sand. The analyses made by Professor Clarke
showed: (a) ee glass: Ignition -383%, SiO. 91:66%, Fe.O ,+Als0,
669%, CaO 48%, MgO +12%, KeO +78%, NasO +7796; (b) Surrounding
sand: Fain: fr 01%, SiOs Bb se, Fe. 0y+-Al.04 988%. CaO 1-16%, MgO
15%, KaO 1+18%, NavO 11-50%. Merrill also makes veference to Wichmatn’s
percentage of SiO, in fulgurite wlass from thee separate European localitivs;
these were vespectively 96-44%, 94°26%, and 91-23%; also to Harting’s
allalysis, with its high percentage of carhonaeccous material; SiQy 90+2%,
Az; 0-9%, FesOg 0°7%, CaO 0-19, MgO 05%, Ku 0°5%, NiO 06%,
earbonaccous matter 4-6%, insoluble in ACL 0-9%.

3y the courtesy of Professor Prescott, of the Waite Agricultural Research
Institute, a speetvochemical examination was made of a South Australian sand-
ye fulgurite and also of the associated sand. The report supplicd by Dr.
C. 5, Piper is as follows: ‘My, A, C, Oertel, of the C.8.1.R. division of soils,
an “mage a spectroehemical examination of the sandtube fulenrite glass and
the sample of sand submitted. The spectrograms obtained of the two saniples
were essentially similar and only minor differences mentioned below could be
detected. Quantitative speetrochemical analysis of substances differing from
those with which we are usnally working is not easy because of the ahsence of
suitable reference standards, Mr. Ocrtel has therefore classified the elements
found (other than the main component, siliea) inte two concentration groups
only:

‘Present in both samples in concentrations of 10-2 to 10-4, i.e. between
1-0% and -01%; Al, Fe, Mg, Ti. Titanium was somewhat higher in the

FENNER—SANDTUBE FULGURITES 135

fuleiite than in the sand, The other elements were present in similar amounts
in both samples,

‘Present in both sanrples in concentrations of 10-% and LO-®, i.e. between
100 and t part per million: Ca, Cr, Cu, K, Mn, Na, Pb. Potassium was some-
what higher in the fulgurite than in the sand. The other elements are present
in similar amounts in both samples. A small amount of tin, of the order of
L to 100 parts per million, was detected in the sand; none was noted in the
fuleurite, The possibility of contamination with tin before the sample reached
us should be excluded before accepting the presence of tin, The above results
indicate that the two substances are similar, being essentially siliceous material
with only minor amounts of metallic components. ”’

Radioactivity. Facilities being available to test radioactivity, fuleurites
from Michigan, U.S.A,, Port Maequarie, N.S,W., and ‘‘artificial fulgurites’’
were tested. All specimens proved to be without trace of radioactivity. ITaving
in mind the comparison of fulgurites with tektites, a large oval Australite was
tested at the sane time; this specimen proved vadioactive, vivine a total eownt
(ie. beta particles plus baekground) of 10-5 per minute with a backeround
of 7-5. No standards were available to allow calculations of the radiam
equivalent, This is of interest when consicered with the fact that V.S. Dubey,
of the Benares Hindu University (Nature, October 28, 1938, p. 678), found
that, australites, billitonites, and moldayites were radioactive to an extent that
led him to believe that further investigation should throw some dieht on the
mystery of the origin of tektites.

Reverting to the question of chemical composition, and leaving out uf
account the supposed ‘‘limonitie fulgurites”’
of fulwuritie origin, the above evidence, plus hand and lens examination of a
considerable number of sandtube fulgurites, suggests that they are almost wholly
SiO» plus small amounts of the oxides of iron and aluminium, with interestiug
minnte traces of other elements as showil.

which have not been proved to. be

ARTIFICTAL FULGURITES,

As early as 1828 Beaudant (aide vel, 1) snade small fulguvites by passiie
an electuic current through a mixture of powdered glass and salt. Sin¢e then
Inany expernnenters, with more powerful cnrrent available, have made artificial
fulevrites with sand, In July, 1948, the writer saw in Adelaide an M.G.M. film
entitled ‘Light and Power’’. Tt dealt with various agpeets of eleetrie power
and wnong other things showed a high eleetric discharwe passed thronegh a small
mound of sand; a fuleurite was formed, heavily branched and apparently with
anastomosing branches (whieh oeeur, bot nol commonly, in natural filenrites),

136 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Following pon this, Professor de Conrey Clarke, of the University of
Western Australia (Jie, 1948), sent the anthor a specimen of sandglass,
18°5 em. long, and an irregular aval in cross section 6 em. 8-5 em. This was
not a tube, but the central part was a highly vesieular dark glass. The bubbles
were very large aud showed the characteristic highly glazed interior as in
falgurite tubes. The exterior was covered with sand grains, partly fused, with
rolmded edves Professor Clarke said it had been formed by the shorting of
one of the electric mains near Cottesloe, Western Australia, the yoltage probably
being berween 3,500 and 6,600 volts.

Later (September, 1948) Professor Clarke, by the courtesy of Mr. EB. C,
Plues, the distmbution engineer of the State Electricity Commission, sent a
number of speeimens of artificial fulgurites with the note: ‘used sandy
soll from Welshpool adjacent to the position of fallen high voltage wire
(copper); approximate pressure from ground to wire, 12,000 volts.” The
glassy tubes ‘‘did not form right at the surface, but began about three inehes
nuilerground where the soil began to get moist, Quite a string of them was
formed all pointing in the direction of the power supply and tending to deviate
downwards, possibly to a damper layer’’,

These specimens have been carefully examined and some of them ave figured
herein, The notable thing about them, apart from their similarity 10 natural
fulgurites, was the difference therefrom, The glass of the tube was much
thicker than in natural fulgurites, the tube in some eases being practically filled
up with glass; there was a eomplete absence of the second most characteristic
feature of fulgurites, namely, the sth-parallel flanges or ridges, In some eases
these tubes bulged ont or ended in long bubbles, shaped somewhat like the bulge
in a small pipette; they were all encrusted with partly fused quartz sand. Their
similarity to natural fuleurites lay in the fact that they were sand-enerusted
glassy tubes of silica, much bent and branched, and with oceasional sharp
‘spikes’? extending outwards up loa leneth of 8 mon,

Meantime (August, 1948) the writer approached Professor Sir Kerr Crane,
of the University of Adelaide, who willingly agreed to co-operate in the experl-
nent of making natival sand-glass tubes. He found the most effective method to
be as follows: Damp beach sand was enclosed in a glass tube about 1 ineh
diameter and 84 inches long. hrongh this an electrie discharge of up to
15,000 volts was passed, and some very interesting tubes were prodteed. One
of the most attractive was a small tube which divided into four branches: this
speeimen was perfect when handed to me, but was very fragile and broke before
heing photographed (see Plate xi). Most of the other tubes were larger; they
were ronnder and smoother than natural sandiube fiulgurites, with much thieker

se

»

FENNER—SANDTUBE FULGURITES 137

glass. uo external ridges, but with branchings and with occasional bulges anil

ve

some ‘‘spikes’’,

The conclusion, so far as these specimens are concerned, is that silica-glass
tubes can be experimentally or accidentally produced by the power of eleetric
current developed by man. But, beeause of the very high voltage of ‘‘strikes’”
from eleetvical storms, and the minute period of time of theiy operation, natural
sandtube fuleurites differ materially from artificial ones in the thiekness of the
elass surrotnding the lumen aud in the absence of exterior ridges or flanges.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.

The earliest record of sandtube fulgurites (1711) appears to be that mace
by Pastor Ifermann, of Massel, Silesia, who seems to have thought them to he
akin to fossils. During the next forty years Fisher, Bueholz and Demarest
diseovered and demonstrated their electrical (lightning) origin. Beandant and
others, in the early nineteenth century, first produced artificial eleetrically-
formed silica-tubes, Darwin (1833) was attracted by these curious objects at
Maldonato, South America, as Friedrich von Uumboldt (1821) had earlier been
interested in those of Mexieo,

Although these objects have been found all over the world, they are mainly
in coastal areas. This is doubtless assuciated with the common occurrence of
coastal dunes. But they appear to select certain areas. In Austraha, for
instance, they are more commonly found at Port Maequarie and Sydney, New
Sonth Wales, at other places on the ‘North Coast’? of New South Wales, and
at Moreton {sland, Queensland, In the United States of America there are more
referenecs from Michigan, Wisconsin, North Carolina, and California than
elsewhere. They occur also in inland areas, as in Central Australia, the Libyan
and Sahara Deserts, ete.

Tt is Useless to theorize about their places of oceurrence until these are more
clearly and more completely recorded. For instance, consider Port Macquarie,
some 250 wiles north of Sydney. Mr. TL. f°. Whitworth writes me (21/6/48)
that the late My. Edwin Dick, a resident of that distriet, collected **

”

some
thousands’? of specimens there. Such numbers at one area are uot in aeeord
with fuleurite records elsewhere, and it may be worth while examining the
physical conditions about Port Macquarie in the effort to diseoyer the reasons
for this extraordinary concentration. The writer is deeply indebted to Mr. Jef.
THN, of Raleigh. North Carolina, for an interesting set of characteristic ful-
eurites, several of which are shown in the plates herein,

lt his been noted that they are often found near the tap of the highest
aandbills, (ut they also oeeur on the sandy plains of the Vietorian Mallee and

138 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of Central Anstralia. Several observations show that they are often formed
where a tree or shrnb has been “‘struck’’ by lehtning, roots are said to have
been found in some tubes, and chemical analysis in oe ease shows a considerable
amount of carbonaceous matter. The question arises whether ov not all sand-
tube folgurites have arisen from lightning striking a tree or shrub,

Jeff. Hill, of North Carolina, im a personal communication yeferring
particularly to North American oveurrences, writes; ‘One prime requisite, if
appears, for the formation of fulgurite shafts is that the eleetrieal storm eloud
blow in from a body of water.”” This does not agree with the formation of
fulgurites in Central Australia, the Libyan desert, and other places inland.

The origin of the lumen will be generally accepted as being due to rapidty-
developed pressiate from the expansion of heated gases. But the origin of the
Wings (flanges, ridges, corrugations, efe,) is move diffienlt, as is the origin of the
flat (so-valled ‘‘collapsed”') tubes. The cross section of ‘‘flanges’’ is quite
siailar to the cross section of flat tubes, and ‘collapse’? has nol been suggested
as the cause of the flanges. A study of the relation of the flanges to the linen
shows that they naturally arise at ai angle in the limen and that the interior
glass of the lumen extends continvionsly up the flanges,

The writer finds litmself in agreement with Merrill (ref. 7), who writes
(pp. 88-89) : ‘The faet (hat these (corrugations), although usually extending in
wu direction approximately parallel to the length of the tube, start out at any
pot in such an irregular manner, and oceasionally at very nearly right angles to
the length of the tube, seems in itself a sufficient objeetion to this Tew Ciamely,
rapid cooling and collapse), Is it not more probable that they are formed by the
lightning followine out the path of least resistanee, causing the bore to be
enlarged here and contracted there in accordance with the conduetibility of those
portions through which it passed (aid the amount of moisture they contained 5,
and that the smaller branches and wings, sometimes mere poluts, are lateral
offshoots? ‘The absolute contact, in some cases, of the inner walls of the wings,
together with the (iidal struetive extending from within outward, as noted by
Wichwiann, would, it seems to me, tend to prove that they ave original structives,
and in no way eansed by a subsequent collapsing.’?

Dr. Lineoln La Paz, Directoy of the Institute of Meteorities, Albuquerque,
writes to me that although the state of New Mexico is noted for the ‘high in-
cidenee of thimderstorms during considerable portions of the year, neither he
nor Dr, Northrop, Professor of Geoloey. knows of any fuleurite occurrences in
that State. La Paz drew under iny wotice a spiral fulgurite described by
W. H, Hobbs from Cutler, Wiseousin (Am, Jour, Sei, vol. 8, 1899, pp. 17-20).
The special interest of this lies in the faet that a spiral tendeney has been

FENNER—SANDTUBE /ULGURITES 139

noted in several specimens figured in this paper, Lobbs describes and figures
the Cutler specimen; he calls it a ‘‘perfeet dextro-rotary helix’, Kyvom the
photograph it appears little different from a Port Maequarie specimen (S.A.
Mus. T1001). The dextro-spiral character is best seen from the end, and is not
easily shown on a photograph taken from the side (see Plate VIIT, No, 6).
Prof. Bayley has also deseribed a [ulgurite (rom Waterville, Maine, in whith
the corrugations wound about the fuleurite axis in a dextrvo-rotary helix. Tn
Hobbs’s paper, the suggestion is made that the earth's magnetic field may have
influenced the lightning discharge, Diseussine the persistent sugeestion of a
vight-handed twist in the corrugations of fuleurites, from both the northern and
the southern hemispheres, Prot. Sir Kerr Graut suggested that it may be due to
the magnetie forees developed around the lightning Current, This point is
worthy of further enquiry and experiment.

An important object throughout these enquiries has been to note whether tie
evidence of these lightning-formed glassy objects lends any support to the
theory that tektites may have been formed by eleetrical fusion. Pulguvites are
of world-wide oceurrence, and show the same general form and composition
wherever found; their composition has minor variations according to the
surrounding sands.

Tektites ave not of world-wide oceurrence, and show distinct variations in
shape and composition within each of the six or eight known and aecepted
groups; they bear no relation to the rock type or the sands of the places where
they are found, The evidence of the fulgurites is distinctly in opposition to the
theory of a fulguritic (electrical) origin for tektites. Im any ease, Dr, Paneth
(ref. 12) appears to have made a neat and complete answer to the exponents
of a terrestrial origin for tektites,

Dr. Paneth defines meteorites as of three classes: ivons, stones, and glasses.
In his diseussion of glass meteorites he takes us back to the days when scientific
men did not believe in the occurrence of stone meteorites. Ile writes: ‘‘ Whether
we like the idea or not, as long as all theories trying to explim the occurrence
of these glass pieces vither as products of human manufacture or as terrestrial
formations can easily be disproved, there is no alternative left but to assume
that they are of extra-terrestrial origin. We may use the same argument by
which im 1808 the chemist de Fourerovy tried to conviuee his still sceptical
eolleagues in the French Academy of the reality of stone meteorites; ‘By
eliminating the absurd or impossible one finds oneself compelled to adopt what
would previously have appeared to be almost meredible.’ Only the hypothesis
of a celestial origin ean explain for instance that millions of rounded black
pieces of a siliceous glass, of an average weight of one gramme, are strewn

140 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

over the eentral and southern part of the whole Australian continent, thus being
distributed over an area of more than two million square miles.”

It may be emphasized, in conclusion, that apart from the fact that both
fulgurites and tektites are naturally-oceurring silica glasses, there is nothing
whatever in common between them, whether we consider their chemical compost-
tion, their physical characters, their external shapes, their internal flow
strnetiires (compare these in Merrill, ref. 7, and Baker, ref, 10), their manner
of occurrence, or their mode of distribution,

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

The production of this paper has been made possible by the permission of
the Board of the South Australian Museum to use the material in their
collections. The writer is indebted also to a niuinber of eolleagnes who assisted
with eifts or loan of material, for experiments made in their laboratories, and for
analyses, These colleagues inchide Professor J, A. Prescott, Professor Sir Kerr
Grant, Professor Sir Douglas Mawson, of the University of Adelaide; Dv.
Campbell Smith, British Musewn; Dr. If. II. Nininger, Arizona; Mr. Jef. Ti),
Raleigh, North Carolina; Professor BE. de C. Clarke, Western Australia; Dr, bL.
Glanert, Western Australia; Professor W. TT. Bryan, Queensland, Mr. George
Mack, Queensland ; Professor L. GC. Cotton, Sydney; Dr. A. B. Walkom, Sydney ;
Mr, WW, F, Whitworth, Sydney; Professor BH, 8. Hills, Vietoria; Miss Sylvia
Whineup, Vietoria; Mr. R. Bedford, Kyaneutta, South Australia; and to Miss
Gwen Walsh, of the South Australian Museum, for assistance in preparing the
illustrations,

REFERENCES CITED,

1, ‘‘Note on the occurrence of Fulgurites in the Sandhills at Kensington and
Bondi in New South Wales: with a bibliography of fnlgurites,’? by
G. H. Knibbs, J. W. Grimshaw, and J. M. Curran. A.A.A.S., vol. vii, 1898,
pp. 377-383, with one plate.

2, “A Fuigurite from Moreton Island,’* by T, II. Gonnah, Queensland Alining
Journal, January 20, 1947, p, 20, with two figures.

3. ‘Contributions to the Mineralogy of Western Australia,’ Series VI, Note

No. 7, ‘‘Lechatelierite,’’ by E, 8. Simpson, Jour. Roy. Sue., West, Aust.

xvii, 1980-1, pp. 145-6, with one plate.

Note in Trans. Ray, Soe., 8, Aust., by J. C. Vereo, xxxi, 1907, pp, 316-7.

“Natural Glass from Macedon, Victoria, and its relationship to other

natural elasses,’? by Baker and Gaskin, Jowr. of Geology, liv, No. 2, Mareh,

1946, with several figures,

oe

FENNER—SANDTUBE FULGURITES 141

6. Note in Journal of Researches into the Geology, ete., of various countries
visited by H.M.S. Beagle, 1832-1836, published 1839. By Charles Darwin.
“Pulgurites,’’ pp. 69-71.

7. On Fulgurites,’’ by Geo, P. Merrill, Proc. U.S. Nat, Mus., ix, 1886,
pp. 83-91, with one plate and bibliography.

8. “On Fulgurites from Griqualand West,’’? by Frank Rutley, Mineralogicab
Magazine, x, 1894, pp. 280-284, with one figure and bibliographical
references.

9. “A study of the structure of Fulgurites,’’ by Alexis A. Julien, Jour. of
Geology, Chicago, ix, 1901, pp. 673-693, with three figures and bibhio-
eraphical references,

10. ‘Flanges of Australites (Tektites).’’ By Geo. Baker, Mem. Nat. Mus.,
Melb, No. 14, Part 1, May, 1944; with three plates and several figures.

11. ‘‘The Origin of Meteorites."’ Halley Lecture, May, 1940. By F. A. Paneth,

Clarendon Press, Oxford, p. 6.

‘‘North American Tektites,’’ by Virgil Barnes, Univ. Texas, Publ. 3,945,

dime, 1940, pp. 477-582.

13. “Australites,’? various papers by C. Fenner. Nature, exxxii, p. 871, 1933;
Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust, lviii, 1934; lix, 1935; Ixii, 1938; lxiv, 1940;
BA.AS., Nottingham, 1937; Min. Mag., London, xxv, 1938; Soc. for
Research on Meteorites, Los Angeles, 1937; A.N.Z.A.A.8., Canberra, 1939;
“The Sky,’’? New York, June, 1989.

Note 1,—Re limonitie fulgurites. Smee writing the foregoing notes I have reesived
a paper, published in ‘Rocks and Minerals,’’ U.S.A., Sept.-Oct., 1948, pp. 802-806, The
paper is entitled ‘A Report on unusual Limonitic forms from Van Buren County,
Michigan,’’ by Jeff Hill, of Raleigh, North Carolina, Tn this the author, both by his
arguments and his photographs, makes out a strong ease for the possibility of fulgurites
being formed in limonite sands.

Note 2—Concerning the suggested right-haaded spiral of natural sandtube fulgurites,
wv very beautiful enlarged photograph las recently been published, giving two views of
a lightning flash. In both eases the ‘flash’? wis definitely a dextro-rotary spiral in
form, though the spirals were much more sharp and close than is the ease in any sanl-
tube fulgurite T have seen,

142 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate vii.

1. Sandtube fulgurite, Warrina, near Oodnadatta, Central Australia, Tate Museum, Adelaide
University (ref. 8); unusually large,

. Sandtube fulgurite, near Farina, Central Australia, marked ‘‘QLechatelierite, Dr. EH.
Basedow’’, Tate Museum, Adelaide University; unusually large.

8. Sandtube fulgurite, South Australia, possibly Port Noarlunga. Tate Museum, Adelaide
University.

4. Sandtube fulgurite, Kensington, Sydney, New South Wales (ref. 1). Tate Museum,
Adelaide University.

ts

Plate viii.

6. Sandtube fulgurite, near Springsure, Queensland, from Queensland University collection,

6. Sandtube fulgurite, Port Maequarie, New South Wales, from Queensland University
collection,

7. Sandtube fulgurite, Moore Park, Sydney, New South Wales, from Queensland University
collection.

S-9. Sandtube fulgurites, Moreton Tsland, Queensland, from Brishane Museum collection,

10-11. Sandtube fulgurites, small diameter with unusual ridges, Port Macquarie, from
Brisbane Museum collection,

12. Sandtube fulgurite, Yeppoon, Queensland, from Brishane Museum collection.

Plate ix.

13-17. Sandtube fulgurites, iron-stained, Bronzewing, Victorian Mallee; Penner collection,
18-20. Sandtnube fulgurites, flattish specimens, Michigan, U.S.A.; Jeff. Hill colleetion.

21-24. So-called limonitie fulgnrites, Van Buren County, Michigan, U.S.A.; Jeff. Hill
collection. 21 and 22 have a fulguritic appearance; 23 and 24 are tubular; all four are
dark reddish-brown in eolour.

Plate x,

€

5-26. Sandtube fulgurites, Nags Head County, North Carolina, U.S.A.: Jeff. Hill collection.
7-2

8. Sandtube fulgurites, terminal types, Roek County, Wiseonsin, U.S.A.; Jeff. TH
collection,

29-30, Sandtube fulgurites, Van Buren County, Michigan, U.S.A.; Jeff. Hill collection,

2
°
2

Plate xi,
83-36, Artificial sandtubes, made in Professor Sir Kerr Grant's laboratory, University of
Adelaide. ,

37, Small delicate four-branched tube, made in Professor Grant’s laboratory, University of
Adelaide.

38-39. Artificial sandtubes, due to break in transmission lines, Welshpool, Western Australia,
from Professor de Courey Clarke, University of Western Australia.

40, Large vesicular mass of silica glass, caused by shorting of electri¢ mains, Cottesloe,
Western Australia. ‘

Rrc. S.A. MUSEUM Vou. IX, PLATE VII

Sandtube Muleurites, sizes as ai seale,

Rec. S.A. Muskt™ Vou, IN. PLATE VIII

Sandtabe Pilenriies, matural size,

kre. S.A. MusEuM Vou. IX, PLATE IX

ra

2c 2s 24

Sandtubes and ‘Slimonitte filetrites’’, natural size.

IX, PLATE X

Vor.

Kre. SA. MUSEUM

Pak
RY ee

Mileirites. madiral size

mulirhe

S

REC. S.A. Musium VoL. EX, PLATE NI

Ba pertnental and aeetdlentil sauetibes, sizes as on sete.

NEW SATYRIDAE OF THE GENUS OREIXENICA
FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND NEW SOUTH WALES

TOGETHER WITH NOTES ON THE RECENT CLIMATE OF
SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

A new form of the Eastern Australian Satyrid butterfly genus Oreixenica, related to O.
kershawi Miskin 1876, was taken during February, 1948, in a coastal swamp west of
Millicent in the South-East of South Australia.

Only a year previously Tisiphone abeona Donovan 1805 was described from Lake
Edward (Tindale, 1947 (1)). The presence of Tisiphone, relatively sensitive indicator
of a humid climate, had suggested the possibility of the occurrence of other moisture-
loving species of butterflies in the swampy country of the South-East, nevertheless to
find another so soon was an agreeable surprise.

NEW SATYRIDAE or tue GENUS OREIXENICA
rromM SOUTH AUSTRALIA ann NEW SOUTH WALES

TOGETHER WITH NOTES ON THE RECENT CLIMATE OF
SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.Sc., SoutnH Averratian Museum.
Plate xii.

A spew form of the Kastern Australian Satyrid butterfly genus Orermenicd,
related to QO. hershuw) Miskin 1876, was taken during February, 148. ja a
coastal swamp west of Millicent in the South-Bast of South Australia.

Only a year previously Tisiphone abeona Donovan 1805 was described trom
Lake Hdward (Tindale, 1947 (1)). The presence of Tisiphone, relatively
sensitive indicator of a humid chmate, had suggested the possibility of the
occurrence of other moisture-loving species ol butterflies in the swampy country
of the South-Mast, nevertheless to find another so soon was an agreeable surprise.

Previously known forms of the Orejwenicu kershawi species complex were;

Oretcenica hershiwi kershiws Miskin 1876. Vietoria: Mount St. Bernard,
Mt. Erica, Wandin, Toora, Fern Tree Gully, the Dandenong Range,
Belgrave and Lorne, flying from January to early April. (Plate xu, fic:
1-4).

Oremenica kershaw/ ella Ollitt 1888. New South Wales: Barrington Tops, above
3,000 ft.. from December to early February. (Plate sii, fig. 13-16).

Examination of the South Australian Museum series revealed the presence
of a third race, hitherto undescribed, from the Federal Capital Territory. There
are thus four races to be recognized. These four show considerable differences,
one from the other; at least two, including the South Australian one, might
almost be regarded as haying attained specific status, save that all four inhabit
separate geographic areas, occupy similar ecological niches, aud suggest thereby
that they have been derived from a single species, members of which had beeome
isolated in four separate geographic areas by the development of climatic
harriers. The environments are not everywhere identical. It will be noticed
that Waterhouse (1932) considered O, kershawi was always fonnd where the
Australian beech (Nothofagus) is growing. This is certainly not the case where
the new South Australian form is concerned. The two new races extend the
range of the species without providing any closer links between the forms.

144 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The new race from South Austraba is rather distinctive since, so far as may
be judged from a single pair, it is the smallest yet known; the form from the
Federal Capital Territory is very large.

OREIXENICA KERSUAWI KANUNDA subsp, nov.
Plate xii, Fig. o-8.

2 Wings above black with golden-brown spots and bauds; forewings with
fowr principal spots and several stualler oues surrounding a sub-quadrate black
area. at the forking of veins My and Cuya. There are four spots along the costa
of which the subapical one is divided into thee conjuined spots by darker yes,
there is a small, black, virtually Wind eyespot and four small narrow sub-
terminal marks forming a linear series. The hindwing bears a series of spots
forming ineipient bands pointed towards a large tornal oeellus which has a small
white centre; the principal band, which commences on costa at one-half, is
distinctly broken at the cell, Forewings beneath dull black with pale golden-
brown and richer brown markings, patterned somewhat as above, but becoming
paler towards apex of wings; the subterminal series of brown spots found above
replaced by an outwardly concave and rather conspicuous subterminal white
fascia. Uindwings beneath rich brown with silvery-white bands pointed to a
laree oeellus near hinder angle; a smaller second oeellus near apex; the principal
silvery-white band from costa at one-half to ocellus is interrupted at the apex
of the cell, Expanse 35 mm.

§ Similar to female, but smulley, and with traces of a sex brand on the fore-
wing above, extending from near middle of hind margin to the vicinity of the
apex of the cell. Expanse 33 min,

Loc. South Australia: Canunda Swamp, 8 miles west of Millicent (holotype
a female, and allotype male, registered number 1.18963, in South Australian
Mnseum), taken 23rd February, 1948, by N. B. Tindale. Vietoria: Dartmoor,
two males, taken January 1940, by F. Erasmus Wilson; now in. collections of
M. W. Mules and F. 1B. Wilson. The chosen name is based on an aboriginal
word,

Canunda Swamp is situated wbont a inile south-west from the ruins of the
old homestead on Cannnda Station and immediately behind the innermost of the
high Recent sand dune ridges which range along the present coastline to a depth
of about two miles From the sea coast.

The first example of the butterfly was seen, and lost, on 21st February,
t+ wes a worn female, which was flying, and alighting, in dense ti-tree and sword-
evass thickets. A second visit, dwo days later, was more successful. Four hours
of work, beating and quartering the narrow swamp area over a distance of a
quarter of a mile, brought to the net two examples, One was a slightly worn

TINDALE—NEW SATYRIDAE 145

male taken at about 10 a.m., and the other a freshly emerged female captured
just before noon. The insect may be very local, since both chanced to be taken
within five yards of the place of original sighting of the species. The weather
was dull, inclining to rain, but there were glints of simshine. The butterflies
sluggishly flew at about waist level among head high tangles of a purple-flowered
ti-tree, probably Melaleuca squamea, and sword grass (Guhnia ef. trifida),
They settled on the tips of ti-tree branches with their wings partly open and
oriented to catch a iaximum of sunshine. The ground underfoot was wet and
covered with intensely green native grasses. The presence of larval trombiculid
ynites made collecting conditions uneomfortable.

OREIXENICA KERSHAWIE PHRYNE subsp, nov,
Plate xii, Fig. 9-12.

4 Wings above black with pale golden-brown spots and bands; forewings
with five principal spots forming a rough cirele avound a black area at the
forking of veins My and Cuya; this black area is traversed by a faint oblique
line of sex scales; there are four spots along the costa, of which the subapical one
is the smallest and divided by the veins mto three parts, the next one is also
divided into two by a vein, the costal and smaller portion surrounded by a
narrow golden-brown ring and touching a rather rectangular pale brown spot;
there ave three indistinct subterminal linear marks and traces of a fourth. Hind-
wing with a series of spots forming incipient bands pointed towards a large
white-ecentred tormal ocellus: the principal band is of medium width, forming a
single irregular’ fascia which is strongly constricted about the middle of its
length. Forewings beueath dark brown with volden-brown markings, which,
near the costa, become almost white; a white subterminal fascia from near apex
to near hind matgin, which is black. Tindwings beneath pale brown with dull
silveryovhite bands pointing to a meditun-sized oeellus near hinder angle; a
second smaller ovellus neat apex: the principal white band from costa at one-half
to ocellus is wide; it is constricted only af the cell, Expanse 44 mm.

Love, New South Wales: Lee Spring, Federal Capital Territory (holotype
amale and paratype male, marked 1.18964 in South Australian Museu), taken
19th February, 1938, by Mr, D. F, Waterhouse; also a third specimen taken 26th
February, 1938, in colleetion of Mr. M. W, Mules.

This form. is distiuctive owing to its large size, the pale brown colour of the
hindwings beneath, and the form of the median fascia of the hindwings, above and
below, The more obyions differences between the forms of OQ. kershawt may be set
out as follows:

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

146

1199 38 peyotrysu09
ATpayreur OU

epim AToA

oTPPrar Ur
poyoI1jsuod Ieq o[suIS

OpTAL
wANIpouL
pue poutofuos

uMorg [Up

UMO1g-a5UBI0
“WU OF—-LE
“WU EF—-8E

0/2

[92 38 peyorssuod

oprn

sTpprur
UL pd}olI}Su0d
A[SUOI}S Ieq VTSuIS

unt peuL
uIniIpeur pue ojeredos
uMorg aed |

UMOIG-Uapfos ofed

“WLU FF-EF
auhsyd

T[®9 3
Peqolaysuod ATSUOIYS

oprin
sTpprur

Ul poutofuod sreq OM4

uINIpeur

asie, puke peurofuos

UMOIG YoUr

UMOIG-Uapfos
“WUL CE
“WUr §€

wpunuDy

|

|

Tl?9 48 OM4 UT paptarp

MOLIBU ATOAT} PTOI

sjods peutofuos
G-F Ojur peyeredes

MOLIVU
[ews pue oze1edas
UMOIG-d}BTOOOYD YrVp

UMOIQ-Uspfos

“WUE TP-8E

“WU GF-GE
UNDYSLIY

yyeeueq SuLapury uo

BIOSey ULIPIUE JO WOT
YyBeueq SULMpUTYy
UO vlosey UPIpaUt

O}TYM-AIOATIS JO UPL,

aaoqe
elosey UvIpau JO WI0

eaoqe
SUIMPUTY WO BIOSRy
ueTpour FO UPL

9A0Q® SSUIYIVUL
-BUIM UMOIG JO WLIO NT

Yyeousq
SSUIMpUTY JO INO0[Og

aA0qe SOUL
-YIVUL SUIM JO IMOTOD

eTeuley Jo osuedxg

eye Jo osuvdxay

TINDALE—NEW SATYRIDAE 147
TISIPHONL: ABEONA ANTONL Tindale, 1947.

Since this rave was desevibed from Lake Edward and the Grampians,
Dy, BR. V. Southeott, whose initials were, ii) the original paper, inadvertently
misprinted as A.V.S., has returned to bis former colleeting spot at MeKenzie
Creek ii) the Grampian Mountains, Between 31st December and 41h January,
1948, he took a fresh series of seven inales and five females. This useful
collection confirms the distinctive character of the western vace of Tisiphone
ubeond, Mar, #, i. Wilson has written to say that he took speeimens of the
apeeres at Davtmoor in 1939,

RECENT CLIMATE OF SOUTHERN AUSTRALLA IN THE LIGHT OF
THE DISCOVERY OF OREINENICA WN. KANUNDA TINDALE, 1948.

Iu reporting the ciseovery of the butterfly Visiphane abeonw antont
(Tindale, 1947 (1), p. 616) at Lake Edward, some inferences were made on the
climate of Recent time in the South-East of South Australia,

It was concluded that the distribution of races of Tisiphone seemed to be
controlled by relatively strict moisture and temperature requirements and that
at Lake Kdward in South Australia, at Dartmoor in Vietoria, and in the
Grampian Mountains, Victoria, the climatic conditions were suited to it, but
that any marked deterioration in climate in the direction of greater aridity
would have been likely to have caused the butterfly to become extinct.

The presence of a buffer area represented by the Grampian Mountain
inassi! might be cousidered to have afforded Tisiphane a, aitoni some measure
of protection against mimor fluctuations in climate even at the outlying babitat.
of Lake Edward, in view of a possibility that vecolonization of the restrieted lake
ares might be possible from this climatieally more varied area, This did not
alter the general inferences to be drawn from the presence of a separate race of
Tisiphone in the Grampians, Davtinoor and Lake Edward areas, separated from
T_ a. albifascia by almost the whole width of Western Vietoria,

Tt was inferred that, following very moist and eool conditions leading 10
colonization of the whole of Western Victoria by 7. abecona, the past history
of the area, over a period of time sitfficiently long to have permitted the forma-
tion of a distinctive race, was one of relatively cool moist conditions. These
conditions might be tending to become somewhat drier and less favourable for
Tisiphone, since its habitable niche as a race appeared to have contracted to a
series of smaller refi@e areas within the larger area of its distribution.

The occurrence of an additional moisture-loving species in the South-East.
of South Australia, Oreixenica hk, kannada, appears to afford a further measure
of confirmation for such imferences, indicating that the immediate past history

148 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

of this part of Southern Australia may have been one of transition from a
relatively cool moist climate to one somewhat warmer and drier,

The period of optimum climatic conditions apparently was sufficiently long
to have permitted the spread of O, kershawi trom the Eastern Coast. After the
Western area was isolated, a sufficient time clapsed to permit the development
of particularly well-defined subspecifie differences between the newly isolated
South Australian and the Mastern Victorian forms. That O. kershawi has a
restricted tolerance to climatic variation is shown by its ocewrrence in the
race ella only at elevations above 3,000 feet at the northern limit of the reported
range of the species; in the race fershaiwi it o¢curs ol Mountains at medium
elevations (about 500 ft,-1,500 ft.) in Bastern Vietoria, aucl down to sea level,
principally at Lorne, in a cool aud Innnid part of Southern Victoria. Tt has
not been reported in the drier districts of Western Victoria. Mr. F, E. Wilson
took two males which are very close to the type specimens, and c¢learly establish
this western race. It is probable that like Tisiphovie, the butterfly will be found
in the Grampians and perhaps in suitable swampy areas near Cape Bridgewater
wad Portland,

The coastal swanips of the Millicent district aud the river valley at
Dartmoor provide a refuge which seemingly has enabled this Satyrid to maintain
an existence even alter the suggested decline in its climatic optimum. Lt may
be noted that the specimens are the smallest of the species so far reported.
Before the artificial draining of the large Millicent swamps in the latter part
of last century, its distribution may have been somewhat more widespread than
at present. Tt seems in ay ease to be a relict form, ent off From ifs eastesn
relatives aud left over from a previously somewhat more favourable climatic
eva in South Australia,

[t is of further interest to note that Brons (10417) cleseribed from Dartnoer
a race, wilsoni of Heleronymphu cordace, whieh represents yet another moist
climate Satyrid butterfly. The parent race has a fairly wide distribution iu
the south-eastern parts of Australia and Tasmania. The Dartmoor form is
distinctive.

ZYeuner (1943) has, al'ter studying the evolution of Traides and its allies
during the Pleistocene, concluded that in the Malayan and Austrahan regions,
as in Kurope, “the rate of evolution of a taxonomic species ....is roughly the
same as in Europe, ie. about equal to the duration of the Pleistocene’.
Development of fourteen of the most recent Present day swbspecies of Traides
he demonstrated to have oecurred between the end of the Last Glaciation
(Wiirm 8) and the Present; other more elearly defined subspecies were older,
dating probably from the Upper Pleistocene, According to Ford (1945, p.521)

TINDALE—NEW SATYRIDAE 149

45 per cent. of Pleistoeeue (Pre-Wiirm glacial) arvivals in the British Islands
had formed subspecies, whereas only 10 per cent. of Holoeenc arrivals had done
so, and these were very simple changes. On an average he considered the length
of time since the Last Glaciation rather short for butterflies to have formed
subspecies in the British Isles.

If these and other similar deductions as to time factor have validity, it is
possible to consider that the formation of the rather distinctive subspecies
Oreizenica k. kanunda as well as Tisiphone a_antani and Heleronympha oe. wile
soni may have required at least the whole interval between the latest phase of the
Last Glaciation (Wiirm 8) and the Present, The extensions of their habitat
to South Australia may have been events of the Last Glaciation and their sub-
specific differentiation commenced with the onset of Post-glacial times. Tn such
a ease the climate has at no time since been sufficiently arid to cause any one
of them to become extinet, but on the contrary it las remained relatively moist
until, at a late stage, it may have declined to about its present degree of aridity.

These inferences as to elimate and those hy Tindale (1947) appear to be
in direct contradiction to conelusious reached by Croeker (1941, 1946) on the
basis of soil data, and by Crocker and Wood (1947) on the basis of the develop-
ment of plant communities in South Australia.

According to the last-named anthors, South Australia is at present in a
stave of recovery from a catastrophic period whiel is termed the ‘Great Avid’.
This was an age of maximiin aridity which has bad profound effects ou the
Southern Australian flora, Their discussion (1947, p. 129) seems to imply the
virtually eomplete extinetion of Pleistocene floral assemblages either about
4,000-6,000 year's ago or (as a probable maxim) bo more than 10,000 yeai's
awo. They infer the presence in late Recent tines of vast, virtually bare areas,
especially in the regions which are still arid. Present day commuatuiities thus are
elietly the results of Late Reeent recolonization.

Tn view of apparently contradictory results, present day distributions of
some plants quoted as evidence for the “Great, Arid’ by Crocker and Wood
may be examined with profit.

Although a considerable amount of yseful evidence has been brought
towether by them, some of it may be qualified. Other parts of i are subject to
wlrernative explanations.

Acucia peuce, Linistonn Mariae aud Macrozamia Mavdounelli lave such
limited present day distvibutions that where they linger, any great degree ef
aridity over and above that prevailing at present would iave entirely removed
them. Lf rendered extinet there could not haye been any re-entry unless
conditions had been far more favourable than at present.

150 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

In the case of Macrozamia Macdonnelli, Crocker and Wood admit as
necessary a theory of a change from a wet to a dry climate to account for its
occurrence in Central Australia.

Present day areas of survival of Acacia peuce imply that there was a prior
period when its distribution was relatively continuous. Now only two or three
limited areas situated widely apart are sufficiently favourable for the growth of
small populations. These areas are so relatively uniform as to altitude and
general climate, that they might almost serve as a guarantee that since the
pluvial conditions which assisted them to their present habitats, there has been 10
intervening drastic arid phase, over and above that being experienced at present.
In the belt between 25° and 26° South Latitude therefore, conditions since a
long pluvial episode of the Last Glaciation probably have not been over any
long period much less favourable than at present, and it may be that the climate
is only now tending towards an arid phase from this formerly more pluvial one,

The distribution of Lucalyptus cladocalyx in South Australia also may be
illuminating. According to Crocker (1946), this tree may be vergine towards
the lower limit of its edapho-climatic range, and on Eyre Peninsula it is
particularly depauperate. Could it have withstood any further great degree
of aridity without extinction? Perhaps as in the moisture-loving Tisiphone,
Oreixenica and Heteronympha referred to in an earlier part of this paper,
it has only recently been isolated by onset of less favourable conditions. Sub-
specifie differences between the forms present on the three areas about the
South Australian gulfs are not noticed by Crocker and Wood. It might be
assumed that separation of the three areas is a relatively late event in the
history of EB. cladocalyx. Like the butterfly Tisiphone, the species has lately
been isolated within its larger area of isolation by a current phase of
deterioration in climate. It would be an interesting and perhaps profitable
exercise to attempt to determine what degree of amelioration of climate would
be sufficient to again link together these three isolation areas, and further, what
conditions would be necessary to join the Gulf region of South Australia to the
main South-Eastern Australian areas from which the parent form seems to have
come.

Situations similar to those encountered in the case of E. cladocalya: appear
to govern the present distribution of HZ. macrorryncha and E. hemiphloia.

The Eucalyptus Baxteri situation in the Upper South East has been quoted
by Crocker and Wood as evidence for a recent northward extension of its range
following amelioration of climate. The trees at the northern limit are reduced
to depauperate shrubs. They develop into trees only as one goes south into
country of higher rainfall. The point of view is possible that this is no vigorous

TINDALE—NEW SATYRIDAE 151

tree, successfully invading new territory as it becomes available with relaxation
of climatic stress, but that rather it is a uot insignificant example of a relict
form, struggling to maintain itself in a deteriorating elimate. Its widespread
occurrence as a depauperate shrub and the possible absence of evidence of
active advance may tend to support the latter conclusion.

If is not intended to bring up the wider issues of the problem of avidity in
South and Central Australia, raised by Crocker and Wood, since these might
better be separately discussed, Suffice to say that dune systems south of the
Mann Range in the far north-west of South Australia, examined by the present
writer, also ones seen near Birdsville, Queensland, appear to be actively develop-
ing under the climatic conditions of to-day. It may not be necessary to appeal
toa ‘Great Avid’ period, now vanished, to aecount for these dune systems,

Some of the data used for establishing the existence of the ‘Great Arid”’,
and for a Reeent wet period following it, by Croeker (1941, 1946) aul
stunmarized by Croeker aul Wood (1947) may be of a composite nature,
referring to climatic episodes far-sundered iu time,

Two tustances may be cited; they comprise two of the principal listed items
of evidence for Crocker'’s post-'! Great Avid?” improvement iu climate

The Notopala wonjahkalda horizon at Burdett in the Lower Murray Valley
was re-examined by Tindale (1947, p. 635). The shells at this site were shown
to be jn sift in a seetion of Pleistocene lagoonal beds at an elevation of 65 ft.
above present sea level, and therefore to le identified in age as possibly
Monastirian (,

The siliceous sands of the South-East, thought by Croeker to indicate the
same post-‘Creat Arid’? peviod, are presen! on the surfaces of the Woalovine
Kange (or 25 foot terrace). These siliceovs sands are residuals, derived by
leaching of (he predominantly limesand from surface layers of Woakwine Range
dines. They ave therefore post-Monastirian If, Similar sands oeeur on each of
the earlier marine terraces of the area. Die allowance being made for wind
drift, they are iudicative only of pluvial conditions at times posterior to the
period of formation of the partiewlar dune range from which they are derived
and upon which they may oceur.

Monastiviau T and Monastivian 1 represent interglacial stages in the Upper
Pleistocene, Monastirian I is placed by Zeuner (1945) as 150,000 years aga,
While Monastivian (1 at latest is placed at 65,000 years ago, and may be older,

lt thus would appear that some of the changes observed by Crocker and
Wood may have taken a far greater period of time than considered necessary
by them, and if wonld seem that at least an appreciable portion of the Upper
Pleistocene may be involved,

152 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Some of the data used as evidence for a ‘‘Great Arid”’ should perhaps be
re-examined and further study made to differentiate between items of different
ages in the Upper Pleistocene. Despite the possible break-down in evidence for
Crocker's Great Arid’? as a Post-Glacial event, there is evideuce to show that
there was a Recent period of high sea levels, the Post-Glacial High Terrace
(5-10 ft.), during which a slightly warmer climate than at present may have
prevailed in South Australia. Evidence that this was a period so dry as to he
the ‘Great Arid’’ postulated by Crocker, has yet to be marshalled.

It will be as well therefore to examine some of ihe information available
about the climates of the Upper Pleistocene and Recent lime.

The latest event of Pleistucene time was a glacial period (Wiirm 3) from
which the world is now in a stage of recovery, The effects of such a recovery
on the climates near the poles are relatively clear. It is well understood that
variations of elimate observable in one latitude may be diametrically opposite
to those oeeurring simultaneously in another; when tracing the effeets of glacial
and interglacial conditions from high latitudes to low ones, particular caution
ig necessary.

Attempts have been made to study Pleistocene anc Reeent climates in
middle latitudes, Zenner (1945, p. 221), for example, developed curves of
swumer radiation affecting different latitudes in the later half of the Pleistocene
and the Recent, One such eulve gives data for 25° South Latitude. He applied
this information to a study of South Afriea, Llere, during the Last (Wiirm)
“actation, summer radiation was Jow and pluvial conditions prevailed. At
95° South Latitude summer vadiation since the end of Wiirm 8 has steadily
inereased. Tu the past 10,000 years the ealorie equator tas heen moving away
froin the south. Starting with the plnvial conditions of the beginning of Recent
time in South Afriea, there has heen increasing desiceation. According to his
interpretation the movement of the caloric equator northward eame to a staned-
still ahout 1,200 A.D., and both radiation and calorie equator curyes are
beginning to return from a nunor maxinnm of that date, suggesting o possible
slight climatic amelioration at middle latitudes, only in the past few lundred
years.

[t will be seen from the trend of the evidence referred to earlier that con-
ditions similar to those prevailing in Sonth Africa may have ocenrred m South
Central Australia during the tine between the end of the Pleistocene and the
Present.

Strongest support for a relatively warm and dry interval of about 2,000
years’ duration, and dated between 4,000 and 6,000 years ago. may come from
pollen profile evidence in Northern Europe. Since warmer, drier climates in

TINDALE—NEW SATYRIDAE 153

N. Europe bring on an amelioration of the relatively severe climates experienced
there, this period is sometimes given the somewhat misleading title of a ‘‘elima-
tic optimum’’. Aceording to Flint (1947) evidenee for one such Postglacial
interval is clearly established in Scandinavia and in the Alps, where the snowline
may have been asx wuch as 1,000 feet higher than to-lay, It has been ealoulated
that in North America at this time average summer temperatures may have
been 1°5° (!. above the Present and the duration of summer may have been
about 15 days longer than to-day.

This degree of increase of warmth contpares with an estimated 10° C. range
over the whole gamn! from a glacial to an interglacial climate,

On the North American continent, the Postglacial warm period produced
changes which were most noticeable between 40°-50° N. latitude and least evi-
dent between 80° and 40°. Tn the latter belt the ‘‘clinatic optimum’’ may have
been somewhat cvier without auy marked inevease in temperature.

The ‘‘Postvlacial optimum’', by several authors, as summarized by Stearns
(1945) js equated with the temporary high shorelines between 6 aud 10 feet
above preseut sea level, whieh ave evident in most parts of the world,

Possible indications are available for a progressive decline in vainfall in
the Murvay Valley, Sonth Australia (hetween 34° and 85° Sonth Latitude),
diving a part of Reeent time. This evidenee may reflect events in the whole
Mivvay-Darling Basin, rather than actual loeal rainfall. The indications were
found durme the exeayation of Devon Downs Rockshelter by Tale and Tindale
(1980, p, 214). The meicator took the form of a changing ratio of tresh-to-
brackish-vater shells in stratified deposits extending from a depth of G metres
(21 feet). These deposits revealed a change from a freshwater-shell-dominant
regime to a hraekish-water-shell dominant owe. This progressive deterioration
may have taken place over a considerable period in Recent time, hetween an
aboriginal enlinval period called Pirrian and the Murundian cultural pericd
of the present day. The time interval Pirrivn-Present has not yet been estab-
lished on the absolute seale, Tt may have involved at least several thousand
years, although if almost ¢ertainly did not go back beyond the perind of Post-
Glacial High (10 ft. terrace), since it has been shown by Tindale (19387, p. 52)
that at Fulham, South Australia. a Pirrian horizon lies aboye marine beds iden-
tified as of this tervace. During the passage of this interval, however, at least one
minor faunal change has tuken place, namely the extinction, on the Anstralian
mainland, of the Tasmanian Devil (Sarcophilus).

Consideration of some of the above data therefore may lead to the conclusion
that as a Post-Glacial phenomenon the ''Great Arid’? liypothesis of Croeker,
in its present Torta, shonld he abandoned. The jndieations on which it was based

154 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

may be far older than appear at first sight, belonging either to Monastirian II
or if the situation be more complex than as sketched by Crocker and Wood,
may date in part to Monastirian I and in part to Monastirian I, during both of
which there seem to have been arid periods of long duration. It is more than
probable also that periods of aridity during still earlier inter-glacials have had
profound effects on Australia and its fauna and flora,

SUMMARY.

A new race, kanunda, of the Satyrid butterfly, Oreixenica kershawi, is
described from the Millicent district in the South-East of South Australia,
together with another form, phryne, from the Federal Capital Territory.

On the basis of the occurrence of this humid climate requiring insect, and
the other evidence (Tindale, 1947 (1)), it is suggested that the climate of Post-
Pleistocene times in Southern Australia has been slowly deteriorating from one
of pluvial conditions. The ‘‘Great Arid’’ hypothesis for this period, suggested
by Crocker (1941) and discussed recently by Crocker and Wood (1947), is
thought to be untenable.

TINDALE—NEW SATYRIDAE 155

REFERENCES CITED.

Burns, A, N. (1947): Mem. Nat. Mus., Victoria, Melbourne, xv, pp. 86-102.

Crocker, R. L. (1941) : Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., Adelaide, lxv, pp. 103-107,

Crocker, R. L. (1946): C.SR. Bull. (Aust.), 193.

Crocker, R. L., and Wood, J. G. (1947): Trans. Roy. Soc., 8S. Aust., Adelaide,
Ixxi, pp. 91-186.

Flint, R. F. (1947): Glacial geology and the Pleistocene epoch, New York,
pp. 1-589 (Bibliography).

Ford, E. B. (1945) : Butterflies, London.

Hale, H. M. and Tindale, N. B. (1930): Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, iv,
pp. 145-218.

Miskin, W. I. (1876) : Trans. Ent. Soc., London, p. 452.

Olliff, A, 8S. (1888): Proc. Linn, Soc., N. 8S. Wales, Sydney, ii (1887),
pp. 976-977.

Stearns, H. T, (1945) : Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. lvi, pp. 1,071-1,078.

Tindale, N. B. (1947) (1): Rec. S. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, viii, pp. 613-618,

Tindale, N. B. (1947) (2): Rec. 8S. Aust. Mus., Adelaide, vill, pp. 619-652
(Bibliography).

Waterhouse, G. A. (1932); What Butterfly is that? Sydney.

Zeuner, F. EB. (1943): Trans. Zool. Soc., London, xxv, pp. 107-184.

Zeuner, F. BE, (1945) : Pleistocene Period, Ray Society, London, exxx, pp. 1-322
(Bibliography ).

156 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1-4. Oreiwenica k. kershawi Miskin. Fig. 1-2, male, Mt. Erica, Victoria, upper and
under sides. Fig. 8-4, female, ern Tree Gully, Victoria, upper and under sides; slightly
under natural size.

Fig. 5-8. Oreivenica k. kanunda subsp. noy. Fig. 5-6, allotype male, Canunda, S.A., upper
and under sides. Fig. 7-8, holotype female, Canunda, S.A., upper and under sides;
natural size.

Fig. 9-12. Oreixenica k. phryne subsp. noy. Fig. 9-10, paratype male, Lee Spring, F.C.T.,
upper and under sides. Fig. 11-12, holotype male, Lee Spring, F.C.T., upper and under
sides; natural size.

Fig. 13-16. Oreiwenica k. ella Olliff. Fig. 13-14, male, Barrington Tops, N.S.W., upper
and under sides. Fig. 15-16, female, Barrington Tops, N.S.W., upper and under sides;
natural size,

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM

Vor. IX. PATE NTT

Races of Oreixeniea kershawi Miskin.

LARGE BIFACE IMPLEMENTS FROM MORNINGTON
ISLAND, QUEENSLAND AND FROM
SOUTH WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., ETHNOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

A patinated biface flint implement was found by Mr. R. Randall near Scaddan,
Western Australia, and presented to the Western Australian Museum at Perth. By
courtesy of the Director (Mr. L. Glauert) of the Museum this remarkable specimen
has been studied.

Roth (1904) described stone picks or “oyster stones” from the Wellesley Group in the
Gulf of Carpentaria. Additional information was obtained about the manner of use of
these implements when, in October, 1938, the present writer found three Lardil
[“Lardi : 1] tribesmen of Mornington Island, who were serving sentences at Palm
Island for the murder on their island of a white man.

LARGE BIFACE IMPLEMENTS rrom MORNINGTON
ISLAND, QUEENSLAND anv From SOUTH WESTERN
AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B,. TINDALE, B.Se., Eruvonrocsr, Sour AusrraLian Museum,
Fig, 1-16,

INTRODUCTION.

A PATINATED biface flint implement was fomid by Mr, R. Randall near Seaddan,
Western Australia, and presented to the Western Australian Museum at Perth,
By courtesy of the Director (Mr, L. Glauert) of the Museum this remarkable
specimen has been studied.

Roth (1904) described stone picks or ‘‘oyster stones'’ from the Wellesley
Group in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Additional information was obtained about
the manner of use of these implements when, in October, 1938, the present
writer found three Lardil [‘Lardi:1| tribesmen of Mornington Island, who
were serving sentences at Palm Island for the murder on their island of a white
man,

MODES OF USE OF STONE PICKS FROM MORNINGTON ISLAND.

Mornington Tsland, known to the natives as Kvmana |’Kim; ena] is, with
Forsyth Island, the home of the Lardil natives. The three Lardil informants
met at Palm Island were quite familiar with stone pieks of the type described
by Roth and readily recognized his illustrations. According to them such
stone picks were still in use on Mornington Island. They were kuown as
mariwa |/mari:wa| or |’mari: wel, and served as cuttine, chopping and
digging implements. They were used as picks in the gathering of oysters by
both men and women, and by women in the sharpening of digging stieks, after
the end of the implement had been prepared by charring it in a fire. They weve
much nsed by women in digging holes and in chopping out obstructing tree
roots encountered when burrowing for native yams and tubers.

Asked to make demonstration examples the Lardil men said no suitable
stone was available on Palm Island, but picking up sundry pieces of beach
waste, one of them demonstrated various methods of using a mariwa.

Two principal methods were shown for holding and using the implement.
The first employs what may be ealled the “cutting hold’’. This is illustrated,
using an actual Mornington Island mariwa in Fig. 1. Tn the eutting grip
a stone is held in the palm of the hand, its narrow nd directed towards the

158 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

body of the user. The index and middle fingers pass over the broad end of the
stone, which is then gripped between the thumb and the third and little fingers.
The wooden object to be cut, if small, may be held either in the left hand with
the portion to be eut directed to the left and cushioned on the palm of the lett
hand or, if larger or long, may be pinned to the ground hy the right foot and
the portion to be eut rested upon the fleshy part of the opposite or left thigh, or
on the left hand. When seated on the ground with the legs flexed, the sole
and heel of the upturned left foot may provide a convenient work beneh for
such cutting operations.

Fig. 1-2. Methods of holding a muriwa on Mornington Island. Pig. 1. The eutting hold.
Pig. 2. The hold used in digging, Speeimen A.31331 (> 14).

g. 2.

Cutting blows ave in general directed across the front of the body in a
slightly downward direction towards the left. The lower arm rotates on the
upper, which appears scarcely, if at all, to move outwards from the body until
at the moment of impaet of stone against work. The motion is free and the
cutting blows appear effective, being placed with a considerable degree of
control, The stone in use is cushioned in the palm of the hand, the eutting
margin opposite to that in use at the moment lying obliquely across the hand
in the natnral fold of the palm,

In a second method of using, what may be termed the ‘digging’? or ‘pick
linld’' is employed (Fig. 2). The index and middle fingers lie over the top of
{he stone, while the flat faces are gripped between the base of the thumb opposed
to the third and little fingers. A digging or picking action results from bring-
ing the hand fvom the right side of the body towards the midline, in a somewhat

TINDALE—LARGE BIFACE IMPLEMENTS 159

downward direction. This basic movement is, of course, readily adjustable to a
variety of circumstances and enables the concentration of considerable picking
efforts iu circumscribed spaces ov holes such as are dug when gathering yanis
and other roots.

Observation of the actious of cutting with several diferent pieces of stone
made it apparent that cutting blows were inade by striking the work in sueh a
direction that a line drawn from the impact point in the direction from whieh
the hlow hac come, would pass through, ov very close to (he centre of gravity,
not of the stone itself, but of the combined masses of the implement and the ten
of the user. The exact details of the mechanies of (his have not beeuw considered,
but from observations it heeame evident that au adjustment of the cutting
Impact point towards the wider end of the stone was compensated for by allowing
part of the wider encl of the stone to he free of, and prajeet beyond, ihe tips of
the index and middle fingers, A movement of the cutting point in the opposite
directions towards the smaller end necessitated the ereater erobraeement of the
top of the stone by the hand, culminating, at the limit, in the ‘‘digeing’? or
““piek hold’’, Even in the ‘‘dieveing hold’ the direction of the blow is, as is
shown in Fig. 2, not quite in the midline of the stone, since as in the ease of the
cutting grip, it tends rather to be adjusted to the centre of gravity of the
combined masses of the stone and of the hand that supports it.

DESCRIPTION OF THE STONE PICKS.

Roth’s deseription (1904, p, 23, fig. 144-149) of the actiial implements he
eolleeted is brief and may be quoted lor reference at this point, since, although
his own direct observations ave in general confirmed, other details are either
contradicted or should perhaps be modified in the light of present-day know-
ledge, THe wrote:

“The pieks or oyster stones of Bentinek, Mornington and Forsyth Islands,
in the Wellesley Group, are formed of pieces of quartzite (‘hilly’) jasper, or
quartzite with jasper in part, chipped fairly carefully to a point, but the actual
maintaeture of whieh was ot observed, They are more or less pyramidal,
measure ip to Og inehes long and wide in proportion, clasped firmly at the
butt for removing the oysters from off the roeks, their method of action being
very similar toa pick. On Mornington and Forsyth they are known as riamlic,
the sane name applied to the stone whieh the islanders told me has sinee been
replaced by the blade of the iron serapers.’’

Tn a subsequently added note, Roth commented on a theory he had pre-
viously held, that these stones were fire flints. He says, ‘‘In connection with
these picks on Bentinck Island, where they were first discovered, it may be

160 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

mentioned that, although no punk was seen associated, | oviginually suggested
that, whatever else they might be, they acted the part of flints in raising fire,
they certainly gave rise to a spark when struck. Colour was lent to the
suygestion by the fact that on each of my visits here, all the members of my
party carefully examined the eamps for five stieks, but with a negative result,
and I am still puzzled to know how these make fire. he timidity of the
Bentiuck natives is such that only on one oceasion, during the course of three
visits, have LT been able to come into diveet toneb with them. They neither
commmucate with the mainland and neighbouring islands, not speak the same
language as the Mormington aud Forsyth blacks, which has been identified.
in faet, they appear to have been isolated from the outside world long priot to
the tine when the present inhabitants first oceupied the neighhouring islands
of the group.”

Bentinck Islanders, called Malinnnda |Malununde| were among the
shyest of people and Roth failed to meet them until, on his thire visit to their
island, his boat erew cornered them. Even on this oceasion they cseaped into
the water up lo their waists to avoid their supposed enemies, This explana-
tion covers Roth’s peculiar reference to coming into “cireet touch’ with
Bentinek Islanders.

My Mornington Island informants did not support the fireauaking theory
and were in fact rather amused by it. Their own method was by frietion of
two sticks, one, a short hardwood stick, being rotated against the margin of
auother softer oue, laid on the ground, The term riambr used by Roth for
these implements was unfamihar to them.

Asa result of the obtaining of this data on the stones, a correspondence was
entered into with Rey. John Dougherty of Mornington Island. Aimong other
details an abstract of text aud a sketch from Roth’s aeeount was sent, In
veply, on 10th December, 1941, le wrote:

“With reference to the oyster picks (riamb7) as named in your sketch,
L have made enquiries about them and find that they are still in use and have
not been replaced by any iron implement. Aceording to the enquiries I have
made, their only use is for the getting of the oysters and not, as Dr. Roth
stated, for the making of fire. The name used for the oyster pick both by
Mornington and Bentinck people is mariowd, There ave no natives [now] on
Forsyth Island, the natives having migrated to Mornington and the mainland,
Referring again to the oyster picks and the composition of the rack used, a
wonld not say it was as Dr. Roth states, but to me it looks very much like a
reddish porphyry, though T wonld point out that fam not a eedlovist. IT will
endeavour to procure for you specimens of these picks and send them along with
ihe other specimens. Answering your other question, whether the stone was

TINDALE—LARGE BIFACE IMPLEMENTS 161

Only used by the women, the answer is negative, as both men and women use the
picks or qariowa. Regarding the flreanaking, the Bentinck Islanders ake
their fire by votating a short stiek into another laid on the ground; the stick is
rotated between the palms of the hands, the native sitting down in the process.’

At first reading of the above comments it would seem that Mr. Dougherty
was able to find only one use for these implements, namely as oyster picks, but
it must be remembered that in so writing he was concerned only in denying
their suggested use as fire-makers, In other respects his information tallies with
{hat obtained from iy Lardil men.

Confirming his promise, Mr. Dougherty sent to the South Australian
Museum, carly in 142. a series of five stone picks. Several of these have been
figured in his account,

Details of the five specimens from Moruington Island are:

No. ol Specimen AS13882 AS135 AS13549 A.31329 AS81350

Leneth 145 tim. 14.0 110 105 88
Breadth AQ am. 57 Ao 63 56
Thiekness 42 main. 45 38 45 43
Weirht 312 orams. 454 227 340 225

The material used for the stone picks of Mornington Island is a qnariz
porphyry which weathers readily to a veddish colour, in which the glassy quartz
crystals are evident,

A typieal stone pick is an amygdaloidal implement of crude biface form
with about equal primary trimming on each face. The shape of this nuplement
may be modified away from this form if it has had an undue amount of tse
asa pick against hard surfaces, with the probability of the uncontrolled remoyal
of large flakes. At first glanee, when held at the most convincing angie, a. stone
pick appears not nilike a vongh coup-de-poing, although it is usually more
elongated and far thicker in section than in normal hand axes from the Otd
World. In this regard it closely resembles some crude biface implements from
Poondi, in India, which are present in the South Australian Museum collection,
Figures 3-7 give several views of one implement (4.31349). At the broader
end it is rather more slender than usual. lis final appearance has been
influenced, however, by a casual fracture along the butt, a flaw which took away
a piece of the top of the stone, as is evident at the top left in Fig. 3.
Figures 8-11 show another stone pick (A.81830), this one is a more squat type,
vound almost eireular in transverse section. This specimen has seemingly
developed as an end product of mueh wear and retrimming on a good stone.
Fieures 1 and 2 give two similar views of a third stone (AS13381), Tt has (wo
opposed cutting edges with biface trimming.

162 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

Big. Sl. Two maria hoplements front Moreington Usland,

EY

4

Vig. 3-7.

specimen AS1S49. Pig, 8-11, Four vlows of specimen A.B1380 (2 3H)

an

%
Leese

Vive zspoets ul

TINDALE—LARGE BIFACE IMPLEMENTS 163

Using these specimens, a useful check ean be made on the methods of
cmployment suggested by my Mornington Tsland informants. [f speeimen
A.31330 he placed in the cutting hold, two, and only two, eutting edges appear ;
these form the Jower left margin in Fig. 8 and Fig. 9 respectively. Similarly
in specimen A,31349, cutting edges appear as on the lower left margins of Fig. 3
and Fig. 5, The last-named specimen had continued to be used on the margin
shown in Fig. 3, in spite of this edge having been rendered less effective by
reason of irregulay spalling along a uatural fracture line. In specimen A.31331
there is one relatively good entting edge, as shown in Fig. 1. ‘Traces of the
opposite cutting edve are present, but are preserved only on the wpper half
of the stoue, the rest evidently having been spalled off on a large flake, detached
lute in the history of the implement, while in use as a piek. This defacing
flake sear is depicted in Fig. 2.

Specimen AS13822, not figured, possesses a very characteristic piek point;
it is worn and battered. Jn its original form it was evidently similar ta the
others; however, a late fracture seemingly redueed part of the rounded head,
leaving an edge resembling one appearing on a regularly fashioned and rounded
“‘ond-seraper’’. Traces of shell lime still on tt suggest that this accidently
vreated edge may have been used in oyster gathering. It was presumably held,
in this case, in a position diametrically opposite to that iJnstrated in Fig, 2.

The particular interest to be seen in these stone pieks or qartwa is that
anony the Wellesley Islanders there survives to this day, a stone implement of
the biface family, affording a slender bul very tangible link with the age-old
coup-de-poing ov hand axe of the older Palaeolithic of Europe, Aftica and Asia,
Since there is no first-hand knowledge on hew the Palaeolithic implements were
used, the observations here recorded atford for the first time a little direct
evidence as ta how some stone implements of bifaee type are used, These
observations, particularly those on the ‘‘eutting hold’’, may also throw some
light on how the general run of Old World bifaced hand axes were held when
in use,

A BIFACH IMPLEMENT FROM SCADDAN, WESTERN AUSTRALIA,

The band axetike biface implement Fouad by Mr. B. Randall near Seaddan
is illustrated from three direetious, redieed to one-half natural size, in
Big, 12-14. Length of the available portion is 110 mm, width 88 mm,, and
thickness 48 mm. The specimen had sutfered, prior to finding, an injury, with
loss of the narrower extremity, A theoretical reconstruction of ifs possible
former shape is shown in dotted outline in Big. 12 and 14. The injury appears
ta have been dene when it was in use, since the abrnptly fractured faee is
patinated ina mamer similay to the rest of the implement.

164 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The implement has been hammer-flaked on both faces, and the edges
secondarily worked with a step-flake technique. The trimming of the implement
is sinuous and, when viewed from the sides, as is well shown for one margin in
Fie. 14, on both lateral margins there is a loop, concave on the right, convex
on the left. The possible significance of this sinuous margin is referred to below.

The edges show some degree of wear or battering, and also some sharp
corners have been battered or abraded, The battered edges are indicated in the
accompanying figures by dots. Several rounded nodular inclusions are present

Fig. 12-14. Biface implement found near Scaddan, Western Australia, Specimen
No, 9636 in W.A. Museum (xX ).

in the flint and hemispherical portions of these are present on the surface of the
implement. The flint is fine and smooth. It is now patinated to a bright reddish-
vellow colour. The type of flint material of which the implement is made,
could have been derived from coastal deposits of Miocene flint, present not
much more than 50 miles to the eastward of Scaddan. They appear often as
rounded flint boulders. Both fresh and weathered outcrops of them appear
at intervals wherever, in the Great Australian Bight, the southern margins of
the marine limestones underlying the Nullarbor Plain have been eroded by the
sea.

The present biface implement from Seaddan, registered number W.A.M.
9636, was found by Mr. Randall about 1930 during the excavation of surface
soil and laterite gravel in the making of the main road from Norseman to
Esperance. The actual site was on a plain 35 miles inland, north of Esperance.

TINDALE—LARGE BIFACE IMPLEMENTS 165

In 1939, with Di. J. B. Birdsell, an opportunity occurred to visit the area
where this implement had been found, If proved to be on a broad, virtually
trecless, laterite-gravel covered plain, extending for many miles, with only
slight, undulations and occasional washed out gutters, several feet in depth,
These did not, however, cnt through the laterite soil layers, Water was searce
in the area and no definite signs of former native occupation conld be detected.
One day’s searching of such erosion gutters in the vieimty yielded no useful
evidence. Lt seemed likely, however, that ‘he yellow staining of the patinated
flint, whieh is equally well affected on both faces of the implement, night have
developed by burial in such a lateritie soil

Pig, 15-16. Biface implement fron Borneo (after Lane box),

The significance of an isolated find of this kind is diffienlt to assess, It does
extend the known range of implements of biface type to a new portion of the
Australian continent. They have been known from the South-East of South
Australia for many years. Almost all of the South Australian specimens have
heen found in association with relatively limited areas of Miocene flint. The
South Australian examples include relatively few implements either so well
finished or as typical of the coup-de-poing type of implement as is this one.
Study of these implements in South Australia is not far advanced, since only
yecently has the area of their occurrence been adequately studied in the field.
Previously for many years findings of these implements had been exploited by a

166 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

commercial collector without disclosure of their source. The only directly
comparable specimen other than the South Australian finds is perhaps the
earliest recorded example from the area south-east of Asia. This is the specimen
(Fig. 15-16) found by Mr, Everet in Borneo and described briefly by Lane Fox
(1872, p. Ixxxix, fig. 1).

Lane Fox (1872, p. xevi) was one who drew attention to the sinuosities
in the margins of coup-de-poing. He considered them to be purely accidental.
It is of interest, however, that such a feature appears in the Seaddan example,
as well as in the stone picks described in the first half of this paper. With
further study it may be possible to establish that there is a direct relationship
between mode of use, or of retrimming during use, and the development of this
sinnosity. In such a ease it may well be that the mode of handling of the marina
of Mornington Island, in cutting, was one also characteristic of coup-de-poing,

SUMMARY.

This paper records particulars of the modes of use of erude bifaced stone
hand-axe-like implements called mariwa on Mornington Island, Queensland. Tt
records also the casual find of a biface hand axe of flint near Scaddan in South-
Western Australia.

REFERENCES CITED.

Lane Fox, A. (1872): Proc. Ethn. Soc., London, 1870.
Roth, W. FE. (1904) : North Queensland Ethnography Bulletin, No. 7, Brisbane.

FAUNA AND FLORA OF THE GREENLY ISLANDS, PART I
INTRODUCTORY NARRATIVE AND VERTEBRATE FAUNA

By F. J. MITCHELL AND A. C. BEHRNDT

Summary

In December, 1947, a party of five men, comprising members of the Adelaide Bush
Walkers, Messrs. H. A. Lindsay (President), C. Hutchinson, A. Williams, and the
junior author, together with F. J. Mitchell of the South Australian Museum staff,
visited the Greenly Islands.

The object of the trip was to make as complete a survey of the islands’ fauna and flora
as a stay of ten days would allow, in order to ascertain whether the islands supported
sufficient native life to warrant an endeavour being made to have them declared a
permanent sanctuary.

KAUNA ann FLORA or THe GREENLY ISLANDS, Parr |

Inrropuctory NARRATIVE AND VERTEBRATE FAUNA

By F, J, MITCHELT. ann A. C. BEHRNDT.
Fig. 1-2,

iw December, 1947, a party of five men, comprising members of the Adelaide
Bush Walkers, Messrs, H, A, Lindsay (President), C. Hutchinson, A, Williams,
and the junior author, together with F. J, Mitchell of the South Australian
Museum staff, visited the Greenly Islands.

The object of the trip was to make as complete a survey of the islands’
fauna and flora as a stay of ten days would allow, in order to ascertain whether
the islands supported sufficient native lite to warrant an endeavour being made
to have them declared a permanent sanctuary.

The islands have an approximate base area of 680 acres, and are huge bosses
of fine grained biotite granite, rising abruptly from the Southern Oceau in lati-
tude 34° 39° 8. and longitude 13 * 37° BE. They are approximately one and
one-half miles long, and at a maximum half a mile wide, The main island con-
sists of an approximately east to west ridge, which rises to a peak summit of 750
feet at its eastern extremity, Toward the north-west it is subdivided by a
crevasse through which the sea surges continuously over partly submerged rocks.
The passage between the two islands is negotiable on foot when the sea is calm.

The south-western section is almost detached by a similar but more
spectacular chasm, with only a saddle of rocks and wind-blown sand bridging
the zap between the two granite masses. About 250 yards off the eastern end
of the island lies Seal Roek, a granite islet about 250 yards in diameter and
covered toward its summit with low herbage,

Shortly after midday on 7th December, 1947, the eutter ‘‘Wandra’' carry-
ing the party dropped anchor within 100 feet of the shore in six to seven
fathoms of water, on a sandy bottom, and a landing was achieved on a narrow
rocky edge, immediately to the right of a blow-hole in the cliff face, This appears
to he the only safe landing place, for although uccess has been gained on the
southern side of the island the swell renders the operation hazardous. Elsewhere
the eranite face plunges almost perpendictilarly imto the sea, there being no
beach or shingle,

The vegetation is nom-eucalypt and on the main island consists prineipally
of a dense entanglement of Sheoak (Caswerina stricta) and Titree (Melaleuca

168 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

pubescens), the Sheoak predominating along the central ridge and northern
slopes, while on the southern slopes the Titree is almost impenetrable, The
Titree appears to be much more tolerant of the salt conditions than the Sheoak,
as the dense Titvee serub extends to within 150 tt. of the southern seaboard,
being particularly dense over the isolated patches of travertine limestone. ‘The
Sheoak whieh does extend to the southern slopes is for the most part stunted,
and evonsiderably twisted. Whereas, the vrasses and other small plants have
been greatly depleted by the wallabies on the main island, they grow in profusion
on subsidiary areas, presumably hot occupied by wallabies. These heavily
vegetated parts probably play an important part in the ecology of the main
island, as there must be continual wind-blown veseeding from these virtually
insular areas.

Evidence of earlicr human visitors was found at several places. A recent
vamp, presumably that of Mr. H. H. Finlayson, who landed just prior to the
present party to observe the wallabies was found at 250 feet in a Titree ehomp
on the northern slopes, while an old theee-sided roek shelter and fireplace was
discovered immediately below the main ridge to the left of the lauding place.
In addition, a layer of about half an ineh of carbonaceous remains, apparently
those of a fire, were found beneath a laver of about two inches of consolidated
penguin exeretu in the floor of the only natural rock shelter on the island,
a cave in the northern face. Although much of the serub appears to be virgin,
charred lichen-covered Sheoak stumps at several places toward the eastern end
indicated an early serub fire.

Relevant to the above is some information supplied by an old Eyre
Peninsula identity, Mr. W. G. Morgan of Coulta, When young, Mr, Morgan
was assoeiated with T. B. Tlawson, one of a family of well-known Hyre Peninsula
pioneers. Hawson fold him of Billy Doun, a dark-skinned sealer of probable
Malay extraction, who spent many months sealing on Greenly Island together
with his full-blooded aborigine wile, Charlotte, When their boat sank in the
passage to the seaward of Point Sir Isaac while taking a load of seal skins from
the island to Port Lincoln, Dunn was drowned, Tis wife managed to struggle
ashore.

No potable water supplies of appreciable size were found, although at the
foot of the granite sheets near sea level, several small seeps were located. These
were for the most part too highly mineralized and of insufficient quantity for
luman needs, From the lavgest (see fig. 1) six gallons (two by day and four
by night) were collected and later nsec for cooking and washing purposes. This
visit was made during a prolonged spell of hot, dry weather, and no doubt under
cooler conditions a more favonrable position would be found. A large pool fed

MITCHELL AND BEHRNDT—FAUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 169

by a seep and estimated to have a capacity of 60 gallons was found near sea level
on the eastern side of Anthoney Island. This cavity was polluted by seals, but
if cleaned ot and allowed to vefill may furnish a suitable supply.

Owing to the absence of a sandstone or limestone cap to act as an aquifer,
the steep sides of the island, and the impervious nature of the granite, the
island rapidly sheds most of the rain. This is indicated by the numerous
channels eat in the granite face of the island by the rain water as it rushes
seaward. The largest of these is about 12 feet wide, 100 feet long, and 3 feet
deep. Blocking of some of these channels would create small water reservoiys Ut
an emevrgeney. Rudiments of a former limestone cap were Found on the southern
slopes, where several large sheets of limestone appear to have been checked
in their slide toward the sea by granite ledges.

The soil of the island ecousists of powdered eranitic sand intermixed and
heavily covered with vegetable debris. If is anchored by the roots of the trees
to a depth, in places, of as much as two feet, although on the average only a
few inches. A widespread fire would soon denude the island of vegetation by
permitting the rapid wind and water erosion of the loose sandy soil.

The map (fiz. 1) was compiled by the present party and we have to thank
the Lands and Survey Department, Port Lineoln, for assistance in allowing 1s
to borrow mstruments to facilitate its compilation, Time cid not permit the
accurate plotting of the topography, but the key heights were taken and the
approximate 100-ft, contours have been drawn in from sight. The names
shown on the map have been submitted to and accepted by the Nomenclature
Committee of the Royal Geographical Society of South Australia.

This survey has indicated the desirability of declaring the islands with
their fauna and flora a sanetiiary, thus protecting them from interference, Krom
an economic yiewpoilit there are no apparent reasons against such a proposal ;
there are no guano deposits of commercial valiic thereon, its small area is of
generally rugged nature making it unsuitable for pastoral purposes, while there
are no Mutton Bird rookeries to exploit. The almost complete absence of alien
plants and animals likely to interfere with the welfare of the native life is a
further favourable factor.

MAMMALIA,

The mammal section of this paper is a brief account of the observations «af
the party and no attempt has been made to deal taxonomically with the material
collected. It is expected that a more detailed report will be prepared by
Mer. A. UU, Finlayson, wha landed a few weeks prior to the present party
expressly to study the manimals,

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

170

‘suleyo OT 3 g

‘SPOS. Juoowlpe pus purist ureu oq} Jo dep “LT “Brig

USSVYAaUD
HLNos

AIPPBS MosIEN
\ he
‘ .
x ~

é rf + \ ~.
THH aINVMOTEM + : O3PIy , BUIIENser) ‘,

+ Pt
aus duep

AeOS pasyesanipy >

to f

y pueysy /

‘: ‘ \
4

|, fou

VYGNYM IJNIOd

HIYON SILANDYHWK

Vo :2]B9S

GNV1S!I AIN3auD

4NIOd 153m

aSSVARYD

-.\

omuy ‘

MITCHELL AND BENHRNDT—I’AUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 171

The island supports four spevies, three indigenous and one introduced.
The Hair Seal Arctocephalus cinereus was the first to make itself known,
curiosity having led several specimens into swimming out to greet us, Later
a small colony of nine Fur Seals Arctocephalus doriferus was found living in
the turbulent waters of the Nov’west Crevasse, This small community remamed
almost exclusively on a ledge, sunning themselves by day and going out through
the erevasse into the Southern Ocean swell to feed in the early morning and
evening,

The Serub Wallaby Thylogale eugenti was first seen on the evening of the
day of landing, several speeimens being flushed in the scrub immediately behind
the camp. ‘This wallaby is believed to have been introduced from Kangaroo
Island in about 1905 to act as an emergeney tood supply for possible castaways,
The fourth mammal, a native rat, Rallus murrayi var. was not observed during
the first few days, although later it miade its presence more than felt by
impudent and fearless explorations among our gear and food supplies.

Considerable interest was attached to the wallaby population, as it had
been hoped that a species of Rock Wallaby (Pelrogale) allied to an extinct
mainland species mizht be found on this isolated island. However, although
some seventy sknlls were examined, all were those of the introduced Serub
Wallaby, and no signs were found of any other species.

The wallaby has overrun the main island, and signs of its activities can be
seen everywhere. Jt has eliminated many of the smaller plants, which are
abundant on the subsidiary islands, and the dense titree scrub is a network of
low (unnels, Althongh if is difficult to assess the size of the population owing ta
the Jarge area of dense scrub wud sameuess of the many glotips, it is estimated
that the number of wallabies would approach three fieurves. Although no live
specimens were seen, several skulls collected on Anthoney Island indicate that
gome specimens are, or have been at some time, there also, The dense profusion
of ungrazed vegetation and the absenee of vegular pads indicates that few, if
any, are at present living there. No specimens or skulls were found on the semi.
detached south-western sector, the drop from the main island ledge to the
connecting saldle apparently forming a barrier to their migration, Observa-
tions of the wallabies feeding in the opeu in the early morning and evening
revealed that there were two colour phases, a minority of specimens being a
noticeably darker shade of brown than the normal grey-brown specimens. When
small groups were disturbed from the scrub durme the day it was evident that
the darker phase kept to a large extent separate from the bigger mobs of lighter
eoloured individuals. While feeding during the evening both phases inter-
mingled freely,

172 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

The native rat, a form most urarly allied to Raltns murrayi Thomas, which
species was first taken by Professor Wooil Jones on Pearson Island some 60 miles
north of Greenly, was extremely numerous, and our camp on the main ridge
provided an attraction for them, The noises of their scavenging about the camp
in search of supplements to their presumably vegetarian diet was almost as big
a barrier to sleep as the raucous calls of the Fairy Penguins, In spite of
searches under stones and through the various tunnellings in the sheoak and
titree debris, no sign could be found of the rats by day, Although no specimens
were seen, similar tunnels on Anthoney Island indicated that the rats were there
also. During owt stay twelve specimens were shot and preserved for examina-
tion. It is interesting to add a further observation to the previously noted
predominance of males. Of the specimens shot, ten were males,

The Hair Seal colony, which extends alone the whole of the partially
sheltered northern side of the island, contains more than 100 individuals.
These were found in small family groups, generally a bull, two or three cows
and several pups basking on the rocky ledves of Tapley Bay by day, then
foraging for food during the evening and carly morning. As the breeding
season had finished some weeks previously, all pups took readily to the water,
Sometimes the Hair Seals would climb hundreds of feet up the precipitous
face of the island, and one individual, possibly siek, was found on the erest
among the serub. The presence of « small colony of nine Fur Seals in the
broken water of the Nor’west Crevasse indicates that these animals are gradually
becoming re-established on the islands to the South of Byre’s Penmsala, and it
is hoped every effort will be made to prevent a re-occurrenee of the slanghter
which ocenrred about thirty years ago,

AVES.

During our short stay observations were made on fifteen species of birds.
Several of the marine birds and four non-marine species were fonnd to have
established permanent breeding colonies, These non-marine birds are the Red-
cap Robin, Petroica goodenavii; the Welcome Swallow, Hirundo neoxend; the
Silver-eye Finch, Zosteraps lateralis; and a Crow, Corwns sp.

The following species were observed ;

Rep-cae Ros, Petroica yoodenoim( Vigors and Horsf.

This colourful robin is common, and was fonnd to be breeding freely,
nests being frequently observed in the isolated patches of ‘Titree along
Casuarina Ridge. One nest immediately behind the camp contained three
young, and it appeared as if there were more immature birds than adults,

1 Wood Jonea (1924); Trans. Roy, Soe, Sw, xlyiii, po 11,

MITCHELL AND BEHRNDT—FAUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 173

Sitver-pye Finca, Zosterops lateralis Lath.

This finch was also common, although less observed, as it favoured the
stunted Titree growing on the precipitous slopes and ledges below 250 feet.
Althongh no nests of this species were definitely recognized, several young birds
incapable of sustained flight were observed.

YELLOW-WINGED Honry-nater, Meliornis novae-hollandiae Lath,

Three somewhat bedraggled specimens were found in the Titree on the
northern slopes of the island during the first week and one was shot for the
eollection, The remaining two were later observed on Anthoney Island.

Rock Parrot, Neophema petrephila Gould.

Flocks of these birds apparently make deliberate periodie trips to the
island, as several flocks were seen arriving and others departing in a direct line
to the mainland. The reason for their visits was not definitely ascertained,
but they were offen disturbed on the ground, and it has been suggested that the
pig-face seed, of which there is an abundance, is the attraction.

Werndomn SwaLiow, Hirundo nmaxena Gould.

Swallows were found about the ledges anil caves below the ridge of the main
island, although invariably away feeding over Anthoney Island in the early
morning, It was interesting to note the far greater use of sheoak needles and
other organic matter in the nests of these birds on an island where good
binding earth is absent.

Crow, Corvus sp.

No specimens of the erow were taken, and in consequence a positive
identification was not made, Seven }irds roost regularly in two large sheoak
trees, just below the summit of the island. These trees contain several nests,
ouly one of whieh appears to have had recent use.

Nankeen Kestret, Paleo cenchroides Vigors and Horst.

A single specimen was seen preying on the lizard Rgernia whitii multi-
scutata which abounds,

Wuitn-heapep Osprey, Pandion haliaeius Lin,

A pair of these eagles has taken up permanent residence on the island,
and two enormons nests were found near the summit and another on Anthoney
Island. They undoubtedly take considerable toll of the young wallabies, as
numerous skulls and other wallaby remains were found about the nest sites.
Beneath several large sheoak trees, the remains of several large wallabies and

174 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

birds were found, and it is suspected that these trees are used as feeding trees
by one of the larger eagles, presumably the White-breasted Sea-eagle, Haliaeetus
leucogaster Gmelin. However, no specimens were seen.

Fairy Peneuin, Ludyptula minor Forst.

By day the penguins were found in burrows under rocks to a height of
about 350 feet. Although the breeding season appeared to have been completed,
several young specimens were found in breeding burrows high up on the island.
These juvenile and several moulting specimens were examined for exoparasites
and found to be badly infested, it being evident that they had not entered the
water for some time. These parasites were not present on fully feathered
specimens.

CapPE Barren Goose, Cereopsis novae-hollandiae Lath.

Three pairs of these fine birds were seen on Anthoney Island. They could
be approached quite closely before taking alarm.

Pactric Gut, Gabianus pacificus Lath.

This gull was numerous and a nest containing two well-developed young
was found on a rocky ledge on Anthoney Island. The amazing swallowing
powers of this bird were illustrated on several occasions when specimens pirated
our fish catch. Parrot fishes of up to three-quarters of a pound weight were
swallowed with apparent ease.

Sinver Guin, Larus novae-hollandtae Steph.

Big flocks visited the island of an evening and roosted on Seal Rock.

Crestep TERN, Sterna berg Lich.

Several small flocks were seen about Tapley Bay.

Sooty OysTeR-cATCHER, Haematopus unicolor Wagl.

Many were seen about the ledges of Tapley Bay and on several occasions
a pair waited about to clean up any surplus shell-fish bait after we had finished
fishing.

Murron Birp, Puffinus tenuirostris Temminck,

Contrary to expectations no Mutton Birds were found, although several
were observed flying about the boat as we approached Tapley Bay. On the
eastern end of the island a series of old nesting burrows was found, but it was
obvious that these had not been used for several seasons.

MITCHELL AND BEHRNDT—FAUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 175

REPTILIA.

Although present in great numbers, examples of only six species, represent-
ing two families of the Lacertilia were collected, Of these, two species of the
Scincidae are represented by single specimens. The gecko, Phyllodactylus
marmoratus Gray, and the skink, Uyernia whit Lacep., were the most abundant
species.

Except where a discussion on the synonomy has been introduced, only the
original reference to each species has been given for brevity.

SAURIA.
Family GECKONIDAE.,
PHYLLODACTYLUS MARMORATUS Gray.

Diplodactylus marmoratus Gray, 1845, Cat. Lizards, p. 149.

The gecko appeared to be the most abundant species and a large series of
specimens was collected. ‘They show no structural differences from mainland
specimens. The colouration is very variable.

Measurements of a large specimen: 97 (49-++-48) mm.—tail regenerated.

Family SCINCIDAE.
EGerNiA wait Lacepede,
Scineus whitvi Lacepede, 1904, Ann. Mus. Paris, iv, p. 192.

This species is also common, it being present in large numbers wherever
there is sufficient fallen timber or loose granite to provide cover. Contrary to
the findings of Proctor* all ten specimens collected show a more uniform
scalation than is normally found in mainland populations of this species.
Although some of the head-shields are often subdivided, the relative lengths of
the principal sutures are comparatively constant.

In general appearance these specimens closely resemble the typically
coloured mainland material with the usual light brown vertebral stripe, broadly
bordered on either side by a black stripe enclosing a series of light brown spots.
Ilowever, they show a marked inerease in the number of mid-body scale rows,
32-38 being the range generally quoted for the species, and 40-46 is the range
indicated by these ten specimens, The dominant mid-body seale count is 43.
Another outstanding difference is the relative proportions of the interparietal,

2See also Proctor, 1923, Trans, Roy. Sov. S.4,, xlyii, p. 80.

176 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

it being as wide as, or wider than, and only about two-thirds as long as the
frontal. The above differences make it apparent that the Greenly Island
population constitutes a distinct insular race and the name multiseutata is here
proposed for it.

EGERNIA WHITH MULTISCUTATA Subsp. nov.

Prefrontals, frontoparictals and interparictal distinet, the latter completely
dividing the parietals and making contact with the single pair of nuchals;
as wide as or wider than and only about two-thirds as lone as the frontal;
troutonasal separated from the frontal by the prefrontals which form a median

Wig. 2. Kgernia whitti natlisectulas dorsal wud dateral views uf the lead of the holotype
male (43 npprox.).

suture; in coutaet with the rostral. Limbs relatively long, when adpressed alone
the body they overlap, bringing the ankle and the wrist into contact. Five
supraoculars, second largest, ii contact with the frontoparietals 7-10 supra-
ciliaries, the first greatly enlarged; three temporals, posterior large, triangular.
Three or four white auricular lobules present, There are 43 smooth seales at
mid-body and 25-29 unicarnate lamellae under the fourth toe.

Colour: A light brown dorsal stripe broadly bordered on either side by a
dense black stripe enclosing a series of light brown spots. Remain¢der of dorsal
and lateral surfaces irregularly mottled with dark and light Drown, the darker
colour predominating, Auriecular lobules white and ai occasional white scale
in the dorso-lateral body area. Ventral surfaces a uniform light brown to grey
with a dark blue marbling wider the throat. One paratype male had a bright
orange ventral surface in life,*

MITCHELL AND BEHRNDT—FAUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 177

Distribution; Holotype, allotype and eight paratypes, S.A.M. R.2636,
Greenly Island, 8.A.

Measurements: Wolotype male. Total length; 214 mm.; body length:
88 mim.; tail length: 126 mm.; head length: 20 mm.; fore limb: 27 mm.; hind
limb; 89 mm,

TigMIERGIS PERONTI Fitz.
Seps peronii Vitzinger, 1826, Neue classif, Rept., p. 53.
Six specimens were taken on the main island. All are typical of mainland

specimens.
Measurements of the largest specimen: 138 (53--85) imm.—tail complete,

Raropena TeTRADACTYLA Lucas and Frost,

Rhodona tetradactyla Lucas and Frost, 1895, Proc, Roy. Soc., Viet., vii, p. 268,
and 1896, Rept. Horn Exp., ii. p. 142, pl. xii, fig. 3.
Rhodona frosti Zietz, 1920, Rec. South Aust. Mus, I, p. 217.

A single specimen was taken at the extreme peak of the island. It compares
well with the type description and figure. The four dorso-lateral series of spots
are confluent into lines.

Measurements: 70 (574-13) mm.—tail incomplete.

Since Loveridge® arrived at the conclusion that the elevation of Rhedona
and other former subgenera of Lyyosomea to full generic status would simplify
the classification, ftefradactyla is no longer pre-occupied, and must therefore
hold precedence over the new name, frosti, proposed by Zietz.

ABLEPHARUS GREYIT Gray.
Menetia greyit Gray, 1844, Zool. Erebus and Terror Rept., pl. v, fig. 4.

One specimen was taken in some sheoak debris a1 the camp. The general
colouration of this specimen closely resembles that of A. Lineo-ocellatus Dum.
and Bibr. with an irregular dorsal series of black spots and occasional ocelli.
However, it is immediately distinguished by the digits 5-+-4 and the unique
supra-ocwar scalation, The mid-body scale count of 22 appears to be very
constant in South Australian examples.

Measurements: 39 (29+-10) mm.—tail regenerating.

3 Loveridge, 1984, Bull, Mie, Comp. Zool, Harvard, Isxvii (6), p. 247,

178 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

ABLEPHARUS LINEO-OCELLATUS Dum. and Bibr.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellutus Boulenger, 1887, Brit. Mus. Cat., iii, p, 348 (syn.) ;
Zietz, 1920, Ree. 8. Aust. Mus.. i, p. 220.

Ablepharus linev-ocellata Proctor, 1923, Trans, Roy. Soe., 5. Aust., xlvii, p, 81.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus var. anonalus Boulenger, l.c., p. 349.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus anomalus Loveridge, 1934, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Txxvii, p. 377.

Ablepharus lineo-ocellalus var. adelwidensis Boulenger, 1.c., p, 349; Kinghorn,
1924, Ree. Aust. Mus., xiv, p. 181,

This lizard is fairly abundant along the main ridge of the islaud, although
exceedingly difficult to catch, as it disappears rapidly into the dense sheoak
debris upon approach. Only two specimens were captured.

The mid-body seale counts are 28 and 30 and the supra-nasals ate present
in both specimens. Some dorsal ocelli are present im the smaller specimen.

Measurements of the larger specimen: 97 (55--42) im.—tail regenerating.

Since the deseription of this species by Dumeril and Bibyon m 183%,
several attempts have been made to explain the large variation by dividing it
into races, In endeavouring to find the race to which the above specimens
belonged, a series of thirty-four examples from cighteen localities within South
Australia were examined with the following result. Mid-body scale connts of
26 (4 specimens), 28 (8 specimens), 80 (14 specimens), 82 (6 specimens) and
34 (2 specimens) were obtained, ‘I'wenty-cight of this series possess supra-
nasals, four do not and two have them present on one side and absent on the
other. The colouration is also very variable, fourteen being with and twenty
without the dorsal ocelli. Four specimens from widely separated localities in
Western Australia were kindly made available for examination by Mr. L.
CHauert of the Western Australian Museum. These four specimens appeared to
partially contradict the findings of Loveridge (1934), as all four possessed
supra-nasals and had the dorsal ocelli very conspicuous. ‘The mid-body seale
counts were 26 (3 specimens) and 28 (1 specimen). Kinghorn (1924) records a
specimen as ‘‘var adelaidensis” from Cranbrook, Western Australia whieh pos-
sesses supra-nasals and has only 20 mid-body seale rows; also one ‘typical’
specimen, presumably withont the supra-nasals fron Bornham, Western Aus-
tralia.

The above results, together with those obtained by Peters (1874), Boulenger
(1887), Loveridge (1934) and others, tend to indieate that this variation is m
no way correlated with locality and therefore of doubtful taxonomic significance.

MITCHELL AND BEHRNDT—FAUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 179

PISCES.

Owing to the limited time at our disposal and the absence of foreshore,
no attempt was made to obtain a marine collection. However, in our endeavours
to obtain fresh fish for food, several species were captured and a mention of
these may be of interest.

The bulk of the fishes obtained over the rocky, weedy bottom were Parrot
Fishes (Pseudolabrus) and four separate species were noted, P. fucicola
Richardson, P. miles Bloch and Schneider, P. punctulatus Gunther and
P. tetricus Richardson. The last-named was found to be the best food fish.
Also common in the deeper water is the Blue Groper, Achocrodus gouldit
Richardson, and several large specimens were caught. Two other species,
Threpterius maculosus Richardson and Scorpaena ergastulorum Richardson,
were also taken.

SUMMARY,

Notes are given concerning the physiographical features and fauna of the
little known Greenly Islands, South Australia. A seincid lizard (Egernia whitit
multiscutata) is described as new.

Note.: Greenly Island was gazetted ‘‘a closed area with respect to animals and birds
generally’? on October 28th, 1948.

A NEW SPECIES OF LYGOSOMA

By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary
Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) Taeniata sp. nov.

Description: The distance between the end of the snout and the forelimb is contained
one and one-half times in the distance between the axilla and the groin. Snout
moderate, obtuse; loreal region twice as long as broad; nasals making contact behind
the rostral; frontonasal broader than long, making contact at a point with the frontal;
frontal in contact with the anterior four of five supraoculars; nine or ten supraciliaries.
Frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, the latter shorter than the former, together
they are only 3/4 the length of the frontal; parietals making contact behind the
interparietal. Eight upper and eight lower labials, the sixth and seventh upper labials
subocular; the sixth making contact with, and the seventh separated by two small sub-
oculars from the lower eyelid. Temporals 1+2, the upper posterior very large. Ear
opening oval, with two large and three minute lobules anteriorly. 26 scales at mid-
body, vertebrals largest; four pairs of enlarged nuchals. Two enlarged preanal scales.
When adpressed along the body the hindlimb reaches beyond the elbow; toes slender,
subdigital lamellae sharply keeled, 22 under the fourth toe.

A NEW SPECIES or LYGOSOMA
By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, Sourn Ausrratian Museum,

LyaosoMA (SPHENOMORPHUS) AENIATA gp. NOY,

Description: The distance between the end of the snout and the forelimb
is contained one and one-half times in the distance between the axilla and
the groin. Snout moderate, obtuse; loreal region tice as long as broad; nasals
making contact behind the rostral; frontonasal broader than long, making
contact at a point with the frontal; frontal in contact with the anterior four
of five supraoculars; nine or ten supraciliaries, Frontoparictals and inter-
parietal distinct, the latter shorter than the former, together they are only
7 the length of the froutal; parietals making contact behind the interpacietal,
Eight upper and eight lower labials, the sixth and seventh upper labials. sub-
ocular; the sixth making contact with, and the seventh separated by dwo small
sub-oculars from the lower eyelid. Temporals 1-+2, the upper posterior very
large. Kar opening oval, with two large and three minute lobules anteriorly.
26 scales at mid-body, vertebrals largest; four pairs of enlarged nuchals. Two
enlarged preanal scales, When adpressed along the body the hindlimb reaches
beyond the elbow; toes slender, subdigital lamellae sharply keeled, 22 under the
fourth toe.

A light brown vertebral stripe is bordered on either side by two white
stripes of the same width. A further white stripe runs from behind each eye
dorso-laterally along the body, Between the white stripes is a regular brown
and white patterning; prominent brown and white vertical barring on the
flanks. Limbs with alternate chocolate and white longitudinal bands, Upper
labials and ventral surlaces white.

Measurements of the holotype (Revisterecl No, R2803 in the South Austra-
lian Museum) total length: 112 mm. body: 40 mm., tail: 72 wm,, fore limb: 11
mm, hind limb: 20 mm.

The type specimen was taken by the author in the Andamooka Ranges,
immediately west of Lake Torrens, South Australia, in September, 1948, Tt
was found abont six inches underground in a burrow of a geeko (Lucesius
damacus Lucas and Frost) a pair of which were found at the base of the burrow.

This lizard appears to be allied to Lygesome lesuew?) Dum. and Dibr. trom
which it differs in the greater number of supraoculars, lesser number of mid-
body scale rows, greater elongation of the loreal region and in colouration.
It is noted that the head shields of the holotype ave extremely regular eve
to the small seales surrounding the eyelids.

AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
FAMILY VOLUTIDAE

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In this paper an attempt is made to place the numerous species of Recent and Tertiary
Volutes in their correct genera. Most of them were originally described under the
generic name Voluta, but since then other genera have been introduced which show
the relationships of the different groups of species and help to explain their origin. An
extensive range of material examined by me in connection with work at the
Department of Mines, South Australia, has enabled many problems to be solved. The
protoconch type is used as the principal basis of classification, supported by general
features of the shell, with due consideration of its ancestry. The primititve sculpture
was probably of the kind found in the new genus Austrovoluta introduced in this
paper. It consists of spiral, spaced incisions, and sharp, spaced axial ribs. In Recent
genera the spirals are still found in Fulgoraria which also has another primitive
feature, that of the shallow anterior notch. The development of the axial ribs
frequently varies in specimens of the one species and may be strongly developed only
in the last whorl.

AUSTRALIAN RECENT ann TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
Famity VOLUTIDAE

By BERNARD C, COTTON, ConcHotocist, Sourn Ausrranin Museum,
Plates xiii-xvi.

INTRODUCTION

Ly this paper an attempt is made to place the numerous species of Recent and
Tertiary Volutes in their correct genera. Most of them were originally deseribed
under the generic name Voluta, but since then other genera have been introduced
which show the relationships of the different groups of species and help to
explain their origin. An extensive range of material examined by me in con-
nection with work at the Department of Mines, South Australia, has enabled
many problems to be solyed. The protoconch type is used as the principal basis
of classification, supported by general features of the shell, with due consicdera-
tion of its ancestry. The primitive sculpture was probably of the kind founcl in
the new genus Austrovoluta introduced in this paper. It consists of spiral, spaced
incisions, and sharp, spaced axial ribs. In Reeent genera the spirals are still
found in Fulgoraria which also has another primitive feature, that ol the
shallow anterior notch, The development of the axial ribs frequently varies im
specimens of the one species aud may be strongly developed only in the last
whorl.

In Adelamelon mayellanica the early part of the protoconch is horny. The
primitive protoeconch was probably small and shelly, but Tertiary and Recent,
Australian species Lave may comparatively large protoconchs, the maximum
in size being seen in Mamillanad mamitla, while in all Melo species they are
large. Trochiform, pupifomm and bulbous pretoconchs are found and form a
wood basis for classification,

The columellar plaits are usually consistent in uumber in a species hut
once in a while an individual may have one or possibly two extra plaits.
Different genera show greater or less development of the plaits so far as
solidity is concerned, The adduetor musele is small in the Volutidae so that
the plaits provide a greater surface ail attachment area for the musele.
Deeper-water genera usually have a correspondingly weaker system of plaits
while larger and heavier shells such as Welo and Cymbiola haye stronger plaits,

182 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genotypes and type localities are given here. Holotypes whieb are in the
South Australian Museum are indieated by their registration numbers. Concho-
logists recognize three subfamilies, Volutinae, Haliinae and Auriniinae, but only
one subfamily, Volutinae, is represented in Australia. Mierovoluta, genotype
Microvolula australis Angas 1877 from N.S.W., has been placed sometimes in
the Volutidae, subfamily Volutomitrinae, but it belongs to the Mitridae. A few
extra-Australian species are figured for comparative purposes. The plates
reproduced here are the work of Miss B. J. F. Newmau of the South Australian
Museu staff,

GEOGRAPHIC AND TIME RANGE.

Recent localities ave abbreviated; the initials referring to the Australian
continent as a whole, e.g. N.W.A. = North Western Australia, The range of
Tertiary species is indicated by the figures 1,2,5,4,5 each representing a marine
stage aceording to the following list;

1. Werrikooian, Upper Pliocene.
2, Kalimnan, Lower Pliocene,

5, Cheltenhamian, Upper Miocene.
4, Baleombian, Middle Miocene.

5. Janjukian, Lower Miocene.

It may be noted that none of the Tertiary species meutioned ocenr in the
Recent. Nine genera are known only from the Recent, one from the Mioeene
and Pliocene only, while seven range from the Lower Miocene to Recent and
one each from the Middle Miocene, Upper Miocene and Lower Pliocene to
Recent,

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

Lyria mitraeformis. The animal has a dark-cream foot with violet spots.
It has been taken at the following localities: Yankalilla Bay 10 fathoms, 20
fathoms, Rapid Head 9 fathoms, 12 fathoms, Kastern Cove, Kangaroo Island,
alive at low tide and down to 5 fathoms, dead af 9 fathoms, American River,
beach, Hardwicke Bay, large living. Luvestigator Straits alive in 15 fathonis,
dead 20 fathoms. Banks Island 10 fathoms, 1 juvenile alive, Spencer Gulf
13 fathoms, alive. Royston Ilead, 22 fathoms, alive. Port Lincoln 9 fathoms,
alive. Black Point 6 fathoms. Lacepede Bay. Point Sinclair abundant.
Port Hughes, Kingseote, Kangaroo Island, 8 fathoms, dead, Porpoise Head,
17 fathoms, alive, Sandbanks at Outer Harbour, lowtide mark, alive, Sub-
fossil on raised beaches, Murat Bay and dredged from sub-fossil deposits in the
Port River.

COTTON—-RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 183

Amorena undulata, The species is widely distributed in South Australia
being found on sand banks at low tides. It has been taken at the following
localities: Yankalilla Bay, 12 fathoins, American River Beach, Corny Point,
30 fathoms, alive. Baekstairs Passage 16 fathoms, 20 fathoms, alive. Gulf
St. Vineent 9 fathoms. Laecepede Bay, Eastern Cove, Kangaroo Island, alive
at low water, Spencer Gulf 21 fathoms, Investigator Strait 17 fathoms, St.
Francis Island Beach. Port Lincoln. Pondalowie Bay. Levens Beach. Goolwa.
In the Great Australian Bight, 100 to 105 fathoms.

Nannamoria guntheri. This species originally deserihed from Western
Australia is typically nodulose at the shoulder, has undulate axial lines and is
without the two chestnut spiral bands of N. adeochi. Specimens have been
taken at Middleton, Encounter Bay and Corny Point 80 fathoms. The variants
are as follows:

a. The typical yariant, deseribed above, validly angled just above the
sutures and in the posterior part of the body whorl. The angle is
coronate with eleven plicate tubercles. The ornament consists of rather
elose-set, axial brown lines, angled forward at the tubercles and back-
ward a little below the tubercles and backward again a little above
the columella plieae, and slightly forward midway between the latter
two angles.

bd. There may be no axial lines whatever, the shell being of a uniform
light-horn colour.

Nannamovria adeocki, This species was originally described from Middleton.
Tt has been taken at St. Francis Island, Port MacDonnell, Robe, Royston Heacl,
Corny Point, Vivonne Bay, Gulf St. Vincent, and also dredged in Investigator
Straits 22 fathoms, Backstairs Passage 22 fathoms, Newland Head 20 fathoms,
Cape Borda 55 fathoms, Point Marsden 15 fathoms, There are some variants,

m The shoulder is nodulose; there are two spiral brown lines of which
the upper is the narrower, situated just below the angle and just above
the plicae where the axials are angled backwards.

b). The axials may be accurately interrupted along a spiral line midway
between the two spiral brown lines, with more axials above the line
than below.

c. The axials may be more wavy than angled and the waves in different
shells may have a very different excursion.

d, There may be no tubercles on the sheli and the angle may be quite
rounded, the colour markings being still typieal,

184 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

Remarks on Nannamoria adcocki & N. gunthert were published in the S.A.
Naturalist 24, No. 4, p. 15 and they are included in this general review with
slight adjustments.

Famity VOLUTIDAE.
Subfamily VoLutinar,
Genus Vouurta Linne 1758.

Voluta Linne 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 729.

Genotype: Voluta musica Linne 1758. West Indies.

Remarks: Synonyms of the genus are Musica Bolten 1797, Chlorosina Gray
1858, Volutolyria Crosse 1877. The genus oceurs in the West Indies and West
Africa, but not in the Australian region.

Genus Lyrta Gray 1847.
Lyria Gray 1847. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 141.

Genotype: Voluta nucleus Lamarck 1811. Tropical seas.
Remarks: Otocheilus Conrad 1865 is a synonym.

RECENT.

mitraeformis Lamarck 1804. S.A. (type). W-.A., Vict., Tas. = mullicostata
Broderip 1827.

pattersona Perry 1811. N.S.W. (type), Q., N.A., S. Pae.

kimberi. Cotton 1932. 8.A. (type) D. 10185.

deliciosa Montrouzier 1859. Q., N. Caledonia (type).

nucleus Lamarck 1844. Q. (type).

TERTIARY.

acuticostata Chapman 1920. Baleombe Bay. 4. 5.

semiacuticostata Pritchard 1896. Table Cape. 5.
Genus Harproua Dall 1907.

Harpeola Dall 1907. Smith Mise. Coll. 48, 350.

Genotype: Voluta anna Lesson 1832 = V. costata Swainson 1849. Moluceas.
Remarks: A synonym is Harpella Gray 1858; not Harpella Schrank 1802
(Lepidoptera). The genotype is found in the West Indies.

TERTIARY.
harpularia Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4,5.
gemmata Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Upper Beds. 2.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 185

Genus Turnivotuta Von Martens 1897.
Ternivaluta von Martens 1897, Arch. f. Naturg. 63, 1, 177,
Genotype: Volute (Ternivoluta) studeri von Martens 1897, Queensland.

RECENT.
studert von Martens 1897. E. Aust., 36 fathoms, Q. (type).

Genus AUSTROVOLUTA gen, nov,

Genotype: Voluta antiscalaris MeCoy 1874. Fyanstord, Viet.

Shell attenuated anteriorly, spire moderately acute; body whorl and spire
whorls sharply angulated at the shoulder, which is set with short sharp conical
spines corresponding to the sigmoid acute, spaced axial ribs; another corres-
ponding set of short spines is situated just below the suture; axial ribs crossed
by numerous spiral sulci with flat intermediate spaces; columellar plaits three
ov fon, slender, widely separate and oblique, the posterior plait distinctly less
developed than the others; outer lip thin, smooth; protoconch obtusely rounded,
smnooth, of one-and-a-half whorls.

Remarks: The genus ranges from the Lower Miocene to the Upper Pliocene.
Tt is most nearly related to the European Tertiary genus Volutospina Newton
1906 (genotype Conus spinosus Linne), synonyms of which are Plejona Bolten
(pars) 1898 and Volutilithes Swainson 1840, not Swainson 1831 (genotype,
Voluta murieina Lamarek 1831). The protoconch of the European genotype
V. spinosus is sharp and small, not swollen at the tip, consists of two or three
smooth whorls and has one more whorl than in the Australian genus. This
difference certainly separates the Australian genus here deseribed. V. anti-
cingulata, V. levior, V. persuleata, and V. indivisa may all be variants of V.
antemgulata,

TERTIARY.
amitisealaris MeCoy 1874. Fyansford, Schnapper Point, 1, 4.
levior McCoy 1874. Mount Martha, 4.
antispinosus Tate 1899. Murray Desert 3.
anheingulata. MeCoy 1874. Bird Rock 4, 5.
agneut Johnston 1880. Table Cape 5.
indivisa. MeCoy 1874. Table Cape, 5, = persuleata MeCoy 1876. Spring
Creek 5,
Genus Ericusa Adams 1825,
Hrieusa HW, & A, Adams 1825. Genera Rec. Moll,. 2, 619.

Cenotype: Voluta payillosa Swainson 1820, Southern Australia,

186 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Remarks: The protoconch of EH. papillosa Swainson is shorter and _ less
oblique than that of HE. fulgetrwm though they are basically similar in form.
The difference does not warrant generic separation. The genus is well repre-
sented in the Miocene. There is a species found in the ‘‘ Adelaidean’’ (Pliocene)
but no complete specimens are available for the description; it may be
E. ancilloides Tate. V. crassilabrum may be a Mitra.

RECENT.

papillosa Swainson 1820. loc? (type). Tas., S.A., Vict., W.A. 100 fathoms? =
papillaris Reeve 1849, S.A. (type) — macquariensis Petterd 1879, W.
Tas. (type).

kenyoniana Brazier 1898. N.S.W., Viet. (type), W.A. 100 fathoms?

fulgetrum. Sowerby 1825. Loe.? (type) S.A., W.A., 120 m. W. of Eucla, 120
fathoms. var. lunisligata Vereo 1912. S.A. (type); var. punctisligata
Vereo 1912. S.A. (type); var. connectens Vereo 1912. S.A. (type);
var. bicincta Vereo 1912. S.A. (type); var. tricincta Vereo 1912. S.A.
(type) ; var. unicincta Verco 1912. S.A. (type) ; var. alba Verco 1912. S.A.
(type) ; var. dictua Vereo 1912. S.A. (type).

TERTIARY.

ancilloides Tate, 1889. River Murray Cliffs, 2,3, 4, 5.
pellita Johnston, 1880. Table Cape. 4,5.

allporti Johnston, 1880. Table Cape. 5.

ellipsoidea Tate, 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
crassilabrum Tate, 1889. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4.
fulgetroides Pritchard, 1895. Muddy Creek, Upper Beds. 2, 3.

Genus Mrsericusa Iredale, 1929.

Mesericusa Iredale, 1929. Rec. Aust. Mus., 17, No. 4, 181.
Genotype :Mesericusa sowerbyi perspecta Iredale, 1929. New South Wales.
Remarks: Mesericusa has a smaller protoconch than that of Hricusa and the

tip is exsert also the shell is narrower and differently shaped.

RECENT.

sowerbyi Kiener, 1839. S. Tas. (type). N. Tas., Vict. = fusiformis Angas,
1871, Tas. (type).

perspecta Iredale, 1929. N.S.W. (type).

TERTIARY.

halli Pritchard, 1896. Bird Rock, Lower Beds. 5.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 187

Genus Corronta Iredale 1934,
Cottonia Iredale 1934, S. Aust. Nat., 15, No. 2, 57.
Genotype: Scaphella dannevigt Vereo 1912.
RECENT.

nodiplicata Cox 1910. W.A., Rottnest Island (type). = dannevigi Verco 1912.
W.A. 90 miles west of Eucla, 105-77 fathoms (type).

TERTIARY.
heptagonalis Tate 1889, Murray Cliffs, Morgan. 4.
validicostata Dennant & Kitson 1908. vom. mut. = alticostala Tate 1889,

Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 3, 4, 5. (preoce.).
athinson’ Pritchard 1896, Table Cape, 5,

spencert Pritchard 1896. Table Cape. 5.
Genus PrrrogrpirA Harris 1897.

Pterospira Uarris 1897. Cat. Pert. Moll. Brit. Mus., pt. 1, 100.

Genotype: Voluta hannafordi MeCoy 1874. Muddy Creck,

Remarks: This genus seems closely allied to Cottonia judging from proto-
eonch features and even adult shell characters.

RECENT,

roadnightae McCoy 1881. Viet. (type). S.A.
TERTIARY.

hannafordi MeCoy 1874. Fyansford. 3, 4, 5.

gatlifi Pritehard 1898. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds, 4.
stephensis Johnston 1880. Table Cape, 5,
wynyardensis Pritchard 1913, Table Cape. 5.
mortoni Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4, 5.
macroptera MeCoy 1874. Bird Rock, Geelong. 5.

tenus MAMITLLANA Crosse 1871.

Mamillana Crosse 1871. Journ. de Conch., 2, ser. 3, 308.

Genotype: Voluta mamilla Gray 1859.

Remarks: The protoconech is exceptionally large and bulbous in this genus.
According to Mr. O. Singleton (verbal communication) there is a fossil speci-
men from Jemmy’s Point in the Cudmore collection, closely allied to IW, mamilla
Gray.

188 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

RECENT.
mamilla Gray 1859, N.S.W., Tas., Viet., S.A, N.A,, Q,

Genus Mero Humphrey 1797.
Melo Huwphrey 1797. Mus, Calonn.

Genotype: Voluta diadema Lamarck 1844, = V. eithara Solander 1786.
= V. amphora Solander 1786.

Remarks; The two species of Melo found in Northern Australia, WM. anpho-
rus and M. umbilicatus are separated by the wide mouth, elose coronation and
sunken spire of the latter species. The S.W. Australian species MW. georginae,
may be slightly different from MW. mucronatus. A photograph of a newly formed
egg capsule of Melo miltonis attached to a piece of limestone from the reef at
Ceduna, 8.A,, is reproduced here, Height 220 mm., width 114 mm. No vestige
of the protoconch is visible at this stage, but when the embryo is fully developed
and on the point of hatching the protoconch is about 26 mm, in length and
16:5 mm. in greatest width. A photograph of a capstle showing the proto-
conch fully developed was described and figured by the author in the Ree.
S. Aust. Mus., 6, No. 1, p. 101, pl. 4, fiz. 5, 6, 7, 1987. Further notes were
published in the same periodical 1944, 8, No. 1, 142.

RECENT.

amphorus Solander 1786. Q. (The Borine Globe) — flammewin Bolten 1798,
Indian Ocean, = diadema Tryon 1882, Indian Ocean. = diadema Lamarck
1844, Indian Ocean. = cithara Solander 1786, Indian Ocean.

wmnbilicatus Sowerby 1825, Q. (type) N.A. = ducalis Tamarek 1844, Moreton
Bay, Q. (type), N.A,

mucrondius Sowerby 1855, Moreton Bay, Q. (type). N.A. = georginde Gray
1834. Swan River (type), S.W.A,

miltonis Gray 1834. Swan River (type). S.W.A., S.A, = eylindratus Brode-
rip 1855. S.W.A,. (type).

Genus Cy pioua Swainson 1831.
Cymbiola Swainson 1882, Zool. Lilust., Ser. 2, 2, pl. 19, pl. 87,

Genotype: Voluta eymbiola Sowerby 1847. Moluceas,

Remarks: Synonyms are Awlica Gray 1847, Scapha Gray 1847. Vespertilio
Klein 1753. C. seafa and C. tissetina ave probably nodular and smooth forms
of the same species. The Tertiary species V. hanultonensis included here has a
rather large protoconch, and may not be congeneric. MeCoy mentions twa
variants of V. strophodon, a shorter and a longer spired form.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 189

RECENT.

deshayesi Reeve 1854. N.Q., N. Cal.

nuoriaenuna Gray 1859. N.W.A. (type) = grayi Crosse 1871. N.W.A.
nivosa Lamarek 1844, W.A,, Garden Island (type). = oblita Smith 1809, W.A,
norris Gray 1838. W-.A. Depueh Island (type).

pulchra pulchra Sowerby 1825. Q. Great Barrier Reef,

pulchrw wisemani Brazier 1871, N.Q. (type). N.E. Aust.

rutila rutila Broderip 1825, N.Q. (type).

rutila inexta Reeve 1849. Lonisade, New Guinea.

rutila ruckeri Crosse 1867, Q., New Guinea, Solomon Islands (type),
rossiniand Bernardi 1859. N. Cal.

sophia Gray 1846. N.A, (type). Q.

tissotina Crosse 1867. N.A. (type).

flavicans Gmelin 1791. N.A,, Q.

piperila Sowerby 1844. Q., New Georgia, Solomon Islands. = maegidlivrayi
Cox 1878, New Georgia, Solomon Islands. — ceraunia Crosse 1880.

imperiais Lamarek 1844. Philippines (type). N.A.?
irvinae Smith 1909, W.A. Rottnest Islands (type).
vespertilio Linne 1766. Ind. Ocean (type), NA.

nobilis Solander 1786, Polynesia, China, NA, — seapha Gmelin 1788,
scafa Solander 1886. N.A,
TERTIARY.

straphodon MeCoy 1876. Fyansford. 3, 4, 5.

weldit. Tenison Woods 1876. Table Cape, 2, 3, 4, 4.
stalida Johnston 1880. Table Cape. 5.

brevispira Pritchard 1913, Table Cape. 5.
intermedia Pritchard 1918. Table Cape, 5,
angustior Pritchard 1913, Table Cape. 5.

macdonaldi Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4.
unicifera Tate 1888. River Murray Cliffs. 3, 4, 5.
hamitlonensis Pritchard 1898. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4.

Genus Voturoconus Crosse 1871,
Volutoconus Crosse 1871. Journ. de Conch., 19, 306.
Genotype: Valuta coniformis Cox 1871,
RECENT.

coniformis Cox 1871, N.W.A., Nichol Bay (type).
hednalli Brazier 1879. NA, (type).

190 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TERTIARY.

limbata Tate 1888. Blue clays, Schnapper Point. 4.

ralpht Finlay 1930 = conoidea Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4
(preoec.), not Renier 1804 or Bose 1801.

Genus CympBrouacca Iredale 1929.

Cymbiolacca Iredale 1929. Rec. Aust. Mus., 17, No. 4, 181.
Genotype: Cymbiola complera Iredale 1924.

RECENT.
complexa Iredale 1924. Q., N.S.W., N. Cal. = punctata Swainson 1823. Not
Allan 1818.

Genus CyMBIOLENA Iredale 1929,

Cymbiolena Iredale 1929. Rec. Aust. Mus., 17, No. 6, 181.

Genotype: Voluta magnifica Perry.

RECENT.
magnifica Perry 1811. N.S.W. (type).

Genus Cymprouista Iredale 1929.

Cymbiolista Iredale 1929. Rec. Aust. Mus., 17, No. 4, 181.

Genotype: Voluta marmorata Swainson 1822.

RECENT.
marmorata Swainson 1822. Q.
hunteri Iredale 1931. N.S.W. (type).
Genus NoroprrLuM Finlay, 1926.
Notopeplum Finlay 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 57, 514.
Genotype: Scaphella victoriensis Cossmann 1899. Vict., Muddy Creek.
Remarks: The species of this genus have a shape like Amoria pallida Gray
and the protoconch, too, is somewhat similar.
RECENT.
translucidum Vereo 1896. S.A. (type).

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 191

TERTIARY.

victoriensis Crossman 1899, 4. = politum Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Lower
Beds. (preocee.),

protorhysum Tate 1889, Adelaide Bore. 5.

saginatum Finlay 1930. Table Cape. 5.

maecoyit Tenison Woods 1877. Table Cape. 5.

balcombensis Finlay 19380, Balcombe Bay. 4.

Genus ZEBRAMORIA Iredale, 1929,
Zembramoria Iredale 1929, Ree, Aust. Mus. 17, No, 4, 180.
senotype: Voluta ecbra Leach 1814. N.S.W., Q.
RECENT.
zebra Leach 1814, N.S.W., Q.
zebra dampieria Iredale 1914. N.W.A. (type).
zebra lineata Leach 1814. N.A. (type).
Genus ReLecamortia Iredale 1936.
Relegamoria Iredale 1936, Rec. Aust. Mus., 19, No. 5, 314.
Genotype: Relegamoria molleri Iredale 19386. New South Wales, 85 fathoms.
RECENT.
molleri Iredale 1936, N.S.W., 85 fathoms (type).
Genus AMorENA Iredale, 1929.
Amorena Iredale 1929. Rec. Aust, Mus., 17, No. 4, 180.

Genotype: Voluta wrdulata Lamarck 1804. Viet.
undulata Lamarck 1804, Viet. (type), NuS.W., S.A., Tas. WAL = angosi
Brazier 1876. N.S.W. (type).
king: Cox 1871, King Island, Bass Straits (type). Tas.
slateri Cox 1869, Tas (type).
macandrew. Sowerby 1882, W.A, (type).
TERTIARY.
musont Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Upper Beds. 2.
Genus NANNAMoRIA Iredale 1929.

Nannamorva Iredale 1929. Rec. Aust. Mus., 17, No. 4, 181.
Genotype: Nannamoria amicula Iredale 1929. N.S.W., 50-60 fathoms.

192 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genus NANNAMORIA ABSIDATA Sp. lov.
Pl. 14.

Shell ovately fusiform, rather thin, smooth, shining; proteconch broadiy
conical, of four smoothly flattened whorls, with an impressed suture; adult
whorls three-and-a-half, moderately convex anteriorly; seulpture of curved,
slender, rather angular axial costae, crowded on the posterior whorl, interspersed
with very fine accremental striae; last whorl slightly ventricose posteriorly,
gradually tapering anteriorly but still rather broad at the anterior end; aperture
elongate, three times the length of the spire; outer lip bevelled to a thin edge,
a little emarginate and ascending at the suture, almost stvaight medially,
patulous anteriorly; canal short, opened, turned to the right, seareely reverted;
columella arcuate towards the front, with four equidistant, equal, oblique plaits.

Height 69 mm., diameter 27 mm. Protoconch, height 5 mm,, diameter
5-5 mm,

Loe.: Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.

Remarks: N. absidata is related to N. livuta Jolnston 1880 from Table
Cape. The present species is more sirongly seulptured and the protoconch has
more whorls. The species was figured by Tate 1889 as N, Hirata Johnston, trem
a specimen in the Tate Museum,

RECENT.
amicula Iredale 1929. N.S.W., 50-60 fathoms (type).
guathert Smith 1886. W.A. (type). S.A,
adcocki 'Tate 1888. S.A, (type).
TERTIARY.
costellifera Tate 1889, Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4.
lirata Johnston 1880. Table Cape. 4, 5,
absidaia sp. nov. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4.
Genus Amora Gray 1855,

Amorta Gray 1855. Proc, Zool. Soc., 64.

Genotype: Voluta tw'neri Gray 1554. W.A,

Remarks: The protoconch of the rare species sl. ecoptanda is of the type
found in this species,

Genus AMORIA NEWMANAE Sp. hoy.
Pl. 13.

Shell rather small in size, fusiform, rather narrow, shoulder not angled but
gently curving into the general coutour of the shell, fairly solid, smooth and

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 193

polished, light cream-coloured, with close wayy, nut-brown axial lines, rather
irregular, forming U-shaped loops which in places coalesce, the next line giving
in some places au incomplete ringlike pattern; a few odd indistinct blotches
form two broken spiral bands on the body-whorl and there is a very narrow
series of more distinct but small blotches just below the suture; spine aceumi-
nated, rather sharply angled but the protoconch is small, blunt, aud polished,
the first whorl rather depressed, colour cream stained with brownish-violet,
the adult colouration commencing rather abruptly after the first four-and-a-
half whorls, aperture rather narrow, polished, light-brown coloured fading to
white at the outer lip; columella plaits four, forming a fasciole at the lower
portion, where they are produced unto the body whorl.

Height 66 mm., diameter 25 mm.

Loe.; North Western Australia,

Remarks: Holotype. Reg, No, D.14226, S.A. Mus. The species is probably
more like Amora turneri than any other species, but it has a peculiar colour
pattern, It is less like Ameria praelexta which has a tent-like decoration and
wider aperture.

RECENT.

pallida pallida Gray 1834, W.A. (type) = volva Chemnitz.

pallida turneri Gray 1834. W.A. (type).

pallida damoni Gray 1864, W.A, (type). = galliffi Sowerby 1910. N.A., Port
Keats (type), not galliffi Pritchard 1898, a fossil.

pallida elliatti Sowerby 1864. N.A. (type), W.A.

newmanae sp. nov. N,W.A, (type), NAL

janvrachi Gray 1864. W.A. (type), N.A.

carolé Iredale 1924. Q. = maculata Swainson 1882. Not Meuschen 1781,

spenceriana Gatliff 1908. N.Q. (type).

grossi Iredale 1927. Q. (type).

canaliculula MeCoy 1869, N.A,, Port Denison (type).

practerti Reeve 1849. NA. (type).

reevei Sowerby 1858. W.A.? (type). = hedleyt Iredale 1914. N.W.A. (type).
= reliculata Reeve 1843. Not Linne 1767.

ecoplanda Sowerby 1849. 5.A. (type), 5.W.A.

TERTIARY.

macrocephala, Finlay 1926. nom mut. 3. = eayitata Tate 1889. Murray
Desert, Well Sinking. 3. Not Voluta eapitata Perry 1811.

194 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genus Notovouuta Cotton 1946.

Notovoluta Cotton 1946. S. Aust. Nat., 24, No. 1, 15.
Genotype: Voluta kreuslerae Angas 1865. 8.A.

RECENT.

kreuslerae Angas 1865. S.A. (type).

verconis Tate 1822. S.A. (type).

occidua Cotton 1946. W.A., Hopetoun, 35 fathoms (type).

thatchert McCoy 1868. Bampton Reef, New Caledonia (type), Q.. D. 14221.
rossitert Brazier 1898. Vict. (type), D. 8322.

perplicata Hedley 1902. Q., Great Barrier Reef (type).

TERTIARY.

tateana Johnston 1880. Table Cape. 5.

cathedralis Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4, 5.
pagodoides Tate 1888. Aldinga, Lower Beds. 4, 5.

tabulata Tate 1888. Murray Desert, Well Sinking. 2, 3.
pseudolirata Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. 4.
cribrosa Tate 1889. Aldinga, Lower Beds. 5.

lintea Tate 1889. Murray Cliffs. 3, 4.

sarissa Tate 1889. Murray Cliffs. 4.

pueblensis Pritchard 1898. Lower Beds, Bird Rock. 5.
sexcuaplicata Chapman 1922. Muddy Creek, Clifton Bank. 4.

REFERENCES.

Tate, R., 1888. The Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia. Pt. 1,
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., 10, pp. 91-176.

Tate, R., 1889. The Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia. Pt. 2,
Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., 11, pp. 116-174.

Cotton, B. C., 1932. Notes on Australian Mollusca with descriptions of new
genera and new species. Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 4, pp. 537-547, fig. 1-9.
Smith, M., 1942. A Review of Volutidae. Published by the Beal-Maltbie Shell

Museum, Winter Park, Florida.
Cotton, B. C., 1946. Some Rare Southern Australian Shells. S. Aust. Naturalist.
24, No. 1, pp. 13-16.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xiii.

Amoria newmanae sp, nov, N.W.A, (X 0-94).
Cymbiola tissolina Crosse 1867. N.A. (X 0-5

6).
Amoria practerta Reeve 1849. N.A. (x 0-94),
Cymbiola nobilis Solander 1786. N.A. (X 0:56).
Amorena kingi Cox 1871. King Island. (x 0-56).
Cymbiolacca complexa Iredale 1924, Q. (XX 0-56).
Cymbiola scafa Solander 1786, N.A. (X 0-74).
Cymbiola vespertilio Linne 1766, N.A. (X 0-56)

() :
Cottonia nodtplicata Cox 1910. S.W.A. (xX 0-375),
Cymbiola wisemant Brazier 1871, N.Q. (xX 0-75)
Cymbiola piperita Sowerby 1825. N.Q. (x
Melo wmbilicatus Sowerby 1825, N.Q. (x
Melo amphorus Solander 1786, N.Q 0-19).
Cymbiolona magnifica Shaw 1801. N.S.W. (x 0-25).
Evicusa kenyoniana Brazier 1898, Viet. (> 0-375),

x

Plate xiv.

Harpeola harpularia Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds,
(X 1-5).

Nannamoria absidata sp. noy., (X 0-75).

Evicusa ancilloides Tate 1889, Murray Cliffs, (x 0-75).

Nannamoria costellifera Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.

x (0-75).

Amorend mason Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Upper Beds. (Xx 0°75).

Notovoluta tateana Johnston 1880. Table Cape. (x 0-75).

Notovoluta tabulata Tate 1888. Abattoirs Bore, (x 1:2).

Cymbiola weldii Tenison Woods 1876. Table Cape. (X 1:05).

Cottonia alticostata Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 0-4),

Notovoluta pseudolirala Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 0-75),

Cymbiola mucdonaldi Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds,
(X 0-875),

Notovoluta savissa Tate 1889. Murray Cliffs, (X 0-6).

Plerospira hainafordi MeCoy 1874. Fyansford, (X 0:87).

Notovoluta pagodoides Tate 1888. Muddy Creck, Lower Beds,
x 0-75),

Cobiecis heptagonalis Tate 1889, Murray Cliffs, Morgan.
(x 0-25),

195

196

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Plate xv.

Austrovoluta antiscalaris McCoy 1874. Vyansford, Schnapper
Point. (X 1-46).

Notovoluta cathedralis Tate 1887. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 0-825).

Pterospira mortoni Tate 1889. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 0-75).

Ericusa ellipsoidea Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 0:°675).

Austrovoluta anticingulata McCoy 1874. Bird Rock, Lower Beds.
(X 1:05).

Mesericusa halli Pritchard 1896. Bird Rock, Lower Beds. (x 0-3).

Notopeplum baleombensis Finlay 1930. Muddy Creek. (X 0-94).

Notovoluta lintea Tate 1888. Murray Cliffs. (x 1-9).

Notopeplum protorhysum Tate 1889. Adelaide Bore. (xX 0-97).

Pterospira macroptera McCoy 1874. Bird Roek, Geelong.
(X 0-82).

Volutoconus limbata Tate 1888. Blue clays, Schnapper Point.
(X 1-57).

Austrovoluta antispinosus Tate 1899. Murray Desert. (x 0-75).

Cymbiola strophodon McCoy 1876. Fyansford. (xX 1-4).

Ericusa crassilabrum Tate 1888. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 5-4).

Volutoconus ralphi Finlay 1930. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds.
(X 1:3).

Plate xvi.

Newly-laid egg-capsule of Melo miltonis Gray, attached to a piece
of reef limestone. Ceduna, S.A. (x 0°7).

Ree SA, Moanin Von. IX, Peate NUIT

Kre. S.A. MUSEUM Vor, IX, PLATE NIV

harpularis BnGidsta aneilioides emeeatellifer&® miscani

macdoneldt Saris ws hannaterdi

XV

IN, PLATE

Von.

MUSEUM

S.A.

Oil

ophecon

str
a

eu

ntispinosus

N

=)

S.A. MUSEL

Vou. IN Viare

NVI

AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
FAMILY MARGINELLIDAE

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In the “South Australian Naturalist” 1944 the author gave a preliminary survey of the
genus Marginella recording ninety-two Recent species from Australia. Since then C.
F, Laseron 1948 has studied the New South Wales fauna and his excellent work has
been published in the “Records of the Australian Museum.” Opportunities afforded
during work on bore material at the Mines Department of South Australia enabled me
to examine many Tertiary specimens of this family. Tertiary species are small and
most bore specimens are found in good condition. They are, therefore, good indicators
for stratigraphic purposes.

AUSTRALIAN RECENT ano TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
Famity MARGINELLIDAE.
By BERNARD C, COTTON, Concuotoaisr, Sourn AusrrALIAN Museum.

Plates xvil—xx.

INTRODUCTION.

Dy the ‘‘South Australian Naturalist’? 1944 the author gave a preliminary
survey of the genus Marginella recording ninety-two Recent species from
Australia. Sinee then C. F. Laseron 1948 has studied the New South Wales
fauna and his excellent work has been published in the ‘‘Records of the
Australian Museum.’’ Opportunities afforded during work on bore material
at the Mines Department of South Australia enabled me to examine many
Tertiary specimens of this family. Tertiary species are small and most bore
specimens are found in good condition. They are, therefore, good indicators
for stratigraphie purposes.

Figures of Tate’s Tertiary species reproduced here are prepared by Miss
B. J. F. Newman from the type tablets in the Tate Museum, University of Ade-
laide, kindly lent by Sir Douglas Mawson. A number of Table Cape fossils
and a magnificent range of Recent exotic species in the May collection, also a
selection of Tate’s Muddy Creek fossils all in the South Australian Museum
provided valuable specimens for study.

From the few references listed at the end of this paper practically all
information on nomenclature and descriptions of species can be obtained, and
others can be traced in the Zoological Record from the dates given. Many
individual localities of species from Southern Australia are recorded in the
*‘South Australian Naturalist.’’ Certain species are figured here, some for
the first time and the rest for comparative purposes, since in a difficult family
of this nature a good figure is much more satisfactory than the longest descrip-
tion. The animal of M. mustellina Angas was described by Hedley in 1916
and that of MW. weedingi by myself in 1944.

THE GENERA.

The margin shells belong to the family Marginellidae and there are about
one thousand specific names recorded, many of them synonyms. Particulars

198 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of the genera belonging to the family are now considered. It is doubtful
whether any of the named ‘‘genera’’ other than Marginella used in the wide
sense are represented in Australia. Marginella itself has a dozen ‘‘subgenera”’
and it would be difficult and probably inaccurate to even allot Australian species
to any of these subgenera.

Genus PrrstcuLA Schumacher, 1817.

The genotype is P. persicula Linne from Cape Verde Island off West
Africa. Other species are found in the West Indies, Pacifie Coast of Mexico,
Brazil, Mediterranean, Honduras, Borneo and California. Marginella ovulum
Sowerby, placed in my Group E. and Marginella deburghi Adams, Marginella
pulchella Kiener belonging to Group F. have sometimes been placed in this
genus.

Genus Rapicna Gray, 1857.

The genotype is R. interrupta Lamarck, from the West Indies. The few
species belonging to this genus, regarded as a section of Persicula are distinct
from any Australian Marginella.

Genus GIBBERULA Swainson, 1840.

The genotype is G. oryza Lamarck from Senegal. It is probably a subgenus
of Persicula. The species Marginella infelix and M. angasi placed in my Group
D., have sometimes been placed in this genus.

Genus Cysticus Stimpson, 1865.

The genotype is C. capensis Stimpson from South Africa. The genus is
allied to Gibberula and there are no Australian species.

Genus GisBeruLina Monterosato, 1884.

The genotype is G. clandestina Broechi from West Africa and the Mediter-
ranean. A synonym is Mervia Dall 1920, also Marginellopsis Bavay 1911.
Genotype M. serrei Bavay is also closely related. There are no Australian
species.

Genus MaraineLuona Martens, 1903.

The genotype is M. gigas Martens. Sombrero Channel, Nicobars, dredged
805 m. This genus probably belongs to the Volutidae.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 199

RECENT SPECIES.
Genus Maratnetua Lamarck, 1801.

The genotype is Voluta glabella Linne 1758 from West Africa, The
genotype is a large shell up to two inches in length, smooth, polished, without
surface sculpture, spire elevated of about four whorls, colour pattern variegated
with a subsutural narrow dark brown band. It ranges down the coast of West
Africa, Canary Islands and is a fossil in the late Tertiary of Italy. A synonym
of this genus is Pseudomarginella Maltzan, 1880. There are a number of
‘“sections’’ ‘‘
loeality following.

subgenera,’’ ete., which are here listed with the type species and its

Canalispira Jousseaume, 1875. C. olivellacformis Jousseaume, West Africa.

Crystospira Hinds, 1844. C. quinqueplicata Lamarck. Bay of Bengal,

Glabella Swainson, 1840. = Prunwm H. & A. Adams, 18538. = KHgociena Jous-
seaume, 1875. G, prunum Gmelin. West Indies,

Closia Gray, 1857. C. sarda Wiener, Ceylon.

Bullata Jousseaume, 1875. = Volutella Swainson, 1820, not Perry, 1811, B.
bullata Born. Brazil.

Hyalina Schumacher, 1817. = Neovolvaria P. Fischer, 1883. H. pallida Linne.
West Indies.

Balanetta Jousseaume, 1875. B. bayle: Jousseaume (error for baylii 1875), Loc?

Volvarina Hinds 1844. V. triticea. Lamarek. Senegal.

Serrata Jousseaume, 1875. 8. serrata Gaskoin. Mauritius.

Eratoidea Weinkauff, 1878. EH. margarita Kiener. West Indies.

Faba P. Fischer 1883. , faba Linne. Senegambia.

Australian species have been placed in some of these ‘‘genera’’, ‘‘sub-
genera’’ or ‘‘sections’’ but no satisfactory classification has so far been formu-
lated. As in my previous paper I separate the Australian Marginella species
into ‘‘Groups.’’ This method of classification seems to be the only solution
and it has the approval of other Conchologists. Mr. C. F. Laseron, 1948,
writes: ‘‘Cotton in his paper has used such groups as a guide to the student
of local species, and that is all that is necessary, at least until our knowledge
of their anatomy and life history is much further advanced.’’ Most earlier
Tertiary species of Marginella both European and Australian seem to belong
to the Group having the triangular shape and laterally expanded outer lip.

Four new Recent species are here described.

MARGINELLA NEWMANAE Sp. noy.

PI. xx.

Holotype. W.A. Esperance. Reg. No. D. 14229 S.A. Museum. Shell large,
pyriform to subovate, cream colour; columella convex above, slightly concave

200 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

below; plaits seven small, the lower two stronger than the others; outer lip
thickened, curved, rising a little above the level of the spire, finely denticulate
auteriorly ; aperture narrow. Tleight 9 mm., diameter 5 mm.

Loc. Beachport 110 fathoms, 150 fathoms, 200 fathoms, Cape Jaffa 130
fathoms, Neptune Islands 104 fathoms, Gulf St. Vineent 14 fathoms, Cape
Borda 60 fathoms, W.A., forty miles west of Eucla, 120 fathoms, 72 fathoms,
Esperance,

Remarks. More pyriform than M. porcéella and with more eolimella plaits,
and the outer lip is yery finely denticulate anteriorly,

MARGINELLA BACA sp, noy,

PI. xx,

Holotype. Tas., Cape Pillar 100 fathoms. Reg, No, D, 14227 S.A. Museum.
Rather narrowly ovate, fairly thin, smooth, lustrous white; spire short, apex
large, covered with a pad of enamel; mouth long and narrow a little broader
anteriorly than posteriorly; outer lip thin but a little thickened within;
columella with three plaits. Tleight 4:3 mm., diameter 2-5 mm.

Remarks. As mentioned by Laseron this Tasmanian species is quite
distinct from MW. agapeta, M. bace is narrower and more fragile, but it belongs
to the same group as WM. agapeta.

MARGINELLA SICA Sp, nov.
Pl, xix.

Holotype. W.A., Euela, 200 fathoms. Reg. No. D.14230 8.A, Musenm.
Shell small, narrow, pyriform, smooth, shining, white; spire rather exsert,
whorls four, body whorl angled at the shoulder, sharply tapering anteriorly ;
columella almost straight with four, strong, spaced plaits; outer lip strongly
thickened and widely reflected, obscurely irregularly denticulate on the inner
edge; aperture long und narrow, the space between the outer lip and columella
remaining the same for the entire length; suture simple, Height 5 mm., diameter
2°9 mim.

Loc. W.A., Enela 72, 80, 100 and 200 fathoms, 8.A., Newland Tlead 104
fathoms, Beachport 110 fathoms.

Remarks. The shell is like a minature J. vereot but it has simple sutures,
not emarginate as in that species, and the outer lip is obsoletely denticnlate and
has not the six rerular denticles seen on the outer lip of M. vercar.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 201

Pl. xx.

MARGINELLA PATRIA sp. nov.

Holotype. W.A., Hopetoun, 35 fathoms. Reg. No, D. 14228, S.A. Museum.
Shell small, narrowly biconic, smooth, shining, white; spire short; whorls three,
body whorl shouldered, tapering very gradually anteriorly; aperture narrow;
outer lip moderately thickened, very finely denticulate; columella with four
weak plaits. Height 4 mm., diameter 2:3 mm.

Loc, W.A., Hopetoun, 35 fathoms, 8.A. Neptunes 104 fathoms, Cape Borda
55 fathoms.

Remarks, The species resembles M. caducocincta but it is narrower, has
weaker columella plaits, no colour bands and the outer lip is very finely
denticulate. There is a tendency to develop accremental striae which are visible
with the & 10 Jens. On examining specimens of M. caducocincta ecotypes from
Tasmania it seems probably from the fact that some are narrower and without
colour bands that M, patria occurs there, too. The Western Australian species
here described was originally identified as M. caducocincta. '

SUMMARY OF RECENT SPECIES.
Group A.

Shell with prominent spire, smooth, not colour banded, angled at the
shoulder or convex. Typical species, Marginella muscaria Lamarck.

M. muscaria Lamarck 1822. Tas., Maria Island (type). Vict., N.S.W. The
largest species of this group.

M, johnston Petterd 1884. Tas., N.E. Coast (type). Vict., N.S.W., S.A., beach
to 55 fathoms. The species lives in shallow water and is fairly common,
rarer dredged. Smaller and less strongly developed features than
M. muscaria.

M. tasmanica Tenison Woods 1875. Tas., Long Bay (type). Vict., N.S.W.
Smaller and narrower than M. muscaria.

M. tridentata Tate 1878. S.A., Aldinga (type), beach down to 300 fathoms.
W.A., beach down to 72 fathoms. Narrow conical shape, three plaits,
denticulated outer lip.

M. mixta Petterd 1884. Tas., South and Eastern Coasts (type). Separable
from M. tridentata by the lack of denticulations on the outer lip, more
delicate yellowish brown shell.

M. pygmaeoides Singleton 1937. Vict., Port Phillip (type). Tas., S.A., beach
to 22 fathoms,

202

M.

M,

M.
M.

Mu

+

M,

M.

M.

M.

M.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

schoutanica May 1913. Tas., three miles east of Schouten Island, 40 fathoms
(type). -Viet., N.S.W., S.A., 62 to 130 fathoms, Narrower than M.
pygmacoides with tour strongly aseending plaits reaching half the way up
the columella,

. consobrina May 1911. Tas., seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms

(type). Outer lip convexly curved, four narrow plaits, upper one thin,
almost invisible from the front.
verem May 1911, 'as., seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type).
Broadly shouldered over the aperture, rounded whorls, columella exeavate
and bearing four plaits, smaller and wider spaced as they aseend, inner
edge of outer lip with six denticles near the middie of its length.
siea sp, nov, W.A,, Euela, 80 fathoms. Like a miniature Jf. vercor.
ineonspieud Sowerby 1846. N.S.W., Ballina (type). Tas., Viet. Recognised
by J. R. Le B. Tomlin as belonging to the Sydney fauna, Smaller and
shorter spired than M. pygmucoides. There are three obscure pale brown
spiral colour bands on good specimens, M. inconspicua Nevill 1874, Mauri-
tius, is a different species and if is correctly named M, nevilli Jousseatune
1875,
victoriae Gatliff and Gabriel 1908, Viet., Western Port, dredged (type).
N.S.W. Small, white, shining smooth, much smaller than MW. pygmaeoides,
trénslucida Sowerby 1846. N.S.W. (type?). Larger than MW. pygmaeoides.
A synonym is MJ, volutiformis Reeve 1865. N.S.W. (type).
alta Watson 1886, Qld., Raine Island, Cape York, 155 fathoms (type).
Larger and narrower than J. valida, mouth wider.

_ carinata Smith 1891, N.S.W,, off Sydney 410 fathoms (type), Angle of

the whorls carinate,

. fusiformis Hinds 1844. Bast Indies, Strait of Malacea, 17 fathoms (type)

Qld. Long, narrow and fusiform.

_ humerica Lasevon 1948. N.S.W., Port Macquarie, 12 fathoms (type). Close

to M. translucida, but M. humerica is larger and has a larger aperture and
more prominent shoulder.
punicea Laseron 1948, N.S,W., Jervis Bay (type). The species seems close
to M. tasmaniea but the outer lip is less prominent at the shoulder,
pipire Laseron 1948, N.S,W., Twofold Bay, 60 fathoms (type). Somewhat
intermediate in shape between M. punieca and M, tasmaniea,
quinqueplicata Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Twofold Bay, 5 fathoms (type),
This species resembles WM. turbinata but has five plaits,

CoTrroN—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 203
Group B.

Shell with prominent spire, axial plicae on the shoulder of the whorls,
which are angled or convex above. Typical species Marginella fornicula
Lamarek. ‘*Prunwn’’ H. & A. Adams 1853 is of this shape.

M. formicula Lamarck 1822. Tas., Maria Island (type). Vict. Spire exsert
whorls angled, columella four plaited and inner lip smooth, plicate body
and spire whorls.

M. georgiuna May 1915, Tas., Southport, near George ITI. Reef, 15 fathoms
(type). Differs from MW. formicula in the more delicate, much narrower
shell, much less strongly axially plicate. and longer in the spire.

M. practermissa May 1916, Tas., East Coast (type). Vict. Bigger and thicker
than M. formicula, axial plicae are less developed. May’s eotypes are
from Eagle Hawk Neck.

M. leia Cotton 1944. S.A., Beachport, 150 fathoms (type). This species is
smaller than JZ. pattisoni and has the appearance of being perfectly smooth
and. polished in the typical form, though under > 10 magnification almost
obsolete axial plications may be discerned, while in the other extreme form
the plications are just visible to the naked eye.

M. turbindla Sowerby 1846. N.S.W., Middle Harbour, Port Jackson (type),
beach to 85 fathoms. Tas., Viet. Slightly plicated on the shoulder, turbinate
in shape, outer lip thiek, smooth, angulated posteriorly. Angas located
the species as from the aboye type locality. On the back of the type tablet
of M. turbinata in the British Museum is ‘‘ MW. albind Gaskoim’’ and that
name is regarded as a synonym though Gaskoin incorrectly gave N.W.
Australia as the type locality.

M, pattisoni Cotton 1944. 8.A., Encounter Bay (type), alive in shallow water.
This species differs from M. turbinata in being more pyriform, wider, white
in eolow and smaller.

M. pusilla Laseron 1948. N.8.W., Twofold Bay, 60 fathoms (type). Smaller
than M. turbinata but approaching MW. pattisoni which is a somewhat larger,
shallower water species.

Grove C.

Shell with very long spire giving a biconie shape, smooth, colour banded,
plaits three or four on the lower half or middle of the columella, Typical
species Marginelia maugeanua Iedley.

204 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

M, maugeana Hedley 1915. Tas., seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms
(type). N.S.W. Narrower thau I. mayi with weaker, closer plaits situated
more towards the middle of the columella. M. maugeana is a new name for
M, gracilis May 1911, not Adams 1850,

M. gabrieli May 1911. 'as., seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type).
Viet., S.A, beach to 40 and 150 fathoms, N.S.W. Small, with narrow
orange bands,

M, caducocincta May 1916, Tas., Thouin Bay, 10 fathoms (type). Viet, Not
typical of the group, but it is more pyriform and shorter spired. Faintly
colour banded or unicoloured. S.A, and W.A. specimens are in poor eon-
dition and their identification is doubtful,

M. lodderae May 1910, Tas,, seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type),
S.A, 100 fathoms to 104 fathoms. W-A. Fusiform, spire long.

M, dentiens May 1911, Tas., seven miles east of Cape Pillay, 100 fathoms (type).
More cylindrical in shape than M, lodderae, immer lip denticulate,

M. kemblensis Hedley 1903. N.S8.W,, Port Kembla, 63 to 75 fathoms (type).
Tas. The tall spire and the tooth on the outer lip distinguish this species,
Some are faintly three banded with pale brown.

joffa Cotton 1944, S.A., Cape Jaffa, 130 fathoms (type). S.A., 110, 150,
and 200 fathoms. W.A, This species differs from M. kemblensis in having
a wider and longer aperture, and is less strongly developed in all respects.
A macromorph from the type locality compares in size with the adult I,
hemblensis but the distinguishing features mentioned are still present in
this specimen,

M. allporti Tenison Woods 1876, Tas,, Long Bay, D’Entrecasteanx Channel
(type). Viet. S.A., dredged 5 fathoms to 200 fathoms. W.A, More convex
shape than M. kemblensis, thieker shell, and shorter spire. Orange banded,
and a tooth in the inner lip, The species was listed previously from Cape
Wiles only in S.A.. and not at all from W.A,

M. mayi Tate 1900, Tas., Frederick Henry Bay (type). N.S.W., Viet., 8,A.,

15 fathoms to 800 fathoms. W,A, South Australian specimens are trans-
lucent horn coloured in life, spive one-third the length of the shell, acere-
mental striae visible, aud rust coloured colour bands. The length and
breadth vary, and the outer lip may be smooth or finely denticulate.

walker? Smith 1899, Baudin Island and Uolothuria Banks, N.W.A, (type).

Long and biconical, spire long, four plaits on the columella, outer lip
denticulate,

M. patria sp. nov. W.A,, 35 fathoms, Hopetoun, S.A. Related to MW. caducocineta
but narrower and having weaker coluvella plaits aud no colour bands.

M

M

COTTON—-RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 205

M. cuneata Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Twofold Bay, 5 fathoms to 20 fathoms
(type). This species is most nearly related to M. jaffw but is larger and
has no tooth on the inside edge of the outer lip margin.

Group D,

Shell with very short spire, subovate, smooth unicoloured. Typical species
Marginella olivella Reeve 1865,

M. olivella Reeve 1865. N.S.W., Port Jackson (type). Shell narrow with
nearly straight sides, shoulder at top of aperture rather square.

M. connectans May 1911. Tas., seven miles east of Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms
(type). Vict. S.A., 55 fathoms to 104 fathoms. Somewhat cylindrical in
shape and intermediate between M. shorehami and M. angasi. Two speci-
mens have been picked out from the Vereo dredgings.

M. freycineti May 1916. Tas., Thouin Bay, 40 fathoms (type). Vict. S.A., 40
fathoms to 200 fathoms. Smaller than J. connectans, less cylindrical in
shape, longer spire and three instead of four plaits on the columella.

M. incerta May 1920. Tas., Thouin Bay, 40 fathoms (type). Differs from M.
freycinetéi in the longer spire, more curved columella, with only two plaits
and the broader though similar sized shell.

M. agapeta Watson 1886. N.S.W., Port Jackson, 35 fathoms (type). Tas. Vict.
Larger and narrower than M. freycineti, but having three plaits. There are
two specimens labelled ‘‘Port Jackson’’ in the S.A. Museum collection.
They are typical.

M. eucla Cotton 1944. W.A., eighty miles west of Eucla, 80 fathoms (type),
Hopetoun. §.A., 10 fathoms to 200 fathoms. Smaller than WM, agapeta,
more delicate, three subequal plaits on the columella.

M. altilabra May 1911. Tas., ten miles east of Schouten Island, 80 fathoms
(type). S.A., 40 fathoms to 200 fathoms. Narrower anteriorly than
M. stilla, lip angle very high and great forward curve, weaker plaits and
smooth outer lip margin. (Hedley as M. stilla from 8.A., Cape Wiles, 100
fathoms).

M. stilla Hedley 1903. N.S.W., Port Kembla, 63 fathoms to 75 fathoms (type).
Viet. The outer lip curves out from the body of the shell and does not pro-
ject at an angle as in M. altilabra.

M. diplostreptus May 1916. Tas., Port Esperance 24 fathoms. (Type M. bipli-
cata Tate and May 1900). S.A., 10 fathoms to 100 fathoms. Vict., W.A.
Typically with two plaits at the posterior end of the columella. S.A. speci-
mens, like those recorded from Black River Beach, North-East Tasmania,
near Circular Head, have a tendency to develop a third plait, which is weak
and posterior to the other two.

206 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

M, subbulbosa Tate 1878. S.A., Wauralte, West Coast (type). 8.A., beach to
200 fathoms. N.S.W., W..A., Viet, Consistently smaller and more rotund
than I. beddamei,

M, heddomet Petterd 1884. Tas., South Coast (type), NSW, This common
Rastern Tasmanian shell has been confused with W. subbudbosu. 1. is livate
within the aperture,

M, shrangei Angas 1877, N.S.W., Sow and Pigs Reef, Port Jackson (type).
Vict. Shorter than MW. subbulbosa, with strong plaits on the columella and
a thickened outer lip which is not denticulate.

M. subauriculata May 1916. Tas., Thouin Bay, 40 fathoms (type). Viet. S.A,
40 fathoms to 150 fathoms. W.A. Short and broad, very variable posterior
angle of the onter lip produced a little posteriorly, spire minute, six plaits
on the columella, Cape Pillar shells are larger, while S.A. specimens are
narrower, showing a little more spire.

M, lubvica Petterd 1884. Tas., Brown's River 6 fathoms (type). Onter lip
somewhat convex, two plaits,

AM. angasi Crosse 1870. N.S-W., Pott Jackson (type). Tas, Viet. Slightly
trigonal in shape, plaits four to seven, more developed anteriorly, weaker
posteriorly. Synonyms are J. simsoni Tate & May 1900, Tas., Lone Bay,
7 fathoms, and M. minjma Petterd 1884, Tas. There is also an elongate
yaviant of the M. simsont in Tasmania.

M. shorehami Pritchard and Gatliff 1899. Viet., Shoreham Beach, Wester
Port Bay (type). §,A., 10 fathoms to 110 fathoms. W.A. Narrower
than M, angasi, variable. Plaits in the adult number from two to thirteen,

M. ringens May 1919. Tas., Kelso, Tamar Heads (type). Lareer apertire
and broader than M. angasi, outer lip denticulate.

MW, abesula May 1919. Tlas., Frederick Tlenry Bay (type). Differing from
M. lubrica in the vonnder shell, sharper spire and denticulate outer lip,
Tt may be only a variant.

M. branchia Watson 1886. Qld, Raine Island, Torres Strait, 154 fathoms (type).
Somewhat like M. freycineli May 1916 but with four plaits.

M. pachiw Watson 1886, Qld., Raine Island, Torres Strait, 155 fathoms (type)-
Resembles M, angasi but shorter with a more curved mouth.

M, elliottic Cotton 1944, nom. nov. for M. denticulala Tate 1878, not Link
1807 nov Conrad 1830, 8.A., Wauralte, West Coast (type loc.). S.A.
beach to 800 fathoms, Small. Less trigonal in shape than M, angasi,
dentiewlate outer lip, fonr plaits.

M. infelix Tousseanme 1875. N.S.W. (type). Viet. Shell broader than M,
olivella and somewhat rounded, A synonym is M. simplex Reeve 1865 Aust,
(type) not Edwards 1852,

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 207

M. procella May 1916. Tas., South East, Storm Bay, 24 fathoms (type). Vict.
There is a sinistral specimen in the $.A. Museum collection. This Tasmanian
species is smaller and differently shaped from M. infelix ov M. olwwella.

M. newmanae sp. nov. W.A., Esperance (type). S.A., 14 to 200 fathoms. The
species is described above.

M. frequens Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Sydney, 30 to 50 fathoms (type). Smaller,
whiter than M. strange.

M, binivitta Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Cape Jervis Bay (type). Has a still higher
and more expanded aperture than MW. antilabra May.

M. sinwata Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Point Halliday (type). Related to M,
frequens but M. sinwuata has stronger and more widely spaced columella
plaits.

M. sinapi Laseron 1948, N.S.W., Sow and Pig Reef (type). Has a narrower
aperture than MW, subbulbosa.

M. parsobrina Laseron 1948. N.S.W. Cookhaven (type). Differs from JZ. sinapi
in having a narrow sloping shoulder at the top of the aperture.

M. nielseni Laseron 1948, N.S.W., Bateman Bay, 25 to 60 fathoms (type).
Resembles M. flindersi Pritchard & Gatliff 1899 but the present species has
three instead of two columella plaits.

M. melania Laseron 1948. N.S.W., North Harbour, Port Jackson (type). The
animal is black, not bright red as in M. angasi which the shell features
recall, except that in M. melania the shoulder of the aperture is a little
higher.

M. baca sp. nov. Tas., Cape Pillar 100 fathoms (type). Described above, The
species is narrower and more delicate than WM. agapeta from N.S.W.

Group KE.

Shell with depressed spire, outer lip produced beyond or level with the
posterior end of the body of the shell. Typical species Marginella tomliniana
May.

M. tomliniana May 1917. Tas., Thouin Bay, 40 fathoms (type). Long and
narrow, outer lip extending well posteriorly, spire hidden. New name for

M, awriculata May 1916.

M. indiscreta May 1911. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type). 8.A.,

55 fathoms. Outer lip more produced posteriorly than in M. cratericula.
M. cratericula Tate and May 1900. Tas., D’Entreeasteaux Channel, 10 fathoms

(type). N.S.W., Vict., S.A., 35 fathoms to 100 fathoms. Outer lip almost

level with top of shell posteriorly.

20

8 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

M. concamerata May 1918. Tas., Frederick Henry Bay (type). Columella with

M.

M.

M,

M.

M,

M.

M.

M

six plaits, outer lip not produced beyond the body of the shell posteriorly,
spire hidden. New name for M. albomaculata May 1911, not Schluter 1838.

. ovulum Sowerby 1846. Australia (type M. pisum). N.S.W., Port Jackson
(type). Qld. Shells from Port Jackson and Brisbane are wider and more
oval shaped than M. petterdi. Angas in 1867 recognized this species, as
from N.S8.W., and Port Jackson is here accepted as the type locality. Syn.
M. pisum Reeve 1865,

. petterdi Beddome 1883. Tas., Kelso Bay, Tamar River, 17 fathoms (type).
S.A., 10 fathoms to 200 fathoms. Vict., W.A. Narrower than M. ovulum
and tendency to denticulation of the outer lip. Syn. New name for
M. cypraeoides Tenison Woods 1878, not Anton 1839, MW. tenisoni Pritchard
1900.

minutissima Tenison Woods 1876. Tas., Long Bay, D’Entrecasteaux Channel
(type). N.S.W. Minute, oval with three plaits. Syn. J. pwmilio Tate and
May 1901, new name for M. minutissima, not Michelin (Ubi?).
thouinensis May 1916. Tas., Thouin Bay, 40 fathoms (type), S.A,
55 fathoms. Wider than M. mimutissina, nine plaits.

multidentata May 1920. Tas., D’Entrecasteaux Channel, 10 fathoms (type).
Shorter, wider aperture and more numerous plaits than M. thouinensis,
denticulate outer lip.

alternans Pritchard and Gatliff 1899. Vict., Shoreham Bay, Western Port
(type). S.A., 10 fathoms to 110 fathoms. N.S.W. Minute, oval, numerous
plaits.
inaequidens May 1918. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type). 38.A.,
10 fathoms to 110 fathoms. Two plaits, the upper very weak.

bucca Tomlin 1916. Tas. (type probably North). Ovoid, one plait. Syn.
M. ovulaeformis Tate and May 1900, not Orbigny 1842, M. ventricosa
Hedley 1903, not Fischer 1807.

cymbalum Tate 1878. 8.A., Aldinga Bay (type), 10 fathoms to 150 fathoms.
Vict., Tas., W.A. Something like MW. bucea in shape but larger and having
six anterior stout plaits and six weaker ones following on posteriorly.

. flindersi Pritchard and Gatliff 1899. Vict., Shoreham Beach, Western Port
(type). S.A., 10 fathoms to 62 fathoms. Narrow, with two plaits, and

sometimes a rudimentary third plait posteriorly.

cylehnella May 1918, new name for M. microscopica May 1911, not

Tapparone-Canefri 1887. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type). Minute,

very narrow, with three plaits.

CoTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 209

M. erma Cotton 1944. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type), .A peculiar ovoid
species with five plaits diminishing posteriorly. It is a wider shell than
that of WM. thouinensis.

M. nympho Brazier 1894, N.S.W., Green Point, Sydney (type). Vict. Similar
1o M, minulissima, but with four plaits.

M. halli Pritehard and Gatliff 1899. Vict., Shoreham Beach, Western Port
(type). Has the outer lip projected posteriorly, like WW. cymbalum.

M. problematica Gatliff and Gabriel 1916, Viet., Western Port 8 to 10 fathoms
(type). S.A. Separated trom M. halli by the flattened summit and move
triangular shape, and from M, dniaequidens by the less eylindrical contour,
solidity aud disposition of the stronger plaits.

M. amphora Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Point Ifalliday, 5 to 10 fathoms (type).
This species differs from VW. multidentata in having a broad, nearly truncate
top of the hody whovl which in I. mullidentala is eveatly restricted,

M. multiplicuta Tate and May 1900. Tas, (type). N.S.W. This is separable
from MM. alternans, having a different shape.

M. anwia Hedley 1909, Qld., Hope Island (type).

M, stiria, nom, mut, This name is here substituted for JZ, rotunda Laseton 1948
deseribed from N.S.W., Cookhaven, 30 to 35 fathoms, pre-ocenpied by the
name M, rotunda May 1922 for a fossil from Table Cape. he species
is somewhat like M. ovulwm, but is less than half the size and broader.

Grour F.

Shell long and narrow, cylindrical, with short spire and typically colour
banded, Typical species WZ. mustellina Angas,

M. mustellina Angas 1871. N.S.W., Sow aud Pigs Reef, Port Jackson (type).
Tas. (type IT. pellucida), Blackman Bay (type JL. slanislas). Viet. Narrow
and colour banded, The edge of the outer lip is weakly deunticulate
anteriorly on the specimen figured, Syu, MW. stanislas Tenison Woods 1877.
M., stanishanus Tryon 1883 error for M. stanislas Tenison Woods 1877.
rata pellucida Tenison Woods 1877.

M. wineentiona Cotton 1944, for M. alhida Vate 1878, wot Lamarek 1822, S.A,
Marino (type), beach to 200 fathoms. Tas., 100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar,
W.A. Differs from MW. mustelline in having the spire more covered and in
being tunicolowved, smaller, five plaited, and showing regular aceremental
striae.

M. hedleyi May 1911, Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type). Larger than
M, wvustelling, wider and orange banded,

210 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

M. columnaria Hedley and May 1908. 'as., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type).
S.A., 12 fathoms to 100 fathoms. W.A. Elongate and narrow, three plaits.

M. caledonica Jousseaume 1877. New Caledonia (type). Somewhat resembling
M. columnaria.

M. pericalles Tomlin 1916 nom. noy. for M. guttula Reeve 1865 (type loc.?) not
Sowerby 1837. M. guttula Reeve is listed from Queensland by Hedley, but
I have not seen specimens from Australia. It seems to be allied to
M. mustellina.

M. philippinarum Redfield 1846, nom. nov. for M. avena Sowerby 1846, not
Kiener 1834. Philippines, Island Bolhol (type). W-.A., N.W., Holothuria
Banks. <A long, narrow banded species.

M. pulchella Kiener 1830 (type loc.?) W.A., Cape Lewin (type HM. fulgurala).
Qid., 8.A., beach to 130 fathoms. Longitudinal orange zig-zag lines. Com-
mon in W.A. Syn. M. fulgurata Hedley 1911.

M. deburghi Adams 1864. W.A., Swan River (type), beach. <A large and
distinetive species, white with larger and smaller chestnut spots in alternate
rows.

M, occidua Cotton 1944. W.A., Albany (type), beach to 22 fathoms. This
distinctive Australian species has been incorrectly labelled JZ. navicella
Reeve, M. rubella Adams, M. obscura Reeve.

M. haswelli Laseron 1948, N.S.W., 22 miles east of Narrabeen, 80 fathoms
(type). Near to M. occidua, but M. haswelli is larger and has a finely
denticulate inner margin of the outer lip.

Group G.

Shell with short spire, triangular, outer lip laterally expanded posteriorly,

forming a right angle. Typical species Marginella geminata Hedley.

M. geminata Hedley 1912. N.S.W., Cape Byron (type). Tas., Viet. Triangular
in shape.

M. gatliffi May 1911. 'Tas., Schouten Island, 40 fathoms (type). Shorter and
smaller than MW, geminata.

M. malina Hedley 1915. N.S.W., Narrabeen, 80 fathoms (type). Small, thin,
elossy, subtriangular,

M. bragiert Smith 1891. N.S.W., off Sydney, 410 fathoms (type). Less tri-
angular than M. gatliffi.

M. whani Pritchard and Gatliff 1900. Viet., Port Fairy (type). S.A.,
55 fathoms. N.S.W. S.A., 55 fathoms. Outer lip denticulate.

M. ochracea Angas 1871, N.S.W. (type), Port Jackson (type M. metcalfei).
Triangular, sharp spire, four plaits. Synonym M, metcalfei Angas 1877.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 211

M. borda Cotton 1944. 8.A., Cape Borda, 55 fathoms (type), 17 fathoms to
130 fathoms. W.A. A more solid shell than MW. ochracea, with longer spire
and smooth outer lip.

M. australis Hinds 1844. W.A., North West (type). Orange, brown, lip and
aperture orange. More solid than J. ochracea and M. borda.

M. liturata Menke 1843, W.A. (S.W. Aust. ? type). With angulated longi-
tudinal lines broken into spots. Specimens examined from S.W. Aust. are
beach worn and without colour.

M. laevigata Brazier 1877. Qld., Darnley Island, Torres Strait, 10 fathoms,
20 fathoms, 380 fathoms (type), Raine Island, Cape York, 155 fathoms (type
M. valida). New Guinea, 7 fathoms. W.A., beach. N.W. Aust. Reealling
M, geminata, bat shorter spired, Synonyms ave M. valida Watson 1886,
and M. baudinensis Smith 1899, Baudin Is.

M. weedingi Cotton 1944. Backstairs Passage, 20 fathoms (type), 40 fathoms to
200 fathoms. The species lives down to 20 fathoms. Rare and dead in
deeper water. The shell is larger and narrower than M. geminata and has
plaits resembling somewhat those of AZ. laevigata.

M. crescere Lasevon 1948. N.S.W., Point Halliday, 8 to 10 fathoms. Much
broader and with a more pronounced shoulder than in M. ochracea.

M. laeviplicata Laseron 1948. N.S.W., Crookhaven, 30 to 35 fathoms (type).
The present species has weaker columella plaits than has M. ochracea.

PLEISTOCENE AND SUB-RECENT SPECIES.

A number of species are found in Pleistocene deposits, and stranded beaches,
some of them away from their present distribution. Among Woakwine Range
material from certain sites are found large specimens of M. muscaria, now not
living in South Australia, In the Tintinara bore at a depth of 100 feet were
found numerous large specimens of MW. formicula and M. turbinata, the former
still living in Hastern Victoria and the latter in New South Wales on the east
coast of Australia from New South Wales to Tasmania.

TERTIARY SPECIES.

Apparently the family Marginellidae is not represented in rocks older than
the. Hocene. The Australian Tertiaries have so many species in comparison to
the Tertiaries in other parts of the world that this region may have been the
chief centre of <listribution, Tate 1878 described but did not figure eighteen
Tertiary species, placing them in two groups, defined as follows:

1. Outer lip smooth; columella quadriplicate.

2. Outer lip dentate.

212 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The last group was subdivided into three sections:

A. Columella quadriplicate.
B. Columella quinqueplicate.
C. Columella multiplicate.

The different species were then classified by their shape. As mentioned
before, I have found the number of plaits an unsatisfactory feature in major
classification and the same applies to the presence or absence of denticles in the
outer lip, though both these features are good specific guides. In order fo
compare better the Australian Tertiary species with the Recent ones, they are
here grouped under a similar plan to that used for classifying the Recent species.
The type localities follow the name of each species. A few new species from
bores in the Adelaide Plains (Adelaidean) are here deseribed and most appear
to be distinct from local, Victorian, or Tasmanian Miocene species. There are
also a few new species described here from other fossil exposures,

MARGINELLA CLISIA sp. nov,

PL. xvii.

Holotype. Vict., ‘Spring Creek’? Bird Rock, Vict., Janjukian. Reg.
No. P 8782 S.A. Mus.

Shell small, rather thick, subtvriangular, outer lip a little expanded, spire
a little exsert with a large blunt protoconch, body whorl slightly constricted
anteriorly, outer lip thickened, smooth, aperture wide, columella with four
oblique plaits, the anterior pair very oblique. Height 4 mm., width 2 mm.

Remarks. JM. clisia is a slightly larger species than J. micula and it has a
more exsert bliunt-topped spire.

MAaRrGINELLA PHYSA Sp. nov,
PL, xviii.

Holotype, S.A. Mines Dept., Bore 69, Adelaide Plains, 520 feet, Adelaidean,
P. 8792 S.A. Mus.

Shell rather globose and thick with a short blunt spire, wide aperture and
rather convex outer lip; columella a little coneave, with four narrow oblique
plaits oceupying the anterior half; edge of the outer lip narrowly thickened and
smooth. Height 4 mm., diameter 5 mm.

Remarks. Somewhat like M. hordeacea but more globose.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 213

MARGINELLA REGULA sp. nov.
Pl. xviii.

Holotype. Aldinga, Lower Beds. P.8785 S.A. Mus.

Shell rather large and thick, spire fairly long with angulated whorls;
aperture short; columella with five weak plaits, the posterior one almost
obsolete; outer lip regularly denticulate. Height 7-5 mm., diameter 3-8 mm.

Remarks. Differs from M. muscaroides in being thickened and having a
strongly denticulate outer lip.

MARrGINELLA META sp. nov,
Pl, xviii.

Holotype. S.A. Mines Dept., Bore 21, Adelaide Plains, 400 feet, Adelaidean.
Reg. No. P. 8795 S.A. Mus.

Shell fusiform with a long spire; protoconch blunt at the top; columella
concave with four narrow but strong plaits; outer lip thickened with four or five
strong denticles on the inner edge; body whorl about four times as high as the
spire. Height 4 mm., diameter 2 mm.

Remarks. This species resembles M. altispira, but it has a shorter spire and
more strongly denticulate outer lip, but it has not the single large posterior
denticle on the outer lip.

MARGINELLA DOMA sp. nov.
PL. xviii.

Holotype. 8.A. Mines Dept., Bore 28, Adelaide Plains, 360 feet, Adelaidean,
P. 8793 S.A. Mus.

Shell ovate, thick, polished, spire not visible above the body whorl;
columella gently convex with five moderately developed plaits on the anterior
half; outer lip thickened on the margin, which is almost entirely covered with
numerous fine denticles. Height 5:2 mm., diameter 3:9 mm.

Remarks. The species is larger than M, moana and the outer lip reaches
up to, but not above, the top of the spire. The two anterior plaits are much
stronger than the others.

MARGINELLA CLIMA sp. nov,
PI. xviii.

Holotype. S.A. Mines Dept., Bore 21, Adelaide Plains, 400 feet, Adelaidean.
P. 8797 S.A. Mus.

Shell rather globose, smooth and polished; shoulder of body whorl rounded;
columella concave anteriorly with four oblique plaits occupying the anterior

214 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

half; outer lip well thickened, smooth and wide medially, forming a moderately
wide aperture; spire a little exsert. Height 5-2 mm., cliameter 3+7 umm.

Remarks. Similar to MZ. micula but larger and having a less gradate spire.
MARGINELLA METULA sp, nov.
PL. xviii.

Holotype, S.A. Mines Dept., Bore 21, Adelaide Plains, 400 feet, Adelaidean.
P. 8782 S.A. Mus.

Shell elongately ovate, vather narrow, spire depressed, only one whorl
visible; columella gently convex with twelve weak plaits, the anterior two a little
longer and firmer; aperture long and narrow, ower lip with miunerous, fine,
weak denticles. Height 5-2 mim,, diameter 3-2 mm,

Remarks. Nearest to M. septenplicauta but narrower, aud it has more plaits
on the columella. The holotype is of medium size for the species, some being
quite 6 mm. in height.

MARGINELLA ARENA Sp. l0V.
Pl, xviii.

Holotype. §8.A. Mines Dept., Bore 21, Adelaide Plains, 400 feet, Adelaidean,
Reg. No. P. 8794 S.A. Mus.

Shell ovate, smooth, spire very slightly depressed below the top of the shell;
columella convex, with six plaits; outer lip uarrowly thickened at the edge
and smooth; aperture, crescent-shaped. Height 5 min., diameter 2 mm.

Remarks, Larger than MW, globiformis, it has only three well developed
columella plaits anteriorly, and three less developed plaits on the posterior half
of the columella,

MARGINELLA TALLA sp. OV.

PIL. xviii.

Holotype. S.A. Mines Dept., Gore 21, Adelaide Plams, 400 feet, Adelaidean.

Ree. No. P. 8796 S.A. Mus,

Shell narrowly ovate, spire a little exsert; body whorl uarrow, rounded at
the shoulder; columella straight, with four folds, the anterior three fairly strong
and oblique, the posterior oue weaker and slightly oblique; outer lip narrowly
thickened and smooth at the edge, slightly sinuous, posteriorly arched, meeting
the body whorl at the top. Height 4 mm., diameter 3 mm,

Remarks. Almost like a miniature WZ. inermis bet with a taller spire, outer
lip with smooth, thickened edge.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 215

MARGINELLA PERA sp. nov.
PL. xvii.

Holotype. Vict., Muddy Creek, Lower Beds, Reg. No. P. 8786 S.A. Mus.

Shell small, ovate, spire small and short and smooth, columella with four
plaits, outer lip moderately thickened with about sixteen regular, minute
denticles, body whorl rounded at the shoulder, Height 8-3 mm., width 2 mim,

Remarks, The type specimen described here as MW. perw sp. nov. was in the
W. L. May Collection identified as M. hitsoni, The present species differs from
M. kitsoni in being narrower and having a comparatively smaller body whorl,
while the columella plaits are differently situated.

MARGINELLA PALLA sp. nov.
PI. xviii.

Holotype. Tate Mus., University of Adelaide, Adelaide Bore, Janjukian.

Shell small, pyriform, spire short, obtuse; body whorl angulate and weakly
axially plicate at the shoulder; penultimate whorl also axially plicate at the
shoulder; cohunella plaits four; outer lip angulate posteriorly, the inner edge
numerously denticulate, Height 3-2 mm., diameter 2-4 mm.

Remarks, The holotype and other specimens were on the same tablet as the
holotype and paratypes of M, aldingae. M. palla is smaller and has a denticulate,
not smooth, outer lip.

MARGINELLA MALA sp, nov,
PL xviii.

Holotype. Aldinga, Lower Beds. Reg. No. P.4016 S.A, Mus,

Shell volutiform, spire rather short; body whorl angled at the shoulder,
smooth, solid, polished; columella a little convex above, slightly concave below
where there are five plaits, the anterior four having a duplex formation, the
posterior plait weaker and single; outer lip slightly conyex, well thickened at
the margin and denticulate on the inner edee, Height 9 mm., diameter 6 mm.

Remarks. A rather distinet species. Somewhat like M. muscaraides but
larger and with different aperture features.

MARGINELLA CHARMA sp, noy.
PL. xviii.

Holotype. S.A. Dept. of Mines., Bore 28, Adelaide Plains, 360 feet,
Adelaidean. Reg. No, P. 8788 S.A, Mus.

216 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Shell rather thick, somewhat ‘‘Cassts’’-shaped, body whorl smooth, spire
short; columella coneave anteriorly with four strong, narrow, well-spaced plaits
grouped at the anterior third; the anterior plait strong and continuing into the
thickened outer lip which is obsoletely irregularly denticulate within. Height
4mm., width 3 mm,

Remarks. M. charma recalls M. cassida, but in the latter species the spire
is longer, the shell narrower and the outer lip is not denticulate,

MARGINELLA CASSIDA sp. Noy,
Pl. xviii,

Holotype. S.A. Dept. of Mines, Bore 21, Adelaide Plains, 400 feet,
Adelaidean. Reg. No. P. 8789 S.A. Mus.

Shell rather thick ovate, spire moderate in length, body whorl rounded at
the shoulder, not angulate, smooth and polished; columella almost straight ;
with four narrow though moderately well-developed plaits, the posterior one
almost horizontal; outer lip narrowly thickened, not denticulate. Height 5 mm.,
diameter 3 inmm.

Remarks, The species is somewhat like MW. strombiformis but it is a wider
shell with smooth outer lip.

MARGINELLA SAGMA sp. NOV,
Pl. xviii.

Holotype. S.A. Dept. of Mines, Bore 65, Adelaide Plains, 395 feet,
Adelaidean. Reg. No, P. 8798 S.A, Mus.

Shell rather thick, smooth, polished, pyriform—ovate; spire slightly exsert,
of three small whorls, sharp at the apex; columella a little concave anteriorly,
with three strong oblique plaits and a fourth plait, a little away from the others,
less strongly formed and horizontal; outer lip thickened at the edge where it is
smooth; aperture of medium opening and slightly sigmoid. Ileight 4-5 mm.,
diameter 3 mm.

Remarks, M. sagma is probably neaver to WM. cassida than to any other
species. It differs in being wider, having a more shouldered body whorl, aud in
the disposition of the plaits.

MARGINELLA ORISTA sp. nov,
Pl. xviii.

Holotype. S.A. Mines Dept., Weymouth’s Bore, Adelaide Plains, 450 feet,
Adelaidean, Reg, No, P. 8791 8.A, Mus.

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 217

Shell small, elongate, fusiform, smooth; with a long spire and blunt proto-
conch; body whorl angled just below the suture, narrow and slightly convex
anteriorly where there is a slight thickening; columella a little concave, with
four plaits increasing somewhat in strength posteriorly; outer lip narrowly
thickened at the margin and finely denticulate within; a larger denticle termin-
ates the series of denticles on the lip posteriorly. Height 4-8 mm., diameter
2mm.

Remarks. The species described here is smaller than M. wentworthi and
has a long spire with a notably blunt protoconch. MM. altispira also recalls this
new species in the long spire and large denticle at the posterior end of the outer

lip.
SUMMARY OF TERTIARY SPECIES.

Group A,

M. kalimnae Chapman and Crespin 1933. No. 1 Bore, Parish of Bumberrah,
East Gippsland, Vict., 80 to 90 feet, Kalimnan, Lower Pliocene. Resembles
M. muscaroides but is much larger and the thickened margin of the outer
lip is not produced into a flange-like extension as in M. muscaroides.

M. muscaroides Tate 1878. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Shell volutiform, outer
lip smooth, columella with four plaits. The species is like a small
M. muscaria but has a less calloused outer lip, spreading over the penulti-
mate whorl and base of the shell giving a flattened appearance and a
varicose margin in the left side.

M. wentwortht Tenison Woods 1877. Table Cape. Ovate, lanceolate, outer
lip dentate, columella with four plaits. Differs from M. muscaria in shape
and apertural features.

M. woodsi Tate 1878. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Ovate, solid, spire short
obtuse, outer lip denticulate, columella with five plaits. Somewhat inter-
mediate between M. wentwortht and M. muscaroides, but distinguished by
its shorter spire and five plaited columella.

M. atkinsont May 1922. Table Cape. Broadly fusiform, smooth, whorls four,
much rounded, spire exsert about one-third the length of the shell,
broadly shouldered but tapering narrowly anteriorly, columella with four
strong plaits, outer lip curved, very heavily thickened, denticulate with
about twelve irregular denticles. Broader than M. wentworthi, whorls more
rounded, outer lip more heavily variced. There is a variant with a more
squat form and massive lip, from Table Cape, recalling -M. inerniis.

M. corpulenta May 1922. Table Cape. Broadly pyriform, spire elevated, proto-
conch mamillated, whorls four, well rounded, broadly shouldered, columella

218 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

M.

M

M.

M.

convex above, excavate below, with four thin plaits, outer lip thick, rounded,
weakly denti¢ulate within, Related to WM. athinsoni but broader, and has
weakly developed denticles on the outer Lip,

_ subquinquidens May 1922. Table Cape. Broadly fusiform with a prominent

hlunt-topped spire, whorls four, rounded not shouldered, columella with five
strong plaits, fourth plait, next to the posterior one, less well developed,
sometimes absent, outer lip thickened, smooth within, This fossil is like a
niniature of the Recent JL. muscaria,

regula sp. noy. Aldinga, Lower Beds. Related to MW. imausearoules hut larger

and having a strongly dentieulate outer Tip,

_ mala sp. nov. Aldinga, Lower Beds. Somewhat like J. arusearoides in
| ga,

shape but much bigeer.

Group B.

. octoplicata Tenison Woods 1877. Table Cape, Pyriform, spire scarcely
I ; I

visible, columella with eight plaits, anterior valid, scarcely oblique, the
posterior four weak; outer lip thickened, very regularly denticulate with
iwelve raised linear teeth. The body whorl has distinct striated growth
lines vaguely recalling AL. lurbinata,

aldingae Tate 1878, Lower Beds. Fusiformly ovate, body whorl axially
plicate, outer lip smooth, columella with four plaits. Related to the Recent
M, turbinata and AL. pattisoni.

eassuliformis Tate 1878. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Rather ventricose
“Cassis’*-shaped with plications on the shonlder of the body whorl, outer
lip smooth, columella with four plaits. Probably related to M, aldingae
but differing markedly in shape and apertural features. Tt is also a little
like M, pallisoni.

strombiformis Tenison Woods 1877, Table Cape. Ovate, narrowed anteri-
orly, spire short obtuse, whorls four, outer lip dentate, columella with four
plaits. Distinguished by the conspicuously thickened outer lip which is
produced posteriorly,

. praeformicula Chapman and Gabriel 1914, Mallee Bore, Kalimnan. Voluti-

form, solid, spire medium height, exserted. Most closely allied to M. for-
micula, but there are fewer plications on the shoulder of the body whorl.

_charma sp. noy. Adelaidean. This species has a shorter spire than M, cassia

and the columella is coneave anteriorly.

casside sp. nov. Adelaidean. Related to M. strombifornis bat has a shorter
spire and smooth outer lip.

palla sp. nov, Adelaide Bore, Janjukian. This species has the shape of
M, aldingae but it is a little smaller and has a dentieulate outer Lip,

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 219

Group C.

M, allispira May 1922. Table Cape. Broadly fusiform with a tall blunt-topped
spire, columella concave, with four strong plaits, outer lip much thickened,
having a strong tuberele within at the upper third. It resembles the recent
M. allporti, but the fossil is smaller and has a more exsert spire.

M, meta sp, noy. Adelaidean. The spire is shorter in MW. meta than in M, alti-
spira from Tahle Cape.

Group D.

M. hordeacea Tate 1878. Aldinga, Upper Beds. Broadly ovate, spire short, oh-
tuse, outer lip very thick, strongly channelled above, inner edge smooth,
with four strong columella plaits, Apparently related to M. connectans
bunt more ovate and larger.

M, physa sp, noy, Adelaidean 820’ somewhat like W. hordeacea but distinctly
more elobose,

M. rolunda May 1922. Table Cape. Small, roundly pyriform, spire searcely
exserted, aperture as high as the shell, columella with three plaits, and two
or three mich smaller plaits or denticles above, outer lip rounded, strongly
thickened, smooth within, The species was compared hy May with I. veto-
plicata but it is probably more elosely related to the veeent AL. ludbriea Pet-
terd, M, octoplicata has twelve denticulations on the outer lip,

M, kitsoni Chapman 1922, Torquay, Vict. Shell small, subovate, with rounded
and gently graded shoulder; spire short, of three whorls, body whorl faintly
marked with growth striae, columella with four plaits, outer lip rather
thin, obsoletely denticulate. The species is rather like IZ. shorehanui whieh
has seven and not four columella plaits.

M, pero sp. nov. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Narrower and with a smaller
hody whorl than WW. hifsoqi.

Group EH.

M, septemplicata Tate 1878, Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Stoutly ovate, spire
immersed, onter lip denticulated within, columella with seven strong plaits.
The species is vather like those of the West African genus Persicula. The
nearest Recent species appears to be M. eymbalium.

M. globiformis Chapman and Crespin 1928, Mitchell River, Miocene. Roundly
ovate or subpyriform, spire immersed, onter lip thin, rounded and smooth,
columella with five plaits. Tt reealls M. wultidentata but the Recent species
has a denticulated onter lip and nine columella plaits.

220 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

VW. moana Ludbrook 1941. Abattons Bore, Adelaidean, Thick, pyviform, spire
immersed, apical portion depressed aperture long and narrow, outer lip
faintly denticulated within, columella with five plaits. A pear-shaped
species close to M, globiformis. The holotype specimen figured here has
five plaits and not four as originally deseribed by the author of the speeies.
The fifth posterior plait is less developed than the other four,

Group G.

M, micula Tate 1878. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Smooth, conically ovate,
spire very small and obtuse, body whorl gibhous over the stitnre and eon-
stricted, attennate anteriorly, outer lip minutely denticulated, aperture
wide, curved, columella with four plaits. Somewhat like the Recent
M. weedingi ii shape and general features,

M. inemmis Tate 1878. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Pyriform, attenuated an-
teriorly, spire very short, aperture strongly arched posteriorly, outer lip
slightly variced, edge thin and denticulated, columella with four plaits.
This species is related to M, micwla and the Recent M. weedingi. It is dis-
tinguished from other Tertiary species by the pyriform shape, though this
pyriform or triangular shape is characteristic of Group G.

_ wintert Tate 1878. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds. Narrowly ovate, spire ex-
serted, subacute, aperture triangular, moderately wide in front, outer lip
flexuous, thinly but broadly thickened and somewhat inflected, denticn-
lated with about thirty small obtuse denticles, columella with five plaits.
T would regard this species as closely related to the Recent MW. laevigata but
is larger and has five plaits on the columella.

M. doma sp. noy. Adelaidean, The species recalls M. moana but it is larger and
the outer lip in the present species rises to the level of the spire but not
above.

M. arena sp. nov. Adelaidean, This is probably related to M. globifarmis but it is
larger and has only three fully developed columella plaits and one pos-
terior miniature one, well inside the aperture, [t is something like the T'as-
manian deep water Reeent species WV. erma,

M. propinqua Tate 1878, Muddy Greek, Lower Beds. Shell thick, ovate eylin-
drical, transversely streaked with white, aperture triangular, wilh a broad
milk-white varix strongly denticulated on the bevelled edge, columella
five plaits. Related to MW. winferi but has a shorter spire and more tumid
body whorl,

Hi}

~

COTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 221

M. crassidens Chapman and Crespin 1928. Gippsland Lakes, Kalimnan. Pol-
ished, inerassate, volutiform, spire of medium height, body whorl broad at
the shoulder, tapering anteriorly, outer lip finely denticulate, channelled
at the anterior end, columella with four plaits. Related to M. micula but
the spire is higher and the apex sharper.

M. cima sp. nov. Adelaidean. Probably the Pliocene relative of the Mioeene
M. micula which is a smaller shell with a more gradate spire.

M, metula sp. nov. Adelaidean. The species is nearest to M. septemplicata but it
is narrower and has more numerous plaits on the columella.

M, talla sp, nov. Adelaidean, Differs from M/. inermis in being smaller and
having a shorter spire and smooth thickened outer lip.

M. clisia sp. nov. Bird Rock, Vict, Slightly larger and with a more exsert
blunt topped spire than M. mvicula.

SUMMARY.

This paper presents a complete revision of Anstralian Recent and Ter-
tiary Marginellidae. Recent species number 119 and Tertiary 38, here arranged
into seven groups. Sixteen new Tertiary species are added, some of them
having been taken from bores in the Adelaide Plains. Four new Recent species

are also added.
REFERENCES.

Tate, 1878. Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Aust., 1, pp. 85 to 98.
Tedley, 1916. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 41, pt. 4, p. 709.
Tomlin, 1917. Mal. Soc., 12, pp. 242 to 306.

May, 1921. Check List Moll. Tas., pp. 69 to 70.

Cotton, 1944. South Aust. Naturalist, 22, No. 4, pp. 9 to 16.
Laseron, 1948, Ree. Aust. Mus., 22, No. 1, pp. 35 to 48.

CoTTON—RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA

Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Maryginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginclla
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella

Murginella
Marginella
Marginella
Murginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Muarginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella
Marginella

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xvii,
muscaroides Tate (X 4-7).
wentwortht Tenison Woods (X 5-8),
micula Tate (x 12).
inermis Tate (XX 2-66).
corpulenta May (XX 7:38),
aldingae Tate (X 11-13),
altispira May (X 6-66),
atkinsoni May (X 6-66),
strombiformis Tenison Woods (x 10),
septemplicata Tate (X 3°33),
pera sp. nov. (X 12-66),
wintert Tate (X 8°33),
moana Ludbrook ( 6-66),
propingua Tate (X 38+338).
hordeacea Tate (X 6-66).
cassidiformis Tate (X 8).
subquinquidens May (x 6).
rotunda. May (X 18-88),
woodsi Tate (X 8+38),
clisia sp. noy. (> 10),

Plate xviii,
globiformis Chapman and Crespin (x 14°78),
kalimnae Chapman and Crespin ( 2-57).
crassidens Chapman and Crespin (X 3-67),
meta sp, nov, (X 8-33),
octoplicata Tenison Woods (X 14:73).
praeformicula Chapman and Gabriel (x 3-93),
physd sp. nov. (X 8+33).
regula sp. nov, (X 4-47).
clima sp. nov. (X 6:67),
palla sp. nov. (X 10-21).
cassida sp. nov. (X 6-4),
doma sp. nov. (X 6-7),
arena sp. nov. (X 11-13),
charma sp. nov, (* 7-9),
metula sp. nov. (* 6-4).
sagind sp. nov. (X 7-38).
talla sp. nov. (X 6:33).
kitsont Chapman (X 12-47).
mala Tenison Woods (X 3-87),
crista sp, nov. (X 74),

223

224

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Plate xix.

Marginella muscaria Lamarck, Tas., E, Coast (% 1°9).
Marginella johnstont Petterd. S.A., Kangaroo Island (4-8).
Marginella tasmanica Tenison Woods. Tas., Long Bay (% 3-4).
Marginella tridentata Tate. S.A., Aldinga (x 4-6),
Marginclla mixta Petterd. Tas., E. Coast (Xx 4:5).
Marginella pyqmacoides Singleton, S.A,, Kangaroo Island (X 3-6).
Marginella schoutanica May. S.A,, Beachport, 40 fathoms (X 8-8).
Marginella consobrina May. ‘Vas., Cap Pillar, 100 fathoms (X 6-7).
Marginella vercoi May. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (X 4:2),
Marginella sicu sp. nov. W.A., Eucla, 200 fathoms (X 6-7).
Marginella inconspicena Sowerby, N-S.W., Ballina (x 4+7).
Marginella victoriae Gatliff and Gabriel. Vict., Western Port
x 8-2).
ans Gaeta translucida Sowerby. N.S.W.CX 8+5).
Marginella alta Watson. Q., Raine Island, 155 fathoms (X 7-9).
Marginella carinata Smith, N.S.W., Sydney, 410 fathoms (Xx 6-5).
(X 6-5).
Marginella fusiformis Winds, Straits of Malacea (X 3+3
Marginella formicula Lamarek. ‘as., Maria Island (X 4
Marginella georgiana May, Tas,, Southport (X 3-6).
Marginella praetermissa May. 'Tas., Hi. Coast (X 2).
Marginella leia Cotton. S.A., Beachport, 150 fathoms (x 4-8).

).
).

Plate xx.

Marginclla newmanae sp. noy, W.A,, Esperance (X 5+7),

Marginclla kemblensis Hedley. N.S.W., Port Kembla, 63-75
fathoms (X 4-2),

Marginclla patria sp. nov. W.A., Hopetoun, 85 fathoms (x 8).

Marginella walkeri Smith. N.W.A,, Baudin Island (x 2-7).

Marginclla tomliniana May. Tas., Thonin Bay, 40 fathoms
(X 16-7).

Marginella mullidentata May. Tas, d’Entrecasteaux Channel,
10 fathoms (x 16-7).

Marginella baca sp. noy, Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms ( +78).

Marginctla columnaria Wedley and May, Tas,, Cape Pillar, 100
fathoms (4-7).

Marginetla olivella Reeve, N.S.W., Port Jackson (x 4).

Marginella petterdi Beddome. ‘Tas. Kelso Bay, Tamar River,
17 fathoms (x 6+8).

Marginella laevigata Brazier. Q., Darnley Is., Torres Strait,
10 fathoms (x 5-2).

Marginella mustellina Angas. W.S.W., Port Jackson (X 4:5).

Marginella qnayt Tate. Schouten Is,, 40 fathoms (XxX 3),

Marginella maugeana Wedley, Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms
(X 2-7).

Marginella geminata Hedley, N.S.W., Cape Byron ( 4+7).

Marginella subbulbosa Tate. S.A., Port Lincoln (x 8).

Marginella cylichnella May, Tas,, Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms
(xX 16).

Marginela erma sp. nov, Tas, Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms
(X 16-7).

Marginella columnaria Hedley and May. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100
fathoms (x 4-5).

all Loree sia sp. noy., §.A., Backstairs Passage, 20 fathoms

xX 4-7).

Von, IX. PLATE NVII

RT BNewese

lene. SUA. MUSEUM Vot. PX, Pate. SVITI

ja

Ta t-1 Lie ST cyiat ee bale | & LENE res Like

elitas' i td ; wha mint
"BOTE Nem.

Kec. S.A. Musrum Vor. IX, PLATE NIN

Vo

(NS. Phare NN

tm
pret Ve Ele
‘PTF Newmar

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. NO. 16'
THE FAMILY NANNASTACIDAE?’

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The Nannastacids dealt with in this paper are mostly from Western Australia, where
the material was secured by Dr. A. G. Nicholls and Mr. G. P. Whitley. As a result of
these collections, all made by means of submarine light traps’, fourteen species of the
family are added to the Western Australian list, which now stands as follows:

Genus Nannastacus Bate

nasutus Zimmer

nasutus var. camelus Zimmer.
inconstans Hale.

asper Hale.

inflatus Hale.

subinflatus Hale.

nichollsi sp. nov.

vietus sp. nov.

Genus Schizotrema Calman
aculeata Hale.

leopardina sp. nov.
resima sp. nov.

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. No. 16!
Tur FAMILY NANNASTACIDAE?

By HERBERT M. HALE, Direcror Sourn Ausrratian Museum.
Fig. 1-12.

Tue Nannastacids dealt with in this paper are mostly from Western Australia,
where the material was secured by Dr. A. G. Nicholls and Mr. G. P. Whitley.
As a result of these collections, all made by means of submarine light traps”,
fourteen species of the family are added to the Western Australian list, which
now stands as follows:

Genus NaAnnastacus Bate.

nasutus Zimmer, inflatus Hale.
nasutus var, camelus Zimmer. subinflatus Hale,
inconstans Hale. nichollsi sp. nov.
asper Hale. vietus Sp. nov.

Genus ScHizoTREMA Calman.

aculeata Hale. resid Sp. NOV.
leapardina sp. nov.

Genus CumMELLA Sars.

gibba Zimmer. michaelseni Zimmer,
cyclaspoides Zimmer, similis Fage.
hispida Calman. cana Hale.

Genus CAMPYLASPIS Sars.

umsulcata ale. minor Hale.
ef. stmilis Tale.

1L Wor No. 15 see Ree. §. Aust, Mus., IX, 1949, pp. 107-125, fig. 1-9.
“See also Rec, S. Aust. Mus., VIII, 1945, pp. 145-218, fig. 1-49,
8 Sheard, Rec. 8. Aust. Mfus., VIL, 1941, pp. 11-14, fig. 1.

226 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Also described are a new species of Cumellopsis, the first member of the
genus to be noted in the Southern Hemisphere, and the hitherto unknown female
of Campylaspis echinata Hale.

Genus NANNAstTAcus Bate.
Seven species, two of which are new, are available from Western
Australia.
NANNASTACUS NAsUTUS Zimmer.
Nannastacus nasutus Zimmer, 1914, p. 184, fig. 11-12; Hale, 1945, p, 148, fig. 1.
Specimens have been taken by G. P. Whitley at the type locality, Shark
Bay (lat. 25.30 8.), and several places to the north of this, on the Western Aus-
tralian coast. As previously noted (Hale, w! supra, p. 150) Zimmer’s var.
camelus appears to be a southern form of the species.

NANNASTACUS INCcONSTANS Lale.
Nannastacus tnconstuns Uale, 1914, p. 150, fig, 2-3.

More than 350 males were taken by A. G. Nicholls at Garden Island, West-
ern Australia; both forms oceur here, the granulate or cristate one, and that
with inflated branchial regions.

Males were taken also at Shark Bay by G. P. Whitley.

NAnNNastacus AsPER Hale.
Nunnastacus asper Hale, 1914, p. 154, fig. 6-7.

Males collected at Esperance Bay, Western Australia, by A. G. Nicholls
extend the known distribution of the species, formerly recorded from Tasmania
and South Australia.

NANNASTACUS INFLATUS Hale.
Nannastacus inflatus Wale, 1945, p. 159, fig. 10-11,

Many specimens, most of which are males, were collected by A, G. Nicholls
and G. P. Whitley from the following localities: Esperance Bay, Rottnest
Island, Garden Island, Shark Bay, Geraldton, Houtman Abrolhos, Mary Anne
troup Cat. 22.008. 10 32.508.).

NANNASTACUS SUBINFLATUS Hale.
Nunnustacus subinflatus Hale, 1945, p. 162, fig. 12-13,
Material of this species was collected from all the Western Australian

localities given for inflatus and was taken also on the eastern side of North-
West Cape.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 227
NANNASTACUS NICHOLLSI Sp. Nov.

Adult female. Carapace one-third of total length of animal and almost
twice as long as pedigerous somites together; it is slightly depressed and its
depth is more than two-thirds its length; at the rear is a rather prominent
median elevation, below and behind the eye is a tumidity, seated in a shallow
depression, while below the posterior elevation is a smaller hollow; be-
tween the two depressions is a slght tumidity. Pseudorostrum one-
seventh of length of carapace, directed very obliquely upwards; lobes meeting
for whole length, and finely serrate in front. Antero-lateral margin shallowly
concave; antero-lateral angle produced as a tooth, aboye which are three smaller
teeth; inferior margin serrate anteriorly.

Vig. 1. Nannastacus nichollsi, types female and male; lateral views and (ceph.)
cephalothorax from above (X 32); ¢. pace, anterior part of carapace (X 45).

All pedigerous somites exposed, each with a fine median longitudinal dorsal
carina and with pleural parts swollen but not greatly expanded fore and aft.

Pleon equal in length to cephalothorax; first somite (unlike remaining
abdominal somites) with a fine median carina on back, which, like that of last
pedigerous somite, is raised; second to fourth somites successively less tumid
dorsally ; fifth half as lone again as either fourth or telsonic somites; the last-
named is widest at the rear, with posterior margin rounded, and is barely
longer than wide.

228 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Second and third pedunecular joints of first antenna subequal in length,
together equal in length to first; flagellum with two joints of equal length, to-
gether as long as last segment of peduncle,

Third maxilliped without exopod.

First peraeopod with propodus equal in length to carpus and twice as long
as dactylus; ischium with an inner apical tooth, Second peraeopod with ischium
distinct; basis a little shorter than rest of limb, the joints of which are as in
sheardi but longer terminal dactylar spine is longer than propodus and dactylus
together.

e

Fig. 2. Nannastacus nichollsi, type female and paratype male; ant, J, first autenna;
prp. 1-3, first, second and third peracopods; urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic
somites (all & 112).

Peduncle of uropod shorter than telsonic somite and shorter than endopod
without terminal spine; inner edge with hyaline serrations; exopod two-thirds as
long as endopod, and little longer than terminal spine, which reaches well beyond
distal end of endopod; eudopod equal in leneth to telsonic somite, with serrate
inner margin, and with two very unequal stout terminal spines, the longer of
which is two-thirds as long as the ramus,

Colour white, without pigmentation. Length 1-4 mm.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 229

Adult male. Tntegtnuent, like that of lemale, withont granulation.

Carapace more than one-third of total length of animal, slightly depressed,
and nearly twive as long as deep; the seilpiure, as deseribed for the lemale, is
present but is only faintly defined, Pseudovostriun one-sixth of length of vara-
pace, not upturned, Antennal angle ronnided aud without spines; inferior mat-
gin finely crenulate anteriorly. Antero-lateral margin shallowly coneave.

Pedigerous somites together almost half as long as carapace, first with
pleural parts concealed; second to fourth with pleural portions slightly ex-
panded.

Pleon a little shorter thau cephalothorax, with first three somites, like last
pedigerous somite, slightly taumid dorsally; fifth one-third Jonger tha either
fourth ov telsonic somites; the latter is distinctly longer than wide.

First peraeopod with carpus a little longer than propodus aul more than
twice as long as daetylus; ischiton with inner distal tooth as in female,

Basis of second peraeopod larger than in female; remaining joints of same
proportions but lougest dactylar spine relatively shorter.

Pedunele of uropod barely one-fourth as long again «as telsonie somite,
seareely louger than endopod, and with inner margin serrate; exopod less than
two-thirds as loug as endopod and with its terminal spine longer than the ramus;
endopod with two unequal distal spines, preceded by two short spines and a row
of serrations on inner margin; longest termital spine equal in Jeneth to exopod.

Colour: carapace brown, with a border of pale yellow along inferior and
anterior margins; second to fifth pedigerous somites brown, margined all around
with yellow; pleon somites yellow with indefinite transverse brown markings.
Leneth 1°5 mm,

Loc, Western Australia: Garden Island, Carcening Bay, 3 fathoms (A, G.
Nicholls, submariue light, Nov. 1946). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg.
No, C,3186 and 3135.

A single female and several males of this Nannastacid were takeu.
N. nichollsi resembles sheardi (ale, 1945, p. 156, fig, 8-9) in some respects. It
agrees in the relatively long pseudorostrum and in the proportions of the peraco-
pods, but differs as follows:

WEMALES,

Carapace not granulate but with a well-marked tumidity situated below eye
lobe and seated tu a shallow depression; a similar but smaller depression below
the median elevation at rear of carapace. Third maxilliped without exopod.
Uropod with peduncle shorter than endopod and with exopod two-thirds as long
as endopod (not including terminal spines in Jength of either ramus) .. .) 6)

3. WE, cee ee ee WtOTLOLTST Sp. TOV.

230 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Carapace granulate and not sculptured as above. Thiril maxilliped with
exopod. Uropod with peduncle much longer than endopod and with exopod
three-fourths as long as endopod .. 6. 6. 2. 6. ee we ee ee Sheu Hale

Maus.

Carapace not granulate but with slight depressious aud tumidities. Uropod
with peduncle barely one-fourth as long again as telsonic somite aud with
exopod less than two-thirds as long as endopocd (not including terminal spines)
2b 20 SE Th eee ade teed be ce ee eb te a de ee ce nichole! ap uv.

Carapace granulate and not sculptured as above, Uropod with pedunele
more than one-third as long again as telsonie somite and with exopod fow-itths
aslongasendopod .. .-. jPod fa- ¢ .. sheardi Hale.

NANNASTACUS VIETUR Sp, lov,

Adult male. Integument strongly valeified; baek aud sides of cephalothovax
and pleon granulate aud with scattered short hairs,

Carapace depressed, more than one-third as wide again as deep, and twice
as long as deep; it is more than one-third of total length of the animal and
two-thirds as long again as pedigerous somites together; behind each eye is a
longitudinal tuberculate ridge, extending almost to hinder margin of carapace
and anost prominent along edge of ocular lobe; an outstanding carina extends
back from antero-lateral region, subparallel to the dorso-lateral ridge; on each
side the area between the two earinae is depressed; on the mid-line, in anterior
half, is a low tuberculate ridyve, followed by a median gutter and there is a
low median tumidity at rear end, <Antero-lateral margin shallowly concave ;
antero-lateral angle with a spine, behind which inferior margin is finely serrate
Pseudorostrum short, obliquely truueated, so that the lobes appear as partly
open above and completely closed below; respiratory siphons short and directed
upwards.

Pleural parts of first pedigerous somite convealed; pleural parts of second
to fifth somites margined with flattened hyaline ‘‘spines’’ with rounded apices ;
dorsum of these somites with a few tubereles larger than the general granula-
tiou; in addition the last two pedigerous somites each bear a pair of prominent
globular, stalked tubereles, of glassy transparency, on the baek,

Pleon not much more than tlree-fourths as long as cephalothorax; there is
a vow of lateral hyaline spines on each somite, those of first to Hfth sithate on
the antennal groove; first two somites with a pair of blunt spines, as well as a
few tubercles, on dorsum; fifth somite nearly half as long again as telsonic
somite, which is widest at distal third of leneth, is as broad as long, is angu-
larly rounded at distal end and somewhat produced over bases of wropods,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 231

First joint of pedunele of first antenna equal in length to second and third
seoments together; third barely longer than second and one-third as long again
as flagellum, the first joint of which is longer than second; accessory flagellum
relatively large, single-jointed.

Third maxilliped with propodus curved, one-third as long again as carpus,
which is slightly longer than merus; basis equal in leneth to rest of limb,

Pig, 3. Nannastacus vietus, type male; <a
lateral view and cephalothoraxs from
above (X 52).

Basis of first peraeopod three-fifths as long as rest of limb; ischium with
a strong outer distal spine; propodus a little shorter than carpus and less than
twice as long as dactylus, which is shorter than its stoutest apical seta.

Basis of second peraeopod distinctly longer than rest of limb; ischium in-
distinet; merus two-thirds as long as carpus, which is not much shorter than
propodus and dactylus together; dactylus half as long again as propodus and
with longest terminal spine as long as propodus and dactylus together.

Third and fourth peraeopods with basis a little shorter than rest of limb,
the joints of which are short, stont, and subequal in length, the propodus a
little longer than the others.

Fifth peraeopod with basis half as long as combined lengths of remaining
joints; ischium and merus snbequal in length, each a little shorter than
propodus; carpus one-third as long again as propodus and little longer than
dactylus.

232 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Pedunele of uropod almost half as long again as telsonic somite, somewhat
dilated at distal end, and furnished with some non-articulated spines, of which
three on inner face in proximal half are conspicuous; endopod equal in length
to peduncle, armed with four short spines on inner margin and with two
unequal stout terminal spines, the longer finely serrate in distal half and not
much shorter than the ramus, while the shorter spine is distinetly less than
half as long as this and bears minute lateral setae in proximal half; exopod
four-sevenths as long as endopod and with a long slender distal spine, twice
as long as the ramus.

Pig. 4. Nannastacus vietus, type male; prp. 1-3 and 5, first, seeond, third and fifth
peraeopods; urop., uropod with fifth pleon snd telsonie somites (all * 120).

Colour: carapace dark grey with margins and ridges pale yellow, Pedi-
gerous somites and pleon greyish, Appendages pale yellow. Length 1-7 mm,

Loc. Western Australia: Garden Island, Careening Bay, 3 fathoms (type
loc., A. G, Nicholls, submarine light, Noy. 1946); Mary Anne Group, 34 fathoms
(G. P. Whitley, submarine light, Nov, 1945). Type in South Anstralian
Museum, Reg. No. €.3137.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 233

A male from the Mary Anne Group, on the north-western Australian coast,
is 1-5 mm. in length and differs from the Garden Island males in having the
ridges of the carapace, particularly the lateral one, not quite so pronounced.

N. vietus, like nichollsi, falls arbitrarily next to sheardi in the author’s
key to the males of the species of the genus (Hale 1945, p. 146); it differs,
however, in several prominent features, notably the sculpture of the carapace,
the shorter pseudorostrum, the short and stout fossorial peraeopods and the
character of the uropod. It is related to stephensent (Fage, 1945, p. 201, fig.
xxiii, male only) but in the last-named the telsonic somite is of distinctive
shape, the uropods have different armature, with the pedunele shorter and the
exopod (without terminal spine) longer in relation to the endopod, ete.

Genus ScuizotreMA Calman.

With the two species described below as new, nine forms are now referable
with certainty to this genus. 8S. depressa Calman has been taken in South
Australia (Hale, 1937, p. 74) so that four of the species oceur on Australian
coasts.

KEY TO SPECIES OF SCHIZOTREMA.,

1. Pedunele of uropod much longer than endopod .. .. calmani Stebbing
Pedunele of uropod much shorter than endopod .. is a . = 62
2. Carapace broad and i ala Pedunele of uropod longer than telsonic
somite .. .. depressa Calman
Carapace not or : little depressed, Pedunele of uropod much shorter than
telsonic somite .. - ‘ ; a : AA . 8
3. Exopod of uropod half, or sltiont half, as ee as endopod (not ineluding
terminal spines in length of either ramus) .. ne 24 UA
Exopod of uropod much less than half as lone as endopod .. . 6
4, Kach pleon somite with at least one pair of outstanding dorsal spines
(in both sexes) : oan aculeata Hale
Pleon somites with at most inconspicuous spines _a 24 is 5

5. Surface of body with numerous small spines and Ldbendlex antero-lateral
angle of carapace produced as a stout eylindrical process bifrons Calman
Surface of body for the most part smooth; antero-lateral angle of carapace

produced as a slender tooth .. che ia i .. sordida Calman
6. At least some of the Baigereys and pleon somites with conspicuous dorsal
spines i yer
Dorsum of pedigerous. and pleon ‘somites w ith at most inconspicuous
spinules .. = 7 hs 4 J. aes 7 A is =
7. Carapace with back and sides spiny, and with antero-lateral angle broad,
not at all downbent Pa resima sp. nov.

Carapace not spiny and with | antero- later al angle produced and strongly
downbent ix 4 Wee es why “4 3 bidens Fage

234 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

8, Exopod of uropod one-third as long as endopod (not ineluding terminal
spines in lengths); spine of exopod reaching to distal end of endopod.
Fifth pleon somite subequal in length to telsonic somite macrodactylus Fage
Exopod of uropod one-fourth as long as endopod and with its terminal
spine reaching beyond distal end of endopod, Fifth pleon somite distinctly
longer than telsonic somite i ais af leopardina sp, noy,

ScHIZOTREMA ACULEATA Tale.

NSchizotrema aculeata Hale, 1945, p. 168, fig. 16 (ref)

This species proves to be not uncommon in south-western Australia. At
Garden Island it was taken in company with S. /rapardina, but the smaller
size and characteristic armature enabled the species to be separated with ease,
Males ave available also from North-West Cape.

ScHIZOTREMA LEOPARDINA sp. nov.
Adult male, Integument well ealeified, Cephalothorax and pleon with no
conspicuous armature, but with minute, rather scattered, short spines; carapace
with a few short hairs.

Tig. 5. Sehizotrema lropardina, type male; lateral view and cephalothorax from above
(% 45).

Carapace depressed (one-third as wide again as deep), three-fourths as
long again as deep, twice as long as exposed pedigerous somites together and
a little less than two-fifths of total length of animal; at the rear it is slightly
raised dorsally and is produced backwards to partly cover the dorsum of the
first free pedigerous somite; the branchial regions are somewhat swollen,
delimited above by a shallow groove; to the rear of each eye there is a low
conical elevation; antero-lateral angle produced and aente,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 235

First and second free pedigerous somites subequal in width, neither as wide
as the carapace.

Fifth pleon somite distinctly longer than telsonie somite, which is as long
as wide, and has no terminal spine.

First antenna with first joint of peduncle longer than second and third
joints together; the two-jointed flagellum is fully as long as the distal joint
of peduncle.

Fig. 6. Schizotrema leopardina, paratype male; ant. 1, first antenna; prp. 1, 2 and 4,
first, second and fourth peraeopods; urop., telsonic somite and uropod (all X 90).

Lateral margins of ischium and merus of third maxilliped with strong,
spine-like serrations.

Basis of first peraecopod two-thirds as long as rest of limb and with external
lamellate spines; propodus a little shorter than carpus and nearly twice as long
as dactylus; ischium with two or three curved spines on outer margin.

Basis of second peraeopod longer than rest of limb and furnished with
lamellate spines; carpus as long as dactylus and twice as long as propodus;
longest. terminal dactylar spine longer than propodus and dactylus together.

Peduncle of uropod distinctly more than half as long as telsonic somite
and two-fifths as long as endopod, exclusive of its terminal spine; exopod two-
thirds as long as peduncle, one-fourth as long as endopod and with its terminal
spine reaching a little beyond distal end of endopod; terminal spine of endopod
two-thirds as long as the ramus,

236 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Colour pale yellow with large conspicuous patches of brown pigment on
carapace as shown in fig. 5; the lower edge of the carapace is broadly margined
with yellow. Lateral parts of pedigerous somites brown. Pedunele of exopods
of third maxillipeds and peraeopods brown, margined with the pale ground
colour, Pleon and rest of appendages pale, Length 1°85 mm.

Loe, Western Australia; Garden Island, Careening Bay, 3 fathoms (type
loc., A. G. Nicholls, submarine light, Noy,, 1946); North-West Cape, Vlaming
Head, 2 fathoms, on sand (G. P. Whitley, submarine light, Nov. 1945), Type
in South Australian Museuin, Reg. No. €.3138,

Over three hundred specimens, all males, were taken at Garden Island by
Dr. Nicholls during the night of November 26th-27th. S. aeuteata Tale was
taken in the same locality but ihe new species is distinguished by the slightly
larger size, the absence of pronounced body armature, the longer fifth pleon
somite, the different proportions of the terminal joints of first and second
peraeopods, and of the uropod, where the exopod is relatively much shorter
(half as long as endopod in aculeati, only one-fourth in leapardina). Above
all the striking colour pattern enables the new species to be distinguished at
a glance from all other Australian Nannastacids; the bold pigment patches
persist in spirit material,

ScHIZOTREMA RESIMA sp. Novy.

Adult female, Integument well calcified. Dorsum and sides of eephalo-
thorax with rather large spines, many of which bear a brush of minute setae
in distal third. Pleon somites with dorsal spines and with hyaline lateral
serrations,

Carapace with branchial regions swollen, so that it is fully as wide as deep;
it is robust, being only one-third as long again as deep, is twice as long as the
pedigerous somites together and two-fifths of total length of animal; the
pseudorostral lobes are spinose inferiorly, are rather prominent and upturned,
and the rostral siphons are long; the antero-lateral angle is well produced and
is spinose.

First pedigerous somite exposed, but short, particularly on dorsum; this,
like second and third somites, is as wide as varapace, the Fourth and fifth being
abruptly narrower.

Fifth pleon somite equal in length to telsonic somite, which has dorsal
spines but no spine at hinder margin and is fully as wide as long.

First antenna with first joint of pedunele as long as second and third
seoments together,

HaLE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 237

Pig, 7. Sehizotrema resima, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from above

(x 60).

Third maxilliped with well-developed exopod,

First peraeopod short, the basis only half as long as rest of limb; carpus
and propodus equal in length, each twice as long as daetylus.

Basis of second peraeopod subequal in length to rest of limb; carpus as
long as dactylus and less than twice as long as propodus; longest daetylar spine
almost as long as dactylus and propodus together.

Pig. &. Schizotrema resind, type female; ant. 1 aud mxp, 3, first antenna and third
maxilliped; prp. 1-5, first, second and third peracopods; urop., uropod with fifth pleon and
telsonic somites (all & 125),

Pedunele of uropod distinetly more than half as long as telsonic somite
and less than half as long as endopod, the terminal spine of which is missing;
exopod two-sevenths as long as endopod and with terminal spine missing.

Colour uniformly white. Length 1:15 mm.

238 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc. Western Australia: Garden Island, Careening Bay, 3 fathoms (A. G.
Nicholls, submarine light, Nov., 1946). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg.
No. €.3188.

Genus CUMELLA Sars.

Two of the Western Australian species described by Zimmer (1914, pp.
181-182) viz. gibba and cyclaspoides ave not represented in the material now
in hand, notwithstanding the fact that their type locality, Shark Bay, was well
combed by G. P. Whitley in 1945.

CUMELLA HispIpA Calman
Cumella hispida Calman, 1911, p. 347, pl. xxxii, fig. 11-14; Zimmer, 1914,

p. 179; Fage, 1945, p. 209, fig. xxxi; Hale, 1945, p, 176, fig. 21.

A single male from the Mary Anne Group, north-western Australia (G. P.
Whitley, 3} fathoms, Nov. 1945) agrees with the males previously described
from Queensland (Hale wf supra, uvop. é and prp. 5 ¢). Zimmer records
the species from Western Australia—Shark Bay and Rottnest Island.

CUMELLA MICHAELSENI Zimmer,

Cumella nichaelsenit Zimmer, 1914, p. 179, fig. 4-o.

A male 2-5 mm, in length, and taken by G. P. Whitley at the type locality
(Shark Bay, Western Australia, 1} fathoms, Noy. 1945), resembles in general
appearance the males of both hispida Calman and turgidula Hale,

urop,

Fig. 9. Cumella michaelseni, adult male; prp. 1 and 5, fivst and fifth perneopods
(X 120); urop., uropod (x 120); uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic somites ( 54),

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 239

In a key previously submitted (Hale, 1945, p. 171) it was not possible to
separate the males of hispida and michaelseni, only the female of the last-named
being then known. Though distinguished by relatively trivial characters, adult
males of the three species are separable thus:

1. Terminal spines of rami of uropods distinctly marked off. Pedunele of

uropod slightly longer than endopod including terminal spine turgidula Hale
No demarkation between rami of uropods and their terminal spines.

Pedunele of uropod five-sixths as long as endopod .. ws » 2
2. Carpus of fifth peraeopod twice as long as propodus. Exopod of sitogod
more than three-fourths as long as endopod 3 .. hispida Calman
Carpus of fifth peraeopod only half as long again as propodus. Exopod of
uropod less than three-fourths as long as endopod .. = michaelseni Zimmer

CUMELLA SIMILIS Fage.

Cumella similis Fage, Feb. 1945, p. 211, fig. xxxili-xxxiv.
Cumella munroi Hale, June 1945, p, 171, fig. 17-18.

I can find no valid differences between the Southern Queensland material
recorded as muwnrot and that described at about the same time by Fage from
Annam.

The species proves to be not uncommon at Garden Island in Western
Australia, where 200 males and 3 females were collected by A. G. Nicholls.

CuMELLA CANA Hale.
Cumella cana Hale, 1945, p. 172, fig. 18 (syn.).

A single not fully adult male was taken at Garden Island.

Genus CumMELLopPsis Calman.

Cumellopsis Calman, 1904, p. 28, and 1906, p. 418; Stebbing, 1913, p. 177;
Hansen, 1920, p. 32.

CUMELLOPSIS AUSTRALIENSIS Sp. nov.

Female with developing marsupium., Integument thin but well calcified,
opaque and brittle; armature of appendages hyaline. Carapace with strong
imbricate surface patterning, rest of body obscurely granulate.

Carapace one-third of total length of animal, slightly depressed and fully
half as long again as deep; a low, irregular, median dorsal double carina runs
from ocular lobe to a marked tumidity at hinder end; the last-named elevation
is minutely bifid at the proximal end and at its front there is a pair of tubercles;
just posterior to the termination of each pseudo-rostral suture there is a shallow

240 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

pit: each side of the carapace is shallowly indented for the greater part of
length of carapace and ihe hollow is margined below by a sharply defined,
horizontal, carina arising at the antero-lateral angle and terminating at the
postero-lateral angle, which is produced baelovards to form a small subtriangular
lobe; the branchial regions ave somewhat swollen and each is traversed by a fine
carina, Which arises at the posterior end of lateral hollow and euryes upwards
to meet the median posterior swelling; outline of baek as seen from the side
only slightly arched from posterior tumidity to ocular lobe, sinttate because of

Fig. 10. Cwmellopsis australicnsis, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from
above (X 36).

the irregularity of dorsal carina; the rear end of carapace overhangs the
pedigerous somites only slightly. Pseuderostrum abruptly uptumed, the lobes
meeting for a distance equal to almost one-seventh of length of carapace; each
is truneate and slightly coneave in front when viewed cither from above or from
the side. Ocular lobe moderately large, tumid, more than twice as broad
as long and without apparent lenses. Antero-lateral margin slightly concave ;
antero-lateral angle prominent, subacutely rounded, and furnished with a blunt
hyaline tubercle and two or three spines.

Pedigerous somites together distinctly more than half as long as carapace ;
first somite short, almost smooth ancl with pleural parts concealed; second to
third subequal in length, with hinder edges finely crenulate (in part almost
spinulose) and with a pair of feeble dorsal ridges, each of which terminates
at hinder margin in a small triangular projection; the postero-lateral angles
of these three somites ave subacutely produced backwards; fifth somite shghtly

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 241

longer than fourth; with a pair of minute projections at middle of hinder
margin, a feebly serrate dorso-lateral carina on each side, and with postero-
lateral angles as in preceding somites, but less acute.

Pleon equal in length to cephalothorax; first three somites subequal in
length, with an elevated, feebly serrate dorso-lateral carina on each side; seen
from above these ridges curve outwards and so diverge rather widely at the
rear; fourth somite also with a pair of dorso-lateral ridges for whole length,
but here they are parallel; fifth somite nearly twice as long as fourth, with a
median dorsal cara, erenulate and almost cristiform, and projecting a little
beyond posterior margin; the first five somites bend inwards rather abruptly
infero-laterally, so producing a distinct though rounded angle between the
sides and the somewhat flattened venter; telsonie somite about as long as fourth,
with a low median carina on anterior half of dorsum, and with posterior margin
bisinuate, rounded medianly; the telsonie part of the somite overhangs the bases
of the uropods.

First antenna geniculate between the wide first and second segments of
peduncle; first joint twice as lone as second and third joints together; third
only half as wide, and not much more than half as long, as second; flagellum
little longer than third peduncular segment, composed of two joints, the first
longer than second; accessory lash single-jointed, less than half as long as
main flagellum.

Third maxilliped (like peraeopods) with transparent marginal teeth as
shown in figure; basis equal in length to remaining joints together, not at all
expanded distally and with outer subapical setae very long; carpus fully half
as long again as propodus, which is twice as long as dactylus.

First peraeopod short, the propodus of extended limb reaching only to
antero-lateral angle of carapace; basis less than two-thirds as long as rest of
limb; carpus two-thirds as long again as propodus, which is almost twice as
long as dactylus.

Second peraeopod three-fourths as long as first; basis a little shorter than
rest of limb; ischium distinct; merus and carpus broad, subequal in length;
each a little shorter than the tapering dactylus, which is distinctly more than
twice as long as propodus.

Basis of third peraeopod not much shorter than rest of limb, in second
distinetly shorter than this, and in fifth not much more than half the combined
lengths of remaining joints. Carpus of posterior limbs nearly twice as long
as propodus, and considerably longer than ischium and merus together; dactylus
longer than propodus, slender and tapering in distal half; the single distal
propodal seta is thin and does not reach tip of dactylus; other setae of third to
fifth legs insignificant.

242 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pedunele of wropod earinate (or vather voof-shaped) dorsally, about as
long as fifth pleon somite and not much shorter than the equal rami, ineluding
the terminal spines in the length of the latter; the distal spines are not distinetly
marked off and the edges of the rami are in part serrate.

oH c.pace

Fig. 11. Cumellopsis australiensis, type female; ¢.paee, anterior part of pseudorostral
lobe (X 77); ant. 1, first antenna (x 170); mxp. 3, third maxilliped (X 77); prp. 1-3 and
5, first, second, third and fifth perneopods (X 77, distal joints of fifth leg, X 170); urop.,
uropod with fourth, fifth and telsonic somites of pleon (X 77).

Colour white, without trace of pigmentation anywhere. Length 3-0 mm.

Loe, New South Wales: off Ulladulla, 80 metres, on coarse sand (KK. Sheard,
Jan, 1944). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C.2836.

This is the first member of the genus to be recorded for the Southern

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 243

Hemisphere, It differs in a number of important features from the only other
two species of the genus, notably in the marked dorsal elevation at posterior
end of carapace, the sculpture, the short first peraeopods and the equal rami
of the uropod.

Genus CaMPpyLasPis Sars.

It would seem from the large number of Australian Cumacea examined
to date that this genus is poorly represented on the southern and western coasts.
Off the eastern and Tasmanian shores thirteen species have been recorded (Foxon,
1932, p, 293 and Hale, 1945, p. 180 et. seq.), two are known to oecur in South
Australia (Hale, 1945, pp, 187 and 192), while only four specimens, representing
three species, appear amongst the thousands of Western Australian specimens
now in hand.

C. echinata Hale, was described from the male only; the adult female has
since been found not far from the type locality in New South Wales and details
of this sex are given below.

Two described species of the genus are not included in the key previously
submitted by the writer (Hale, 1945, p. 181). These are squamifera Fage
(1929, p. 19, pl. ii, fig. 88-45—omitted from Zoological Record), and tubulata
Fage (1945, p. 215, fig. 36-88). C. squamifera would be separated in the key
from globosa Hansen by the character of the merus of the third maxilliped and
the shorter peduncle of the uropod. ©. tubulata would fall near unisuleata
and differs in having (1) the merus of the third maxilliped shorter instead of
longer than the carpus and propodus together; (2) the merus of the first
peraeopod shorter than the carpus.

CAMPYLASPIS UNISULCATA Hale.

Campylaspis unisulcata Hale, 1945, p. 187, fig. 27-28.

A single young male from Rottnest Island (A. G. Nicholls, Nov. 1945)
is referred here with some doubt; it is only 2-8 mm. in length and the appen-
dages are not fully developed. Previously recorded from South Australia
and Tasmania.

CAMPYLASPIS MINOR Hale.

Campylaspis minor Hale, 1945, p. 197, fig. 35-36.

Two examples from Shark Bay and North-West Cape (G. P. Whitley, Nov.
1945).

244 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CAaMPYLASPIS ef, smmmmis Hale.
Campylaspis similis Hale, 1945, p. 186, fig. 26.

A juvenile male from the Mary Anne Group (G. P. Whitley, 34 fathoms,
Noy. 1945) apparently is referable to either thompsoni Hale or similis Hale;
it is so young, however, that certain identification is not possible.

CAMPYLASPIS ECHINATA Hale.

Campylaspis echinata Hale, 1945, p. 204, fig. 41-42 (male only).

Adult female. The carapace, pedigerous and pleon somites, and the uropods
bear numerous spiniform projections as in the male; these have rounded tips,
mostly slightly dilated and in a few eases bifid; the shallow lateral depression
is somewhat larger than in male.

urop.

Tig, 12, Campylaspis echinata, rere

adult female; lateral view and
(eeph.) cephalothorax from saboye
(xX 14); urop., telsonie somite and
uropod (* 42).

Carapace twice as long as pedigerous somites together, one and three-
fourths times as long as deep, and more than one-third as wide again as deep
(it is less depressed in the male), Antennal notch shallow and antennal angle
rounded. Pseudorostral lobes widely truncate in front and meeting for a
distance equal to width of ocular lobe, which is fully twice as long as wide,
very slightly narrower than in male.

First pedigerous somite, except for pleural parts, exposed only as a
narrow strip.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 245

Pleon a little shorter than carapace (slightly longer than carapace in male) ;
the fourth, fifth and telsonic somites each bear a fine median longitudinal carina
on the dorsum.

Basis of third to fifth peraecopods very elongate, in all distinctly longer than
remaining joints together.

Pedunele of uropod barely twice as long as telsonic somite and about two
and one-third times as long as endopod, which is barely longer than exopod; in
the male the endopod and pedunele are relatively a little longer.

Colour yellow. Length 4:6 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: UNadulla, Brush Island, 45 fathoms, in fine silt
on flathead grounds (D. Rochford, A. trawl, Jan. 1945).

SUMMARY

The Nannastacids dealt with are mostly from Western Australia, for which
fourteen species are listed, including four which are new, viz. Nannastacus
nichollsi, N. vietus, Schizotrema leopardina and S. resima.

Cumellopsis australiensis sp. nov. is described from New South Wales and
details are given of the hitherto unknown female of Campylaspis echinata Hale.

REFERENCES CITED.

Calman, W. T. (1911): ‘‘On New or Rare Crustacea of the Order Cumacea
from the Collection of the Copenhagen Museum. Part ii. The Families
Nannastacidae and Diastylidae.’’ Trans. Zool. Soc., xviii, pp. 341-398, pl.
XXX1i-XXXVil.

Fage, Louis (1929): ‘‘Cumacés et Leptostraces provenant des Campagnés
scientifiques de 8.A.S. le Prince Albert I*™ de Monaco.’’ Rés. Campagnés
Sci., LX XVII, pp. 1-56, pl. iii.

Fage, Louis (1945) : ‘‘Les Cumaces du Planeton nocturne des cotes d’Annam.”’
Arch Zool. Hxp. et. Gen., pp. 165-228, fie. 1-42.

Foxon, G. E. H. (1932): Great Barrier Reef Exped., 1928-29, Sci. Rep., iv, No.
11, pp. 887-395, fig. 5-10.

Hale, Herbert M. (1937) : ‘‘Further Notes on the Cumacea of South Australian
Reefs,’’ Rec. S. Aust. Mus., vi, pp. 61-74, fig. 1-9.

Hale, Herbert M. (1945): ‘‘The Family Nannastacidae.’’ Rec. S. Aust. Mus.
viii, 1945, pp, 145-218, fig. 1-49.

Hansen, H. J. (1920) : Crustacea Malacostraca iv. The Order Cumacea. Danish
Ingolf-Exped., iii, pt. 6, pp. 1-74, pl. i-iv.

Stebbing, T. R. R. (1913) : Cumacea (Sympoda). Das Tterreich, Lief. xxxix, pp.
1-210, fig. 1-187.

Zimmer, Carl, 1914): Fauna Siidwest Aust., v, Cumacea, pp. 175-195, fig. 1-18.

THE LIFE CYCLE OF THE TREMATODE
ECHINOPARYPHIUM ELLISI, FROM THE BLACK SWAN

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND L. MADELINE ANGEL, UNIVERSITY OF
ADELAIDE

Summary

The larval stage, Cercaria ellisi Johnston and Simpson (1944, 125-128), was
described from Lymnaea lessoni from the Murray River Swamps at Tailem Bend. It
was reported to have been indentified on twelve occasions between May 1937 and
March 1943, the months being those of autumn, spring and summer. On those
occasions, the parasite was found in 156 of 2,064 Lymnaea examined, i.e. in 7.5 p.c.,
but these figures do not take into consideration the numbers of that species of pond
snail collected from the swamps on other occasions when C. ellisi was not recognized.
Since those observations were made we have identified the cercaria in 561 of 2463 L.
lessoni, 1.e. in about 23 p.c., but this increase in percentage was due to collections
made on three successive occasions, January to April 1947, 32 of 291 being
parasitized in January, 210 of 363 in March, and 197 of 507 in April, a total of 439
out of 1,161 snails examined, i.e. about 38 p.c. On other occasions we found only one
of 342 and 4 of 365 infected.

Tue LIFE CYCLE or rat TREMATODE

ECHINOPARYPHIUM ELLISI, rrom tur BLACK SWAN
By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON anv L. MADELINE ANGEL, Universrry or Avrarr.
Fig. 1-3,

Tne larval stage, Cercaria ellisi Johnston and Simpson (1944, 125-128), was
described from Lywnwea lessani trom the Murray River Swamps at Tailem
Bend. I[t was reported to have been identified on twelve occasions between May
1937 and March 1943, the months being those of autunm, spring and suminer.
Qn those occasions, the parasite was ford in 156 of 2,064 Lymnaea examined,
ie. in 7°5 p.e., but these figures do uot take into consideration the numbers of
that speeies of pond snail collected from the swamps on other oeeasions when
(', ellist was not recognized, Sinee those observations were made we have
identified the eercaria in 561 of 2463 L. lessoni, ie. in about 23 p.c.. but this
itlerease in percentage was due to collections made on three successive occasions,
January to April 1947, 32 of 291 beine parasitized in January, 210 of 363 in
Mareh, and 197 of 507 in April, a total of 439 out of 1,161 snails examined, j.c.
about 38 p.e. On other occasions we found only one of 342 and 4 of 365 infected.

The habitat preferred by the black swan, Chenopis atrata, which we now
know to be the host for the adult stage of the trematode, no doubt affects the
distribution of parasitized Lymnoca, The bird prefers open, velatively shallow
water and feeds on vegetation Second intermediate mollusean hosts living ou
such vegetation would also be ingested. Chanee is thus an important factor in
assessing percentage infection of swamp snails.

(. ellisi is a 45 spined echinostome with its body provided with spinules
dorsally and ventrally as far baek as the level of the acetabulum. The spines
are in two rows, those of the aboral series being slightly longer than those of the
oral, and are about the same length as those in the groups of corner spines, The
cyst stage (118-133 p, diameter) was obtained experimentally from the mantle
cavity of the following molluses: Ameriauna spp., Lymnaea lessont, Planorbis
ising, Plotiopsis tatei and Corbiculina angasi, as well as in the kidneys of the
tadpole of Crinta siguifera,

It was reported that faecal material deposited by a pelican had been used
in midsiiomer in an endeavour to infeet various kinds of pond snails; 92 days
later two of the Lymnaea were observed giving off Cercaria ellisi and numerous
eysts of the parasite were found in the tissues of these laboratory-bred snails.
Since adult echinostomes possessing 45 spines had not been found in Australian

248 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusruM

pelicans, but the water hen, Galliula tenebrosa, had been recorded as the host
for a 44 (745) spined species it was suggested that the faeces miyht have been
contaminated, Contamination of that tacval material with faeces previously
deposited on the bank by a black swan would provide the explanation of the
finding of C. ellisi.

In April 1947 we discovered a number of 45-spined Lehinaparyphiwm flukes
in the upper portion of the small intestine of a black swan from the Tailem
Bend Swamps, and our former colleague, A, C, Beckwith, ttilized some of the
eggs from the duodenal contents for iufection experiments with the following
results: of 11 Lymnaea lesson’, three gave off C. ellist, four contained many
rediae and daughter redjae (with some mature vereariae) at their death, and
four were not infeeted. The snails were isolated for testing for the first time
110 days after they were placed in contaet with the Eehinoparyphiwn eggs, antl
on this day one Lymnaca was vivir off the cereariae ; five of the other Lymnaea
died within four days of this date, and all of these contained large numbers of
rediae, while some had mature cereaviae, The remaining snails were tested at
weekly intervals, aid in a fortnight two of them were giving off eereariae (125
days), Fron this it seems probable that the time taken to reach maturity was
not much less than 110 days, alough this had not heen verified hy testing.
On 29th October 1947, we repeated the experiment, using eggs from the duodenal
contents of a swau it which many specimens of Apelemon intermediun
but only one eeg-bearing Lehineparyphiun were present in that region, By
Ist December (ie. 38 days later), seven Lymuwea were dead and showed no
evidence of infection when examined under the dissecting microseope. On this
date the four remaining Lymnaea were removed to a tresh aquarium, so that
they had no turther contact with the eggs or possible miracidia. From Gth
January 1948, the snails were isolated twice weekly, and on 16th January (1.¢.
79 days) one of them was giving off C, cllisi, Tie other three Luynnaca did
not beeome infected.

On Ast December eight Lywecea, and ow the following day six more, were
placed in contact with eggs from the original material, viher in small dishes
or ii the tank from whieh the four original Lyaacen had heen removed. None
of these beeame infected, One can eonclude from the foregoing that the
nuracidia had hatehed before Ist December, that is, within 82 days of the time
that the eggs had been removed from the intestine. The time of hatehinge of
miracidia under natural conditious might be slightly less than this peviod, since
it conld be expected that it would take a day or two for the developing eges
to have been passed in the faeces and veach the swamp water.

The somewhat scanty data at our disposal also suggests that an infection
takes longer to reach the cercaria-producing stage in autumn than il does in

JOUNSTON AND ANGEL—TREMATODE FROM BLACK SWAN 249

spring or early summer: of the snails exposed to infection in May, one took
not more than 110 days, two uot less than 119 days, while two snails exposed at

eo

the end of October took not less than 77 days and 79 days respectively; two
snails exposed during January 1948 gave off cercariae within 90 days (perhaps
8+ days, since testing: was done weekly).

At the same time as eggs trom the duvdenal contents were used, another
experiment was set up, using about 100 eges whieh had been dissected out from
several adult Lehinoparyphium, lut it would appear that such eggs are not
viable or infective sinee none of the six Lymnaea exposed became infected,

Although we have obtained cereariae experimentally in August and Septem.
ber, we do not collect many Lymnaea trom the swamps before Decenber, and
im the few which have been collected we have not recorded infections of C, ellést.
We have found €. el/isi in two of a total vf 82 snails obtained in October since
1937, On Isth September 1940, 15 Lymnaea collected were apparently wiin-
fected; they were retested on I4th November, when one of then was giving off
C. ellisi,

C. cllisi was recopnized trom Sonlimnea subaquulitis frou Lake Alexandrina
(Johnston and Beekwith, 1946, 125), but has not yet been identified from any
snail host other than the two Lymnacidae mentioned. Though we have attempted
to infeet Planorbis isingi and Amerianit spp. ow results lave been nevatiye
and our examination of thousands of these suails collected under natural con-
ditions in the localities where Lymnaea infected with C, e/lisi was found, has
failed to reveal the presence of these cercaviae in any of them, we can safely
conclude that they are not normal hosts for the cerearial stage, though the
cercariae readily enter these molluses aud become eneystecd as metacereariae in
them.

Johuston and Simpson (1944) noted the differences between CL ellis’ and €.
‘lolandae, a +)-spined evhinostome whose lost is Planorbis isingi. C. clelandue
could vot be made to cneyst in tadpoles, a normal secondary intermediate host
of C, ellisi, and its Gysts were consistently 80» larger in diameter. The tact
tliat we were nuable to infeet Plunorbis with Echinoparyphiwn ellist at the same
time that we infected Lymenied, provides further evidence that the two cereariag
are distinet. In onr original account (Joluiston and Angel, 1939) of @. elelaudae
we stated in error that the oral spines were shehtly larger lan those of
the aboral series whereas the figure (fig. 8) shows the trie contition, i.e. that
the aboral spines are the longer, (. elelandue is the larva of an unrecagnized
Kehinoparyphiume

Attempts to obtain the adult of E. ellisi experimentally by feeding eysts to
a piveon and a young fowl were wnsuccesstul.

250

Fig. 1.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Echinoparyphium ellisi, seen from dorsal surface,
sac and metraterm, dorsal,

2

Head region.

a. Cirrus

JOHNSTON AND ANGEL—TREMATODE FROM BLACK SWAN 251

ADULT STAGE.

The adult worm lives in the duodenum and upper part of the succeeding
portion of the small intestine of the black swan, Chemppis atrata. Very young
forms suggestive of recently liberated metacercariae were collected along with
adults in October and April at Tailem Bend, South Australia. Preserved adults
vary in form, being short and broad or long and narrow, the former condition
probably being the more normal. The following measurements in millimetres
(unless otherwise indicated) were made on egg-bearing worms of the former
type.

Length 2-1-3-4, usually about 3 mm.; maximum breadth at acetabulum
*4—-6, at collar -33--39, breadth nearly uniform from level of acetabulum to
that of posterior testis; posterior end tapering to become bluntly rounded; body
minutely spiny dorsally and ventrally as far back as region of acetabulum;
preacetabular portion commonly with ventrally infolded margins and_ bent
ventrally so that both suckers tend to approximate. Collar with 45 sharp-pointed
spines, including four stouter spines in each ventral corner and arranged more
or less in two pairs; corner spines :063-:069mm. by 13+4; remainder in two
rows; ventral (oral) spine next each corner group -052mm. by 9-6, sueceeding
spines -053 mm. by 11-5» (aboral), :055 mm, by 13:4p (oral) and +052 mm.
by 9-6u, so that the marginal spines of the oral series tend to be rather larger
and wider than the aboral spines which alternate with them; dorsal spines of
oral series -048 mm. by 9:6-11+5y, those of aboral series larger, stouter, +053
mm. by 11-5y. Oral sucker spherical, -11--16 mm., or slightly longer than
broad. Acetabulum in second quarter or fifth of body leneth, -33--462 long
by -30--38 wide with rather deep concavity. Ratio of length of oral and ventral
suckers 1:2:+5-3:5; ratio of width 1: 2-3, Postacetabular region about three-
fifths body length. Prepharynx short, -06 mm. long; pharynx -088--11 long,
‘033-:06 broad; oesophagus long, +33--65, narrow; crura long, narrow, slightly
sinuous, terminating some distance in front of end of body.

Testes in tandem, contiguous, elliptical with broad ends, in posterior halt
of body ; anterior -165—-35 long, -13--22 wide; posterior *165—-44 long, -13—-22
wide; posterior +165--44 long, -13--2 wide; both almost touching erura; post-
testicular region about one fifth body length. Cirrus sae relatively short,
rounded, -22 by -148--165, obliquely placed, with posterior portion overlying
front of acetabulum, with large twisted tubular inner seminal vesicle in
posterior half of sac, succeeded by narrow cirrus lying bent in anterior part of
sac. Genital pore almost median, just behind intestinal bifurcation; atrium
with rather thick muscular walls,

252 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Ovary near midlength of body, to one side of midline, spherical, -09--15;
oviduet curving backwards and inwards (o enter shell-gland complex where it
receives narrow, very short, conunom yolk duet; uterus soon widening and
thrown into one or two loops behind ovary and below shell gland, then passing
forward beside or below ovary before becoming arranged in a few coils in
reciou between ovary aud acetabulum; metraterm museular, passing above aceta-
bulum near midline or to one side of it, eventually travelling beside or below
frout part of cirrus saé to enter atrium, Eggs broadly elliptical, -0875--1 min.
long, *065-075 wide, usually 12-80 (occasionally nearly 50) in uterus, Yolk
glands not reaching level of acetabulum but extending nearly to posterior end of
worm, Le. a short distance beyond erura; follicles momerous, small, irregularly
rounded, oeeupying zone dorsally aud ventrally from body margins inwards to
cover erura; vitelline fields joining in portion of post-testicular region; (rans-
verse yolk duet relatively wide, irregular, lying just in front of or dorsally to
auterior testis and above shell gland, Latter compact, extending almost from
one crus t) the other and from anterior testis 160 ovary,

The youngest stage obtained from the duodenwn of the lost was +47 mun.
long, *12 min, wide at collar, +112 at acetabulum; oral sucker +05, acetabulum
‘075 diameter, suekev ratio 2:3; posterior end acetabulum at +3 wm. trom head
end of worm, postaeetabular region +15 mm., Le. nearly one-third body length:
pharynx «05 Jong, -02 wide. Another very young worm was +66 loug, -154
wide at collar, +165 at aeetabulum; oral sueker »062, acetabulum +11 diameter,
ratio hearly 1:2; postacetabulay region -26, thus more than one-third body
length. Another specimen was -815 long, -148 wide at collar, +154 al aceta-
bulum; oral sucker +059, acetabulum +112, sucker ratio 1:2; postacetabular
region +32, about 2:5 of body Tength, A worm, 1:1 oon, long, was *264 wide
at aeetabulum; oral sucker +077 long by +066 wide, avetabulom +154 diameter,
ralio of widths 5:7; preacetabular region +6, postacetabular about «so. Tn a
specimen 1°32 min. long the postacetabular length was G6, just half the total
length. Another worth, 1°54 nun, long, -35 wide at weetabulum, liad oral
sucker *088 long by «066, acetabulum °22 diameter, sucker ratio (width) tb: 10,
postacetabular length just half that of body. In a specimen 1-87 lone by +385
wide the oval sucker was °088 and acetabulum +275 long ly +264, and post-
acetabular region +964, 1.¢, Just over half body length.

Tn a worm 1°48 lon, a small cirrus sae was already differentiated, while
in one, 1-59 long by +3 wide, testes, ovary, uterus and cirrus sae were recogniz-
able. A specimen 1°8 lone by +33 had comparatively few yolk glands, but
they were conspicuous and were arranged in a single linear series along each
eras. With iiereasing leneth of parasites, these elauds became hich more

JoHNsSTON AND ANGEL—TREMATODE FROM BLACK SWAN 253

numerous and the vitelline felds more extensive, The smallest, and apparently
youngest, ege-bearing worms were 2:0-2-2 min. long and these contained only
two or three eges. One worm, 2-1inm. long by +385 wide was mot vet ovigerous,
but another of the same length but of greater breadth (-374) contained a few
eos, Sexnal maturity thus beeomes established when the worms reach about
2 mm, in length. Many eggs were present in some specimens 2-3 nm, lole.

Inv young worm 1:6 mm, long the corner spines were +060--069 mm, long
by -011; the marginal -088--046 by 7-64, those of the two series being sub-
equal; and the aboral dorsal spines <057 mm. by 9+6p and the oral rlorsals *O4-
‘O42 nim, by T+ Tp.

Verma. (1936, 155) published a brief witigured account of Behinoparyphin
gizzardai from the gizzard of the black swan, his speciniens being obtained trom
the Calcutta School of Tropical Medicine, where Dr, P, A. Maplestone was a
member of the stalf. his latter officer colleeted parasitic material whilst he
was on the staff of the Australian Tropical Institute, Townsville; hence it is
likely that the parasites came originally from North Queensland, As we have
occasionally found in the gizzard of the blaek swan small cestodes which occur
normally in the dnodenmn it is possible that trematodes from the latter situa-
tion may have wandered inte the eizzard after the death of the host.

The reported dimensions of tle worm aid of its orgaus agree fairly well
with (hose given by us for EB. effis7, let the acetabulum was stated to lie in the
first fourth of the body length and there were only 22 collar spines, those at the
angles (corner spines) being +09 by +015 mm., and others of two sizes -042 by
‘OL and +0252 by 09mm, The sinall niinber of the spines was specially noted,
Our form has 45 spines whose dimensions are different from those of BH, giz-
eanditi,

Verma also gave a very brief unfigured account of Echinaparyphinn sp,
from the iutestine of the same bird host. Inder this generic name be recorded
some specimens as having +t spines, those of the eud groups ineasuring -067
by -0168 and «O42 by 01, while the lateral and dorsal spines, +0088 by
“122 moi, appeared to be arranged in couples; the ventral sucker was at one-
fourth to one-fifth the body length; and eges +256 by +588 (obviously an errar
for +0250 and «O0588) to +084 by °05, Another specimen was stated to possess
only 38 spines,

Our material agrees with Verma’s Lehineparyphinm sp. with 4 spines
(probably an error for 45). The ammber of spines reported for HM. gtzzardai is
probably also an error, since the genus has an tineven mumber. As thiere is so
much agreement between FE. ellisit and #, gtzzurdai, except in regard tu ihe
miinber and sizes of the spines, we consider it likely that a re-examination of

25+ RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the Caleutta material would reveal synonymy. However, until that should oecur
we prefer to retain the specific name given originally to the ecrearial stage and
place Echinoparyphiwn sp. Verma (1936, 155-6) as a synonymy.

Typical adults of H. ellisi have been deposited in the South Australian
Museum. We wish to acknowledge our indebtedness to the Commonwealth Re-
search Grant to the University of Adelaide; and to Messrs. G. G., Fred, and
Bryce Jaensch of Tailem Bend, and Mr. L. Ellis, also of Tailem Bend, for
their generous assistance in regard to material.

SUMMARY,

Cercaria cellist Johuston and Simpson 1944 from Lamuaew lessant and Sime-
limnea subaquatilis from the Lower Murray region is the larval stage of Echino-
peryphium cellist. The secoud intermediate hosts are various species of fresh-
water molluscs; and tadpoles can also act as such tnder experimental condi-
tions. Adult and growth stages from the upper intestine of the black swan,
Chenopis atrata, ave described, and the velation of H. ellisi to FE. yizzardai
Verma is discussed.

LITERATURE,

Johnston, I. H. and Angel, L. M. (1939): ‘‘Larval Trematodes from Austra-
lian freshwater Molluses. Part VI.’’ Zrans, Roy, See., 8. Austr., lxiii, 1939,
200-203.

Johnston, T. WH. and Beckwith, A. C, (1946); ‘‘Life eyele of the sheep liver
fluke in South Australia,’’ Trans. Roy. Soc,, 8. Austr., Ixx, 1946, 121-126.

Johnston, IT’. H. and Simpson, E. R. (1944): ‘‘ Larval trematodes from Austra-
lian freshwater Molluses. Part LX.’? Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Austr., Lxviii,
1944, 125-132.

Verma, 8. C. (1936): ‘‘ Notes on trematode parasites of Indian birds. Part 1.°’
Allahabad Univ. Studies, xii (12), 147-188.

A NEW ATURIA FROM THE TERTIARY OF
SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By CuRT TEICHERT AND BERNARD C. COTTON

Summary

The specimen of Aturia described here was obtained during an examination of the
Christie’s Beach section, Gulf St. Vincent. It was picked up by Mr. J. Eley, and kindly
handed to us for examination and identification.

The specimen came from the cliff face at the south end of Christie’s Beach, about half
a mile north of Port Noarlunga. A detailed stratigraphical examination of this area is
being made by one of us (Cotton), but the work is not yet finished. For this reason no
definite conclusion is given here as to which particular Marine Stage the Tertiary
specimen belongs. It can, however, be pointed out that the specimen came from the
glauconitic layer about six feet in thickness, which is overlain by the Turritella clays.
Beneath the glauconite layer is about ten feet of brown sand. All three layers are tilted
gently upwards and rise in a northerly direction. The “Turritella” dominant in the
clays is the species identified by Cotton and Woods 1935, as Colpospira aldingae Tate
1882, regarded as a Janjukian species. There are minor differences in the stratigraphy
of the Aldinga section and that at Christie’s Beach so that these details of stratigraphy
are recorded. Larger specimens of this Aturia have been taken in this area, but the
exact locality of the species here described is known so that it is deemed safer to
select this specimen as holotype.

A NEW ATURIA From tut TERTIARY or SOUTH
AUSTRALIA
By CURT TEICHERT ann BERNARD C. COTTON,

Plate xxi,

INTRODUCTION ;

THE specimen of Atwria deseribed here was obtained during an examination of
the Christie’s Beach section, Gulf St. Vincent. lt was picked up by Mr. J, Bley,
and kindly handed to us for examination and identification,

The speeimen eame from the cliff face at the south end of Christie’s Beach,
about half a mile north of Port Noarlunga. A detailed stratigraphieal examina-
tion of this area is being made by one of us (Cotton), but the work is not vet
finished, For this reason no definite conclusion is @iven here as to whieh par-
fievlar Marine Stage the Tertiary specimen belongs. Tt ean, however. be pointed
out that the specimen came from the elauconitie layer about six feet in thickness,
which is overlain by the Turritella clays. Beneath the glauconite layer is about
ten feet of brown sand. AL three layers are tilted gently upwards and rise in a
northerly diveetion. The “Tyrmtella’* dominant in the clays is the species iden-
(ified by Cotton and Woods 1939, as Colpospire aldingae Tate 1882, regarded as
a Janjuikian species. There are minor differences in the stratigraphy of the
Aldinga seetion and that at Chiristie’s Beach so that these details of stratigraphy
are recorded. Larger specimens of this Aliave have been taken in this area, but
the exaet locality of the species here described is known so that it is deemed
safer to select this specimen as holotype.

ATURIA CLARKE ATTENUATA subsp, nov.

Deseription: Tnternal mould of a phragmocone, discoidal, involute. Whorls
deeply depressed dorsally, Flanks of last whorl diverge at an angle of 30° and
have a very shallow depressed zone near the ventrolateral shoulder. The centre
of the lateral depression on the flanks lies on the umbilical side of the lateral lobe,
Greatest diameter of specimen is 62:8 mm., width 32-0 mm., height of last
preserved whorl 41-0 mim. height of that whorl above impressed zone 25+5 mm,
The ratio of width to diameter of the phragmocone is 0°51, that of width to
height of last whorl 0°78,

The siphimele is of average size; its diameter at the adoral end of the
specimen is 3+Sinm. It is eneased in a solid tube formed of septal fuamels which
are in contact with the dorsal wall of the coneh. The central portions of the
septa are evenly, though not very strongly, coneave. In the median ¢ross-

256 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

seetion they swing backward in an even curve from the septal foramen, They are
set well apart so that successive sutures never touch.

The external suture forms one broad lateral saddle on each flank. The
umbilical limb of this saddle rises in an even curve froin the umbiliens and
reaches the point of culmination slightly before the middle of the flank is
reached. It crosses the middle of the flank in a broad sweep anid then curves
down somewhat suddenly and passes into the steep, somewhat bulging dorsal
lanb of the lateral lobe. This lobe is long, acute and somewhat drawn out at
the apex. Its ventral limb rises steeply, following approximately parallel to
the eurvature of the ventral side of the coneh, Tt rises to little more than two-
thirds of the height of the lateral saddle. The suture then eurves abruptly
ventrad and slightly baekward and erosses the venter almost perfectly straight,
The distance of the lateral lobe from the ventral side of the shell is about one-
third the height of the whorl.

Comparisons: This form resembles Afieia clarke? in the following features :

1, Shape of lateral lobe and saddle of the suture,

2, Median section of septa which bend backward (adapicad) from the
septal foramen and are not sickle-shaped as in A, australis,

3. Angele of divergence of flanks of whorls (30°),

Tt resembles Alweia australis mainly in the general proportions of the
shell, particularly the comparatively narrowly rounded venter, and slight de-
pression along a ventrolateral zone.

An important difference between the two species is absolute size, A. clarkei
being the larger form, but no estimate of the original size of the present speci-
men can be made,

As far as can be told the specimen is intermediate between the two species,
but reseinbles A. clarke? more closely in taxonomically important features con-
nected with the structure of the septa and the shape of the sutures,

Tt seems possible that intergradation existed between the eastern species
(A, australis) and the western species (A, clarket), Typical lL. australis ex-
tends westward as far as Mount Gambier in South Australia. Typical A, elarher
has not vet been found east of the Bremer River in Western Australia. Mio-
cone sediments are widespread in the intervening area, where intermediate types
such as the one here dseribed may be expected to exist,

Holotype, Reg, No, P9027, S.A. Mus.

CONCLUSION.

On tle available evidence it seems advisable to regard the Aldinga specimen
as vepresentative of a local yariety of the Western Australian species.

kec, S.A. MuskUM Vou. IN, PLATE XNI

Mhivin clahei atlennate (< 1-26).

Exterusl suttives of tturia elorkid attenuata.

PALAEOLITHIC KODJ AXE OF THE ABORIGINES
AND ITS DISTRIBUTION IN AUSTRALIA

RESULTS OF THE HARVARD-ADELAIDE UNIVERSITIES
ANTHROPOLOGICAL EXPEDITION, 1938-1939

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., ETHNOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The Kodj of the natives of Western Australia is a wooden handled stone implement of
palaeolithic facies, used as an axe; sometimes as a hammer. It is composed of two
stones mounted in a ball of gum with a stick as handle. Without doubt it 1s the most
primitive type of hafted axe in use today.

Modes of kodj manufacture, uses, and details of the chipped discoidal stone
implements which go into its making are of direct interest to students of living Stone
Age folk and for the study of the archaeology of Upper Palaeolithic peoples.

PALAEOLITHIC KODJ AXE or rut ABORIGINES anp 1Ts
DISTRIBUTION tw AUSTRALIA

RESULTS OF THE HARVARD-ADELAIDE UNIVERSITIES ANTHROPOLOGICAL
EXPEDITION, 1938-1939

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.Sc., Erunoiocist, SourH AusTratian Museum,

Plate xxii and text-fig, 1-15.

INTRODUCTION.

THE Kodj of the natives of Western Australia is a wooden handled stone imple-
ment of palaeolithic facies, used as avi axe; sometimes as a hammer. It is com-
posed of two stones mounted in a ball of gum with a stick as handle. Without
doubt it is the most primitive type of hafted axe in use to-day.

Modes of kodj manufacture, uses, and details of the chipped discoidal
stone implements which go into its making are of direct interest to students
of living Stone Age folk and for the study of the archaeology of Upper Palaeo-
lithie peoples.

During the Harvard-Adelaide Universities Anthropological Expedition,
1988-1939, information about kodj axes was obtained directly from aged mem-
bers of the Wudjari tribe, near Borden, Western Australia. To these data have
been added particulars obtained during 1936 by personal examinations of early
collected kodj axes preserved in Museums overseas, including in Europe, those at
Amsterdam, Berlin, Cambridge, Frankfurt-am-Main, Hamburg, Leiden, Leip-
zig, London, and Oxford; also, during visits in 1936, 1937 and 1945, in Museums
at Cambridge, Mass., Chicago, Honolulu, New York, and Washington, D.C.

Gathering of these data was assisted by research grants from the South
Australian Government, and from the Carnegie Corporation of New York.
Grateful acknowledgment is made of this assistance. The co-operation of the
Directors and Officers of the many Museums referred to in this paper was most
helpful, and without their aid the study could not have been made. I am in-
debted also to J. B. Birdsell, my companion on the Harvard-Adelaide Anthro-
pological Expedition, for the stimulus of mutual discussion of the problems
solved and new ones aroused by the gathering of field information.

258 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM
THE KODJ AXE OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

A kodj, as used at the time of early contact with Europeans, was a hafted,
composite stone axe, of palaeolithic type, weighing about 450 grams. Typically,
it was composed of two discoidally trimmed cutting bloeks or flakes of stone
each about 6-7 em. in diameter and 3-0-3-5 em. in thickness, set, to almost
half their diameter, in opposite ends of a roughly spherical or elongate-flattened-
oval ball of gum or resin about 9 em. in diameter. It was provided with a
handle, 2 em. in diameter, and about 35 em. in length, which was inserted into
the ball of gum normal to the long axis and midway between the two flakes.
The main axis of the handle and of the two cutting stones lay in the one plane.
All three parts were independently set into place in the gum without touching
each other, and, on the evidence of specimens examined, were supported in
the gum only by the plastic material, without lashings. The two stones were so
upper’’ or ‘‘original

ce

set, in apposition, that when the axe struck the work the
flake’? surface of the stone in use lay on the side close to the work surface.
The plastics used as the hafting medium were native pine gum (Callitris),
porcupine grass gum (T'riodia) and reportedly also blackboy gum (Xanthorr-
hoea). Fibres such as kangaroo fur and rabbit bandicoot fur were worked into
the gum to strengthen it.

A variant of the typical kodj axe was the combined axe and hammer. In
this the second cutting stone was replaced by a small hammer stone. So far
as could be determined from Wudjari informants, no nomenelatorial dif-
ferentiation was made between the axe kodj and the hammer-axe kod).

In practice the one was readily convertible into the other merely by warm-
ing the gum of the implement over a small fire, removing the hammer stone,
and replacing it with a second cutting flake. This operation could be carried
out in a few minutes and the newly set hammer or axe was ready for use as
soon as the gum eooled. The gum could be quickly chilled and set, either by
placing it for a few moments in water, or in emergency, by urinating over it.

The example shown in fig. 1-4, closely conforms to the most developed
form of kodj axe, and might well have been regarded as a type specimen. Un-
fortunately, however, it does not appear to have survived the bombing of Ham-
bure, during World War IT.

Fig. 11, depicting a specimen from Bunbury, may be considered to illus-
trate therefore the most typical form of kodj excepting only that on it the
stones are set as for use by a left-handed individual, of whom there appear
to have been fewer than were right-handed persons. Of 37 kodj axes examined
during this study six were ones made for left-handed use,

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC KoOpDJ AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 259

Distribution of the kedj type of axe at the time of first European contacts
appears principally to have been confined to a triangular segment of south-West-
ern Australia lying between Geraldton in the north, Bunbury and Albany in the
south-west, and Israelite Bay in the east. This area was occupied by members of
fourteen tribes. Specimens have not been reported outside this area excepting a
solitary example collected among Bedengo tribespeople in the country north-west
of Lake Tobin, and north of the Canning Stock Route, in the northern part of
Western Australia.

Figs. 1-7, HKodj axes. Figs. 1-4. Axe for a right-handed man (356:06, Australia, in
Museum fiir Volkerkunde, Hamburg). Figs. 5-7. Kodj from Western Australia (NS.9741
in Stidtisches V6lker Museum, Frankfurt-am-Main).

Surviving aged Wudjari tribesmen knew the kodj, as [’ko:tj|, from per-
sonal experience. However, for many years past they had had no need for it,
using in its place a metal tomahawk. Nevertheless, they were able to demon-
strate methods of handling the kodj, to indicate some of the limits of its use,
and give details of modes of manufacture.

According to Wudjari informants, the kodj axe was a general purpose
cutting and hammering implement, employed, for example, in chopping hollow
trees In order to secure small native animals, obtaining borer grubs and termites

s]

from trees and shrubs, and particularly in slashing ‘‘blackboys’’ or grass trees

260 RECORDS OF THE $,A, MUSEUM

(Xanthorrhoea) in search of grubs. Lt was alsa nosed when digging into the
ground to brealc the soil. As a hammer it was useful for opening shellfish,
cracking bones to extract the marrow, bruising seeds, and pounding ochres,
clays, chareoal, ete., when preparing pigments for decorating the person and
treasured possessions. When held at ‘short handle’? (abont half-way down the
shaft) the pointed end of the handle could be driven into the thiek bark of
Euealypts and other trees; with sich aid the aser often could secnve a better
elimbing hold; at other times with the entting blade he could prepare steps in
the bark to assist bis climb. Sometimes a separate climbing stiek was used in
conjrmetion with the adj axe.

In entting with this axe the handle was gripped well down on the shaft,
and rather foreeful blows with it were directed obliquely at the work taee. It
Was not necessary to study the axe since it was not a delicate implement, but a
tool for general use; the stones were held firmly in the gum, and their setting
was nnatfeeted even by the shock of heavy blows. The flake face of the stone
nuplement was the one whieh passed close to the surface of work. This was
nevessary since otherwise the ridges and keels of the trimmed face might score
into the work and intertere with the cutting effort as well as causing the axe
stone to be jarred out of its setting. The euts normally were struck im an
oblique direction rather than across the grain of the wood. For a right-handed
meu, a favourite stanee was such that the axe blows eame obliquely from the
right and fell on the work in the midline of the body. When so used the
tvimmed face of the working axe stone lay on the side of the axe directed
obliquely upwards towards his left side. Beeause of the limitations of such
an axe it is necessary that a left-handed man should have the discoidal eutting
stones set the other way about in his axe, so that they face in the reverse
dirveetion and he, of uecessity, strikes obliquely down from the left towards the
midline of his body,

ln cutting footholds in a tree the operator worked with his axe held over
his head, and here again the blows tended to fall somewhat obliqnely towards
the left.

When cutting sections of wood, the piece, if of convenient size, would he
turned continually end for end so that the eutting blows could always be made
to fall in the one direction, As explained previously, this was necessary since
the operator had to keep the trimmed face of the stone uppermost and directed
away from the work faee. In general, wood for weapons was split off from
the living tree; much of the work other than the initial euts bene done with
wedges. When obtaining such split off slabs from trees the man stood on one
side of the tree (the right) to eut the wpper notch, directing his cuts obliquely

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC Kop) AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 261

downward. To make the lower cut he stood on the other side (the left) and
then directed his blows upwards, Onee the form of the weapon had been out-
Jinedl on the tree, stiek wedges were driven into the upper noteh by blows from
the hammer end of the axe,

In the later day manufacture of the axe itself, among the Wudjari, a suit-
able stone was found and after minor trimming, was mounted directly into the
gum Of the axe. Then, if its edge was not suitable for immediate use, it was
trimmed by knapping with another stone. Ordinarily such trimming was only
necessary when resharpening a bhint /edj, since when inserted the seleeted
flake usually would have a sharp edge.

There were uo surviving memories vither of particular sources of good-
quality or traded-stones, or of special methods of knapping the implements.
Within their time it was usual for any available sharp-edged stones of suitable
size to be brought to serve as Miodj axe blades.

Enquities were directed to many olher natives of South-Western Australia.
Usually their only recollection of the Kody axe was by name. The following
words, applied to hodj axes, wele obtained from sneh informants in the field.
They are written according to the phonetic system in use when transcribing abo-
riginal words at the University of Adelaide ;

Tribe Axe Lovality,
Aimangu *kudlja. Hill River to Greenough River.
Whadjuk "kody Perth and vicinity.
Jat "kodja Hill River to New Noreia.
Wudjari "ko :t] Bremer Bay to Israelite Bay.
Kaneang "kadjo Harvey, Bridgetown and Broone Hill.
Wardandi *palbu Geographe Bay to Blackwood River,

KARLY AND LATE RECORDS OF THE KOD.

The existence of the kodj axe has been known since the earliest contacts
between whites and aborigines. An early reference is one by Peron and Frey-
cinet who, during their voyage (1800-1804) obtained what seems to have been
a kodj axe. They list it merely as ‘tne hache de pierre’. The figire (at
plate 22 £8 of the “Atlas”) is not good. It possibly could be read to imply
lashings attaching the stones to the handle, perhaps overlying a gum base; the
hand grip is marked as if roughened or scored. Both stones seem to have
their flaked surface on the same side. No specimen quite like his figure has
been examined during the course of this study, and it is possible that the origi-
nal sketch has become modified during re-drawing on the lithographic stone.

262 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Mitehell (1949) is the latest writer to refer to the fod) type of axe. Under
the names ‘‘kedjo’’? and ‘‘kadjo’’ (one or other of these apparently being a
misprint), he deseribes and figtires one, referring to it as lollows -

“Wodjo is a fori peculiar to Western Anstralia, .. , A mass ol grass tree
resitt is attached to the extremity of a short stick and into this at opposite ends
are fixed two pieces of stone, One has a erude eulting edge, the other is
blunt and served as a hammer, These pieces of stone, if found detached from
their setting, would certainly not be recoguized as implements’,

Mitchell’s observations ave based apparently ou the examination of one or
more of the transitional or degenerate speciineus referred to below, His remarks
may well illustrate the dauger of any generalization on imperfect material. Ut,
ean be asserted that true hod) stones, like any normal, used-adze stones ov
knives, ete., would be readily identifiable as Lnmanly worked implements.

Despite the knowledge of the existence of the kedj axe and many passing
references to it as an implement, few specimens have been minutely examined,
described, and critically compared, ence, up to the present, the fodj axe
has remained, in Australia, one of the least well known of the bafted stone
implements used by the aborigines. One of the reasous may be that after the
beginning of European oecupation the hedj axe rather quickly yielded place
to a metal equivalent, while in the period of transition a degeneration in type
took place. This change may have been due, im part, to breakdowns in supplies
of suitable stone, received over old-time trade routes.

Specimens ascribed to post-Huropean contact times usually lack good eut-
ting stones. In reccutly made specimens the handles eenerally lack the polish
which comes with vontinued use and very inferior specimens seem to have been
made prinvipally by aborigines for demonstration or to use in trade with white
men who sought axes merely as curios. A common feature, particularly of those
made only as ‘demonstration models,”’ is the use of a thin, often crooked sap-
fing as handle in place of the sturdy fire-hardened handle, polished by tse, of
the folly efficient hod),

A rough census suggests that at least 37 specimens of the ody axe are pre-
served in Mnseum collections. Of these, 21 specimens are early and original
examples, and 16 are more modern and to some extent degenerale. Some of the
best specimens are in Enropean and American Muscwmns; of 14 examples exam-
ined in Australian Museuins, only two can be considered early specimens,

In the following paragraphs it is proposed to describe the appearance of the
principal speciinens of sods axes available in various Museum collections, and to
figure some of those appearing to throw light on the original form of this primi-
tive lype of axe,

TINDALE—PALAFOLITHIC Kop) AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 263

In the deseriptious certain general assumptions have been hecessaly regaril:
ing the probable shapes of such parts of the axe stones as are hidden within the
gum mounts. bia few instances if was possible to explore the general shape
of these parts with the aid of a warmed needle.

DESCRIPTIONS OF KODJ AXHS PRESERVED IN MUSEUMS,

A. kodj axe, labelled ‘ Australia #56:067? in the collection of the Museum
fiir Volkerkunde, at Llamburg, which \ufortunately may bave heen destroyed
during the bombings of World War IJ, is shown, from several uspects, as
Fig. 1-4 This axe has an overall length of 31 em. and is furnished with two
diseoidal, rather low-backed stoue flakes, oue somewhat larger than the other,
set ina ball, probably of Triodia gun, This gum imonnt, during the passing
of the years since it was fashioned, has been slightly distorted in shape and
flattened on one faee by a slow flow or slamp of the haftiug medium, The
handle of this axe is smooth and well polished by use. Both stones are so set
that in the normal working position the flake surface is to the right. The
material of both kedj stones is a rather fine-vrained, dark, and probably basic
igneous, rock. The initial trimming ol the stones appears to have been done
prior to mounting in the axe; further secondary flaking, eoufined chiefly to the
actual cutting edges, may have been done as a vesharpening measure after use
and at # time when the stones already were mounted in their present positions.

A second yery early specimen in the same Museum is labelled ‘Swan
River, New South Wales, 32.9:18". This label appears to date it to the
earlier half of the 19th century when Swau River, Western Australia was still
known as a remote part of the colony of New South Wales. The specimen, not.
figured here, is 384 em. in overall length, with two discoidally trimmed axe
stones set in a rather spherical ball of gum, 7 em. in diameter. Despite its
apparent age this gum haft is firm, showing few sigus vither of deformation
or distortion due to flow. The handle gives evidence of polish and wear in use.
The axe stones, uot quite so well trimmed as in the axe figured, are made from
a similar type of dark rock.

Big. 5-7 show several aspeets of a jodj axe labelled ‘N.S. 9741, West Ans-
tralia’’ in the Stédtisches Vélkey Museum, FPrankfurt-am-Main. Tu overall
lenuth if is 38 em. with a height of 11-5 em. UL hag two diseoidal stones, each
#2 em, in diameter and respectively 2-0 and 3-0 em, in heieht, measured in a
direction normal to the plane of the ‘‘flake’” surtaces of the original tabular
pieces of basalt from whieh they were made. The handle is 1-5 em. in dia-
tueter, its extremity tapered to a sharp hardened pot; the surface is worn

264 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

smooth with use. At two places on the handle there are traces of series of
irregular incisions.

Both stones have been fashioned from tabular pieces of blaek basalt, pri
marily trimmed by taking off large irregular flakes, and ouly in the course of
resharpening have been secondarily trimmed.

Figs. 8-11. Wodj axe and lummer axe. Figs, 8-10, Wodj hammer axe (52208 in Pea-
body Museum, Cambridge, Mass). Fig, 11. Modj uxe for a left-handed man from Bunbury
(E 89 in Western Australian Museum),

Fig. 8-10 serye to illustrate a kodj (No, 52208), in the Peabody Museum
at Cambridge, Massachusetts. This example is a composite hammer and axt
and the eutting implement is a discoidal block of coarse, dark, basic igneous
rock, set in a relatively small ball of guin. At a late stage in its history as an
axe, the near margin of this stone was broken away, thus deforming its origin-
ally greater discoidal symmetry and removing some of the secondary trimming.
The end opposite is adapted for use as a hammer; on this extremity it has a
battered tabular piece of rock of somewhat similar composition to that of the
cutting flake. This tabular stone bears indications of much use as a hammer as
well as some evidence of prior use as a cutting blade.

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC KoOD] AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 265

see

Figs, 12-15. Hammer axes. Figs. 12-13. Wodj made from quartz pebbles. (588/2
Western Australia, in Rijks Ethnographiseh Museum, Leiden), Figs. 14-15, Axe with
quartaite pebble hammer head (No. 59356 im United States Nutional Museam, Washington,
D.C), a reverse view of this axe appears in Plate xxii, top figure.

Fig. 11 depicts a specimen in the Western Australian Musenm, labelled
‘Bunbury, W.A. £39, collected by Colonel Phillips’’. The donor of the speci-
men was Commissioner of Police in Perth when the Museuni was first established
in that city and the axe was among the earliest, material registered in the col-
lection, it previously having been in a collection preserved by the Police Depart-
ment. Probably this is the best specimen preserved in any Australian Musewn,
Its weight is 680 grams and it is 39 em. in overall length, with the visible part
of the handle accounting for 30 em. It has two discoidal cutting stones of
typical form, respectively 5-0 and 6+0 em. in diameter, both trimmed from
tabular blocks. This axe is unusual in that both the stones have been set in
eum so that in the position of use the flake surface of the working stone faces
the left; from this it may be inferred that the maker and user was a left-handed
man. The handle is particularly stout, decorated with finely incised lines, and
has a sharp almost. eutting edge on the wood near the fire-hardeued and pointed
tip.

Three other examples are present in the Western Australian Museum ;
they are poorer, with relatively crude stones and inferior handles. 1.637 is
from Bunbury, W.A., received in 1901 [rom G, W, Teede; it weighs 482 grams.

266 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

No. 4193, obtained from T, R. Ward in 1911, without locality or other data,
weighs 397 grams, aud No. 9919, seenved from Mr. Rogers of Katanning, and
sald {0 have come Leom that clistrict, weighs ouly 285 grams.

Fig. 12-18 represeut. two views of a specimen, No. 588/23 in the Rijks Hth-
nographiseh Musewn at Leiden, labelled as coming from Western Australia.
It is one referred to by Sehwelty (1904), in a catalogue of the Clement colleetion,
although, as indicated in a footuote (p. 21), the speeimen did not belong to
Clement's collection, but was au older one in the abovementioned Museum,
The cutting tool is made from a wedge-shaped flake or shee from a rounded
and very smooth quartz pebble, The flake surface of this slice bears signs of
retrimming after use. The opposite end bears a snwoth flat oval quartz pebble
whose ends and four exposed lateral Faces are much balitered; viewed from
above the pebble appears roughly hexagonal in form, while the gum is smooth
and very black. The handle is 1:3 cm. in diameter, smooth, and tapers ta a
rather sharp point. he portion of the handle near the extremity is flattened
on one side and evidently was ouce the tip of a wooden spear; in a spear it is
against such a flattened face that the single wooden barb is lashed on, with
sinews. Three bands of black gum smeared on the handle appear to be a form
of decoration; such decorative gum bands are present also on spears from
Western Australia. The halt shows signs of extensive handling, he total
length of the axe is 35 em.,, and the distance between cutting edge of the axe and
the surface of the hammer is 14 cm. Slammer stone diameters, when viewed
from above, are 3-5 em. and 1+5 em.; the length of the portion inserted im the
ein was hot ascertained,

Fie, 14-15 give two views of a kodj axe in the United States National
Museum at Washington, D.C.. and labelled **59356, Australia, Willard Nye’,
A third view of this implement is given im Plate xxii, A, where the trimmed
faee of the axe stone is shown. The specimen is suitable for use by
a right-handed individual. The upper stone in this axe is a hammer, formed
from a piece of an oval, rather flat-sided quartaite pebble, much battered and
worn. The gum of the haft is brittle and cracked with age, but preserves all
the essential teatnres, The handle itself is relatively short, with its extremity
trimmed rather abruptly downwards to a blunt point; it is hi¢hly polished by
118,

fi an example preserved in the ecolleetion of the American Museum of

. . af 800
Natural History in New York (a5
fashioned on a bloek, and combined with a much battered hammer stone. The
handle has been used either fov digeing or as a elimbing stick; although much
polished by use, the tip of the handle is still sharp.

) there is a good discoidal cutting stone

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC Kop) AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 267

There are four good examples of kody axes in the Pitt Rivers Museum at
Oxford. One has a very fine diseoidal stone similar to that in fig. 1. Opposed
lo it is a hammer stone much as iu fig, 12; this specimen is labelled *‘ West
Australia 1910 (Webster)’’. A second, probably very early specimen, with
handle indicating much use, is labelled ‘*W. Australia, from Sir A, Hvans
1928"". Tt has a cutting stone whieh has been much reworked, The fourth is
a rather crude specimen, possessing two rough flakes, set in a gimemounted
handle, labelled as from the '*Pidungu tribe, 60 miles front Derby, N.W. Ats-
tralia’. ‘This is the northernmost record of the hodj type of axe, us Pidangu
is to be identified with the |Bedengo] tribe, whose territory is an area, still
rather poorly defined, situated south of the Fitzroy River and north-west of
the Canning Stock Romwte.(1) Tu addition to these tour axes in the Pitt River's
Museum there ave two other indifferent examples with ernde ‘demonstration’!
stones and handles showing few signs of use.

A specinnen (An. 1180) in the Grassi Museum at Leipzig is typical of
late, probably functionally degenerate speenmens, 1 is 80 em. in total length
and 11 em. between the eutting edges of the opposed stones; as in fig, 11 the
stones are set for use by a left-handed person. The handle is a crooked stick
not more than 0-S om. in diameter with iis extremity sharpened to a point,

The Museum fin Volkerkunde, Gerlin, possesses u specimen (VI 4450)
labelled only as from '‘Australia’'. This has two stones made from flakes of
granite; one stone is sharp, for cutting, and the other blunt, as for hammering.
The bandle is thin, worked and ornamented with three rings of gum which are
placed, not near the head as in fig. 12. but low down on the shaft where the
axe normally would be held; the tip of the handle is rather inditferently sharp-
ened. ‘This appears to be a late, demonstration example with handle made from
portion of a spear. This axe is similar to one of the specimens in the South
Australian Museum collection,

There are three specimens labelled ‘*W. Australia’ in the South Australian
Museum collection. One (A,15244) is an inferior demonstration example with
a thin unserviceable handle and may be dismissed from this study. A second
(A.15245) gives evidence of wear, the pointed end of its handle beme polished
by use. his axe has an overall length of 35 cm. and measures 15 em. between
the two eutting edges. Each stone is a cdiseoidal flake of a coarse textured
eranite vontaining large felspars; evidently both stones were intended for use
as crtttag implements. One flake is 5°0 em. in diameter and projects 3-0-
3-4 em, from the gum haft. The seeond is 5°5 em. in diameter and projects

(1) Ty a map of the distribution af tvibes (Tindale, 140), the tribal name Bedengo is
printed rather too far south on the map, and, us stuted in the text (p. 201) probably would
be better pluced well north of Luke Tobin,

268 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

2-0-2°5 em, from the gum. Although crude, each flake has been trimmed care-
fully on a tabular piece or a casual flake aud the flakes, set opposite ate so
placed as to be suitable for use by a right-handed user, The weight of the axe
is 295 grams. <A third and left-handed specimen, found on an abandoned
camp, with the two stones still held in a distorted mass of gum, lacks its
handle. The tyace of the space ocewpied by the handle is still evident in the
gum.

Four specimens are preserved in the Australian Museum, Syduey; the
three examined were of late ovigin and present little of partieular interest ;
one example (12.5983) is left-hanclect.

Two good examples are housed in the Bishop Museum at Honolulu; one,
No, 1922, has two stones of exeellent trin, 4°5 and 5-0 em, in diameter, set for
use by a left-handed man; the other, not registered, is right-handed. In this
second example, Plate xxii, B-C. the gum has slumped with age revealing
the form of the well shaped, munch retrimmed stones; one stone is 7-0 em, and
the other 6-0 em. in diameter.

In the Museum of Archaevlogy and Ethnology, Cambridge, Buglaud, is a
late example of a kodj axe with granite flake blades, ‘1902-169, Australia,
?R, B, Froude.*’

In the British Museum there are cight examples of whieh one (4769,
Christy Coll.) is left-handed and the rest right-handed. The best example is
one Of the earliest, received in 1859, from the Swan River (39.6.20). The chop-
ping blade is made froin a tabular piece of igueous rock whieh bas a few
shallow easual flake facets on the working face; all the seeondary trimming is
on the normally flaked side, Tt has a similar piewe of igneous rock mounted at
the Opposite extremity, This seems to have been intended as a second cutting
edge but is much battered by later use as a hammer, Six of the others in the
British Museum ate hammet-axes; they have typical, usually well-formed kod
stones, i Most instanees they show much retrimming. In one example (0498,
dated 1875) the stones are crude and made from a coarse granitic roek. Ta two
examples (W.A. 95.1858 and W.A. 267) the handles are shorter than usual,
being only about one-half the length of a normal axe handle in 267. In all speei-
mens, however, the handles are equally vohust and are polished by use. The
eighth example, 1614, from Murray River |Western Australia], differs from
the others in that the handle is squarely ent off, while the blades, which are of
flint, are smaller than usual. This curious example may have been used by a
child; it is not certain that originally the handle was trumeated as it is now.

From details given in the above summary of available speeimens and the
statements of Wudjari aborigines it has been possible to draw up the generalized
picture of a typical kod) axe cited varlier in this paper.

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC KODJ AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 269

A few other kodj axes have been reported. Oldman (1905) lists two from
Western Australia; his 81385 had a ‘‘syenite head embedded in black gum,
pointed handle; length 11 inches (28 em.); width across 5 inches (12:5 em.),
and his 4636, is similar ‘‘with length 154 inches (39-5 em.) and across head
5 inches (12-5 em.).”’

Webster (1899) also listed two examples from Western Australia. Of
these, one (444) differs from most of those described above in having a handle
with the end squarely truncated. It is referred to as having a ‘‘stone head
fastened with blackboy gum, head 43 inches (11-5 em.), full length 123 inches
(382-5 em.),

ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE KODJ AXE.

At the time of first European settlement, use of the kodj axe appears to
have been confined to portions of Western Australia; the only evidence for
wider distribution is of an archaeological kind.

Stone implements of types similar to those used in kodj axes are found as
relics in both Western and South Australia, and generally in Australia, Small
hammer stones such as form the hammer end of the kodj also are found in many
places.

As an archaeological type the kodj axe stone was probably first described
and figured by Tindale and Maegraith (1931) and subsequently was given by
Tindale (1957) the name of ‘‘karta.’’? When this paper was submitted for
publication there had been no recognition of possible relationships between karta
stones and kodj axe stones. The karta implements were originally described
from Kangaroo Island, where they constitute one element of an extinct stone
industry called the Kartan Culture. With present knowledge it seems probable
that if stones such as are depicted, for example, in Fig. 12, were found as
archaeological relics, they would be classified as ordinary karta.

If the former range of kodj axes is in any way correctly indicated by finds
of karta stones, then this type of axe was once widely spread in Australia.
Details of the distribution of karta may well be the subject of a separate survey
when full data for their distribution have been brought together.

Miniature oval and circular hammer stones such as form the hammer end
of kodj hammer axes are commonly found in many, but probably not in all
places, where archaeological karta have been reported. Howchin (1934), for
example, figures typical examples of these miniature hammer stones from Ade-
laide under the term ‘‘fabrieators’’,

While it should not be assumed rashly that all small hammer stones were
used in kodj axes, examination of known kodj hammer stones suggests that

270 RECORDS OF THE §5.A. MUSEUM

they should be readily recogiizable, becanse on them there are strongly abraded
facets in close juxtaposition to areas which have been protected underneath the
eum of the haft. The concentration of wear in certain definite parts of the
stone is marked; other portions lack all but the slightest traces of abrasion.
Often when a kodj hammer stone bas beeu turned on its axis several times and
re-hatted many times the results of differential abrasion are very eyident,

In the past theorists have sugyested mses for small hammer stones. Sone
have contended that they are ones which were held delicately in the fingers for
fine work in retouching and knapping flint. However often it has been difficult
to correlate the presence of well-batteved terminal facets with the smooth and
relatively romarked outer margins, and to reeoneile these with the light weights
of the stones, These ciffieuities tend to vanish when such stones are seen as
components of composite implements whose overall weights and dimensions
approximate to those of any normal hafted hammer (weight 400-600 grams).

DISCUSSLON,

Li terms of cultural stratification the Fodj axe seems to represeut the most.
prinutive type of hafted Australian axe. Tt has survived in Western Australia
in an area isolated by deserts from the country to the north and cast, where
more advanced types of stone axes are used. The people of the Western
Desert tribes possess no axe; their environment, from its general lack of trees,
is such as not to encourage the carrying of any form of axe, ence tt secs
evident there was an effective barrier against the spread of more advanced types
of hafted axes from the north and east. Viewing Australia as a whole the
hodj axe is stratigraphically overlaid by several other axe strata, including the
edge-ground pebble axes, cdge-ground flake axes, and harmmer-dressed ground-
edge axes; the two last-uamed may represent respectively Epipalaeolithie and
early Neolithic stages in axe development. Fully Neolithie types did not reach
Australia, although they are abundamly present in New Guinea and the islands
to the north of Australia. The existence of the kody may help to account for
the rather wiheralded appearance of edge ground axes, singe re-examinations of
Upper Palaeolithic implement assemblages with the gum baffled Kady in mind
may yield new evidence for the existence of gum-hafted implements as early as
Upper Mousterian times,

Based on an early published figure by Angas (1847) it was formerly
thoweht, though not explicitly stated in print, that a type of #odj axe might have
been used in the vicinity of Adelaide in South Australia. Angas’s figure seemed
to show two separate stones of an unequal size, set im gnim like a kedj, and

TINDALE —PALAEOLITHIC—Kop) AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 271

embraced by a bent withy, which formed a handle and was bound around with
string, Mowever, Angas’s picture had bee redrawn for publication by a litho-
grapher and was not very clear, When reference was made to the original
Angas painting, preserved in the South Australian Museum collection, the
double stone theory seemingly eould not be eonfirmed. Plate xxii, fig. D, is a
photographie reproduction of the original watercolour, Tt ean be interpreted as
showing that the example which Angas examined was a much worn edge-ground
flake axe with veduced butt. This axe blade seems to be similar to ones formerly
traded southwards along the ‘‘Red Ochre Trade Route,’’ which runs from
Qloncurry in Queensland via the Diamantina River to Parachilna in the Flinders
Ranges. Angas’s deseription of this Adelaide axe does not seem very clear,
and he uses Ramindjeri names, there being no known Kaurna ones. He states:
“Mohani ov ngarunde—a vative stone tomahawk ov axe fastened between two
pieces of wood; this is very similar to the maga or stone axe, of New South
Wales."’ The deseription appears to rnle ont any ‘two stone’? theory. Meyer
(1843) tipon whom Angas often appears to lean for his Ramindjeri native
vocabulary, wives :

*“'mo:kum s. black stone, something like a hatehet, the head fastened he-
tween two sticks whieh are bound together-and form a handle, There is a
sharp edge, which is used to charm men, while the other end of the stone is
blunt and rough, and is used to charm women,’’

The word |’mo:kani] also has other meanings iu the same district. As a
substantive it signifies ‘'stranger'’, as an adjective ‘‘strange’’ or ‘‘ wild",

Angas’s term ngdrunde is the [*narimde] of the Ramindjeri, which is not
inentioned by Meyer. In the South-East of South Australia Potarnwutj tribes-
people use a similar word {/yarin] derived from |’garari] “wood which has been
trimmed’? and |*inde] or [’ninde] agent. The Ramindjeri term evidently is
similarly derived; very likely the word has been borrowed from the eastern
people.

There remains a slight possibility that Angas did figure a kodj-like axe, but
that when he ecompusect the letterpress for his book he followed Meyer in
describing it in terms of the edge-ground stone axe of the south-eastern parts of
Australia. Final proof is not available since jo hafted specimens of a Kaurna
tribe axe ave known to have been preserved. The only surviving relic fram
the vicinity of Adelaide is a single bent withy handle. This, virtually identical
with the one shown in Angas’s figure, has the axe-head, eum, and lashings want-
ing. The faet that it is a withy 10 weap aronnd a bead seems to point to a
solid stone liead rather than a hody-like composite

272 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

On the basis of this single specimen Angas and Meyer may be assumed to
be in ervor in their descriptions since they state that the handle is composed
of two sticks. However, the head end of a withy wrapped around a stone axe
normally would be concealed by gum and by lashings; the probable mistakes in
ubservation are therefore not unlikely ones,

Meyer’s ‘tblack stoue’’ hatehet fits so well with present knowledge as to
leave little doubt it is the deseription of an example of the dark, grecnish-black,
edge-ground diorite or basalt axe from Western Victoria, traded west to Eneoun-
ter Bay. Here it is at the extreme western periphery of its range, and is known
as [’mo:kani|, a rare, strange object, used principally as a charm. This is not
surprising since it may be suspected that specimens whieh had passed by way of
use and trade so far from their place of manufacture, would be ones already so
wort down by constant resharpening as to be of indifferent service as hatchets,
The borrowed word |’yarinde] also points in the same direction for the deriva-
tion of axes in Central South Australia,

In line with this are indications from many years of archacological glean-
ing, On the one hand only a single specimen of an edge-ground axe (A,15427
in S.A.M,) has been found on the Adelaide plains, and this at Marion, where
many Encounter Bay natives eamped im the first days of white settlement, while
fewer than half-a-dozen are known to have been picked up west of the Murray
River or south of the Plinders Ranges. On the other hand, many hundreds, if
not thousands, have been discovered north and east of these limits in the main
areas of distribution of edge-eround axes. In the Murray Valley where excava-
tion data are available, they are an accompaniment only of the Murundian
Industry, the latest cultural horizon (Hale and Tindale (1930) ),

In regard to sources of supply of kedj stones a letter, dated 3 Jnly 1939,
from Mr. Tl. W. Baker, of the Katanning Branch of the Western Australian
Historical Society, has just been drawn to my attention. It indicates that
one source of kodj axe stones nay have been near Kojonup. Mr. Bakev writes:

‘+ Efforts have been made to trace the origin of the name of the town of
Kojonup. T made enquiries from a few old settlers of this district... . Mr.
W. D. Grover informed me that this name was a contraction of the native tern
‘Koiteh-an-up’, meaning ‘a place where axes are obtained.’ The axe referred
to, of course, is not the ‘Kelly’ with which whites are familiar, but a stone axe
with wooden handle used by the aborigines for cutting notehes in trees and
for kindred tasks. ’’

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC Kop] AXE OF THE ABORIGINES 273

SUMMARY.

The kodj, a type of palaeolithic hafted stone axe and hammer, is studied and
its modes of use, manufacture, and distribution in Western Australia described,
Archaeological kodj stones have been found in other parts of Australia. The
stratigraphical position of the kodj as the most primitive of hafted axes, is
discussed and references are made to the finding of axes of more advanced types
in South Australia.

REFERENCES CITED.

Angas, G. F, (1847): South Australia illustrated, London.

Hale, H. M. and Tindale, N. B. (1930) : Rec. 8. Aust. Mus., 4, p. 206.

Howchin, W. (1984): Stone implements of the Adelaide tribe of aborigines,
Adelaide, p. 71 and fig. 128-125,

Meyer, H. A. E. (1843): Vocabulary of the language spoken by the aborigines
of the Southern and Eastern portions of the settled districts of South
Australia, Adelaide.

Mitchell, 8. R. (1949) : Stone Age Craftsmen, Melbourne, p. 78, and pl. 4, fig. 6.

Oldman, W. O, (1905); Catalogue of ethnographical specimens, London, 29,
Nos. 57-58.

Peron, F. and Desaulses de Freycinet, L. C. (1807?) : Voyage de déconvertes aux
Terres Australes, Atlas, Paris. pl. 22, fig. 8.

Schmeltz, J. D. E., im Clement, E, (1904): Internationales Archiv fiir Ethno-
graphie, Leiden. 16, p, 21, pl. 3, fig. 13.

Tindale, N. B. and Maegraith, B. G. (1981): Ree. 8, Aust. Mus., 4, pp. 275-289.

Tindale, N. GB. (1937) : Ree. S. Aust. Mus, 6, pp. 39-60,

Tindale, N. B. (1940) : Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., 64, p. 201.

Webster, W. D, (1899) : Illustrated catalogue of ethnographieal specimens, (x-
ford, No. 20, fig, 121,

274 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Plate xxii.
A. Kodj hammer axe (No. 59356 in United States National Museum, Washington, D.C.).
B-C. Two aspects of a kodj axe (Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu; not. numbered).

D. Photograph of original G. F. Angas watercolour depicting mokani stone axe from Adelaide.

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM Vou. IX, PLATE XNII

THE SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA
(LACERTILIA)

By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

This paper correlates our limited knowledge of the genera Egernia and Tiliqua and
provides a working basis for further study. Approximately 475 specimens are studied;
and of the 30 species and subspecies recognized, 28 have been examined. It will be
necessary to collect and report on further material before satisfactory conclusions
concerning distributions and inter-relationships of these lizards can be determined.

Tur SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA anv TILIQUA
(LACERTILIA)

By FRANCIS J, MITCHELL, Sourn Ausrratian Museum.

Plate xxiii and text fig, 1-10.

THIS paper correlates our limited knowledge of the genera Egernia and Tiliqua
and provides a working basis for further study. Approximately 475 specimens
are studied; and of the 30 species and subspecies recognized, 28 have been
examined. Tt will be necessary to collect and report on further material before
satisfactory conclusions concerning distributions and inter-relationships of these
lizards ean be determined,

Exeept where otherwise indicated by the letters W.A.M. (Western Aus-
tralian Musemmn) or Qld. Mus. (Queensland Museum) the registration numbers
given are those of the South Australian Museum.

Mr, G. Mack, Direetor of the Queensland Museum and Mr, bl, Glauert,
Curator of the Western Australian Musenm have kindly made available speci-
mens in their charge, while Mr. J, R, Kinghorn of the Australian Museum,
Sydney, has substantiated several details from material in that institution,

A REVISED CONCEPTION OF THE GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA.

Bowlenger (1887, p. 142) distinguished Trachysaurus Gray from its. near-
est ally, Tiliqua Gray, on several small variable seale details, such as the usual
presence of an azygous occipital and the division of some of the subdigital lam-
ellae, together with the abbreviated stump-like tail. Other than this latter
character, which would appear to be a specialization rather than a basie phylo-
genetic character, there are no features in the single species which could be
considered of value for generie separation. The general sealation, dentition and
osteglogy are identical with those typifying Tiligua. Reference of the stump-
tailed rugosa to Tiligqua is paralleled by the admission of stokesii and depressa
to Egernia, All three of these species show a caudal specialization but no basic
differences from typical long-tailed members of their respective genera. The
caudal vertebrae of rugosa taper uniformly to a point and are not dilated in
uny way to support the depressed tail.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

‘HOTJIPuOD URAW V preno} Sauspuol aia Fuyeysuowap pww wasuas oat
aq} Ur sammyus [epeped aya Jo sworpisod VaLjwpat ary Farpnysaye ssapMetp FO saws y

BNONIL ** YINYS93

jo

J

SIUNLINS Wild idd

ayeusour pug myyM 4

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENEKA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 277

Au examination of a single juvenile specimen of Tiligua scincordes gigas
(Selmeid,) from Tanpora Island, wear the extreme south-eastern tip of New
Guiuea, and several other members of Tiliqua has revealed a link between this
genus and Hemisphueriodon Peters. It las shown that the enormous spheroidal
crushing teeth, stated to be charactetistic of the latter genus, ave not vestrieted
fo it, but are represented to varying degrees in several speeies of Tiliqua,
being most prominent in subadult specimens. — ( Compare the enlarged teeth
shown jn plate 1, fig. a and b).

As but a single specimen was available to the writer, Mr, J. R. Kinghorn
of the Australian Museum, Sydney, kindly examined this character in some
of the specimens in his charge, and he has stated that although his specimens
possessed enlarged teeth, none showed enlargement to the extent generally evi-
dent in Hemisphaeriodon, An examination of the dental characters of other
members of the genus has revealed one other species, 7. casuarinde (Dum, and
Bibr.) with similar enlargement. (See plate 1, fig. ¢). This is a probable
reason for the placing of the synonym Hemisphaeriodon tasmaniewm Lucas
and Frost in that genus. Many juvenile specimens of 7.s, scincoides (Shaw)
also possess one, sometimes tivo markedly enlarged teeth in each jaw.

The above data raise grave doubts regarding the value of this dental
enlargement as a generic character, and as the sealation and osteology of
gerrardy ave typieal of Tiliqua there would seem to be little ground for the
retention of the generic name Hemisphacriodon,

At the conclusion of his description of Tiliqua longicauda (= gerrardii),
De Vis (1887, p, 816) refers to his two principal distinguishing characters,
viz. the absence of a post-narial groove aud the length of the tail, as ‘‘suffi-
ciently distinetive—indeed generically abnormal’’. Although abnormal at
that time, both of these features were aseribed to Tiliqua by M. A, Smith
(1937) when he transferred four long-tailed species of Omolepida to Tiliqua.
Only two of these are here recognized. The post-narial groove is absent in
casauriure and only faintly present in branchiale. Peters’ luetuosa, which is
transferred from Egeriia to Tiliqua, also lacks a distinct post-narial groove
and has a tail of similar length and form to that of gerrardii. The action of
Smith (ay, cit.) has been eonfirmed by an examination of the palatal sutures
and dentition of the transferred species.

The above reasons, together with the fact that the addition of rugosa, and
gerrardi to Tiliqua will not make that genus unwieldy, are considered suffi-
cient grounds for regarding Hemisphaeriodan and Trachysaurus as syhony-
nous With if,

278 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Egernia and Tiliqua as now recognized can he separated readily as
follows :

1. Palatine bones not sutured on the midline of the palate; pterygoid bones
widely separated,

(a) Pterygoid-transpalatine suture arising from a point on fhe
orbital vacuity; teeth with aeute, compressed crowns, slightly
recurved a +f i A te .. Lgerma

(b) Pterygoid-transpalatine suture not contacting the orbital vacuity,
but arising from a point on the palatine suture; teeth tending to
be spheroidal ov obtusely conical, not reenmrved .. oe Tiliqua

Fig. 1 shows that although extremes in each genus are veadily distinguish-
able there is a Marked convergent tendency in osteologival, and to a lesser
extent in dermal characters. This suggests that the two genera have separated
relatively recently {rom a common stock and have developed along two mono-
phyletie lines, indicated by the relative position of the pterygoid-transpalatine
suture. Accepting this view, the most archaie species would appear to be the
Egernia whitei—inornata—kintoret group. The palatal sutures of all species
and races belonging to this group are almost intermediate between the two
weneric extremes, the pterygoid-transpalatine suture generally meeting the pala-
tine suture very close to or on the orbital vacuity (see fig. 1).

Although the above hypothesis should be regarded as speculative at present
because of the limited data on which it is based, it satisfies the line of thought
which seems most useful,

The point now arises as to whether or not the above generic (definitions
should have been made absolute by the inelusion of kinforet, whiter and imornata
in Tiligua. Uf the definitions are accepted as absolute, the genotype of Eyernia,
(whitet) would be referable to Tiliquu, necessitating the designation of a new
generic name for the remainder of the **Ayernia’’ Species,

In view, however, of the uniform gradation from the extreme Egernia to
the extreme Tiliqua type condition, a third generie arrangement could be
proposed. All species could be placed under Tiliqua with three subgeneri¢
divisions, Tiliqua, Egernia and a new division.

For the sake of simplicity, the desirability of retaining well establshed
names, and the doubtful value of proposing additional ones, the whitei, mornata,
kinlorei evoup ave herein regarded as extreme members of Hyernia, notwith-
standing the fact that there are reasons to support each of the other alterua-
tives.

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 279
EGkrRNia Gray (1839, p, 288).

Palatine aud pterygoid bones separated on the mid-line of the palate;
lateral teeth generally more than 35 in number with acute, incipiently triceus-
pid crowns, slightly recurved; pterygoids toothless or with slight rugosities.
Eyelids well developed, sealy; nostril piereed in the nasal, with or without a
enrved groove behind. Supranasals absent, pretrontals well developed; fronto-
parietals and inter-parictal distinet, the latter completely separating the parie-
tals, Body elongate; limbs short, pentadactyle; digits cylindrical or slightly
compressed. with inferior transverse lamellae.

Ky ‘vo SPECIES AND Supbsrucms or EGERNTLA,

Werner (1910, p. 472) construeted a large and cumbersome synoptic key
to cover sixteen of the species and subspecies of this genus. Apart from diffi-
culties in operating his key, its numerous inconsistencies, and its inaccessibility
to many workers warrant the following dichotomie key, compiled from material
examined during the preparation of this paper together with the type deserip-
tion of frerei Gunth., the only recognized species not available for examination.

1, Tail subeylindrical, almost as long as or longer than the head and

body te + “% a a 4 SS

2. Tail depressed, spinous, much shorter than the head and body ,, 29

3. Dorsal and eaudal seales smooth or faintly striated .. AN we GO

+. Dorsal and caudal seales uni- or multi-earinate 7 > 17

5. Post- and/or sub-narial grooves present? . ‘4 *, apt aca

6. Post- and sub-narial grooves absent a . a nie so BG

7. A median vow of laterally expanded upper aesuiaa ov Li . 9

8 Upper caudal seales uniform “°, " — 4 . i

9. Expanded upper caudals present on anterior half of tail striolate siriolate

10. Expanded upper caudals on posterior half only .. .. striolata nitida
11. A complete series of infraoculars ,. A, . - .. .. 13
12. No complete series of infraoculars .. 2 oe -» formosa
13. Fitth and sixth upper labials subocular .. a 4 .. Mmornata
14. Sixth and seventh or seventh and eighth upper labials subocular kintoret
15. 32-40 midbody seale rows ., os P +3 ++ whiter whitei
16, 40-46 midbody seale rows .. “4 ne ee whiter multiscutata
17. Dorsal seales umiearinate | - “3 -t 4 2: eunnvinghama
18, Dorsal scales multicavinate m $.. ws ts A .. 19
19, Less than 80 midbody seale rows; 5 or 6 supraciliaries .. .. dorsalis
20. More than 30 midbody seale rows; 6-10 supraciliaries .. i. om 2d

1 Grooves present, but often difficult to distinguish in inornata aud kintorei; specimens
should be examined clogely with w lens.

280 ReEcoRDS or THE S.A. MUSEUM

21. A complete series of infraoculars .. 7 > oe £4 23
29 No complete series of infraceulars .. a 33 z+ +4 ws OF
923. Dorsal seales obtusely bicarinate .. ta as =. frerei
24, Dorsal scales obtusely trie or quadr iearinate a . . ». 2

25. Dorsal eolorvation light brown; two erey clorso-lateral tii pes Ina jor major
26. Dorsal colouration dark umber; bright yellow ventrally major bungane

27, Sixth and seventh upper labials suboecular.. os . .. kingii
28. Filth and sixth npper labials subocular -. at # whites nupoleornis
29. Caudal seales muiieuspid 3 4" - 3 s _. stokes
30. Caudal seales tricuspid... = .. fv ab depressa

Beursia with. weirer (Lacepede).
Seineus white Lacepede, 1804, p. 192.
Eygernia whilti Boulenger, 1887, p. 130.
Egernia white tenebrosa Condon, 1941, p, 111,

The characters used by Condon (1941, p. 111) to distinguish the melanie
Kangaroo Island speeimens as the subspecies lenebrosa are invalid. The
separation of the parietals by the interparictal is a generiv characteristic. One
pair of enlarged nuchals is present in all Kangarvo Island specimens examined
including the type (R2161). A pereentage of South Australian mainland
specimens are also melanie.

An examination of fifty specimens revealed the following variations. The
midbody seale counts varying from 82-40; fell as follows: 32, (7 specimens) ;
33, (4 specimens) ; 84, (19 specimens) ; 35, (7 specimens) ; 36, (12 specimens) ;
37 (1 specimen); 38, (7 Ae Ae ‘tnd 40, (2 specimens). With the
exception of five specimens from Tasmania (R2895) all specimens have the
nasals separated aud the prefrontals forming a median suture. The Tasmanian
specimens agree with the findings of Loveridge (1934, p. 336) and the collee-
tiou of more material from Tasmania and Hastern Australia may reveal the
separation of the prefrontals to be a character sufficiently constant to provide
a basis for the designation of a separate subspecies. Usually seven upper
labials (fifth and sixth suboeular), but many possess eight (with the sixth
and seventh subocular). Supradenlars five, with seven or eight supraciliarics.
The basic colour pattern is fairly constant although sometimes partly or fally
obsenred by a uniformly dark grey or brown suffusion,

Averave adult length: 215 (79--136) mm.

Distribution: Coastal distriets of Eastern South Australia, Victoria, New
South Wales, Tasmania and adjacent islands. Type locality, Australia (no
exact data).

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 281

Loc. South Australia: R2578, Wareowie; R2896 (2 specimens), Courorg ;
R2807 (2 specimens), Yorke Peninsula; R2161 (holotype of tenebrosu Con-
don), R74, R1S56 (3 specimens), R2665, K1185 (2 specimens), R1760 (6
speciinens), R2007 (12 specimens), Kangaroo Island; R2901, Sweat Island,
Pondalowie Bay; R2877 (3 specimens), Waitpinga; R164), Basket Range;
R166 (2 specimens), West Island, Eneounter Bay; R218 (2 Specimens ) ,
Neale Camp No. 1 (near Oodnadatta 2). Vietovia: R1146, Nelson, Tasmania:
R2695 (5 specimens), uo exaet data, Western Australia: R2980, between
Victoria Springs and the Frazer Range.

Hoernia Wore: MuLTiscurara Mitehell and Behrndt.
Egernia whitii multiscutata Mitchell and Behrndt, 149, p. 176, fie. 2.

An examination of material from Eyre Peninsula, South Australia and
several of the adjacent islands has revealed this race to have a more extensive
distribution than was suspected originally, Typical specimens have now been
examined from several localities on the mainland as well as from ‘Thistle and
Flinders Islands. The characters used to distinguish the Greenly Island speci-
mens apply equally to this additional material.

Variations uoted in the 31 specimens examined are as follows; Midbody
scale counts 40, (2 specimens) ; 41, (2 specimens); 42, (8 specimens) ; 43, (11
specimens) ; 44, (5 specimens), and 46 (3 specimens). The general enlarge-
ment of the interparietal is evident in all specimens, it being in the extreme
14% as wide as the frontal. Whereas in the typical race many specimens were
found to possess only seven upper labials, all specimens of multiseutala so tar
examined have eight with the sixth and seventh suboeular. The basic colour
pattern is similar to that of the type race although more striking and inelined
to be broken up by irregularly distributed light edged scales in the insular
populations. In two specimens the patterning is obscured by a darker colour.

Distribution: Eyre Peninsula, South Australia and adjacent islands,

Loc. South Australia: R2636, Greenly Island (holotype, allotype and eight
paratypes) ; R2549 (2 specimens), Fishery Bay; R2547 (2 specimens), Thistle
Island; R2902, R2903, R2905, R2906 (15 specimens), Flinders Island; R2908,
Fowler Bay; R1274, Cotfin Bay.

KNGeRNiA WHITE] NAPOLBONIS Gray,
Hyerma napoleonis Gray, 1839, p. 290; Loveridge, 1934, p. 340,
Egernia pulchra Werner, 1910, p. 470.
Midbody scales in 36 rows (3 specimens); 37 rows (3 specimens) ; 38 rows
(3 specimens); 40 rows (1 speeimen). Supraoculars four, doubtfully five;

282 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

supraciliaries 7 or 8; 22-27 subdigital lamellae; a single pair of guchal
shields. Fifth and sixth upper labials suboeular in nine specimens and the
sixth and seventh in one specimen; 2-5 auricular lobules. Dorsal seales
usually obtusely bi- ov tri-carinate but almost smooth in four of this series.

A comparison of this material with Southern and Bastern Australian
whiloi has vevealed a subspecific relationship, specimens such as W,A.M. R384
with five upper labials anterior to the subocular and smooth dorsals being
almost indistingnishable trom white: whitei. However, the average specimen
is distinguishable by the obtuse keeling of the dorsal seales and the more cun-
stant presence of only four upper labials anterior to the subocwar. The asso-
viation of napoleonis with white: is further confirmed by au examination of
the palatal sutures, the condition in each case being identical. A gravid female
faken in January, 1938 (W.A.M. R6799) contains two young in an advanced
stage of development.

Werner’s figure of 2, pulchra (1910, fig. 6) is somewhat misleading, the
suout being shown as depressed with a slightly projeeting labial edge. This is
not confirmed by the eotype [Michaelsen and Hartmeyer collection R11345
(W.A.M.) | or any of the other material examined, the snout being shorter and
more rounded than in white? whitei.

Distribution; South Western Australia. ‘Type locality, Australia (110
exact data).

Loc. Western Australia: W A.M. R4517, Chorkernp; W.A.M. R266, R267,
R268, Denmark; W.A.M. R3535, Ongerup; W.A.M. R1S84, Stirling Range;
W.A.M. R6799, R6800, Helipse Island; W.A.M. R2563, Nanga Brook; Michael-
sen and Hartmeyer Collection R11345—eotype of 2B. pulehra Werner
(deposited in W.A.M,),

EqerniaA Writer CARNARAE Kinghorn.

Mr. Kinghorn has requested me to make the following eorrection in regard
to the aboye name. The type of £. whitei carnarae (Singhorn 1931), No. R993]
in the Australian Museum collection later proved to belong to the genus
Lygosoma, and was redeseribed and figured as Lygosoma (Hinulia) breviunguis
(Kinghorn 1932),

Mr. Kinghorn writes, ‘“An examination of the original of my mauuseript
shows that through carelessness in cutting out some notes on other species, the
correction regarding curnarae and breviwnguis was also deleted and the error
overlooked until after the publication of the description,”

A comparison of Kinghorn’s figure and description of breviunguis (1932,

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 283

p, 801) with two specimens of Lygosuma (Sphenormorphus) ocelliferum Boul-
euger ju the South Australian Museum Collection has verified the conclusion
o£ Loveridge (1954, p. 344) that the two are synonymous,

EGERNIA LNORNATA Rosen,

Egernia tmornita Rosen, 1905, p. 139, tig. 3.
Egernia striata Sternfeld, 1919, p, 79,
Egerwa kintorer (in part) Stirling and Zietz, 1893, p. 171.

Loveridge (1938, p, 187) vaises a problem in regard to this species. He
examined the gonads of a series of 24 specimens which he had formerly (1934,
p. 337) referred to inornata Rosen and was led to the conclusion that this
material was immature, He compares these with two adult specimens (one of
which is gravid) from Officer Creek, South Australia, which have a higher
number of midbody scale rows (viz. 46 and 48) and suggests that they may
be adults of inornata. He was unable to adequately distinguish the two series
on dermal characters. After an examination of the gonads of the specimens
recorded in this paper the author was unable to repudiate or confirm the find-
ings of Loveridge (1938), for although no positive sign of maturity was
found, the gonads of several fresh specimens cid appear to be fairly well
developed.

Two juveniles and seventeen adults of a large lizard with 44-50 midbody
scale rows are herein separated off under the name EF. hintorei S. and Z,, the
main distinguishing feature being the possession of five or six upper labials
anterior to the first subocilar as compared with only four in jnornata, The
colouration of the lectotype of kintoret is very close to that deseribed by
Loveridge for his ‘adult tnornata’’ specimens, and it is suggested that bis two
specimens may be referable to kintorei. It is expected that further collecting
will reveal the adult size of inornata to be about 230 mm. Present locality data
would seem to indicate that the distribution of imernata completely encloses
and overlaps that of Aintore?,

Notwithstanding the present data the status and relationship of the species
and races in the whiteiinornata-kintorei group is very unsatisfactory and
should make an interesting biogeographical study when more material is avail-
able for examination,

The two small specimens referred to Egernia kintorei by Stirling and
Zietz, have been examined and found to belong to inornuata.

Midbody scales in 36 rows (7 specimens) ; 38 rows (17 specimens) ; 40 rows
(10 specimens) ; 42 rows (3 specimens)—smooth, Prefrontals making a short

284 ReEcornpS oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

median suture; upper labials constantly seven, fifth and sixth suboeular; uster-
parictal short and wide, as wide as or wider than the froutal. Post-narial
grouve generally absent but a very faint groove is evident around the posterior
edge of the nostril in several specimens. Sub-narial groove iuvariably present,
but fanit in some specimens,

The ground colour varies from rust-red through pink-imged eream to
light fawn, Dorsal surface uniformly coloured, irregularly speekled with black
or with regular longitudinal striations, Some specimens have a continuous
dark dorso-lateral stripe aud two have continuous blavk vertebral stripes.
Both of these stripes are generally broken into irregular spots, Ventral sur-
faces white.

Measurements of the largest specimen; 158 (96-+-62) mim.—tail incomplete.

Distribution; Central Australia—probably oveurs iu the inland districts of
all mainland States with the possible exception of Vietoria.

Type locality: West Australia (10 exact data),

Loc. South Australia: R2914 (10 specimens), Mt. Burrell Station, R557,
Purnong; R754, near Tingatingana; R22 (2 specimens), Bow Hill, River
Murray; R692 (3 specimens), 405-mile station, Hast-West Railway; R602,
Oodnadatta; R2917 (11 specimens), Neale Camp No, 1 (near Oodnadatta?).
Western Australia: R2915, Frazer Ranges; R2916, between Victoria Springs
and Frazer Ranges. Northern Territory: R2918 (6 speeimens), Tennant
Creck; R321, Macdonnell Ranges.

Eqrenta Kintore! Stirling and Zietz.

Egernia. kintores Stirling and Zietz, 1895, p. 171.
Egernia dahlii Boulenger, 1896, p, 255; Werner, 1909, p. 42,

The large specimen whose measurements and colouration were described
by Stirling and Zietz is bere designated the lectotype and as a conseqnence
E. dahlti Bowlenger is, as was suspected by Loveridge (1934, p. 337) a
synonym of it. As has already been pointed out the two small paratypes of
kintoret ave referable to ¢nornata. Rosen.

Redescription: Body short, stout, the adpressed limbs slightly overlapping ;
the distance between the tip of the snout and the forelimb is coutained once
and one-half in the distanee between the axilla and the grom, Snowt short,
rounded; with two vertically rectangular loreals; nostrils pierced in the nasals
whith are separated on the midline by the fronto-siasal which forms a suture
with the rostral, A sub- and a faint post-narial groove present. Prefrontals
forming a median suture. Five supraoculars, second largest, as wide as the

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 285

frontal; tine or ten supraciliaries, first largest. First and second supraoculars
contacting the frontal, Fronto-parietals form a large median suture; inter-
parietal as long as and slightly wider than the frontal; parietals short and
wide. A complete series of infraoenlars and one pair of enlarged nuchal
shields present. Eight upper and ten lower labials, the eighth upper largest
and the sixth and seventh suboewlar, Ear opening oval, as long as the eye
opening with five rounded lobules anteriorly. Dorsal and lateral scales smooth
or faintly striated; forty-six at midbody; dorsals slightly larger than the
laterals and veutrals,

Mig. 2, Rgernia Rintorei Stirling and Zicta: dorsal and lateral views of the head—
adapted from the lectotype,

Colour: Red brown aboye with faint darker lines running longitudinally
between the series of scales. Faint vertical barring on the flanks. Ventral
surfaces pale yellow,

Measurements: Owing to the position in which the body has set it is diffi-
et to obtain acenvate measurements and therefore those of Stirling and
Zietz are quoted. Total length, 360 mm.; head, 35 mim.; body, 150 mm.; tail,
175 mm.; leneth of forelimb, 55 mm.; length of hind limb, 60 mm.

In addition ta the leetotype, eighteen specimens were examined and the
following variation noted. Midbody scales in 44 rows (8 specimens) ; 46 rows
(9 speeimens); 46 rows (4 speeimens); 40 rows (2 specimens). The post-
narial groove is constantly present, but very faint in several specimens. The
sealation on one side of the head of lectotype is irregular, several of the major
Sealvs hein subdivided, A number of specimens possess slightly enlarged

286 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

anal plates and one has two instead of the usual single pair of nuchals. The
majority of adult specimens are coloured uniform pale yellow in spirit with
no darker markings. ‘lwo juvenile specimens have a red and yellow motthng
on the dorsal surtace, and eonspienous vertical barring on the flanks,

Distribution; Central and North-western Australia—probably also ocenrs
in Western New South Wales and Queensland.

Loc, Western Australia: R2925, Northern Vietoria Desert (leetotype) ;
R2928 (4 specimens), Calvert Expedition. South Australia: 2114, Inna-
mincka; R2920 (3 specimens), Neale Camp No. 1 (near Oodnadatta!), North-
ern Territory: R2921 (6 specimens), no exact data; R2922 (3 specimens),
Tennant Creek.

EGERNTA STRIOLATA strRIOLATA (Peters).
Tropidalepisma striolatum Peters, 1870, p, 642.

Although originally recorded as being restricted to Queensland this species
appears to be widely distributed in Bastern, Southern and South-western
Australia. Fourteen specimens of the type race were examined, twelve from
South Australia and tio from Queensland.

Midbody seales in 30 vows (6 specimens); 82 rows (4 specimens) ; 84
rows (44 specimens) ,—dorsals obtusely tri- ov quinquecariante, almost smooth in
several of the Sonth Australian examples. Prefrontals usually forming a shart
median suture but separated in Queensland Mus. J7425; masals separated or
making point contact; eight upper labials with the sixth and seveuth subocular ;
a series of laterally expanded apper caudals usually starts 5-9 scales along the
tail from the level of the vent—R2910 has no laterally expanded upper caudals.

General ground colour of the two Queensland specimens is grey-brown; a
dark vertebral stripe on the nape breaks wp into six longitudinal series of quad-
rangular markings each half the width of a scale, There is also a dark dorso-
lateral stripe extending down each side of the body which breaks up about half
way alone inf an irvegilar series of dark spots. Ventral surfaces lighter, with
an irregular series of darker markings under the throat; upper labials and auri-
cular lobules white,

The South Australian material differs in having a much lighter ground
colour and the dark dorso-lateral stripes extend only to above the forelimb where
they fade uniformly into the eround colour, The longitudinal series of quad-
rangular spots are much narrower, each being only about one quarter the width
of 4 scale and are restrieted to a mid-dorsal sequence of three or four vows.
Setween this sequence and the dark dorso-lateral stripe is a imniformly eoloured
light band whieh is well defined near the nape. No darker ventral markings,

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 287

Average adult length, 227 (104 + 123) mm.

Distribution. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia,
Type locality, Lake Elphinstone, Queensland,

Loe, Queensland; Qld, Mus, J263, Toowoomba; Qld. Mus. J7425, South Pine
River. South Australia; R2909 (3 specimens), Morgan; R2910, Ooldea; R2625,
Burra; R291] (2 specimens), Mern Merna; R2912, Flinders Ranges; R2913,
Kilkenny, Adelaide; R965, Henley Beach, Adelaide; R2055, Payneham, Adelaide.

E@ERNIA STRIOLATA NITIDA (Gray).

Tropdolepisma nitida Gray, 1845, p, 106.
Egernia cartnata Smith, 1939, p. 11, fig. 3.

A comparison of the variation shown by this series of 28 specimens with that
of the fourteen typical strielata examined indicates that the two are subspecifi-
cally yelated. The two specimens R2894 would appear to be in the zone of inter-
gradation between the typical race and witida, Also, a comparison of Smith’s
excellent figure and description of carinata (1939) with the present subspecies
reveals the two to be synonymous.

Midbody scales in 380 rows (4 specimens); 37 rows (1 specimen) ; 32 rows
(5 speeimens) ; 34 rows (7 specimens) ; 34 rows (4 specimens) ; 36 rows (5 speci-
mens); 37 rows (1 specimen) and 38 vows (1 specimen)—dorsals tricarinate
with oceasional quadri- and quinquecarinate scales on the anterior third of the
hody; the keeling varies {vom very acute to obtuse, the two conditions sometimes
acenrring in the one specimen. Interparietal narrower than, but, almost as long
as the frontal; prefrontals narrowly separated or forming a short median suture;
nasals separated or making point eontact on the midline; two or three pair of
plnriearinate nuchals. Four, donbtfully five supraoculars; 6-8 supraciliaries ;
2-4 white anrienlay lobules; 20-24 lamellae beneath the fourth toe, Generally
five npper Jabials anterior to the first. subocular, but in three specimens only
four; laterally expanded uppereandals seldom ocenr on the anterior half of the
tail.

Dorsal ground colour grey-brown, with an ill-defined dark dorsolateral
stripe extending from the temporal region to about half way along the body
where it breaks up into an irregular series of spots. Three to five longitudinal
series of (uadvangular spots, each half the width of a scale extend along the body
and often along the tail also. In several specimens these spots have lost their
serial arrangement and are scattered irreenlarly, while in others the spots are
without the angular form typical of the average specimen; labia and auricular

288 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

lobules light, each labial with a dark pernmmeter. In two very dark specimens
there are numerous white-edged seales on the lateral surfaces and a white spot
in the centre of each labial.

‘wo specimens from Eclipse Island (W.A.M, R6801, R6802) have a distine-
tive colour pattern whieh seems worthy of deseription, The scalation of these
two specimens does not differ appreciably from an average example but it is
noted that the frontal and interparictal are of similar size and shape. Midbody
scales, 36 in both specimens. General ground colour olive-green ; the black dorso-
lateral lines extend from the temporal region to above the hind limb where each
heeomes broken into a double series of spots along the tail. The series of quad-
rangular dorsal spots have become fused into three continuous but irregular
longitndinal lines each two scales wide. Majority of head shields dark edged;
ventral surfaces uniform blue-grey ; labia and auricular lobules light.

Distribution. South-western Australia and adjacent islands. Type local-
ity, Australia (no exact data).

Loc, Western Australia: W.A.M. R6801, R6802, Eclipse Island; W.A.M.
R6058, Waddington; W.A.M. R8014, Norseman; W.A.M. R61038, R6104, R6109,
Kukerin; W.AM. R15388, R1534, R14535, R1536, Tambellup; W.A.M. R1165,
R1164, R1165, R1166, R1167, R8374, Bridgetown; W.A.M. R6816, Witecheliffe;
W.A.M. R6788, Albany; W.A.M, R4486, Chorkerup; W.A.M. R4604, Margaret
River; W.A.M. R1998, R818, Stirling Range; W.A.M, R4366, Wandering;
W.A.M, R265, Kent River. Also RY894 (2 specimens), between Frazer Range
and Southern Cross.

Eaprnia rormosa Fry.
Eyernia formosa Bry, 1914, p. 184; Loveridge, 1934, p. 338.

Nasals and prefrontals forming short median sutures or separated. Four
-§ supraciliaries; two or three pair of enlarged

re

doubtfully five supraoentars; 7
mmehals. Four upper labials anterior to the first suboeular; 28 or 30 (Loveridge,
1994 peeords 28-32) faintly striated midhody seales; 18-20 transverse lamellae
ander the fourth toe. GLoveridge (1984) exwmined seventeen specimens and was
auable to find any post-narial grooves. These ave definitely present in this
material. The eolouration agrees generally with Fry’s deseription and is eon-
stant enough to provide an excellent guide lor veady identification.

Fry draws attention to the vesemblance of formosa to striolata, but using
Werner’s key (1910, p. 472) compares it with /uetwosa and its synonym lata,
herein placed in the genus Ti/iqua: these are comparatively remote from formosa
whieh would seem to have been derived from similar stock to strielata, The
distribution of all three species overlap in South-western Australia.

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIOUA 289

Unfortunately three of the four specimens examined are without exact
locality data, one of these heing the cotype figured by Fry (1914, tig. 4).

Distribution. South Western Australia and adjacent islands. Type
loeality, Perth, Western Australia.

Loc, Western Australia: W.A.M. R16, R17, no exact data; R4209, Bulong,
new Kalgoorlie; also an unregistered cotype with serial No. 456 attached
(W.A.M.).

EGERNIA MAJOR MAJOR (Gray).
Tropidolepisma major Gray, 1845, p. 107.

Midbody seale rows 34 and 36, obtusely tri- or quadricarinate; seven or
eight ipper labials with the fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh suboeular; pos-
terior loreal almost square; three pair of enlarged uuchals. Ear opening oval,

Fig. 3. Egornia major major (Gray); dorsal and lateral views of the head,

two thirds the eye opening, with three or four obtuse lobules anteriorly; four
doubtfully five supraoculars; eight or nine supraciliaries. A series of laterally
expanded upper caudals, similar to those of s/riglata, present toward the tip of
the tail, Colour uniform light brown dorsally, with a light grey dorso-lateral
stripe. Ventral surfaces yellowish-grey,

Largest specimen (R356). 327 (152 +175) mm.

Distribution. Northern and Central Queensland; Northern Territory.
Type locality, Australia (no exact data),

Loe. Queensland: R356, Stewart River; Northern Territory : R1129, Roper
River,

290 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM
EGERNIA MAJOK BUNGANA De Vis.

Egernia bungana De Vis, 1887, ». 814; Longman, 1918, p. 37, pl. xii.

Loveridge (1934, p. 338) rightfully throws doubt on the status of this lizard.
The author has examined two specimens, an adult and a juvenile from the type
locality, Mt. Tambourine, South Queensland, and like Longman (1918, p. 37)
has been unable to find any concrete characters which distinguish it readily from
major, other than the distinctive colouration and the larger size. There are sev-
eral scalation differences between these specimens aud those referred to major
major above, but owing to the inadequacy of the material available for examina-
tion their validity as distinguishing characters could not be tested. Ilowever, on
present evidence it seems probable that bungana will prove to be a good sub-
species when more material is available,

Fig. 4. EHgernia major bungana De Vis: dorsal and lateral views of the head.

Midbody seales 28; seven upper labials with the fourth, fifth and sixth sub-
ocular; posterior loreal is somewhat rthomboidal; four pairs of enlarged iichals.
Kar opening erescentic, only half the eye opening, with three large acute lobules
completely obscuring it. Four, doubtfully five supraoeulars; ten or twelve
supraciliaries. The dorsal colovration is uniform dark tmber, almost black,
becoming broken and speckled with yellow ventro-laterally to bright lemon
yellow ventrally, In the juvenile specimen the lateral surfaces of the body arid

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 291

tail have occasional white centred scales; also one or two on the sides of the head
and neek,

Measurements of adult. 595 (270+ 224) mm.—tail damaged.

Loe, Queensland : R2924, Qld, Mus, 16831, Mt. Tambourine (type locality).

EGeRNIA PREREI Gunther.
Egernia freret Gunther, 1897, p. 405,

This Queensland species appears to be most nearly allied to £2. major, differ-
ing in the possession of obtusely bicarinate dorsal scales, the absence of a post-
narial groove and in having a slightly more elongate frontal. Midbody scales in
34 rows. No specimens of this species were examined,

Type locality, Bartle Frere Mountains, Queensland.

EGERNIA DORSALIS (Peters).

Tropidolepisma dorsale Peters, 1873, p. 743.
Egernia rugosa De Vis, 1887, p. 815.

A single specimen from Mungallala, South Queensland (Qld. Mus. J5895)
Was examined and compared with the description of rugasw De Vis (1887). It
is concluded that rugosa is conspecific with dorsalis; the few distinguishing fea-
tures evident from the description being of an unsatisfactory nature as they
have been shown to be very variable within specifie limits in other cases.

Dorsal scales quadri- or quinquecarinate, 26 rows at midhbody; upper head
scales rugose, often subdivided (see fig. 5), Two or three large triangular lobules

Fig. 5. Egernia dorsalis (Peters): dorsal and lateral yiews of the head,

292 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

largely obseure the ear opening; four, doubtfully five supraoculars; five or six
supraciliaries. A series of enlarged nnchals and vertebrals present but separated
from the parietals by several series of scales (see fig, 5). Adpressed limbs
slightly overlapping.

Meastirements, 485 (203 4- 232) mm.—tail complete.

EGernia Kiner (Gray),
Tiliqua kingii Gray, 1839, p. 290.

Midbody seales 34-36; dorsals tri- or quadricarinate. Upper labials irregu-
lar—7 -++ 8 in R97 and 9 + 9 in R242 with the fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh
suboeular.

Measurements of the larger specimen (R97): 380 (200 +180) mm.—tail
regenerating.

Distribution. Coastal districts of Western and North-western Australia;
adjacent islands. Type locality, Australia (no exact data).

Lac. Western Australia: R97, no exact data; R242 Abrolhos Islands.

HaerniA CUNNINGHAM! (Gray),

Tiliqua cunninghani Gray, 1832, p. 40.
PE gernia Lohmann’ Werner, 1917, p. 32.

Midbody seales 36-44, very strongly unicarinate and spinous. Hight or nine
upper labials with the sixth and seventh or seventh and eighth contacting the
lower eyelid.

Largest specimen (R293) : 522 (162 + 160) mm,

Distribution. Suitable areas in all mainland states. Type locality, West
Australia (lat. 29°).

Loe, South Australia: R2127, Monreith; R2304, Aldinga; R950, Mylor;
R2930, Burnside, Adelaide; R2931, Mt. Lofty Ranges; R2932, Gawler; R2933,
Lyndoch—also ten specimens withont locality data.

Rygernia lohmanni Werner (1917, p. 32) appears to be very closely allied to
if not synonymous with the present species, From Werner’s deseription (1917,
p. 32) it appears to differ in having ouly the seventh upper labial contacting the
eyelid, less spinous dorsal and caudal scales and in possessing a series of later-
ally expanded upper eandal seales. As pointed out by Loveridge (1934, p. 341)
a probable explanation of this latter character is a reproduced tail. Laterally
expanded upper caudals are evident in some reproduced sections of the tail in
major, formosa and kingit. In all other scale details and in colour pattern it
agrees closely with cunninghami.

MtTCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 293

HeEernta srokesu (Duméril).
Silubosaurus stokesti Daméril, 1851, p. 180.

The forty-four specimens examined showed the following variations. Mid-
lody seales in 32 rows (9 specimens); 34 rows (25 specimens); 36 rows (10
specimens) ; nasals separated or just contacting medianly: prefrontals with a
loug or short median suture, Dorsal and caudal scales generally unicuspid
although some specimens show bilateral keels.

Measurements of an average adult. 240 (168 -- 72) mm.

Distribution, Widely distributed in Western and Central Australia, Prob-
ably oeeurs in the drier parts of all mainland states except Victoria. Type local-
ity, loutman’s Abrolhos, Western Australia.

Loc. South Australia: R1797, Quorn; R2060, R2929 (2 specimens), Port
Augusta; R1480, Cludamook Station, East-West Railway ; R2928, 20 miles north
of Macumba Creek ; R98, Mern Merna; R2335, Nackatoo; R2119, Pygery; R1278
(2 specimens), Owieandana; R575, Moolooloo, Northern Territory: R314 (4
specimens), Macdonnell Ranges. Western Australia: R243, R244, R245,
Abrolhos Islands. Also fourteen specimens without locality data,

HGeRNIA DEPRESSA (Gunther).
Siluhoswurus depressus Gunther, 1875, p. 15,

Midbody scales in 30-36 rows, tricuspid; frontonasal making contaet with or
separated from the rostral; post-narial suture completely dividing the nasal
shield.

Measurements of an average adult. 153 (109 + 44) mm.

Distribution, South Western Australia, Type locality, Swan River, West-
ern Australia.

Loc, Western Australia; R2926, Murchison District; R2927 (6 specimens),
between Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers; R167, Beverley,

The close superficial resemblance of this species to EF. stokesii suggests at
once the possibility of their heing subspecifically related; they seem to share,
however, a common area of distribution,

Tmigua Gray (1825, p. 201).
Trachysaurus Gray, 1827, p. 430.
Cyclodus Wagler, 1828, tab. 6; 1830, p. 162.
Brachydactylus Smith, 1835, p. 144,
Cyclodomorphus Fitzinger, 1848, p. 23.
Omolepida Gray, 1845, p. 87.
Trachydosaurus Gray, 1845, p. 102.
Hemisphaeriodon Peters, 1867, p, 24.

294 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Apart from the osteological characters drawn attention to in the introduc-
tory chapter, the species of Tiliqua show the following differences from those of
Kagernia.

Lateral teeth generally less than thirty-five in number with obtusely conical
or spheroidal crowns, not recurved; pterygoids toothless, The palatine bones are
on the whole not as widely separated and actually make contact in several species.
The general form is a little more elongate; the scalation is very similar to that of
Egernia.

Key To THE Spectes AND Supspectes or TILIQUA.

1. Tail much shorter than the head and body; a complete series of

suboculars te te 4 a a 4 Fa if . 5

2 Tail almost as long as or longer than the head and body; with or with-
out a complete series of suboculars .. 7 ni 4. 3: . 3
3. A complete series of suboculars .. 3. ‘4 be aa luctuosa
4. An ineomplete series of suboculars if 8 he $3 . I9
5. Tail depressed, stump-like =f e: .k or Bat .. rugosa
6. Tail tapering uniformly to a point .. v <i os a, uy? 2
7. Tailsubeylindrical .. 4 he fi. cé He “t Ae)
8. Tail compressed .. m4 e el ba “ .. adelaidensis
9, Anterior temporals much larger than others és i. = ts JL
10. Anterior temporals subequal to others .. <& 9 -(s . 1
11, 28-34 seales at midbody +: ss be va ate a .. 1
12. 3440 scales at midbody .. re A, a scincotdes scincoides
13. Forelimb longer than the head alt ate rs .. setncoides gigas
14, Forelimb shorter than the head .. i ty .. scetncoides keiensis
15. 28-30 midbody scales ss of os 7 . .. nigrolutea
16. 38-42 midbody scales me 7 .. - > re on At
17, 4-7 darker body bands : 4 os .. voccipttalis occipitalis
18. 11-15 darker body bands .. ds ts .. occipitalis multifasciata
19. Post-narial groove present .. as oe ar J od ao, 24
20. Post-narial groove absent a Ls Le + ia .. 23d
21. 22-26 seales at midbody > 3 ot: .. branchiale branchiale
22, 28 scales at midbody .. o if ws .. branchiale woad jonesii
23. Body and tail with dark transverse bands iG bs .. gerrardit
24. Body and tail without dark transverse bands .. ys ‘is -. 2d
25. Bar lobules inconspicuous or absent = - casuaringe caswarinae

26. Ear lobules conspicuous—one or more |, dy .. casuarinae peterst

MITCHELL—SCiINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 295
TILIQUA SCINCUIDES ScINCOIDES (Shaw),
Lacerta serneoides Shaw, 1790, 242, fig.

Midhody seales in 34-38 rows; prefrontaly forming a median suture; nasals
generally contacting medianly, Seven to nine darker cross-bauds on the body
aud seven to ten on the tail.

The four specimens from Queensland aud Groote Eylandt ave much longer
than the average South Australian adult of this species and they possess a dis-
tinetive colour pattern, An examination of a larger series may reveal them to
be subspeeiticially distinct.

Average adult length, 441 (298 + 148) mm.

Distribution, All states of Australia ineluding Tastania; Islands in the
Torres Straits. Type locality, Australia (no exact data).

Loc. South Australia: R52, Ironbark; R190, Bridgewater; R191, Glen
Osmond ; R265, Mt, Compass; R290, Mt. Pleasant ; R520, Moolooloo; R643, Tor-
rens Gorge; R635, Kangarilla; R644, Mt. Lofty Ranges; R1311, St. Peters, Ade-
laide; R1491, Payneham, Adelaide; R1473, Smoky Bay; R1578, Native Valley;
R1750, Happy Valley; R2052, Avenue Ranges; R2061, near Pt. Augusta; R2070,
Willunga; R2097, Auburn; R2103, Kersbrook; R2149, Morphett Vale; R2125,
Delamere; 2149, Norwood, Adelaide; R2218, Nuriootpa; R2490, Myponga;
R2491, Campbelltown; R2492, South-Eastern South Australia; R2493, Quorn;
R2501, Cherry Gardens. (Owing to the shortage of storage space many of the
speconens of this common South Australian species were not, retained after
identification.) Queensland: R199, Bundaberg; R349, R350, Stewart River,
Northern Territory; R1134, Groote Eylandt.

TILIQUA SCINCOIDES GIGAs (Schneider).

Scimeus gigas Schneider, 1801, p. 202,
Tiliqua scincoides gigas Loveridge, 1948, p. 339.

A single juvenile speeimen was examined. Midbody seales in 32 rows; inter-
parietal much narrower than the parietals and shorter than the anterior tem-
porals; median dorsal and eaudal scales smooth. The fifth, sixth and seventh
upper labials subocular (De Rooij, 1915, p. 157, figures sixth, seventh and eighth
subocular). The length of the forelimb goes 14 times into the axilla-groin
easurement, Body traversed by 7-8 narrow blaek bands.

Measurements of this specimen, 144 (90 -+ 54) mm.

Measurements of an adult specimen. 557 (312 + 245) mm.—De Rooij, 1915.

Distribution, New Giinea, lava, Sumatva(?), and many of the adjacent
islands. Type locality, Amboiua Island, off Ceram.

296 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loc, R1639, Tanpora Island, near the south-eastern tip of New Guinea.

Loveridge (1948, p. 339) has concluded from the presence of /etensis Oud.
that gigas is only a subspecies of seincoides. Although the above possibility is
not disputed, the supposedly self-contained ranges of the various forms being
suggestive of a chain of subspecies, the presence of a morphologically inter-
mediate form isolated on an island does not necessarily eliminate the possibility
of the two lizards being specifically distinct. Subspecific relationship is tenta-
tively accepted until more data is available for consideration,

TILIQUA GERRARD (Gray).
Hinulia gerrardti Gray, 1845, p. 7).

Midbody scales in 32 rows; sixth upper labial entering the orbit, sixth and
seventh suboeular.

Measurements of an adult specimen, 345 (148 + 197) mm.

vara

es
Ms
SS

&

ty

Vig. 6. Tiliqua gerrardii (Gray)> dorsal and lateral views of the head.

Distribution. Inhabits the eastern coastal country of Queensland and north-
ern New South Wales. Australian and Queensland Museum locality records
indicate a distribution as far south as Wingham, New South Wales and north to
Rockhampton in Queensland, Type locality, Australia (no exact data).

Loc, Queensland : R2934, Herston, Brisbane.

This specimen was received in exchange from the Queensland Museum
where it was registered as J4611.

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 297

TILIQUA OCCIPITALIS OCCIPITALTS (Peters).

Cyclodus occiprtalis Peters, 1863, p. 231.

Midbody seales in 38 rows (4 specimens); 40 rows (7 specimens) ; 42 rows
(3 specimens) ; supraoculars 2 or 3; supraciliaries 5 or 6. Median suture of the
prefroutals varying from point eontact to half the length of the frontonasal;
nasals narrowly separated behind the rostral. As with other species in this genus
the forelimb into axilla-groin ratio varies greatly with the age of the specimen,
Darker body bands 4-7, tail bands 3-4.

Measurements of an average adult. 401 (287+ 114) mm.

Distribution. Southern parts of Western Australia, South Australia and
New South Wales; also northern Victoria. In spite of the veference by Waite
(1929, p. 146) to this species as ‘‘somewhate rare’ in South Australia it appears
to be quite abundant on the coastal fats north of Adelaide where it oceurs to the
exclusion of the more common scincoides, Type loeality, Adelaide, South Aus-
tralia,

Loe, South Australia; R394, Strathalbyn; R2740, Murray River; R2741
(G specimens), Balhannah; R2742, Tintinara; R3010, Port Parham, R3011,
Lower Light—also registered as having been taken at R189, Milang; R960, One
Tree Till; R977, Berri and R1021, Murray Bridge. Western Australia; R2718,
R2719, R2720, Frazer Range; R2722, between Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers.
New South Wales; R2743, Wentworth,

TIQUA OCCLPITALIS MULTIFASCIATA Sternfeld.,
Viliqua occimtalis multifasciata Sterntfeld, 1919, p. 79; Loveridge, 1984, p. 343.
Titique oceipulalis auriculare Kinghorn, 1931, p. 88.

Typical specimens of this well defined race are readily distinguishable from
the noniinate form by the much larger ear opening, partial separation of the
frontoparietals by the interparietal and the distinctive colouration, Midbody
stales in 38-42 rows (Kinghorn, 1931 records 45 for aurteulare) ; 12-15 darker
bands on the body, 11-13 on the tail,

Five specimens (R2746) ure labelled as having been the complete brood of
a female (R2745) from Tennant Creek, Northern Territory. These five speci-
mens appear to have bee preserved soon after birth, their umbilical areas being
still protrusive. They measure 100-108 mm, and were taken in April.

Fig. 7 is of one of these juveniles and it illustrates the relative size of the
ear opening and the partial separation of the frontoparietals,

298 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Distribution. Has been recorded from North-western Australia, Northern
Territory and south to Killalpaninna Mission Station in South Australia at
/
which station it was known to the natives as |jidna]. Probably also occurs in
South-western Queensland, Northern and Central New South Wales. Type
locality, Hermannsburg Mission, Northern Territory.

Fig. 7. Tiliqua occipitalis multifasciata Sternfeld: dorsal and lateral views of the head
of a juvenile.

Loc. Northern Territory: R2744, R2745, R2746 (5 specimens), R2747 (3
specimens), Tennant Creek; R2723, R2724, unloecalized; R323, Macdonnell
Ranges. South Australia: R2736, Killalpaninna Mission Station.

TILIQUA NIGROLUTEA Gray.

Tiliqua nigroluteus Gray, 1831, p. 68.

Midbody seales 28 or 30; four supraoculars; five or six supraciliaries.

Measurements of an average adult. 876 (251 + 125) mm.

Distribution. This species has been recorded from South-eastern South Aus-
tralia, Vietoria, South-eastern New South Wales, Tasmania and islands in Bass
Strait. Loveridge (1934, p. 343) also records a specimen without loealized data
from Western Australia. Type locality, Australia (no exact data).

Loc, South Australia: R1801, Mt. Gambier; R2748, Robe. Tasmania: R268,
Flinders Island.

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 299

TILIQUA LUCTUORA (Peters),

Cyclodus (Omolepida) luctuosis Peters, 1866, p. 90.
Egeruia leuta De Vis, 1887, p, 873,
Eger iva luctuosa Boulenger, 1887, p, 135.

An examination of the type specimen of 2. lauta De Vis (Qld. Mus. J249)
has revealed it 10 be synonymous with luctuosa, now more correctly placed in the
genus Tiliqua; the condition of the palatal sutures and the general form support
this transfer (see fig. 1),

Fig. 8, Lilique wetuosa (Peters): dorsul and lateral views of the head of the holotype of
Rgernia lauta De Via.

Midhbody scales in 24 rows (4 specimens) ; 25 rows (2 specimens), 26 rows
(3 specimens) ; supraoculars four, doubtfully five in some specimens; 7-9 supra-
ciliaries; two or three pair of enlarged nuchals. It is noted that the type speci-
men of lawta has 24 and not 28 midbody seale rows as was indicated in the type
description. Nasals separated or making contact on the midline; prefrontals
forming a variable length median suture. Limbs meeting or slightly overlapping
When adpressed ; 23-27 undivided lamellae beneath the fourth toe. A subnarial
groove extends up the posterior border of the nostril for some distance before
Joining it, and thus could be accepted as a postnarial groove,

Measurements of an average adult. 289 (109 + 180) mm.

Distribution, Oviginally recorded from King George Sound, North Western
Australia, this species appears to be common iu South-western Australia,

300 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

and the reeord of Jawla would seem to indicate u distribution extending
across the Northern Territory into Queensland,

Bowenger (1887, p. 135) revords two specimens of this species and five of
EK. kingit Yvom South Australia. Neither of these species ave represented by
loval material in the South Austvalian Museim colleetion and it would seem
possible that Bowenger’s material was taken in the Northern Territory which
politically was onve part of South Australia. Both species were collected by a
Dr. Fletcher. Type locality, Kine George Sound, Western Australia.

Loc. Queensland: Qld. Mus, 3249, nolocalized (Type of 8, laulu De Vis).
Western Australia; WAM, R8476, Denmark; W.A.M. R4419, Chorkerup;
R11464, R11465, R11466, Albany; R758, Leederville; 22786, Maylands. (Also
one unregistered specimen from the Michaelson and Hartmeyer collection. )

TILIQUA ADELAIDENSIS (Peters).

Cycladus adeloidensis Peters, 1863, p. 232; Strauch, 1866, p. 458.
Liliqua adeluidensis Boulenger, 1887, p. 148; Waite, 1929, p. 146.

Since the description of this species by Peters in 1863 considerable doubts
as to its validity have been cast, it being mentioned by Waite (1929, p. 146)
quoting the suggestion of Lucas and Frost (?) that adelaidensis was deseribed
from a jitvenile of one of the larger species, possibly 7. ocetpitalis Peters.

Six specimens of this rare species have now been found reposing under
various names in the South Australian Museum Collection and from these a
topotype has been chosen and a detailed redeseription compiled from it, Three
of these specimens are unfortunately without adequate locality data, having been
labelled by A. Zietz Omolepida or Egernia sp—Central South Australia,’’ The
topotype (R2229), a specimen from Dry Creek, South Australia (now an outer
suburb of Adelaide) had been wrongly identified as Hgerwia whiter var. a species
to which it bears little resemblance. The remaining two specimens were received
frum near Burra, South Australia in 1945,

In his synopsis of the species of Tiliqua (1927, p, 262) M. A. Smith gives
the range of Tiligua adelaidensis as *‘ Australia and Tasmania,’’ If correct, this
would indicate that he had examined speetmens [rom Tasmania, because as far
as I am aware the obly previously recorded specimens are Peters’ type and a
specimen in the British Museum recorded by Gunther (1867, p. 48) and
Boulenger (1887, p. 148). Both were taken at or near Adelaide, South Aus-
tralia.

Description. Snout short, pointed; rostral not projecting, visible dorsally
to about one third the length of the frontonasal; nasals meeting at.a point behind

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 301

the rostral; a small post-narial groove present. Frontonasal large, slightly wider
than long; prefrontals small, in contact mesially by a distance equal to one third
of the frontonasal length. Frontal 14 times as long as wide; slightly wider than
the supraoeulars and twiee the maximum leneth of the frontoparietals which have
a median sutire equal to that of the prefrontals. Three supraoculars, the second
largest and the first two in contact with the frontal; five supraciliaries, second
largest. Interparietal large, smaller than the frontal, completely separating the
parietals which are about twice as long as broad. 'lemporals 2+ 8, upper pos-
terior large, elongate, twice as long as wide; lower anterior small, triangular;
central posterior roughly rhomboidal; lower posterior small and rounded, Hight
upper and eight lower labials, the fifth, sixth and seventh tpper labials sub-
ocular; the seventh greatly enlarged. .A complete series of infraoculars separate

Vig, 8, Tiliqua adetaidensis (Peters): dorsal nod Jaterval views of the hand of the topotype,

the upper labials from the lower eyelid. A single pair of enlarged nuchals are
separated from the interparietal by a small azygous seale; a pair of slightly
enlarged anal plates present, Thirty-six smooth scales at midbody, rapidly
imereasing to forty-two or forty-fonr as the count nears the shoulder; ventrals
largest. Tympanal opening oval, smaller than the eye opening; with one
vounded lobule anteriorly, Fore and tind limbs of equal length and when
adpressed along the body they fail to meet by a distance equal to their
own leneth, The tail, whieh is shorter than the combined head and body
measurement is strongly compressed and tapers rapidly to a fine point.

Colour (in spirit), General base colour grey-brown, lightening ventrolater-
ally to light blue-grey below. The dorsal and dorsolateral surfaces are broken

302 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with an irregular mottling of darker spots and blotches. The limbs and tai) have
a rusty tinge. The ventral scales are dark edged giving the appearance of darker
grey lines running between the series of scales. Ventral surface of tail and gular
region nearly white.

Measurements. Total leneth, 188 mm.; tail length, 50 mm.; body length,
77 nim, ; head length, 17 mm.; fore and hind limbs, 17 mm.

oe, South Australia: R2227 (8 specimens), ‘Central South Australia’’;
R2228 (2 specimens) near Burra; R2229, Dry Creek ( Adelaide).

VaRiATION NoTED: Where more than one specimen is listed under one regis-
tration number the individuals are designated a, b, ¢, ete. in descending order
of size. Frontal: In specimens R2227 a, b, ¢, and R2229 it is as wide as the inter-
parietal while in R2228a and } it is narrower, [ny all specimens it is 11 to 14
times as long as the interparietal. Nasals: They are separated by the frontonasal
whiel forms a short median suture with the rostral in specimens R2227a, R2228a
and b. In the other three specimens the nasals, frontonasal and rostral meet at
a point. Temporals: The temporal counts vary as follows—R2227a, 2 + 3,
244; R2227b, 2438, 14+ 8: R2227¢, 248, 243; R2V28a, 3+ 3, 843;
N2228h, 2+ 3, 3-+ 3; R2229,2+4+3,2+ 3. Nuchals: These vary from one pair
in specimens R2227b, ¢, R2228 and R2229 to two pairs in R2227a and three pairs
in 2228b, Exeept where separated by a small azygous scale as in R2229 and
R2227e the first pair make contact with the interparietal. Scale counts: The
midhody eount varies from 34-88 and at the shoulder from 40-45, Owing to
this irregularity it is essential that the body count be taken exactly at midbody,

Measurements. It is noticeable that the three ‘‘Central South Australian’’
specimens (R2227a, b, ¢) possess tails longer in relation to the total and body
lengths. The total length—tail length ratios are as follows - R2227a, 139/58 mm. ;

2297b, 123/53 mm,; R2227e, 121/48 mm.—R2228a, 123/44; R2228b, 94/36 mm,
and R2229, 138/50 mm.

The sealation, althongh typical of the genus, does not suggest any immediate
relationship and the lizard’s strongly compressed tail and uniform sub-conically
crowned teeth are not represented in any other species,

TILIQUA RUGOSA (Cray).

Trachusadius rugosus Cray, 1827, p. 430.

Midbody seales 22-40: two or three supraoculars; interparictal completely
dividing the parietals. A single pair of slightly enlarged nuchal seales are gen-
erally separated from the interparietal by an azygous oceipital. Dorsal seales
generally rugose, but sometimes smooth with an obtuse eentral keel, There is a

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIOUA 303

tendeney for the parietal seales to become subdivided and in several of the speci-
mens examined ouly the interparietal remains intact, the froutoparietals and
parietals having been greatly subdivided,

The South Australian Museum colleetion contains two pairs of Siamese Twin
lizards af this species. In both eases the two young are united at the head and
shoulders.

Measurements of an average adult. 352 (265 +- 87) mm.

Distribution, The drier parts of all mainland states. Type locality, King
George Sound, Western Australia,

Lov. South Australia; R1896, R1397, Ooldea; R1802 (2 specimens), Min-
laton; R258, Lucindale; R755, R756, Devil’s Village; R1254, Tepko; R1256,
Maitland; R1277 (3 specimens), Northern Flinders Ranges; R1393 (13 speci-
mens), Vietor Harbour; R2553, Spalding Cove; R2587, Port Pirie; R2801,
Whittata, also twelve specimens taken in and about the suburbs of Adelaide
and several others withont localized data, Western Australia; R1609; R229,
R230, Warren River.

TMIQUA BRANCHIALE BRANCHIALE (Gunther).

Hinulla branchialis Gunther, 1867, p, 47

Lygosoma (Omolepida) branchiale Bowlenger 1887 p. 321 pl. xxvi fig. 2,
Werner, 1910, p. 479,

Lygosoma melanops Stirling and Zietz 1893, p. 173, pl. vi, fie. 3.

Omolepida melonaps Loveridge, 1934, p, 365,

Lygosoma gastrostigma Boulenger, 1898, p. 922, pl. Ivii, fie. 2.

Tilique branchiale Smith, 1937, p. 233.

Loveridge (1984, p. 865) condemns the action of F. R. Zietz (1920, p. 214)
in placing Lygosoma melanops Stirling and Zietz in the synonymy of Lygosoma
brancliale Gunther, As he does not record having examined any specimens and
was presumably working only on the published deseriptions, I am inclined to
consider that he was misled into formnlating this criticism, T have re-examined
the type specimens of melanaps (R2732) and have compared them with thirteen
additional specimens trom South and Central Australia as well as seven from
Western Australia and ean find no valid structural differences, the only variation
being in colouration as is indicated by the various published deseriptions. Loyer-
idge presumably examined the figure of Stirling and Zietz (18938, pl. vi, fie. 8a)
which is inaccurate, It shows the frontoparietals fused, a condition which is not
present in either of the types,

304 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loveridge (1934, p. 866) pointed out, when dealing with O, casuarinae
petersi Sternfeld, that the number of supraoculars ean often be alternatively
translated. dependent on whether the last seale is accepted as a supraocular or an
upper post-oewlar, This is applicable in the present case, the number having been
alternatively translated as three (melanaps and wood jones’) or four (branchiale
and yastrostigma). The colour variation does not appear to be correlated in any
way with the other variable features, viz. the relative size of the ear opening,
body proportions and distribution. The tip of the snout to fore-limb into axilla-
evoin proportion has been found essentially am age/sex character and of no
systematic value (see also Loveridge, 1948, p. 309), Midbody seales in 24 rows
(2 specimens) ; 26 rows (17 specimens).

ae ie
yy

ON OY)
Auaramee es,

sO
si )
A OD eee”

Na

Fig. 10. Tiliqua branchiale branehiale (Ganther) : dovsal and lateral views of the head of
the holotype of Omolepide melanops Stiving and Zietz.

Measurements of an average adult. 160 (85 + 74) mm,

Distribution. Western Australia, South Australia and the Northern Terri
tory. Type loeality, Champion Bay, Western Australia.

Loe, South Australia; R27380, Kangaroo Island; R2731, Barton; R2732
(2 specimens), between Everard and Barrow Ranges (Types of L. melanops 8.
and Z.) ; R2728, Pt. Augusta; R2734, between Ooldea and Talarinna, Northern
Territory: R2735, Termannsburg. Western Australia: W.A.M. R416, R444,
Perth; W.A.M. R1724, R1725, R1726, R1727, Newmarracarra, 19 miles east at
Geraldton; W.A.M. R4783, North Beach, near Perth.

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 305
TILIQUA BRANCHIALE WoOoD-JONESIT (Proctor).

Lygosoma (Homolepida) woodjonesii Proctor, 1923, p. 80.

This insular race differs from its nominate form in possessing 28 instead of
24-26 midbody scales and in several other minor scalation details. Of the eight
St. Francis Island specimens examined seven possessed 28 midbody scale rows
and one 26, although in this latter specimen 28 could be counted at a point for-
ward of midbody, The colouration is uniform dark grey dorsally, each scale
edged with black; lighter ventrally.

Loc. South Australia: R1198, R2728 (3 specimens), R2729 (4 specimens),
St. Francis Island.

TILIQUA CASUARTNAE CASUARINAE (Dumeril and Bibron).

Cyclodus casuarinae Dumeril and Bibron, 1839, p. 749.

Midbody seales in 22-24 rows; three supraoculars. Prefrontals separated
or forming a short median suture; nasals meeting at a point behind the rostral.

Measurements of an average adult. 276 (149-+ 127) mm, tail reproduced.

Distribution. Tasmania, Victoria and coastal parts of Southern New South
Wales. Type locality, Australia (not localized).

Loc, Tasmania: R2231 (6 specimens), unlocalized,

TILIQUA CASUARINAE PETERS! (Sternfeld).

Lygosoma (Lygosoma) mulleri Peters (non. Schlegel), 1878, p. 181.
Lygosama (Homolepida) petersi Sternfeld, 1919, p, 81.

Midbody scales in 24 rows; three supraoculars; prefrontals forming a
median suture, nasals meeting at a point behind the rostral.

This subspecies appears to have been formed on slender grounds, the
only evident differences from the nominate race being the more uniform coloura-
tion and the greater development of the auricular lobules, both of these are weak
characters and must be subject to considerable variation,

Distribution. South and Central Australia. Type locality, Hermannsburg
Mission, Northern Territory.

Loe. South Australia: R59 (3 specimens), unlocalized,

306 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SUMMARY.

A synopsis of the salient features and variation shown by species of the
genera Egernia and Tiliqua is based on a series of approximately 475 specimens
contained in the collections of the South Australian, Western Australian and
Queensland Museums.

It is submitted that there are grounds sufficient to warrant the followmg
taxonomic changes.

Osteological and dental characters are used as supporting evidence for the
following generic reshuffle :

Trachysaurus Gray (1827) and Hemisphacriodon Peters (1867) = Tiliqua Gray
(1825).
Egernia luctuosa (Peters) is transferred to the genus Tiliqua.

Dermal characters are used to support the following specific changes :

Lygosoma melanops Stirling and Zietz = Tiliqua branchiale branchtale (GQun-
ther.

Egerwa whitei tenebrosa Condon = Egernia whitei whitet (Lacepede).

Eygernia whitei carnarae Kinghorn and Lygosoma (Hinulia) breviwnguis King-
horn = Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) ocelliiferum Boulenger.

? Hgernia lohmannit Werner = Egerwia cunningham: (Gray).

Egernia dahlii Bowlenger = Egernia kintoret Stirling and Zietz.

Egernia rugosa De Vis = Egernia dorsalis (Peters).

Egernia lauta De Vis = Tiliqua luctuosa (Peters).

Egernia carinata Smith = Egernta striolata nitida (Gray).

The following are regarded as subspecies :

Egernia bungona De Vis is placed as a race of Egernia major (Gray),

Lygosoma, (Homolepida) woodjonesii Proctor is placed as a race of Tiliqua
branchiale (Gunther).

Egernia napaleonis (Gray) is placed as a race of Egernia whitei (Lacepede).

Kaerna nitida (Gray) is placed as a race of Egernia striolata (Peters).

A lectotype of the poorly deseribed Egernia kintoret Stirling and Zietz and
a topotype of the little known Tiliqua adelaidensis (Peters) are fully described.
A dichotomie key has been construeted for each of the two genera recognised
und figures are given of species previously not adequately illustrated,

MITCHELL—SCINCID GENERA EGERNIA AND TILIQUA 307

REFERENCES CITED.

joulenger, G. A. (1887): British Museum Catalogue of Lizards, 2nd Ed., iii,
pp. 1384-149 (London).

Boulenger, G. A. (1896): Ann, d& Mag. Nat, Hist. (6), xviii, p, 238.
jonlenger, G. A. (1898): Proc. Roy, Zoal. Soc., p. 922, pl. lvii, fig. 2.
Condon, H. (1941): Ree. 8, Aust. Mus., vii, p. 211, fig. 1.

De Vis, C. W. (1887): Prac. Linn, Soc, N. 8S. Wales, (2), ii, pp. 813-816,
De Rooij, N. (1915): Indo-Australian Reptiles, i, p. 158 (Leiden),
Dumeril, A. and Bibron, G. (1839') : Erpet. Gen., v, p. 749.

Dumeril, A. (1851): Cat. Method. Rept., p. 23.

Fitzinger, L. J. E. R. (1843): Syst. Rept., p. 23.

Fry, D. B. (1914): Ree. W. Aust. Mus., (1), iii, p. 184.

Gray, J. BE. (1825): Ann. Phil, (2), x, p. 201,

Gray, J, BE. (1827): King’s Voy. Aust., ii, p. 430,

Gray, J, E. (1831): Griffith’s Cuvier Animal King., 9, Syn., p. 68.

ivay, J. E. (1832): Prov, Roy. Zool. Soc., p. 40.

Gray, J. EB, (1839): Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, p. 288,

Gray, J. BE. (1845): Brit, Mus. Cat. Liz. (London).

Gunther, A. (1867): Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xx, p. 48.

Gunther, A. (1875): Zool. Erebus db Terror, Rept., p. 15.

Gunther, A. (1897): Now, Zool., iv, p. 405.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1931): Ree. Aust. Mus., xviii, p, 88.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1932): Ree. Aust. Mus., xviii, p. 301, fig. 1.

Lacepede (1804); Ann. Mus. Paris, iv, p. 192.

Longman, H, (1918): Mem. Qld. Mus., vi, p. 37, pl. xiii.
Loveridge, A. (1934): Bull. Mus. Comp, Zool., Ixxvii, (6), pp. 836-344.
Loveridge, A. (1938): Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., (2), 62, p. 187.
Loveridge, A. (1948): Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., ci, No. 2, p. 339.
Lueas, A, H, 5. and Frost, C. (1893): Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, (2), viii,

p. 227.

Macleay, W. (1885): Prac. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, x, p, 65.
McCoy, F. (1890): Prod, Zool, Vict., ii, p. 329, pl. exei, fig. 1.
Mitchell, F. J. and Behrndt, A. C. (1949): Ree. S, Aust. Mus., ix, p. 176, fig. 2.
Peters, W. (1863): Mon. Akad. Berlin, p. 232.

Peters, W, (1866): Mon. Akad. Berlin, p. 90,

Peters, W. (1867): Mon. Akad, Berlin, p, 24.

Peters. W. (1870): Mon, Akad, Berlin, p, 642.

Peters, W. (1873) Mon. Akad. Berlin, p. 743.

Peters, W. (1878): Sitsber. Ges. Naturf, Freunde, Berlin, p. 191,

308 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Proctor, J. B. (1923): Trans. Roy. Soc. 8, Aust., xxxxvii, p. 80.

Rosen, N. (1905): Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), xvi, p. 189, fig. 3.

Schneider, J. G. (1801) : Hist. Amph., ii, p. 202.

Shaw, G. (1790): in White’s Journ. N. 8. Wales, p. 242, pl.

Smith, A. (1835): 8. African Quart. Jowrn., ii, p. 144.

Smith, M. A. (1937): Rec. Indian Mus., xxxix, p. 282.

Smith, H. M. (1939): Field Mus. Pub, Zool., Chicago, xxiv, pp. 11-14, fig.

Sternfeld, R. (1919): Mitt. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell., 7, p. 79.

Stirling, E. C. and Zietz, A. (1898): Trans. Roy. Soc, 8, Aust., xvi, pp. 171-173,
pl. vi, fig. 3.

Strauch, A. (1866): Bull, Ac. St. Petersb., x, p. 458.

Wagler, J. (1828): Desc. Icon. Amphib., i, tab. 6.

Wagler, J. (1830): Syst. Amphib., p. 162.

Waite. E. R. (1929): Rept. & Amphib. of South Australia, pp. 142-146 (Ade-
laide).

Werner, F, (1909): Mitt. Nat. Hist. Mus. Hamburg, p. 42.

Werner, F. (1910): Fauna Sudwest Aust., ii, p. 479 (Jena).

Werner, F. (1917): Mitt. aus dem Zoologischen Musewm, xxxiy, p. 82.

Zietz, F. R. (1920): Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., i, pp. 181-228.

Rec. S.A. MUSKUM Vor, IN, PLATE XNIII

a. Palate and dentition of Titigua geeeardii, Wb. Talate nnd dentition of Tiiqua scineoites
dinte Giaveniley. oe Palate cant dentition of ihe emsicarotes al Topotype specimen of
Tilia ietaidensis,

Photography by C. Norton,

A RECONSTRUCTION OF THE KANGAROO ISLAND EMU
(DROMAIUS DIEMENIANUS)

By PAuL F. LAWSON, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Following a suggestion from the Board of Governors of the South Australian
Museum, the writer attempted a reconstruction of the extinct emu from Kangaroo
Island, South Australia, as it appeared in life. This paper describes the methods used
in the preparation of the specimen and does not draw comparisons from an
ornithological viewpoint; these have been dealt with adequately by Morgan and
Sutton (1927-28).

A RECONSTRUCTION or tor KANGAROO ISLAND EMU
(DROMAIUS DIEMENIANUS)

By PAUL F, LAWSON, Sourn Austrauian Museum,
Plates xxiv-xxv and Text Fig. 1-10.

FOLLOWING a suggestion from the Board of Governors of the South Australian
Museum, the writer attempted a reconstruction of the extinet emu from Kan-
waroo Island, South Australia, as it appeared in life. This paper deseribes the
methods used in the preparation of the specimen and does not draw comparisons
from an ornithological viewpoint; these have been dealt with adequately by
Morgan and Sutton (1927-28).

The only feathered specimen of Dromaius diemenianus known to be pre-
served is in the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris; this was mounted
many years ago. Skeletal material housed in the South Australian Museunt is
sufficient to gain a knowledge of the general proportions of the Kangaroo Island
bird, hut details of the type and texture of the feathers are known only from the
unique Paris specimen; we are indebted to the Director of the Muséum National
d'Histoire Naturelle for photographs of this example. They suggest that the
feathers of Dromaius diemenianus are relatively wider than in the mainland
Dromaius novae-hollandiae; it should he noted that feathers of Dromaius novae-
hollandiae were used for the reconstruetion, The form and size of the model
were based on a coniplete skeleton in the South Australian Museum (Reg. No.
B6814),

In beginning the reconstruetion a full-sized dvawing of the bones in their
relative positions was made; with this as a vuide, leg-irons three-eighths of an inch
in diameter were bent and threaded, and a centre board of seven-eighths of an
inch pine was eut to outline the body. A three dimensional metal template of
the skull (fig. 1-2) attached to a piece of three-quarters by one-eighth ineh mild
steel constituted the neck assembly, This was screwed to the top of the centre
board, and was easily detachable during subsequent moulding and casting opera-
tions.

The head and neck were modelled in plasticine (fig. 3) over the metal tem-
plate; glass eyes were placed in position in order to ensure subsequently aeeur-
ate fitting in the plastic reproduction. Plasticine also served for modelling the
feet and legs, the scales being made to conform as closely as possible in number
to the Paris specimen.

310 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Next, using the ribs as a pattern, wooden forms were eut on a band saw and
serewed to the centre board; the leg irons were bolted to metal brackets to act as
the pelvie assembly. Although the original bones were used in the laying out of
the drawing and for frequent measurement checks, the valuable skeletal material
was not used in the construction of the manikin.

Fig. 1-5. 1-2, Lateral and dorsal views of template
for skull. 3, Head, modelled in plasticine and finished
in polyvinyl chloride. 4, Leg in polyvinyl chloride, with

supporting tube inset. 5, Threaded leg-rod.

Fig. 6 shows the framework before the material representing muscular tissue
was applied; this consisted of wood-wool (or ‘texcelsior’’) laced on and covered
with hessian (burlap) and plaster, to serve as a base for the final modelling in
clay of muscular detail.

The next step was the moulding of the model. The head and neck assembly
was detached for separate moulding; the exposed portions of the legs were not
attached to the body and so presented no difficulties in moulding, The body
mould was prepared in three pieces (fig. 7-8) using clay walls to demarcate
sections; plaster reinforced with burlap was used for this portion of the work.
The head was moulded in two pieces (fig. 9) using ‘‘Greenstone”’ plaster. Each
leg mould consisted of two elongate pieces, plus a third piece for the sole of the
foot ; again ‘‘Greenstone’’ plaster was used.

LAWSON—A RECONSTRUCTION OF THE KANGAROO ISLAND EMU 311

Polyvinyl chloride was employed in reproducing the head and legs as casts.
As this is normally a soft material, an internal support was made for. the legs,
allowing the last-named to slide over the three-eighths of an inch leg irons attached
to the body. This was accomplished by the use of seamless steel tubing with an
internal diameter large enough to slide over the rods, After the steel tubes were
placed in the leg mould the latter was filled with Polyvinyl ehloride and then
cured; Fig 4 is a diagrammatic sketch of the leg with the steel tube in place
preparatory to the insertion in it of the leg rod (Fig. 5).

Hig, 6-10. 6, Armature of body ready to receive woodwool. 7, Two halves of the plaster
hudy mould. 8, Ventral section of body mould including inner halves of legs. 9, Mould of
head and neck, 10, Completed manikin, without one of the plastic legs (added by removing tho
nut on the leg von, slipping on the leg, and replicing the nut).

The high curine temperature of Polyvinyl chloride (160° C.) necessitated
the tse of “*Greenstone’’ plaster beeatise of its better heat resisting properties.

The glass cyes were removed from the plasticine model of the head aud neck:
‘Greenstone’? plaster replicas made from the eyes were then fastened to the
mould with celluloid cement in their correct. positions. The head was reprodueed
in Polyvinyl chloride by the flow casting method, which resulted in a hollow
replica; the cavity of the last-named was then filled with plaster, using the
original three-quarter inch by one-eighth inch neck iron as reinforcement, and as
a means of firmly attaching the neck to the body. When the mould was removed
the plaster eyes were readily detached and were replaced by the glass ones.

The body was reproduced in papier maché using strips of soft paper and
flour paste, backed with heavier paper,

After drying and remoyal from the mould the three body sections were
trimmed and assembled over the centre board and leg irons, cemented together

312 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

and finally completely coated with glue and whiting paste; this last operation
rendered the body rigid and strong. The manikin (fig. 10) was completed by
fixing the head and feet to the body.

According to literature, the plumage of Dromaius diemenianus was some-
what darker in colour than is usual in Dromaius novae-hollandiae; therefore, a
blackish bird was collected by the writer from the Cooks Plains area in South
Australia. The skin of this specimen, after trimming and cutting was attached
to the body with paste, nails being used to hold the skin while it dried. The
skin was extended on the head only as far as the mandibles; the horn-like man-
dible was represented by the suitably painted plastic, and the same treatment
was accorded to the feet and legs up to the line of the leg feathers.

Plate xxiv shows three views of the completed reconstruction and Plate xxv
shows close-up views of the head and feet.

SUMMARY.

An attempt has been made to reconstruct. the extinct Kangaroo Island Emu
(Promaius diemenianus). The proportions are based upon a skeleton (Reg. No.
B6814, South Australian Musenm) and the plumage gives the approximate
appearance of the bird during life.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS,

I wish to thank Sir James Gosse, at whose instigation. this reconstruction
was attempted, and the Museum Director (Mr. II. M. Hale) for his co-operation
on the project; also the Director of the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle,
Paris, for the photographs of the only mounted specimen extant.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Lawson, Paul F. (1948): ‘‘A Reconstruction of the Kangaroo Island Emu.’’
News Bulletin of the Art Galleries and Museums Association of Australia
and New Zealand, pp. 13-14.

Lawson, Paul F. (1949): ‘‘ Plastics in the Museum.’’ News Bulletin of the Art
Galleries and Museums Association of Australia and New Zealand, pp. 13,
14, 15.

Morgan, A. M, and Sutton, J. (1928): ‘A Critical Deseription of Some Recently
Discovered Bones of the Extinet Kangaroo Island Emu, Dromaius diemeni-
anus.*’ The Emu, vol. 28, pp. 1-19.

Kee. SA. MUS Mt Vor. TIS, Prarie NNTY

“SHUM ate fA Oey ay

THE STILT-BUGS (HETEROPTERA-NEIDIDAE) OF THE
AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND REGIONS

By GORDON FLINDERS GROSS, B.SC., SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The material described in this paper is in the collections of the South Australian
Museum, Adelaide, the Australian Museum, Sydney, and the British Museum
(Natural History), London.

I am especially indebted to Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum for arranging
exchange of comparative material, and for observations and information on various
aspects of synonomy, in particular for his opinion that Metatropis tipularius Dist. is
synonymous with Capyella lobulata Bergroth.

Tue STILT-BUGS (HETEROPTERA-NEIDIDAE) or THE
AUSTRALIAN anno NEW ZEALAND REGIONS

By GORDON FLINDERS GROSS, B.Se., Sowru Ausrratian Museum.

Fig, 1+,

INTRODUCTION,

Tire material described in this paper is in the collections of the South Australian
Museum, Adelaide, the Australian Museum, Sydney, and the British Museum
(Natural History), London,

[ am especially indebted to Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum for
arranging exchange of comparative material, and for observations and informa-
tion on various aspects of synonomy, in particular for his opinion that Metatro-
pis tipularius Dist. is synonymous with Capyella lobulata Bergroth.

FPamity NEIDIDAE Kirkaldy 1902.

Species slender and delicate with very long legs and antennae. Apex of
first segment of the antennae, and apices of the *emora, clavate; terminal seg-
ment of antennae enlarged and fusiform; antennae four-segmented and tarsi
three-seegmented. Head usually equipped with a transverse dorsal sulcus imme-
diately anterior to ocelli, and continued laterally to the hind margin of the
eyes. Pronotum dorsally and laterally, and the subcoxae covered with a raised
net-lke reticulation enclosing polygonal pits or punctuatious.

Of the six species which have been recorded from this area, the two Austra-
lian species are synonymous. Four species from Australia are herein described
as new, while two others, originally deseribed from India, are now shown to
occur in the Australasian region, making the total number of species eleven.

These insects are rare, and appear to frequent vegetation near water, where
the best method of eapture is by sweeping. Most species are to be found in high
rainfall areas, though Prolacanthus halei sp. nov. seems capable of living under
semiarid conditions.

Kry ro AustrRaLiAN AND New ZrauANp GENERA.

1. Seutellum unarmed, or provided with a simple keel or obtusely pointed
nodwe; head with a prominent ‘‘horn’’ located between the bases of the
antennae and which may project forward horizontally to or past the tylus 2
Seutellum armed with a long suberect spine, which curves backward some-
what; head unarmed .. - i 3 es ' we : 8B

314 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

2. Anterior pronotal margin concave. Australian and New Zealand species
dimorphic in both hectare and wings, brachypterous form commonest

3 a 26 Neides Latreille 1804.
Anterior pronotal Margin CONVES, dimorphism does not occur.
= ors - - = - af Cipyella Breddin 1907.

3. Odoriferous apertures provided with a process, which projects ip above
the level of the hemielytra; jo anterior processes to the pronotum .. 4
Process of the odoriferous apertures not well developed or unduly produced ;
pronotum equipped with a spine near each antero-lateral angle

Le ae : = 4 es 12 to .. Prolaciuthus Ubler 1893.

4. Pronotium equipped with three prominent tubercles posteriorly
“4 rts f on 7 Gampsocoris Muss 1852.
Pronotum equipped with three obsolete tumescences posteriorly ». 8
4. Corium and clavus impunctate at an Metacanthus Costu 1848.
Corium impunetate, clavus punctate .. .. Preustocerus Horvath 1905.

Genus Nurs Latredle 1802,

Neides Latreille 1802, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins, TH, p. 246. Logotype NV. tipularius

(Linn) designated by Westwood 1840. A palaearcti¢ species.

tn addition to the synonomy cited by Van Duzee, 1917, Cat. Hem, Am,
Nth. of Mexico, pp. 148-144, there are the following references; Douglas and
Scott 1865, Brit. Hem. 1, p. 160; Saunders 1892, Hem. Heterop. Brit. Is., p. 61;
Hedicke 1932, Mitt, deuts. ent. Ges, 3, p, 134.

Vertex of head equipped with a horn-hke process; the basal segment of the
rostrum does not reach the anterior ventral margin of the pronotum; seeond
segment of antennae longer than the fourth. Anterior margin of the pronotum
coneave; posterior two-thirds of the pronotum convexly raised in the niwerop-
terous form, but flat and coplanar with anterior third in the brachypterous;
both pronotum and abdomen wnarmed. Seutellum furuished with au obtusely
pointed nodule, and the process associated with the odoriferous apertares not
well developed, or undnly prolonged.

In addition, the following tendent characters oceur; the horn-like process of
the vertex tends to projeet forward horizontally over the tylus, aud in the
European species to be equipped with a ventrally dirveted (aud placed) semi-
viveular lamina, but in Neides tasmaniensis, the horm is very reduced, and
inclined at an angle of 45° (fig. 1b); the eyes tend to lie midway between the
anterior apex of the horn, and the anterior margin of the pronotwm, but this
is not so in N. tasmaniensis due to the reduction of the horn, or in NV, marponga
dune to an elongation of the postoeellary portion of the head; the first segment.
of the rostrum tends to reach ouly to about the region of the anteocellary

GrRossS—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND STILT-BuGs 315

sulcus, but reaches nearly to the anterior margin of the pronotum tn NL tas-
mamensis, and the rostrum itself! tends to reach only to the mid-coxae, but in
N. tasmaniensts surpasses the mid-coxae.

Pterygopolymorphism is common and of two distinet types; in the Euro-
pean species, the hemielytra are always longer than the abdomen, aud never
reduced in the brachypterous form; in the Australian and New Zealand species,
the hemielytra and wings in the macropterous condition never reach much
beyond the middle of the abdomen (fig. 2a), while in the brachypterous form,
both hemielytra and wings are considerably redueed (figs, la, 2e), and the
membrane of the hemielytra is no more than a vestigial flap. Myers (1926)
first recorded this second type of dimorphism for NV, wakefieldi Buch, White,
and I have specimens in both eonditious of N. mearponge, among which the
hbrachypterous condition predominates; the only three specimens of NV. tasmani-
ensis [ have seen are brachypterous, though doubtless the macropterous form
iloes exist. This evidence supports Myer’s statement that apparently braehyp-
tery is the normal condition,

The genus 1s cosmopolitan and three species, two of them new, are shown
{o oeceur in the Australian and New Zealand regions.

Key 'ro Species or NEIDES,

|, Hemielytra never shortened, always extending past the apex of the abdomen,

wings may be shortened , .. European species.
Hemielytr a and wines commonly short ened, but when fully developed, not
extending much beyond the middle of the abdomen .... Australian and

New Zealand species.

2. Cephalic horn strongly developed, projecting forward horizontally over the

tylus; rostrum reaching mid-coxac . s a 6S
Cephalic horn very reduced and set at an angle of 45°; rostriim reaching
hind ¢oxae.. 4: t's AJ. Y .. NN. lasmaniensis sp. nov.

4. Body thiekly pilose above and below; eyes approximately midway between
anterior margin of pronotium and apex of horn .. N. wakefield’ Buel. White.
Body weakly pilose above and below; eyes much nearer to apex of eephalic
horn than to anterior margin of pronotum .. -. No mdiponga sp hoy.

NEIDES TASMANIENSIS sp, nov.
Fie, 1, a-h.

Coloration: testaceous; underside of head, last segment, of antennae, distal
half of last segment of rostrum, distal ends of tibiae, tarsi and ventral suleus of
thorax black; femora (except distal testaceous elubs), tibiae and first three

316 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

antennal segments (except distal clubs of first, which are coneolourous with
femoral elubs), transverse Faseia on apper surface of the abdominal eounexivia,
aud a central veutral abdominal fascia yellowish.

Structive: eyes somewhat nearer tylos than to fore margin of prono-
tums spine of vertex very redaced, and set at au angle of 46°; there is no

process on the (ylus; rostrum surpasses the mid-coxac, first sewment tot quite

Cordini bros
=

Vig 1, Neides (iameaniensia; veh, doradh and later) views af Teachypterous male.
Hig, 2, Neides maiponya; a-b, dorsal and Jatern! views macropterous male, e dorsal view
brachypterous male.
mM

Fie fo Metacanthus pluto; a-b. dorsal and lateral yuows male.
Fig. 4.. Protacenthus halei; u-b, dorsal and fatern) views female.

GROSS—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND STILT-Bues 317

reaching the anterior margin of prothorax, ratio of segments 9:9; 7-5:7-5.
Abdomen above and below, coarsely punctate.

Length 6:5-7-5 mm, Width 0-5 mm,

Mabitat, Tasmania: Hobart, 22.1.16, C, Cole; Launceston, 6 Sept., 1929,
V. V. Hickman, ‘Under log’’) N.S. Wales: A. M. Lea.

Types; Holotype and paratype in collection of South Australian Museum
(No. 1.20025), allotype (No. K60373) in collection of Australian Museum,

Ne&ipes wakerieipt Buch. White 1878.

Neides wokefieldi Buchanan White 1878, Hint, Mou, Mag. 15, p. 31; Hutton 1897,
Trans, N.Z. Inst. xxx, p. 172; Myers 1926, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 56, p. 485-6;
Tillyard 1926, Ins. Aus. N.Z., pp. 147-8, fig, Q5.

Colouration : testaceous; the side of the head and of the prostethium with
a longitudinal brown line,

Structure: the apical lamina (spine of vertex) of the head eylindrieal,
straight, gradually narrowed to an obtuse point, and reaching far beyond the
apex of the head, anteocular part of the head subequal to the postocular.

In addition, the body is covered with a long whitish pubescence which
readily distinguishes it from N. fasmaniensis and N, maiponga, in which only
a very sparse pubescence is present.

Length 7-8 mm. Width 1 mm,

Tlabitat. New Zealand: ‘Wellington, Wanganui, Canterbury, rare in the
North Island, taken in December and April’’ (Myers).

NEIDES MAIPONGA sp. Noy.
Fig. 2, a, b, &

Colouration: testaccous; pronotum, spine on vertex of head, femora (a
broad brown band on the apical clubs excepted), tibiae (apices excepted), first
three segments of antennae (a broad brown band on apieal club of the first
excepted) a basal and a distal band on the fourth segment, a dorsal longitudinal
line on head from between ocelli to anterior margin of pronotum, tylus and
some contiguous areas of jugae, insertions of antennae and some transverse
fasciae on the upper surface of abdominal connexiyia yellowish. Other trans-
verse fasciae on connexivia, and a broad median band on last segment of an-
termae blackish brown, HWyes in life red.

Structure: Spine of vertex sparsely pilose and projecting forward to tylus;
last segment of antennae clongately fusiform; rostrum reaching the inter-
mediate coxae, first segment reaching to about anteocellary suleus. Hemielytra

318 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

in macropterous form extending half-way down the length of the abdomen, but

in the brachypterous form extending only one-ninth the length of the abdomen.

Length 10:8 mm. Width 0-5 mm,

Habitat. South Australia: Mypouga, from small swamp, G. F, Cross;
Adelaide, 10th March, 1949, F. J, Mitchell; Cape Jervis area, from Acacia in
creek, 27th February, 1949, G. F. Gross, Tasmania: New Norfolk, in tussock,
A.M. Lea.

Types. Holotype (macropterous), allotype (macropterous), 1 paratype
(macropterous), and 3 paratypes, 26, 19 (brachypterous), in the collection
of the South Australian Museum (No, 1.20026), 2 paratypes (brachypterous)
in the British Museum, and 1 paratype (brachypterous) in the Australian
Museum.

Genus Capyerusa Breddin 1907.

Capyella Breddin 1907, Deuts, Ent. Zeit, p. 36 (Haplotype malacaipus
(Stal) an African and Indian species). Bergroth 1909, Ann. Sac, Ent,
Belg. 53, p. 188-9,

Capys Stal 1865, Hem. Afr, 11, p. 119; Stal. ‘1874, Enum Hem IV, p. 128;
Lethierry and Severin 1894, Cat. Hem. U1, p. 181. Distant 1908, Fann,
Brit. Ind, Rhynch, TV, p. 489 (pre-oceupied by Capys Tlewitson 1865,
Lepidoptera).

Capytiom Strand 1926, Arch, Naturgy. 92, A8, p, 47.

Head armed with povreet spiniform process, pronotum posteriorly de-
pressed and furnished with an obtuse conical tubercle near each lateral angle,
mesosternum, metasternum and first abdominal segment suleated, process of the
odoriferous apertures apically emarginate (abbreviated from Stal),

In addition, the second segment of the antennae is longer than the fourth;
the anterior margin of the pronotum is sinnately convex, and the pronotim and
the abdomen are unarmed; the sentellum is furnished with a short obtusely
pointed spine.

This genus is known trom the African, Indian and Australian regions; there
is one Australian species,

CAPYELLA LOBULATA Bergroth 1909,
Capyella lobulata Bergroth 1909, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 53, 188.
Metatropis tipulartus Distant 1911, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (18), 7, (42), 585.

Colouration: testaceous; abdomen beneath pale yellow, with a marginal
series of ochraceous spots; fourth segment of the antennae black with a white
snbbasal annulation,

GROSS—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND STILT-Bucs 319

Structure: the rostrum reaches the intermediate coxae, first segment sub-
equal to the second and third together, basal margin of the pronotum produced
into a rounded lobe above the base of each corium.

Leneth 8-9 mm. Width 1 mm.

Differs from C. malacaipus (Stal) (= horai Breddin) and C. gracilis
(Dist.), in the short rostrum which reaches only to the intermediate coxae, and
in the light underside of the abdomen,

Habitat. Northern Territory, Australia.

Types. Unique types of (. lobulata and Metatropis tipularius in the col-
lection of the British Museum; one damaged specimen (Melville Is,, N.T., W, D,
Dodd), in the collection of the South Anstralian Museum,

Genus Meracantitus Costa 1838,

Metacanthus Costa 1838, Cim, Regni Neap, Cent., 1, 27, (Haplotype M. meri-
dionale Costa, a European species). Bergroth 1914 Wien Ent. Zeit., xxxili,
182,

Megalomerium Bieber 1854, Wien, Ent, Monats., 208; Fieber 1861, Europ. Hem,
4 and 231; Lethierry and Severin 1894, Cat. Hem. II, 181; Oshanin
1906-9, Verz. Pal. Hem. I, 242,

Apex of head moderately subacutely produced, second and third seoments
of antennae subequal, rostrum reaching hind coxae. Pronotum twice as long
as broad, with a distinct anterior collar, posterior two-thirds convex, and with a
low central keel, Hemielytra nearly reaching or surpassing the apex of
abdomen, and the process of the odoriferous aperture is produced into an
upwardly directed spine which surpasses the level of the hemielytra and is
recurved backwards at the tip.

The genus is represented in Europe, Africa, Asia, Indonesia, New Guinea
and Australia,

Key to AusTrRaLiIAN Sproms or METACANTHUS.

1. Species small (4-5 mm. lone), yellowish , rt $s, t+ 2
Species larger (7-8 mm. long), dark brown bs -. M. pluto sp. nov.

2. First segment of antennae, femora and tibiae with narrow brown or black
annulations ts an As ¥s i +b i os vy
First segment of antennae, femora and tibiae not annulated M, pertenerus
(Bredd).

3, Species 5 mm. long; annulations brown M. pertenerus wittatus subsp. noy.
Species 4 mm, lone; annulations black .. .. MM. tenellus (Horvath)

320 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MeracantHus pertengerus (Breddin 1907),

Megalomerium pertenerum Breddin 1907, Dewts. Ent, Zeit, 37; Distant 1918,
Faun, Brit. Ind. Rhyueh. VII, 176, fig. 82.

Colouration: very light yellow; the clavate distal ends of the first segment
of the antennae and the femora, and the apices of the tibiae brownish; the two
terminal segments of the tarsi, tip of the rostrum, and basal two-thirds of
the last (fusiform) segment of the antennae black; terminal third of last an-
teimal segment white; eyes and dorsal surface of abdomen red.

Structure: first antennal segment somewhat shorter than segments two and
three together, segment two longer than segment three, ratio 60:35:50: 10.

Length 5mm. Width 0-5 mm.

Habitat. India and Ceylon.

METACANTHUS PERTENERUS VITTATUS subsp, nov,

This Australian variety differs from the typical Indian, in that the first seg-
ment of the antennae, the femora, and the tibiae, are banded with narrow brown
annulations, except on the clubbed distal ends of the first antennal segment
and the femora, where there is a broad annulation.

Habitat. Australia, Northern Territory (nine specimens, Roper River,
N. B. Tindale).

Types. Holotype, allotype and four paratypes in the collection of the
South Australian Museum (No. 1.20027); three paratypes in the collection of
the British Museum.

The underside of the abdomen in hoth subspecies, has a greenish tinge, indi-
eating that it is probably grass green in life,

Meracantitus TENELLUS (Florvath) 1905.

Megalomerium tenellum Torvvath 1905, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., U1, (1), o7,

Whitish testaceous; head palely reddish testaceous, smooth, vertex seen
from the side not very convex, almost subhorizontal, tylus produced; the first
segment of the antennae remotely and narrowly annulated with blaek towards
the base, apex lightly clubbed and somewhat infuscated, fourth segmeut black,
apex white; pronotum densely and finely punctate on almost its entire surface,
two small basal obsolete callosities on the anterior lobe however, are smooth,
the lateral margins of the posterior lobe are parallel; the spine on the seutellum
is subvertical, shorter than the posterior margin of the pronotum with an acute

GROSS—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND STILT-BUGS 321

apex; hemielytra just surpassing the apex of the abdomen; thorax ventrally
punctate; lees narrowly and remotely annulated with black; femora lightly
clavate and somewhat infuscated at the apex, tarsi apically black—Horvath.

Length 4 mm.

This species differs from M. pertenerus in its smaller size and darker
colouration ; as however T have not seen this species, I am unable to say whether
it is also a subspecies of the ‘‘ pertenerus’’ group, in which case, as it is the prior
species, WM. perlenerus and M. pertenerus vittatus would fall under its synonony
as subspecies.

Habitat. New Guinea, Madang (Friedrich Wilhelmshafen),

METACANTHUS PLUTO sp, Novy.

Fig. 3, a-b.

Colouration: reddish brown; fasciae behind the eyes, pronotum im the
vicinity of anterior dorsal callosities, and regions above the anterior subcoxae
laterally, sentellum and its spine, thoracic sternites, dorsal surface and portions
of ventral surface of the abdomen, tips of tibiae and tarsi, darker brown to
blackish brown ; basal two-thirds of last sezment of antennae black, apical third
white.

Structure; Ratio of antennal seements 60:36: 29:8, vertex of head fairly
convex, Ocelli nearer eyes than to each other; first segment of the rostrum
reaching about to the anteocellary suleus.

Length 7-8 mm. Width 1 mm.

This large dark species contrasts sharply with the other small yellowish
species in this genus, and in size and overall colouration, superficially resembles
Capyella malacaipus and C. lobulata,

It appears to be closely related to Preustocerus nigrtcormis Horvath and
P. brevisping Tlorvath, in dimensions and colouration, but it only differs trom
Horvath’'s description of Pneustocerus in not having the punctate clavus. Strue-
turally it also does not differ significantly from the other species of Metacanthus.

Tt appears that there is need for some clarification of the status of Pneusta-
cerus Horvath.

Ifubitat. Queensland; Bunya Mts., 2,000-8,000 ft., 24.12.87, N, Geary;
Magnetie Is., A. M, Lea, N.S, Wales: Upper Williams River, Oct., 1925, Lea
and Wilson.

Types. Holotype and allotype in the collection of the Australian Museum,
Sydney; two paratypes in the collection of the South Australian Museum
(No, [.20028), and one paratype in the collection of the British Museum.

322 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genus PNeusrocerus Horvath 1905,
Preustocerus Uorvath 1905, Ann, Mus, Not, Hung., 11 (1), 59.

(Haplotype P. wgricornis Horvath, a New Guinea species).

Body strongly elongated. Head unarmed; vertex tumidly elevated,
marked off from tylus by a transverse impression. Ocelli more remote from
each other than from eyes, Antennae slender, very long, longer than body,
first scezment subequal to the subsequent segments im length, apex clavate,
second segment a little longer than third, fourth segment narrow, elongate, and
fusiform. Rostrum reaching posterior coxae, basal segment half length of head.
Pronotnum anteriorly truneate, posteriorly lightly sinuate, constricted towards
front, convex, angles not prominent, posterior margin attenuate and depressed,
wediau keel obsolete and disappearing posteriorly, humeral angles hardly tume-
scent. Seutellum armed with a long erect spine. Hemielytra complete, clavus
punetate, corium impunetate. Odoriterous orifiees furnished with a long ereet
process, whose apex is sharply turned back. Legs very long; femora apically
clavate, posterior femora surpassing the apex of the abdomen, Venter impune-
tate. (Horvath).

The genus has species in New Guinea and Borneo,

PNEUSTOCERUS NIGRICORNIS Horvath 1905,
Pnreustocerus mgricornis Horvath 1905, Ann. Nat. Mus. Hung., U1 ,(1), 59.

Reddish-testaceous; head smooth, impunetate, often a lateral obsolete
postocular fuseus band is present, vertex strongly convex; antennae black, first
segment becoming pale at base, apex lightly clavate, apical half of the fourth
segment white; pronotum densely and distinctly punctate, provided with a
smooth transverse subapical callosity, sides moderately rounded; spine on the
seitellum straight, vertical, equal to half the posterior margin of the pronotum,
apex acute; hemielytra a little shorter than abdomen, extending to apex of
pentitimate dorsal segment; process of odoriferous orifices becoming black at
the apex; clubs of femora, tibiae, and tarsi black, (Torvath).

Leneth 8—9 mm.

Habitat. New Guinea.

I have not seen this species or any member of its genus.

Genus Gamwpsocoris Puss 1852.

Cumpsocoris Buss 1852, Mitth. Ver, Hermanstadt 7, (Haplotype G. punetipes
(Germar), a European species), Bergroth 1914, Wien Bnt. Zeil, xxxiii.
182,

GRoss —AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND STILT-BuUGS 323

Metacanthus Costa 1848, Atti, Ae, Nap, VII, 258; Fieber 1859, Wein Ent.
Monats, 209; Wieber 1811, Europ. Hem. 213; Douglas and Scott 1865,
Brit. Hem, [, 115; Saunders 1892, Hem. Het. Brit, Is., 15; Lethierry and
Severin 1894, Cat. Hem. I, 132; Distant 1902, Faun. Brit. India, Rhynch,

I, 422,
Armanus Midsant and Rey 1870, Pun. Franee, Cor, 187.

Vertex of head raised and convex, second and third segments of antennae
subequal, pronotum not twice as long as broad, convexly raised and tritubereu-
late posteriorly, clavus very short, and apical margin of the corium very long.
Seutellum equipped with a long curved spine, process of the odoriferous aper-
tures neither strongly produced nor surpassing the level of the hemielytra in
G. punclipes, but is strongly produced, and surpasses the level of the hemielytra
in G. pulchellus.

The genus is cosmopolitan, there is only one species in this region,

Gamesocoris PULCHELLUS (Dallas) 1852.

Metacanthus pulehellus Dallas 1852, List. Hem. TT, 490; Distant 1902, Faun.
Brit. India, Rhynch, I, 243, fig. 248.

Colouration ; pale yellow, tending brownish in some specimens; first three
segments of the antennae, femora, and tibiae with numerous brown or black
annulations; clubs of femora tips of tibiae and two terminal tarsal segments
brown,

Strueture; Pronotum with anterior margin convex and without tubercles,
but with three whitish tubercles forming a transverse line on the dorsal surface
above the fore coxae (homologous with the eallous area in this position in other
species of Neidids). Process of the odoriferous apertures prolonged into an
upwardly directed process, which surpasses the level of the hemielytra (as in
species of Metacanthus—this is not shown in Distant’s figure),

Length 8*5-4°5 mm, Width 0-75 mm.

Tabitat. India, Java, New Guinea (Misima Is.), Australia (Darwin).
The Darwin species are somewhat paler (han the Indian and Misima Is- speci-
Tens,

There are eleven specimens (two Darwin, G. F. Till, and nine Misima Is.,
Papua, Rev, H, K, Bartlett) in the collection of the South Australian Museum,
and four specimens (two of the Darwin series and two of the Misima series) in
the collection of the British Museim,

324 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genus Proracanruus Uhler 1893,

Protacanthus Uhler 1893, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 707, (Haplotype P. decorius

Uhler, a West Indian species). China 1930, Ins. Samoa I1, fase. 3, 111.
Auchenoplus Bergroth 1913, Mem. Soc, Ent. Belgique, 22, 179.

Rostrum reaching posterior coxae, basal segment not as long as head, second
and third segments of antennae subequal. Pronotum anteriorly armed on each
side with an obliquely directed spine and equipped with a prominent central
keel and tritubereulate posteriorly. Temielytra longer than abdomen, which
tapers from base to apex. Scutellum armed with a prominent spine, process of
the odoriferous apertures not prolonged vertically above the level of the hemie-
lytra.

Has species in the West Indies, Polynesia, Australia and India.

PROTACANTHUS PACIFICUS China 1930.
Protacanthus pacificus China 1980, Ins. Samoa LI, fase. 3 111, fig. 2.

Anterior lobe of head (in front of ocelli) and eyes intense shining black,
remainder fulvous, flecked with brown. Pronotum fulvous anteriorly and
shading through brown to black posteriorly, abdomen pale green.

TIead with a few short hairs, especally at apex of rostrum, reaching almost
to second abdominal segment, relative lengths of segments, 35:17:20: 22.
Ilumeral angles of pronotum sub-globosely swollen, the median longitudinal
keel on dise very distinct posteriorly, strongly elevated between the tumescent
humeral lobes and dilated to form an elongate lobe-like protusion, Spines of
anterior collar robust, about as long as head is wide between eyes. Hemielytra
extending well beyond the apex of the abdomen, (Abbreviated from China).

Length 4mm, Width 0-72 mn.

Habitat. Samoa and Fiji.

PROTACANTHUS TALE! Sp, noy.
Fie, 4, a—b.

Colouration: light yellowish brown; thoracic sternites brown; last seement
of antennae, tip of rostrum, terminal two tarsal segments and a longitudinal line
on inner prolongation of each corium black.

Structure: first segment of antennae slightly shorter than next two together,
ratio of segments, 35:20: 22:9; vertex tumescently carinate, head with scat-

GROSS—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND STILT-BuGSs 325

tered hairs, especially on the crown of carina of vertex and tylus, Pronotum
with a low upwardly and outwardly direeted spine on each antero-lateral
margin, (ratio of spine length to anterior width of pronotum is 1:6), and with
three nodules, one on each lateral carina and the other (laminate and procurved
in side view) on the central keel, all three directly above the fore coxae in posi-
tion. Abdomen impunctate, hind femora surpassing apex of hemielytra.

Length 3-5-4-5 mm. Width 0-5 mm,

This species differs from P. pacificus China, in not having black on either
the head or the pronotum, and in the shorter rostrum and pronotal spines, and
from P. bihamatus Dist. in not having black on the head, and in the shorter pro-
notal spines.

Mabitat. South Australia: (Moolooloo, 2,000 ft., Flinders Ranges, Northern
South Australia 1921, H. M. Hale).

Types: Holotype and allotype in the collection of the South Anstralian
Museum (No, 1.20029).

REFERENCES.

Bergroth, B. (1909) : Ann. Soe. Ant, Belg., 53, 188-189.
Bergroth, E. (1913): Mem. Sac. Ent. Belg., 22, 179.

sergroth (1914): Wien. Hat. Zett., 33, 182.

Blite, H. C. (1945): Zool. Meded., XXV, 72, 76.

Breddin, G. (1907) : Deuts. Ent. Zeit., 36-38,

Buehanan White, fF. (1878): Ent, Mon. May., 15, 31.

China, W. E. (1980): Inseets of Samoa, L1, fase. 3, 111-112.
Costa, A. (1838): Cim. Regni Neap., Cent. I, 27.

Costa, A. (1848): Atti Ac. Nap.. VIL, 258.

Dallas, W. 8. (1851): List. Hem., IL, 488-91.

Distant, W. L. (1901); Faun. Brit. Ind. Rynch., 1, 421-24,
Distant, W. L. (1908): Faun. Brit, Ind. Rynch., ee 487-490.
Distant, W. L. (1911): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), 7, (42), 585.
Distant, W. L. (1918): Faun. Brit. Ind. Rynch., VII, 173-8.
Douglas, J. W. and Scott, J. (1865): The British Hem., 145-162.
Fieber, F. X. (1854): Wien. Ent. Monats. 108.

Fieber, F. X. (1861) : ‘‘ Europ, Hem.’’ 54 and 213.

Fuss, C. A, (1852) : Matth. Ver. Hermannstadt, 7.

Horvath, G, (1905): Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., 111 (1), 57-9.
Hutton, F. W. (1897): Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst., XXX, 172.

326 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Lethierry, L. and Severin, G. (1894): Cat. Gen. Hem., II, 127-38.

Myers, J. G. (1926) : Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst., 56, 85-6 and 454.

Saunders, EH. (1892): Hem. Het. Brit. Is., 61, 5.

Stal, C. (1855) : Ofvers, Vel. Ak. Forh., 30.

Stal, C. (1865): Hem. Afr., 2, 119-20.

Stal. C. (1874): Enum. Hem. IV in Kongl, Svenska. Vet. Ak. Handl. B 12,
(1), 127-8.

Tillyard, R. J. (1926): Insects Aust. and N.Z., 147-8.

Ubler, P. R. (1893) : Proc. Zool. Soc., T07-708.

Van Duzee, E. P. (1917) : Cat. Hem. Am. North of Mex., 142-5.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTOSTEMMATIDAE
(HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) FROM AUSTRALIA

By GORDON F. Gross, B.SC., SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary
The following new species of the Family Cryptostemmatidae is apparently the first to
be recorded from Australia. The species belongs to Ceratocombus Signoret, and the
wing venation (fig. C, D) shows that it is to be placed in the sub-genus Xylonannus
Reuter.

Ceratocombus (Xylonannus) Australiensis sp. nov.

Holotype male; forma brachyptera.

On a NEW SPECIES or CRYPTOSTEMMATIDAE
(HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) rrom AUSTRALIA

By GORDON F, GROSS, B.Sc., Sour Ausrranian Museum

Tue following new species of the Family Cryptostemmatidae is apparently the
first to he recorded from Australia. The species belongs to Ceratucombus Sig-
novet, and the wing venation (fig. C, D) shows that it is to be placed in the sab-
genus Lylonannus Reuter.

CuRATOCOMRUS (XYLONANNUS) AUSTRALIENSIS sp. MOV.
Holotype male; forma brachyplera.

Dark brown; rostrum, antennae and legs yellowish. Head with seattered
long hairs (up to 0-15 mm.), eyes in lateral view distinctly higher than long,
posterior margins concave. Antennae covered with long hairs (up to 0-13 mm.),
third joint thicker at base than apex, tapering from former to latter, fourth joint,
with two inerassations one situated ¥3, the other 24 of its length, lengths of seg-
ments 0°06 mm., 0-17 mm., 0-42 mm., and 0:47 mm. Rostrum just reaching
third coxae, first segment with seattered fine hairs, second and third apparently
glabrous, lengths of segments 0-07 mm., 0-27 mm., and 0-25 mm.

Anterior femora somewhat inorasanted. aaterion tibiae thicker at apex than
base, femora and tibiae apparently laterally compressed. All leg-segments pilose,
the hairs on coxae much shorter than on other segments.

Pronotum trapeziform with a medial longitudinal im pression and the groove
demarecating the apieal constriction more or less interrupted centrally. Anterior
margins slightly convex, posterior strongly concave, lateral margins slightly
convex before and again behind the apical constriction. Lateral margins
and dise with short hairs. Dimensions of pronotum, anterior width 0:29 mm,
posterior width 0:33 mim., greatest length 0-26 mm. Seutellam trianzular,
apical angle rounded.

Underside of abdomen with sparse short hairs becoming longer and more
profuse on and in the vieinity of the genital segments. Venation of brachypter-
ous elytra as in figure, covered with short hairs (0-03 mm.), which are not res-
tricted to the veins and particularly numerous on the costal margin extending
almost. 10 apex,

Length 1-6 mm, Greatest width 0-48 mm.

Allotype female; forma brachyptera.

328 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Similar to male but larger, with last joint of antennae apparently simple
without the two inerassations of the male. Dimensions pronotum, anterior width
0-35 mm., posterior width 0-46 mm., greatest length 0-29 mm. Lengths antennal
segments, 0°08 mm., 0-20 mm., 0-44 mm., and 0-46 mm.; lengths rostral seg-
ments, 0:10 mm., 0°39 mm., and 0°33 mm.

Length 1-7 mm. Greatest width 0-52 min.

Paratype female; forma macroptera.

Fig. 1, Ceratocombus (Xylonannis) australiensis: A, lateral view of male head; 6,
lateral view of right larger male clasper; C, brachypterous elytron; D, macropterous elytron.

Only one of the paratypes is macropterous and as the specimen was carded
and in bad condition, only the hemielytra are deseribed (fig. D).

his shows a rather peculiar condition in that there is a single central large
elongate cell formed by the disappearance of a cross vein which is present in
the macropterous condition of all other species of Xylonannus and in the
brachypterous condition of C. (X) australiensis (ef. figs. C and D). The hairs
are also very much more sparse than on the brachypterous hemielytron figured.

Gross—A NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTOSTEMMATIDAE 329

This species differs from C. (X.) enderleini Poppius, to which it seems
most closely allied in the darker coloration and in the structure of the larger
clasper of the male which is not provided basally with an inwardly directed
tooth, whilst from C. (X.) toda Hutchinson, in its smaller size and in having the
groove demarcating the apical constriction of the pronotum more or less inter-
rupted centrally, and from C. (X.) corticalis Reuter, and C. (X.) taivanus
Poppius in having hairs on the dise of the elytra.

Holotype (1 20,088) and allotype (I 20,039) from Tapanappa, near C. Jer-
vis, 8. Aust., 6 Dee., 1949, G. F. Gross.

Paratypes from Mt. Lofty, Gawler and Melrose, 8. Aust.; Waratah and
Strahan, Tasmania; Upper Williams River, N.S.W.; Mt. Tambourine and
Cairns District, Qld. and Lord Howe Island.

REFERENCES.

ITutehinson, G. HE. (1944): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (11), 11, p. 774.

MecAtee, W. L. and Malloch, J. R. (1925); Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 67, art, 18, fig.
1-42.

Poppius, B. (1910): Ann. Soc. Hut. Belg., 54, p. 284.

Poppius, B. (1915): Arch. Naturges. 80, A8, 76, p. 78.

Reuter, O. M. (1891): Acta Soc. Sct. Fennica, 19, pp. 1-28.

ON THE FEMALE OF THE DIPTERON SCATOPSE APTERA
WOMERSLEY 1942

By H. WOMERSLEY, ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In 1942, the author (Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., 66, (1), 74) described Scatopse aptera
from two males found amongst the debris of a decayed Yacca (Xanthorrhoea) stump
from Adelaide, April 10, 1939, collected by Dr. R. V. Southcott by means of the
Berlese funnel.

Recently three males and a single female were found in similar pabulum from
Tapanappa, near Cape Jervis, South Australia, collected by Mr. G. F. Gross,
December 6, 1949.

On THe FEMALE or tote DIPTERON SCATOPSE APTERA

WomERSLEY 1942

By H, WOMERSLEY, Enromotocisr, Sourn AustraLtAan Museum.
Fig. 1.

In 1942, the author (Trans, Roy. Soc., 8S. Aust., 66, (1), 74) deseribed
Seatopse aptera from two males found amongst the debris of a decayed Yacea
(Xanthorrhoea) stump from Adelaide, April 10, 1939, collected by Dr. R. V.
Southcott by means of the Berlese funnel.

Recently three males and a single female were found in similar pabulum
from Tapanappa, near Cape Jervis, South Australia, collected by Mr. G. F.
Gross, December 6, 1949.

Fig. 1. Scatopec aptera. A, female; B, wing of female; Cy antenna of male; D, leg T of

male; 6, dorsal striations of abdominal segment IIT of female.

332 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The solitary allotype female was found to be brachypterous, and is de-
scribed as follows:

Female: Colour entirely dark as in male, except for the lighter interseg-
mental membranes. Length, 3:0 mm. Wings present, brownish in colour,
shortened, 1:04 mm. long, in repose folded longitudinally; Se. and R. only,
distinctly present, and furnished with spines, R. ending slightly beyond mid-
way of the anterior margin; anterior margin spinose to end of R.; membrane
finely covered with microtricheae. Halteres present and well developed. Eyes
as in male. Antennae 10-segmented, rather longer than head. Palpi 1-seg-
mented, as in male. Legs as in male, tarsi 5-segmented (in the description of
the male, the tarsi were erroneously stated to be 4-seomented). Abdomen, both
dorsally and ventrally longitudinally striated (see text fig. E.).

Loe.: Holotype male and 1 paratype previously recorded from Adelaide,
April, 1939; allotype female and 3 males from Tapanappa, near Cape Jervis,
S. Aust., December, 1949.

MOLLUSCA FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

During a recent visit to Western Australia, opportunity was taken to explore the
beaches of that interesting region. A representative collection of Mollusca was
obtained then and further specimens have been collected and forwarded to the South
Australian Museum by enthusiastic students at the University of Western Australia.

A few brief notes on some Western Australian species are submitted.

Saxostrea australis (Lamarck).

Ostrea australis Lamarck 1819. An. S. Vert., 6, p. 209.

MOLLUSCA rrom WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C, COTTON, Concuoxocisr, Sourn Austrauian Museum.

Durine a recent visit to Western Australia, opportunity was taken to explore
the beaches of that interesting region. A representative collection of Mollusca
was obtained then and further specimens have been collected and forwarded to
the South Australian Museum by enthusiastic students at the University of
Western Australia.

A few brief notes on some Western Australian species are submitted.

SAXOSTREA AUSTRALIS (Lamarck).

Ostrea australis Lamarek 1819. An. 8. Vert., 6, p. 209.

This species was originally described from King George Sound. It is liv-
ing on the reels at Cottesloe and we have it from Albany, Fremantle and
Garden Island, Specimens in the South Australian Museum Collections were
labelled ‘60. mardax Saville-Kent’? which is a Queensland species, ‘*O. ylomer-
ata Gould’? a New Zealand oyster and ‘0. eucullata Born’’, a West Indian
shell. Tu South Australia living specimens have heen taken at Corny Point,
Coffins Bay, and dredged in shallow water off St, Francis Island. Tt has long
heen suspected that two oysters, the eommon ‘Port Lincoln?’ Mnud-oyster and
a second rarer “‘rock oyster’? allied to the ‘Sydney Rock Oyster’’ oeeur in
South Australia, and this theory has proved correct,

8, australis is more circular and flatter than the Peronian S. commercialis
Iredale, though it has a sinuated turned wp edge and bluish interior ustially
associated with Sarostrea. Sazostrea scyphophilla Peron 1807 recently reeog-
nized from Sharks Bay is quite distinct, as specimens of that species about
35 mm, in diameter are produced into the distinctive tubular form about
70 mm. im length. A few specimens of 8. australis taken alive at Cottesloe up to
0 min. in diameter are of the usual flat, oyster shape.

S. australis has not yet been found in Eastern South Australia. Confus-
ing evidence of the existence of a rock oyster in South Australia has been
accentuated in the past by frequent finds of discarded “Sydney Rock’’ shells
on the beaches in the vicinity of Outer Harbour,

334 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM
SAXOSTREA SCYPHOPTULLA (Peron)

Ostren seyphophilla Peron 1807. Voy. Decouvy. Terres, Austr, 1, p. 119:

Mr. Edgar Mundy, of Port Lincoln, has large and typieal specimens
of this species taken at ‘‘ Franklin Harbour, Cowell, in creek, left hand
side, just in the entrance, 1910.’7 Mr. Mundy writes that the ‘‘Mangrove
Oyster’? was plentiful in those days at Cowell, Shoal Water Point and Port
Angusta. A specimen sent fo F. L, Saunders, of Adelaide, from the original
is 40 nm.
The shell has a dark violet colouration externally and on the inner margin,

>”

series, measures 80 mm. in length and the aperture of the ‘horn
somewhat like that of S. australis.

PROXICHIONE LAQUEATA (Sowerby).
Venus laqueata Sowerby 1853. Thes., Conch., 2, p. 706, p, 153, fig. 15,

This big coekle was described from Swan River, Western Australia, and
we have specimens from Garden Island and Cossack, The species is a little
variable in shape and sculpture but it is consistently smaller and differently
shaped from the ‘‘Mother Cockle’’ Praxichione materna Iredale of New South
Wales. J.T. Veitch took a living specimen of P. laqueata measurmg 70 mm,
in length and 65 mm, in height at Spalding Bay, Port Lincoln. Tt is dark
fawn coloured with a couple of dark-hrownish-red radials. In seulpture and
colouration the specimen somewhat resembles Venus puerpera Linne 1771
found in the Philippines and Queensland. This is the only specimen I have
seen from South Australia, dead or alive, and it constitutes a new record for
the State. Aln ancestor of this species, P. cognata Pritchard oecurs in the
‘* Adelaidean’’ Lower Pliocene, and a similar species has been noticed recently
in what may be ‘‘Werrikooian” Upper Pliocene material from Kangaroo Island.
Another relative is P. dimarphylla Tate from the Middle and Upper Miocene
of South Australia.

Superfamily Cypraracea.

Tedley in his ‘Preliminary Index of the Mollusea of Western Australia’
1916 listed forty species, but about seventy species ocenr in: Western Australia.
. Tl. Bardwell forwarded to me a list of North Western Australian eowries
collected by B. E. Bardwell. The following were not ou my manuseript list
from that region, but can be added now on Bardwell’s authority, his identifi-
eation being followed by the name used in modern lists.

COTTON—MOLLUSCA FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA 335

Ovulwn ovum Linne. Amphiperas ovum Linne. Brue Reef,

Cypraca staphylaea Linne. Staphylaea staphylaea Linne, Gavtheaume Point.

Cypraca angustata Linne. Notoeypraea verconis Cotton and Godfrey, Abrolhos
Islands.

Cypraca asellus Linne. Evenaria asellus Linne. N.W.A.

Cypraca notata Gill. Maybe Pauloneria macula hilda Tvedale. Roebuek Bay.

Cypraca quadrimaculata Gray. Bistolida quadrimaeulata Gray. Roebuck Bay.

Cypraca talpa Linne. Talparia talpo Linne. Fort George.

Cypraca variolaria Lamarck. Ovatipsa chinensis variolaria Lamarck. N.W-A.

Cypraea ehurnea Barnes. Albacypraea eburnea Barnes. Anson Bay.

Among Cowries collected by R. W, Tymms at Broome was a specimen of
Bistolida stolida, which was also listed from Roebuek Bay by Bardwell.

ZOLA VERCOT (Schilder),

Zoila vercoi Schilder 1930, Zool. Anz,, Bd, 92., p. 74.

The holotype D.969 is in the South Australian Museum and there are two
paratypes, all from Esperance. Three specimens of this so-called ‘‘ Esperance
Cowry’’ were noted in the collection of H. Rossell, Subiaco. One of these he
donated to this Museum, All specimens are quite distinct from Zoila friendii
Gray originally taken at ‘‘Swan River.”’

ZOILA ROSSELLI (Cotton),

Zoilu vosselli Cotton 1948, Trans, Roy. Soe. S. Aust., Vol. 72, pt. 1, p, 30,
pl. 1, fie, 1-6.

Zoila marginata Gaskoin 1848, unfigured and from unknown locality, was
thought by Tredale to be an immature Z. friendii and Schilder placed it as a
separate species following Z. friendii in his great work ‘‘Living Cypraeidae’’,
4. marginata may be a deep water relative of Z. rosselli though it is difficult to
decide until the nique specimen in the British Museum is compared. Z. mar~
yinata is deseribed as a pellueid shell, having brown dorsal spots, sides and
base white, teeth produced, spire greatly produced. Z. rosselli is rather thick,
margins and extremities calloused, dorsum unicoloured light brown, mediuwn-
brown base and margins, teeth slirhtly produced, spire not produced,

336 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

JUTTACYPRAEBA PULICARIA (Reeve).

Cypraca pulicaria Reeve 1846. Conch, Icon. 3, pl. 17, fig. 84, sp. 84.

A good series of this species taken by H, Rossel] at Leighton, South West-
erm Australia, shows little variation. Its deep pink colouring, four bands,
brown maculations and spotted margins distinguish this littoral species from
the deep water G@. euclia Steadman and Cotton 1946. G. pulcaria we also
have from Point Peron.

RAVITRONA CAPUTSERPENTIS (Linne).

Cypraca caputserpentis Linne 1758. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 720.

The type came from Mauritius. Cypraca caputserpentis kenyonde Sehilder
and Schilder 1939, from Western Australia differs from R. caputserpentis in
being oval in shape, sides not thickened or angulated, dorsum not flattened or
depressed, dark brown, base cream.

A good series of this species from Leighton, Cottesloe and Rottnest sug-
gests that the name R, kenyonae may be based on a juvenile shell as senile
specimens show every characteristic of the true R. capulserpentis. Three varic-
ties separated by collectors and forwarded for identification were merely series
of juvenile, mature and senile specimens respectively.

RAviTrona HELVOLA (inne).

Cypraca helvola Linne 1758. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 720.

The Western Australian variant has a tendeney to coarser teeth and a
ereenish tinge in the colouration, <A series of eight from Cottesloe and Rott-
nest are almost typical R, helvola, but one from Leighton has the characteris-
ties of R. helvola citriniolor Tredale 1935, a name introduced for the Western
Anstralian variant.

Myastraronpa virenivs (Linne),

Cypraca vitellus Linne 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p, 721,
A dead shell of this species from Leighton, South Western Australia,
measures 56 mm. in length.

COTTON—MOLLUSCA FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA 337

EXOHALIOTIS CYCLOBATES (Peron),
Haliotis cyclobates Peron 1816. Voy, Decouv. Terres, Austr., 2, p. 80.

The type came from Kangaroo Island, South Australia, where the species
is common, A number of worn, senile, though typieal specimens from Murchi-
sou were forwarded for identification by the University of Western Australia.
Tt is extraordinary to find this species at Murchison when it appears to be
absent in the South-West.

CAMPANILE SYMBOLICUM Iredale.

Campanile symbaticwm Tvedale 1917, Proe. Mal, Soc, Lond., 12, p. 326.

There has been some dispute regarding the genotype of this genus. It
seems almost certain that Fischer’s words in the original descripiton, ‘ Oper-
cule typique (C. laeve Quoy et Gaimard, Australia) ’’ leaves no doubt but that
C'. laeve was intended as genotype. Fisher follows this by remarking that
the fossil species of the group are numerous in the Eocene and gives an
example of the fossil species by quoting G. gigantewm. Lam inclined to agree
with Wrigley, Proe, Mal. Soe, Lond., 2 , p. 97, 1940, that the living Australian
species is congenerie with the British Eocene fossils, Campanile has a eon-
siderable geological and geographical range. It is found in the Upper Creta-
ceous, Koeene, Oligocene, Miocene, in localities ranging trom the West Coast
of North America, South America, Europe, North Africa, India, East Tudies,
to Southern Australia.

It is probable that the large Terebralia adelaidensis Ilowchin and Cotton
1936 from the Lower Pliocene (Adelaidean) of South Australia should be
placed in Campanile as the apertural features of the Northern Anstralian
Terebralia (genotype T. pallustris Bruguiére) appear to be different, Cam-
panile symbalicum (not C. laeve Quoy et Gaimard 1884, whieh is preoceupied
by Cerithinm laevis Pervy 1810) ovenrs as a raised beach subfossil on Yorke
Peninsula, Sorth Australian specimens measuring ip to 150 mm, in leneth
being found there. We have good series of Western Australian recent speci-
mens from Fremantle, Albany, Hopetoun, Yallingup, King George Sound and
feraldton,

The shell is not uncommon alive at Garden Tsland and a large specimen
from that locality, examined at the University of Western Australia measured
200 mm, in leneth and 70 mm, in width,

338 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DyRAspis DORREENSIS (Peron).

Conus dorréensis Peron 1807. Voy. Decouy, Terres Austr., 1, p. 120.

his distinctive cone shell was taken by students at Murchison, and a fine
living specimen at Garden Island. I had previously recorded it as far south
as Ellenbrook and Yallingup from dead specimens, under the name Virro-
conus pontificals.

A new genus Dyraspis Lredale 1949, has since been introduced for this
peculiar cone and the specific name C, pontificalis Lamarek 1810 is replaced by
the earlier C. dorreensis Peron, described from Dorre Is.

Mreanatractus ARUANUS (Linne).

-

Murex aruanus Linne 1758. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 270.

Shells of this ‘largest living gastropod’’ are found at Cottesloe, Rottnest
and Penguin Islands in South Western Australia, Hedley, in 1905, recorded
it as far south as Exmouth Gulf and in a footnote mentions that a specimen
of the egg case had been collected on Carnac Island, seven miles south-west
of Fremantle. Specimens may be distinguished from the Northern ones by
the less elevated spire, rounder outline of the spire and body-whorl, and also
smaller size of the southern form.

CONCLUSION.

Preliminary studies strongly suggest that there is some marked tropical
influence, probably a warm current washing the South Western Australian
shores during at least part of the year. This theory is supported by the range
of certain tropical species mentioned here which are found much further south
than could be expected under normal conditions in this area.

SOME AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODES

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND NANCY G. MUIRHEAD, UNIVERSITY OF
ADELAIDE

Summary

The present paper records the occurrence of four species of Caryophyllaeid cestodes
from the intestine of the widely distributed Australian freshwater Siluroid catfish.
Tandanus tandanus Mitchell. One of these, Balanotaenia bancrofti, had been
previously described from material collected in eastern Queensland. The other three
are considered to be new; two of them are assigned to a new genus of Lytocestinae,
Notolytocestus, as N. major and N. minor; while the other is placed under
Biacetabulum (B. tandani) and is the only known Australian representative of the
Caryophyllaeinae.

Some AUSTRALIAN CARYOPHYLLAEID CESTODES

By T, HARVEY JOHNSTON anv NANCY G. MUIRHEAD,
University oF ADELAIDE.

Fig. 1-10,

THE present paper records the occurrence of four species of Caryophyllaeid ces-
todes from the intestine of the widely distributed Australian freshwater Siluroid
catfish, Tandanus tandanus Mitchell. One of these, Balanotaenia bancroftt, had
been previously described from material collected in eastern Queensland. The
other three are considered to be new; two of them are assigned to a new genus of
Lytocestinae, Notolytocestus, as N. major and N. minor ; while the other is placed
under Biacetabulum (B. tandani) and is the only known Australian representa-
tive of the Caryophyllaeinae.

Types of the new species have been deposited in the South Australian
Museum, Adelaide. We desire to thank G. G. Jaensch and L. Ellis of Tailem
Bend, South Australia, and our colleague, Miss L. M. Angel, for supplying most
of the catfish; and to acknowledge our indebtedness to the Commonwealth
Research Grant to the University of Adelaide.

BALANOTAENIA BANOROFTI Johnston.
Fig. 9-10.

This small species was the first deseribed by Johnston (1924) from material
collected from the upper Burnett River, Queensland, by Dr. J. M. Mackerras and
her father, the late Dr. T. L. Bancroft.

We have examined catfish caught at Tailem Bend by Mr. G. G. Jaensch and
at Murray Bridge by Mr. L. Ellis in 1939 and 1942 and Miss L. M. Angel in 1947
and 1948. Our findings were as follows, the locality being Tailem Bend unless
otherwise stated: November 1937, one, infected; December 1937, two fish, both
infected; May 1938, positive; January and February 1939, positive; October
1939, one positive and one negative; October and November 1939, from Murray
Bridge, the former positive; February 1940, a very young fish, negative; March
1941, a very young fish, 1-25 inches long, negative; May 1941, four fish, 1-25-
1-5 inches long, all negative; November 1941, many cestodes, some very large
and some very small; February 1942, Murray Bridge, two fish, both infected,

340 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

some of the parasites being very young; March 1942, one positive and one nega-
tive; April 1945, very heavily infeeted; May 1946, heavily infected; April 1947,
Murray Bridge, negative; December 1947, Miuvay Bridge, two fish, both
infected; January 1948, Murray Bridge, two fish, both liceative; May 148,
Murray Bridge, positive; February 1949, Murray Bridge, a fish under two inches
long, negative. Thus of 32 fish examined, 18 contained B. hancrofly, AIL tish
three inches or less in length, were free from infeetion, Since such small fish
were all captured in a swamp, it is likely that the intermediate host lives in the
deeper water of the river where larger catfish occur, Tf we exclude the seven
yery young fish, there were 18 of 25 adult fish found to be infected, ie. 72 per
cent

Very young stages of the parasite, along with adults, were ford in Novem-
ber, December, February, April and May, The heaviest infection was observed
in April, 1945 when 156 Balanotaenia (including many young stages) were
taken from one fish. The usual number was 12-20. There was no opportunity
to examine catfish during the winter months (July-September). Infected fish
were found during each of the remaining months.

Dr. J. Mackerras informed us that B. banecrofti oeeurs in Tandanus tandanns
in the vicinity of Cairns, North Queensland; and one of us has examined material
from the Murray in the vicinity of Mildura, The parasite is thus present in
Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia, its host fish ocem-
ving in the Murray-Darling river system and in the rivers of eastern Australia,

A detailed account of the anatomy of B. bancrofti was published in 1924.
The smallest specimen which we obtained from the Murray region was about ove
millimetre in length, a size agreeing with the smallest of the worms from the
Burnett River.

In one eatfish taken by Miss Angel near Murray Bridge in Deeember, 117,
there were present, beside numerous Balanotaenia, a Tew Notolylocestus major,
towether with one N. miner and one Biacetabulum tandani; while in another
faken on the same veeasion, there were two N. moajar as well as many Hhalana-

Tenia,
Norobytocrsrus MAJOR @en. el sp. TOV.
Fig, 1-5,

This velatively wide Caryophyllaeid was encountered only twiees on both
jecasions in Tandanus landanus cateht at Murray Bridge in December, 1947,
Ralanotaenia also being present. In one of these fish there was also a single
specimen of Notolytocestus minor and of Biacelabulum tandant,

JOHNSTON AND MUIRHEAD—SOME AUSTRALIAN CESTODES 341

3

od om ‘

st ilo
OZ i

Vig, 1-5. Motolytoeestus major. 1, ventral view, showing the path of the uterus, and
ou One side the distribution of the testes, on the other, the vitellaria; 2, reproductive system;
4, transverse seetion near anterior end showing musculature; 4, transverse section through
iterine jiren showing both plandular and non-glandolar uterus and arrangement of vitellurin;
5, transverse section through the genital pore and ‘tera-vaginal eanal showing entrance of
vagina into the latter.

G utero-vaginal ewnal; es cirrus sae; ¢ exeretory canal; Im longitudinal musculature; o
ovary, s shell gland; p genital pore; t testes; u uterus; ug glandular uterus; v vayina; vil
vasa deferens; y vitellaria,

342 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

The measurements of adult NV, mejor ranged from 17 mm-_ im length by 8 mm,
in maximum breadth to 13 nm, by 4mm. A speeimen devoid of eggs measured
11-5 mm, by 5-5 non. The region of greatest width was at about the end of the
anterior third of the body length. The worms are flattened dorsoventrally, with
the anterior end generally move bluntly rounded and sometimes provided with a
small projection. Apart from the latter there is no differentiation of a scolex,
The wnspecialized nature of the anterior region of the worm is apparent ip
(ransver'se sections. -Just behind this thete ean be seen in sections small longi-
tudinal furrows or grooves prodiced by contraction of the underlying muscles.

There is a very narrow band of small subeuticular longitudinal mmseles, and
lying more deeply in the cortex is a relatively wide band of nimerous similar
muscles, this zone being widest in the anterior region of the worm. Inwardly
from this layer of longitudinal muscles are transverse muscle fibres forming 4
dorsal and a ventral series und at right angles to these are groups of dorsoventral
muscle fibres extending into the eortex above aud below (fig. 4),

Many excretory canals ¢an be seen in the medulla of the scolex but in the
rest of the body (lie canals come fo be arranged in groups in the latera) regions
of the medulla, These canals converge posteriorly to enter a wide exeretory duet
opening at the posterior end of the body, Nervous tissue inay be seen in trans-
verse sections Lying laterally between the inner longitudinal musculature and the
region where the exerctory canals are sithated.

Testes are very numerous aid are confined to the medulla. Their position in
relation to the vitellaria is indicated in fig. 1. Sections show that in the anteriar
part of the testienlar field, where uterine coils are absent, the vesicles ave
arranged in a single row. his field extends from the end of the first fifth of the
body length to reach the most anteriorly-directed ovarian lobes. The testes are
vound or oval, jeasuring on average «23 mm. in diameter. They form a continu
ons layer in the pre-nterine tegion but become displaced by the uterine coils so
that they then lie mainly laterally with comparatively few vesicles seattered
between the uterine folds. They diminish in number posteriorly and only a few
are to be seen lying dorsally to the anterior ovarian lobes. Numerous efferent
duets may be seen between the uterine folds and these event ually jom to form a
wide vas deferens at about the end of the second third of the body length, Lf is at
first dorsal to the uterus and may come to lie either on the right or left side of
the midline. The duct then becomes narrowed and much coiled before widenme
again into a thick-walled tube whose wall contains musele fibres. In ane prepata-
tion a thin-walled vesicula seminalis was seen adjacent to the cirrus sac, but such
a structure was not recognized in sections. After entering the cirrus sac the male
duet is differentiated into a narrow ejaculatory duet lying coiled in the auterior

JOHNSTON AND MUIRHEAD—SOME AUSTRALIAN CESTODES 343

part of the sac, The cirrus, when retracted, occupies the posterior portion of the
sac from whose ventro-posterior aspect it can communicate with the utero-yaginal
canal which in tur opens by the genital pore into a shallow depression on (he
ventral surface of the worm. The cirrus is -3-*38 am. long by -08 mm. wide.
The sae is ellipsoid with its larger diameter in a antero-posterior direction, and
with its posterior edge directed towards the ventral surface. Its shorter diameter
is +3--46 mm,

The ovary is H shaped, with its isthmus and lobes lying entirely in the
medulla. Its anterior lohes are larger than the posterior and may extend for-
wards ax far as the level of the auterior margin of the cirrus sae. The isthmus is
wide, the oviduct arising from it dorsally to one side of the midline. Au oovapt
was not observed,

The vitellaria are abuudant and cortical, their distribution (on one side only)
being tdieated in fig. 1, Transverse sections through the middle of the uterine
field show that the follicles are arranged in a single layer in the cortex ontside
the inuer longitudinal musculature. Anteriorly to the uterus they are present
only laterally. Near the posterior limit of their distribution they deerease in
wiuinber and are also disposed only laterally. The most posterior follicles lie
above and below the anterior ovarian lobes. Post-ovarian follicles ure absent.
The rounded or oval follicles measure about 904 in diameter. Two ventral vitel-
line ducts formed by the union of several stialler duets on each side join in the
midline, and the common yolk duct so tormed passes posteviorly, becoming
swollen slightly into a yolk reservoir before joining the oviduct.

The uterus commences as a narrow tube at the juietion of the oviduct and
yolk duct (fig. 2), widening gradually and hecoming thrown into many folds in
the region behind the ovarian isthmus, The walls have also become considerably
thickened, due to the presence of gland cells, This elandular uterus passes. For-
wards above the ovary as au almost straight tube, but it beeomes thrown into
folds which may extend dorsally or dorso-laterally to the cirrus sae. Anterior
to the latter the glandular ascending uterus may lie either dorsally or ventrally
to the folds of the descending uterus. At about half the midlength of the worn
the glandwar portion of the uterus terminates and the uterus then becomes a
wide thin-walled tube swollen with eggs and thrown into extensive folds lying on
one side of the midline, After reaching the auterior limit of the uterine field
(Which lies at about the end of the first two fifths of the body length), the tube
crosses to the other side of the median line ta beeome again thrown into folds as
if passes posteriorly, A short distance in front of the eirrus sac, the deseendingy
iteras approaches the widline and travels more or less dorsally to the sae and
then curves sharply towards the ventral surtace (fig. 1, 2), A short distance

344 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

before its termination it is joined by the vagina, the utero-vaginal canal thus
formed opening at the genital pore adjacent to the posterior border of the eirrus
sae (fig, 2). The vagina travels back dorsally to the ovary, where it chlarges to
form a reeceptaculum seminis. [+ then narrows considerably to enter the lower
part of the oviduct. The latter, after receiving the vagina, proceeds ventrally to
meet the yolk duct, and in this region shell glands are present. Eggs measure
43 by 26..

Our species belongs to the Lytovestinae as defined by Tunter (1927, 19295
1930), but differs from other wembers of the sub-family in many of its features,
It is distinguished from Lytocestus (Cobu, 1908; Thuter, 1930; Woodland, 1926;
Szidal, 1987) by the presence of a common genital pore, medullary ovarian Lobes,
and a Jong uterus extending into the pre-ovarian region of the worm. Lt differs
froin Balanotaenia (Johnston, 124) in having an unspecialized seolex and i
having uterine coils extending forwards beyond the citrus sac. This latter
feature distinguishes the new species [rou Monobothrivides (Wuhrmann and
Baer, 1925) which also has a short uterus, a terminal introvert, und separate
genital pores. Djombangia (Bovien, 1926; Hunter, 1980) has a seolex with a
terniinal sucker and its eves bave spines, Lylocestoides (Baylis, 1928; Minter,
1930) has a conical seolex, postovarian vitellaria and a relatively short uterus.
We therefore ereet. a new genus Notelylocestus (southern Laytocestus) for its
reception. The following diagnosis is suggested :

Liytocestinae; with seolex unspecialized and narrower than rest of body;
cirrus opening into ttero-vaginal canal as in Caryophyllaeides (Nybelin, 1922) ;
vitellaria entirely cortieal; ovary and its lobes medullary; uterus extending
nearly to the anterior margin of the testicular field; postovarian yolk follicles
absent. Type V. major n. sp. from the Australian freshwater Siluroid, T'andanus
tandanus,

NovoOLYTOCESTUS MINOR fh. sp.
Fig, 6-7.

A single specimen of this small Caryophyllaeid was found in the intestine
of a Tandanus tandanus eanght by Miss L, M, Angel in December, 1947, near
Murray Bridge. In company with it were many Balanotaema bancrofti, some
Notolytocestus major, and a Biecetabulum. The worm is 6-3 min. long hy
1-7 mm, broad (fig. 6).

Because of the characters of the anterior end and the distribution of the
testes and vitellaria, the worm was at first thought to be a very young specimen
of NV. major it the specimen is egg-bearing, and amongst our material of
N. mijor was one which was yuite devoid of eggs but which was of about the

JOHNSTON AND MUIRHEAD—SOME AUSTRALIAN CESTODES 345

$

OTT Th

OF %sPo e's nennetst

Pig. 6, 7. Notolytocestus minor, 6, Ventral view showing uterine field, and on one side,
the distribution of the testes, on the other the vitellaria; 7, reproductive system; 8,
Biacetahulum tandani; 9, 10, Balanotacnia banecrofti, ventval and dorsal views of seolex.

(Figures 7 and 8 are drawn to the same scale.) Lettering as in preceding figures.

346 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

same size (11-5 mm. by 5°59 mm.) as the ovigerous worms. We think that the
form now under consideration belongs to a different, but closely related, species,
The ees, testes, vitellaria and cirrus sac are all smaller than those of V. major.

The seolex which is not differentiated, is ronmded anteriorly and narrower
than the rest of the body; it widens gradually into the body, The posterior end
of onr specimen is contracted,

The testes are about 76 in diameter and their field extends forwards to
about one ninth of the body length from the anterior end, Their posterior limit
could not be determined accurately because of the closely packed condition of the
uterine folds. The vas deferens is much coiled and on one side extends laterally
nearly to the margin of the body, UW enters the cirrus sac ou the antero-dorsal
surface of the latter. On the midventral surfaee of the sae there is an aperture
which may be either the male aperture or a eommon genital pore. The cirrus sac
is spherical, +23 1m, in diameter.

The vitellaria, as far as eould be ascertained without studying sections, are
cortical. Anteriorly they are arranged laterally but as the front limit of the
uterine field is approached, they extend more toward the mid-ventral and mid-
dorsal surtaees (fig. 7). They reach back as far as the wings of the ovary, and
are absent from the post-ovarian region. They ave voided or oval, with an
average diameter of 38x,

Owing to the unusually great development of the uterus posteriorly, ouly
the anterior part of the ovarian wings could be seen (fig. 7), Details regarding
the post-ovarian part of uterus were not ascertainable. The uterus passes above
the ovarian isthmus and ecirrus sac and then beeomes thrown juto a mass of
closely arranged folds which extend forwards to a point in front of the midlength
of the worm, Only a small part of the descending uterus was recognized as such
and this was seen dorsal to the cirrus sac. The uterus was densely packed with
egas averaging 39 by 20u. The uterine pore and vagina were not recognized in
the specimen,

The parasite seems to belong to Nololytocestus because of its anatomy (as
far as is known), but we are uncertain whether the vitellaria ave entirely or
parily cortieal.

BIACETABULUM TANDANI i. sp.
Fig, 5,

This minute mative vestode measures 2-1 mm. in length by O°5 mim, i

width. The body bas rounded extrensities, the scolex bearing two acetabula, one
a! 2 Lal ?

on the dorsal and oue on the ventral surface. There is no neck, the seolex merg-

inv into the body without any marked alteration in breadth (fig, 8). There is a

JOHNSTON AND MUIRHEAD—-SOME AUSTRALIAN CESTODES 347

terminal exeretory pore. Six large excretory canals could be counted in the
region in front of the uterus. One of these, on each side, could be traced as far
back as the region of the ovary,

The oval testes measure 24-04 in their shorter diameter and extend for
wards to a region about one fifth of the body length {vom the auterior end.
Postertorly they veach almost the level of the cirrus sae where they can be
detected only laterally because the nievus occupies most of the hody in this
region. The vas deferens is wide, ail just before entering the rounded eitrus
sae (114p in diameter) on its antero-dorsal border, it passes into a thiek-walled
externa! yesieula semimalis. On leaving the latter the vas narrows to enter the
cirrus sac, The cirrus opens into the utero-vaginal canal which terminates at the
wenital pore lying ventrally to the posterior edge of the cirrus sac. The genital
aperture lies at a point three fourths of the body length from the anterior end.

‘The ovary is Ht shaped, the anterior points of the two wings almost reach-
iti the level of the cirrus sae. The isthmus in dorso-ventral view is circular,
forming am ovarian reservoir as deseribed by Hunter (1927) for Biaretabulun
infrequens arul Caryophyllueus terchrans Linton,

The uterus extends forwards almost to the midlength of the hody and, in the
single specimen studied, is packed with eggs except in the post-ovarian portion
of the duct. The latter region of the uterus, the beginning of which is sur-
rounded by shell glands, is thrown into a number of loops. It passes forwards
itil it lies ubout 0-5 mm. in front of the cirrus sac. The deseending limb
travels back to reach the level of the ovary before turning forwards to terminate
wt the genital pore. The vagina travels lorwards on one side of the oviduet and
then bends towards the midline to meet the wterus, At about the level of the
anteriar border of the ovarian isthmus an elongate receptaculum seminis is
formed. The average size of eggs is 48 by 28.

The vitellaria appear to be medullary in position. They are distributed
laterally and extend forwards almost as far us the testes, and posteriorly as far
as the ovary, There is a group of post-ovarian yolk glands. The follicles meas-
ure 6-8 in diameter. Two yolk ducts joi to form a median vitelline duet, but
the duet from the post-ovarian group was not observed.

The anatomy, as far as the study of a single speeimen has permitted, indi-
cates that the worm belongs to the Caryophyllacinae because of the position of
the sex apertures in the last. quarter of the body length and the probable
medullary position of the vitellavia. The presence of uterine glands was uot.
established. Our species exhibits mauy of the characters of Biaceldbulwm,
Although it does not possess a well defined seolex, two sucker-like depressions
were observed. It resembles Biacetabulum in the relationship of the sex aper-

348 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tures, the shape of the ovary, the anterior extent of the uterine field, as well as
the presence of an external seminal vesicle and post-ovarian vitellaria. It differs
from all previously described species of that genus in its smaller size, absence of
neck region and well-marked loculi, and in the smaller size of the testes, vitellaria
and cirrus sac. &. fanduni is the first member of the Caryophyllaeinae to be
recorded from Australia.

LITERATURE.

Baylis, H. A. (1928): Ann, Mag. Nat, Hist., (10), 1, pp. 552-562.

Bovien, V. (1926): Vidensh. Med. Dansk, Naturh, Foren., 82, pp. 167-181.

Fubrmann, O. (1928-33): Cestoidea in Willy and Kukenthal, Handb. d. Zool.,
2, (1), pp. 141-416.

Fuhrmann, O. and Baer, J. G. (1925): P.Z.8. 1925, pp. 79-100.

Hunter, G. W. (1927): Jour. Parasit., 14, pp. 16-26.

Hunter, G. W. (1929): Jour. Parasil., 15, pp. 185-192.

Hunter, G. W. (1930) ; Studies on the Caryophyllaeidae of North America, J1li-
nois Biol. Monog., 11 (4), Oct, 1927 (May 1930), 186 pp.

Johnston, T. H. (1924): Pr. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, 49, pp. 339-347.

Nybelin, O. (1922) : Gotebergs Kgi. Vet. Vitt. Samh, Handl., 26 (1), pp. 1-228.

Szidat, L. (1937): Z. f. Parasitenk,, 9, pp. 771-786.

Woodland, W. N. F. (1923): Q./.ML.S., 67, pp. 435-472.

Woodiand, W. N. F. (1926): P.Z.8., 1926, pp. 49-69.

FAUNA AND FLORA OF THE GREENLY ISLANDS, PART II

THE FLORA

By J. B. CLELAND

Summary

The Greenly Islands were visited in December, 1947, by four members of the
Adelaide Bush Walkers accompanied by F. J. Mitchell of the South Australian
Museum staff. A survey was made of the Natural History of these islands which are
situated in lat. 34° 38’ S. and long. 134° 37’ E., this being approximately twenty-five
miles from the nearest point on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. The “Introductory
Narrative and Vertebrate Fauna” by J. F. Mitchell and A. C. Behrndt appeared in
these “Records” Vol. ix, pp. 167-179.

FAUNA anp FLORA or tue GREENLY ISLANDS, Parr II
Tue Fiora

By J. B. CLELAND,

Tum Greenly Islands were visited in December, 1947, by four members of the
Adelaide Bush Walkers accompanied by F. J. Mitchell of the South Australian
Museum staff. A survey was made of the Natural History of these islands which
are situated in lat. 34° 38' 8. and long. 134° 87’ E., this being approximately
twenty-five miles from the nearest point on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia,
The ‘‘Tntroductory Narrative and Vertebrate Fauna’? by J. F. Mitehell and
A. C. Behrendt appeared in these ‘‘Reeords’’ Vol. ix, pp. 167-179.

The plants were collected assiduously with notes on the localities, and the
specimens taken probably represent, with the exeeption perhaps of a few ephem-
erals, the present total flora of the Island. Most of the fifty-one species collected
were in flower. Fifty of these plants are natives of Australia, and only one, the
common Sow Thistle, is an introduced species. The seed of the latter can so
readily be air-borne that its lodgement on the Island was only to be expected.

It is of interest to speculate as to how these yarious plants come to be pres-
ent now on this rather isolated group of islands. They consist of species which
are to be found on similar maritime situations on the mainland and on Kangaroo
Island ; in faet, hardly any other plants conld survive in such an exposed situa-
tion, Some probably represent part of the original population that was present
when the Greenly Islands were separated from the mainland, just as we have on
Kangaroo Island some representatives of Western Australian species of plants
which have survived there, Probably the Casuariua, Exvacarpus, Correa, Dedo-
nied, Frankewa, Melaleuca, Calythria, Leneapoyon and others are speeies whieh
have so sturvived, The plants with plumose seeds, sueh as many of the Com-
positae ancl especially the Sow Thistle, have a veady means of transport, and
over thousarts of years seeds of yarious species niust have been blown on to the
Islands, especially during north winds. Only such as could withstand the rigor.
ous conditions would survive. The presence of the fruit-eatine Silver-vye
(Zosterops lateralis) and the seed-cating Rock Parrot (NVeophoma pelrophila)
indicate how the Levcopogon and the Myopoerum and the two species of Calan-
drinia may have arrived, Plants with very small seeds, such as the Calandrinias

just mentioned, whose seeds measure } to } mm. and are produced in abundance,

350 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

might alternatively have reached their destination by being caught up in dust
storms and whirlwinds and transported a considerable distance, Species aceus-
tomed to a salt marsh habitat or sea-spray, sach as the Playianthus and Sea
Celery, might have reached the Island as sea-borne fruits. White men have
visited the Islands from time to time and the Sow Thistle may have been intro-
duced by them and it is just possible that seeds of other plants may have been
carried over during the present visit in spite of special efforts to prevent such.
The following speeies were obtained; wintcALes; Cheilunthes tenuifolia. On
Sheoak Ridge at 500 to 600 feet, sciteucuzmriactah: Triglochin centracarpa.
Only growing at the brackish water seeps. GRAMINUAE: Stipa clegantissima, On
Anthoney Island near top. Growing in one small clump only, Agrostis Bil-
lardier), Growing in a @rassy niche south of West Point, Distichlis disticho-
phyla. Growing on Anthouey Island in a dense mat; i appeared to have exude|
moisture on it. Poa poaeforois, Fairly abundant uear the swumit of main
island. Puceinellia strreta, Also a @rass, not identified. cyprRaAcmAn: Scirpus
nodosus, LILIACEAE: Dianella vrevsolulu, Growing in groups sonth of West Point.
Bulbine senibarbata. On Sheoak Ridge at 500 feet. cAsvarmacnan: Casuarina
stricta, Sheoak, wurrrcAckar: Parictaria debilts. Growing on the summit of the
main island to windward in Casuarina and Melaleuca serub. SANTALACBEAE :
Bxocarpus aphyllus ov BE. strielus, a ‘Native Cherry.’ Up to three feet high,
Only one bush found at 500 feet on Anthoney Island and none elsewhere. roLy-
GonAcwAn: Muehlenbeckia adpressa. omenoronrAcnan: Rheagodia cvvassifolia.
Very plentiful with red berries. Atriplex paludosum, Atriplex newellarc? (not
in flower). Restricted to the eastern slopes of Anthoney Island, Sulicornia aus-
tyvalis probably, a samphire, atzoacean: Tetragonia implexicoma. A slender
creeper with small, yellow flowers; growing among the salibushes on east side of
the main island at 200 feet. portunacacnaAr: Calandrinia volubilis and C, calyp-
trata. It is interesting that these two speeies of little succulents with their purple
flowers are found on the Greenly Islands; they are alike, but the size, colour and
markings of the sceds readily distinguish them. Plentiful on Anthoney Islancl.
CRUCIFERAE: Leptdimmn foliasum. ORASSULACBAB: Crassula Sfeberwnea.
GERANTADEAR: Pelargouium australe, OXALIDACEAE: O.rdlis — cornientuta.
Restricted to the summit of Anthoney Island. rurAcnar; Correa rubra This
seented plant whose leaves thr red is very plentiful and it is frequented by
lntterflies, saPInpDACHAE: Dodonaea wiscosa, Found on Anthoney Tsland at +400
feet as a procumbent, thick shrub, 3 feet high and 12 feet in diameter. MALVA-
epAu: Plagianthus microphyllus. vYRANKENIACEAR: Frimicenia pauciflora, var.
longifolia. A soft, ereeping bush, less than 1 foot high; growing on West Point.
THYMELAEACEAE: Pimelen serpyllifolia, Not yery common, only a dozen bushes

CLELAND—FAUNA AND FLORA OF GREENLY ISLANDS 351

being seen at 400 to 500 feet; up to 18 inches high, myrtacmAr: Melaleuca
pubescens, Black Tea-tree, Culythrix tetragona, As a low, spreading, procum-
bent, light green shrub about 1 foot high, growing on West Point. UMBELLIFERAE:
Didiscus pusillus, a very vobust form. Apium australe, Sea Celery. weAcRIDA-
CEAE: Leucopogon parviflorus, in flower and fruit, two low poor bushes only, at
400 to 500 feet, primuLactan: Samolus repens, GENTIANACEAE: Erythraea austra-
lis. From 300 feet to the summit at West Point. scroPHULARIACEAR: Huphrasia
callina, A succulent maritime form, West Point. MYOPORACEAR: Myoporum
insulare, Blueberry Tree ov Native Juniper. rupiacran: Galinm australe.
composiTaE: Brachycome ciliaris, This plant is abundant at all levels on
Anthoney Island. The flowers are white and yellow. Olearia axillaris, Plenti-
ful on all levels on all the Islands. Cotula coronopifolia. On Anthoney Island
at 200 to 300 feet. Senecio lautus, Abundant on Anthoney Island; specimens
found in sheltered shade are more robust than others. Gnaphalium japonicum.
Found on Anthoney Island, but not abundant; it is very searee on the main
island. Only depauperate plants seen, Iriolaena supina. Abundant on
Anthoney Island but searce on the main island; sweet scented and bushy, often
covering rocks. Helichrysum bracteatum, On the top of Anthoney Island at
summit, Podolepis rugata. Growing about 1 foot high with succulent leaves.
Large areas at West Point. Calocephalus Brownii, Snow-bush. Sonchus
oleraceus, Sow Thistle. In a niche at West Point,

Nicotiana sp, (Solanaceae) was identified by Miss C. Eardley in a small col-
lection of plants made by Mr, H. H. Finlayson in November, 1947,

PLEISTOCENE LAND AND FRESH WATER SHELLS
FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The living native snail Meracamelon cassandra Pfeiffer 1864 occurs alive and in
number on the Murray River Cliffs. It has been taken at numerous places along the
River, Blanchetown, Swan Reach, Mannum, Murray Bridge and Tailem Bend. Two
fossil specimens of probably Pleistocene age are in the South Australian Museum
collection labelled “Helix cassandra, from a railway cutting east of Murray Bridge in
clay about 12 feet from the surface. March 1886”. The height of this site is about 70
feet above sea level. In February, 1950, Mr. J. E. Caldrake of the C.S.I.R.O. and I
examined a site in a railway cutting four and a half miles south of Keith. Here odd
specimens of Meracamelon cassandra are embedded in a very hard sandstone at about
150 feet above sea level and 18 feet below the surface. Above the sandstone is a bed
of clay which may contain specimens. On Col. D. Fulton’s property at Emu Flat three
miles east of Keith, a similar sandstone was examined. It had been taken from a well,
where it lay above the water bearing Miocene shell bed, which is struck at a depth of
about 80 feet in this locality. This is the first record of a Pleistocene fossil land shell
being found in South Australia. A Pleistocene fresh-water shell Notopala wanjakalda
was recorded by the writer (Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 5, No. 3, 1935) from the banks of the
Murray at Sunnyside and it is also found at a site close to the one mentioned above in
the railway cutting near Murray Bridge, where the fossil M. cassandra is found. M.
cassandra lives only along a corridor defined by the River Murray and only on the
tertiary limestone cliffs which flank either side. The presence of the Pleistocene
Meracamelon suggests the probability that the Murray River may have passed through
this area in the past.

PLEISTOCENE LAND anv FRESH WATER SHELLS
rromM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, Concno.ocisr, Sourn Ausrranian Museum.

Tne living native snail Meracamelon cassandra Pfeiffer 1864 occurs alive and
in number on the Murray River Cliffs. It has been taken at numerous places
along the River, Blanchetown, Swan Reach, Mannum, Murray Bridge and
Tailem Bend. Two fossil specimens of probably Pleistocene age are in the
South Australian Museum collection labelled ‘‘ Helix cassandra, from a railway
cutting east of Murray Bridge in clay about 12 feet from the surface, Mareh
1886.’ The height of this site is about 70 feet above sea level. In February,
1950. Mr. J. E. Caldvake of the C.8.1.R.O. and IT examined a site in a railway
cutting four and a half miles south of Keith. Here odd specimens of Mera-
eamelon eassandra are embedded in a very hard sandstone at about 150 feet
above sea level and 18 feet below the surface. Above the sandstone is a bed of
clay which may contain specimens. On Col, D. Fulton’s property at Emn
Flat three miles east of Keith, a similar sandstone was examined. Jt had been
taken from a well, where it lay above the water bearing Miocene shell bed,
which is struek at a depth of about SO feet in this locality. This is the first
record of a Pleistocene fossil land shell being found in South Australia. A
Pleistocene fresh-water shell Notopala wanjakalda was recorded by the writer
(Ree. 8, Aust. Mus., 5, No, 3, 1985) from the banks of the Murray at Sunny-
side and it is also found at a4 site close to the one mentioned above in the railway
cutting near Murray Bridge, where the fossil M. cassandra ig found. WM. cassandra
lives only along a corridor defined by the River Murray and only on the ter-
tiary limestone cliffs which flank either side. The presence of the Pleistocene
Meracamelon suggests the probability that the Murray River may have passed
through this area in the past.

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. IX, No. 4

Published by The Museum Board, and edited by the
Museum Director

ADELAIDE, JUNE 30, 1951

PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. NO. 17!
THE FAMILY DIASTYLIDAE (CONT.)’

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The few Diastylids herein dealt with are from Western Australia. Four species have
been recorded from the Indian Ocean coast; eleven are added, together with two
(Gynodiastylis vicaria and Dicoides occidentalis spp. nov.) from the south coast.

The Diastylids which can be listed now for Western Australia are:

Leptostylis vercoi Hale.
Paradiastylis mollis Hale.
Paradiastylis whitleyi sp. nov.
Dimorphostylis australis Foxon.
Dimorphostylis cottoni Hale.
Dimorphostylis vieta Hale.
Anchistylis waitei (Hale).
Gynodiastylis hartmeyeri Zimmer.
Gynodiastylis similis Zimmer.
Gynodiastylis bicristata Calman.
Gynodiastylis lata Hale.
Gynodiastylis turgida Hale.
Gynodiastylis munda sp. nov.
Gynodiastylis vicaria sp. nov.
Gynodiastylis inepta sp. nov.
Dicoides occidentalis sp. nov.
Zimmeriana lasiodactyla (Zimmer).

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. No. 171
Tue FAMILY DIASTYLIDAE (Cont.)?
By HERBERT M. HALF, Dinecror, Sourn Ausrratian Museum.

Fig. 1-10.

Tue few Diastylids herein dealt with are from Western Australia. Four
species have been recorded from the Indian Ocean coast; eleven are added,
together with two (Gynoddiastylis vicaria and Dicoides occidentalis spp, nov.)
from the south coast.

The Diastylids which can be listed now for Western Australia are:

Leptostylis vercoi Hale. Gynodiastylis bicristata Calman.
Paradiastylis mollis Fale. Gynodiastylis lata Hale.
Paradiastylis whitleyi sp. nov. Gynodiastylis turgida Wale,
Dimorphostylis australis Foxon Cynodiastylis munda sp. nov.
Dimorphostylis cottoni Hale. Cynodiastylis vicaria sp, nov.
Dimorphostylis vieta Tlale. Cynodiastylis inepla sp. nov.
Auchistylis waitei (Hale). Dicoides occidentalis sp. nov,
Gynodiastylis hartmeyeri Zimmer. Zimmeriana lasiodactyla (Zimmer).

Giynodiastylis similis Zimmer.

As with the Australian species of Campylaspis, very few species of
Gynodiastylis and related genera have hitherto been taken by submarine light.
perhaps because this method of collecting is almost untried on the silt grounds
off New South Wales, where these genera are well represented, The Diastylids
dealt with below were all attracted to submarine lights operated by Dr. A. G.
Nicholis and Mr, G. P, Whitley.

Genus Paraptastyiis Calman 1904.
PARADIASTYLIS MOLLIS Hale.

Paradiastylis mollis Tale, 1945, p. 177, fig. 3-4.

This delicate species is apparently a northerly form insofar as Australia is
eoncerned. It was described from the eastern coast, lat. 27.288,; G. P. Whit-
ley, by means of a submarine light, Aug.—Dee., 1945, later secured females and

1Wor No. 16 see Ree, S. Aust. Mus., ix, 1949, pp. 225-245, fig. 1-12.
2See also Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., 69 (2), 1945, pp. 173-211, fig. 1-26 and Ree. S, Aust
Mus., viii, 1946, pp. 357-444, fig. 1-60,

354 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

juveniles from five localities on the northern part of the coast of Western
Australia, ranging from Dampier Archipelago (20.278.) to Geraldton
(28.45 8.).

P, mollis resembles brachyura Calman (1904, p. 174, pl. v, fig. 76-90 and
Hale, 1945, p. 177). Zimmer examined a much damaged female Paradiastylis
from the Swan River, Western Australia and stated that it was allied to
brachyura (see Zimmer, 1914, p, 187).

PARADIASTYLIS WHITLEYI sp, hoy,

Adult male. Integument membranous, shining, semi-transparent.
Carapace with shallow pitting but no apparent ridges; it is barely wider
than deep and is about twice as long as greatest breadth, which occurs about

Fig. 1. Paradiastylis whitleyi, type adult
male; lateral view and cephalothorax from
above (X 22).

region of ocular lobe; it is considerably more than one-third of total length
and twice as long as pedigerous somites together, Pseudorostrum one-fifth of
length of carapace, acute in front. Ocular lobe large, a little wider than
long and with tumid unpigmented lenses. No defined antero-lateral angle.

Pleon barely longer than cephalothorax; fifth somite nearly twice as long
as wide and one-fifth as long again as either fourth or sixth, the latter some-
what dilated posteriorly ; telson subcordate, with marked U-shaped dorsal depres-
sion; the very narrow post-anal part has a pair of apical spines and two pairs
of lateral spines.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 355

Third segment of first antenna more than half as long again as second;
flagellum four-jointed, the second segment longest, and as long as second and
third peduncular segments together; accessory lash four-joimted, the last seg-
ment minute, the third the longest.

Fig. 2. Paradiastylis whitleyi, paratype adult male; ant. 1-2, first and second antennae;
mxp. 3, third maxilliped; prp. 1, 2 and 5, first, second and fifth peraeopods; plp. 1, first
pleopod; urop., uropod with fourth to sixth pleon somites and telson (all X 40); tels., distal
end of telson (X 160); end., endopod of uropod (X 80).

Second antenna with flagellum reaching beyond distal end of peduncle of
uropods; flagellum with very long joints (fig. 2, ant. 2).

Basis of third maxilliped more than twice as long as remaining joints
together,

First peraeopod elongate, the carpus reaching to level of tip of pseudoros-
trum; basis about two-thirds as long as rest of limb; propodus barely one-third

as long again as carpus and more than twice as long as dactylus.

356 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Basis of second peraeopod longer than rest of limb; carpus as long as
propodus aud dactylus together and more than half as long again as merus.

Propodal and carpal setae of posterior peraeopods reaching to or barely
beyond tip of daetylus.

Pleopods with endopod two-jointed and exopod undivided.

Uropod with peduncle more than twice as lone as telson and armed on
inner margin with fifteen spines; endopod (without terminal spine) half as
long as peduncle and more than one-third as long again as exopod; it is three-
jointed, the first segment fully twice as long as second, which is one-fourth as
long again as third; the imner spines of the endopodal joints are four, two and
two, und the terminal spine is as long as the third joint and much shorter than
the louyest terminal spine of exopod,

Leneth 4:0 mm.

Loc. Western Australia: Shark Bay, South Passage, 14 fathoms, on sand
(G. P, Whitley, ex cutter ‘‘Tsobel,’' submarine light, Nov., 1945, temperature,
21°84° C,); Shark Bay, North end of Herald Bight, 3 fathoms, on sand (G. P.
Whitley, ex cutter ‘‘Isobel,’’ submarine light, Nov. 1945, temperature
24°29°C.). Houtman Abrolhos, Turtle Bay, East Wallabi Js., 2 fathoms, on
sand (type loe., G. P. Whitley, ex cutter ‘‘Tsobel,’’ submarine light, Dee., 1945,
temperature 21-70" C.). Type male in South Australian ‘Museum, Ree. No,
C. 4226.

Males only are available. The size varies little but some: examples are just
under 4 mm. in length. In the wropod the armature of the peduncle and first
joint of the endopod is variable, there being sometimes seventeen spines on the
inner margin of the pedunele and seven on the first endopodal joint, At Herald
Bight in Shark Bay the species was taken in company with Drmorphostylis
australis,

Admitting the species meluded by the writer (Hale, 1943, p, 179, ef. seq.),
Dimorphostylis is separable from Paradiastylis by a single female character
and the species described above is placed tentatively in the older venus. In
the latter it falls closest to P. longipes Calman (1905, p. 21, fig. 4); it differs
in the absence of lateral ridges on the carapace and in the proportions of the
uropods, in which the first joint of the endopod is longer than the second and
third joints together, instead of about three-fourths of this length, as shown in
Calman’s fig, 41; in a single male recorded from New South Wales as P. lon-
gipes (Hale, 1945, p. 177) the first joint of the endopod is two-thirds as long
as combined leneths of second and third Joints.

Tf this Western Australian species proves to belong to Dimorphastylis (in

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 357

which the third maxilliped of the female does not lack the exopod as in Para-
diastylis) it most nearly resembles D. cottoni Hale, but lacks the lateral ridges
of the carapace present in that species, in which also the first and second perae-
opods are of different proportions and the first joint of the endopod is relatively
much longer.

Genus DimorpPHostyuis Zimmer 1921.

DIMORPHOSTYLIS AUSTRALIS Foxon.

Dimorphostylis australis Foxon, 1932, p. 390, fig. 7-8; Hale, 1945, p. 180,
fig, 5-6 (male only).

On the evidence of the collecting carried out in Australian waters to date
it would seem that this is a tropie species. Some specimens now in hand were
taken by G. P. Whitley (submarine light, Nov., 1945) at four localities in Shark
Bay, Western Australia, lat. 25.30S., while on the east coast of Australia
D, australis is known to oeeur only a little further to the south, but north to
Low Isles, Queensland.

Foxon’s specimens were preserved in formalin and consequently were in
bad condition when examined by him, A series taken at Broadhurst Bight,
Shark Bay, by Whitley comprises over one hundred adult males and three ovi-
gerous females, so that the description of the last-named sex may now be
supplemented.

Ovigerous female. Carapace one-third of total length of animal and more
than twice as long as pedigerous somites together,

Pleon longer than cephalothorax by about one-third of length of telson;
telson almost half as long as rest of pleon, and with short terminal spines as
in male.

Third segment of peduncle of first antenna nearly half as long again as
second.

First peraeopod with carpus reaching to level of tip of pseudorostitum;
propodus about one-fourth as long again as carpus and more than twice as
long as dactylus.

Pedunele of uropod about one-fourth as long again as telson, with much
fewer spines (less than ten) than in male; first joint of endopod little longer
than second and third joints together; inner spines of endopod two plus one
plus one.

Length 4:1 mm. Ova 0°15 mm.

358 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DimorrPHostyLis coTroni Hale.
Dimorphostylis cattoni Hale, 1936, p. 400, fig. 5-6 and 1945, p. 197, fig. 17-18.

This species was previously recorded from southern and eastern Australia,
north to lat. 32.08.; specimens have since been collected by A, G. Nicholls in
Western Australia at Esperance Bay (south coast) and Garden Island on the
west coast (lat. 32.88.). It is not represented in any of the collections made
further north.

DiMoRPHOSTYLIS vieTA Hale.

Pachystylis vieta Hale, 1936a, p, 424, fig. 14-15 and 1937, p. 72.
Dimorphystylis vieta Hale, 1945, p, 192, fig. 18-14.

A single female was taken by G. P. Whitley at Garden Island, Western
Australia, thus extending the known distribution of this easily recognized

form.
Genus Ancuistyuig Hale 1945.

ANCHISTYLIS WAITEI Hale.
Anchicolorus waitei Hale, 1928, p. 45, fig. 15-16 and 1936, p. 418.
Colurostylis waitei Zimmer, 1930, p. 651.
Anchistylis waitet Hale, 1945, p. 204, fig. 21-22 and 24.

Specimens have been collected by A. G. Nicholls and G, P, Whitley from
a number of Western Australian localities—Esperance Bay on the south coast
and on the western shores at Garden and Rottnest Islands, and at. Houtman
Abrolhos.

In this series both adult males and ovigerous females vary in total length
from 2-5-4 mm., the size having no apparent relation to locality; it should be
mentioned, however, that all material was secured by submarine light.

The species was known previously only from the southern coasts of Aus-
tralia.

Genus GynopiastyLis Calman 1911,

GYNODIASTYLIS BICRISTATA Calman.
Gynodiastylis bicristata. Calman, 1911, p. 374, pl. XXXVI, fig. 11-22.

Calman’s types were from the Gulf of Siam and Japan. Two ovigerous
females and a male taken by G. P. Whitley on the eastern shore of North-West
Cape, Western Australia, are referred here.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 359

They are somewhat smaller than Calman’s specimens, the male being
1-45 mm. in length, the females 1-6 nun,

GyNopIAstyLis LATA Hale.
Gynodiastylis lata Hale, 1946, p. 366, fig. 5-6.

The type series was taken at Moreton Bay, Queensland. G. P. Whitley
secured a single example at the Mary Anne Group, North-Western Australia, in
54 fathoms.

GYNODIASTYLIS TURGIDA Hale.
Gynodiastylis turgida Tale, 1928, p. 42, fig. 11-12 and 1936, p. 420, fig. 10-11.

A single male was taken by A. G. Nicholls at Careening Bay, Garden
Island, Western Australia, in 3 fathoms by submarine light. The species was
formerly recorded only from South Australia.

GYNODIASTYLIS HARTMEYERI Zimmer.
Gynodiastylis hartmeyerr Zimmer, 1914, p. 187, fig. 14.

The type locality is Shark Bay, Western Australia. A subadult female,
1-7 mm, in length, was collected by G. P. Whitley at Airlie Island, off Onslow
(submarine light, 3 fathoms, rock, coral and sand bottom, Sept., 1945). In this
example the first peraeopod is a little longer than indicated in Zimmer’s figure,
the carpus reaching to level of apex of pseudorostrum,

As shown in Zimmer’s fig. 14¢, the distal half of the telson is subtriangular
as seen from above, not rounded as in the related similis.

GYNODIASTYLIS MUNDA Sp. nov,

Female with developing marsupium. Integument fragile, dull opaque;
sides of carapace and pedigerous somites with faintly marked large reticulate
patterning,

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal, subtriangular in
shape when viewed from above, wider than deep, its proximal breadth being
not much less than its length; back with a finely crenulate longitudinal ridge
on each side, extending from tip of pseudorostral lobe almost to hinder margin,
where it is connected with its fellow by a low transverse ridge; dorsum between
cavinae slightly convex; the sides are almost flat but not at all coneaye.
Antero-lateral margin a little concave; antennal angle prominent, subacute and
armed with one or two denticles,

360 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pseudorostrum narrowly truncate in front, the lobes meeting for a distance
equal to two-ninths of length of carapace. Frontal lobe large; ocular lobe
short and wide (four times as broad as long) and with no apparent eyes.

Pedigerous somites together four-fifths as long as carapace; pleural parts
of all exposed, those of third greatly expanded fore and aft, generously over-
lapping second somite in front; dorsal length of fourth greater than in any
of the others, and in fact equal to dorsal length of first three somites together ;
each of the second to fifth somites bears a pair of longitudinal dorsal carinae,

Pig. 3. Gynodiastylis munda, type female;
lateral view and cephalothorax from above
(CX 44).

Pleon not quite as long as cephalothorax; first to fourth and sixth somites
subequal in length; fitth somite distinctly less than half as long again as
sixth, which is more than one-third as wide again as long, not greatly widened
posteriorly; telson about three-fourths as long as sixth somite, subcordate as
seen from above, its post-anal part very short and with a pair of tiny, stout
terminal spines, flanked on one side by a short bristle (fig. 4, tels.).

First antenna with peduncle unusually large for the genus, and flagella
very short; first joint of peduncle almost globose and longer than the rest of
the appendage; although prominent when the animal is seen from the side, the
antennae are not visible in dorsal view.

First peraeopod slender, with carpus reaching to level of tip of pseudoros-
trum; basis uot much shorter than remaining joints together; propodus about

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 361

two-thirds as long as carpus, one-third as long again as dactylus, and about as
long as its single distal seta; dactylus with a terminal seta as long as that of
propodus; the exopod is small and, not including setae, only half as long as
basis.

\ ~

Hig. 4. Gynodiastylis munda, type female; ec. pace, anterior part of carapace (X 70);
ant. 1, first antenna (X 160): prp. 1, 2 and 5, first second and fifth peraeopods (x 160);
urop.; uropod with fourth to sixth pleon somites and telson (x 70; rami of uropod, X 160);
tels., distal end of telson (X 420),

Second peraeopod with basis wide (breadth equal to two-thirds of length)
and little more than three-fourths as long as remaining joints together; ischium
distinct; merus, carpus and dactylus subequal in length, and propodus three-
fourths as long as dactylus; exopod large, its peduncle and flagellum together
as long as first four joints of the limb.

Basis in posterior peraeopods shorter than rest of limb; merus not much

362 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

longer than carpus, the distal seta of which does not reach to tip of dactylus;
propodal seta reaching almost to tip of dactylus, which is about as long as
propodus.

Peduncle of uropod a little longer than telson and more than three-fourths
as long again as the rami (exclusive of terminal spines) ; endopod barely longer
than exopod, and divided into two segments of equal length, the inner margin
of the first joint bearing a single minute spine at distal end, that of second a
similar spine at middle of length and another alongside the stout terminal
spine, which is less than one-third as long as the ramus; exopod with similar
stout terminal spine.

Colour white. Length 2-5 mm.

Loc. Western Australia, Rottnest Island, 24 fathoms (A. G. Nicholls, sub-
marine light, Nov., 1945). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C.3249.

This species resembles concava Hale (1946, p. 416, fig. 48-44) in some
respects, but is easily separated by the following features. The sides of the
carapace are flat but not concave, the pseudorostrum is not acute in front,
while the dorsal ridges are subparallel, instead of divergent, and extend to the
tip of the pseudorostrum. The sixth pleon somite is wider and the minute
armature of the posterior end of the telson is different. The first antennae
are much more massive. The second peraeopod has the terminal segments less
abbreviated, the ischium is distinet and the exopod is much larger. In the
uropod the endopod is divided into two equal joints as in concava, but the
pedunele is relatively longer.

GYNODIASTYLIS VICARIA Sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument semi-transparent, not much calcified and not
brittle.

Carapace one-third of total length of animal, twice as long as pedigerous
somites together, nearly twice as long as deep and barely wider than deep; on
each side is a shallow depression, the lower edge of which is raised, forming the
greater part of the lateral outline when the carapace is viewed from above.
Pseudorostral lobes, as seen from the side, obliquely truncate in front; they
meet above for a distance equal to one-fifth of length of carapace. Frontal and
ocular lobes large, the latter twice as wide as long, with large eye lenses.
Respiratory siphons slender.

Pedigerous somites all exposed, not at all crowded. Pleon as long as
cephalothorax; sixth somite dilated at rear, where it is a little wider than long;
telson equal in length to sixth somite and with a pair of slender apical spines.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 363

Flagella of first antenna each three-jointed; the accessory lash is not much
shorter than the main one, which is longer than second joint of pedunele.
Second antenna with flagellum shorter than last segment of peduncle, seven-
jointed and reaching only to middle of length of pedigerous somites.

Fig. 5. Gynodiastylix viearia, type adult male; lateral view and cepha-
lothorax from above (X 50).

Exopods are present on the third maxilliped and first four pairs of
peraeopods.

First peraeopod with basis more than half as long as rest of limb; propodus
little longer than carpus, three-fifths as long as basis aud with two insignificant
distal setae; dactylus about half as long as carpus,

Second peraeopod with basis subequal in length to rest of limbs; merus,
carpus and propodus all of about the same length, each two-thirds as long as
dactylus.

Third to fifth peraeopods with merus as long as carpus, propodus aud dac-
tylus together; carpus with three slender distal setae, reaching to tip of the
dactylus, the claw of which is slender,

Pedunele of uropod half as long again as telson; endopod, not ineluding
terminal spine, almost as long as pedunele, very little shorter than exopod, and
with the first of its two segments a little shorter than second; the first endo-
podal joint has three spines on inner margin, the second four.

Length: 1°77 mm.

Loc. Western Australia: Esperance Bay (A. G. Nicholls, submarine
light, Jan. 1946). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg, No, UC. 3224.

In some respects this species is not typical of Gynodiaslylis. The basis of
the first peraeopod is relatively short for the genus, While in the propodus of
this limb the distal setae are unusually short. It differs from Zimmeriana
Hale, however, in the structure of the daetylus of the first leg, while in
Dicoides Wale the anterior peraeopod is more massive. The female will show

364 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

whether or not the species is correctly referred. In Gynodiastylis it comes
closest to twmida Hale but in the first peraeopod of vicaria the carjrus is not
shorter than the propodus and in the second is subequal in length to the propo-
dus, instead of more than twice as long as it. Further, the proportions of the

Fig. 6. Gynodiastylis vicaria, type adult male; ant. 1-2, first and second antennae; prp.
1, 2, 4’ and 5, first, second, fourth and fifth peracopods; urop., uropod with fourth to sixth
pleon somites and telson (X 80); prp. 2° and prp. 4, distal segments of second and fourth
peraeopods (* 160).

distal joints of the posterior peracopods are considerably different, while the
endopod of the uropod is longer in relation to the peduncle. The seulpture of
the carapace in tumida is variable.

GYNODIASTYLIS INEPTA sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument semi-transparent.

Carapace one-third of total length of animal, somewhat inflated, wider than
deep and breadth equal to length without pseudorostrum ; antennal notch shal-
lowly concave and antennal angle broadly rounded; on each side a low fold
extends back from neighbourhood of antennal notch and below this is another
longitudinal fold, the surface between being concave; the antero-lateral margin
of the carapace flares outwards and is visible when the animal is viewed from

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 365

above. Pseudorostrum nearly one-fourth of length of carapace, pointed in front
when seen from the side but each lobe narrowly and obliquely truncate an-
teriorly im dorsal view. Frontal lobe large and ocular lobe broad and short,

two and one-half times as wide as long; the eyes are large, bright and shining.

Pedigerous somites together mueh less than half as long as carapace; the first
somite is visible as a narrow strip, the lateral parts concealed beneath carapace
and pleural portions of the short second somite; the third is short dorsally but
has the pleural part expanded a little fore and aft on each side; fourth somite
the longest in dorsal length, its pleural parts, like those of fifth, directed
slightly backwar'ds.

Fig. 7 Gynodiastylis inepla, type adult
mile; lateral view and cephulothorax from
above ( X 34). —

Pleon a little longer than cephalothorax; fifth somite about one-fourth as
long again as sixth, which is slightly dilated at the rear, where it is a little
broader than length of the somite; telson not quite as long as sixth somite,
almost twice as long as wide, and with a very short post-anal portion, narrowly
subtruneate at distal end, which is furnished with a pair of short spies; the
postero-lateral margins are finely serrate, with a bristle on each side near the
terminal spines.

First antennae with second and third segments of peduncle subequal in
length each a little longer than the stout first joint; the flagella do not differ
much in length and each of them is three-jointed.

First. peraeopod slender, the carpus not reaching to level of tip of pseudo-
rostrum; basis shorter than remaining joints together; propodus a little longer
than carpus and with a single distal seta; dactylus more than half as long as
propodus; exopod rather small, with peduncle less than half as long as basis,

366 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Second peracopod with basis broad (three-fourths ajs wide as long) and not
much longer than the three succeeding joints together; ischium distinct and
carpus equal in length to propodus and dactylus together; the daetylus is
three-fourths as long again as propodus and the exopod (not ineluding flagellal
setae) is fully as lone as the basis,

Fig. 8. Gynodiastylis inepta, paratype adult male; ant, 1, first antenna (X95); prp. 1,
2 and 5, first, second and fifth peraeopods (X 95); urop., uropod with fourth to sixth pleon
somites and telson (X 33; telson and rami of uropods, ¥ 75).

Posterior peraeopods with carpus little longer than merus and with two
carpal setae, the longer of which, like that of propodus, reaches to level of tip
of dactylus; propodus and dactylus subequal in length, each much less than
half as long as carpus; exopods on all but last pair, those of the fourth smaller
than on the third; basis of fifth legs narrow, about as long as merus and carpus
together.

Pedunele of uropod two and one-half times as long as telson, the distal
two-thirds of inner margin armed with eight or nine short spies; endopod
about four-fifths as long as peduncle, bisegmentate, the second joint almost
half as long again as first; there are three spines on inner margin of first seg-
ment, one or two on second; the terminal spine is as long as the first segment,
but is not distinetly marked off, and only with diffieulty is its junction with
the ramus discernible; the exopod (with terminal spine) is one-fifth as long

HALE-—-AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 367

again as the total length of endopod; its terminal spine is one-half as long as
the ranms but not distinctly differentiated from it.

Length 2°9 mm.

Loe. Western Australia: Garden Island, Careening Bay, 3 fathoms (A. G.
Nicholls, submarine helt, Nov., 1946). Type male in Sonth Australian
Museum, Reg. No. C. 3262.

Two wales are available. These have the general facies of the large-eyed
male deseribed for Gynediastylis dilatata (Hale, 1946, p, 875)—an otherwise
easily separated species. Allowing for possible differences apparent in large-
vyed males of Gynodiastylis and allied genera, inepla most nearly resembles
the variable G. tumida (Tale, 1937, p. 66, fig. 3-4 and 1946, p. 419, fig. 45).
It is distinenished from the male of twnida, however, ly the following features.
The sixth pleon somite is less dilated at the rear and the telson has a shorter
und less narrowed post-anal part. The longer carpal seta of the posterior
peraeopods (although stouter than its fellow) is not so thiekened. Tn the wtr0-
pod the pedunele is lonyer (less than twice as long as telson in (awnidd and with
fewer spines on inner margin) and the spine of the endopod is not sharply
marked off from the ramus. Further, not incliding the terminal spine in the
length of either ramns, the exopod of the wopod of inepta is unusual in that
it is longer than the endopod, whereas in (unde it is the shorter of the rami.

Genus Dicomes Hale 1946.
Dicvoides Tale, 1946, p. 421.

DIcOIDES OCCIDENTALIS Sp. nov,

Adult mule. Integument slightly calcified; pedigerous somites, pleon, distal
segments of limbs, and uropod with imbricate surface patternmg.

Carapace oue-third of total length and two-thirds as long again as pediger-
ous somites together; it is as deep as broad and half as long again as wide;
ou each side is # shallow depression; the inferior margin in anterior half bends
outwards and is a prominent feature of the outline when the carapace is
viewed from above; below the ocular lobe is a low tumidity on each side and
the branchial regions ave somewhat swollen, Frontal lobe very broad; ocular
lobe rounded anteriorly, more than twice as wide as lone, half as wide as eara-
pace an(l with three large pale eyes. Pseudorostral lobes obliquely truncate
anteriorly when seen from the side, meeting aboye for a distance equal to length
of ocular lobe. Antero-lateral angle sinuate,

Pleon equal in length to cephalothorax; fifth somite one-third as long again
as sixth, whieh is slightly wider than long; telson little shorter than sixth

368 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

somite, subtriangular and with two rather long terminal spines, each more than
one-third as long as telson; no portion is post-anal,

First antenna geniculate; first segment of peduncle barely longer than
third, and second much shorter; flagellum three-jointed, three-fourths as long as
third peduneular segment; accessory lash two-jointed.

Second antenna reaching back little beyond hinder margin of carapace;
its eleven-jointed flagellum is shorter than the pedunele,

Fig. 9. Dicoides occidentalis, type adult male; lateral
view and cephalothorax from above (X 42).

First to fourth pairs of peraeopods with well developed exopods. First
pair with earpus reaching to level of anterior margin of carapace; basis short,
two-fifths as long as rest of limb and equal in length to propodus, which is
slightly shorter than the broad carpus; dactylus less than half as long as
propodus, with a strong terminal claw (as in D. fletti) and some strong setae ;
there are no marginal setae on the carpus and propadns,

Second peraeopod with basis broad, much shorter than rest of limb;
ischium. indistinct and carpus as long as propodus and dactylus together.

Third and fourth peraeopods robust; basis broad, shorter than rest of
limb; propodus longer than carpus and with a stout seta reaching to level of
tip of the short and stout dactylus; two distal carpal setae, the longer not
reaching beyond tip of dactylus.

Fifth peraeopod with basis much more slender than in fourth.

Uropod with pedunele two and one-half times as long as telson, and fully
half as long again as fifth pleon somite; endopod six-sevenths as long as
pedunele and equal in length to exopod; the first and last of its three indis-
tinetly separated segments are subequal in length, each twice as long as second ;
inner margin with ten short spines and terminal spine stout, fully as long as

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 369

last segment of the ramus; exopod with three very unequal terminal spines
(the longest nearly one-half as long as the ramus) and with a few short spines
on outer margin,

Fig. 10. Dicoides occidentalis, type adult male; p. lobe, inner view of right pseudorostral
lobe; ant. 1-2, first and second antennae; prp. 1-5, first to fifth peraeopods; urop., uropod with
fifth and sixth pleon somites and telson (xX 64; flagella of first antenna, ‘‘elaws’’ of first
peraeopod and terminal joints of third peraeopod, xX 180).

Colour cream, Length 2:2 mm.

Loc. Western Australia; Esperance Bay (A. G. Nicholls, submarine light,
Jan., 1946). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C. 3223,

This species somewhat resembles D, fletti (Tale, 1946, p. 425, fig. 49-50)
from the Pacifie Coast of Australia. The size of the South-Western Anstralian
form is considerably smaller and the shape and sculpture of the carapace are
very different, although it must be remembered that the fully adult male of
fletti is unknown, Further, however, the sixth pleon somite is relatively wider
in occidentalis, the telson is longer, and the fossorial peraeopods are stouter
and shorter, with the propodus relatively longer. Again, in the uropod the
vami are of equal length and the second segment of the endopod is much shorter
than the last; in the sub-adult male of flett? (4-6 mm.) the exopod of the
uropod, as in the female, is distinctly shorter than the endopod, the segments of

370 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

whieh are distinctly marked off, the second being not markedly shorter than
third, and the armature is as figured for the female (Hale wt supra, fig, 50,
urop.).

The first peraeopods of occidentalis are relatively shorter than in the
adult male of areolata or the sub-adult male of fletti and brevidactyla; these
appendages agree, however, in having the propodus as long as the basis. The
terminal telsonic spines are not rudimentary as in the adult male of areolata,
but this cannot be regarded as of much significance (Hale, 1946, p. 361).

SUMMARY.

Diastylidae from Western Australia are dealt with. Sixteen species are
listed for the State, ineluding five which are deseribed as new. These are
Paradiastylis whitleyi, Gynodiastylis munda, G. viearia, G, inepta and Dicoldes
occidentalis.

REFERENCES CITED,

Calman, W. T. (1904): ‘Report on the Cumacea collected by Prof. Herdman,
at Ceylon, in 1902.” Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish. 1904, Supp. Rep, xii,
pp. 159-180, pl. i-v.

Calman, W. T. (1905); The Marine Fanua of the West Coast of Ireland,
part iv, Cumacea.’’ Sei. Invest, Fish. Ireland, 1904, app. 1, pp. 3-52,
pl. i-y.

Calman, W. T. (1911); ‘On New or Rare Crustacea of the Order Cumacea
from the Collection of the Copenhagen Museum, Part ii, The Pamilies Nan-
nastacidae and Diastylidae.’’ Trans. Zool. Soc., xviii, pp. 341-398,
pl. xxxli—xxxvii.

Foxon, G. E. H. (1932); Great Barrier Reef Exped., 1928-29, Sci. Rep., iv,
No. 11, pp. 387-395, fig. 5-10.

Hale, Herbert M. (1928): ‘Australian Cumacea.’’ Trans. Roy. Soe. S. Austr.,
lii, pp. 31-48, fig. 1-17,

Hale, Herbert M, (1936) : ‘‘Three New Cumacea from South Australia.’’ Ree,
S. Aust. Mus., v, pp. 395-403, fig. 1-6,

Hale, Herbert M. (1986a): “‘Cumacea from a South Australian Reef.’’ Ree.
S. Aust. Mus., v, pp. 404-438, fig. 1-23.

Hale, Herbert M. (1945): ‘‘The Family Diastylidae, Part 1.’’ Trans. Roy.
Soe. S, Austr., 69, (2), pp. 173-211, fig. 1-26.

Hale, Herbert M. (1946); ‘‘The Family Diastylidae, Part 2.’? Ree. S. Aust.
Mus., vili, pp. 357-444, fig. 1-60.

Zimmer, Carl (1914): Fauna Siidwest Aust., y, Cumacea, pp. 175-195, fig,
1-18,

PALAEOLITHIC KODJ AXE OF THE ABORIGINES
FURTHER NOTES

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., ETHNOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Since the publication of an account of the kodj axe of Western Australia at page 257
of this volume, additional information from various sources has come to hand.

I am indebted to Dr. R. Churchill Blackie, Curator of the Royal Albert Memorial
Museum, Exeter, who kindly furnished the following note and drawing (text-fig. 1-4)
to illustrate a very fine kodj hammer axe in his Museum:

“This specimen has an overall length of 30.8 cm., the visible length of the handle
occupying 24.6 cm. The handle has an average width of 1.5 cm., is fire-hardened and
pointed at the end, and is smooth and polished from much use”.

PALAEOLITHIC KODJ AXE or tue ABORIGINES
FURTHER NOTES

By NORMAN B, TINDALE, B.Sc., EvHNoLoaist, SoutH Austrratian Museum.
Text-fig. 1-4.

Since the publication of an account of the kodj axe of Western Australia at
page 257 of this volume, additional information from various sources has come
to hand.

T am indebted to Dr. R. Churchill Blackie, Curator of the Royal Albert
Memorial Museum, Exeter, who kindly furnished the following note and draw-
ing (text-fig. 1-4) to illustrate a very fine /odj hammer axe in his Museum :

“This specimen has an overall length of 380+8 cm., the visible length of
the handle oeeupying 24-6 em. The handle has an average width of 1-5 em.,
is fire-hardened and pointed at the end, and is smooth and polished from much
use,

“The head has an overall length of 19 em, and a greatest thickness of
33 em. The gum matrix is 5:5 em, along the head, and 6-3 em. in the line
of the handle.

“As nearly as ean be determined the hammer stone is 4-4 em, long and the
same width, and projeets 2-5 em, from the gum. The fiake or axe-stone is
3-8 em. long and 4-5 em. wide, and projects 2 em. from the gum, The axe-
stone is set for use by a right-handed man. Both stones are of fine-grained
basi¢ igneous rock, probably basalt; and both appear to have been turned in
the matrix at least once, as there is an old and blackened thin coating of gum on
each, The axe-stone has become so blunt that it would have needed retouching
to be of use.

“The eum is dark-brown, and is reinforeed apparently with fibrous ma-
terial which looks like stiff grass or cane splinters; and has at least a surface
admixture of highly polished ‘‘desert’? sand. The latter may, however, be
merely aecidental adhesion of sand while the gum was still unhardened. The
total weight of the kodj is 283 grams, It is a very ‘handy,’ seeurely-made speci-
men, and from the condition of the stones and the patina of the handle has
evidently seen much use in its original locality,

“Tt came to the Exeter Museum in 1882 and, considering the length of
time it was in the donor’s possession, and the types and workmanship of many
of the Australasian objects whieh came in the same collection, the legitimate
inference is that it must have reached England in about the 1840’s. Tt has,

372 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

unfortunately, no exact locality, but is obviously a fine early specimen of the
West Australian kodj.’’

Fig. 1-4. Kodj axe in the Royal Albert Memorial Museum, Exeter.

Dr. Helmut Petri reported the regrettable loss of the specimen of a kodj
axe (Tindale, 1950, fig. 5-7) by the destruction of the Stiadtisches Vélker
Museum, Frankfurt-am-Main, He writes: ‘‘Das in Ihrem Aufsatz abgebildete
und beschriebene kodj ist leider nicht mehr vorhanden. Wir verloren es
wiihrend der Bombenaneriffe im Kriege. Soweit wir aber die Sache beurteilen
kénnen, ist Ihre Beschreibung und Abbildung des Objektes vollkommen korrekt,
und wir freuen uns, dass dieses Stick, das nun leider verloren ist, wenigstens
verdffentlicht wurde.’’

Davidson (1938) in a paper on stone axes of Western Australia, which was
overlooked, described and illustrated two kodj axes which are now in the eol-
lection of the University of Pennsylvania Museum. One is from Quindalup in
the Vasse district of Western Australia. It has a length of 40 em. and a length
of head 13-5 em, From his illustrations it can be gathered that this axe was
one made or used by a left-handed man. The other is somewhat smaller and
seems eruder in manutacture; both have substantial handles and may be
regarded as excellent examples of late kodj axes.

TINDALE—PALAEOLITHIC KobD] AXE 373

The kody stones themselves ave indicated by Davidson to be of poor type
and, perhaps under the influence of the examination of these and sone inferior
examples in Australian museums, he eame to the general conelusion that
“these stones often are of such a crude nature that unless the possibility of
recovering this type of ax is kept in mind the archaeologist mivht never suspect
two stones lying wear each other as the remains of a donble-headed ax”, [na
map illustrating the distribution of Western Australian axe types he shows the
kedj as extending trom the vivinity of Geraldton to Geographe Bay. [He uses
vocabulary data on the kodj given by Curvy (1886) to sipport couclusions based
on the limited sevies of specimens be was able to examine.

Brough Smyth (1878) gave a good account of the fod) axe under the
name kodjo or koj-je. He supplied useful data on methods of hatting with
the gum of the blackboy (Xantharrhoce). THis informants, who, because of the
words they used. may have been either Kaneang or Juat tribes-people, or both,
distinguished between two grades of gum; they preterred that of a type of grass-
tree called ‘tough top’’ to that of another called “brittle top.’ The Brough
Smyth cescription and figure appear to be based on an exaniple of relatively
late manufacture with an ineffective handle. It is possible that his account is in
some measure responsible for the incorrect impression Current among those
who have not. handled carly specimens, that a typical fodj axe stone would not
be recognized as an implement. if found as a archacological specimen, He says:
“Tf the stone forming the head of a West Australian tomahawk were found
anywhere divested of the gum and handle, it is doubtlul whether it would be
recognized by any as a worl of art.”

That trne kody axe stones are a well-formed type was one of the theses of
the varlicr paper on this subject and this seems to be supported by the evidenee
furnished by the additional specimen brought to attention by Dr. R, C, Blackie,
as well as by the faei, that they were recognized as an archaeological type before
they were assoelated with the kodj axe.

A notable arehacologieal find of a hafted implemeut by Setzler and
MeCarthy (1950) at Oenpelli in Arnhem Land was reported after the kodj
paper had gone to press. The authors deseribe and figure a hafted stone imple-
ment from Oenpelli, Tt is fashioned from an elowera stone implement, set in
gum on a wooden handle. Af first sight their implement might be considered a
form of axe and to be comparable with the kodj. Wowever, MeCarthy in a
letter says, ‘Study of the use-polished edges in onr series of implements from
Oenpelli caves indieates that this edge was used chiefly on one face at a time,
more than as a cutting implement. Thus it would appear to be an adzing rather
than a entting tool and for this reason we decided to call it an adze.’? Theeve-
fore, auy resemblance of the Oenpelli implement to the true kodj axe wonld

374 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

seem to be accidental. The authors seem sure from their examination of the gum
haft that this archaeological specimen has the stone still in its original position,
i.e. no softening or slumping of the plastie mount has oceurred. and the stone
has not moved away from the working position. In view of McCarthy’s opinion
that the implement fimetioued as an adze il is not easy to see how an orthodox
adzing operation was carried ot with it and if its adzing function is correct, it
might be inferred that deformation of the gum had occurred, after use, If
deformation has ocenrred the implement originally may have resembled the
normal Australian adze or chisel, in which the cutting edge of the stone is set.
squarely across the end of the handle.

Another possibility exists. Accepting that the elouera is im its proper posi-
tion jt could have been used for an aetivity such as the carving of spear barbs
on a hardwood spear-head. Tindale (1925, fig, 41 A) from direct observation
extending over many months at Groote Kylandt in 1921-82, deseribed and
figured this barb cutting aetivity, in which a stone knife is used. At Groote
Bylandt the spear-head carver grasps the knife in the palm of his hand with
the point directed towards his body, and the handle between the thumb and
fingers; the back of the blade and the tip of the knife rest in the base of the
palm, Steady etttting power is obtained by rotating the wrist outwards and
levering the tip of the kiife blade agaiust the work. ‘The levering action
om the base of the paln combines great cutting power aud marked control,

It seems possible that the Oeupelli implement could have been used in a
like manner and if so used could haye been au effective implement for the
carving of the open hard wood barbs so widely used in North Australia,

SUMMARY,

This paper reports ou hafted palaeolithie axes of the kedj type from Aus-
tralia additional to those described in the Reeords of the South Australian
Museum, ix, 1950, p. 257. The possible fuuetion of an archacological elowera
type adze receutly found by Setzler and McCarthy at Oenpelli is discussed.

REFERENCES CITED.

Curr, EB, M. (1886): Australian Race, Melbourne, 1.

Davidson, D. 8. (1938): American Anthropologist, 40 (1), pp. 88-48, (biblio-
graphy).

Setzlor, F. M. and McCarthy, F, D, (1950): A unique archaeological specimen
from Australia. Journ, Washington Academy of Science, 40.

Sinyth, R. Brough. (1878) : Aborigines of Victoria, Melbourne.

Tindale, N. GB. (1925): Ree. 8, Aust. Mus., ix (3), pp. 257-273.

ABORIGINAL ROCK CARVINGS: A LOCALITY
NEAR PIMBA, S.A.

By F. J. HALL, R. G. MCGOWAN AND G. F. GULEKSEN.

Summary

During the month of June, 1950, the writers, seeking traces of aboriginal occupation
in the vicinity of Pimba on the Adelaide to Perth Continental Railway line, found
relics at several rock water holes in the bed of Eucolo Creek and in one of its
tributaries. In the vicinity of the water holes evidence of previous native occupation
was observed, including a series of rock carvings. A clue to the location of one of the
sites was given by W. B. McDougall, Esq., whose assistance has been much
appreciated.

ABORIGINAL ROCK CARVINGS: A LOCALITY
NEAR PIMBA, S.A.

By F, J. HALL, R. G. McGOWAN anp G. F, GULEKSEN.
Plates xxvi-xxvii and Text-fig. 1-35.

INTRODUCTION

Durie the month of June, 1950, the writers, seeking traces of aboriginal oecu-
pation in the vicinity of Pimba on the Adelaide to Perth Continental Railway
line, found relies at several rock water holes in the bed of Eueolo Creek and in
one of its tributaries. In the vicinity of the water holes evidence of previous
native occupation was observed, including a series of rock carvings. A clue to
the location of one of the sites was given by W. B. McDougall, Esq., whose
assistance has been much appreciated.

THE LOCALITY.

Eucolo Creek is a channel some two miles long and approximately 200 feet
wide for the greater part, forming a deep gully with cliffs often seventy feet
high (Plate xxvi, A).

Massive sandstones and quartzites from the flat-topped tableland of this
district (Segnit, 1939) and great slabs of this sandstone have been eroded to
form the broken cliffs of the creek. Such erosion has formed many caves and
the sides of the water course are littered with angular blocks of sandstone, often
many tons in weight. Two small tributaries are minor duplicates of the main
channel. This system debouches into alluvial flats which eventually terminate
in the large saline depression of Island Lagoon,

THE ROCK CARVINGS.

Slabs of sandstone in some cases forming the bed of the water course and
in other instances the cliff faces around the rock hole, are covered with a great
profusion of carvings. The most extensive group of carvings occurs at the
head of the creek where a rock hole provides only a temporary water supply,
a more permanent water hole occurs a mile or more down the creek. Plates xxvi
and xxvii show photographs of representative series of the carvings while the
text figures give details of particular petroglyphs.

376 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Plate xxvi, B shows a sandstone slab lying tilted at an angle of 45° in the
ereek bed and apparently so profusely engraved, over a long period, that few
designs can be distinguished, details of the individual markings being lost in
the whole. Before taking the photographs, details of some carvings were
chalked in to enable them to be recorded with greater clarity. Plate xxvi, C
shows human foot tracks, concentri¢ circle designs and at the left what appear
to be hitman figures bearing ornaments on their heads.

EUCOLO CREEK
Gisot ‘Bird Tracks' near Rock Water Hole

5 15 30 45 60 Centimeters
Distances F to J not to scale

Fig. 1. Giant bird track carvings at Eucolo Creek.

Plate xxvi, D reveals a profusion of dog, kangaroo, emu and other tracks,
while at E three male figures with ceremonial head dresses are shown; the out-
lines of two of the latter have been chalked in while a third ean be distinguished
in the bottom right-hand corner. The slab illustrated at F bears semi-cireular
designs similar to those sometimes used by present-day natives to represent the
break-winds of their camps, and at other times used to represent boomeranigs.
A similar design with two such semi-circular carvings combined was present on
a portable slab which is now in the South Australian Museum (No. A. 41967).

HALL, MCGOWAN AND GULEKSEN—ABORIGINAL ROCK CARVINGS 377

The rocks shown on Plate xxvi, G and Il, bear large bird-track carvings
and ave extensively pitted and marked, and much croded; the desigus marked
with chalk appear to be late oues iu ain indefinite series of older obsenred
carvings. These large emuu-like bird tracks are the most interesting carvings
in the series at Pimba. Typical ones are shown m Plate xxvi, G and HW and
others in Plate xxvii, C. A line of them which appears to represent a sequence
of steps by a giaut bird are drawn to scale in Text fig. 1. Individual steps are
usually about a Metre apatt; in the series shown in the text figure there is a gap
of 2-7 metres between steps F and I] and 4:5 metres between footprints Lt and
J. These footprints ave carefully carved, the depressions being sanecer-like with
a depth of between 0-9 and 1-5 em. A plaster cast of a typical example has
been made and placed in the Museum collection (No. A. 41968).

Bird and animal tracks oceur in a great abundance. A selection of the bird
tracks is shown in text fig. 2-6, while fig. 7 represents kangaroo tracks.
Sequences of dingo or dog tracks such as appear in text fig. 8 have been carved
often; they are indicated well im Plate xxvi, D. Human hand and footprints are
numerous (text fig. 9 and 10) and long and short meandering Lines as shown
in text fig. 11-12 oeeur. Several unusual groups of zoomorphie objects are
found. Text fig. 13 is a lizard-like carving 133 em. in length, torming the
principal carving at the top of a block of sandstone on the side of the creek
hed, The object is a true intaglio and would appear to be of some age, judging
by the jointing of the tock; a typical fissure crossing it is 3 em. in width and
approximately 80 em, deep, and has been split by temperature changes and
weathered out since the eatving was made. Another large intaglio, of no
obvious Meaning, and somewhat pear-shaped (text fig. 14) is earved on an
isolated boulder in the bed of the eveek, The snake-like design shown in text
fig. 15 is among the larger figures present (176 cin). Thiman figures have
already been referred to; when present (fig. 16) they often appear to be
wearing a ceremonial head dress; other possible human figures ate less obvious,
for example text fig. 17-19.

What appear to be symbolic designs comprise the greater majority of the
carvings, but only a few of these are referred to here. A vatied selection may
be seen in Plate xxvi, in addition to the ever preseut animal tracks. The
branched desigu at the vight hand side of Plate xxvii, A, of the type called
"fern leaf’? by Mountford (1935), is characteristic, as are also the semi-lunate
designs of Plate xxvi, 6, Designs may be present in long and confused chains
as in Plate xxvii, C. Concentric civeles and designs featuring radiating lines,
as in Plate xxvil, D, appear in numerous other series. Text fig. 20 represents

378
A

133 cm

4

a

Sad
28
f A
9
y £
e
oo
=
11

. 2-35.

C

@o

~
on

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

9)
25
» ly
s 26
ye,
27
ike
29 =7 C mp
22
y

FJK.

at

Rock carvings at Eucolo Creek.

HALL, MCGOWAN AND GULEKSEN—ABORIGINAL ROCK CARVINGS 379

4 characteristie type, a single line crossing a series of parallel lines at right
angles,

Long meandering lines ocew'; sometimes these end in a series of radiating
lines as in text fiy, 21; this line may be broken at intervals with sets of radiat-
ing lines as in text fig. 22. Fig. 23 shows how two natural cavities in the rock
(at @ and b) are utilized to form an important part of a carving. Semi-
circular lines to which are attached many transverse bars ou one side (text
fig. 24) appear. In other instances the transverse bars are completely enclosed
with a line as in Plate xxvi, F. The lastnamed is part of a series on a boulder
in an isolated locality on the creek.

“TU marks (text fig. 25) are present aud there are two examples of a
“TT’? within ‘‘U’? design (text fig. 26). More complex designs of a similar
nature are shown in text fig. 27-28. Cireles and coneentrie series of circles,
formed of dots (text fig. 29) and of solid lines oceur. Approximately 20 con-
centric circles of various sizes were counted; text fig. 30-31 give typical examples
of them.

Other designs present include a “barred cirele’’ (text fig. 32) which occurs
eight times. Many other designs, such as in text fig. 33-35, are represented by
single examples.

SUMMARY.

This paper records a numbey of aboriginal petroglyphs at a site near
Pimba, 8.A., where a great variety and profusion of desigus were observed.
The occurrence of very large emu-like tracks suggest aboriginal knowledge of
footprints of a creature now extinct. The jointing of the rock which now
divides one figure into two, and the continuous repetition of design upon
design until all become obscure suggests some degree of antiquity.

The authors appreciate the assistance of Messrs. H. M. Uale and N. B.
Tindale in the preparation of this paper.

REFERENCES CITED,

Seenit, R. W. (1939): The Pre-Cambrian-Cambrian Succession, Adelaide.
Mountford, C. P. (1935): ‘‘A survey of the Petroglyphs of S. Australia.’’
A. & N.Z. Ass. Adv. Science, Melbourne, 23, pp. 208-215.

380 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXVI-XXVII.

Rock carvings at Eucolo Creek, Pimba, S. Australia.

Ree. S.A. Musrkumw Vou, IN, Prarve N\NVI

Ree. SA. MeseuM Vir. IN, Prate NNVII

COMMENTS ON SUPPOSED REPRESENTATIONS
OF GIANT BIRD TRACKS AT PIMBA.

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B.SC., ETHNOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The carved representations of tracks of a giant bird reported in the preceding paper by
Messrs. Hall, McGowan and Guleksen from Pimba are of particular interest since
they open up the distinct possibility that in Australia man may have been a
contemporary of giant extinct birds such as Genyornis newtoni, and Pachyornis
queenslandiae in the same way that the early Maori was the hunter and exterminator
of the giant Moas of New Zealand. The story of the early New Zealand moa hunters
has been carefully pieced together by Duff (1950) and others.

COMMENTS on SUPPOSED REPRESENTATIONS
oF GIANT BIRD TRACKS ar PIMBA

By NORMAN B, TINDALE, BSec,, Eruxonocisr, Sourn Austratian Museum.

THE carved representations of tracks of a giant bird reported in the preceding
paper by Messrs. Hall, MeGowan and Guleksen trom Pimba are of particular
interest since they open up the distinct possibility that in Australia man may
have been a contemporary of giant extinct birds such as Genyornis newtoni,
and Pachyornis queenslandiae in the same way that the early Maori was the
huuter and exterminator of the giant Moas of New Zealand. The story of the
early New Zealand moa hunters has been carefully pieced together by Duff
(1950) and others,

The detailed nature of the bird track marks from Pimba, showing as they
do the separate claw and pad impressions of the bird, suggest that the artists
were familiar with fresh tracks of the bird and were not merely depicting the
footprints of an imaginary bird or the enlarged tracks of an ordinary emu.

The discovery does not stand alone. In Western Victoria a Tjapwurong
tradition exists about a giant bird ealled [‘mihiruy ‘parinmal| much larger than
the ordinary emu, which the Tjapwurong called |'parinmal]. Dawson (1881,
p. 92) who was the first to notice the story gives the following account: ‘The
aborigines have a tradition respecting the existence at one time of some very
large birds, which were incapable of flight, and resembled emus. They lived
long ago when the voleanic hills [of the Western districts of Victoria] were in
a state of eruption, The native name for them is ‘meeheeruung parrinmall’—
‘big emu,” and they are described, hyperbolically, as so large that their ‘heads
were as high as the hills,’ and so formidable that a kick from one of them
would kill a man. These birds were much feared on account of their extra-
ordinary courage, strength and speed of foot. When one was seen two of the
bravest men of the tribe were ordered to kill it. As they dared not attack it on
foot, they provided themselves with a great many spears, and climbed up a
tree; and when the bird came to look at them they speared it from above, The
last specimen of this extinct bird was seen near the site of Hamilton.’*

Basedow (1907, p. 716) referred to the possibility of identifying some
rock carvings at Balparana with Genyornis tracks but in a second paper
(Basedow 1914, p. 200) he seems less definite about the value of his obserya-
tions; the figure he gives (1914, pl. 1A) certainly is indeterminate and unlike

382 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the clear cut ones from Pimba. Basedow (1914) states that ‘‘the traditions of
the native embody references to emu-like and other monsters’’ but gives no
particulars.

Other records of extinct animals supposed to be associated with the abo-
rigines exist. Basedow (1914) refers to tracks identified as those of the great
marsupial Diprotodon at Yunta. Hale and Tindale (1929, p. 30) recorded and
figured a earving, made by aboriginals, of the head of an extinct crocodile-like
animal at Panaramittee, and refer to legends of mythical animals, called Kaddi-
kra, identified as crocodile-like and similar to descriptions of other mythical
creatures of giant size called Kadimakara which were first noted in aboriginal
legend by Gregory (1902). Mountford (1929) gave a detailed analysis of data
on this discovery.

Taken as a whole the series of rock carvings reported by Messrs. Hall,
McGowan and Guleksen agree with ones already reported from other places im
South Australia and also with drawines made by present-day aborigines of the
Great Western Desert of Australia. Further study of these will be necessary to
determine suceessions of styles. There seems little reason to doubt, however,
that the most recent of these carvings are related to contemporary aboriginal
work, The giant bird tracks may be older, but on the evidence of the legend
related by Dawson may not be very old sinee some of the voleanie craters of
Western Victoria cannot have been extinet for very many centuries, and such
realistic story details of a giant bird as are given by Dawson would not be
likely to survive an indefinitely large number of generations of verbal trans:
mission.

REFERENCES CITED.

Basedow, H. (1907): Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Berlin.

Basedow, H. (1914): Jowm. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gt. Britain, London 64.

Dawson, James (1881): Australian Aborigines, Melbourne.

Duff, Roger (1950): The Moa-Hunter Period of Maori Culture, Wellington
(Bibliography).

Gregory, J. W. (1902): The Dead Heart of Australia.

Hale, H. M. and Tindale, N. B. (1929): South Australian Naturalist, Adelaide,
10 (2).

Mountford, C, P. (1929): Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia. Adelaide, 53, pp,
245-248.

AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
FAMILY CERITHIOPSIDAE

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The shells of the family Cerithiopsidae resemble those of the Cerithiidae in general
features but they are small, narrow, cylindrical and tuberculate. They are
distinguished from the true Cerithiidae in that the outer lip is not expanded, the
nucleus of the operculum is sublateral, near the inner side of the aperture, there are no
varices and the proboscis is retractile. The family may be regarded as intermediate
between the Cerithiidae and the sinistral family Triphoridae. One new genus and six
new species are introduced here, while some new records for Western Australia are
added.

AUSTRALIAN RECENT ann TERTIARY MOLLUSCA
FAMILY CERITHIOPSIDAE
By BERNARD C. COTTON, Concnotocist, Sourn Ausrratian Museum.
Plate xxviii.

INTRODUCTION,

THe shells of the family Cerithiopsidae resemble those of the Cerithiidae in
general features but they are small, narrow, eylindrical and tuberculate. They
are distinguished from the true Cerithiidae in that the outer lip is not ex-
panded, the nucleus of the operculum is sublateral, near the inner side of the
aperture, there ave no varices and the proboscis is retractile. The family may
be regarded as intermediate between the Cerithiidae and the sinistral family
Triphoridae. One new genus and six new species are introduced here, while
some new records for Western Australia are added.

Specimens described are from the Vereo Collection in the South Australian
Museum. The following genera, subgenera or sections have been used, most of
the typical species being originally or subsequently placed under the generie
name Cerithiopsis.

Cerithiopsis Forbes and Hanley 1849. Murex tubercularis Montagu. Europe.

Cerithiospina Bartsch 1911. C. necropolitana Bartsch,

Disoniopsis Sacco 1895. C. bileneata Hornes.

Cerithiopsida Bartsch 1911. C. diegeusis Bartsch.

Cerithiopsidella Bartsch 1911. C. cosmia Bartsch.

Metaxia Mouterosato 1884. C. metaxae Monterosato, Mediterranean.

Cerithiopsilla Thiele 1912. C. cincta Thiele. Antarctic.

Specula Finlay 1926. ©. styliformis Suter. New Zealand.

Alipta Finlay 1926. C. ecrenistria Suter. New Zealand.

Mendax Finlay 1926. (C. trizonalis Odhner. New Zealand.

Paramendaz Powell 1937. P. apicina Powell.

Socienna Finlay 1926. C. apicostata May. New Zealand,

Zaclys Finlay 1926. C. sarissa Murdoch. New Zealand.

Joculator Hedley 1909. C. ridicula Watson. Wednesday Island, Cape York,
N.E. Australia, 8 fathoms.

Cerithiella Verrill 1882. Cerithtwm metula Loven. Europe.

384 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

= Lovenella Sars 1878. Cerithinum metula Loven. Non Hicks 1869.

= Newtonia Cossmann 1891. Non Schlegel 1866,

= Newtoniella Cossmann 1893. Cerithium clavus Lamarck,

= Cerithiolinum Locard 1903. Cerithium metula Loven,

Chasteria Ivedale 1915. (C. danielsseni Friele. England.

Onchodia Dall 1924. C. benthica Dall.

Stilus Jeffreys 1884. C. insignis Jeffreys. Atlantic.

KHumetula Thiele 1912. &. dilecta Thiele.

Laskeya Iredale 1918. Turritella costulata Méller, Northern Europe,

= Humeta Moreh 1868. Non Walker 1855. @€. aretica Mérch.

Seila Adams 1861. S. lrilineata Philippi. West Indies.

= Cinctella Monterosato 1884. ©. trilineata. Philippi.

Viriola Jousseaume 1884. Non Tyron 1887.

Notoseila Finlay 1926. Cerithiwm terebelloides Martens. New Zealand,

Hebeseila Finlay 1926. Seila bulbosa Sowerby. New Zealand.

Proseila Thiele 1929. Seila capitata Thiele.

Seilarex Iredale 1924. Seila attenuata Hedley. Australia.

Buseila ven, noy. EL. mileata, sp. noy., described in this paper.

Contumax Hedley 1899, Contwmazx decollatus Hedley. Funafuti.

Laeocochlis Dunker and Metzger 1874. Laeoecochlis granosa Wood. Aretie
Envope.

Callisteuma Tomlin 1929, Callistewma theleterium Tomlin. Japan.

Altispecula Powell 1930. C. geniculosa Hedley. South Australia,

Lyroseila Finlay 1928. Seila chatamensis Suter. New Zealand.

Seilopsis Tomlin 1931, C. peilei Smith. South Africa,

Sundaya Oliver 1915. S. exquisita Oliver, New Zealand,

AUSTRALIAN GENERA,

Australian species belong to eight genera.
Specula, Altispecula, Euseila, Socienna, Joculator, Notoseila, Zaclys,
Seilarex.

Kny ro Genera or CERITHIOPSIDAE.

uw. Protoconeh of three whorls or less.
b. Protoeonch whorls smooth,

¢. Protoconch of one and a half rounded whorls -.- Specula
ee, Protoconch of two mamillate whorls.
d. Adult sculpture of strong axial ribs 3 Altispecula
dd. Adult sculpture of fine spirals + abe Huseila

bb. Protoconech whorls axially sculptured ee g: Socienna

COTTON—AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 385

at. Protoconch of four or more whorls.
e. Protoconeh whorls smooth.
jf. Protoconeh many whorls, subulate -. Joculator
ff. Protoconch of four convex whorls .. Notoseilit
ee. Protoconch whorls reticulate,
g. Adult whorls with spirals and

weaker axials.. ta +a Zaclys
gg. Adult whorls with fine spirals... Seilarex

Specuta Finlay 1926.
Specula Finlay 1926, Trans, N.Z, Inst., 57, p. 382.

Genotype. Cerithiopsis styliformis Suter 1908. New Zealand.

Protoeonch of few whorls, typically one and a half, smooth and rounded
whorls. Shell small, narrow, sculpture of beaded cinguli; whorls eight or
nine, slightly convex; aperture subquadrangular produced below into a very
short, open and emarginate canal.

Distribution, New Zealand and Australia.

Remarks, There are three Australian species, 8S. manmilla May, 8. tur
bonilloides Tenison Woods and 8. regina sp. nov.

Key to Sprecirs or SPECULA,

a. With golden coloured thread above suture .. a? rH .. regina
aa. Without golden thread.

b. Pyramidal - -f rs “4 ite “y x mammilla

bb. Turreted Pa w . es = “2 _. turbonilloides

SPECULA REGINA Sp. NOY.
Plate 28, fig. 7.

Shell small, white turriculate, adult whorls eight, protoeonch of two whorls,
incomplete in all specimens, but paucispiral, rounded and smooth; sculpture on
the body whorl of three spiral granule rows, granules developed at the intersec-
tion of axial and spiral lirae, twenty granules on the median spiral row of the
body whorl; beneath the lower granule row is a fine smooth golden coloured
spiral thread situated immediately above the sunken channelled suture so as to
appear to be marking the suture with a golden band; the spiral thread con-
spicnous on the base where it runs to the top of the aperture; aperture sub-
quadrate, produced into an open and short canal; outer lip sharp, but little
convex; basal lip eoneave; colour shining-white except for the golden thread,
Height 3-25 mm., diameter 1 mm.

Loe, Wolotype: reg. No, D. 14,420, S.A. Museum. W.A., King George

386 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Sound Beach. §.A., Gulf St. Vincent, dredged in shallow water. Cape
Borda, 55 fathoms; Beachport, 150 fathoms.

This little species is readily distinguished from 8. turbenilleides by the
golden thread at the base of the whorls and by its shining surface and well
defined granules.

SPECULA MAMMILLA (May),

Cerithiopsis mammilla May 1919, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas., p. 64, pl. 16, fig. 22.

Loc. The holotype came from Thouin Bay, 40 fathoms, Bast Coast of
Tasmania. Two or three specimens from South Australia agree fairly well with
the description of this species. They are pure white, not pale brown as in the
Tasmanian species. There is a considerable variation in sculpture, some being
almost destitute of nodules or there may be three strongly noduled keels on
the adult whorls.

SPECULA TURBONILLOIDES (Tenison Woods).

Bittium turbantloides Tenison Woods 1879, Proc. Roy, Soc., Tas., p. 39.

The holotype came from Cireular Head, Tasmania, It is reported from
Sonth Western Australia where the species appears to be fairly variable ina
sculpture,

Loe, S.A., Gulf St. Vineent, Robe, Port MacDonnell, Investigator Straits,
20 fathoms; Cape Borda, 55 fathoms; Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms; Beachport, 150
fathoms and 40 fathoms; Venus Bay, St. Francis Island; W,A,, King George
Sound.

ALTISPECULA Powell 1930,

Allispeeula Powell 1930, Trans. N.Z. Inst., 60, p. 539.

Genotype. Cerithiopsis geniculosus Hedley 1911, forty miles south of
Cape Wiles, 100 fathoms, South Australia.

Shell tall, narrow, gently tapering, strongly axially ribbed but with obso-
lete spiral sculpture; protoconch of two smooth conyex whorls. Distinguished
from the usual clathrate or strongly spirally ribbed Cerithiopsis by the seulp-
ture, which is more like that of Turbomilla. In Speeula Finlay 1926, the proto-
conch is few whorled, smooth and rounded but the seu!lpture of the succeeding
whorls eousists of strong spirals crossed by regular axials.

Distribution. Represented in New Zealand by Altispeeula elegantula
Powell 1930, from off Poor Knights Island in 60 fathoms. That species differs
from the genotype in the presence of the central spiral thread, passing round
the middle of the whorls.

CoOTTON—AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 387

ALTISPECULA GPNICULOSA (Hedley).

Cerithiopsis genieulosus Iledley 1911. Forty miles south Cape Wiles, 100
fathoms, South Australia.

Shell vather large and solid, regularly tapering, much constricted between
the whorls, glossy; colour uniform snow-white; whorls thirteen, ineluding the
protoconch; sculpture of strong radial ribs on all the whorls exeept the first two;
ribs prominent medially, diminishing above towards the suture, suddenly trun-
cate below at the basal angle, about fourteen to a whorl; intercostal spaces ter-
minating squarely below, not continuous from whorl to whorl, a few faint
spiral scratches appear in the ijuterstices; base smooth; aperture pyriform,
outer lip simple, canal short and broad. Length 9 mm., width 2 mm,

Loc. So far recorded only from the type locality.

Euskma gen. nov.

Genotype. Huseila pileata sp. nov.

Shell elongate, narrow, slowly tapering; columella twisted canal pointing
sharply to the left; sculpture of three wide, flat, smooth spiral ribs; protoconch
remarkably large, smooth mammilate, of two whorls, the last larger in diameter
than the first adult whorl, the top a blunt spike.

Distribution. South Australia, dredged down to 300 fathoms, The aper-
ture and canal recall that of Mendaxe Finlay 1926, but the protoconch is entirely
different, resembling rather that of Hebeseila Finlay 1926. The adult shell
is different in most respects from Hebeseila.

Husema PILEATA Sp. Nov,
Plate 28, fig. 2, 3,

Shell elongate, uarrow, slowly tapering to au acute apical angle; sides
straight; adult whorls twelve; sculpture of three, flat wide spiral ribs, much
wider than the interspaces which are very minutely longitudinally striated ;
decorated with obseure longitudinal reddish flames; aperture subquadrate,
columella with fine spiral threads and canal deflected sharply to the left,
Ileight 10 mm,, diameter 2:25 mm.; a large specimen 13 mm. 3 mnt.

Loe. Holotype: ree. No. D.14,421, 8.A. Museum, 8.A,, Backstairs Passage,
20 fathoms. Also Beachport, 40, 49, 110, 150, 200, 300 fathoms; Cape Jaffa,
90, 130 fathoms; Cape Borda, 55, 62 fathoms; Newland Head, 20, 24 fathoms;
St. FPraneis Island, 35 fathoms; Gulf St. Vineent, 14 fathoms; Grange Shell
Sand, Hast of Neptunes, 45 fathoms; W.A., 80 miles west of Eucla, 80 fathoms,

The peculiar protoconch and sculpture are distinctive. There are a number
of varietal forms.

388 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(a) Narrower, two deeply eugraved spiral lines nearer to the sutures than
to each other.

(b) Whorls slightly convex, three engraved lines, reddish axial flames.

(c) Four spiral furrows, nearly equidistant, four spiral furrows on the
rounded base, no spiral threads on the columella.

(¢) Whorls seven, searcely convex, an engraved line a little below the
suture; whorl flat from suture to engraved line; a second engraved
line around the base of the body whorl from the suture.

(e) Specimens from Beachport, 200 fathoms, have the infrasutural band
yellowish; some show axial flames; some are nearly straight sided;
some with widely impressed suture; some with slightly convex whorls.

There is a possibility that more than one species is represented in this
assemblage. The protoconch is somewhat like that of Hebeseila bulbasa Suter
but the shell is differently shaped,

SocreNNA Finlay 1926,
Socienna Finlay 1926, Trans. N.Z, Inst., 57, p. 382.

Genotype. Cerithiopsis apicostata May 1919. Tasmania,

Shell small, elongate, narrowly pyramidal; whorls eleven, including the
protoeonch; protoconch of three whorls, strongly axially ribbed, paucispiral,
flattened on top, rather swollen.

Distribution. Australia.

Key to Srecus or SOCIENNA.

a. Height over three times diameter, sculpture moderately

developed... be ne f HM av apicostata
aq. ITeight under three times the diameter, sculpture strongly
developed... nF. iss &} ay A .. trisculpta

Socienna Aproosrata (May).

Cerithiopsis apicostata May, 1919, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas., p. 64, pl. 16, fig, 21-21a.
There is some variation in South Australian specimens.
Loc. Tas., Cape Pillar, 100 fathoms (type), 40 fathoms. S.A., Cape Borda,
55 fathoms; Cape Jaffa, 90-130 fathoms; Beachport, 40-150 fathoms; Back-
stairs Passage, 22 fathoms; thirty-five miles S.W. of Neptune Islands, 104
fathoms. W,A., eighty miles west of Eucla, 80 fathoms.

COTTON—AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 389

SocIENNA TRISCULPTA (May),
Cerithiopsis trisculpta May, 1912, Proc. Roy, Soc., Vas., p. 46, pl. 2, fig. 4.
South Australian specimens are usually atypical, some being inove slender
and more finely sculptured than Tasmanian specimens. A few like those from
Beachport, 40 fathoms, are typical.
Loc. Tas., Derwent Estuary (type), §.A., Beachport, 40 fathoms; Cape
Jaffa, 90 and 59 fathoms; Cape Borda, 55 fathoms.

Jocunator Hedley 1909,

Joculator Hedley 1909, Proe. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 34, pl. 3, p. 442.

Genotype. Cerithiopsis ridicula Watson 1886—Wednesday Island, Cape
York, 8 fathoms.

Shell small, dextral, ovate or bulbous contour, with a smooth subtilate,
many-whorled protoconeh,

Distribution. Australia, Flindersian and Peronian, Fiji, New Zealand.

Australian species of the genus are: J, cessicus Hedley 1906; J. ridicula
Watson 1886, four species from Hope Islaud, Queensland, namely J. tribula
tionis Hedley 1909, J. westianum Hedley 1909, J, telegraphica TWedley 1909,
J. jinea Hedley 1909. Also two new species J. introspecta and J. flindersi
described here.

JocuLATOR cessicus (Hedley).
Cerithiopsis cessicus Hedley 1906, Proe. Linn, Soc., N.S.W., 30, p, 529.

This name was jutroduced to replace Aittiwm minimum Tenison Woods
1878 from Blackman’s Bay, Tasmania, that name being previously used by
Brusina 1864 for a Mediterranean species, This shell is something like a very
minute Cacozeliana granarium Kiener; the upper whorls appear to be margined
with a very dark brown line.

Loc. $S.A., Grange, shell sand; Investigator Straits, 20 fathoms; 35 miles
south-west of Neptune Island, 104 fathoms; Beachport, 150 fathoms; north of
Cape Borda, 55 fathoms; W.A., King George Sound, beach; eighty miles west
of Huecla, 80 fathoms.

JOCULATOR INTROSPECTA Sp. Nov.

Plate 28, fig. 5.

Shell small, pupoid, colour oehraceous, protoconch white, of five and a half
smooth subulate whorls; adult sculpture of three vows of strong tubercles on
each of the three later whorls; axial plicae correspond with the vertieal rows of

390 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the granules but are not very well developed; suture deeply furrowed, base
spirally lirate. Height 2-5 mm., diameter 9-75 mm.

This species resembles Joculator ridicula Watson, from Cape York, the
genotype, but may be distinguished by the less convex whorls, less developed
axial plieae and the finer sculpture; it is also somewhat like Joculator tribula-
tionts Hedley, Hope Island, Queensland; it may also be mistaken for a micro-
morph of Joculator cessicus Hedley.

Loc. Holotype: rez. No. D. 14,422, S.A. Museum. §8.A.. North-West of
Cape Borda, 55 fathoms, also one specimen in 60 fathoms.

JOCULATOR FLINDERSI Sp. LOV,
Plate 28, fig. 6.

Shell small, pupoid, colottr ochraceous, whorls five and a half; seulpture of
two rows of large granules on each whorl, each row of granules being about the
same size, the lower very slightly smaller; immediately beneath the lower row
on the body-whorl is a stvong spiral of smal! nodules; smovth ribs succeeded
by less pronounced ones on the base; between the two rows of granules is a
narrow, deep furrow; aperture sulquadrate, canal short; proteconch broken in
our type specimen, but smooth subulate white, many-whorled. Height 2+1 10m.,
diameter 0-75 mm.

Loc. Holotype: veg. No, D. 14,428, S.A. Museum. S.A., north-west of Cape
Borda, 55 fathoms.

This species is somewhat like Joculator westianuwn Hedley, from Hope
Island, Queensland. It can be readily distinguished by the relative size of the
two granule rows which are alnost equal, whereas in J. weslianum the lower
row, as seen particularly on the body whorl, is decidedly smaller, Joculator
balteata Watson from Fiji is even less like the present species in the compara-
tively greater difference in size between the two granule rows,

Norosema Finlay 1926,
Notoseila Finlay 1926, Trans, N.Z. Inst., 57, p. 382,

Genotype. Cerithiopsis terebelloides Wutton 1873, New Zealand,

Shell small, subcylindrical, thin and fragile; sculpture of three spiral
keels of equal strength on the upper whorls, four keels on the body whorl with
a fifth below the periphery of the base; protoeconch long vylindrical, of four
vonvex aud smooth whorls, the nucleus mammilate.

Distribution. Australia and New Zealand, Recent and Tertiary.

COTTON—AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 391
Ky to Species or NOTOSEILA.

ad. Colour orange throughout, height less than four times the
diameter... - be i ‘re wt i croced
ad, Colour marbled, yellow or white banded, height four times
or more than four times the diameter.
b. Colour purplish brown sutures white banded, height
more than four times the diameter .. - or albosutura
bb, Colour marbled or yellow, suture not white banded,
height four times the diameter.
c. Colour marbled .. vx ia a3 a1 .. marmorata
ce, Colour pale yellow .. ys «t rf vs .. halligani

Noroserua crocna (Angas),

Cerithiopsis crocea Angas 1871, Proe. Zoal. Soc., Lond., p. 61, pl. 1, fig. 13.
Cerithiapsis atkinsoni Tenison Woods 1876, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas., p. 189.

renerally distributed through the Peronian and Flindersian Regions.
Specimens from Aldinga range up to 25 mm. in length.

Loc. NA.W., (type) Tas. (type C. atkinsoni) Vict., general S.A, Kan-
garoo Island, Outer Harbour, Middleton, Edithburgh, Aldinga, Corny Point,
St. Francis Island; dredged Beachport, 110 fathoms; Normanville, 19-20
fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 17 and 22 fathoms; W.A., Albany, [llenbrook,
Yallingup.

Norosema ALBosuTURA (Tenison Woods),

Cerithiopsis albosutura Tenison Woods 1876, Proc. Ray. Soc., Tas., p. 140.
Cerithiopsis purpurea Angas 1877, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., p. 36, pl. 5, fig. 7.

Differs from N. crocea in being smaller, more cylindrical, having a nar-
rower base and white suture.

Loe. Victoria, Bass Straits (type), N.S.W. (type of NV. purpurea), S.A..,
Venus Bay, MacDonnell Bay, Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf beach and
dredged in 14 fathoms, numerous, also Cape Borda, 55 fathoms,

NoroskEirA MARMORATA (Tate).

Cerithiopsis marmoratda Tate 1893, Trans. Roy. Sov., 8. Aust., p. 190.

Shell elongately acuminated, marbled with white and brown, encircled by
rounded einguli and axially striated in the intervals; posterior whorls with
four cinguli; five on the penultimate; five on the body-whorl posterior to the

392 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

periphery, with or without a slender one interposed between the first and
second from the suture; the base with one eingulus in front of the periphery.
Hleight 16 mm., diameter 4 mm.

Loe, Holotype: vee. No. D. 13,458, S.A. Museum. S.A., Port MacDonnell,
both gulfs, dredged in shallow water down to 22 fathoms. This species is more
slender than Notoseila crocer and stouter than Notoseila albosutura. In seulp-
ture it approximates to Notoseila erocea but appears to have more ¢inguli on
the body whorl. The colour is distinctive,

Norospiua MALLIGANT (Hedley).

Cerithiopsis halligant Hedley 1905, Rec. Aust. Mus., 6, p. 51, fig. 16.

The holotype comes from Cape Byron, N.S.W., 111 fathoms.

A few South Australian dredged specimens approach this species in general
appearance and protoconch features,

Loc. 5.A., Cape Borda, 55 fathoms; Beachport, 40 fathoms,

Zactys Finlay 1926.
Zaclys Finlay 1926, Trans. N.Z, In'st., 57, p. 382.

Genotype. Cerithiopsis sarissa Murdoch 1905. Whangaroa Harbour,

New Zealand.

Shell small, narrow tapering to a slender point with spiral and slightly
weaker axial riblets; protoconch many-whorled, reticulate ending in a carina
aid not smooth as implied in the original deseription of the geuotype species.
Australian species are Z, dannevigt Hedley 1911, 4 angasi Semper 1874,
= clathrata Angas 1871, Z. semilaevis Tenison Woods 1877, Z. styliferus sp. nov.
Z, cacuminatus Hedley and Petterd 1906.

Distribution. Australia and New Zealand.

ZACLYS STYLIFERUS Sp. NOV,
Plate 28, fig. 1,

Shell elongately acuminated, dark brown in life, whorls about twelve
including the protoconch; protoconch of four whorls, the third roundly angu-
lated and the fourth more distinetly carinate and granulated at the angle; first
spire whorl with two spiral costae, the posterior less valid, second whorl with
two equal and a smaller one posteriorly; in each suecessive whorl the posterior
costa becomes more valid; axial irae numerous and close-set rather less than
half as thick as the spiral costae, whieh they cross, dipping down into the inter.
stices, the points of intersection having distinet round tubereles; sutures dis-

COTTON—AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 393

tinet; interval between spirals at suture wider than the interval between the
middle and posterior costae, equal to thal between the middle and anterior from
which it is distinguished by its greater depth; body whorl with narrow peri-
pheral costa in which the actual lirae end, granulating its posterior margin;
hase concave, barely microscopically axially striate; aperture squarely rotund,
outer lip rather corrugate curving posteriorly, canal short, bent slightly to the
left and open; inner lip thin, columella nearly straight. eight 5 mm., dia-
meter 1 mm.

This species is related to the Peronian Zaciys angasi Semper 1874, Port
Jackson, New South Wales = C. clathrata Adams 1871 Sow and Pigs, Port
Jackson, but differs in being smaller, comparatively narrower, whorls slightly
more convex. Some specimens are very narrow.

Loc. Holotype: reg. No, D. 14,424, S.A. Museum. §.A., Cape Borda, 55
fathoms; also shell sand, Gulf St. Vineent, Port MacDonnell to Sceales Bay and
down to 150 fathoms; W.A., King George Sound, Ellenbrook, Hopetoun, Vict.

ZAcLYs DANNEvia! (EHedley).

Cerithiopsis dannevigi Hedley 1911, Zool. Res. ‘‘ Endeavour,’ pt. 1, p. 109,
pl. 19, fig. 26, 27.
Lov. $.A,, Cape Wiles, 100 fathoms (type); Cape Borda, 55 fathoms; 62
fathoms; Beachport, 40 fathoms; Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms; Neptune Island, 104
fathoms; W.A., eighty miles west of Euela, 89 fathoms.

Zacuys cacuminatus (Hedley and Petterd).

Cerithiopsis cacuminatus Hedley aud Petterd 1906, Rec. Aust, Mus., 6, p. 218,
pl. 387, fig. 4.
The few S.A. and W.A. specimens are atypical and doubtful identifications.
Loc. N.S.W., Sydney, 300 fathoms (type); S.A. Beachport, 150 fathoms;
W.A., King George Sound, Yallingup, Rottnest.

ZacLYS SEMILAEVIS (Tenison Woods).

Bittium semilaevis Tenison Woods 1877, Proc. Roy. Soc., Viet., p, 58,

South Australian specimens are a little more coarsely sculptured though
probably the same species.

Loc. N.S.W., Tas. (type), Vict., Western Port; S.A., Cape Borda, 55
fathoms; Beachport, 40 fathoms; Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms; W.A,, King George
Sound.

394 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Semarex Iredale 1924.

Genotype. Sela attenuata Hedley 1900. Middle Harbour, Sydney, New
South Wales.

Shell dextral, very tall and slender, gently tapering, varies a little in pro-
portion; whorls thirteen, gradually increasing rounded, contracted at the
sutiires; protoconch whorls obliquely Jongitudinally ribbed, a keel appears, the
ribbing diminishes, aud by gradual transition the adult sculpture is attained.

Distribution. Eastern and Southern Australia and Tasmania. Seilarexc
turritellifornmis Angas 1877 is also included in this genus.

Key To Srucizs or SEILAREX.

a. Intercalating spiral sculpture .. aa i¢ ze "3 utlenmuata.
aa, Non-interealating spiral sculpture .. ei nr a La verconis

SUILAREX ATTENUATA (Hedley).

Seila attenvala Hedley 1900, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 25, p. 91, pl. 3, fig. 9.

Some specimens from Tasmania are coarser than the New South Wales
examples [rom the type locality, Middle Harbour, a characteristic whieh is
easily recognized in May’s figure. Lllustrated Tidex of Tasmanian Shells, pl, 27,
No. 12. Specimens off Schouten Island, 40 fathoms, however, approximate to
New South Wales species and are quite different from the South Australian
shells.

SELAREX VERCONIS Sp. NOV.
Plate 28, fig. 4,

Shell tall, slender, thin, translucent wnicoloured throughout, cream to pale
yellow; whorls fourteen, gradually increasing very couvex, constricted at the
sutures; sculpture of eight equal, fine spiral sharp cords, constant throughout,
interspaces crossed by arcuate growth striae; base flattened faintly spirally
ribbed; columella arched, canal short, defected to the left; protoconch as in
genotype description, same colour as the rest of the shell. Height 15 mm,,
diameter 3 mm. This species is distinguished from the genotype S. alfenuata
by its great size, more delicate translucent shell, fine regular not intercalating
sculpture and uniform and cream colour. It has been taken dredged alive but
not found on the beaches in South Australia.

Loc. Holotype: reg. No, D. 14,425, S.A, Museum, 8.A., Cape Borda, 55
fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 20 fathoms; Newland Head, 20 lathoms: south-
west of Neptune Island, 104 fathoms; St. Francis, 35 fathoms.

COTTON—AUSTRALIAN RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA 395

TERTIARY SPECIES.

The following Tertiary species are tentatively placed in revised genera as
follows:
Specula Finlay 1926.
praeclongatus Ludbrook 1941. Adelaidean, Pliocene.
Manulona Ludbrook 1941.
lirasuturalis Ludbrook 1941. Adelaidean.,
Notoseila Finlay 1926.
crocea Angas 1871. A species resembling this recent one oecurs in the
Adelaidean.
Cerithiella Verrill 1882.
salteriana Tenison Woods 1879. Miocene.
cribaroides Tenison Woods 1879. Baleombian and Janjukian.
reticosa Chapman and Crespin 1928. Miocene.
trigemmata Chapman and Crespin 1928. Miocene,
Zaclys Finlay 1926.
mitehellensis Chapman and Crespin 1928. Mitchell River, Miocene.
Seilarex Iredale 1924.
turritelliformis Angas 1877. Recent (Type). Baleombian?
Joculator Hedley 1909.
mulderi Tate 1897. Fyansford, Miocene.
Zaclys Finlay 1926.
woolnoughi Chapman and Crespin 1933. East Gippsland, Kalimnan,
Pliocene.

396 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Plate xxviii.

Fig.1. Zaclys styliferus sp. nov. Holotype. xX 16.
Fig. 2. Huseila pileata sp. nov. Holotype. xX 8.

Fig. 3. Huseila pileata sp. nov., protoconch. x 40.
Fig. 4. Seilarex verconis sp. nov. Holotype. xX 5-5.
Fig. 5. Joculator introspecta sp. nov. Holotype. X 27.
Fig. 6. Joculator flindersi sp. nov. Holotype. X 36.
Fig. 7. Specula regina sp. nov. Holotype. X 23.

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM VoL. IX, PLaTE NNVIII

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

By LUCIEN CHOPARD, PARIS

Summary

The Grylloidea of Australia are known from a certain number of species formerly
described by Francis Walker and Henri de Saussure, and more recently by the list
which I gave in 1925, following the study of the collections brought back by Dr.
Mjéberg’s Swedish scientific expeditions (Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6). Since that time,
I have received much important material from the South Australian Museum,
Adelaide, the Australian Museum, Sydney, and the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. |
wish to express my deep appreciation to the Directors and Entomologists of these
Museums for their generous assistance.

A REVISION or tne AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

By LUCIEN CHOPARD, Parts.

Text. figs, 1-89.

‘Tus Grylloidea of Australia are known from a certain number of species for-
merly described by Francis Walker and Henri de Saussure, and more recently
by the list which I vave in 1925, following the study of the collections brought
bavk by Dr, Mjéberg’s Swedish scientifie expeditions (Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6).
Since that time, [ have received much important material from the South Aus:
tralian Museum, Adelaide, the Australian Museum, Sydney, and the Queens-
land Museum, Brisbane. I wish to express my deep appreciation to the Direc-
tors and Entomologists of these Museums for their generous assistance.

Unfortunately the study of this material has been long delayed owing to the
difficult conditions in Europe during the years 1940-45. It is only now that
1 am able to bring forward the result of the examination of these important
collections of Australian Grylloidea. The niunber of known species in this
gromp is now 138, that is about 40 more than in my report of 1925; most of the
species new to Australia are also new to science and are described in this paper.
Tn spite of the relative importance of these collections, it must be emphasized
that the Australian fauna is still far from being completely known. Very
likely a number of Papuan species will be found in Queensland and the North-
ern Territory and an equally important number of new species prohably remain
to be discovered, mainly in the less known parts of Australia,

Tt seems, however, possible to draw preliminary conclusions from the
characteristics of the known species. Although the fauna is not a very rich one
as compared with that of Indo-Malaisia, almost all the families are represented
aud no striking negative feature can be noted, Tt is not surprising to note
that the Australian fauna contains a large number of endemic species and
genera. More than ten genera are at present known from Australia only, the
more remarkable of which are Scapanonyx, Cyrtoprosopus, Mjdbergella, Dicty-
onemobius, Kurygryllodes, Endotaria, Hemiphonus, Hemiphonoides.

In the family Gryllidae and the subfamily Grylinac, the genus Gryllulus
is best represented with 17 species, mostly of small size and forming a rather
special group related to G. blennus Sauss., from Java. The genera Loroblem-
mus and Gryllapsis, so abundantly represented in the Indo-Malaisian fauna, are
represented hy one species only. Laadreva does not ocenr in Australia but is
replaced by the endemic genera Copholandrevus and Mjibergella, the latter

398 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

being strongly specialized for digging, Ii the same subfamily. the group
Brachytrypites is well represented by the genera Apteragryllus, Seapanonye
and Cephalogryllus; in their powerful legs, armed with strong, flattened tibial
apical spurs, these are particularly adapted for digging. Brachytrypes porten-
tosus, so comme in all the Oriental region, has not reached Australia and
there is no true Gymnogryllus in the Anstralian fauna. The Nemobiinae are
not very numerous but are represented by the rather charaeteristie genus
Dietyonemabius,

In the family Pentacentridae, the genus Peatacentrus, which is one of the
characteristic elements of the TIndo-Malaisian and Papnan faunas, is represented
in Australia by one species only; but the very special endemie genus, Kurygryl-
lades, is most probably a member of this family,

The Phalangopsidae are mainly represented by the genus Endiecustu with
about 10 species and the neighbouring genus Andotaria which is an apterous
form probably derived from the former,

Among the Oecanthidae, we note the presence of a Yabea, a genus very
characteristic of the Indo-Malaisian fauna.

The small Grylloids of the family Trigonidiidae are represented by a certain
number of species, chiefly of the genus Metioche; their affinities are evidently
with the Papuan and Indo-Malaisian faunas; the only interesting type is the
endemic Dolichoxipha gracilipes.

The genus Eurepo of the Encopteridae is restricted to the Australian
fauna; this family is also represented by Cuyrdiodactylus, so common in all the
islands of the Oriental Region, and Lebinthus, also known from the Philippine
Islands and Amboina,

Lastly, the large family Podoseirtidae is well represented by species of
Madasumma, Mundeicus, Aphonoides and Euscyrtus, more or less closely related
to the Malayan species of the same genera; but the family also contains a few
remarkable endemic genera such as Hemiphanus, Hemiphonoides and Adenap-
lerus.

The following forms are particularly worth mentioning :

Anurogryllus australis Sauss. which seems unquestionably to belong to this
South American genus has never been found again since its description,

ELugryllodes diminutus Walk. although presenting a few special features,
shows no important difference from the species of this Mediterranean genus
which js also represented by a Patagonian species. Such a geographical distri-
bution is rather unusual and may simply be due to an insufficient knowledge of
this genus,

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 399

A third very remarkable form is the genus Cacoplistes, a most extraordin-
ary type of Grylloid, completely different from any other insect of the whole
eroup; it deserves a special family for one or two Australian species and a third
from Kashmir. It is obviously an archaic group now restricted to a few relics.

To sum up, with the exception of these special cases, we may say that the
Australian Grylloidea are closely related to those of the Indo-Malaisian fauna
with an important number of endemic genera. Unfortunately, the Papuan
irylloidea are so very insufficiently known that it is not possible to establish
the exact relations between them and the Australian species.

Our knowledge of the Australian Grylloidea is still too fragmentary to allow
any attempt at localization of species in this enormous continent with its differ-
ent climates. The Queensland and Northern Territory seem pretty well known
as also do New South Wales and Victoria. The case is quite different in South
Australia and Western Australia, and in the deserts which are practically un-
known.

Finally, it is not yet possible to speak of the ecological distributions of the
Australian Grylloids. The material existing in the collections of the different
Museums is mostly composed of old collections and provides very little informa-
tion on this subject. Much remains to be done in this country, where such
different biotopes may be encountered. We can only point out the presence of
digging forms, the most remarkable of which is Scapanonyx with especially
powerful spurs on the anterior tibiae adapted for this action. As usual in the
Grylloidea, the majority of the species are rather hygrophilous insects.

The families Trigonidiidae and Oecanthidae and the genera Ornebius and
Euscyrtus will be restricted in their choice of habitat as they must lay their
eggs in the presence of those bushes and plants which grow in moist places.

Kry to tae Faminies or GRYLLOIDEA.

1. Second segment of tarsi compressed, minute .. a bs a 2
Second segment of tarsi depressed oe we ne , .. 10

2. Posterior femora strongly swollen; general shape of body short, oval.
Small myrmecophilous insects . . ‘ Wr Myrmecophilidae

Posterior femora moderately swollen; body more elongate 3
3. Posterior tibiae with serrulated margins, bearing no spines .. 4
Posterior tibiae armed with spines 644 re .: ie AG 7

4. Facial shield subquadrate, inserted between the antennal sockets;
frontal rostrum wide as ee see e's st ‘5 x4 5
Facial shield transverse; frontal rostrum narrow... o , 6

400

~l

9,

10,

11.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Facial shield strongly convex; small species with body more or less
coyered with scales; elytra of males membranaceous, short; females

apterous oP +5 <* :: +e et .. Mogoplistidae
Facial shield almost flat; body feebly pubescent, without scales; males
and females with fully developed elytra at -f. .. Scleropteridae
Lateral margins of pronotum earinate, Posterior femora very slender.
Ovipositor of female long, slender a ts mn .. Cacoplistidae
Lateral margins of pronotim rounded. Posterior femora less slender.
Ovipositor ot female wide, compressed .. is ms Pteroplistidae
Posterior tibiae without denticles between the spines .. 9 - 8
Posterior tibiae serrulate between the spines .. is ue +. g

Head globular; antennae inserted above the middle of the face Gryllidae
Head flattened in front; antennae inserted beneath the middle of the

face... , ne Bi ae aye the tabs Pentacentridae
Head lengthened, horizontal; general shape slender; posterior femora
long and feebly swollen .. i ot af af .. Ocecanthidae
Head short, vertical; general shape more robust; posterior legs usually
long with rather strongly swollen femora .. an Phalangopsidae
Posterior tibiae non-serrulate, armed with 3 spines on each margin;
small delicate imsects - A 3. re nk Trigonidiidae
Posterior tibiae serrulate between the spines .. “s a . dl
Posterior tibiae with long apical spurs, the externo-median longer
than the other two; posterior metatarsi lone .. 2. os ee
Posterior tibiae with very short, nearly equal external spurs; posterior
quetatasi short .. a = $3 re tr: .. Podosecirtidae
Head big with wide frontal rostrum .. 7 i Eneopteridae
Head small with narrow frontal rostrum .. al. J. .. Itaridae

All the families except the Seleropteridae and Pteroplistidae are re-

presented in the Australian fauna.

In this paper, I have not dealt with the Gryllotalpidae as these have been

very carefully treated by Mr. Norman B. Tindale (‘‘ Australasian Mole-crickets
of the family Gryllotapidae (Orthoptera)’’, Rec. S. Austr. Mus., TV, 1928,

No.

1, 42 p.).
The Tridactyloidea (Trydactylidae, Cylindrachaetidae) have heen recently

recognized as haying no direct affinities with the Grylloidea but are related more
to the Acridioidae.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 401

1. Famity GRYLLIDAE.,

The family Gryllidae can be divided into two subfamilies, the Gryllinae in
which the posterior tibiae are armed with strong, non-movable spines, and the
Nemobiinae in which these spines are long, movable and hairy.

Subfamily GryLuinae.

The Gryllinae represent the most generalized type of gryllids; their general
shape is rather stout with moderately long legs. The armature of the posterior
tibiae is composed of long and strong spines which are not movable; there may
be some small denticles before the spines but never between them; the second
segment of the tarsi is small, compressed.

The number of species of Gryllinae is rather large and they are often diffi-
cult to separate. The genera themselves are not easily characterized and a
certain number of species are more or less intermediate between two genera.

Kry to Grenpra or GRYLLINAE.

1. Both sexes completely apterous .. a4 Ay * ob x 2
Elytra more or less developed... ot ¢ ; i ts 3
2, Apical spurs of anterior tibiae much Aattened, with cutting edges;
ovipositor very short .. ee sf. ae sty J Scapanonys
Apical spurs of anterior tibiae not so wide; ovipositor rather long ..
Apterogryllus
3. Posterior tibiae serrulate at base .. bye i Fe ot 4
Posterior tibiae non-serrulate 3. nf ty : m oz 5

4. Anterior tibiae perforated with a small internal fignviing: head very
big; elytra of male without distinet mirror but with numerons oblique

veins 4, hs vb i FS 5. oe. .. Mijébergella
Anterior tibiae non-perforated ; head normal; elytra of male with very
confused venation, showing no mirror or oblique veins .. Copholandrevus
5. Face flattened, chiefly in male .. *3 és 3 Loxoblemmus
Face conyex in both sexes 3. . . , a: 6
6. Face strongly swollen; elytral venation very similar in both s sexes ..
Cyrtoprosopus
Face regularly convex .. 5. £: $3 8s rs as 7
7. Posterior femora longer than tibia and tarsus together .. > 8
Posterior femora shorter than tibia and tarsus together ‘. = 9
8. Head very big, rounded .. ba ar an oh Cephalogryllus

Head normal .. 4s oe +3 eo. 6G. Anurogryllus

402 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

9. Body depressed ; elytra of male truneated at apex, without an apical
field; elvtra of female lateral; frontal rostrum rather narrow .. Gryllodes
Body more or less rounded; elytra of variable length, those of the
male never truncated, with always visible apical field, even when

reduced; frontal rostrum wider .. py st “3 at .. 10
10, Body strongly rounded; elytra of female short, often reduced to

lateral pads... sy, ri a4 7 as we .. Gryllopsis

Body less rounded; elytra of female more or less developed; never

reduced to lateral pads .. 4 ys tos - . dd
11. Elytra of male not remarkably ample; colouration more or less brown-

ish .. we ote 2 ; he nie .f 0 Gryllulus

Flytra of male abnormally ample; colouration pale testaceous HLugryllodes

Gen. ApTeROGRYLLUS Saussure 1877.

This genus is composed of two Australian species, one of which is described
below. Both are apterous, with nearly cylindrical body and strong legs. They
are allied to Brachytrypes.

Key ro tur Species or APTHRROGRYLLUS.

General shape more slender; pronotum smooth; labial palpi normally

developed de vis se he 1. pedestris
General shape more robust; pronotum rugose; labial palpi abnormally
developed io 5 + 3. _ 7 .. 2. rugosus

1. APTEROGRYLLUS PEDESTRIS Walk.

Brachytrypes pedestris Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm, Salt. Br. M., i, p. 13.
Apterogryllus brunnerianus Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc, Geneve,, xxy, p. 109,
pl. 14 (xxi), fig. 1-4.
Queensland: Mt. Tambourine (A. M. Lea). (S.A.M.), First described
from North Australia, without exact locality.

2. APTEROGRYLLUS RUGOSUS sp. Nn.

& Holotype. A large and strong species, rufous brown with yellowish
legs. Head a little narrower than pronotum in front, rounded; occiput and
forehead rufous with a few tiny punctations; frontal rostrum about twice as
large as first antennal segment. Face short and wide, yellowish; cheeks yellow,
Antennae and palpi yellow; fourth segment of maxillary palpi shorter than
third, fifth lone, scarcely widened at apex which is slightly truncated; labial
palpi very long, particularly the third segment, which is provided with long

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 403

bristles. yes small, very feebly projecting. QOcelli small, placed almost in
a straight line, encireled with a rather large yellow spot.

Pronotum searcely wider than long, rather strongly widened in front;
anterior margin concave, bordered and slightly projecting through the presence
of a rather deep furrow running along it; posterior margin also concave and
bordered; disk rather strongly convex; depressed along the median line and
the posterior margin, with two deep impressions in front of the usual piriform
impressions; nearly its whole surface is rendered rugose hy a tiny net of small
crooked ridges; lateral lobes rather high, yellowish, also somewhat rugose,
their inferior margins narrowly brownish, slightly ascending backwards; an-
terior angle rounded, posterior one quite obliterated. Meso-,metanotum and
first abdominal tergite wrinkled. Abdomen rutous above, a little shining with
darkened median line; sides and inferior part yellowish; supevior anal valve
long, a little narrowing towards the apex which is truncated; sub-genital plate
compressed. Cerei yellow, long and slender.

Lees short and strong, yellowish, a little pubescent. Anterior tibiae non-
perforated, armed with 3 apical spurs; tarsi short, particularly the metatarsus.
Median tibiae armed with 4 apical spurs. Posterior femora long but rather
thick; tibiae short, armed with 5 spines on each superior margin, the internal
ones much the longer; apical spurs strong, the supero-internal one much longer
than the median. Metatarsi rather long, strong, compressed, furrowed above
and armed with 5-6 denticles on each margin, their apical spurs strong but
rather short,

2 Allotype. Absolutely similar to the male except for the pronotum
which is less widened in front. Ovipositor long and slender, with very narrow
apieal valves; these are strongly catinated. the superior ones feebly acute, the
inferior shorter and slightly truncated at apex.

Length of body 33 mm.; pronot, 4 9mm., 9 8 mm.; post. fem. 21+5 mim.;
post. tib. 12 nm. ; ovipositor 25 mm.

This species is much more robust than the preceding one and differs from
it in numerous characters, particularly in the wrinkles of the pronotum and the
very long labial palpi which remind one of Scapanonyx palpatus, It is inter-
mediate between both genera, but the spurs of the anterior tibiae are not
especially flattened and the shape of the ovipositor is very different.

Northern Territory: Darwin 2 4, 2 @ ; Groote Eylandt (N. B. Tindale),
1 9 (8.A.M.).

Types: Northern Territory, Darwin, 1 3,1 @.

404 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Gen. ScapAnonyx Chopard, 1925,

This genus was erected for a remarkable species allied to Apterogryllus
but differing from it in the strongly flattened and widened apical spurs of the
anterior tibiae.

ScAPANONYX PALPATUS Chopard, 1925.
Scapanonyx palpatus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18 A, No. 6, p. 10, fig. 12-17.

South Australia: Ooldea (A. M. Lea), 2 2 ; Lake Callabonna (Lake Mulli-
gan), 1 ? larva. (S.A.M.).

This species was previously known from the type only, which was
described from Derby, N.W. Australia, and belongs to the Stockholm Museum.

Northern Territory: Darwin, 1 ¢ larva (S.A.M.).

Gen. CEPHALOGRYLLUS Chopard, 1925.

This genus belongs also to the Brachytrypes group; the head is very big,
rounded; the posterior femora long and feebly swollen at base, the posterior
tibiae relatively short, with supero-internal apical spur longer than the median ;
the male elytra are shorter than abdomen, with very short apical area, mirror
usually reduced to a large transverse cell.

This genus can be considered as the Australian representative of the Indo-
Malaisian genus Gymnogryllus.

Key To THE Species or CEPHALOGRYLLUS.

1. Mirror rather large, rounded; apical area of male elytra moderately
developed “a 93 nee ate vn 4 1. australicus
Mirror small, strongly transverse; apical area very much reduced .. 2

2. Size medium; head brown; 5 oblique veins on the male elytron 2. laeviceps
Size smaller; head rufous; 2 oblique veins .. Wve ne 3. ruficeps

1. CEPHALOGRYLLUS AUSTRALICUS sp. n.
Fig. 1, 17.

é. Size rather large; brownish, a little pubescent. Head as wide as prono-
tum in front, rounded, shining brown with a longitudinal yellow band behind
each eye; frontal rostrum wide; ocelli circled with yellow. Face rather long,
rufous; clypeo-frontal suture very feebly convex in the middle; cheeks rufous.
Antennae and palpi brown; fourth segment of maxillary palpi shorter than
third, fifth very large, feebly enlarged at apex which is strongly and obliquely
truncated.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

405

Fig. 1. Cephalogryllus australicus sp.n. g. Fig. 2, Anvrogryllus australis Sauss., 3.

Fig. 3, Eugryllodes diminutus Walk., ¢.

406 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pronotum with parallel sides; anterior margin congave; posterior one
straight; disk feebly convex, brown, pubescent, the piriform impression rufous;
lateral lobes yellowish with brown inferior margin; this margin is straight with
rounded angles. Abdomen rufo-testaceous with a median brown band above.
Cerci long, rufous. Genitalia forming a wide superior bridge without any
median projection, the angles rather propecting, somewhat rounded at apex
(fig. 17).

Legs rather long, rufous, with darkened tibiae, Anterior tibiae perforated
on external face only with a large oval tympanum. Posterior femora relatively
long, but rather strong, with external face striated with brown. Posterior
tibiae rather short, armed with 5 short, curved spines on each margin; apical
spurs strong but short, the supero-internal one longer than the median; meta-
tarsi long, armed with 8 denticles on each margin.

Elytra a little shorter than abdomen, brownish, finely pubescent; mirror
obliquely oval, divided beneath the middle by a cnrved vein; 5 rather regularly
spaced oblique veins; chords strongly curved, united to the mirror by a small
vein; apical field with 3 sectors, rather regularly reticulated in long narrow
eells, Wings very short.

Length of body 22 mm,; pronot. 4-5 mm.; post. fem. 16 mm.; post, tib,
9-5 min.; elytra 11+5 min.

This species is not so characteristic as the other two species of the genus;
it could as well be considered as a Gymnogryllus with shortened elytra; the shape
of the genitalia is very similar to that of the following species showing that
they are narrowly related.

Type: Queensland, Kuranda (Tlale and Tindale, Dev, 1926), 1 ¢ (S.A.M.).

2. CrepHaLocRYLLUs LAEvicers Chopard, 1925.
Cephalogryllus laeviceps Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool, 18 A, No, 6, p. 12, fig. 18.
Fig. 18.

This male is a little smaller than the type (length of body 15 mm.), its
head is smaller and the elytral mirror is not divided. The genitalia are very
much like those of the preceding species, the angles of the superior bridge

being a little longer and narrower (fig. 18).
Queensland; Mt. Tambourine, Herberton, 1 3 (S.A.M.).

3. CEPHALOGRYLLUS RUFICEPS sp. Nn.

A rather small rufous brown species. Head big, round, rufous, shining;
frontal rostrum short and very wide. Face rather short, wide, yellowish;

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 407

¢lypeo-frontal suture low but slightly angulate; cheeks yellowish, very finely
wrinkled beneath the eyes. Eyes fattened, round; ocelli small, yellow, disposed
in a straight line. Antennae and palpi yellowish; fourth segment of maxillary
palpi equalling the third, fifth longer, scarcely enlarged at apex, which is
obliquely truneated.

Pronotum transverse, feebly enlarged in front, with anterior margin a little
concave, posterior margin straight; both are provided with brown bristles; disk
weakly convex, rufons brawn, darker than the head, furnished with a whitish
recumbent pubeseence; lateral lobes yellowish, with inferior margin straight,
anterior angle nearly a right angle, posterior one rounded. Abdomen brown
above, yellowish bencath. Cerei rufous.

Legs light rufous, rather short, Anterior tibiae perforated at external
face with a rather large long oval tympanum; their apices armed with 3 spurs,
of which the two internal are strong; metatarsi rather long, compressed, armed
beneath with twa rows of spinules, Posterior femora long and rather narrow;
tibiae rather short, armed with 6 spines on each margin; infero-external and
supero-external apical spurs shorter than the exterval, the two long ones neatly
equal in length; metatarsi long, compressed, armed with 7 to 8 debtieles on
each superior margin and two rather strong apical spurs.

Elytra greyish, extending to the apex of abdomen, rounded; mirror quite
reduced to a long and narrow cell formed by the prolongation of the diagonal
vein; behind this cell, there is 4 short apical area comprising a few very large,
irregular cells; chords long and close, very near to the diagonal vein; 2 oblique
veins, the first of which strongly bent at a right angle, second almost straight;
lateral fields light, with 4 plain, regularly spaced veins. Wings quite atrophied,

Length of body 10 mm.; post. fem. 7 mim.; elytra 5-5 mm.

By the shape of the much reduced mirror, this species is related to laeviceps,
but the oblique veins are 2 only in number and the apical field is divided into
very large cells. The size seems rather variable as an example from Port Dar-
win, in the British Musewn collections, is 14 mm. long.

Northern Territory: Port Darwin (Br. M,); Adelaide River (Br. M.).

Type: Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Till), 1 3. (S.A.M.),

Gen. ANUROGRYLLUS Saussure 1877.

This genus is characterized by the extreme shortness of the ovipositor. It
ig an American genus in which Saussure placed an Australian species only
known from a single male, Although this insect looks veally very much like an
Anuregryllus, it is difficult to ascertain its generie position until the female is
known, TI leave it temporarily iu the present yenus.

408 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ANUROGRYLLUS AUSTRALIS Saussure, 1877,
Anurogryllus australis Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc. Gerieve, xxv, p. 285,
Fig. 2, 19.

The type specimen is in the Paris Musewn; it is labelled *‘ Nouvelle Hol-
lande’’ without any exact locality. [t looks rather like Anuwrogryllus muticus
from South Ameriea, but its elytra are shorter, It is quite different from the
other Australian species of the eroup Brachytrypes. The genitalia are long
and narrow, acute and divided at apex (fig. 19).

Gen. GryYLLULUS Uvarov, 1938.

This genus comprises species of Gryllids with the following features: body
more or less convex, but not rounded above, pubescent; elytra as long as the
abdomen or more or less reduced, but never lateral, pad-like; posterior femora
shorter than the tibia and tarsus together; supero-internal apical spur of pos-
terior tibiae usually shorter than the median; ocelli disposed in a triangle.

The species of the genus Gryllulus are numerous and yery difficult to
name with certainty. As a matter of fact this is almost impossible in the female
sex; in the males, the elytra] venation and the shape of the copulatory organs
give very good characteristics. The following key, based in part on characters
of colouration, is to be considered only as an attempt in the study of this difh-
cult genus.

Key To THE Species or GRYLLULUS.,

1. Size medium or large (14-30 mm.) te 1.» 44 es is 2
Size smaller (10-12 mm.) ., ae at ne ‘3 . 14
2, Head and pronotum uniformly rufous brown .- ts = a 3
Head and pronotum of a different colour A, _ be 4
8. Clypeo-frontal suture angulate; apieal field of male alperan present,
finely reticulated; elytra of female long d+ oh .. 6 fulviceps
Clypeo-frontal suture bent; apical field of male elytran almost absent;
elytra of female very short 1 * 44 at 18. laticaput
4, Head with a yellow band between the eyes; pattern usually very
obvious oF 3 5 <i ts 5
Head without a ¥allow band hetitgen the eyes (sometimes a rufous
line); pattern very weakly marked -. $4 zs +t 7
5. General colouration testaceoits; oveciput without longitudinal light
lines... a : rt ra te é 34 1. domestica

General colouration darker: oceiput prceeutin usually short hebt
lines... én ty als - ale a4 ole a . 6

a

10.

11.

13.

14.

16,

17.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 409

c

Head large; clypeo-frontal suture low, feebly angulate .. 5. lineiceps
Head small; clypeo-frontal suture angulate, extending higher than the
inferior level of antennary sockets .. 3 é.. 4. lepidus

Large or rather large species (15 to 80 mm.) with bead and pronotum
dark brown; clypeo-frontal suture nearly straight; male elytra with

3-4 oblique veins .. ee E 0 “3 ty i moet 8
Smaller species, no more than 14- 16 mim. in length .. A = 9
Larger (20-39 mm.) 1 “4 “fe xt “ 2. commodus
Smaltler (15-20 mm.) .. *. + $. 4 3. oceamcus
Elytra extending to the apex of abdomen .. .. - - .. 10
Elytra strongly shortened “3 ‘4 i 3 J. 4 <7
Clypeo-frontal suture reaching the anterior ocellus; forehead strongly

swollen 3 ot $4 i, he Ls 4 & scutellatus
Clypeo-frontal suture not over-reaching the middle of antennary

sockets; forehead normal Ss 33 -f rie 7. comparatus
Mirror of male rhomboid .. + J: gf! oP 0's 4.2 22
Mirror of male subtriangular a _ } te pt me «618

Head comparatively long; elypeo-froutal suture nearly straight ..
10. flavispina
Head shorter, orbicular in shape; clypeo-frontal suture angulate ..
9. fistulator

Mirror of male not divided "3 = or a 11. diminwens
Mirror of male divided; elytra short and wings long 12. curtipenms
Head with very distinet pattern .. oh r + 4: . 16
Head uniformly blackish or with indistinct. pattern - o's .. dT
Clypeo-frontal suture feebly arched a: 62 Q: 13. parvulus
Clypeo-frontal suture rather strongly bent as 7 i -- 16
General colouration testaceous brown + = .. 1A minusculus
General colouration black .. A ys ib es 15. subniger
Clypeo-frontal suture very low, scarcely arched .. A 16. mediocris
Clypeo-frontal suture very strongly angulate ay 38 17. kempi

1. GryLuULus pomesticus (L.).

Gryllus (Acheta) domesticus Linné, 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. x, i, p. 428.

This species can now be recorded from Australia, where it seems to

have been introduced recently. The special conditions in which it was found
are not surprising as they had been previously observed in England and in

410 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

France. Such conditions allow this very thermophilous species to breed out of
doors under relatively cold climates.

South Australia: Adelaide (Commonwealth Inst. Ent.); from rubbish
dump.

2. GRYLLULUSs comMopuUs (Walk.).

Gryllus commodus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. B.M., i, p. 45; Chopard,
1925, Ark. f. Zool., 118A, No. 6, p. 13.

Gryllus fuliginosus Serville (nec Stoll), 1839, Ins. Orth., p. 334.
Gryllus Serville: Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc, Geneve, xxv, p. 156.

Fig. 20, 21.

This is the most ecommion species of Gryllulus in Australia, ‘The head and
pronotum are blackish, usually without any ornament; the male genitalia (fig.
20-21) are hollowed above in the shape of a groove.

Queensland: Brisbane, Ebor, 4,000 ft. (Q.M.), Cooktown (Br. M.); North
West Is., (A.M.) ; Glen Laminton, Bellenden Ker, Brisbane, Yarrabah (Stock-
holm M.); Dunk Is., Mt. Tambourine, Kuranda, Magnetic Is., Cape Yorke
Pen., Cairns Dist., Bellenden Ker, (S.A.M.).

Northern Territory : Groote Eylandt, Daly River, Port Darwin, Koolpinya,
Tennants Creek, (S.A.M.); Groote Eylandt (A.M.),

Western Australia: Wyndham (S.A.M.).

South Australia: Wittunga (Blackwood), swarming in pasture April, 1948
(Commonweaith Inst. Ent.); Grange, Lake Mulligan ( Callabonna), Patawa-
longa, Croydon, Blakiston, Willunga, Hindmarsh Valley, Dawlingville, Mt.
Laffer, Torrens Creek, Stirling North, Pt. Pirie, Kangaroo Is., (S.A.M.).

New South Wales: Nowra (Br. M.); W. Sydney, Homebush, Eastwood,
Brooklana, E, Dorrigo, (A.M.); Clarence R., Sydney, ( S.A.M.).

Tasmania: Table Cape (S.A.M.).

Norfolk Is.: Lord Howe Is. (S.A.M.); Capricorne Is. (Br. M.).

3. GRYLLULUS OvBANICUS (Le Guil.).

Gryllus aceanicus Le Guillou, 1841, Rev, Zool,, p, 293.
Gryllus innotabilis Walker, 1870, Cat. Derm. Salt., i, p. 92.

This species is perhaps mainly an insular race of the preceding one; it
does not appear to occur commonly in Australia but is very widespread in
Oceania.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 411

South Australia: Glenelg, Blakiston, Patawalonga, Kangaroo Island
(S.A.M.).
Northern Territory: Melville Island (8.A.M.),

4. QGryLLuLus Leripus (Walk,),

Gryllus lepidus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 40; Chopard 1925,
Ark. f, Zool, 18A, No, 6, p. 13.

Gryllus kimberleyensis Mjoberg, 1913, Ent. Tidskr., xxxiv, p. a2,
Gryllus lepidoides Chopard, 1915, Nova Caledonia, Zool., ii, 8, p. 138.

Fig. 22.

This species is smaller than the preceding ones; it is characterized by its
shining aspect, head always adorned with a narrow transverse yellow band
and 5 lines of the same colour on the occiput ; the elypeo-frontal suture is angu-
late, extending to the inferior margin of antennal sockets. In the male the
elytra has 2 oblique veins. Genitalia with rounded superior lobes, inferior
ones denticulated (fig. 22), The average size is 15 min. but some individuals
reach 18 mm. As in many re of the genus a short-winged and a long-
winged form are found.

Very common in Australia and in Oceania.

South Australia: Ardrossan, Lake Mulligan (Callabonna), Mt. Lofty,
Devon Downs, Kangaroo Island, Adelaide, Owieandana, Northern Flinders
Ranges, Largs Bay, Murray Bridge, Oodnadatta, Cooper’s Creek, Wookooloo,
Innamincka, Red Cliffs, Wilpena Pound, Minnie Downs, Mt. Bryan, Semaphore,
Stirling North, Kingoonya, Renmark, (S.A.M,); Mt. Lyndhurst Station, Farina
(A.M.); Avenue (Browning, ii, 1949), (Com. Inst. Ent.) ; Alexandria (Br. M.).

Queensland: Mt. Tambourine (Q.M.) ; Cunnamulla, Powella Aramack,
Michaelmas Cay off Cairns (A.M.); Mt. Tambourine (8.A.M.).

Northern Territory: Tennant Creek, Darwin, Charlotte Waters, Alice
Springs, Batchelor (S.A.M.).

Central Australia: Hermannsburg (Br. M,); Carawena (S.A.M.).

Western Australia: Derby (Stockholm Mus,); Fitzroy and Margaret
Ranges Area; Derby, Darling Ranges, Beverley (S.A.M.); Noonkanbah (Stock-
holm Mus.).

New South Wales: Nowra (Br. M.) ; Wentworth, Clarence River (S.A. M.);
‘Taree, Eastwood, Florida North Moree, Myall Lakes, Sydney (A.M.).

Norfolk Island (8,A.M.),

412 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

5, GRYLLULUS LINEICErs (Walk.),
Gryllus lineiceps Walkev, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt, Br. M., i, p. 44.
Fig, 23.

Although this species was described from an immature female the special
ornamentation of the head allows us to recognize it with certainty,

The description may be completed as follows:

3. Head big, adorned with 6 yellow lines on the occiput, the two external
ones uniting on each side in the ocular angle; a rather narrow yellow band
unites the eyes above the antennal socket; frontal rostrum very wide. Face
rather short, brownish; clypeo-frontal suture subangular but rather low, not
exceeding the inferior level of antennal sockets. Palpi yellowish; fifth seg-
ment of maxillary palpi brownish, with very obliquely truncated apex, Prono-
tum slightly enlarged in front; disk nearly flat, brownish with a few testaveous
spots; lateral lobes yellowish. Abdomen brown above, yellowish beneath;
tenth tergite and anal valyes rufous. Genitalia with trilobate superior piece,
the median lobe shorter than the lateral ones, convex at top (fig. 23). Legs
short, yellowish brown, pubescent. Anterior tibiae nou-perforated at internal
face. Posterior femora thiek, with external face striated with brown; tibiae
armed with 5 spines on each side. Elytra extending to the apex af sixth
abdominal tergite; mirror in the shape of a transverse lozenge; diagonal vein
long, a little sinuated ; 2 oblique veins; chords rather strongly sintuated, the first
one sending out a veinlet near the angle of the mirror; apical field very short,
divided into long, narrow cells; lateral field dark brown in its superior part,
with 5 regularly and feebly spaced veins, Se with one branch. Wings quite
abortive.

Length of body 16 mm.; post. fem. 10-5 mm; elytra 8 im.

?, Similar to the male, with smaller head. Ovipositor rather short, with
apical valves flat, blunt. Elytra extending only to the apex of the first abdomi-
nal tergite, brown with a yellow band on the edge; dorsal field with 4 veius and
the cubital which is fureate.

Length of body 14:5 mm.; post, fem, 95 min.; elytra 3-5 mm; ovipositor
8mm.

6, GRYLLULUS ruLVIcEPs (Mjih.).

Gryllades fulviceps Mjéberg, 1918, Ent. Tidskr., xxxiv. p- 33; Chopard 1925,
Ark. f. Zool, 18A, No, 6, p, 15, fig. 21-22,
Fig, 24,
This species is well characterized by its uniformly rufous colouration and
its silky whitish pubescence. The head presents no ornamentation; elypeo-

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 413

frontal suture strongly angulate, extending to the middle of the antennal
sockets; frontal rostrum wide, with carinate sides, Disk of pronotuin a little
darkened in the middle and near the anterior margin; lateral lobes yellow
with a brown band in the superior part, which does not reach the anterior
margin. Elytra of male extending to the apex of abdomen, somewhat rufous,
lateral field with a narrow brown band along the superior edge, and showing
traces of division in its posterior part; 2 obligqne veins; apical field short,
rounded, rather irregularly reticulated; lateral field with parallel, close veins;
Se plain. Genitalia of the same type as in lepidus, the inferior part forming
two long teeth crossing on the median line (fig. 24), In the female, the elytra
are brownish above, a little shorter than abdomen, rounded at apex; dorsal
field with a dozen veins which are feebly oblique, regularly and weakly spaced ;
transverse veinlets numerous, forming small areolae. Ovipositor rather short
(10 mm.), with feebly acute, wide apical valves. Wings long, whitish with
anterior part brown in both sexes.

Queensland: Winton (S.A.M.),

South Australia; Lake Mulligan (Callabonna), (S8.A.M.); Alexandria
(Br, M,),

New South Wales: Moree (A.M.).

North Western Australia; Noonkanbah, W, Kimberley (types in the
Stockholm Museum )

7. GrYLLuLus ComPpaRATtIS (Walk.),
Gryllus comparatus Walker, 1869, Cat, Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 44,
Fig. 25.

This species is of medium size (14-15 mm.), blackish, shining. Head with
6 short yellow lines on the occiput; a very narrow interocular band; elypeo-
frontal suture subangulate but rather low, extending only to the inferjor level
of antennal sockets. Anterior tibiae with internal tympanum smal] or absent;
posterior tibiae armed with 5 spines on each margin, Elytra of male extending
to the apex of abdomen, testaceous; mirror a little transverse, with rounded
angles, not divided; 8 oblique veins (2 only in Walker's type) ; apical field long,
with irregular, rather close reticulation; lateral field for the most part whitish,
with close veins. Genitalia with a wide median projection, long, narrow lateral
lohes (fig. 25). Elytra of female as love as in male, testaceous with feebly
oblique veins, rather regular, close reticulation. Ovipositor rather long
(11 mm.) with flat, little acute apical valves. Wines caudate in both sexes.

South Australia: Lake Mulligan (Callabonna), Callington, Cooper’s Creek
(8,A.M.).

414 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Queensland: Powella Aramack (A.M.); Ebor, 4,000 ft. (Q.M.).

Northern Territory: Groote Eylandt (Br. M.); Charlotte Waters (5.4.M.).
Victoria: Wimmera, Healesville (Q.M.).

New South Wales: Jenolan (A.M.).

Lady Musgrave Island (Br, M.).

8. GRYLLULUS SCUTELLATUS sp. n.
Fig. 26,

Medium sized species, shape somewhat depressed. Head chestnut brown or
blackish with 6 yellowish lines on the occiput; these lines are more or less united
by a transverse band; there exists also a narrow interocular band which is
sometimes completely obliterated in the middle. Face short and wide, with
remarkably swollen facial shield, with a weak longitudinal median furrow;
elypeo-frontal suture strongly angulate, extending as far as the anterior
ocellus. Anterior tibiae perforated on external face only; posterior tibiae
armed with 5 spines on each margin. Elytra extending to the apex of abdomen,
light yellowish brown; mirror of the male nearly square, with right angles, not
divided; 2 oblique veins; apical field rather large, with 2 sectors only and a
rather wide reticulation; lateral field nearly black, with close veins. Genitalia
with superior part trilobate, the median lobe short with rounded apex (fig. 26).
Elytra of female with rather regular venation; Cu trifurcate. Ovipositor with
flat, little acute, apical valves. Wings caudate in both sexes.

Length of body 14 mm.; post. fem. 9-5 mm.; elytra 9 mm.; ovipositor
8-5 mm.

This species is very close to comparatus but easily distinguished by the
shape of the facial shield. The colouration is somewhat variable, some indivi-
duals being lighter with wider interocular band and the occipital lines more
or less united. The male genitalia are quite of the same type as in comparatus
but in this species, the median lobe is wider with acute angles at top and the
inferior lobes are rounded without a small apical tooth (fig. 26).

South Australia: Lake Mulligan (Callabonna), (S.A.M.), type ¢ and ¢@).

Central Australia: Higgin Dam (S.A.M.).

9. GRYLLULUS FISTULATOR (Sauss.).

Gryllodes fistulator Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 212.

Size medium (14-16 mm.). Head dark brown, with no distinct ornamenta-
tion except a yellow spot between the eyes and the ocellus; clypeo-frontal suture
strongly bent, subangular, reaching the inferior level of antennal sockets.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 415

Elytra of male extending to the apex of the sixth abdominal tergite; mirror in
the shape of a wide lozenge, with obtuse anterior angle, not divided; 2 oblique
veins; no veinlet between the first chord and the mirror; apical field very
short (Saussure). Elytra of female extending to the apex of third abdominal
tergite, with oblique internal margin; dorsal field with 4 veins and the cubital
which is bifureate; transverse veinlets close and more or less anastomosed; veins
of the lateral field close. Ovipositor rather long (10 mm,) with flat, little
acute apical valves.

This species is a little depressed with short lateral lobes of the pronotum ;
the macropterous form is not known. I have seen no male specimen.

Victoria: Melbourne (Saussure’s type in Brunner’s collection); Heales-
ville distr. (Q.M.).

South Australia: Hindmarsh Valley, Murray R., Nuriootpa ($,A.M.).

10. GRyYLLULUS FLAVISPINA (Sauss.),
Grytlodes flavispina Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p, 218.

According to Saussure’s description, this is very close to the preceding
species but with more lengthened head; mirror of the male nearly triangular
with very acute anterior angle, the posterior part a little reticulated; there is
a veinlet between the first chord and the diagonal vein and two between the
chord and the mirror; lateral field with ves more spaced. I may add that
the elypeo-frontal suture is almost straight. Prabamtown (Sawssure’s type in
Brunner’s Collection).

Northern Territory: Port Darwin, vii (Br. M.).

11. GRYLLULUS DIMINUENS ( Walk,).

Gryllus diminuens Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm, Salt. Br. M., i, p. 43.

This species, 14 mm, long, seems close to the preceding ones. It is shining
black, the head almost without any ornamentation; pronotum black with a
narrow brownish band in front. Elytra a little more than half the abdomen in
length, almost straightly truncated; mirror of male a little transverse, not
divided ; 2 oblique veins. The type is a micropterous specimen with no internal
tympanum on anterior tibiae.

Tasmania (Walker’s type),

416 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

12. GrRYLLULUS CURTIPENNIS (Mjob.).

Gryllodes curtipennis Mjéberg, 19138, Ent. Tidskr., p. 33; Chopard, 1925, p. 14,
fig. 29.

A little larger than the preceding species (17 mm.); elytra of male a
little shorter than the abdomen (8:5 mm.) with well developed apical field;
mirror rhomboidal, a little longer than wide, divided by a strongly bent vein.

This species, of which the macropterous form only is known, is remarkable
by its long wings and relatively short elytra, with nevertheless a comparatively
large apical field.

_ North West. Australia: W. Kimberley, Noonkanbah, Derby (Mjébere’s type
in the Stockholm Museum).

13. GRYLLULUS PARVULUS (Walk.).
Gryllus parvulus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 48.
Fig. 27, 31.

This species is smaller than the preceding ones (11 mm.). Head rather
large, shining brown, with a rather narrow but very neat yellow band between
the eyes; frontal rostrum wide, feebly projecting. Face wide; clypeo-frontal
suture feebly bent, rounded in the middle. Elytra of male (fig. 31) scarcely
reaching the abdominal extremity, with very short apical field, composed of a
few large cells;. mirror small, in the shape of a rather regular oblique parallelo-
piped; 2 oblique veins; diagonal vein long, close to the chords which are rather
strongly bent. Wings very short. Genitalia with superior part trilobate, the
median lobe with somewhat notched apical edge (fig. 27). According to Walker,
the elytra of the female cover two-thirds of the abdomen; they present a testa-
ceous band on the edge; ovipositor as long as the abdomen.

New South Wales: Upper Williams R. (S.A.M.).

14. GryLLuLus miINuscuLUs (Walk.).

Gryllus minusculus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 47.
Fig. 28, 32.

Very close to the preceding species; general colouration lighter, head
chestnut brown with a yellow band between the eyes and 6 lines of the same
colour on the occiput, the two median of which are short, the others uniting
near the eye; frontal rostrum very wide, short. Face short and wide, rather

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 417

strongly swollen; clypeo-frontal suture exceeding the inferior level of the an-
tennal sockets. Palpi yellow; 5th segment of maxillary palpi a little darkened
at apex. Legs yellowish varied with brown; anterior tibiae perforated on the
external tace only; posterior tibiae armed with 5 spines on each margin; pos-
terior metatarsi with 6 denticles on each superior margin. Abdomen brownish.
Cerci yellow. Genitalia of the same type as in the preceding species but with
much more slender median lobe (fig, 28). Elytra (fig. 82) a little shorter than
the abdomen, with short apical field, reticulated in small eells; mirror larger
than in purvulus, with more rounded angles; 2 oblique veins ; lateral field with
rather close veins. Wings wholly abortive. In the female the ovipositor is
rather long (10 mm.) with somewhat flat but acute apical valves

Length of body 12 mm.; post. fem. 7°5 mm.; elytra 7 mm,

This speceis has a macropterous form. Tts general aspect is somewhat that
of a small Gryllulus domesticus.

South Australia: Murray River, under stones (S.A.M,),

Queensland: Bunya Mts. (Q.M.).

Northern Territory: Adelaide River (Br. M.}.

15. GRYLLULUS SUBNIGER sp. n,

Holotype: @. Very close to nanus in the general shape, size, elytral vena-
tion and genitalia, but quite different in volouration. ead black shinmg, with
a narrow, very neat, yellow band between the antennae; occiput with 6 very
short and feebly marked yellow lines; cheeks with a yellow spot behind the
eye. Face short and wide; elypeo-frontal suture strongly bent, subaugular,
somewhat overreaching the inferior level of the antennal sockets. Pronotum
black, shining, very feebly enlarged in front, with anterior margin very feebly
convex, posterior margin straight; disk almost flat; lateral lobes black spotted
with yellow in the anterior angle. Abdomen black, finely pubescent, Legs
blackish; posterior femora short and stout, a little striated with yellow on the
external face; internal face yellow at base and towards the inferior margin;
tibiae armed on each margin with 5 rather strong, rufous spines. Elytra ex-
tending to the apex of the 7th abdominal tergite, black, rormded af apex; mirror
a little transverse, with rounded posterior angle; 2 oblique veins; apical field
very short; lateral field partly whitish, with 5 close veins and one branch to the
Sc. Wings very short.

Allotype: @. Very similar to the male in general shape and colour; a
little larger; head with transverse yellow band and occipital lines almost com-
pletely obliterated. Elytra short, extending to the apex of the 2nd abdominal

418 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

tergite, with internal margin oblique; dorsal field brown with a light humeral
band; 5 longitudinal, rather irregular and anastomosed veins; lateral field
whitish for the greater part, with 5 regularly spaced veins; Se plain. Oviposi-
tor rather short and stout, with apical valves depressed, blunt at apex.

Length of body ¢ 12 mm., 9 14 mm.; pronot. 4 2-6 mm.; 2 3 mm.;
post. fem. 6 7-6 mm., 9 8:2 mm.; elytra ¢ 5:1 mm., @ 4 mm.; Ovipositor
8°5 mm.

Types: South Australia: Avenue (T. O. Browning, 29, ix, 1949), 1 @ ;
Glen Osmond (T. O. Browning, 29, ii, 1949), 1 @ (Commonwealth Inst. Ent.).

16, GRYLLULUS MEDIOCRIS (Mjéb.).
Grylloides mediocris Mjéberg, 1913, Ent. Tiskr., p, 33.
Gryllus medioeris Chopard, 1925, Ark. f, Zool., p. 15, fig, 19,
Fig. 29.

Close to parvulus; rather dark brown; head smaller, shining black with
feebly marked ornamentation, consisting of 6 short yellow lines on the occiput;
tlypeo-frontal sutnre very low, seareely bent. Genitalia wide and short, the
superior part trilobate (fig. 29). The elytra can be shortened as in Mjéberg’s
type or extending to the apex of abdomen. Ovipositor rather long (7°5 mm.)
with narrow acute apical valves.

Queensland : Cape Yorke, Cedar Creek, Bellenden Ker, Atherton, Yarrabah,
lhawra, Alice River (Mjoberg) ; Kuranda, Magnetic Is,, Cairns Dist. (S.A.M.),

North West. Australia: Noonkanbah, W. Kimberley (Mjiberg’s types),
(Stockholm Mus. ).

Northern Territory : Roper River (8.A.M,).

Karamula Is., Russell Group (8.A.M.).

17. GryLLuLus KEMpr sp. n.
Fig, 30, 33.

Holotype. 8. Small; uniformly chestnut brown. Head round, shining,
with only traces of yellow lines on the occiput. Face rather long; clypeo-
frontal suture very strongly angulate, extending to the middle of antennal
sockets. Palpi yellowish. Pronotum transverse, with fecbly coneave anterior
margin; lateral lobes with yellowish anterior angle. Abdomen brown above,
yellowish beneath. Ovipositor with apical yalves little acute, somewhat de-
pressed. Legs yellowish varied with brown; anterior tibiae perforated on
external face with a large oval tympanum. Posterior tibiae armed with 6

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 419

external, 5 internal spines. Wlytra (fig. 33) dark testaceous, scarcely reaching
the apex of abdomen, rounded at apex; dorsal field with somewhat irregular,
rather close veins; lateral field brown, with 5 close veins. Wings long, whitish.
Genitalia with superior part trilobate, the lobes long aud narrow (fig. 30).

Length of body 10 mm.; length with wings 15:5 mm,; post. fem. 6 mm.;
elytra 6°2 mm,; ovipositor 6 mm,

Allotype: 9%. Elytral mirror lozenge-shaped, a little longer than wide,
with anterior and internal angles straight or nearly so; posterior angle acute but
somewhat rounded, exterior angle obtuse; infero-internal side longer than the
others; 2 oblique veins; chords parallel, separated to the base; apical field
rather long, with 5 sectors and a rather irregular, wide reticulation; lateral
field brown, with close veins, Se furcate, Genitalia of the same type as the
preceding species, with median lobe long and narrow (fig, 30).

This species is close to mediocris, but smaller with less acute ovipositor,
strongly angulate clypeo-frontal suture.

Types: Queensland: Normanton (R. Kemp), 1 9 (A.M.). North West.
Australia: (Dr. H. Basedow), 2. ¢, Derby (Plesiotype).

18. GRYLLULUS LATICAPUT sp. u.

Holotype: @. Medium sized species, of light rufons general colouration,
Head wide; occiput shining chestnut brown; frontal rostrum short, wide; 4
rather narrow yellow band between the vcelli. Face yellow, especially short
and wide, the cheeks strongly projecting; clypeus very wide, short on the
sides; clypeo-frontal suture extending to the inferior level of the antennal soc-
kets. Antennae aud palpi yellow. Pronotum somewhat widening in front, with
vather concave anterior margin; disk almost flat, rufous brown with yellowish
anterior and posterior margins; lateral lobes yellow with brown inferior mar-
gin, Abdomen brownish above, yellowish beneath. Cerei yellowish, Genitalia
of the comparatus type with very short, truncated median lobe (fig. 25).

Legs yellowish; anterior tibiae armed with 3 long and slender apical spines,
perforated with a large external tympaium, Posterior femora thick, feebly
striated with brown at external face; tibiae armed with 6 internal, 7 external
long spines; apical spurs long, the medio-external one quite twice as long as
the other two, the two large internal ones subequal in length; posterior meta-
tarsi long, armed with 7-8 denticles above.

Elytra extending nearly to the apex of abdomen, brownish with a yellow
band on the edge, very feebly pubescent. Mirror small, strongly transverse,
with obtuse anterior angle, posterior angle rounded, lateral angles aeute; divid-

420 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ing vein situated much before the middle, almost parallel to the anterior mar-
gins; 2 oblique veins; diagonal vein long, curved; chords long, close, a little
nearer in the middle; apical field very short, with 2 sectors and few very small
irregular cells. Lateral field yellow, with close veius, Se simple. Wings
abortive,

Allolype: @. Elytra very short, with strongly oblique apical margins;
dorsal field with 5 irregular veins which wre feebly visible near the base;
lateral field wide, yellow. Ovipositor long with somewhat flattened, little acute
apical valves,

Length of body 16 mm.; post. fem. 10:5 mm.; elytra ¢ 8:5 mm., 9 4 mm.:
ovipositor 11°5 mm,

This species has very much the general aspect of Gryllulus fulviceps. It is
more shining, the male with much shorter apical field of the elytra and a quite
different type of genitalia; the female has much shorter elytra. This lust
character somewhat resembles that of the next genus, but the rather depressed
shape of the body is that of Gryllulus.

Types: Queensland: 23 miles S.W. of Dajarra (T, Hodge-Sinith, Sept.,
1930), 1 8,1 9 (AM.).

Nores.

1. A species, common in Indomalaya and Papua, Gryllulus blennns Saus-
sure is also found in North Australia. It is close te nedioeris, with head and
pronotum uniformly chestnut brown and veins of the lateral field of elytra more
distant ; the genitalia of the male are also somewhat different,

2. The species described by Walker as Gryllus nanus (Cat, Derm, Salt.
Br. M.,, i, p. 214) is an immature specimeu whieh can be aseribed with sufficient
certitude to Gryllodes sigillatus Walk.

3. P. P. King has described in 1826 (Narrative of a survey of the inter-
tropical and western coasts of Australia, vol. ii, p, 456) u species of Gryllus
which is impossible to recognize without the type. his description is as
follows:

Gryllus regulus, n. sp—G. ferrugineo-fuscus antennis filiformibus nigris,
elytris obscure nebulosis, alis fusco-hyalinis, thoracis lateribus postice testaceis,
corpore subtus rufo-testaceo, libtis posticis letaceis spinis dorsalibus rujis apici-
bus nigris,

r

Gen. Gry“uopsis Chopard, 1927,

The species of this genus are very close to Gryllulus: they can he separated
by their general shape which is more rounded; in the male, the elytra are usu-
ally shorter than the abdomen, in the female they are very short, often reduced

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 421

to lateral pads. The anterior tibiae are never perforated on the internal tace
but this condition is also found in micropterous forms of the genus (ryllulus.
One Australian species only ¢an be ascribed to this genus,

GRYLLOPSIS ARMATIPES Sp, 0,

9. Rather large, brown with transverse yellowish bands on the head and
thorax; nearly glabrous, shining. Tead large, globular, shining brown above
with a yellow band between the ovelli and a little before the apex of froutal
rostrum; the rostrum is very short, wide, a little rounded. Face short and
wide, yellow; clypeo-trontal suture bent, extending a little above the inferior
marein of antennal sockets. Eyes rounded, very feebly projecting; lateral ocelli
large, round, anterior one small, a little before the apex of frontal rostrum.
Autennae and palpi yellow; the three last joints of maxillary palpi subequal
in Tength, slender, the Jast one scarcely widening at apex. Pronotum one and
a. third times as wide as long, a little widening in front, with anterior margin
feebly concave, posterior margin straight; disk feebly convex, shining, brown-
ish with two yellowish bands along the anterior and posterior margins; lateral
lobes yellow with inferior margin a little ascending backwards, anterior angle
rounded. Mesonotum rufous brown with posterior margin strongly convex.
Metanotum dark brown with a narrow yellow posterior band, Abdomen rufo-
testaceous with a median and two lateral longitudinal bands of brown spots;
teuth tergite and anal valves yellowish; subgenital plate small, a little notehed
at apex. Ovipositor lony, straight with depressed, slightly aente apieal valves.

Lees rather long, yellowish, a little pubescent. Anterior tibiae presenting
on external face a long and narrow oval tympanum. Losterior femora thiek;
posterior tihiae armed with strong and very close spines, the two rows of which
are nearly in touch on the median line; they are 6G internal, 8 external in num-
ber; apieal spurs long, yellow with brown tip; infero-internal a little shorter
than the external, median and superior ones subequal in length; supero-exter-
nal spur as long as the inferior, the median one almost twiee as loug. Posterior
metatarsi long, a little compressed, armed with 5 internal, 7 external denticles;
apical spurs rather short.

Elytra extending to the middle of metanotum: dorsal field triangular, shin-
ing brown with a yellow band on the edge; 7 longitudinal, somewhat irregular
veins; lateral field high, vellow, presenting 5 parallel veins. Wings abortive.

Leneth of body 18 mm.; pronot. 4 mm,; post. fem. 12 mm.; elytra 3 mm. :
ovipositor 18 mm.

Type: South Australia: Alexandria (W, Stalker, Jau,, 1908), 1 2 (Br M).

422 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Gen. GryLLopEs Saussure, 1874.

The genus Gryllodes is restricted to one or two species of rather depressed
general shape and narrow frontal rostrum. The elytra are usually rather short
and truncated in the male, quite lateral in the female.

GRYLLODES sIGILLATUS (Walk.).

Gryllus sigillatus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M,, i, p, 46.
Gryllodes sigillatus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool, 18A, No. 6, p. 14.
Gryllus nanus Walker, 1869, 1. cit., p. 214.

This species is widely spread in tropical countries; it is often found in
houses.

North West. Australia: Broome, Kimberley Distr., Noonkanbah (Stockholm
Mus.).

Gen. Euagryuiopes Chopard, 1927.

This genus is composed of semi-desert species, light testaccous in colour,
the male with very ample elytra; the females are similar to Gryllulus.

EuGRYLLODES pIMINUTUS (Walk.).
Gryllus diminutus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 43.
Fig. 3, 34.

This species is known only from Walker’s description to which the follow-
ing may be added.

Light brown, varied with yellow. Head rather large, rounded, shining
brown; occiput showing 6 narrow yellow lines, the two median of which are
short, the other united behind the eye; frontal rostrum rather wide but long,
with a basal furrow uniting the ocelli. Face short and wide, brown; facial
shield projecting, yellow; cheeks yellow, Antennae slender, yellowish brown.
Maxillary palpi brownish, slender; 3 last segments subequal in length, the
fifth very slightly enlarged at apex. Eyes rather small, slightly projecting;
ocelli very small, the anterior one in the middle of the rostrum. Pronotum
strongly transverse, with parallel sides; anterior and posterior margins nearly
straight; disk almost flat, a little pubescent, brownish with light yellow impres-
sions; lateral lobes yellowish, with straight inferior margin. Abdomen brown
above, yellowish beneath; subgenital plate large, rounded. Genitalia wide and
short, the superior part without median lobe (fig, 34),

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 423

Legs rather short, yellowish. Anterior tibiae a little flattened, perforated
with a rather large oval tympanum on both sides; metatarsi short, compressed,
spinulose beneath. Posterior femora short and rather strong; tibiae armed with
8 spines on each margin, and small variable denticles at base; these are 2 or 3
on the external margin, 1 or none on the internal margin; apical spurs rather
long, pubescent, the supero-internal one a little Jonger than the median; meta-
tarsi long, a little compressed, armed with 7 denticles on each margin. Elytra
translucent, extending to the apex of abdomen, rounded; mirror large, almost
triangular, with feebly convex margins, divided after the middle by a feebly
bent vein; diagonal vein long, straight; chords feebly bent, a little diverging;
2 oblique veins; apical field almost nil; lateral field yellowish, with 4 regular,
close veins, besides Se which is fureate near the hase, Wings very short.

Length of body 11:5 mm.; pronot. 2 mm.; post, fem. 7-2 mm.; elytra 7 mm.

This species differs from the others of the genus by rather important
characters such as the presence of two large tympana on the anterior tibiae and
the armature of the posterior tibiae which resembles that of the Gryllomorphi
eroup with the small basal deuticles,

South Australia: Mt, Lotty (J. G. O, Tepper), Kangaroo Is, (S.A.M.).

Queensland; Stapleton (S.A.M.),

Gen, Cyrroprosorus tov,

KupTas curved ; Tparwnov face).

On the armature of the legs, this genus belongs to the Grylinae but a very
wide frontal rostrum, swollen into a voluminous protuberanve is suggestive of
the Mogoplistinae. The elytra are short, wings very long; the elytral venation
is very similar in both sexes, the male with no mirror but a very distinct anal
vein.

Type: Cyrtoprosopus stramineus sp. n,

CYRTOPROSOPUS STRAMINEUS Sp. n.

Holotype: &. Rather small size; yellowish, uearly glabrous on the body,
the legs finely pubescent. Head a little wider than pronotum; between the
eyes with a badly defined brown band, almost obliterated in the middle; fore-
head flattened, frontal rostrum much wider than first antennal serment rounded,
smooth. Face very short, wholly covered by the big protuberance formed by
the facial shield and the rostrum which are united, with a median longitudinal
furrow. Eyes rounded, slightly projecting; ocelli small, the anterior one
almost invisible, Palpi short, yellow; third and fourth segments of maxillary

424 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

palm short, equal in Jength, fifth longer, a little enlarged and very obliquely
trumeated at apex. Antennae yellow. Pronotiim strongly transverse, with
feebly concave anterior margin, posterior margin straight; disk almost flat;
lateral lobes short, with inferior margin slightly ascendime backwards, anterior
angle widely rounded. Abdomen brownish above, yellow beneath; supero-anal
valve rounded; subgenital plate large with posterior margin roimded, a little
notched in the middle.

Legs yellow; anterior one very short; fetiora rather thiek, compressed ;
tibiae short, armed with 3 rather weak apical spurs, external face perlorated
with a large, oval tympanum; tarsus almost as long as the tibia, the first two
segments provided beneath with two rows of spinules. Middle legs with the same
general shape but a little longer, Posterior femora long and rather narrow;
tibiae short, armed with 4 internal, 5 external spines, the first of whieh is very
short; supero-external and infero-external spurs short, median twice as lone:
infero-internal spur a little shorter than the external, the two others long, equal
in length, ciliated; metatarsi Jong, armed with 4-3 denticles on each margin
above,

Elytra extending no farther than the middle of abdomen, rounded at apex,
scarcely overlapping on the median line; colour light yellow, almost transpar-
ent; anal field very small, the anal vein quite distinct but nearly straight, send-
ing an oblique vein to the median; the remainder of the dorsal field oceupied
by 5 veins, 2 having their origin on the anal knot, the others from the radial
vein; the first one fureate, the second represents tho diagonal vein, but there is
no trace of a mirror; transverse vetnlets scarce, forming large areolae, Wings
very long.

Allotype: ?. Quite similar to the male; veins of the dorsal field of
elytra almost the same but more regularly oblique. Ovipositor rather long,
straight, with apical valves laneeolate, flattened, as in the species of Gryllulus.

Length of body 9 mm.; length with wings 15 mm.; post. fem. 5 mm.; post.
tib, 3 aum.; elytra 4 mm.; ovipositor 6 mim,

This very remarkable species is represented in the collection of the South
Australian Museum by a number of individuals from different localities.

South Australia: Owieandana (Rev. A. P. Burgess), 1 ¢, North Flinders
Ranges (Hale and Tindale), 1 2 (types); also Stralecki Creek, Yeelanna, Mur-
ray River, Minnie Downs, Devon Downs (December), Farina (S8.A.M.), Lake
Mulligan (Callabonna), (S.A.M.).

Central Australia: Caravena (5,.A,M_.)-

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 425

Gen, LoxopheEMMUs Saussure, 1877,

The species of this genus are distinguished from those of Gryllulus in the
shape of the head of the male, which is flattened in front, the forehead
being more or less produced between the antennae. They are numerous in
Indo-Malaisia; one species only is found in North Australia.

Gen. LoxopLEMMUS PALLENS Serv.
Gryllus pallens Serville, 1839, Ins. Orth,, p. 344.
Fig, 35.

The type specimen of this species exists in the collection of the Paris
Museum; it is labelled ‘‘Nouvelle Hollande’’ without exact locality. The
description may be amplified as follows:

é. Vertex very wide, regularly but feebly arched, lined with a yellow
band; oceiput adorned with 6 short yellow lines. Face wide, strongly flat-
tened, even slightly concave with median line very little projecting and feebly
carinated, sides curved inwards. Anterior ocellus inserted near the superior
fourth. First segment of antennae with a very short process. Elytra not
extending over the fifth abdominal tergite, rounded at apex; mirror a little
wider than long, forwardly angulate, backwardly rounded, not divided ; diagonal
vein rather long, a little eurved; 1 oblique vein, first aud second chords rather
feebly curved, parallel; apical field very short, with a few large cells disposed
on two rows; lateral field brown with 4 regularly spaced veins, Se plain.
Wings short. Genitalia widely notched at apex with very narrow lobes (fig. 35),

Length of body 17-5 mm.; post, fem. 11 mm,; elytra 8-5 mm.

This species differs from other Loxeblemimus in the very wide and short
forehead and in the presence of only one oblique vein. The female is very
similar to that of Z. detectus Serv. with a little wider forehead.

Queensland: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd), (A.M.),

Gen. Ms6percetuA Chopard, 1925.
p :

This genus was erected for a very remarkable species belonging to the group
Gryllomorphites, which is characterized by the presence of small denticles before
the spines of the posterior tibiae.

426 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ms6BeRGELLA MACROCEPHALA Chopard.

Mjébergella macrocephala Chopard, 1925, Arch. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 18,
fig. 29.

This species, known from the type specimen only, is easily recognizable by
its colour, its very large head and the elytral venation.
Queensland: Malanda (Stockholm Mus.).

Gen, CopHoLANpREvus Chopard, 1925,

This genus belongs to the same division as the preceding; it is close to
the Malaisian genus Landreva but with non-perforated anterior tibiae and
obscure mirror in the male elytra.

COPHOLANDREVUS AUSTRALICUS Chopard.

Copholandrevus australicus Chopard, 19245, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 15,

fig. 23-28,

This spevies can be easily recognized by the armature of the posterior
tibiae presenting on each margin 6 or 7 denticles before the spines; the elytra
in the male are short, not extending farther than the metanotum, truncated at
apex with a very feeble venation; in the female they are very short, separated
on the median line.

Queensland: Cedar Creek, Malanda (types in the Stockholm Mus.).

Subfamily Nemosiag,

This subfamily is composed of rather small species which have the posterior
tibiae armed with long, movable, hairy spines. They have many common
features with the Gryllinae.

Kry To tHE Genera or NEMOBIINAE.

1. Mirror of male filled with a close reticulation; female completely
apterous .. by 24 ins oa i .. Dietyonemobius
Mirror of male usually perfectly distinct; female with elytra and
wings, or at least elytra present .. oh a ++ nh ie 2

i)

Posterior tibiae armed with 3 spines on each superior margin .. Nemobius

Posterior tibiae with 4 spines on each margin, or on the internal
margin only, in both sexes or at least in the male .. .. Pteronemobius

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 427

Gen, Preronemonius Jacobson and Bianchi, 1904.

The species of this genus are typically fully alate, though a micropterous
vondition can prevail in certain of them. In the male the first internal spine
of the posterior tibiae is very short, tubereuliform,

Key to THe Species of PTERONEMOBIUS.,

1, Posterior tibiae with 4 spines on each margin in both sexes .. st 2
Posterior tibiae with 3 external, 4 internal spines in the male, 3-3 or
3-4 in the female, be os a = ths 5 ae 3
2. Lateral lobes of pronotum nearly black .. Ls is 1. truncatus
Lateral lobes of pronotum scarcely darker than the disk .. 2. wnicolor

8, Mirror of male reticulated, more or less confounded with the apical
area (fig. 36); female with 3 internal spines on the posterior tibiae . -
3. regulus
Mirror of male well separated from the apical area (fig, 37); female
with 4 internal spines on the posterior tibiae .. v .» 4. ornaticeps

1. PTERONEMOBIUS TRUNCATUS (Sauss. ).

Nemobws truncatus Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soe. Geneve, xxv, p. 91.
Nemobius laparinthac Tepper, 1896, Horn Exp, Centr, Austr., ii, p. 378,
Ploranemabius mjobergi Chopard, 1925, Ark, £. Zool., I8A, No. 6, p. 9, fig. 8-9.

The type of truncatus, in the Paris Museum, is in rather poor condition
but it can nevertheless be identified with laparinthae; the first name has priority.

Small; rather uniform light brownish. Head with 4 very short, feeble
light bands on the occiput; face and cheeks brown. Palpi brownish, with fourth
sezment very short, fifth segment large, in the shape of a long triangle. Prono-
tum with anterior and posterior margins straight, sides parallel; disk nearly
flat, light brown with feebly darkened sides; lateral lobes dark brown, almost
black. Legs vellowish brown, a little spotted with brown, Posterior femora
slightly striated with brown. Anterior tibiae perforated at external face with
a rather large oval tympanum.

&. Posterior tibiae armed with 4 spines on each side, the first internal
spine short, strongly swollen, curved at base, very long; inferior spurs sub-
equal in length. Elytra extending to the apex of abdomen; mirror divided
backwards by two large cells, of which the internal extends along the whole
length of the internal margin; apical area a little lengthened ; chords separated
almost to the base. Wings short.

428 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

?. Similar to the male, Posterior tibiae armed with 4 spines on each
margin, the first internal spine very short, the last very long. Elytra some-
what shortened, light brown, with 4 rather regular veins on the dorsal field,
and with very scarce transverse veinlets; the first two veins are united only a
little beyond the base; lateral field concolorous with parallel veins, Wings
short. Ovipositor short, nearly straight, with feebly denticulated apical valves.

Length of body ¢ 6 mm., 2 7 mm.; post. fem. ¢@ 4 mm., @ 4°8 mm.;
elytra ¢@ 4:5 mm., 9 3:0-8-5 mm.; ovipositor 2-5-3-0 mm.

Queensland: Brisbane (Q.M.); Cairns Distr. (S.A.M.); Colosseum (type
of mjdbergi) ; Malanda, Alice River, Chillagoe (Stockholm Mus.).

Central Australia: Finke Gorge, Reedy Hole (type and cotype ¢ of
laparinthae (S.A.M.)).

Northern Territory; Darwin, G. F. Hill (S.A.M.).

South Australia; Wilpena Pound, Magill on and under water, Murray
River, Kewell East (S.A.M.).

New South Wales: Wallacia (Hale and Tindale), (S.A.M.); Shaw’s Creek
Valley, Warrumbungle Range (A.M.).

2, PrERONEMOBIUS UNICOLOR Chopard,

Pteronemobius unicolor Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 183A, No. 6, p. 9, fig, 10-11,
This species is very vlose to the preceding, of which it might be the macrop-
terous condition, although differing from it in certain characters such as the
more uniform colouration and the longer elytra.
Queensland: Cedar Creek (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

3. PTERONEMOBIUS REGULUS (Sauss.).

Nemobius regulus Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 87 (2),
Nemobius pulee Saussure, 1877, 1. cit., p. 96 (8 ).
Nemobius biguttalus Mjéberg, 1913, Ent. Tidskr., p. 52.
Pteronemobins pavallelus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18.A, No, 6, p. 6, fig. 3-4

(micropterous condition).

Fig. 36.

This small species is fulvous-brown with two light bands on the pronotum ;

head adorned with 4 light bands on the occiput; lateral lobes of prouotum very

dark. Elytra of male extending to the apex of abdomen, with rather obscure
mirror, diagonal vein markedly sinuate; elytra of female extending to apex

CHOPARD— AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 429

of fourth abdominal tergite, with somewhat oblique apical margin, dorsal field
dark brown, shining, with 4 quite longitudmal veins. Posterior tibiae armed
in the male with 3 external, 4 internal spines, of which the first is very short
and tubereulitorm ; in the female there are 3 spines on each margin, Ovyipositor
nearly smooth at apex.

Length of body 4 3:5 mm, ¢ 4:5 mm.; post. fem. g 2-8 mm., 3
3«2 mm,; elytra é 2-1, @ 1:6 mm.; ovipositor 2-4 mm,

Queensland: Atherton, Malanda (types of bigultatus), Cape Yorke Penin-
sula, Bellenden Ker (types of parallelus) ; Colosseum, Mt. Tambourine (Stoek-
holm Mus.) ; Brisbane, Cairns Distr., Stewart River, Rockhampton, Stradbroke
Island (S.A.M_); Brisbane (Q.M.).

North West. Australia: Noonkanbah (type of biguttatus), (Stockholm
Mus.).

Northern Territory; Without exact locality (type of pulez in Brunner’s
collection) ; Daly River, Groote Eylandt (3.A.M.).

New South Wales: Nepean River, Curlewis, Penrith (A.M.); Wallacia,
Port Tlackme (S.A.M,).

Tasmania: Galston, Dumbrell (S.A.M.).

South Australia: N.. of 8. Aust., Mt. Lofty, Adelaide, Murray River
(8.A.M.); Adelaide (type of regulus Leyden Mus.).

4. PrERONEMOBIUS ORNATICEPS Chopard,
Pteronemobius ornaticeps Chopard, 1925, Ark, £. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 7, fig. 5-7.
Fig, 37.

A little larger than the preceding species; fulvous-brown; head adorned
with 7 light bands. Armature of the posterior tibiae as that of regulus in the
male, in the female 4 internal spines. Elytra of the male extending to apex of
abdomen, shining brown, with transverse mirror, with two large cells. Wings
aborted.

The pattern of the head is more or less visible in this species but the elytral
venation in the male and the tibial armature in the female separate it from
regulus.

Length of body ¢ 5:5 mm., 9 6 mm.; post, fem. 4 mm.; elytra 3-5 mm.,;
ovipositor 3 mm,

Queensland; Bellenden Ker (types in the Stockholm Mus.) ; Hlingworth,
Gordon Vale (Q.M.); Cairns Distr. (8.A.M.).

Northern Territory: Darwin, Groote Eylandt (S.A.M.).

430 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

North West. Australia: Fortescue River, Hammersley Range, Derby
(S.A.M.).

New South Wales: Port Hacking (Tindale, March, 1927). (S.A.M.).

Moa Island, Torres Straits (J. W. Schomberg). (S8.A.M.).

This species is also found in Fiji and N.E. Papua, Mount Lamington
(S.A.M.).

Gen. Nemostus Serville, 1839.

The species of this genus differ from Pteronemobius in the tibial armature,
there being never more than 3 spines, even in the male; the first internal spine
is not differentiated.

Nemosrus etvirratus Walk.

Nemobius bivittatus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 59.

Nemobius australhianus Mjéberg, 1913, Ent. Tidskr., p. 832; Chopard, 1925, Ark.
f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 6, fig. 1-2.

Nemobius femoratus Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 92, pl. 11
(vii), fig. 2-4.

Nemobius annulipes Saussure, l. cit., p. 77.

Head black with two wide yellow bands behind the eyes and two much
narrower ones near the middle. Face black; shining; cheeks rufous. Eyes big,
rounded ; ocelli, small, round, disposed as a triangle. Antennae blackish. Max-
illary palpi with first 3 segments black, the apex of the third, the fourth and
the base of the fifth fulvous; the last segment rather long, triangular, blackish
in its apical half and along the superior margin. Pronotum transverse, with
parallel sides, anterior and posterior margins straight; disk black with two wide
fulvous bands; lateral lobes black; abdomen blackish above, grey beneath. Legs
blackish ; anterior and median tibiae with two yellowish rings; posterior femora
with external face yellowish. Posterior tibiae on each margin armed with 3
rather long spines; yellowish at base; inferior spurs equal in length; meta-
tarsi with proximal half yellow.

6. Hlytra extending nearly to the apex of abdomen, rounded at top,
dorsal field greyish yellow, translucent; mirror rather large, oblique, almost
quadrangular, somewhat widening backwards, divided by a small vein extending
to the middle of the internal margin; first and second chords long, parallel,
curved only towards the apical fourth chord, sometimes approaching each other
in the middle; apical field practically nil; lateral field nearly black, with 3
regularly spaced veins. Wings wanting.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 43}

9. Elytra not exceeding apex of third abdominal tergite; dorsal field
almost triangular, with strongly oblique internal margin; colour yellowish
brown with a small brown spot at base; with 4 parallel veins, the first and
second of which are united at base; transverse veinlets very scarce, forming
u few large, lengthened areolae; latera] field almost black with 4 veins. No
wings. Ovipositor long, very straight, with very finely denticnlated apical
valves.

Length of body 4 6mm., 2 6°5 mm.; post. fem. ¢ 4:5 mm, ? 5:5 mm,;
elytra 6 3 mm., 9 2 mm.; ovipositor 5:5 mm,

Western Australia: Perth (type of australianus, in the Stockholm Mus.) ;
Perth (Br, M.); Cape Leeuwen, Warren River (S8.A,M.).

South Australia: Penola, iii, 47, entering house and attacking food (Comm.
Ins. Ent.) ; Snuggery on pasture, iv, 1949, Waterfall Gully, Mitcham, Second
Creek, Magill, Blakiston, Waranda Eyrie, Adelaide, Kangaroo Island, Karalla,
Wilpena Pound, Nairne (S.A,M.).

New South Wales: Dorrigo (5.A.M.); Kosciusko 6,000 ft., Banksia (A.M.),

Victoria: Healesville (Q.M.); Melbourne (S.A.M.).

Tasmania; Tlobart (8,A.M.): Bridgetown, Mis, Lindsay (Br, M.).

Gen, DicryoNemMosnius noy,

Elytra of male with ill defined mirror, this being completely filled with a
close reticulation extending even between the chords, Female completely
apterous. Posterior tibiae armed with 4 spines on each margin, the first inter-
nal not differentiated in the male, and 6 apical spurs. Anterior tibiae per-
forated at external face.

Type: Dictyonemobius lateralis sp. n.

Dic?TYONEMOBIUS LATERALIS sp. n.
Fig. 4.

é. Rufous brown with a black lateral band extending from the head
to the apex of elytra. Head as wide as pronotum, with 4 brown lines on the
occiput; vertex bearing 4 rows of long bristles; frontal rostrum wide, rounded.
Face short, with a A-shaped mark on the facial shield; cheeks black. Eyes
rounded, rather big; ocelli small, the anterior one almost at the apex of the
rostrum. Antennae yellowish, ciliated. Palpi brownish; fourth segment of
maxillary palpi much shorter than the third, fifth in the shape of a very long
trianvle, Pronotum with feebly convex sides, straight anterior and posterior
margins, anterior margin bordered with long bristles; disk almost flat with the

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 5. Pentacentrus australianus spn. od.

Cyrtoprosopus straminens sp. nu. dy

Pig. 4. Dietyonemobius lateralis sp.n. 3.

Fig. 6.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 433

median line somewhat deepened, yellowish rufous with two brown spots near
the anterior margin and small spots of the same colour, each bearing a bristle,
disposed in 5 vows of 4 spots; lateral lobes completely black, with weakly
sinnated inferior margin, rounded posterios angle, Abdomen brown, pubescent;
posterior margin of each tergite rufous with a row of about ten small brown
spots; supero-anial valve rounded; subgenital plate compressed, Legs yellow-
ish rufous, mottled with brown. Anterior and median femora with 2 brown
rings, one at base the other at apex; tibiae also with two brown rings, the
anterior perforated with a large, oval tympanum; apical spurs long and
slender; metatarsi long, yellowish, a little darkened at apex. Posterior femora
short and thick, striated with brown at external face; tibiae with two brown
rings, one at bage the other near apex; 4 long slender spines on each margin,
the first internal spine is small but not swollen; inferior spurs equal in length,
the two large internal ones very Jong, ciliated; supero-external spur very
similar to the last spine, the median spur almost twice as long; metatarsus long
and slender, armed with two apical spurs of which the internal is much the
longer, Elytra extending to middle of fifth abdominal tergite, almost trun-
cated at apex; disk rather dark brown with strong, yellow veins; mirror quite
indistinct, lost in a net of small, rather irregular cells; diagonal yein long,
almost straight; chords almost straight, parallel, united towards their extremity
by that same reticulation which fills the mirror; oblique vein feebly sinuated ;
lateral field black with 4 regularly spaced veins. Wings very short.

9. Apterous, similar to the male in shape and colouration. Ovipositor
rather short and thick, with apical valves scarcely wider than the stem, with
feebly concave, very finely denticulated superior margin, apex acute, Sub-
genital plate wide, angularly notched.

Length of body 7-5 mm,; post. fem, 4-6 mm,; elytra ¢ 3 mm.; ovipositor
4-2™mm,

Types: Norfolk Island, A, M, Lea, 1 8,1 2 (8.A.M.).

Lord Howe Island, 2 immature specimens almost certainly belonging to
the same species,

Dicrvonemostus (7) wererorus (Walk).

Nemobius heteropus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt, Br, M., i, p. 60.

Thig species, described from Australia, without exact locality, may per-
haps be ascribed to this genus, It would differ from the preceding in the
whitish maxillary palpi. The original description is as follows:

**Hemale. Black, tomentose, rather stout, Head and prothorax setose.
Head short, as broad as the prothovax, Eyes transversely elongated, rather
large, slightly prominent. Maxillary palpi whitish; third segment slightly

434 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

securiform, much longer than the second. Antennae slender. Oviduct as long
as the abdomen. Legs rather stout; hind femora testaceous at the base and
beneath; hind tibiae with four long slender spines on each side, these spines
testaceous towards the base. Wings entirely wanting. Leneth of body 3%
lines.”’

Note. Nemobius australis Walker (loc. cit., p. 59) of which T have seen
the type, is not a Nemobius but a larva of a species of Eneopterinae,

Famity MYRMECOPHILIDAE,

The small Grylloids of this family are very remarkable both in shape and
in their habits as they live with ants of numerous species. The family eom-
prises two genera only of which one is represented in Australia.

Gen. Myrmecorpaita Latreille, 1829,

The characters are those of the family,

Key to THE Species or MYRMECOPHILA,

1. Posterior tibiae armed with 2 internal spines .. es -- 1, australis
Posterior tibiae armed with 3 or 4 internal spines .. 5% is 2
2. Posterior tibiae armed with 3 internal spines of which the second is

very short uf at ra of +H ae rl 2. testacea

Posterior tibiae armed with 4 internal spines, the first and third of
which are short .. fe ae ae + 5s i 3. mydbergt

1. Myrmecopmina austratis Tepper.

Myrmecophila australis Tepper, 1896, Trans. R, Soc. 8. Austr., xx, p. 149;

Chopard, 1925, p. 19, fig. 31-32.

The male of this species is pale brownish ochraceous, with meso-metanotum
and abdominal segments with dark posterior borders; base of antennae hirsute.
Posterior tibiae with 1 external, 3 internal spines; hind tarsi longer than tibia,
very slender, metatarsus with 3 minute spines and a longer terminal spur,
The female is a little larger and darker; the ovipositor is of the same type as
M. acervorum, the apical valves being truncated and feebly notched at apex.

Length of body 3 mm. ; post. fem. 2 mm. ; ovipositor 2 mm.

New South Wales; Sydney (A. M. Lea), (A.M.).

Queensland: Herberton (Stockholm Mus.).

South Australia: Hillsides near Adelaide, under stones with ants (type in
8.A.M.).

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 435

2. MyrMecorHiua TESTACEA Chopard,

Myrmecophila testacea Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool, 18A, No. 6, p. 20, fig.

33-37.

A little larger than the preceding species, differing in its very pale colour-
ation and the armature of posterior tibiae which are provided with 3 spines on
the internal margin, of which the second is very short.

Length of body 4 mm.; post. fem, 2-5 mm.; ovipositor 2 mm.

Queensland: Atherton, Herberton (types in the Stockholm Mus,).

3. MyrMeEcopHita MJOperci Chopard,
Myrmecophila mjébergi Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p, 21, fig. 38.
Quite similar to the preceding species, from which it differs only in the
armature of the posterior tibiae.
Queensland : Evelyne (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

Famity MOGOPLISTIDAE.

This group is also composed of small species with posterior tibiae deprived
of spines, their superior margins being only serrulated. Their body is often
covered with scales which tend to fall very easily; the elytra are short or absent
in the males, always wanting in the females,

Key To tHE Genera or MOGOPLISTIDAE.,

Anterior tibiae not perforated; both sexes apterous .. .. Arachnocephalus
Anterior tibiae bearing an internal small tympanum; males provided with
elytra .. ts ok mn a ex . ov .. Ornedius

Gen. Ornesrus Guerin, 1844.

Small species with rather slender shape. Head small, flattened, face
forming a strong protuberance. Pronotum produced backwards above the meta-
notum, with convex posterior margin; elytra short, partly covered by the prono-
tum. Female apterous.

This species of this genus are numerous in all tropical countries.

Kry to THe Species or ORNEBIUS.

Mauss.

1. Process of anal valves furcate; tenth abdominal tergite notched
1. mjébergi
Process of anal valves plain; tenth abdominal tergite truneated .. 2

436

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Elytra blackish with a large milky spot in the middle .. .. Ll. hackeri
Elytra yellowish or light brownish with more or less darkened pos-
terior margin x -: bea ee ie iS t 5c 3
Posterior femora adorned with a large brown spot; size rather large
(length 10 mm.) .. 4. ¢ st a4 a? .. 14. fascipes
Posterior femora unicolorous (length 6-8 mm.) . | +t $s 4
Process of the anal valves black .. A ies $+ $ 46 5)
Process of the anal valyes rufous or yellowish .. ie i ne 7
Process of the anal yalyes flattened .. ne we .. T. brevithorax
Process of the anal valves eylindrical .. cf ar ws js 6
Pronotum feebly enlarged backwards; mirror not divided; size very
small (5-5 mm.), slender, pale testaceous .. is 7 4, pallidus
Pronotum distinctly enlarged backwards; mirror divided; a_ little
larger (6°5 mm.), rufo-testaceous with brownish seales .. 5. australicus
Fifth segment of maxillary pal! much longer than wide (fig. 41 and
42) ate ie : . hig 2. nigromaculatus
Fifth segment of sdestltany palpi stroll as wide as long (fig. 42) .. 8
Process of the anal valves thin at top (fig. 38 and 43) .. 6. curtipalpis
Process of the ana! valves a little swollen at top (fig. 39) .. 8. howensis
FEMALES.
Apical valves of ovipositor smooth .. ts . 2¢ .. 2
Apical valves of ovipositor more or less finely denticulatea beneath
(fig. 45)
Last segment of maxillary palpi much longer than wide
Last segment of maxillary palpi almost as wide as long ids “4 6
Large size (11-5 mm.) ; head with a brown band behind the eyes ..
9. laewicauda
Smaller species (7-5 mm—l0 mm.) ; head without brown band behind
the eyes 3 °% $i re ‘f a be os as 4
Frontal rostrum slightly wider than the first segment of antennae ..
2. nigromaculatus
Frontal rostrum almost twice as wide as the first segment of an-
tennae - ae vs ag} 4 As his Ba ny 5
Ovipositor longer (4-5 mm.) .. at 3 it .. 65 australicus
Ovipositor shorter (8 mm.) .. An AA i .. 7. brevithoraz
Ovipositor longer (4-5 mm.) .. ra ams we .. 4 pallidus

Ovipositor shorter (3 mm.) 24 > _, nan = an 7

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 437

7. Pronotum longer than wide se is x4 i 6. curtipalpis
Pronotum almost square .. a4 an als rt: .. 8. howensis
8. Fifth segment of maxillary palpi obliquely truncated, subsecuriform ;
legs faseiated with brown wd . > 3 -. 14. faseipes
Fifth segment of maxillary palpi trkandrilay Ps x {a aA 9
9, Size very small (5 mm.) .. sy he ty da .. 18, parvus
Size larger (7-5 min.) ze ai vs ae ce ote .. 10
10. Frontal rostrum very wide; general shape narrow .. .. 12. latifrons
Frontal rostrum a little wider than the first antennal segment;
general shape not so narrow ee ats P a: on . dl
11. Pronotum almost square ~6 bo ae on ,. 10. parvithorax
Pronotum distinctly longer than wide... as * 23 . = 1B
12. Last segment of maxillary palpi as wide as long - ., 11. hackert
Last segment of maxillary palpi longer than wide af. 8. denticauda

1. Ornepius MsépERa1 (Chop.).
Haplosphyrum mjébergi Chopard, 1925, Ark. £. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p. 21, fig.

39, 41, 42.

This species is very distinct in its varied blackish and yellow colouration,
in the frontal rostrum not being wider than the first antennal segment, blackish,
shining, non divided, and in the very peculiar shape of the anal valves.

Queensland: Cedar Creek (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

2. ORNEBIUS NIGROMACULATUS (Chop.)

Liphoplus nigromaculatus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p. 22, fig.
40, 43-46.
Fig, 41, 42.

The male of this species is rufous with elytra completely freed from prono-
tum, testaceous, a little whitish and spotted with blackish at base and near the
apical margin. Pronotum rather strongly narrowing in front. Process of the
anal valves erect (fig. 41), long, very slender, feebly flattened on internal face.
Female rufous with pronotum almost as wide as long, slightly narrowing in
front; ovipositor rather short, straight, with apical valves smooth, acute at apex.

Length of body ¢ 8:5 mm., ¢ 8-10 mm.; ovipositor 4 mm.

Queensland: Cairns Distr., Mt, Tambourine (S.A.M.); Mt. Tambourine
(A.M.) ; Brookfield (Q.M.) ; Mt. Tambourine, Yarranbah, Bellenden Ker (Stock-
holm M.).

438 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

dunkensis, ssp. nov—Dunk Island (H. Hacker, Aug., 1927), 1d, 1 9?
(Q.M.).

Very similar to the type but process of the anal valves of the male not at
all flattened, very slender, almost acute or feebly rounded at apex.

3. ORNEBIUS HOWENSIS sp. n.

Fig. 39.

“a

é@. Extremely close to the preceding, but with pronotum less narrowing
in front, elytra with three blackish spots along the posterior margin instead of
a complete band, process of the anal valves rounded and somewhat swollen at
apex. In both sexes the last segment of maxillary palpi is shorter than in
the preceding species.

Length of body ¢ 2 7 mm.; pronot. ¢ 2-8 mm., 2 2:2 mm.; elytra ¢
2-2 mm.; ovipositor 4 mm,

Types: Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea), 14,1 9 (8,A.M.).

4. ORNEBIUS PALLIDUS (Chop.).
Liphoplus pallidus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p. 23, fig. 47, 96.
Liphoplus griseus Chopard, 1925, I. cit., p. 26, fig. 51.

Male smaller and more slender than in the preceding species; pale testa-
ceous with brown scales on the legs and abdomen. Elytra covered by pronotum
to the anterior angle of the mirror which is large, undivided; apical margin of
the elytra darkened. Process of the anal valves erect, cylindrical, black.
Pronotum feebly narrowing in front. Last segment of maxillary palpi short.
In the female, pronotum a little longer than wide, ovipositor rather long, with
smooth apical valves.

Length of body é 5:5 mm, 2 6°5 mm.; pronot. ¢ 2 mm., @ 2 mm;
elytra @ 1:5 mm.; ovipositor 4+5 mm.

Queensland: Herberton (type); Atherton, Yarrabah (Stockholm Mus.) ;
Bathurst Head (S.A.M.); Cape Yorke (type of griseus, Stockholm Mus.).

New South Wales: (griseus), Upper Williams River (S.A.M.).

5. ORNEBIUS AUSTRALICUS (Chop.).
Liphoplus australicus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool,, 18A, No, 6, p, 26, fig. 52,
53, 57,
The male is close to the preceding species but with pronotum narrowing
more in front, elytral mirror divided by a sinuate vein. Process of the anal

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 439

valves erect, blackish, subacute at apex, Female rufous, with pronotum a little
longer than wide; ovipositor short with apical valves scareely wider than the
stem, smooth, acute.

Length of body ¢ 6:5 mm, @ 6:5 mm; elytra 2 2:5 mm.; ovipositor
4°5 mm.

Queensland: Yarrabah (types in the Stockholm Mus.); Bathurst Head
(8.A.ML.).

6. ORNEBIUS CURTIPALPIS sp. n.
Fig. 38, 43.

Very similar to the preceding, but larger. Frontal rostrum a little wider
than the first. antennal segment, yellowish. Maxillary palpi yellowish, spotted
with brown at external face, with short and wide fifth segment. Antennae
yellow with a few weak brown rings,

@. Pronotum rufous with whitish seales, rather strongly narrowing in
front, posterior margin convex, covered with white seales, lateral lobes econ-
eolorous. Abdomen rufous brown with white aud grey seales; tenth tergite
with truncated posterior margin; process of the anal valves erect, feebly
eurved, rather slender with apex slightly narrowing but rounded (fig. 38),
Legs yellowish, tibiae vaguely ringed with grey, Elytra well freed from prono-
tum, with large mirror, posterior margin irregularly darkened, the dark part
forming three vague spots; lateral field rufous brown.

9. Pronotum a little longer than wide, with feebly convex posterior mar-
gin. Ovipositor rather short with apical valves feebly enlarged, lanceolate,
with smooth margins,

Length of body 3 @ 7-5 mm.; pronot. 4 3-1 mm., 2 2 mm.; post. fem.
4°5 mm.; elytra ¢ 3 mm.; ovipositor 3°8 mm.

This species differs from the preeeding in the shorter apical segment of
the maxillary palpi. It is close to pallidus; the male differs in the yellowish
process of the anal valves, the female is smaller with relatively longer ovipositor.

Types: New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron), 1 4, 1 9 (S.A.M.),
Sydney, Cooper Park (I<. C. McKeown, Feb., 1982), (A.M.).

7. ORNEBIUS BREVITHORAX Sp. n.

Fig, 40.

@. Small; testaceous covered with grey scales. Head a little flattened;
frontal rostrum a little wider than the first antennal segment, furrowed. Face
yellowish. Antennae and palpi yellowish; fourth segment of maxillary palpi

440 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

short, wide, fifth as long as the third, triangular in shape. Pronotum feebly
narrowing in front, remarkably short, with anterior margin feebly concave,
angles rounded, posterior margin widely rounded but weakly convex. Abdo-
men blackish, covered with grey scales; process of the anal valves blackish, a
little obliquely erected, compressed in the shape of a small, rather wide lamella,
subacute at apex (fig. 40). Cerei very long, yellowish. Legs short, of the
same colour as the body. Anterior tibiae perforated with a small round tym-
panum; anterior and median tarsi very short. Posterior tibiae a little curved;
metatarsi armed with 5-6 strong denticles above on each margin, Elytra
feebly whitish with rufous brown posterior margin; mirror large with wholly
rounded anterior margin.

g. Anterior part of the body yellowish testaceous; posterior half of
the abdomen blackish brown. Head as in the male, Pronotum a little longer
than wide, feebly narrowing in front, with straight anterior and posterior
margins, rounded anterior angles, Cerci loug, pale yellowish. Ovipositor
rather short and thick; apical valves feebly enlarged, lanceolate with straight
superior margin, smooth, the superior ones bearing 4 long bristles near the
apex of the interior margin.

Length of body @ 7mm, @ 7:5 mm; pronot, ¢ 2°2 im., ¢ 1:8 mm.,
post. fem. ¢d 41mm., ¢ 4:2 mm,; elytra é 1°8 mm,; ovipousitor 3 mm.

The male of this species is remarkable in its short pronotum and also in
the elytra which are not much longer than the pronotum itself; the female 1s
close to that of australicus but with a very short ovipositor,

Torres Straits: Murray Is., Yorke Is., Coconnt Is., Darnley Is., Thursday
Js, (S.A.M.).

Type: Torres Straits, Murray Island (A. M. Lea), 1 4 (Q.M.); allotype

8. ORNDBIUS DENTICAUDA sp. n.
Fig. 45.

g. Very close to nigromaculalus; rufous with apex of abdomen a little
darker; legs yellowish, anterior and middle tibiae feebly annulated with brown.
Frontal rostrum brown, a little wider than the first antennal segment. An-
tennae yellow with a few small brown rings; palpi feebly mottled with brown,
last segment of maxillary palpi longer than wide. Ovipositor rather long,
straight, the margin of the inferior apieal valves with 6 small denticulations
(fig. 45).

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 441

Length of body 7 mm.; pronot. 2-1 mm.; post. fem. 5-4 mm.; ovipositor
4:6 mm.

A male from the same locality might belong to this species; unfortunately
the abdominal extremity is damaged with partly destroyed processes of the
anal valves. Ags a whole it is very close to, if not identical with ugromdculatus.

Type: Queensland: Brookfield (H. Hacker, 16, iii, 1927), 1 @ (Q.M.).

9, ORNEBIUS LAEVICAUDA sp. Nl.

9. Large for the genus; rufo-testaceous with grey and white scales.
Head a little flattened with frontal rostrum a little wider than first antennal
segment, furrowed; face yellowish; cheeks covered with white scales with a
brown band behind the eye. Antennae yellowish with pale brown rings.
Maxillary palpi with segments 3-5 spotted with brown on the external face,
fifth segment large, triangular, longer than wide. Pronotum a little longer
than wide, feebly narrowing in front; lateral lobes with a brown band in the
prolongation of the postocular band; beneath this brown band there is a whitish
space following the white cheeks. Abdomen long and narrow; tenth tergite
with posterior angles projecting but rounded, straight posterior margin. Ovi-
positor straight, rather long, with feebly enlarged apical valves, the superiot
ones narrow, with rounded basal angle, the inferior ones smooth. Legs moder:
ately long, yellowish with a few spots of brown scales.

Length of body 11-5 mm.; pronot. 2-5 mm.; post. fem, 6-8 mm,; ovipasi-
tor 6mm,

Type: New South Wales; Ulong, East Dorrigo (W. Heron, iv, 1935), 1 2
(A.M.).

This species is characterized by its large size and smooth ovipositor.

10. OrNesIUS PARVITHORAX (Chop.).

Liphoplus parvithorax Chopard, 1925, Ark. {. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 24, fig. 48-

49.

Male unknown. Female rather large, rufous brown, covered with grey
seales; pronotum early square, Ovipositor rather short, a little eurved down-
wards, with apical valves acute, the superior ones very finely denticulated,
the inferior ones with 7 stronger denticles.

Length of body 10 mm.; ovipositor 6 mm.

Queensland: Christmas Creek (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

442 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

11. ORrNeEpIUSs HACKERI sp. n.

This species is a little larger than the medium size. Head with frontal
rostrum of the same width as the first antennal segment, shining dark brown,
very finely furrowed, Maxillary palpi yellowish with a brown line ou the
external face of each segment; fourth segment very short, fifth equally short
and wide. Antennae yellowish with the first two segments brown and a wamber
of distal brown rings.

$. Pronotum rufous, feebly narrowing in front with posterior margin
convex, covered with white scales; lateral lobes concolorous. Abdomen. brown-
ish with grey scales; tenth tergite dark brown, very wide, with straight
posterior margin, rounded angles. Process of the anal valves testaceous,
flattened with narrow but not acute apex. Cerei yellowish, Femora yellow-
ish with a few brown scales; tibiae brown. Elytra blackish brown with
a large whitish spot in the iniddle; mirror as long as wide with posterior margin
very feebly convex, very obtuse anterior angle.

9. Ilead and legs as in male, Prouotum a little longer than wide, feebly
narrowing in front, rufo-testaceous with grey scales. Abdomen of the same
colour as the pronotiim; tenth tergite darker, transverse wilh posterior mar-
gin feebly convex. Ovipositor rather long, straight, with weakly enlarged,
lanceolate apical valves; their superior margin smooth, the inferior valves
with 6 rounded, feebly projecting teeth,

Length of body 8:5 mm.; pronotum ¢ 3 min.. ¢ 2+1 mm.; post fem. ¢4
4-2 mm, 9 5-6 mm.; elytra ¢@ 2-4 mm; ovipositor 6°5 mm.

Types: Queensland: Brisbane (H, Hacker, 24, v, 1925), 1 ¢,1 9 (Q.M.).

12. OrNeeIUs LATIFRONS SP, TL

9. Size medium; rufous brown. Tead with very wide frontal rostrum,
nearly twice as wide as first antennal segment, finely furrowed, rounded at
top. Face short and wide, adorued with a brown band on the mandibles and
the cheeks, and two crescent-shaped spots on the facial shield. Antennae yel-
low with the two first segments brown and a few distal brown rings. Palpi
short; fourth segment of maxillary palpi vety short, enlarged at top, fifth seg-
ment, as long as third, in the shape of a wide triangle, somewhat obliquely trun-
cated at apex; the first 4 segments adorned with an external brown band, the
fifth wholly brown. Pronotum a little shorter than wide, very feebly narrowing
in front. Ovipositor short, feebly eurvecl, with apieal valves Janeeolate, their
inferior margin with a dozen very small teeth, Tibiae anoulated with brown;
posterior metatarsi yellow with brown top.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 443

Length of body 7:5 mm.; post. fem. 4 mm.; ovipositor 3-5 mm.

Type: South Australia: Waterfall Gully (Tepper, 28, vi, 1884), 1 ¢
(S,A.M.).

This species, although close to the preceding, is distimgnished by the very
wide frontal rostrum and by the ovipositor with apical valves finely denticulated
beneath and superior margin a little convex.

A second example from Third Creek, 8, Aust., J. Jennings, 29, viii, 1900
(S.A.M.).

13. ORNEBIUS PARVUS Sp. 0.

@. Very small; rufo-testaceous, covered with brown and white scales.
Frontal rostrum long, a little wider than the first antennal segmeut. Antennae
yellow with a few distal small brown rings. Maxillary palpi with fourth seg-
ment a little shorter than third, fifth rather long, triangular in shape. Prono-
tum almost square, very weakly narrowing in front, with straight margins,
angles rounded. Abdomen narrow; tenth tergite narrowing backwards, with
feebly concave posterior margin, Ovipositor rather short, with lanceolate,
smooth apical valves; the basal angle is well marked and both margins are
provided with stiff bristles. Anterior and medium tibiae feebly ringed with
brown.

Length of body, 5 mm.; post. fem. 8 mm.; ovipositor 2-5 mm,

Type: Melville Island (W. D, Dodd), 1 @ (S,A,M.),

This is the smallest of the Australian species of Ornebius,

14. ORNEBIUS FASCIPES Sp. n.
Fig. 44,

¢. Rather large size; rufous with darker head and apex of abdomen, legs
fasciated with brown. Head very dark brown; frontal rostrum as wide as first
antennal segment, furrowed; facial protuberance projecting. Antennae yel-
lowish. Palpi yellowish brown; fourth segment very short, fifth large, sub-
securiform, obliquely truncated at apex (fiz. 44). Pronotum very feebly nar-
rowing anteriorly, with posterior margin slightly convex; disk rufous, provided
with silvery scales forming a narrow white band along the anterior and pos-
terior margins; lateral lobes wholly covered with white scales, Abdomen cov-
ered above with whitish scales to the seventh tergite, the three last tergites cov-
ered with bright black seales; beneath the basal scales are rather yellowish. Sub-
genital plate wide, triangular with posterior margin feebly convex, with long

444 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

bristles; superior anal valves transverse, with straight apical margin. Process
of the inferior anal valves cylindrical, obliquely ereet and very weakly curved
at apex which is blunt, Anterior and middle legs rather short; femora covered
with silver scales with near the apex a large brown band; tibiae with a similar
but less distinct band at base, anterior tibiae perforated on internal face with
a rather large round tympanum. Posterior femora rather thick, darkened at
apex and with a large brown oblique spot above and on the superior part of
the external face; tibiae short, strongly denticulated; metatarvsi compressed,
rather stout, bearing on each superior margin 5-6 denticles, the apical spurs
short and strong. Blytra covered by pronotum nearly to the angle of the mir-
ror, yellowish with very dark apical band; mirror very large, as long as wide,
with feebly arched posterior margin, anterior angle rounded; lateral field
yellow.

@. Head and legs as in the male. Pronotum a little longer than wide, with
anterior and posterior margins straight, sides a little eonvex; disk rufous with
white scales chiefly numerous along the posterior margin. Abdomen |lackish
with rufous base; subgenital plate black, rather strongly notched at apex,
Cerei long, yellowish at base, vaguely annulated with white and brown towards
their apex. Ovipositor rather long, straight with apical valves ovato-lanceolate,
their inferior margin very finely denticulated, pubescent.

Length of body 3 10 mm.; @ 105 mm.; pronot, ¢ 3-5 mm., @ 2°85 mim.;
post. fem. ¢ 5-3 mm., 9 5-5 mm.; ovipositor 6 mn,

A vather large species, well characterized by its colouration and by the
shape of the maxillary palpi.

Types: Queensland: Bathurst Head (Hale and Tindale, i, 1927),1 ¢,1 2
(S.A.M,).

Gen, ARACHNOCEPHALUS Costa, 1855,

The species of this genus differ from the preceding in being completely
apterous in both sexes and in having the anterior tibiae not perforated by a
tympanum.

The genus comprises a fairly large number of species in the Malay and
Papuan regions; only one occurs in Australia.

ARACHNOCEPHALUS AUSTRALICOS Chopard.

fs

Arachnocephalus australicus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 27,
fig. 54, 55, 57.
West, Australia: Broome (types in the Stoekholin Mus.).

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 445

Famity PENTACENTRIDAE,

This family comprises a small number of species which vary considerably
in their general habitus but have in common a distinctive insertion of the
antennae, i.e, very low on the face, beneath the middle,

Key to tHe Genera Or PENTACENTRIDAE,

1. General shape long and rather slender; male without distinct mirror
Pentacentrus

General shape wide; elytra of male very ample with distinct mirror
Eurygryliodes

Gen. PENTACENTRUS Saussure, 1878.

The small species of this genus are very well characterized by their narrow
general shape with long elytra; the venation is almost similar in both sexes. The
species of Pentacentrus are numerous in the Malay Archipelago and in Papua.
One species only is known from South Australia.

PENTACENTRUS AUSTRALIANUS gp. 1.

Fig, 3.

Uniformly brown; finely pubescent. Head dark brown, very finely punc-
tated; frontal rostrum with parallel sides, a little narrower than first antennal
segment, Face short, brown. Ocelli very small, particularly the anterior one.
Antennae and palpi yellowish brown; maxillary palpi short, with fourth seg-
ment a little shorter than third, fifth triangular, wide, with almost equal sides.
Pronotum lighter than head, of a somewhat rufous brown; feebly narrowing
in front, anterior margin straight, posterior strongly sinuated; lateral lobes a
little darker than the disk, with rounded angles, Abdomen brown above, yel-
lowish beneath; subgenital plate small, narrowing towards apex which is
slightly truneated. Ovipositor rather short, feebly curved upwards, with nar-
row, lengthened apical valves, their apex a little rounded, their external faces
finely granulated. Legs yellowish, pubescent. Anterior and middle femora
with a weak apical brown tinge; anterior tibiae perforated with a large inter-
nal tympanum. Posterior femora rather thick, uniformly yellowish brown;
tibiae armed with 3 spines on each margin; metatarsi long, compressed, denti-
culated on both superior margins. Elytra light brown, with a feeble lighter
humeral band, finely pubescent; dorsal field with 4 longitudinal, almost parallel
veins, the first only slightly sinuate; transverse veinlets scarce and feebly

446 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

visible, lateral field with 4 longitudinal veins, the third of which is abbreviated.
Wines much longer than the elytra, darkened at apex.

Length of body 7°5 mm.; length with wings 11 mm.; post. fem. 4*9 mum. ;
elytra 5:7 mm. ; ovipositor 3 mm,

Type: South Australia: Burnside (Tandsehin, May, 1931), 1 9 (S.A.M.).

This species is very elose to Pentacentrus wunicolor Chop., from Java; it
differs from it in the wider fifth segment of maxillary palpi, in the more pub-
escent elytra, with more regular veins and in the shorter, stouter ovipositor, the
apical yalyes of which are a little rounded,

Gen. Euryary..opes nov,

Head with wide frontal rostrim; forehead long, sloping; face short, with
facial shield convex. Antennae inserted beneath the middle of the face. Pro-
notum strongly transverse, Legs short; anterior tibiae perforated either side;
posterior tibiae armed with a few denticles at base und 3 lone and slender
spines on each margin; 6 apical spurs, the inferior spurs very sinall, externo-
median longer than the superior; the two large internal spurs very long. Elytra
of male wide, rounded, with quite tansverse apical mirror, divided bebind the
middle; 3 oblique veins; anal field with very weak veins.

Type: Lurygryllodes latipennis sp. n.

EURYGRYLLODES LATIPENNIS sp. n,
Fig. 7.

Size medium; yellowish; general habitus somewhat suggestive a Fugryl-
lodes. Head wider than pronotum in front; vertex strongly sloping, ending in
a short truncated rostrum, about twice as wide as the first antennal seement.
Face very short and wide; elypeus strongly swollen, with convex superior mar-
gin, extending nearly to the top of the face, so that the facial shield is practi-
cally formed by it. Antennae and palpi yellow; maxillary palpi lacking the
last seement; the third and fourth equal in length. Eyes small, little promin-
ent, rounded; ocelli very small, Pronotum markedly wide and short, narrow-
ing a little in front, with anterior margin feebly notched in the middle, pos-
terior margin straight; disk feebly couvex, a little furrowed in the middle;
lateral lobes rather high, with sinuated inferior margin, rounded anterior
angle. Abdomen yellowish; supra-anal valve triangular, rounded at apex;
subgenital plate narrowing at apex. Genitalia composed of a superior bridge,
ending on each side in a rather long, rounded process; near the middle there
are two small rounded prolongations; the inferior parts are a little longer,

447

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

‘P u'ds 19) saproydixoqsig “6 ‘Stq “PP ‘u'ds vsagdy Dupjopug

garg *d ‘u'ds sxuuadiyn) sapoyhabng *L ‘At

448 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

sinuated, contiguous on the median line. Elytra very wide, a little longer than
the abdomen, rounded at apex; mirror nearly twice as wide as long, weakly
angulated in front, divided behind the middle by a sinuate vein; diagonal vein
long, a little curved very close to the first chord; the two first chords long,
parallel, curved, the third one straight; apical field practically nil; lateral field
with 4 parallel veins, Se simple. Wings very short.

Length of body 8 mm.; length with elytra 9-5 mm.; post. fem. 5-6 mm.;
post. tib. 3-8 mm.; elytra 6-5 mm.

Type: Killalpaninna, 109 miles E. of Lake Eyre (H. G. Hillin, 1905), 1 4
(Br. M.).

This very peculiar species could be taken for one of the Gryllidae were it
not for the low insertion of the antennae. It is quite different from other forms
of Pentacentridae, even to the shape of the genitalia which are also rather like
those of Gryllidae.

Famity CACOPLISTIDAE.

This family includes one genus only but this genus is one of the most
extraordinary types of Grylloids.

Gen. Cacopuistes Brunner, 1873.

Head very small with narrow, sloping frontal rostrum, Pronotum square,
hollowed and embossed above, with strongly elevated sides in the shape of a
erest. Tibiae quadrangular, the anterior ones perforated with a small internal
tympanum. Posterior femora very slender, not at all swollen at base; tibiae
serrulated, without spines, armed with 6 apical spurs. Elytra of male with
mirror divided by two veins, numerous oblique veins; mediastinal vein bearing
many branches. Elytra of female corneous, convex, rugose. Ovipositor long,
slender with acute apical valves.

The species of Cacoplistes are rather large Grylloids which have a certain
resemblance with the Phalangopsidae; but their small head, their very peculiar
pronotum and their slender posterior legs gives them a quite different appear-
ance to all the other Grylloids.

One species of this interesting genus is known from India and one or two
from Australia.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

i |

=

Fig. 10. Cacoplistes brunnerianus Sauss. 9.

449

450 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CACOPLISTES BRUNNERIANUS (Sauss.).

Cachoplistus brunnerianus Saussure, 1877, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 327, pl. 14
(xxxil), fig. 1-la, b, t, ¢, i, 8.
Fig. 10.

Black, glabrous; finely punctate, The female only is known; the veins on
the elytra are somewhat elevated and there exists between them a very fine net
of small veins besides the transverse veinlets, Wings very short.

Length of body 32 mm.; pronot. 8 mm.; post. fem, 16 mm.; elytra 24 mm,

This species is known only from the type specimen in the Brunner collee-
tion, labelled Australia, without exact locality,

A second species of this extraordinary genus is cited by Saussure with
doubt from Australia, under the name of Cachoplistus v. westwoodianus. It
is close to the preceding one but with longer, half membraneous elytra, longer
ovipositor, wings longer than the elytra, anterior angles of the pronotum more
rounded.

Famity PHALANGOPSIDAE.

This family is composed of rather large species with long legs, posterior
tibiae serrulated between the spines. The elytra are often reduced, chiefly in
the female sex. Most of the species of Phalangopsidae are hygrophilous; they
live in the forests and a certain number inhabit caves.

The family is not very well represented in the Australian fauna, there
being two genera only.

Key '’o THE Genera or PHALANGOPSIDAR,

1, Apterous in both sexes ps ot :* 4 4 .. Hndotaria
Elytra present in the male .. ite ais 4's de .. Hndacusta

Gen, Enpvacusra Brunner, 1874.

This genus comprises rather slender species with vertical head; forehead
excavated, forming a narrow rostrum. Pronotum transverse with straight pos-
terior margin, Legs rather long; anterior tibiae perforated with an internal
tympanum; posterior femora usually with apical third narrow; posterior tibiae
armed with 445 spines on each margin, serrulated between the spines; supero-
internal apical spur as lone or longer than the median; supero-external as long
or longer than the inferior spine but shorter than the median. LElytra of male
shorter than the abdomen, square, with small, triangular mirror, numerous

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 451

oblique veins, apical field almost absent; Jateral field with few veins. Wings
abortive. Female wholly apterous.

bo

s

Kry To THE Specrrs or ENDACUSTA,
MALEs.

Elytra extending to the apex of abdomen, widening somewhat pos-
teriorly with rounded posterior margin ; legs rather short 11. amplipennis

Elytra shorter than the abdomen, square, with almost straight pos-

terior margin = - a! - oy as te -
Mirror small, occupying about the apical third of the elytron; internal
spurs of the posterior tibiae short .. ; ee .. 7. pilipenns
Mirror oeeupying half the length of the dyteon .. Bs re 1.3
Frontal rostrum very wide at base; posterior ocelli separated by a
space equalling three times their width -. 1 “ el 6-9 4
Frontal rostrum narrower; posterior ocelli sepalated by a space equal-
ling at most twice their width .. . a e's zs ua
Elytra with 2 or 8 oblique veins only die is als a ie 5
Elytra with 6 to 8 oblique veins .. as es zs a*s . 6

Mirror rather large, triangular, divided by a transverse vein and with
a very wide reticulation in its posterior part (fig. 46); lateral field

with 4 veins .. 34 ia it i 2 ++ 10. oligoneura
Mirror small, strongly transverse; lateral field very much reduced,
without veins .. .e Ps an a wt .. 9. eycloptera

Legs rather short; posterior femora without apical filiform part;
frontal rostrum wide at base but very narrow at apex; elytra not

longer than wide .. we ie ate is 7 .. 8 angulifrons
Legs longer; posterior femora with distinct apical filiform part;
frontal rostrum almost as wide at apex as at base 4 .. 6. ¢rrorata
General colour very dark; elytra almost black; genitalia in the shape
of a trident ; frontal rostrum rather wide, rounded above .. 5. mjobergi
General colour testaceous brown varied with brown; elytra testaceous;
genitalia notehed at apex; frontal rostrum compressed a t 8
Mirror one and a half times as wide as long; sepa veins quite
straight and parallel (fig. 49) - a . AS .. 3. major
Mirror scarcely as wide as long; 5 or 6 dinmated and more or less
diverging oblique veins (fig. 50) .. <e .t 4 ie as 9
Larger (14-16 mm.); frontal rostrum very narrow, compressed; mir-
ror in the shape of an equilateral triangle -. 4S .- 1. australis

Smaller (11-12 mm.) ; frontal rostrum a little wider, not so strongly
compressed; internal margin of the mirror a little longer than the
other two... Ne an = 2 rt “+ os 4, minor

452 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM
FeMALEs.
1. Frontal rostrum very narrow... abe whe ala ole ais 2
Frontal rostrum wider we an ri 2: By 5
2. Ovipositor much longer than the body; apical valves smooth 3
Ovipositor no longer than the body; apical valves punetated 4
3. Larger (16 mm.) ; apical valves of the ovipositor wider .. 1. australis
Smaller (12 mm.); apical valves of the ovipositor narrow .. 4. minor
4. Subgenital plate rather deeply notched at apex with subangulate lobes.
Ovipositor as lone as the body .. cE si “ .. 2. pardalis
Subgenital plate scarcely notched at apex with rounded lobes. Ovi-
positor shorter than body ats it i, e- _ 2.30. major
5. Frontal rostrum as wide at apex than at base .. = 7. pilipennis
Frontal rostrum narrowing at apex at id J ib & 6
6. Frontal rostrum much narrower at apex than at base, nearly triangu-
lar Je an ar ats J. ibe aS ” 8. angulifrons
Frontal rostrum distinctly narrower at apex than at base but much
less than the preceding .. a te . ss is Le 7
7. Apical valves of ovipositor punetated rd ar i. 6. irrerata
Apical valves of ovipositor smooth . Ph ¢ e+ are 8
8. Internal apical spurs of posterior tibiae lone; posterior metatarsi
armed with about 10 denticles above .. % “F 5. mijdberga
Internal apieal spurs of posterior tibiae short; posterior metatarsi
armed with 5 or 6 small denticles above ., he ale ide on 9
9, Frontal rostrum rounded above .. ots ye .. 10. oligoneura
Frontal rostrum yery wide, flat above .. £84 .. % eyclaptera

1. ENDACUSTA AUSTRALIS Sauss.

Endaecusta australis Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soe. Geneve, xxv, p. 437, pl. 16
(xlii), fie. 1-5.

Fig. 50, 52.

Fulvo-testaceous varied with brown; pubescent. Frontal rostrum yery nar-
row, compressed. Elytra of male (fig. 50) shorter than the abdomen; mirror
triangular; 5 or 6 oblique veins; apical field almost nil; lateral field without
any vein. Legs rather long; posterior femora adorned with oblique brown
bands. Genitalia of male (fig, 52) Jong and narrow, roundly notched at apex.
Ovipositor much longer than the body with apical valves scarcely wider than
the stem, smooth.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 453

Length of body 14-16 mm.; post. fem, 13-15 mm.; ovipositor 24-27 mm.

Victoria: Melbourne (Saussure’s type).

Queensland: Brisbane (Q.M.); Almaden, Chillagoe Dist. (W. D. Camp-
bell), (A.M.); Cape Yorke Peninsula (8.A.M.),

South Australia: Salisbury, Grange, Pt. Vincent, Marino, Callington,
Pt, Wakefield, Adelaide, Gawler (S.A.M.).

Northern Territory: Darwin (S.A.M.).

Central Australia: Winnecke Coll. (8.A.M.),

2. ENpaAcusta paRDALIS (Walk.).

Zaora pardalis Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm, Salt. Br. M., i, 0, 90 (1).

The description of the genus Zaora is based on the female sex only; it is
difficult to conceive why W. F. Kirby chose as type of the genus a species known
from the male sex only, leaving aside the only species in which the female was
described,

This species is very close to the preceding; its colour is strongly mottled
with brown but these markings seem very variable in the different species of
Endacusta, The frontal rostrum is very narrow; the ovipositor is not lomger
than the body; the subgenital plate of the female is rather deeply notched, with
subangulate lobes,

Length of body 15 mm.; ovipositor 14 mm,

Northern Australia: Victoria River (Walker’s type).

3. ENDACUSTA MAJOR sp. 2.
Fig. 49, 54.

3. Large species; light testaceous with small, but quite distinct browu
spots. Frontal rostrum very narrow, carinate; posterior ocelli rather big,
separated by a space scarcely equalling their width; anterior ocellus situated a
little before the apex of the rostrum. Face yellow with 4 narrow brown bands,
2 beneath the eyes and 2 shorter ones along the antennal sockets. Maxillary
palpi with very long fifth segment searcely widening at apex and a little dark-
ened. Pronotum transverse, very light with 4 brown spots, 2 along {he anterior
margin and 2 longer ones near the posterior margin; Jateral lobes yellowish
with a brown spot in front and another one along the inferior margin; this
margin ascending backwards, Abdomen testaceous, mottled with brown ; supero-
anal valve with rounded posterior margin; subgenital plate very long and
narrow at apex, bicarinated. Third abdominal tergite with concave posterior

454 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

margin; fourth with a faint thickening in the middle bearing two tufts of
rather long hairs. Genitalia rather wide, deeply notehed at apex with narrow
lobes (fig. 54),

Legs long, ringed with brown. Posterior tibiae armed with 3 internal, +
external sines; supero-externa!l apical spur shorter than the inferior one, Pos-
terior metatarsi feebly armed, chiefly in the internal margin, which bears 3 to
5 denticles.

Elytra (fig. 49) feebly pubescent, with posterior margin truncated, some-
what sinuated, external apical angle rounded, a little expanded. Mirror large,
triangular, a little wider than long, with straight posterior margin, with 2 or 3
small incomplete dividing veins; wrapping vein in the middle between. the
posterior margin of the mirror and the apical margin of the elytron; diagonal
vein short, sinuated; 8 chords, the second being united to the third towards
the middle; 7 or 8 oblique veins which are parallel, regularly spaced; lateral
field translucent, showing 2 or 3 branches of the subcostal vein, which is fureate
at apex.

9, Apterous; head, pronotum and legs as in the male. Subgenital plates
searvely notched at apex, with rounded lobes. Ovipositor short, solid, with
short, wide, rugose apical valves.

Length of body é 21 mm., @ 16-20 mm,; proiot. 3-5 mm.; post. fem.
g 18:5 mm., 2? 17 mm.; elytra 2 6:8 mm.,; ovipositor 9-11 mm,

Types: South Australia: Innaminka, 1 2,1 @ (S.A.M.),

This species, large for the genus, is of a pale general colour with rather
sparse pubescence. The clytral venation of the male is rather variable, particu-
larly in the number of oblique veins and the disposition of the chords; in one
eurious individual variation, the first chord is united to the mirror by a small
vein, forming a large, rectangular cell. It also differs from the preceding in
the supero-external apical spur of posterior tibiae being no longer than the
inferior.

South Anstralia; Cooper’s Creek, Chinchilla, Minnie Downs, Marree, Ood-
nadatta, Magill, Booleroo Centre, Mt. Painter (8.A.M.).

Western Australia: Coolgardie, Alexandria (W. Stalker, iii, 06) (Br. M.);
Bowerly (F. W. du Boulay), Mullewa (Miss F. May), Beverley, Coolgardie
(5.A.M.).

Central Australia: Hermannsbure (H. J. Hillier, 1911), (S.A.M.),

Northern Territory: Tennant Creek (5.A.M.),

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 455

4. ENDACUSTA MINOR sp, lL.
Fig. 51, 56.

4. A rather smail species; testaceous brown, varied with more or less
marked darker spots. Frontal rostrum a little wider than in the preceding
species; anterior ocellus nearly at apex of the rostrum; lateral ocelli separated
by a space almost as wide as their width. Face testaceous with a rather narrow
brown band beneath each eye and two such bands in the middle of the facial
shield, along the antennal sockets. Pronotiim transverse with feebly marked
brown spots. Abdomen yellowish, mottled with brown; supero-anal valve with
rounded posterior margin; subgenital plate rather short, a little notched at
apex. Genitalia of the same type as those of australis, the lobes formed by the
apical notch wider, rounded (fix. 56).

Legs ringed with brown. Posterior tibiae bearing 4 spines on each margin;
supero-external apical spur longer than the inferior one,

Elytra (fig. 51) feebly pubescent, with weakly convex posterior margin;
mirror large, triangular with sides almost of the same length; diagonal vein
feebly sinuate, almost horizontal; wrapping vein almost touching the apical
margin of the elytron; chords rather variable in length and dispositon; 5 or 6
oblique veins; lateral field with very weak veins; Se bearing 3 branches.

?. Subgenital plate scarcely notched at apex, with rormded lobes. Ovi-
positor very long and slender with apical valves scarcely wider than the stem,
smooth.

Length of body ¢ 11 mm., ? 12 mm.; post, fem. ¢@ 11 nim., ¢ 12 mm.;
elytra g 3 mm.; ovipositor 18 mm.

Types: South Australia: Talia, 1 ¢ ; Denial Bay, 1 2 (S.A.M.).

In the shape of the genitalia and the male elytral venation this species is
close to australis; but it is much smaller.

South Australia; River Murray, Minnipa, Murat Bay (S.A,M,).

5. Enpacusta Mgéperct Chopard.
Endacusta mjdbergt Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 28, fig. 61-63.
Fig, 48, 5d.

In this species, the dark markings are especially important, sometimes
covering almost completely the pronotum. Frontal rostrum wider than in the
preceding species. Antennae ringed with yellow. Legs rather long; posterior
tibiae armed with 4 spines on each margin; supero-external apical spur shorter

456 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

than the inferior one. Elytra of male (fig. 48) nearly black, glabrous; mirror
large, triangular; diagonal vein short; 7 or 8 oblique veins. Genitalia in the
shape of a trident (fig. 55). Ovipositor almost as long as the body, slender,
with short, smooth, acute apical valves,

Length of body ¢ 12 mm., ? 13 mm.; post. fem. ¢ 11 mm., ? 11-5 mm.;
elytra ¢ 4-5 mm.; ovipositor 11 mm.

Queensland: Glen Lamington, Colosseum (types in Stockholm Mus.) ;
Stradbroke Is. (Q.M.).

6. ENDACUSTA TRRORATA Sauss.
Endacusta australis Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, 8.
Fig. 53.

This species is very similar to australis but with wider frontal rostrum and
shorter metatarsi of the anterior and median legs; as in this species, the supero-
external apical spur of posterior tibiae is longer than the inferior one. The
elytral venation of the male is very similar to the preceding species but the
genitalia are a quite different shape, being very similar to major (fig. 53). The
ovipositor is rather short and stout with scabrous apical valves, as in major.

Length of body 14-16 mm.; post. fem. 13-15 mm.; elytra é 5 mm.; ovi-
positor 9-10 mm.

Queensland: (Saussure’s type).

South Australia: Brinkworth, Oodnadatta (S.A.M.).

7. ENDAcUSTA PILIPENNIS Chopard.

Endacusta pilipennis Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool,, 18A, No. 6, p. 28, fig. 58-60.

This species is close to irrorata, with still wider frontal rostrum, very small
elytral mirror in the male; shorter internal apical spurs of posterior tibiae.
Male elytra strongly pubescent; ovipositor of female as long as body, slender
with smooth, acute apical valves.

Length of body 13-14 mm.; post. fem. 9-5-10 mm.; elytra ¢ 3-5 mm.;
ovipositor 13 mm.

Queensland: Malanda (types in the Stockholm Mus,), Atherton, Cedar
Creek, Bellenden Ker (Stockholm Mus.) ; Cairns Distr. (S.A.M.).

Western Australia: Kimberley Distr. (Stockholm Mus.).

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 457

8, ENDACUSTA ANGULU'RKONS sp. 1.
Fig, 47, 57.

é. Rather large and stout species; colouration rather dark testaccous
brown with feebly marked brown spots; finely pubescent. Head as wide as
prouotum ; vertex strongly convex, separated from the rostrum by a depression;
frontal rostrum wide at base but very narrow at apex, flat above: anterior
ocellus a little before the apex of the rostrum; lateral ocelli small, wide apart.
Face yellowish with a large brown spot beneath the antennal sockets and a
little band of the same colour along their internal margin. Antennae brown
with a few yellowish rings. Palpi yellowish; tourth segment of maxillary
palpi much shorter than the third, fifth very long, feebly enlarged at apex.

Pronotum a little wider than long, with feebly coneave anterior and pos-
terior margins; disk convex with four deep furrows delimiting a large, lozenge
shaped median area; lateral lobes for the most part brown, with interior
margin strongly ascending backwards; anterior angle straight but rounded.
Abdomen testaceous brown with small darker spots, covered with a yellowish,
silky pubescence; supero-anal valve with rounded posterior margin; subgenital
plate rather short, deeply notched at apex, with rounded lobes. Genitalia
short and wide, rather different from the other species, composed of a superior
part, weakly sclerified, roundly notehed at apex, and a strongly selerified in.
ferior part in the shape of a foreeps (fig. 37).

Legs rather short and strong. Anterior and median femora thick at
base, the anterior ones especially swollen; their eolour is brownish with the
apex and an ante-apieal ring yellowish; tibiae brown with two yellow rings,
the anterior ones perforated on Interna] faces with a small round tympanum ;
apices armed with two inferior spurs of whieh the internal is much longer
than the external; metatarsus a little longer than the other two segments, brown
with yellow base, their inferior margin non eavinated, pubescent. Posterior
femora rather short aud stout with almost no apieal filiform part; colour
brownish with yellowish apex aud pre-apical ring; tibiae armulated with brown,
armed with 4 rather short spines on each margin; external apical spurs short,
especially the superior oe which is much shorter than the last spine and than
the inferior one; medio-internal apical spur much longer than the superior;
metatarsi Jong, not carinated beneath.

Elytra (fig. 47) scarcely surpassing the apex of second abdominal tergite,
glabrous; internal and external margins convex, apical margin almost straight;
anal field short, the anal vein curved; nurror large, incompletely delimited and
partly invaded by large, irregular cells; diagonal vein very sinuate and almost

458 RECORDS OF THE §,A. MUSEUM

horizontal; chords quite indistinct, lost in the reticulation occupying the space
between the mirror and the internal margin of the elytvon; 7 parallel oblique
veins; lateral field rather high, dark brown, with an irregular venation.

9. Head and pronotum quite similar to the male; apterous. Ovipositor
broken.

Length of body 17*5 mm.; pronot. 3:5 mm.; post. fem. 12-5 mm.; elytra
8 5°2 mm.

Types: Lord Howe Is.,1 ¢,1 2 (S.A.M.).

A species very distinet in the shape of the frontal rostrum.

9. ENDACUSTA CYCLOPTERA sp. 0.

Fig. 59,

é. Size medium; rather uniform testaceous brown; finely pubescent.
Head rufous brown, without any ornamentation; frontal rostrum short and
very wide, flattened above, rounded at top; anterior ocellus a little before the
apex; lateral ocelli small, widely separated. Face testaceoug with a strongly
marked brown band beneath the eyes. Antennae and palpi testaceous; fourth
segment of maxillary palpi a little shorter than third, fifth long slender up
to the middle then suddenly widening in the shape of a funnel. Hyes piriform.

Pronotum wide, with feebly sinuated anterior margin, a little concave
posterior one; disk feebly convex, uniformly rufous brown; lateral lobes very
low, a little expanding externally, with slightly ascending backwards inferior
margin. Abdomen rufo-testaccous, a little mottled with brown; third tergite
with posterior margin rather strongly notched in the middle; supero-anal
valve transverse, with truncated posterior margin, rounded angles, lateral
margins a little swollen; subgenital plate long, strongly narrowing towards the
apex which is roundly notched, Genitalia formed of a superior part rather
strongly sclerified, in the shape of a rounded plate, feebly notched at apex, and
an inferior part divided at apex into one rounded lobe and the other feebly
forked (fig. 59).

Legs rather short, very fecbly annulated with brown. Anterior tibiae per-
forated with a small round tympanum at base of the internal face; tarsi as long
as the tibiae. Posterior femora thiek at base, with very short apical filiform
part; external face feebly striated with brown; tibiae armed with external,
4 internal spines; external apical spurs short, the superior one shorter than
the last spine and than the inferior; internal spurs rather long, the superior
a little shorter than the median one.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 459

Hlytra extending no farther than the apex of third abdominal tergite,
finely pubescent, with mternal and apical margins rounded; mirror small,
strongly transverse with convex posterior margin; chords short; 2 or 3 oblique
veins; lateral field reduced, without any vein. Wings abortive.

2. Apterous; similar ta the male but with a little darker colouration; the
third abdominal tergite is not notched. Ovipositor broken.

Length of body 14 mm.; pronot. 2-3 mm.; post. fem. 11 mm.; elytra ¢
3:9 mm.

Types: New South Wales: Nepean River (A. Musgrave, 6, iii, 1920), 1 ¢,
1? (AM.).

This species is very distinct from the other species of the genus in its
feebly depressed shape and especially in the elytral venation.

10. ENDACUSTA OLIGONEURA Sp. 1.
Fig. 46, 60.

3. Holotype. Rather small with well defined brown markings. Head
with a median brown band above; frontal rostrum rather wide, rounded above,
Face brown with a wide yellow band in the middle and another one under each
eye. Hyes projecting, strongly narrowing in theiy inferior part; ocelli small,
the posterior ones separated by a distance at least double their width.
Antennae brown with small yellow rings. Palpi browiish; fourth segment of
the maxillary palpi much shorter than the third, fifth longer than the third,
rather strongly enlarged at apex, with superior margin [eebly concave. Prono-
tum nearly twive as wide as long; disk feebly convex, furrowed in the middle
and with two brown rounded prominences; lateral lobes dark brown with
inferior margin slightly ascending backwards. Abdomen brown, marbled with
yellowish; suypevo-anal valve transverse with feebly notched apical margin; sub-
genital late long, narrowing before the apex, with two lateral valves in the
shape of a forceps and a superior part tridentated (fig. 60).

Legs rather short, annulated with brown. Posterior femora thick, without
apical filiform part; spines of the tibiae short, 3 internal, 4 external; external
apical spurs short, the median a little longer than the other two, the superior
a little shorter than the inferior; median and superior internal spurs rather
long, pubescent, the superior slightly exceeding the median. Metatarsi long,
feebly compressed, armed above with 5 small external spines, 1 apical internal
one,

Elytra (fig. 46) rounded at apex, nearly glabrous, brown with light veins;
mirror rather large, triangular with convex posterior margin, with a very wide

460 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

irregular reticulation extending nearly to the middle; chords almost straight;
2 or 3 oblique veins; diagonal vein rather low, brown, Se vein thick, bearing 4
rather distinct branches.

9. Allotype: New South Wales: National Park, The Cabin (A. Mus-
grave, April, 1933), (A.M.).

Similar to the male; apterous. Ovipositor with apical valves narrow ovo-
lanceolate, acute. Subgenital plate with straight posterior margin.

Length of body 11-11:5 mm.; pronot. 2-2-1 mm.; post, fem. 9-9-2 mm.;
elytra ¢ 5-5 mm.; ovipositor 8 mm.

Type: New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron), 1 ¢@ (S.A.M.).

Like the preceding, this species differs from the other species of Eniducusta
in the small number of oblique veins in the elytral venation; the elytra are
relatively very large and almost glabrous whereas in cycloptera they are finely
pubescent.

11. Enpacusta AmMPLIPENNIS (Chop.).

Parendacusta amplipennis Chopard, 1925, Ark. f£. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 30,
fig. 64, 66.

This species differs markedly from the other species of the genus in the
shape of the male elytra which are very wide and extend to the apex of abdomen
with a very transverse mirror, divided by a curved vein. The legs are rather
short; interno-apical spurs of the posterior tibiae short, the two large ones sub-
equal in length.

Length of body 8-5 mm.; post. fem. 7:5 mm.; elytra 6 mm.

Queensland: Cedar Creek (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

Gen. ENDOTARIA Hoy.

Both sexes apterous. Head with short, rather wide frontal rostrum. Legs
rather long, anterior tibiae perforated on internal faces, posterior femora rather
thick, with almost ho apical filiform part; posterior tibiae armed with 4 short
spines on each margin; externo-apical spurs short, the superior shorter than
the inferior, the median the longest; internal spurs also rather short, the
superior only a little shorter than the median.

This genus is completely apterous like Arachnopsis Sauss. but with per-
forated anterior tibiae and shorter lees; it seems rather close to Endacusta.

Type: Endotaria aptera sp, 1.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 461

ENDOTARIA APTERA Sp, Nl.
Fig. 8, 61, 62.

é. Dark brown, varied with testaceous; pubescent. Tlead scarcely as
wide as pronotum, adorned with 4 yellow lines, uniting two by two posteriorly ;
frontal rostrum short, feebly convex above, rather wide; anterior ocellus almost
at apex of the rostrum; lateral ovelli separated by a distance equalling thrice
their width. Face shining brown with a yellow median band, widening
towards the clypeus; genae adorned with two yellow spots, Eyes piriform,
feebly projecting. Antennae brownish with a few feebly marked light vings;
their first sezment brown, shining. Palpi brown; fourth segment of the maxil-
lary palpi a little shorter than third, fifth large, feebly widening at apex.

Pronotum transverse widening a little im front, with straight anterior
margin, posterior Feebly notched in the middle; disk feebly convex, furrowed in
the middle, mostly testaceous with a few brown spots, two large rounded ones
near the middle of the anterior margin; lateral lobes black, their inferior mar-
gin ascending backwards, anterior angle rounded, somewhat projecting out.
wards. Abdomen almost wholly brownish, the posterior margin of the first ter-
wites tinged with yellow and adorned with rounded brown spots; supero-anal
valve light brown, rounded at apex; subgenital plate vather short, rounded at
apex, not carimated. Genitalia with a narrow long superior plate and two
inferior pieces enrved outside (fig. 61).

Legs rather short, strongly annulated with brown. Anterior and middle
femora somewhat swollen; anterior tibiae with a small round tympanum near
the base of internal face; metatarsi a little longer than the other two segments,
brown in their apical half, earinated beneath on their whole length. Posterior
femora swollen at base, gently narrowing towards the apex, striated with brown
externally and adorned with three oblique brown bands; tibiae adorned with 3
brown tings; metatarsi armed with 6-7 denticles on the supero-external margin,
2 or 3 only on the internal one,

Length of body 12-5 mm.; pronot. 2:4 mm.; post, fem. 9°5 mm.

Type: New South Wales: Upper Williams River (Lea and Wilson, Oct.
1926), 1 @ (8.A.M.).

Famity OECANTHIDAE.

The Oeeanthidae differ from the other Grylloidea in so many features that
they can be as well considered as a distinct family. They are very slender
insects with a long, almost horizontal head; elytra of the male wide, almost

462 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

transparent, with a large mirror divided by a transyerse vein; posterior legs
very slender, the tibiae serrulated along their whole length, armed or not with
small spines.

Kry To toe Genera or ORCANTHIDAE.
Posterior tibiae armed with small spines in addition to the general denti-

culation .. e: 4 a 4s ne A we Ocecanthus
av
Posterior tibiae serrulated but without spines... ale ty .. Xabea

Gen. OrcantuHus Serville, 18381.

Generic diagnosis as for the family; the genus is cosmopolitan.

Key to THe Species or OFCANTHUS.

Large; elytral mirror of the male one and a half times as long as wide;
elytra of female wider with somewhat oblique veins .. .. 1. rufescens

Smaller; elytral mirror of male nearly twice as long as wide; elytra of
female very narrow, with parallel longitudinal veins .. 2. ungustus

1, OfCANTHUS RUFESCENS Serville,

Oecanthus rufescens Serville, 1839, Ins. Orth., p. 361; Chopard, 1925, Ark. f.
Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 31.
Rather large, whitish with almost transparent wings; elytra narrow at
base but rather strongly widening backwards. Wines longer than the elytra,
Length of body 14°5-16 mm.; length with wings 20-23 mm.; elytra 12-
14 mm.; ovipositor 7-5-9 mm.
This species is widely distributed in the Indo-Australian region.
Queensland: Yarrabah (Stockholm Mus,); Stradbroke Island (Q.M.,).
South Australia: Minnie Downs, Mt. Lofty (S.A.M.).
Torres Straits: Moa Island (8.A.M.).

2. Orcantuus AN@ustus Chopard.

Ocecanthus angustus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool, 18A, No. 6, p. 32, fig. 65.

Smaller than the preceding and much more narrow, Pronotum with
parallel sides; elytra of male with mirror nearly twice as long as wide, divided
by a transverse vein at about the anterior third; elytra of female forming an
almost cylindrical case, with 6 longitudinal, parallel veins. Ovipositor short,
straight, with tridentate apical valves.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 463

Length of body 11 mm.; length with wings 18 1mm.; elytra 11 mm.; ovi-
positor 5 mum.

Western Australia: Kimberley Distr. (type in the Stockholm Mus,).

Central Australia: Storm Creek, Urimilla Springs (8.A.M_).

South Australia: Minnipa, Tlermannsburg (S.A.M.); Killalpaninna. 100
miles BH. of Lake Eyre (17, Hillier, 1905), (Br, M.).

Gen. Xapea Walker, 1869.

The species of this genus have exactly the same aspect as those of Oecanthus
from which they differ only in the armature of the posterior tibiae. The
genus is represented by a few Malaisian species and the new Australian species
described below.

XABEA LEAT sp. n.

Rather small, slender. Head as lone as the pronotum, testaceous with 4
brown longitudinal lines above, of which the two median are the longest, united
forwards by a transverse band; frontal rostrum a little narrower than the first
antennal segment. Face triangular, widening at base of mandibles, Eyes
lengthened, projecting. Antennae and palpi testaceous; fifth segment of maxil-
lary palpi very lone and slender.

Pronotum long, a little narrowing in its anterior half; anterior margin
convex, posterior almost straight; disk rather stronely swollen behind the
middle, adorned with two longitudinal brown bands; lateral lobes with strongly
sinuated interior margin. Abdomen yellowish; tenth tergite with sinuate pos-
terior margin; supero-anal valve truncate at apex; subgenital plate with
posterior margin rounded and darkened. Cerei relatively short, sinuate, with
a swelling towards the middle, a little rounded at apex, ending in a dainty
spine.

Legs long, yellowish; posterior femora somewhat reddish at apex. Elytra
narrow, transparent, with 3 brown spots, one on the anal knot, the other two
in front and back of the mirror, which is longer than wide, strongly angulate
in front, rounded behind and on the sides, divided in the middle by a vein
whieh is strongly bent towards the external end; first chord almost straight,
united to the diagonal yein by a small vein near the base; second chord united to
the first at base, ending on the third a little after the middle; in addition, it is
united to this same third chord by a veinlet; 4 oblique yeins; anal vein broken
at right angle; lateral field rather high; Se bearing 4 branches; at the junction
of the dorsal and the lateral fields; the median vein is strongly sinuate at base
so that there is a very large space between this and the ctibital vein. Wings
longitudinally caudate, somewhat darkened.

464 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

?. Head, pronotum and lees as in the male. Elytra narrow, yellowish
testaceous; dorsal field with rather confused venation, forming areolae which
are rather irregular, most of them pentagonal in shape; cubital vein bearing 5
branches, almost Jost in the general reticulation; lateral field transparent; Se
bearing 4 branches. Subgenital plate small, angulate, furrowed in the middle.
Ovipositor short, straight; superior apical valves oval, adorned with concentric
ridges ; inferior valves longer, bidentate,

Leneth of body 11 mm.; length with wings ¢ 15 mm., 9 16 mm.; post.
fem. 8 mm.; elytra 8 mm.; ovipositor 5-5 mm.

Types: Cairns Distr. (A. M. Lea), 1 ¢,1 2 (S.A.M.).

Famity TRIGONIDIIDAE.

This family is composed of a considerable number of small species, having a
very characteristic general aspeet with long posterior legs, tibiae armed with 3
long, movable spines on each margin and 4 apical spurs only. The elytral
tympanum of the male presents a large, rhomboid, undivided mirror and a
single oblique vein; but the venation is very often similar in both sexes, the
male elytron with no mirror. The ovipositor is short, strongly compressed and
curved upwards.

Kry vo THE Genera or TRIGONIDITDAR,

1. Elytra glabrous is; 7 x4 ad +" =. sé 2
Elytra covered with a fine pubescence Pe -_ x a 22 7
2. EBlytral mirror well developed in male .. Ine Ye iu 3
Elytral mirror incomplete or absent in male .. 19 4% 5
3. Pronotum narrowing in front. .. - ra A’ .. Homoeoxipha
Pronotum with almost parallel sides .. = = és ~ 4
4, Elytra of male transparent, those of the female horned and strongly
convex .. 2 a = ofa . - . Paratrigonidium
Elytra of similar texture in hoth sexes, those of the female feebly con-
vex, 7 es a. 6," Fs 3 3 .. Anaxipha

5, Pronotum rounded in front; anterior and median legs very slender;

anterior tibiae not perforated; elytra shorter than the abdomen -
Dolichoxipha®

Pronotum with anterior marein not so strongly convex; anterior and

middle levs not so slender; anterior tibiae perforated with at least an
external tympanum; elytra usually extending to the apex of abdomen 6

1 Although the male of this species is unknown, it is very probable that ‘it belongs to
this section,

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 465

6. Elytral venation somewhat different in both sexes .. Trigonidomorpha
Elytral venation quite similar in both sexes .. = ss Metioche
7. Elytra of male with distinct mirror .. af. 4 Cyrtoriphoides

Elytra of male without mirror

8, Elytral veins longitudinal, parallel; fifth segment of maxillary palpi
very short; eyes lengthened antero-posteriorly, Vertex flattened -.
Metiochodes

Elytral veins more or less oblique, usually a little anastomosed; fifth
seygment of maxillary palpi long; eyes rounded; vertex convex...
Amusurgus
Gen. AnaxrpHa Saussure, 1874.

Fig, 64.

Elytra of male membranaceous, with a large mirror; those of the female
with longitudinal veins. Pronotum narrowing feebly in front with an almost
straight anterior margin.

The species of this genus are rather numerous in the tropical countries of
the world; three only have been found as yet in Australia.

Key To THE Species or ANAXIPHA.

1. Eyes lengthened anteriorly and posteriorly . - . 3. anaciphoides
Eyes globular, feebly lengthened dorsally and ventrally a, an 2
2. Elytral mirror of the male almost twice as long as wide .. 1. longtpennis

Elytral mirror of the male one and a half times as long as wide ..
2. mjobergr
ANAXIPHA LONGIPENNIS (Sery.)

Trigonidium longipennis Serville, 1839, Ins.

This very small species is a uniform pale yellow; in the male the elytral
mirror is very large but rather narrow; in the female the elytral venation
is composed of 5 straight veins with few transverse veinlets; the ovipositor is
rather slender with apical valves occupying half the total length. Wings very
elongately produced.

Length of body 5 mm.; length with wings 9-5 mm.; ovipositor 1-8 mm.

This species occurs throughout the whole Indo-Malaisian region.

Queensland: Cairns Distr., Home Hill (S.A.M.); Home Hill (Q.M.).

2, ANAXIPHA MJépERar Chopard.

Anagxipha mjébergi Chopard, 1925, Ark, f. Zool., 183A, No. 6, p, 41, fig. 86.
This species is a little larger than the preceding and is a little more brown-

466 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ish in colour, instead of pure yellow; the elytral mirror of the male is very
large and wider.
Length of body 6°5 mm.; length with wings 11-5 mm.; post. fem. 5 mm.
Queensland: Bellenden Ker (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

3. ANAXIPHA ANAXIPTiOIDES (Chop.).

Cyrtoxipha anaxiphoides Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 43,
fig. 88-89.

This species is very similar to longipennis in general shape and colouration ;
but differs from it in the shape of the eyes, which are not globular but distinctly
elongated antero-posteriorly, This character is suggestive of the genus Cyrtozi-
pha and for that reason, the species had been ascribed to this genus. But the
other characters are rather those of a true Anazxipha so that it seems more cor-
rect to remove it to this genus.

Length of body 6 mm.; length with wings 10-5 mm.; post. fem. 4 mm.;
ovipositor 2 mm.

Queensland: Bellenden Ker (types in the Stockholm Mus.).

Gen. HomoroxtpHa Saussure 1874.

The species of this genus are very similar to those of the preceding, but
differ in the shape of the pronotum which is strongly narrowing in front with
very convex anterior margin. The elytra of the female shows false veins
between the principal veins.

Homoroxirna Lycoiwrs (Walk.).

Phyllapalpus lycoides Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 71; Chopard,
1925, Ark. f, Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 40.
Queensland: Bellenden Ker (Stockholm Mus.) ; Cairns Distr. (A. M. Lea),
(S.A.M.).
Northern Territory; Groote Eylandt (Br. M.).
This species is common in the Indo-Malaisian region.

Gen. Paratriconiprum Brunner, 1893.

The principal differences between this genus and the preceding lie in the
shape of the pronotum and in the more convex elytra of the female, without
false veins between the principal veins,

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 467

PARATRIGONIDIUM FuUScocINCTUM Chopard,

Paratrigonidium fuscocinctum Chopard, 1925, Treubia, vi, p. 151.
Queensland: Dunk Is, (H. Hacker, Aug. 1927), (Q.M.) ; Cairns (S.A.M.).
This species was described from Java and is found in the Malay Archi-

pelago.

Gen. TriconipomMorPHA Chopard, 1925.

In this genus, the male elytron has no distinct mirror but the veins are
not regular as in the female; they form large cells and the anal vein is well
differentiated.

TRIGONIDOMORPHA sa6sTeDTI Chopard.

Trigonidomorpha sjéstedti Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 40,

fig. 83-85.

This small species is black with testaceous legs; the elytra are black,
shining. The general shape is almost the same in both sexes but in the male
the elytral veins show a very distinct anal vein; in the female they are some-
what irregular, oblique, 4 in number, with few transverse veinlets.

The single male from Stradbroke Is. represents the macropterous condition ;
its elytra are longer, lighter in colour but with similar venation; us is usually
the case in macropterous specimens, the anterior tibiae are perforated on both
sides.

Queensland: Cedar Creek, Yarrabah (types in the Stockholm Mus.) ; Eve-
lyne, Malanda, Colosseum (Stockholm Mus.) ; Stradbroke Is. (S.A.M.); Bris-
bane (Q.M.).

Lord Howe Is. (S.A.M.).

Gen. Meriocue Stal, 1877.

The genus Metioche comprises those species in which the elytral venation
is absolutely similar in both sexes and the male elytron shows no trace of dit-
ferentiation in the veins in most of the species.

Key To tHe Spectes or METIOCHE,

1. Black with yellow legs .. wc oe 1 : 4. qustraliana
Colouration not as above .. ee Ss om ng 3 + 2

2. Posterior femora adorned with two brown bands; elytra with most
longitudinal veins approximated in pairs .. ar .. 68. parinervis
Posterior femora unicolorous; elytral venation different .. 4 3

468 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

3. Elytral veins of male tending to form small areolae and a very rudi-

mentary stridulating apparatus an e 44 9. areolata
Elytral venation much more regular in both sexes. a os 4
4. Elytral veins strong and quite parallel .. =F *5 10. rectinervis
Elytral veins not so strong and more or less oblique .. ws rte 5
5. Testaeeous with a dark lateral band .. Ke - 7 6
Testaceous or brown without very distinct dark lateral band or with
a light band .. A ry, 2, rs uf “4 a ics 7
6. Pronotum narrowing in front .. 1 wt a, -. 6. angusta
Pronotum with parallel sides ade ih bi 5 7. infuscata
7. Dark brown with a white opaque lateral band .. oe 8. albovittata
Testaceous more or less varied with brown or dark brown varied with
testaceous 8 Ke 62 <n aa Ra ae a <3 8
8. Wings usually longer than the elytra; anterior tibiae perforated -. 9
Wines abortive; anterior tibiae without tympana .. Ws 2. flavipes

9. Head black with small yellow line along the eyes; pronotum blackish ;
legs yellow; elytra and anterior part of the wings very dark brown ..
3. bicolor.

Head and pronotum dark brown varied with testaceons; elytra and
anterior part of wings usually testaceous .. id .. 1, vittaticollis

1. Meriocue virraricouuis (Stal).

Trigonidium vittaticolle Stil, 1860, Freg. Eugen, Resa, Ins., p. 317,
Metioche vittaticollis Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 32, fig. 68, 70.

The colouration of this small species is rather variable and some specimens
are almost as dark as those of M. bicolor; it can be distinguished by the first
two segments of the antennae being black and by the elytral venation being a
little more regular.

This is a typically Malaisian species which is common in all the islands of
the Malay Archipelago and in Oceania,

Northern Territory: Groote Eylandt (J. H. Wikins, i, 1925), (Br. M.).

Queensland: Cape Yorke (Stockholm Mus.) ; Blackall River, Cairns Distr.,
Rockhampton, Dunk Is. (A. J. Turner), (Q.M.); Cairns Distr., Rockhampton
(S.A.M.).

MeETIOCHE VITTATICOLLIS INSULARIS Sauss.

Homoeoxiphus insularis Saussure, 1878, Mem, Soe, Geneve, xxv, p. 470.
Metioche vittaticollis insularis Chopard, 1925, Ark. f, Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 32,

fig. 67, 70, 71.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 469

I consider this insect as the micropterous condition of the preceding; it
is found in the same localities,
Queensland : Bellenden Ker, Malanda (Stockholm Mus.).

2. MeriocHe FLAVIPES (Sauss.).
Trigomdium flavipes Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 465, pl. 16,

fig. xlvii.

Metioche vittaticollis flavipes Chopard, 1925, Ark. £. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 33,

fig. 72-73.

This species has the same general shape and colouration as the preceding
from which it differs only in that the anterior tibiae are not perforated and
the elytra are a little shorter and more convex. It may be a second form of the
micropterous condition of wittaticollis.

Queensland: Bellenden Ker, Yarrabah, Rockhampton (Stockholm Mus.) ;
Gayndah (S.A.M.).

New South Wales: Dorrigo (S.A.M.).

3. Mueriocue sicotor (Stal).

Trigomdium bicolor Stal, 1860, Bugenie’s Resa, Ins., p. 317.
Metioche bicolor Chopard 1925, Ark, f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 33, fig. 75.

As previously pointed out, this species is very close to the preceding and
sometimes difficult to differentiate from the dark forms of wittaticollis, + also
has a Malayan origin.

Queensland: Evelyne (Stockholm Mus.) ; Brisbane (Q.M.); Stradbroke Is.
(S.A.M.).

4. Meriocuy Ausrraviana Chopard.

Metioche australiana Chopard, 1925, Ark. f, Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 36, fig. 77, 80.

This small species is again very close to the preceding ones but it is quite
black with yellow legs; the elytra are black or brown; the anterior tibiae are
not perforated in the type specimens but there may be a winged condition with
tympana,

Queensland: Herberton (types in the Stockholm Mus.).

5. MrtiocHr partnervis Chopard,

Metioche parinervis Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p, 34, fig. 76, 79.

Although similar to the preceding, this species differs from them in the
colouration which is not so uniform and chiefly in the disposition of the elytral

470 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

veins which are almost straight, parallel, the first and second and the third and
fourth closer together than the distance between the two groups thus formed.

Queensland: Herberton (type) ; Atherton, Bellenden Ker, Alice River, Cape
Yorke (Stockholm Mus. ).

var. drnata Chopard, 1925, Ark. £. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p, 36.

Differing from the type in its more varied colouration; head with two
large brown spots and 2 or 3 smaller ones; pronotum with wide brown bands;
posterior femora with well marked transverse brown bands,

Queensland: Bellenden Ker, Cedar Creek, Malanda (Stockholm Mus.).

6. Meriocie ancusta Chopard.

Metioche angusta Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 37, fig. 81,

A little larger than the preceding ones, this species is long, narrow, testa-
ceous brown with a dark lateral band extending from the head to the extremity
of the elytra; these are brownish with lighter veins which are rather regularly
spaced, almost longitudinal. Wings very long,

Length of body 6 mm.; length with wings 10 mm.; elytra 5 mm.; post. fem,
4:5 mm,; ovipositor 2 mm.

Queensland: Herberton (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

7. Meriocur iwruscata Chopard.

Metioche infuseata Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p. 37, fig. 82.

This species has almost the same colouration as the preceding; it differs
from it in the disposition of the elytral veins which are somewhat like those of
parinervis.

Length of body 5-5-6 mm.

8. MerriocHE ALBOVITTATA sp. nL.

2. Brownish, shining, with a white opaque band along the elytral edge.
Head brown with the sides of the frontal rostrum yellowish. Face dark brown,
shining, with a transverse yellow band going from one eye to the other. Anten-
nae and palpi brown; last segment of the maxillary palpi in the shape of a
very long triangle. yes slightly lengthened anteriorly and posteriorly ; ocelli
very small. Pronotum transverse with almost parallel sides, anterior margin
straight, posterior feebly convex; disk slightly convex, a little furrowed in
the middle; brownish with a somewhat irregular yellowish band on each side;
surtace finely pubescent; lateral lobes dark brown with inferior margin slightly

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 471

ascending backwards. Abdomen brownish; subgenital plate yellowish, large,
markedly narrowing backwards with apex almost acute. Ovipositor short, with
apical valves oceupying nearly half the total length, the superior ones stvongly
denticulated. Legs yellowish, pubescent. Anterior and medium femora with
a weak brown ring before the apex. Posterior femora rather stout, uniformly
rufous; tibiae a little darkened at base of the spines; these are rather short,
yellowish at base, brown at apex. Elytra a little longer than the abdomen,
dark brown, shining with an ivory white opaque band along the edge, narrow-
ing towards the apex; dorsal field with 5 almost longitudinal veins, the 2
internal veins uniting towards the middle, the third and fourth curled at apex,
fifth a little more apart, especially near the end; transverse veinlets scarce,
forming large, long alveolac; lateral field blackish brown with 4 veins, one of
which is incomplete. Wings caudate, brown,

é. Similar to the female but with short wings (micropterotis condition of
the species) ; elytra not longer than the abdomen; subgenital plate somewhat
notzhed at apex.

Length of body ¢ 4-2 mm., 2? 5 mm.; length with wings ¢ 9 mm.; post.
fem, 3:5 mm.; elytra ¢ 3 mm., ? 4 mm.; ovipositor 2 mm.

Type: South Australia: Lueindale (A. M. Lea), 1 ¢@ ; Western Australia
1 3 (8.A.M.).

This small species has a very charaeteristic colouration. In addition to the
types, there is one male in the South Australian Museum collection from Hobart
(C. Cole).

9, MeriocHe AREOLATA Chopard.
Metioche areoluta Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 38, fig. 78.

This is a light brown, clongate species, with head adorned with two longi-
tudinal brown bands; the elytral venation differs somewhat from the hsual
Metioche type; in the male the dorsal field has 4 veins, the first is sutnral, fur-
cate at base; the second is also divided at base, then forming a small sjuare
cell, again divided and forming another long cell, finally almost straight to
the apex; the anal vein is rather distinct and curved, somewhat suggestive of
those species in which the mirror is normally developed.

Length of body 5 mm.; elytra 4 nm.

Queensland : Mt. Tambourine (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

1). MeriocHe ruCcTINERVIS sp. n.

9. Yellowish with a few brownish and reddish spots; almost glabrous.
Head adorned above with 4 reddish lines, of which the two median are produced

472 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

to the apex of the rostrum; vertex convex; frontal rostrum short, rounded.
Face yellow with two reddish spots beneath the eyes and two small lines of
the same colour on the facial shield. Antennae and palpi yellowish brown;
fourth segment of maxillary palpi a little shorter than third, fifth large, in the
shape of a lengthened triangle, Pronotum transverse, with parallel sides,
straight anterior and posterior margins; disk feebly convex, yellow, with two
large, irregular light brown spots; there are a few setigerous reddish paints
near the median line and along the posterior margin; lateral lobes light brown,
with feebly concave inferior margiu and rounded angles. Abdomen yellow with
blackish extremity; cerci yellow. Ovipositor short, with rather strongly den-
tieulate valves, occupying nearly half the total length.

Legs yellow, pubescent, rather long. Posterior femora short and stout,
with two feebly distinct brown spots above and a small spot near the apex of
internal face; tibiae bearing long and slender spines. Elytra extending to the
apex of abdomen, light brown with yellow lougitudinal, projecting veins; trans-
verse veinlets few in number and feeble; lateral field dark brown. Wings
aborted,

Length of body 5 mm.; post. fem. 4:3 mm.; ovipositor 2-9 mm,

Type: Queensland: Mount Glorious (H, Hacker), 24, v, 1930,1 9 (Q.M.);
Gold Creek (H. Hacker, 10, vi, 28), 1 9 paratype (Paris Mus.).

This species is placed tentatively in the genus Metioche; the male may
possess an elytral mirror, in which case it would be an Anaxipha. On the other
hand, the disposition of the elytral veins is suggestive of the genus Rhicnogryl-
lus, although these veins are not so prominent as in this genus,

Gen. Douicuoxipia nov.

I ereet this new genus for a species which T described in 1925 as an
Anaxipha, pointing ont its very remarkable features; pronotum vounded in
front, legs very long, especially the anterior and median tibiae which are very
slender, the anterior ones not perforated; elytra much shorter than the abdo-
men with parallel veins on the dorsal field. The male is unknown but it is
improbable that it possesses an elytral mirrar,

DouicHoxrrHa GRactuires (Chop.).

Anaxipha gracilipes Chopard, 1925, Ark. £. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p. 41, fig. 87.

Yellow, glabrous, shining, Ovipositor rather long, feebly curved, with
apical valves shorter than half the total length.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 473

Length of body 6 mm.; post. fem. 4°5 mm.; elytra 3 mm,; Ovipositor
o mm,
Queensland: Bellenden Ker (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

Gen. CyrTOXIPHOIDES nov.
Fig, 63.

General shape rather short; elytra pubescent; wings slightly exceeding the
elytra. Vertex flattened. Eyes horizontally lengthened; fifth segment of maxil-
lary palpi very short. Type: Cyrtoxiphoides leat, sp. Nn.

The species of this genus show, as in Anaxtpha, a well developed mirror on
the male elytra but these are covered with a fine pubescence and the shape of the
head is different (fig. 63); the fifth segment of the maxillary palpi is very
short and funnel-like as in the American genus Cyrloxipha in which the elytra
are glabrous.

Key to THe Species or CYRTOXIPHOIDES.

Edges of the frontal rostrum thickened, callous; fifth segment of maxil-
lary palpi securiform ; face wider than high; elytra of female extend-
ing nearly to the apex of the ovipositor, with parallel veins .. 2. plamfrons
Edges of the frontal rostrum smooth; fifth segment of maxillary palpi
triangular ;.face as high as wide; elytra of female extending to the
apex of abdomen, with somewhat irregular veins .. ~ 1, leat

1, CyRTOXIPHOIDES LEAT sp. n.
Fig. 9.

é. Small; yellow, pubescent. Head wide; vertex flattened, sloping;
frontal rostrum a. little narrower than the first antennal segment. Face tri-
angular, short and wide, yellow, shining. Eyes a little lengthened anteriorly
and posteriorly; ocelli very small, the anterior one at apex of the rostrum.
Antennae and palpi yellow; maxillary palpi with fourth segment shorter than
third, fifth very short, triangular, with inferior angle a little more acute than
the superior one. Pronotum strongly transverse, with parallel sides, anterior
margin convex, posterior one straight; disk nearly flat, pale yellow, sprinkled
with rufous bristles; lateral lobes concolorous, with straight inferior margin,
rounded angles. Abdomen yellow; subgenital plate strongly notched at apex.
Cerci yellow, a little thickened and flattened at base, showing traces of seg-
mentation. Legs light yellow, finely pubescent. Anterior tibiae perforated both
sides, with an oval tympanum, the internal one larger. Posterior femora

474 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

rather long and slender; tibiae with rather short spines, a little hooked at apex
aud feehly darkened above. Elytra hardly overreaching apex of abdomen,
narrow, yellow, very pubescent; mirror very long and narrow, with very acute
anteriov angle; diagonal vein rather short and almost straight; chords long,
almost straight, united at base; lateral field almost. transparent, with 3 regu-
larly spaced veins. Wings a little longer than the elytra, marginal field
pubescent with a few brown spots.

@. Similar to the male. Dorsal field of the elytra with 4 oblique, some-
what irregular veins; transverse veinlets rather numerous, forming large, nearly
square areolae. Ovipositor long, narrowing before the apical valves which
occupy half the total length, their margins being parallel and denticulate at
apex only.

Length of body 5:5 mm,; length with wines 9 mm.; post. fem, 4-8 mm.;
elytra 4-8 mm.; ovipositor 3-2 mm.

Types: Queensland ; Cairns Distr. (A. M. Lea), (S.A.M.).

This species resembles very closely the American Cyrtoxipha in the shape
of the eyes and of the maxillary palpi; the width of the pronotum and the large
head give this insect a special habitus,

2. CYRTOXIPHOIDES PLANIFRONS sp. n.
Fig. 65.

@. Yellowish, pubeseent. Ilead a little wider than pronotum, strongly
depressed above; frontal rostrum rather wide, bordered with a vellow, slightly
callous line. Faee short and very wide, yellow. Eyes a little lengthened
anteriorly and posteriorly ; ocelli very small. Antennae aud palpi yellow; fourth
segment of maxillary palpi much shorter than third, fifth short, strongly en-
larged at apex with longitudinally oval seetion, the superior margin intel
shorter than the inferior. Pronotum transverse, with simmated posterior mar-
gin; lateral lobes with straight inferior margin, and slightly rounded angles.
Abdomen yellow; subgenital plate wide with feebly notched posterior margin.
Ovipositor long with apical valves oceupying half the total length, the superior
ones coarsely denticulate towards the apex (fig. 64). Legs of the same colour
as the body, Posterior femora rather short, thick at base; tibiae armed with
short spines, Elytra extending to the apex of ovipositor, yellow, pubescent;
dorsal field with 5 almost. parallel, feeble oblique veins, of which the second is
fureate in about the apical fourth; lateral field with 4 veins, of which one is
incoinplete. Wings just surpassing the elytra,

Length of body 5:5 mm.; length with wings 9°5 mm.; post. fem, 5 mm.;
elytra 5°35 mm,; ovipositor 2+9 m.m.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 475

Type: Queensland: Dunk Ts. (H. Hacker, Aug., 1927), 1 @ (Q.M.).

Although very similar to the preceding, this species is easily distinguished
by the longer elytra with more regular veins, the strongly securiform apical
seement of maxillary palpi.

Gen. Amusurcus Brunner, 1893.

The species of this genus as in Cyrtoxiphoides have the elytra covered
with a fine pubescence but the male never possesses a distinet tympanum ;
uevertheless, the elytral veitis are Hot parallel but more or less anastomosed,
forming a few large cells, The eyes are rounded, not at all lengthened anter-
iorly and posteriorly.

One Australian species only can be aseribed to this genus,

AMUSURGUS FASCIFRONS Sp. 0D.
Fig. 11,

é, Shape narrow and long; colour testaceous brown with a dark lateral
band; finely pubescent. Head a little wider than pronotuim in front; vertex
convex, spotted with reddish brown; frontal rostrum short, as wide as first
antenual segment; face triangular, rather long, with two small brown bands
between the antennae and on the clypeus, ancl a wide slightly curved fascia
going from the inferior point of one eye to that of the other. Antennae yel-
low, with small brown rings, the first segment spotted with brown ou internal
face. Palpi yellowish with darkened last segment; fourth segment of maxil-
lary palpi slightly shorter than third, fifth triangular, long. Eyes rounded ;
ocelli rather Jarge, circled with brown, the anterior a little before apex of
rostrum. Pronotum transverse, a little narrowing in front; disk convex, yellow-
ish with two large reddish brown spots alone the anterior and posterior mar-
gins; these two spots wuted by a very narrow line of the same colour; along
the posterior margin a row of brown spots each bearing a long bristle; lateral
lobes brown with much rounded anterior augle. Abdomen yellow; cerei yery
long. Legs rather long, yellow, pubescent. Anterior auc medimn tibiae
adorned with an apical brown spot and a small ante-apical band; tibiae wita
two brown rings, anterior tibiae perforated with a large internal tympanum.
Posterior femora long and narrow, adorned with two small brown spots near
the apex; tibiae spotted with brown at base of the spines; these are brownish,
the internal long and slender, the external a little stouter; metatarsi with
apical half brown. EHlytra long and narrow, covered with a fine pubescence ;
dorsal field with 4 feebly oblique and irregular veins, the second bearing 3

476

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig, 11. Amusurgus fascifrons sp.n. g. Fig. 12. Lebinthius bifasciatus sp.n. gi

Salmanites obscurifrons ap. a. oi

Fig. 13.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 477

branches, the third and fourth unite at about the apical fourth; lateral field
brown with 4 yeins, one of which is incomplete. Wines longitudinally pro-
dueed, with brown, pubescent anterior field.

Length of body 5:8 mm.; length with wings 10 wm; post, fem. 5 mm.;
elytra 5 mm.

Type; Queensland: Cairns Distr, (J. F. [bingworth), 1 ¢ (S.A.M.).

The type of this pretty little species is unique; it has very much ‘the
veneral shape and colour of Metioche angusta, from which it differs in the
pubescent elytra, the forehead adorned with a brown transverse band, the
longer posterior femora and the less regular elytral venation,

Gen. Mermocnoprs Chopard.

The species of this genus present the same shape of the head and maxillary
palpi as Cyrtoxiphoides, from whieh they differ markedly in the elytral vena-
tion which is similar in both sexes, the male with no distinct mirror. The
genus is also close to Amusurgus, but differs in the shape of the head, which
is in this last genus rounded above, not flattened as in Cyrtoaiphoides, and in
the rounded eyes, which are not all lengthened. The elytral venation is more
reenlar, the veins being usually straight and parallel.

Key To THE Species or METIOCHODES.

1. Anterior and medium tibiae with two small black spots near the base
of internal face 45 «6 a6 hs 2 R. -. L. hackert

Legs yellow, without spots ny - . es my “bee 2
2, Elytra with 4 quite parallel veins; i apie with a very strong
notch at base of the apical valves .. . ., 2, australicus

Elytra with 5 veins which are not epelenty parallel! but slightly
oblique, the two internal veins unite a little after the middle 3. tindalei

1, MetiocHopEs HACKERI Sp. n.

¢. Shape rather long; pale yellowish, pubescent. Head as wide as pro-
notum, a little flattened above; frontal rostrum as wide as first antennal seg-
ment. Antennae and palpi yellow; fourth segment of maxillary palpi a little
shorter than third, fifth large, in the shape of a long triangle, somewhat
obliquely truncated at apex. Eyes a little lengthened anteriorly and poster-
iorly; ocelli very small. Pronotum transverse, narrowing very feebly in front
with sinuate posterior margin; disk convex, feebly pubescent; lateral lobes
with anterior angle much rounded. Abdomen pale yellow; subgenital plate

478 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

wide at base, narrowing and rounded at apex, Lees rather long, pubeseent.
Anterior and medium tibiae with two small black spots near the base of
internal face, the internal faces perforated with a large tympanum; median
femora with also a small black spot near the apex, on iternal face. Posterior
femora long and narrow, without any design; tibiae with a small blaekish spot
near the base, armed with small, slender spines, Elytra with yellowish brown
background, light veins, finely pubescent dorsal field with 5 veins which are
feebly oblique, almost vegularly spaced; the cubital vein is trifureate near the
base and the fourth and fifth veins (the most internal) are united about their
apical third; the covered part of the left elytron is smooth, glabrous, trans-
parent; lateral field transparent with 4 veins, three of wihech are long, straight,
the fourth short and curved, Wings lenethily produced, with yellow, pube-
scent anterior field,

Length of body 6 mm,; length with wings 11-5 mm_; post. fem. 4:5 mm.;
elytra 5+5 mm,

Type: Queensland: Dunk Is. (H, Hacker, Aug,, 1927), 1 9 (Q.M.).

This species is quite recognizable by the small spots on the legs but it is
also very different from the other species of Metiochodes in the shape of the max-
iary palpi, the last sezment of which is much larger than usual in the genus
and triangular in shape, not at all securiform. In this respect, it somewhat re-
sembles the genus Amusurgus, trom which it differs in the almost parallel, not
anastomosed elytral veins.

2. MerrocHoprs AUSTRALICUS sp, Nn.

¢. Small, yellow, pubescent, Head slattened above; frontal rostrum with
sides converging forwards, the apex inuch narrower than the first antennal seg-
ment; face short and wide, very pale yellow. Eyes a little lengthened anter-
iorly and posteriorly; ocelli very small. Antemmae and palpi yellow; maxillary
palpi with fourth segment shorter than third, fifth short, strongly widening
at apex, slightly securiform in shape; third segment of the labial palpi also
very wide. Pronotum transverse, with parallel sides, posterioy margin rather
strongly sinuated; lateral lobes with straight inferior margin, angles rounded.
Abdomen yellow; subgenital plate wide, with rounded posterior margin.
Ovipositor rather short with stronvly denticulated apical valves, occupying
almost half the total length. Legs yellow, the posterior ones wanting. Elytra
long with parallel sides, yellow, pubescent, the covered part of the left
elytron transparent; dorsal field with six almost Jongitudinal veins, the
second one fureate near the apex; the fifth and sixth united about the middle
of the intertial margin; lateral field with 4 veins, one of which is not complete.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 479

Wings somewhat longer than the elytra, their anterior margin with a row of
small long brown spots.

Length of body 5:5 mm,; leneth with wings 11 mm.; ovipositor 2+2 mm, ;
elytra 6 mm.

Type: Queensland: Bathurst Head (Hale and Tindale, Jan., 1927), 1 @
(S.A.M.),

As the male of this species is unknown, it is difficult to ascertain whether
it belongs to the genus Metiochodes or to Cyrtoxiphoides; yet the shape of the
ovipositor suggests rather the first genus.

3. MrtiocHopEs TINDALEI sp. n.
Fig, 66.

Yellow, pubescent. Head with somewhat flattened vertex; frontal rostrum
narrower than the first antennal segment. Face short and wide. Hyes a
little lengthened anteriorly and posteriorly; ocelli very small. Antennae and
palpi yellow; fourth segment of maxillary palpi much shorter than third, fifth
short and wide, rather markedly securiform in shape, truncated at apex
(fig. 66), Pronotum transverse, a little narrowing in front, with straight an-
terior margin, stronely sinuated, posterior subangulate; disk feebly flattened ;
lateral lobes a little high, with convex inferior margin and much rounded
angles. Abdomen and cerci yellow; subgenital plate rather large, feebly
notched at apex. Ovipositor rather long, curved, with apical valves notched at
base, superior valves strongly crenellated (fig. 66), Legs yellow; anterior
tibiae enlarged at base and perforated with a large oval tympanum on internal
face. Posterior legs wanting. Elytra lengthened, parallel, pubescent; dorsal
field with 4 longitudinal veins, almost straight and regularly spaced; trans-
verse veinlets numerous, forming square areolae; the covered part of the left
elytron is smooth and glabrous; lateral field with 3 veins. Wings rather
lengthily produced, yellow, pubescent.

Length of body 7 mm.; length with wings 12 mm.; elytra 7 mm.; oviposi-
tor 2°8 min.

Type: Northern Territory: Groote Eylandt (N. B. Tindale), 1 ¢
(S.A.M.).

This species is remarkable in the shape of the ovipositor; it looks like a
species of Cyrtoxipha but differs from that genus in the pubescent elytra; as
the preeeding, it might belong to Cyrloxiphoides if the male elytron is pro-
vided with a distinet mirror,

480 RECORDS OF THE §,A. MUSEUM

Famity ENROPTERIDAE.

The Eneopteridae are rather large Grylloids with depressed tarsi, pos-
terior tibiae serrulated between the spines, and the head with a very wide
frontal rostrum, the eyes being big, rounded and laterally projectmg. The
posterior tibiae are armed with 6 long apical spurs, of which the median is
the longest, both on the internal and external faces.

Kry to THE Genera or HNHOPTERIDAL.

1. Elytra extending to the apex of abdomen in both sexes, with well

developed apical field .. ré z ot £3 .. Cardiodactylus
Elytra shorter than abdomen, with almost no apical field .. - 2
2. Frontal rostrum about one and a half times as wide as the first
antennalsegment .. ra iy ae AP ut ies Hurepa
Frontal rostrum almost thrice as wide as the first antennal segment,
which is very small +. 7 oh Le ce 2A p.3 3
3. Elytra of male with complete mirror, almost extending to the apex of
abdomen... +f of pa . ote via = Salmanites
Elytra of male very short, with indistinct mirror; elytra of female
short ts we he Re ie ary i os .. Lebinthus

Gen. CarpiopactyLus Saussure, 1878.

The species of Cardiodactylus are large Grylloids with rather short and
strong legs. The frontal rostrum is about as large as the first antennal seg-
ment; pronotum almost square; elytra long, with in the male a small mirror,
often more or less divided by a wide reticulation; the wings are always caudate,

The species of this genus are known from the Malayan and Australian

regions,
Key To tHe Species or CARDIODACTYLUS.
1. Wings exceeding the elytra by half their length .. Bi 4. rufidulus
Wings exceeding the elytra by at most a third of their length, often
much less hp ™ am ab ole bs - ie ale 2

2. General shape short; colouration more uniform; ocelli larger 2. gaimardi
General shape more lengthened; colouration usually brightly varied
with brown and yellow; ocelli smaller .. t. ie a es 3
3. Anterior tibiae but feebly enlarged; ovipositor long and slender
1. novae-quineae

Anterior tibiae strongly dilated near the base; ovipositor rather short
3. canotus

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 481

1. CarpiopacTyLUs NOVAE-GUINEAE. (Haan.).

Gryllus (Platydactylus) Novae-Guineae Haan, 1842, Temminck, Verhandl.

Orth., p. 233.

Rufo-testaceous; head with 4 light lines on the vertex; frontal rostrum a
little wider than the first antennal segment. Elytra of male adorned with
yellow spots; mirror narrow, acute backwards, divided by a transverse vein;
its posterior part often reticulated; chords variable. Elytra of the female
greyish or brownish with a yellowish spot in the middle; ovipositor straight, as
long as the posterior femora,

Length of body 18-23 mm.; post. fem. 15-17-5 mm.; elytra 14-19 mm.;
ovipositor 20-26 mm.

This large species is common in the Malayan islands; it has also been
recorded from a few Australian localities.

Queensland: Cairns, Kuranda (8.A.M.); Stacey Is., South Cape (A.M.);
Dunk. Is. (Q.M.).

Papua: Misima Island (Rev. R. J. Andrew), (8.A.M.).

2. CARDIODACTYLUS GAIMARDI (Serv.).

Platydactylus Gaimardi Serville, 1839, Ins. Orth., p. 366.

Very close to the preceding species but differing in the shorter ovipositor
and the more regular elytral reticulation,

Australia: (Serville’s type in the Paris Museum).

3. CaRDIODACTYLUS CANOTUS Saussure.

Cardiodactylus canotus Saussure, 18378, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 522.
Differing from novae-guineae in the anterior tibiae being strongly swollen
at base and in the shorter ovipositor.

Australia: (Saussure). The type, in the Paris Museum, comes from the
Solomon Islands.

4, CARDIODACTYLUS RUFIDULUS Saussure.

Cardiodactylus rufidulus Saussure, 1878, Mem, Soe. Geneve, xxv, p. 523.

This species is also very similar to the preceding ones; its colouration is
rather uniformly brown, the elytra with a yellow tinge at base with two brown
spots; the wings are relatively longer than the other species. Australia; with-
out exact locality (Saussure’s type).

482 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Gen. Lesrstous Stal, 1877.

The species of this genus are smaller than those of Cardioductylus with
abbreviated elytra in both sexes and wings completely abortive. They are
known from the Philippine Islands and Malaya; one new species from Australia
is deseribed below,

LEBINTHUS BIFASCTATUS Sp. 1,
Fig, 12, 68,

8. Small; brown with two light bands exteucine from the anterior mar-
gin of pronotum to the apex of elytra. Head as wide as pronotum in front;
oceiplit shining brown, feebly shagreened, adorned with a rather weak W-
shaped yellow line; frontal rostrum very wide, truncated, a little convex at
apex. Haee short, brown marbled with yellowish; facial shield convex but not
swollen, fnrrowed in the middle. joining the vertex in a much rounded angle.
Eves rounded, rather projecting; ocelli very small, the anterior one at top of
the frontal rostrum. Autennae yery slender, with first seement small, brown.
Palpi rather short with three last segments subequal in length; third and
fourth segments with basal half brown, apes vellow; filth sevment widening
# little at apex, yellow with hase and apex brown. Pronotum transverse, with
feebly concave anterior margin, posterior straight, narrowmg feebly in front;
disk convex, brownish with a wide yellowish irregular band on each side;
anterior margin also pale yellowish; lateral lobes brown, with inferior margin
ascending backwards, Abdomen testaceous brown with a darker median band;
inferior part yellowish ; supero-anal valve square, truneated at apex; subgenital
plate large, wide at base, narrowing and a little truneated at apex. Genitalia
wide, feebly notched at apex, with a round impress at base (fig, 68), Legs
short and stout; anterior and middle femora brownish apex yellow; tibiae
brown, vaguely annulated with yellow; anterior tibiae perforated with a large
external tympanum; metatarsi yellow with base and apex brown, carinated
beneath; second segment small, flattened brown, third yellow with apex brown.
Posterior femora very wide, rufo-testaceous; tibiae armed with 4 spmes on
each margin, serrulated at base and with 1 denticle between the spines amongst
a few long bristles; stupero-external and infero-external spi's short, particu-
larly the first one, the median much longer; internal spurs long, particularly
the median, the superior a little longer than the inferior; metatarsi short, armed
above with 4 external denticles and 1 internal denticle at apex, the apical spurs
long; second segment brown, relatively long, a little depressed at apex: third
segment slender, searvely longer than the second, yellow with apex brown.
Elytra glabrous, extending only to the middle of abdomen, blaekish brown with

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 483

a yellow humeral band, truncated at apex; mirror rudimentary, composed of a
triangular cell, at apex of the elytron, divided into three parts; diagonal vei
long; chords a little curved, extending to the apex of the elytron; 2 veinlets
unite the first chord and the mirror; 2 oblique veins only, of which one is
long and the other, in the anal vein, is shorter; lateral field blackish, with 4
veins; Se not divided.

2. A little larger than the male; elytra vedyeed to very small lateral
seales; light band of the pronotum prolonged on the metanotum. Subgenital
plate small, a little notched at apex, Ovipositor very long, slender, with nar-
row, lanceolate apical valves.

Length of body ¢ 10 mm.; 2? 13 mm.; pronot, 2 2 mm,, @ 2-6 mm.;
post. fem. ¢ 7-3mm., 9 10 mm.,; elytra ¢ 3+5 mm.; ovipositor 25 mm.

‘Types: Northern Territory: Daly River (1. Wesselman), 1 3 ; Port Dar-
win, 1 ¢ (S.A.M.); Mary River (G, F. Will), 12 (Q-M.).

This species is very close to L. leapoldi Chop., from New Guinea; in the
male, the anal knot is uot swollen; the female is almost apterous and its ovi-
positor with narrower, more lengthened apical valves.

Gen, SALMANITES nov.

Frontal rostrum very wide; first segment of antennae very small. Posterior
femora short and stout; tibiae serrulated, armed with 4+ spines on each margin,
Elytra of male extending almost to apex of abdomen, with a well developed
mirror divided by a eurved vein; apical field very short. Female unknown

SALMANITES OBSCURIFRONS sp. 7.
Fig. 13, 69,

é. Rather small, greyish brown, finely pubescent. Head as wide as pro-
notum, a little mottled with brown above; frontal rostrum short, very wide,
truneated. Face blackish, shining, glabrous; top of the frontal shield with a
narrow yellow line at the point where it joins the vertex. Eyes rather strongly
projecting, rounded; lateral ocelli very small. Antennae very slender, yellow-
ish, with first segment small, brown. Palpi blackish; fourth segment of
maxillary palpi a little shorter than third, fifth rather large, triangular,
obliquely truncated at apex. Pronotum transverse, narowing slightly in front,
with anterior and posterior margins straight; disk leebly convex, greyish with
a few smal! brown spots, very finely pubescent; lateval lobes black with narrow
yellow band in the superior part; inferior margin ascending backwards, an-
terior angle 90°. Abdomen brown above, yellowish beneath; subgenital plate

484 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

lone, very narrow at apex. Cerei moderately long, brownish with a dark band
at internal face. Genitalia very long, almost tubular, notched at apex (fig. 69).
Legs short, dark brown, a little annulated with yellowish, strongly pubescent,
Anterior tibiae provided with a tather large oval tympanum at external fave;
metatarsi compressed, yellow with brown tip. Posterior femora short and
stout; their external face yellowish with dark brown superior third; internal
face a little striated with brown; tibiae armed with 4 spines on cach margin;
internal apical spurs long, chiefly the median one, the other two equal in length;
externo-superior spur shorter than the inferior one, the median much the
longest; metatarsi short, armed with 3 external and 1 internal denticle; apical
spurs long, particularly the internal. Elytra wide, extending to the apex of
abdomen, rounded at apex; colouration light grey with rufous veins; mirror
rather large, very angulate in lront, rounded behind, divided beneath the
middle by a strongly arched vein; diagonal vein long; chords lengthened, the
first almost straight, the second much sinnated, the third simply a little undu-
lated; sutural vein quite distinct; 4 oblique veins of which 2 are long, sinnated,
parallel, and 2 shorter in the angle of the anal vein; apical field very short with
only two rows of irregular cells; lateral field dark brown; Se bearing 6
branches. Wings very short.

Leneth of body 9 mm.; pronot. 2 mm,; post. fem. 12+5 mm.; elytra 6 mm.

Type: Queensland: Byfield near Yeppoon (A. Musgrave, Oct., 1924), 1 6
(A.M,),

Gen. Eurura Walker, 1869 (p. 71).

(= Salmania Walker, 1869, p. 73).

The species of this genus have rather the aspect of a small Cardiodactylus
with somewhat shortened elytra; in the female sex, the ovipositor is very long,

sometimes exceedingly so. They are known from Australia and the Malay
Archipelago.

Kry To tHe Specms or LUREPA.

1. Frontal rostrum a little wider than the first antennal segment, trun-

eate at apex, flat above; forehead feebly projecting . yp 2
Frontal rostrum twice as wide as the first antennal seement, rounded
at apex, more or less convex above, the forehead in the shape of a pro-
jecting protuberance é on 0 = bh ote - 3

2. Frontal rostrum with parallel margins; ce as long as the
body ale ale ie as bs . ne ra 1. sordida

Frontal rostrum with margins rather stkogty diverging backwards ;
ovipositor extremely long ite ie vs 4° 2. marginipennis

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA #85

3. Elytra of female very short, separated along the median line 6. subaptera
Elytra of female extending at least to the middle of abdomen, some-

what overlapping in the median line .. . + -'s ri 4
4. wnicolar

4. Head and pronotum wholly blackish; elytra brown with vellow veins

Face yellowish, more or less spotted with brown; head and pronotum
above testaceous, more or less widely mottled with brown .. ae 5

Lateral lobes of pronotum yellowish; elytra of the female with paral-
lel, longitudinal veins .. ws : : bbs .. 8. myébergi

Lateral lobes of pronotum black; elytra of the female with oblique,
somewhat irrecular veins or = te: . 5. eurvatifrons

oy

1. HKurepa sorpma (Walk.).

Salmamia sordida Walker, 1869, Cat, Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 73.
Piestodaclylus brevipennis Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 527.

A medium sized species; colour dark rufous, covered with a fulvous pube-
scence. In the male, the elytra extend almost to the apex of abdomen; the
mirror is longer than wide, very acutely angulate in front, rounded posteriorly,
(divided before the middle by an angulate vein which is almost parallel to the
anterior sides of the wirror; 2 oblique veins; first chord united to the angle of
the mirror by a rather long veinlet, almost parallel to the diagonal vein; apieal
field short, rounded, with 4 sectors and a rather wide, regular reticulation,
Elytra of the female short, extending to the fifth segment. of abdomen; dorsal
field rufous brown with a yellow humeral hand, lateral field very dark. Wings
a little longer than the elytra in the male, very short in the female. Ovipositor
as long as body,

Length of body 19 mm.; pronot. 8 mm.; post. fem, 12 mm.; elytra ¢
11 mm., 2 8 mm.; ovipositor 16-17 mm.

This species seems rather variable; the elytra of the male may be more or
less spotted with brown in the anal field, between the chords and near the an-
terior angle of the mirror; the dividing vein of the mirror may be rather more
curved than angulate as in the type, the length varies from 16 to 19 mm.

North Australia: (Walker's type; Saussure’s type of brewipennis ),

Queensland: Almaden, Chillagoe Distr. (W. D, Campbell, v., 1926),
(A.M.); Endeavour River (Paris Mus.); Inkerman, near Townsville CW.
Stalker, 1908), (Br. M.); Magueti¢e Island, Kuranda (S.A.M.).

Northern Territory: Darwin, Koolpinya (S8.A.M.).

South Australia: Palmiston, Mt, Bryan (S8.A.M.).

486 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

2, BUREPA MARGINIPENNIS (White).
Acheta (1) marginipennis White, 1841, Grey, Journ, Exp. Austr., ii, p. 467.
Piestodactylus longicauda Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 529,

Very close to the preceding but smaller; in the male the elytra extend to
the abdominal extremity, their apices rounded; mirror rather large, as long
as wide, anterior angle a little obtuse, posterior margin rounded, divided in
the middle by a curved vein; diagonal vein rather long, straight; chords long,
feebly curved; 3 oblique veins, two of which are long, sinuate, almost parallel,
and the third very short in the angle of the anal vein; apical field rather’
short with 3 sectors and a wide reticulation; lateral field with 11 rather
regularly spaced veins, of which 8 are branches of Se. Wines not longer than
the elytra. Ovipositor of the female about twice as long as the body.

Length of body ¢ 10-13-5 mm., ¢ 18-16 mm.; post. fem. 9-12 mm.;
elytra ¢ 7:5-9°5 mm.; 2 8-8-5 mm.; ovipositor 20-32 mm.

Western Australia: Lawlor (A.M.); Busselton (S.A.M.); King George’s
Sound (Walker), (Br. M.).

South Australia: Kangaroo Is., Riverton, Yeelanna, Penong, Mt. Barker,
Karoonda to Peebinga, Owieandana, Buckleboo, Murat Bay, Eyre Pen., Mt.
Lofty Ranges, Parrakie, Tanunda, Adelaide, Darkes Peak (S.A.M,); Kings-
cote, K.I. (A.M.).

New South Wales: Binnaway (A.M.).

Victoria (Paris Museum).

3. Burera mJéserct Chopard,

Eurepa mjobergi Chopard, 1925, Ark. £. Zool,, 184, No. 6, p. 44, fig. 90-94.
Very close to the preceding from which it differs in the wider frontal ros-
trum, the yellow lateral lobes of pronotum and the shorter ovipositor.
Western Australia: Derby, Kimberley Distr. (types in the Stockholm
Mus.).

4. EuRmerPA UNICOLOR Sp, u.
Fig. 70.

@. Rather large species, colouration a uniform dark brown, very finely
pubescent. Head as wide as pronotum, vertex sloping and even a little exea-
vated at base of rostrum; this is twice as wide as the first antennal segment.
with parallel margins, flat above, rounded apex. Face blackish brown, smooth;
facial shield forming a projecting, finely furrowed protuberance, Eyes rounded.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA +87

feebly projectiny laterally; ovelli small, the anterior one much before the apex
of the rostrum. Antennae and palpi brown; third and fourth segments of the
maxillary palm equal in length, fifth a little longer, scarcely enlarged at apex,
with superior margin Little concave. Pronotum a little wider than long, with
slightly concave anterior margin, posterior straight. Disk feebly convex, a
litle irregular; lateral lobes concolorous, with inferior margin ascending back-
wards. Abdomen dark brown, feebly pubescent; supero-anal valve a little trum-
cated at apex; subgenital plate rather long, strongly narrowing towards the
apex which is slightly truncated. Cerei long; lighter than the body. Legs
rather short. Genitalia less tubular than those of sord/da, more aneulately
notched at apex (fig. 70). Legs rather short, of a somewhat rufous brown.
eolonration. Anterior tibiae perforated on external face with an oval tym-
panum. Posterior femora thick, unicolorous; tibiae armed with 4 spines ou
each margin, strongly serrulate at base and between the spines; apieal spurs
compressed, the median one the longest on each side; metatarsi rather short,
a little compressed, armed with 4-5 external, 2 internal denticles. Elytra ex-
tending almost to the apex of abdomen, brown with lighter veins; apex
rounded; qwirror longer than wide, subaneulate in front, rounded behind,
divided in the middle by a eurved vein; diagonal vein short; chords rather
strongly euryed, parallel; 4 obliqne veins; apical field vather large, with 5
sectors and a rather close, regular reticulation; lateral field concolourous with
5 precostal veins aud 6 branches of the subeostal, Wings very short.

9. Similar to the male in general shape and colouration. Elytra extend-
ing to the apex of the fifth abdominal tergite, rounded at apex; veins yellow
on a brown background, slightly oblique, rather regularly spaeed; Cu bearing
3 branches; transverse veinlets forming rather regular, lengthened areolae,
except at base where they are very close; Se bearing 3 branches. Ovipositor very
long, with narrow, lanceolate apical valves.

Length of hody ¢ 17 mm., ¢ 19 mm.; pronot. ¢ 4-5 mm., ¢ 3-8 mm.;
post. fem, ¢ 12-5 mm, ¢ 14 mm.; elytra ¢ 10 mm., & 8 mim.; ovipositor
42 min,

Types: South Awstralia: Ooldea (A. M. Lea). 1 2,1 2 (S.A.M.).

This species is relatively large, of a dark brown, uniform eolouration with
the veins of elytra lighter; the frontal shield 1s strongly swollen, the superior
face of the Frontal rostrum flattened, the ovipusitor of the feroale is extremely
long.

Besides the 3 males and + females from the type locality, the South Austia-
lian Museum collection contains a female from Kingoonya, 8.A. (R. Harvey),

Western Australia: Lawlers (W, QO. Maushridge), (Br. M.).

488 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

5. HUREPA CURVATIFRONS sp, 1.

9. Colouration yellowish grey with brown spots; finely pubescent. Head
a little wider than pronotum in front, feebly flattened above; oceiput adorned
with 5 short brown bands; {frontal rostrum about twice as wide as first antennal
segment, with parallel margins, apex rounded. Face yellowish, feebly marbled
with brown; facial shield markedly swollen, finely furrowed in the middle;
vheeks yellowish with a brown spot behind the eye. Eyes a little lengthened
dorsally and ventrally, rounded, protruding; ocelli yery small, the anterior a
little before the apex of the rostrum, Antennae slender, brownish, lighter at
base. Palpi short, yellowish, spotted with browu; the three last segments of
the maxillary palpi subequal in length, the last rather markedly enlarged at
apex, with feebly coneave superior margin, apex a little convex, bordered with
brown. Pronotum transverse; narrowing a little in front, with almost straight
anterior and posterior margins; disk very slightly convex, yellowish marbled
and spotted with brown, especially about the middle; lateral lobes blackish
with a small yellow spot in the anterior angle, inferior margin ascending back-
wards. Abdomen yellow beneath, yellowish spotted with brown above with a
median brown band. Ovipositor long and slender, with apical valves oval,
lanceolate, scarcely wider than the stem, Legs yellowish spotted with brown,
the posterior ones wanting. Elytra extending no farther than the apex of the
third abdominal tergite, yellowish with darker, thick veins, the two eubital
veins being furcate; transverse veinlets irregular; lateral field blackish with a
light band between Se and M; Se bearing 2 branches; 3 precostal veins of
which the third lies along the margin.

Length of body 12 mm.; pronot. 2-3 mm.; ovipositor 23 mm.; elytra 4 mm.

Type: South Australia, 1 @ (S8.A.M.)

This species is close to mjéberg? but with the lateral lobes of pronotum
darker, less regular elytral venation and much longer ovipositor.

6. Eurera suparteraA Chopard.

Eurepa subaptera Chopard, 1924, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p, 45, fig. 95-96.

This species differs from all the others of the genus in Its short elytra
which are separated on the median line.

Known only from the type specimen in the Stockholm Museum, without
exact locality.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 489

Famity ITARIDAE.

The inseets of this family differ from the preceding in the smaller head
with narrow frontal rostrum; in the male, the elytra are very wide with
numerous oblique veins. They are very characteristic of the Malay region
with a few African species and one in Australia.

Gen. TREMELLIA Stal, 1877.

This genus has been placed amongst the Phalangopsidae because of the
hardly depressed second tarsal segment but most of the characters and espe-
cially the elytral venation of the male are more characteristie of the Itaridae.

TREMELLIA AUSTRALIS sp. 0,
Fig, 14, 71,

Testaceous brown with a few darker spots. Head a little wider than the
pronotum in front; vertex sloping, ending im a short rostrum, wide at base
with strongly converging margins, narrow feebly rounded apex. Antennal
sockets with a strong angular prominence on internal margin, Face lengthened,
yellowish with brown superior part, the two colours separated by a straight
line joiming the inferior margins of the antennal sockets; the brown part. is
divided by a fine median yellow band; cheeks with a brown arched band bebind
the eye. Eyes rounded, markedly projecting; ovelli very small, disposed as a
triangle. Antennae slender, annulated with yellow and brown. Palpi yellow;
fourth segment of the maxillary palpi mueh shorter than third, fifth long anc
narrow, triangular. Pronotum a little wider than long, with anterior margin
convex, a little notched in the middle; posterior margin straight; disk weakly
convex, irregular; lateral lobes adorned with two brown bands, the superior
one the widest. Abdomen brownish; subgenital plate triangular. Genitalia
short aud wide, deeply notched at apex, each lobe ending in a small tooth
(fig. 71). Lees long and slender, annulated with brown. Anterior tibiae with
internal foramen only; anterior metatarsi long, yellow with brown top, second
and third segments blackish, the third very loug and slender. Median legs a
little shorter than anterior. Posterior femora feebly dilated at base, with a
very lone filiform apical part, adorned on external face with an oblique brown
band; tibiae very long and slender, armed with 2 external and 3 internal short,
slender, yellow spines; serrulation reduced to a few very small! denticles on the
external margin; external apical spurts very short, median and partienlarly
supero-internal ones very long; metatarsi very long, compressed; second seg-

490

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ee tell eae
ee

14

Adenopterus norfolkensis sp. n. ¢.

Fig. 16.

Fig. 14. Tremellia australis sp.n. gf. Fig. 15. Aphonoides hackeri sp. n. ¢.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 491

ment small, depressed, third long and slender. Wlytra extending a little beyond
the apex of abdomen, a little widening backwards, testaceous brown with a
few brown spots; mirror as long as wide, angulate in frout, rounded behind,
divided by two parallel veins, the median part narrower than the other two;
diagonal vein and chords rather short, the first chord subangniate, united to
the mirror by two veinlets; 4 oblique veins, nearly parallel; apical field short
with 3 sectors and a very wide reticulation; lateral field dark brown in its
superior part; Se with numerous branches; the space between Se and R with
about 10 parallel small veins. Wings not longer than elytra.

Length of body 10-5 mm.; pronot. 2 mm.; post, fem. 13 mm.; elytra 9 mm,

Type: Queensland: Cairns Distr, (A. M. Lea), 1 3 (S.A.M.).

This species is easy to recognize as it is the only Australian Grylloid with
mirror divided by two veins. Besides the type specimen I have seen two other
males of this species.

Queensland (F. P. Dodd), 1 ¢ (Br. M,),

Papua: Misima Is., Louisiade Aveh, (Rev, R, J. Andrew), 1 @ (8.A.M.).

Famity PODOSCIRTIDAE,

This family contains a great number of species which are rather different
in general shape but always have the posterior tibiae serrulated between the
spines, their external apical spurs being very short and the metatarsi short.
he Australian genera may be distinguished with the following key.

Key to Tar Genera oF PODOSCIRTIDAE.

1. Elytral venation different in both sexes .. SS ni es - 2
Elytral venation similar in both sexes -. ie obs rds ag 5
2. Elytra of male with a perfect mirror .. ae a ee rare 3
Ilytral mirror of the male incomplete -. tr ‘9 “5 as 4
3. Body, legs and antennae covered with au abundant pubescence ;
frontal rostrum very narrow, with converging sides; first, segment of
antennae somewhat depressed ; last segment of maxillary palpi seeuri-
form .. . ; za é is a Dolichagryllus
Pubescence shor and jot so abundants first segment of autennae not
depressed, frontal rostrum wider. . 7 of 23 Madasumma
4. Elytra of male with, in addition to the anal vein. the diagonal, the
vhords and an tncomplete mirror (fig. 77, 78) 5 velus rather irregu-
lar and oblique; posterior femora without spines ., pe Hemiphomus

Elytra of male without any trace of the mirror; veins very regnlar
and parallel ; posterior femora armed with a very strong spine on the
infero-external margin -. a ot rs fs Hemiphonoides

492 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

5. Body of very slender shape; head flattened above; ovipasitor acute

without apical valves .. it. aa at ys ts Luscyrtus
Body more robust, with convex sides; ovipositor with well defined
apical valves " + 53 ot 34 ¢3 sf 2 6

6. Anterior tibiae perforated with two tympana; elytra of male with a
large glandular pit sy 3 es is 3.2 .. Adenelytron

External tympanum of the anterior tibiae obliterated; elytra of male
without glandular pit .. AR as wi - -. Aphonoides

Gen. MApasummMa Walker, 1869,

The males in the species of this genus have a perfect elytral tympanum
with a large mirror, divided by a straight vein; 5 to 7 oblique veins; lateral
field of the elytra with numerous branches of the Se. The pronotum is rounded
above; the legs are moderately long, more or less pubescent; anterior tibiae
furrowed above, with two foramina, the internal often slit-like. The geni-
talia show very good specifie characters in the male sex. Unfortunately, most
of the Australian species are known only from the female sex.

The species of ‘Madasumma are numerous in the Indo-Malayan region and
in Madagascar; only a few have been recorded from Australia and there are
some certainly remaining to be discovered.

Key To THe Species or MADASUMMA (Femaues).

1. Face shining with a wide black band, cut by three transverse yellow
lines “<é ts my ote si ste 1. australis

Face testaceous or brownish without black band + ile ah 2

2. Ocelli very big, contiguous; size large, colouration dark brown 3. ocellata,

Qcelli smaller, more or less separated .. Su 7 ne “¥ 3
3. External tympanum of the anterior tibiae reduced to a small round

opening; colouration dark brown .. Ay ai oP .. 4. obscura

External tympanuin of the anterior tibiae oval “3 os <$ 4
4. Last segment of maxillary palpi long, triangular, slightly enlarged at

apex (fig. 72) al. sty we we A. “4y ae 54 4

Last segment of maxillary palpi rather wide, somewhat securiform

(fig. 73) a: 54 nt ot ty as vite ais A 6
5. Frontal rostrum almost as wide as first antennal segment, which is

small, scarcely longer than wide .. 93 rs * .. affinis

Frontal rostrum very narrow at apex .. els os -» 2. aperta
6. Posterior tibiae not serrated — .. .. 9, continua

Posterior tibiae serrated at base and between the spines ov “ 7

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 493

7. Venation quite irregular, the principal yeins hardly distinct from the

reticulation (fig. 74)... ae oF ba wea .. 8 reticulatus
Venation more regular, the principal veins well separated from the
reticulation .. te ns 4. an abe rhe ads 2+ 8

8. Venation quite regular with only one row of cells between the prin-
cipal veins; 7 or 9 oblique sectors in the dorsal field (fig. 73); pube-
scence very short and weak .. A a i iF, 6. planiceps
Venation not so regular with two rows of cells between the principal
veins; 6 sectors in the dorsal field (fig. 76); pubescence longer

7. hornensis
1. MapasumMa AUSTRALIS (Walk.).

Platydactylus australis Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 87.

This species was deseribed from the male sex; from Walker’s description
the following features help to charaeterize it:

Ifead as broad as the prothorax, prominent between the sockets, forepart
shining, with a broad black band, including three transverse yellow lines.
Fore-wings testaceous-cinereous, extending to the tip of the abdomen; space
towards the tip reticulated; subcostal space with twelve oblique slightly curved
veins, those towards the base very near each other, the twelfth forked. Hind-
wings extending much beyond the fore-wings. Length of the body 12 lines.

Australia: (type in the British Museum).

2. MApASUMMA APERTA (Sauss., 1878).

Calyptotrypus apertus Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 576; Chop-

ard, 1925, Ark, f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 49, fig. 101.

@. Large species of a fulvo-testaceous colour; frontal rostrum very nar-
row between the antennae; ocelli rather large, separated by a space equal to
their own width; last segment of the maxillary palpi twice as long as fourth,
enlarged and rounded at top. Hlytra with 10-11 oblique veins.

Length with elytra 30 mm.; post. fem. 14 mm.; elytra 25 mm.; ovipositor
12 mm.

Queensland: Rockhampton (Saussure’s type in Brunner’s collection, Wien.
Mus.); Aliee River (Stockholm Mus.),

3. MapasUMMA OCELLATA sp. n.

Large species of a pale brownish colouration; finely pubescent. Head as
wide as pronotum, testaceous above with a dainty brownish network W-like
and a spot of the same colour; base of the rostrum in front of the antennae

494 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

darkened; frontal rostrum narrow, with almost parallel margins; face short,
yellow with 3 narrow transverse bands, the first along the antennal sockets, the
second in the middle of the facial shield, the third along the superior margin of
the clypeus and of the mandibles; clypeus with almost straight superior imar-
gin, the superior part (postelypeus) very narrow. Eyes rounded, rather pro-
jecting forwards; oeelli very big, contiguons, Antennae brown, Palpi yellow-
ish; fourth segment of the maxillary palpi shorter than third, fifth long,
feebly enlarged at apex. Pronotum one and a half times as wide as long, with
feebly eoneave anterior margin, posterior convex; disk almost flat, a little em-
bossed and varied with brown; lateral Jobes rather high, concolorous, with
straight inferior margin, rounded angles. Abdomen brown; snbgenital plate
widely notehed with rounded lobes. Ovipositor rather long, straight; apieal
valves oval, finely granulate, inferior margin with 5 rounded teeth. Anterior
legs wanting. Middle tibiae testaceous with 5 longitudinal brown lines at
external face; tibiae thick, a Little flattened above. Posterior tibiae striated
with brown on the external face; tibiae armed with 5 external, 6 internal spines,
serrulated at hase and between the spines; apical spurs short, the supero-
internal one a little longer than half the metatarsus; the latter is short, armed
with 2 apical denticles and 2 on the external margin; apical spurs long, the
internal equalling the long tibial spur, Elytra brown, finely pubescent, with
veins a little darker thau the background: dorsal field with 6 sectors rather
regularly spaced, a little oblique; reticulation rather regular except towards
the base where there are often two vows of very irregular cells between the
veins; Se with 10 branches. Wings a little longer than the elytra.

Length of body 21 nuno,; length with wings 40 mm.; pronot. 4 mm.; post,
fem. 15:5 mm.; elytra 81 mm.; ovipositor 17-5 mm,

Type: Queensland; Chillagoe Distr.. Almaden (W. D. Camphell), 1 ¢
(S.A.M,).

This large species is close to the preceding but with the frontal rostrum
Jess narrow at apex, and with very big, contiguous oecelli,

4. ManasumMA orscura Chop, 1925,

Madausumma obscura Chopard, 1925, Ark. f, Zool,, 8A, No. 6, p. 48, fig. 100.

@. Long and narrow, dark brown, Head adorned with a brown band on
the oeciput prolonged on to the vertex; frontal rostrum flat, rather narrow at
apex; fifth segment of maxillary palpi rather long, slightly enlarged. Anterior
tibiae flattened above, a long furrow on their internal face and a rather large,
oval tympanum; on the external face, the tympanum is obliterated, reduced to

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 495

a very small round opening. Elytra brown with dark veins, bordered with
rufous, with two feebly marked light spots along the edge. Wings extending
very little beyond the elytra.

Leugth of body 16 mm.; length with wings 22 mm.; pronot, 8 non,; elytra
17 min,

This species differs from the other species of the genus in its colouration
and by the external tympanwm of the anterior tibiae which is hardly indieated.

Western Australia: Laura (type in the Stockholm Mus.).

5. MapasumMMaA aFFInis Chop. 1925.
Madasumma affinis Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 47, fig, 97.

Testaceous, feebly pubescent; face rufo-testaceous; fifth segment of maxil-
lary palpi hardly dilated at apex. Ocelli big in both sexes, but not so much as
in ocellata, Elytra of male light brown with a yellow humeral band; 8
oblique veins; mirror almost one and a half times as long as wide; elytra of
female of the same colour, with 10 very regular, oblique sectors.

Length of body 19 mm.; length with wings 29 mm.; pronot. 3-5 mm.;
post. fem. 12-5 mm.; elytra 20 mm.; ovipositor 11-5 mm.

This species seems close to australis Walk., but the face does not show a
black band.

Queensland: Stewart River, Burdekin Distr. (S.A.M.); Mitchell River,
Almaden, Chillagoe Distr., Belyanda River (A.M.); Alice River (types) ; Cook-
town (Stockholm Mus.); Hudeavour River (Paris Museum),

Northern Territory: Darwin (S.A.M.); Groote Eylandt (Br, M.).

Western Australia: North West. Aust. (A.M.); Broome, Derby, Kimberley
Distr., Noonkanbah (Stockholm Mus.).

6. MapAsUMMA PLANICEPS (Sauss.),

Calyptotrypus planiceps Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 572, pl. 18

(Ixii), fig. 9.

Yellowish; head small, flattened; frontal rostrum narrow; last segment of
maxillary palpi somewhat enlarged at apex. Pronotum flattened above, nar-
rowing in front; insertion of lateral lobes almost angular.

Length of body 26 mm.; elytra 21 mm.; post, fem, 11+5 mm.; ovipositor
13 mm.

This species rather differs from the preceding in the shape of the prono-
tum, which is almost that of the Indo-Malay genus Calyptotrypus with which
it constitutes a distinct link,

496 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Queensland; Cape Yorke (Sanssure’s type in Brunner’s collection) ; Cairns
Distr. (A. M. Lea), (8.A.M.).
Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. TL), (S.A.M.).

7, MabasuMMA HORNENSIS sp. Nn.

Rather large, long, testaceous, a little pubescent. Head with 6 whitish
lines; frontal rostrum very harrow between the antennae, almost triangular ;
face short, yellow. Eyes rounded; oeelli rather big, the anterior one in the
middle of the rostrum. Antennae and palpi testaceous; fourth segment of the
maxillary palpi much shorter than third, fifth feebly securiform. Pronotuim
with anterior and posterior margins spotted with small, brown, setigerous
points; anterior margin straight, posterior one subangular, disk almost flat,
covered with a white pubescence; insertion of the lateral lobes almost angulate ;
these lobes are concolorous with straight inferior margin, Abdomen yellow-
ish; subgenital plate transverse with straight posterior margin. Ovyipositor
straight, rather long; apical valves with 6 projecting, concentric lines. Legs
of the same colour as the body, covered with an abundant white pubescence.
Anterior tibiae thiek, perforated with two oval tympana, the internal the
larger, Elytra long, narrow, testaeeons with 5 brown spots on the edge; 5
branches of the cubital vein, rather distant from one another, with between them
two rows of irregular vells; lateral field a little lighter than the dorsal field;
Se bearing 6 branches. Wings much exceeding the elytra.

Length of body 19 mm.; length with wings 29 mm.; post, fem. 11 mm. ;
elytra 19-5 mm,; oyipositor 13-5 mm.

Type: Horn Island, Torres Straits, 1 ? (S.A.M.).

This species differs from plawiceps in that the elytral venation is much less
close and less regular; in planiceps between the branches of the culital vein
there is only one row of cells,

8 MApDASUMMA RETIGULATUS sp. n.

Very close to the preceding; general colouration a little more rnfous.
Pronotum with insertion of the lateral lobes a little more angular; disk with
a narrow yellow band on each side (the continuation of a similar band ou the
head behind each eye); lateral lobes with inferior margin feebly sinuated.
Subgenital plate with a wide angular notch; ovipositor a little shorter and
stojiter, the apical valves similar to those in hernensis, Elytra with venation
even less clear than the preceding, the principal veins being feebly visible in
the middle of a wide and irregular reticulation; 6 branches to the cubital vein,
the two first of which are united at base; the cells between the veins are very

CHOPARD —AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 497

irregular, but most of them ave large and disposed on a single row; Se with 6
branches,

Length of body 18 mm.; length with wings 28 mm,; elytra 20-5 mm,;
ovipusitor 12 mm.

Type; South Australia: Karoonda, 1 @ (S.A.M.).

9, MapasumMa continua (Walk.).
Platyductylus continuus Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm, Salt, Br. Mus., i, p. 87,

The description of this species which | have not seen is as follows;

‘Female, Testaceous, slender, pubescent. ead slightly elongate, very
prominent between the sockets of the antennae, three blackish stripes on the ver-
tex, united in front. Eyes dark reddish, elongated, slightly prominent. Third seg-
ment of the palpi clavate, excavated beneath, longer than the second. Antennae
blackish, pale and with blackish rings towards the base; first segment slightly
dilated on the inner side, Prothorax longer than broad, slightly narrower in
front, with a few black speckles and with two black stvipes; sides straight.
Cerei a little longer than the oviduct, which is straight and has a black tip and
is as long as the abdomen. Tegs rather short and stout, speckled with brown;
hind tibiae setose and not serrated on each side, four spmes on one side alter-
nate with the same number on the other. Wore-wings reticulated, extending
much heyond the abdomen; transverse seetors obliqne; a brown stripe along
the scapular vein including various small pale marks, subcostal space ¢imereous,
with irregular transverse sectors and with ten very slanting branches of the
mediastinal vein, the tenth forked. Hind wings extending much beyond the
fore-wings. Length of body 9 lines.’’

From this description, it seems that this species must be rather close to
the preceding; the denticulation of the posterior tibiae is particularly weak and
this character could help to recognize the species, the type of which is not in
the British Museum and is probably lost.

North Australia; In Mr, Saunder’s collection,

Gen. DoutcHogRYLLUs Bolivar, 1910,

DoLICHOGRYLLUS BRUNNEOVARIEGATUS sp. 0.

Large species, greyish, varied with dark brown, pubescent. Head dark
browu above with two narrow yellow lines behind the eyes and two other
similar, but less visible lines near the middle; frontal rostrum depressed at
base, very narrow at apex. Face yellowish; superior margin of the clypeus
darkened. Eyes almost triangular in shape; ocelli small, the anterior one

“498 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

searcely visible in the bottom of a gutter in the middle of the rostrum. <An-
tennae brown annulated with yellow; first segment large, depressed, brown
above with a wide yellow longitudinal band, yellow beneath with brown base
and apex. Palpi yellowish, brown above; fourth segment of maxillary palpi
short, fifth longer than third, subsecuriform, rather wide with rounded apical
angle. Pronotum transverse with convex posterior marein; disk flat with two
deep impressions forwards, the median line impressed, and with two big tuber-
culiform protuberances on the shoulders; colouration blackish brown with a
fine silvery pubescence and a lateral yellow line following the one which is on
the head behind the eyes; lateral lobes concolourous with inferior margin
slightly convex, anterior angle right, slightly rounded, posterior angle com-
pletely obliterated. Abdomen brown; subgenital plate widely notched, almost
in a half cirele, with rounded lobes. Cerci marbled with brown and _ yellow.
Ovipositor long, rather stout, a little curved upwards, with apical valves
lengthily oval, finely wrinkled and with 4 concentrieal ridges; their inferior
margin has only the basal tooth. Legs short, pubescent, blackish spotted with
yellow; anterior tibiae stout, almost quadrangular, with external tympanum
rather small, almost round, internal one larger, oval with anterior margin
somewhat overlapping; metatarsi very short, second segment of tarsi flattened,
very wide. Posterior femora rather slender, blackish striated with yellow on
external face and the inferior part yellow almost to the apex; tibiae blackish
with 5 spines on each margin, denticulate at base and between the spines;
metatarsi short, armed with 2 external, 1 internal denticle, the apical spurs
rather long, subequal in length. Elytra long and rather narrow, finely
pubescent, dorsal field greyish with yellow veins, with numerous small brown
spots in the areolae and 4 large spots behind the branches of the cubital vein;
transverse veinlets somewhat projecting but rather obsolete and irregular; 6
branches to Cu; lateral field blackish; Se bearing 8 branches. Wings greyish,
extending little beyond the elytra.

Length of body 20 mm.; length with wings 33 mm.; pronot. 3-8 mm.;
post. fem. 13 mm.; elytra 23-5 mm.; ovipositor 15-5 mm.

Type: South Australia: Marree (lL. Reece), 1 @ (S.A.M.).

A second female of the same species comes from Emerald (T, R. Smith) ; it
is larger and a little darker, there is a wide black band on its face extending
to the cheeks. (Length of body 23 mm.; length with wings 39 mm.; post. fem.
14 mm.; elytra 27-5 mm.; ovipositor 17 mm.).

The genus Dolichogryllus was erected for an African species; it is very close
to Madaswmma and probably has the same wide geographical distribution in the
Old World.

CiHoPpARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 499

Gen, Hemipuonus Saussure, 1878.

With the genus Hemiphonus we get to those species in which the elytral
venation differs little in the two sexes, the tympanum of the male being more or
less incomplete; the general shape is long and rather slender. The described
species are trom Australia and Oceania.

Key vo tae Specs or HEMIPHONUS (Mauss).

1. Mirror completely absent, the elytral venation consisting only of the

anal vein and the oblique veins (fig. 77) oh a os in 2
Mirror distinct although partly lost in the venation (fig. 78) i* 3
2. Subgenital plate acute at apex 34 Lay Ae te 1. wittatus
Subgenital plate rounded at apex .h Me a .. 2. vicinus
3. Face smooth, yellowish .. : ot i a wit os 5
Face blackish with yellow tubercles ob a - te he 4

4. Frontal rostrum subtruncate at apex; facial callosities weak. 6, callosifrons

Frontal rostrum subspinose at apex; facial callosities very strong
7. tuberculifrons

5. Lateral lobes of pronotum yellowish .. “4 ae A Pe 6
Lateral lobes of pronotum blackish .. 78 “-- ts 3. frontalis
6. Frontal rostrum with feebly converging sides; head without long
hairs a He es aa tle hy if .. 4 gracilis
Frontal rostrum very narrow at apex; oceiput provided with a tuft
of very long hairs it a 43 Je st .. 6 villustceps

1. HemreHonus virratus Saussure, 1878.

Hemiphonus vittatus Saussure, 1878, Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxv, p. 621, pl. 18
(Ixvii), fig. 1-6.
Fig. 77, 80.

Testaceous with a dark lateral band extending from the apex of vertex
to the extremity of the elytra. Frontal rostrum very narrow in front, almost
angulate. Elytral venation of male rather variable but never with a distinct
mirror; on the contrary, the anal vein and the oblique veins are more or less
perfectly distinct. Subgenital plate very long, ending in a point. In the
female, the ovipositor is rather short and stout, its apical valves black, strongly
denticulated.

North Australia: (Saussure’s type).

Queensland: Brisbane (H. Hacker, ii, 1915), Rockhampton (A. M, Lea),
(S.A.M.).

Polynesia: Viti Island (Saussure).

500 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

2. HiMiPpHONUS VICINUS sp. n,
Fig. 81.

é. In shape and general aspect close to the preceding, with very neat dark
lateral bands; head almost completely blackish above. Frontal rostrum very
narrow, subangulate at apex. Pronotum with very neat blackish bands which
are a little undulated and lined with a whitish external line. Subgenital plate
of male long but slightly rounded at apex; genitalia of the same type as
vittalus but with the superior piece a little more denticulated, the left inferior
piece short (fig. 81). Elytra with anal vein markedly sinuate but not extend-
ing fo the internal edge; no indication of a mirror; 5 oblique veins,

2. Subgenital plate strongly notched at apex with slightly rounded lobes.
Ovipositor straight, thick, with oval apical valves; their external face is
striated and with 4 ridges in the inferior portion, apex rounded,

Length of body ¢ 18-5 mm., @ 23 mm.; length with wings ¢@ 27-5 mm.,
@ 32 mm.; post. fem. ¢ 12 mm., @ 14 mm.; elytra ¢ 19 mm., ? 23 mm.;
ovipositor 18 mim,

Types: Queensland: Brisbane (TH. Hacker, 2, iv, 1918), 1 3,1 2 (S.A.M.)

Although very close to the preceding, this species is quite distinct by the
shape of the subgenital plate of the male.

3. HemirpHonus rronrauis (Walk.).

Laurepa frontalis Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, p. 99.

T have seen the type of this species in the British Museum and can add
some details to Walker’s description :

Testaceous, slender, shining; head blackish above; abdomen with short
black bands; lateral lobes of pronotum blackish. Elytral mirror of male small
but quite distinct, divided by a transverse vein; apical field very lone, with 5
veins, two of which are in the prolongation of the chords; diagonal vein dis-
tinct; 4 oblique veins. Length 8 lines.

North Australia: (type in the British Museum),

4. HeMiHoNUS GRACILIS sp. 0.
Fig. 78.

@. Rather small, slender, testaceous. Head with 6 longitudinal yellow
lines; frontal rostrum short, almost as wide at top as at base, truncated at apex;
face testaceous, smooth, with only a small yellow callosity under each eye,

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 501

which is sueceeded posteriorly along the eye, by a narrow yellow band. An-
tennae thivk, the first segment with internal margin thin, feebly angular. Palpi
short; fourth segment of maxillary palpi very short, brown, fifth wide, seeuri-
form, yellow. Pronotum with a rather irregular yellow band on the edge;
lateral lobes a little darker than the disk, Stbyenital plate rather short,
narrowing towards the apex which is rounded and slightly truncated. Elytra
translucent; anal vein well marked, angulate; mirror rather large, angulate in
front, truncated behind, divided in the middle by a straight vein; 5 oblique
veins, the first of which is straight; chords short; apical field long with 4 rather
distant, somewhat irregular veins; reticulation sparse and rather irregular.

Length of body 15 mm,; length with wings 22 mm.; post. fem. 8 mm.;
elytra 14-5 mm.

Type: Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill), 1 3 (S,A.M.).

This species is characterized by its frontal rostrum which narrows sonie-
what in front and is truncate, by the well defined mirror, and the yeins of
the apical field ave less close to and less regular than in the other species of
the genus.

5. HeMIPHONUS VILLOSICEPS sp. 0.

¢. Wholly brownish testaccous, ITlead on the oeciput with a tuft of
long erect hairs; vertex feebly concave, shagteened; frontal rostrum triangular,
subacute at apex, with somewhat thickened margins, feebly concave surface,
Face testaceous, with a yellow callosity imder each eye; top of the facial shield
with two deep impressions; elypeus with superior marein carinated in the
shape of a A, Aditennae thick, yellowish, with first segment large, somewhat
depressed towatds the internal margin. Oecelli laree, the anterior in the bot-
tom of a putter nearly at base of rostrum. Maxillary palpi short, yellowish;
fourth sesinent very short, fifth very wide, seeuriform. Pronotum tratisverse,
with anterior marein coneave, a little thickened and in the middle with a tuft
of Jong hairs, corresponding to that of the head; lateral lobes concolorous.
Abdomen yellowish; subgenital plate rather Jong but obtuse at apex. LElytra
translucent with yellowish ves coyered with very fine hairs; anal vein well
marked, angulated ; mirror rather well defined, strongly angulate anteriorly and
posteriorly, longer than wide, divided behind the middle by a straight vein;
5 oblique veins, of which 1 is straiglit and 4 are curved, parallel; chords short,
the two internal ones curved, parallel apical field long with 6 regularly distant
longitudinal veins; Se with 10 brown branches. Wines a little longer than
the elytra.

Length of body 15-5 mm.; length with wings 22 mm.; pronot, 24 mm.;
elytra 15 mm.

502 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Type: Northern Territory; Groote Eylandt (N. B. Tindale), 1 4 (S.A.M.).

Very close to the preceding but distinct in that the frontal rostrum is
almost acute at its apex, and the presence of the peculiar pubescence of the
head and anterior margin of pronotum; the elytra are more pubescent, the
mirror more acute posteriorly and the veins of the apical field more regular.

6. HemIrpHONUS CALLOSIFRONS Chopard.

Hemiphonus callosifrons Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 49, fig.

102.

This species differs from the preceding in the elytral mirror being not
completely closed behind and by the face being blackish brown, shining, with
yellow callosities.

Queensland: Cooktown (type in the Stockholm Mus.) ; Townsville (J. E-
Young, ix, 1923), (Br. M.) ; Brisbane (H. Hacker, xii, 1917), (Q.M.) ; Brisbane
(S.A.M.).

Northern Territory: Darwin (3.A.M.).

7. HeMIPHONUS TUBERCULIFRONS Chopard.
Hemiphonus tuberculifrons Chopard, 1925, Ark. t. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 51.
Fig. 79.

Very close to the preceding but with frontal rostrum almost acute and the
facial callosities replaced by small very prominent tubercles. In the male
elytron, the chords are more strongly bent but this character seems rather
variable,

Western Australia: Kimberley Distr. (type in the Stoekholm Mus.).

North Australia: Alexandria, W. Stalker, iv, 1906 (Br. M.).

Central Australia: Horn Exploration, 1894, camp. 28, Hermanusburg,
(H. A. Heinrich), Deep Well (K. Johannsen), (S.A.M.).

Northern Territory: Alice Springs, G, Barrett, 1929, McDonnell Downs
(S.A.M.).

Gen. HEMIPHONOIDES nov.

Shape very long and narrow; elytral venation as in Hemrphouus without
trace of a mirror; posterior femora armed with strong tooth on the infero-
external margin.

Type of the genus: Henuphonoides armatus sp, 0.

CHOPARD —AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 503

HeMIPHONOIDES ARMATUS Sp. UL
Fig, 82.

4. Rather large, very long, colouration of a rather uniform testaceous
brown, finely pubescent. Head small, cubital, adorned with 4 yellowish lines
on the occiput; vertex sloping, with a wide brown band between the eyes;
frontal rostrum very narrow with parallel margins, with a faint brown longi-
tudinal furrow. Face lengthened, yellow. Eyes Jengthened dorsally and
ventrally ; lateral ocelli very big, at base of rostrum, the distance between them
seareely equalling their length; anterior ocellus absent. Aatennae and palpi
yellowish; maxillary palpi with fourth segment a little shorter than third, fifth
rather natrow, seeuriform. Pronotum as long as wide, with feebly concave
anterior margin, posterior margin a little sinuated; disk conyex, yellowish
brown with a few dark spots near the auterior and posterior margins, with an
abundant recumbent pubescence; lateral lobes rather low, with straight in-
levior margin, much rounded anterior angle. Abdomen brownish above, yel-
lowish beneath; supero-anal valve small, truncated at apex; subgenital plate
long, triangular, a little ronuded at apes. Genitalia very long, in the shape
of a narrow tongue with two processes obliquely directed downwards (fig. 62).
Anterior and median legs short, yellowish. Anterior tibiae strongly dilated
at base, perforated with a uarrow foramen, situated m the bottom of a deep
depression, with swollen auterior margin; metatarsus very short, second seg-
ment of the tarsus widely flattened. Vosterior femora long and narrow, a
little spotted with brown at external face; infero-external margin finely denti-
culated and armel about the apical third with a large, feehly enrved tooth;
internal margin also finely deuticulated; inferior face with a rounded swelling
a little before the apex. Posterior tibiae armed with 7 internal, 5 external
spines, denticulate between the spines, external spurs very short; internal
spurs a little longer. particularly the superior one; metatarsi short, armed with
® apical denticles and a small one on the external margin, the apical spurs
‘ather long, particularly the internal one. Elytra long and narrow, testaecous
brown, finely pubescent; anal vein and axillaries well marked, the anal vein
curved at right angle; there is no trace of a mirror, the dorsal field being
ocenpied by T almost longitndimal and eynidistant veins, of which 4 are
branches of the cubital vem and the other 3 are united at base on the anal
knot; transverse veiilets rather scarce, forming very long areolae; lateral field
rather low; Se bearing 1 branches. Wings extending little beyond the
elytra.

504 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Length of body 21 mm.; length with wings 30 mm.; pronot, 3-2 mm, ;
post. fem. 13 mm.; elytra 20-5 mm,

Type: Bisiatabu, Pt. Moresby, N.G. (W. N. Lock), 1 ¢@ (S,A.M.).

Although evidently allied to Hemiphonus, this insect is very remarkable in
the armature of the posterior femora, a character which is quite exceptional in
the Grylloidea. It is possible that the female sex be without the strong tooth
of the external margin but it is almost certain that the unusual denticulation
of both inferior margins of the femora exists in this sex,

Gen. Munpercus nov.

The species of this new genus are characterized by the anterior tibiae being
perforated both on the internal and the external face; maxillary palpi with
last segment rather large, seeuriform; subcostal vein of elytra with several
oblique branches inserted along the whole length of the vein. This last char-
acter differentiates this genus from Anisotrypus Sauss. and Munda Stal, in
which the branches of the subcostal vein are few, parallel to the vein and
inserted near the base. From Podoscirfus Serv., it differs in the shape of the
last segment of maxillary palpi which is much broader and more or less securi-
form; the type of this last genus is the enormous Grylloid Podoscirtus crocinus
Serv., from Madagascar,

Type of the genus: Podoscirtus longifemur Chop.

Key To tHe Specs or MUNDEICUS.

1, Last segment of maxillary palpi strongly securiform, nearly as wide
as long; general shape rather short; frontal rostrum not very harrow
at top... og Js J i rr wa .. 2. brewmeauuda

Last segment of maxillary palpi feebly securiform, distinetly longer
than wide; general shape more slender; frontal rostrum very narrow
at apex 7 Kes by ss oe +b = _ - 2

2. Light testaeeous brown with a lateral yellow band; pronotum trans-
verse; Se of elytra bearing 12 branches .. ve 4 1. longifemur

Yellowish brown with a brown lateral band; pronotum almost as long
as wide; Se of elytra bearing 6 branches .. ,$ tae 3. findalet

1. Munpeicus tonerremur (Chop.)
Podascirtus longifemur Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p. 51, fig,
104-105.

Rather slender; light testaceous brown with opaque yellow band 6n the
sides of the pronotum and along the humeral edge of elytra. Oceiput with 4

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 505

very narrow light lines; frontal rostrum almost triangular; face short, whitish.
Lateral lobes of pronotum light yellow, disk rufous yellow, pubescent, with a
lateral, yellow, somewhat callous band, bordered inside with brown, Abdomen
yellowish; subgenital plate of male very loug, triangular. Legs yellowish;
posterior tibiae armed on each Margin with 5 suiall spies, black at apex.

Length of body 135 mm.,; length with wings 19 min,; post. fem. 8:5 mm.;
elytra 12 mm,

Western Australia: Broome (type in the Stoekholm Mus,).

2. Munpeicus previcaupa (Chop.).

Podoscirtus brevicauda Chopard, 1925, Ark. f, Zool, 183A, No, 6, p. 52, fig. 106-

107.

Very close to the preceding; lateral yellow bands of the pronotum not so
well marked. Maxillary palpi shorter with four segment very short, fifth
scarcely longer than wide, Posterior femora not so slender. Elytra rufous
without lateral yellow band. Ovipositor very short, straight with apical valves
rounded, with 3 projecting ridges,

Length of body 15 mm.; length with wings 21 mm.; post. fem. 8 mm.;
elytra 14 mm.; ovipositor 5*2 mm,

Western Australia: Kimberley Distr. (type in the Stockholm Mus.),

3. MUNDEICUS TINDALEI sp. 0.
Fig, 53.

4. Rather large, yellowish brown with a rather well defined brown band
on the head, behind the eyes and on the sides of the pronotum and elytra;
covered with a rather abundant white pubescence. Head rather long; frontal
rostrum very narrow at apex, feebly furrowed. Face very short, triangular,
yellow. Eyes rounded ; lateral ocelli rather large, oval, anterior one very small,
in the middle of the rostrnm. Antennae rather stout. yellowish with a few
hrown rings; first segment large, a little depressed, adorned above with two
small brown lines, uniting in front. Palpi yellow, short; fourth segment of
maxillary palpi shorter than third, rather strongly widening at apex, fifth a
little longer than third, feebly securiform. Pronotum a little wider than long,
anterior margin straight, posterior feebly couvex, both mottled with small
brown spots; disk almost flat, feebly furrowed in the middle, yellowish brown
with two lateral brown bands and a weak brown tinge along the median fur-
row; insertion of the lateral lobes subangular; these lobes yellow with very

506 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

small brown spots, their inferior margin straight. Abdomen brownish above,
yellow beneath; subgenital plate long, subacute at apex. Cerci yellow. Geni-
talia long and narrow; superior piece lamellate, gently narrowing towards the
apex which is teebly truncated with a median short point (fig. 83); the in-
ferior pieces are as long as the superior ones, unitecl in a lamellate piece whieh
is overlapped by the decumbent sides of the superior plate. Legs yellow,
pubescent, feebly mottled with brown. Anterior and medium legs rather
short; femora feebly compressed; anterior tibiae a little dilated at base, per-
forated with two large, oval tympana; tarsi very short, the metatarsi almost
equalling the third segment, Posterior femora slender, feebly enlarged at base,
acorned with two weak brown longitudinal lines on the external face; tibiae
depressed above, serrulated and armed on each margin with 5 very small spines,
scarcely longer than the denticles; external apical spurs very short; internal
spurs a little longer, particularly the superior; metatarsi very short with short
and stout apical spurs, armed above with 2 small external denticles, 1 internal,
Elytral rather narrow, lengthened, light brownish with a feeble brown humeral
band, feebly pubescent; dorsal field with 8 rather regular, oblique veins, 5 of
which emerge from the cubital vein; transverse veinlets numerous, irregular,
more or less anastomosed, forming narrow, long areolae; lateral field a little
lighter than the dorsal field; Se with 6 oblique branches, which are regularly
spaced. Wings rather exccedingly surpassing the elytra.

Length of body 14 mm.; length with wings 21 mm.; post. fem. 9-5 mm.

Type; Queensland: Stewart River (Hale and Tindale, Jan., 1927), 1 4
(S8.A,M,).

Gen. Apnonoines Chopard, 1940.

This genus differs from Aphonomorphus in the shape of the last segment
of the maxillary palpi which is long, vather narrow, with apex truncated, in-
stead of short and strongly securiform. They are numerous in the Austro-
Malay revion; only a few have been recorded from Australia and there cer-
tainly remains quite a ntimber to be discovered,

Key ‘ro THE Specs or APHONOIDES,

1, General shape very much lengthened, elytra at least five times as long

ws wide, with straight sides, . at he 4 a. = 2

(reneral shape inueh shorter, elytra Lardly four times as lone as wide,

with feebly convex sides — - =i ” We .. & prevtis
2. Kaceblack |. fs ‘is wis Se ie “1 .. D haekere

Kace yellow \- ar a A fs a's ole 3

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 507

3, General shape strongly elongate; pronotum as long as wide
2. angustisstmus
Ceneral shape a little shorter; pronotum distinctly wider than long 4

4d. Very pale yellow with a brown band on the elytral edge; frontal ros-
trum yery narrow at apex; fifth segment of maxillary palpi rather
wide .. fo - bt de ste i$ és .. 93. lividus

Testaceous brown; frontal rostrum not so narrow; fifth segment of
maxillary palpi feebly enlarged .. >. ee 4 1. australis

1. ApHonorwes AustrAuis (Walk.).

Laurepa australis Walker, 1869, Cat. Derm. Salt. Br. M., i, . 98.
Aphonomorphus debitis Chopard, 1925, Ark, f, Zool, 18A, No. 6, p. 44, fig.
108-109.
Pig. 84.

Rather slender; uniformly testaceous brown. Frontal rostrum a little
narrower than the first antennal sezment, narrowing feebly in front; fifth seg-
ment of maxillary palpi hardly widening at apex. Ocelli rather big, the an-
terior in the middle of the rostrum. Pronotum testaceous brown with two more
or less visible brown impressions. Abdomen yellowish brown; cerci very long,
yellow. Genitalia of male rather wide, feebly notched at apex (fig. 84). Ovi:
positor short, straight with small apical valves, their external face very finely
spinulose, the inferior margin with a large tooth and three small, rounded
ones; apex with two acute teeth. Legs of the same colour as the body, pube-
scent; posterior femora long and rather slender, with two brown spots above.
Elytva testaceous brown, finely pubescent, with yellowish veins; dorsal field
with 4 oblique, regularly spaced veins, the last one with + branches. Wings a
little longer than the elytra.

Length of body 12 mm.; length with wings 19 mm.; post. fem. 9 mm,;
elytra 12+3 mni.; ovipositor 8 mm.

Queensland: Malanda (types of debilis in the Stockholm Mus.) ; Atherton,
Yarrabah, Cedar Creek, Cape Yorke (Stockholm Mus.); Cairns, Normanton
(S.A.M_); Brisbane (Q.M.); Almaden, Chillavoe Dist. (.A.M,).

Northern Territory: Roper River, Groote Eylandt (S.A.M.).

2. APHONOIDES ANGUSTISsIMUS (Chop.).

Aphonomorphus angustissimus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p, 55,
fig. 110.
Jixtremely slender, yellowish; fifth segment of maxillary palpi rather large
and wide. Abdomen narrow; subgenital plate of the male rather large, much

508 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

rounded at apex, Ovipositor short, almost straight, with small, rounded apical
valves, the superior ones almost smooth, with 2 rounded teeth on inferior mar-
gim and 2 acute teeth at apex. Posterior femora lone and slender. Klytra
yery narrow; dorsal field with 4 straight veins, the 4th beine twice fireate.
Wings rather exceedingly surpassing the elytra.

Length of body 11-5 mm.; length with wines 14 mm.; post. fem, 8 min.;
elytra 10°5 mm.; ovipositor 5 mm,

Queensland: Yarrabah (types in the Stockholm Mus.), Cape Yorke, Alice
River (Stockholin Mus.) ; Cairns (5.A.M,).

Northern Territory: Groote Eylandt (N. B. Tindale), (S.A.M.),

3, APHONOIDES LIVIDUS sp. 1,

¢, Size medium; vather slender; colouration very pale with a brown band
near the external edve of the dorsal field of elytra; covered with a whitish
puhescence, Head pale yellow, a little flattened above; frontal rostrum with
feebly projecting sides, strongly converging forwards, apex very narrow. Face
yellow with a few small brown spots in the superior part of the facial shield,
Eyes a little lengthened dorso-ventrally, projecting feebly forwards, ocelll
small, almost of the same size, the anterior one in the middle of the rostrum,
Antennae yellow, even the two first segments, Palpi yellow; fourth segment of
maxillary palpi short, fifth large, rather narrow, fecbly securiform in shape,
Pronotum one and a quarter times as wide as long, with anterior margin
straight, posterior sinuate; disk feebly convex, yellowish with a whitish, close
pubescence; lateral lobes long, whitish, with mferior margin almost straight,
anterior angle strongly rounded. Abdomen and cerei pale yellow; subgenital
plate short, widely rounded at apex. Lees yellowish, pubescent; anterior tibiae
feebly dilated, perforated with a larger oval tympanuin on the internal face.
Posterior femora moderately long, rather strongly dilated at base, tibiae armed
with © external, 6 internal, yellow with black top spines; the external margin
bears numerous denticles before the first spine, and 1 or 2 sueh dentieles
between the spines; on the internal margin, they are much less numerous at
base aud one only between the first and the second spines; metatarsi short,
with long apical spius and 3 external, 1 internal denticle above. Elytra long
and narrow, yellowish with a brown humeral band whieh is interrupted in the
middle; dorsal field finely pubescent, with 6 teebly oblique, very regularly
spaced veins; lateral field whitish, almost translucent; Se with 6 branches
hetween which there are a few transverse, yellow veinlets. Wings rather longly
cuidate,

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 509

Length of body 10 mm.; length with wings 16-5 mm,; elytra 11 mm.; post.
fem, 7 mm.

Type: Western Australia (Dr. Il. Basedow), 1 3 (A.M.).

This species is close to the preceding but is not so narrow and has a
different colouration; it is also very close to a Bornean species A. pallens Chop.,
in which the subgenital plate is very long.

4. APHONOIDES BREVIS sp. 0,

General shape shorter than in the preceding species; testaceous brown with
the transverse yeinlets of elytra yellow, somewhat thickened. Head as wide as
a pronotum; vertex declivous, a little flattened; frontal rostrum somewhat
darkened, feebly narrowing in front, with apex tvuneated, a little narrower
than first antennal segment. Face short, triangular, yellow. Eyes rounded,
moderately projecting; ocelli small, disposed in a triangle. Antennae yellow-
ish with a few small brown rings. Palpi yellowish; fourth segment of maxil-
lary palpi shorter than third, fifth equalling third, feebly securiform with con-
vex snperior margin. Pronotum a little wider thay long, narrowing very
weakly in front, with anterior margin straight, posterior rather convex, sub-
angulate; disk convex, yellowish brown; lateral lobes with slightly convex
inferior margin, angles rounded, yellowish, lighter than the disk, Abdomen
yellowish brown. Cerei yellow. 3 - Subgenital plate rather short, almost
rounded at apex. Genitalia very short, forming a triangular piece,
deeply and widely notched at apex. 2. Subgenital plate short and wide, with
feebly notched apex, Ovipositor rather short and stout; apical valves narrow,
lengthened, rngulose at external face, ending in 3 strong, rounded teeth. Legs
yellowish, pubeseent; anterior tibiae short, rather strongly swollen at base,
perforated on the internal side with a rather large, oval tympanum; tarsi very
short, Posterior femora moderately dilated at base, gently tapering to the
apex; tibiae armed with 5 external, 6 internal spines, rather strongly denti-
culated at base and between the spines; apical spurs short, Elytra a little
longer than the body, rather wide, finely pubescent, greyish testaceous with
more or less yellowish transverse veinlets; principal veins very feebly oblique,
regnlarly spaced, 7 in number of which 3 are free and 4 are branches of the
curbital vein; transverse veinlets forming long, rather vegular areolae; lateral
field. almost translucent; Se with 5 branches.

Both sexes are quite similar, the male being only a little more slender
than the female.

Length of body ¢ 11°5 mm., @ 12 mm.; length with wines # 16 mm.,

510 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

@ 17 mm.; post fem. 7°4 mm.; elytra ¢ 10-2 mm.; 2 10+$ mm.; ovipositor
5+ 6 in.

Types: Queensland: Cairns Distr. (A. M. Lea), 1 @ ; Nanango Distr. CH.
Hacker, 26, tii, 1928), 1 @ (Q.M.).

This species looks very much like australis but it is not so slender,

5. APHONOIDES HACKER! Sp, 0.
Fig. 15, 85-86.

4. Long and slender; greyish varied with light brown, rather pubescent.
Head ag wide as pronotum in front, short, adorned above with 5 irregular,
brown bands, the median being wide; froutal rostrum feebly coneave, very
narrow at apex; face dark brown, shining with a yellow spot at top of the
facial shield; cheeks yellow with two narrow, parallel, brown bands behind
the eye. Antennae brown, anuulated with yellow; first segment large, yellow-
ish, with irregular brown lines above. Palpi yellow; maxillary palpi short,
particularly the fourth segment; fifth segment equalling the second and third
together, feebly enlarged at apex, with convex superior margin, apex obliquely
truncated. Pronotum a little wider than long, narrowing feebly in front;
unterior margin feebly convex, posterior margin subangulate; disk yellowish
grey, spotted with brown, the median line yellow bordered with brown; anterior
margin adorned with a few larger brown points; lateral lobes not very high,
with straight inferior margin, with a brown band ou the edge and numerous
small brown points. Abdomen yellowish grey; subgenital plate rather large,
rounded at apex. Genitalia very short, notched at apex (fig. 85, 56). An-
terior and median legs short, pubescent, yellowish grey, spotted with brown;
inferior face of the tibiae wholly brown. Posterior femora long and narrow,
spotted with brown; posterior tibiae pubesceut, armed with 4 external, 5 inter-
nal spines, finely serrulated between the spines, brown with whitish spots
above; external apical spurs very short; internal spurs of medium size, the
superior one the longest; metatarsi short; compressed. Elytra long and nar-
row, greyish spotted with brown in the areolae; dorsal field with 3 free veins
and 4 branches of the cubital vein; Se with 7 branches. Wings speckled with
brown, rather longly surpassing the elytra.

Leneth of body 12-5 mm.; length with wings 19 mm.; post. fem. 10 mm.;
elytra 12 mm.

Type; Queensland: Brisbane (H. Ilacker, 18, 171, 1918), 1 3 (Q/M.)-

A very distinctive species in its colouration and the abundant pubescence
on the legs.

CHOPAKD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 511

Gen. ApENopTERUS n0Vv.1

General shape short; frontal rostrum narrow at apex it feebly truncated ;
fifth segment of maxillary palpi rather wide but scarcely wider at apex than
at base, Anterior tibiae perforated on both sides; posteriov femora short and
stout, Mlytra scarcely extending to the apex of abdomen; venation similar in
hoth sexes; radial vein of the male with at base a strong elandwar deformation.
Wings scarcely exceeding the elytra in length.

Type of the genus: Adenopterus norfolkensis sp. 1.

This genus differs from Aphonaides not ouly in the presence of two tym-
pana on the anterior tibiae and of a glandular pit on the male elytra, hit also
in the shorter geneval shape aud the wings which are hardly longer than the
elytra. It is also close to Mundeieus from which it differs by the short general
shape, the specialized elytra and the branches of Se which ave only 2 or 3 in
nutiher.

ADENOPTERUS NORPOLKENSIS sp. m1.

Fig. 16, 87, 88, 89.

*

é. Small, general shape short and wide; uniformly rufo-testaceous, Tead
as wile as pronotium, testaceous with 5 darker bands on the occiput; vertex
sloping, a little flattened, narrow at top, almost triangular. Antennae and
palpi rufo-testaceous; the three last segments of the maxillary palpi almost
equal in length, the last one wide, feebly seenriform. Eyes rounded; ocelli
very small, the anterior one in the middle of the rostrum, in the bottom of a
furrow. Pronotum a little wider than long, with parallel sides, anterior mar-
gin very slightly concave, posterior margin straight; lateral lobes darker than
the disk, with feebly convex inferior margin, posterior angle rounded, anterior
a little more than 90°. Abdomen brown above, shining, rufous beneath; sub-
genital plate large, ending in a long triangular, plate bearing at apex a small,
narrow projection (with parallel sides), Genitalia formed of a large teetiform
superior piece, ending in a small erected tooth, and two inferior slender hooks
(fig. 89). Cerci rather lone, testaceous. Lees rather long; anterior and medium
femora a little compressed, yellowish with feebly darkened apex; anterior
tibiae perforated with a small, oval tympanum on the external face and a
smaller one partly obliterated on the internal face; tarsi very short, the meta-
tarsi hardly longer than the second segment, which is strongly depressed.
Posterior femora short and stout; tibiae slender, armed with 6 small spines
on each superior margin, finely serrulated at base and between the spines;

1 From adyv, gland, owing to the glandular specialization on the male elytra.

512 RECORDS OF THE $.A, MUSEUM

external apieal spurs short, median a little longer than the other two; internal
spltrs also short but the longest is the superior; metatarsi short, armed above
with 2 internal, 3 external denticles. Elytra scarcely extending to the apex
of the abdomen, of a translucent greyish; dorsal field rather narrow; cubital
vein with two branehes, Cu 1 a little thickened and stronely curved at base;
anal and axillary yeins almost longitudinal, parallel; transverse veinlets few in
number, yellow, with 4 oblique branches; radial vein with at base a strong
flexure in the middle of which is placed a small glandular cupule (fig. 87, 88) ;
between R and Se, there is a series of yellow, thick veinlets. Wings not longer
than the elytra.

9. A little larger than the male with the brown parts of the head, prono-
tum and femora more rufous. Subgenital plate a little narrowing at apex,
which is feebly notehed. Ovipositor rather long, slender, slightly bent wp-
wards; apical valves long and narrow, subacute at apex, with external face
finely grained, inferior margin feebly undulated with a strong basal tooth,
Elytra with venation very similar to that of the male, except for the radial
vein which is simply deviated at base, without glandular pit; Se also less
strongly undulated.

Length of body ¢ 9+6 mm, ¢ 11 mm.; post. fem, &@ 6°5 mm, 2 Tb
mm,; elytra @ 6-8 mm., ¢ 8 mm.; ovipositor 9 mm,

Types; Norfolk Island (A, M. Lea), 1 2, 19 (S.A.M.),

A small series from the same locality as the types, composed of 4 males,
3 females, shows that the species is very constant in its characters,

Gen. Euscyrtus Guérin, 1844,

The species of this genus are easy to recognize by their very slender
shape and by the ovipositor of the female which is completely without specia-
lized apical valves. A few species only are known inhabiting the Indo-Austra-
lian region, Madagascar and Africa; it is interesting to note that one species
has been described by Saussure from Mexico,

Key vo rue Srecms or EUSCYRTUS.,

1. Frontal rostrum wider than the first segment of antennae, almost
square; elytra much shorter than the abdomen ee ssl. hemelytrus

Frontal rostrum narrower than the first antennal sezment of anten-

nae; much longer than wide; elytra extending almost to the apex of

abdomen 4 ts is 7 a eS hi .' Fs 2
2. Size smaller (12 mm.); ovipositor strongly curved - 2, concinnus

Size larger (15 mm.) ; ovipositor almost straight ci 3. australious

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 513

1, Euseyrrus HeMeuyrrus (Haan).

Cryllis (Hneaptera) hemelytrus Haan, 1842, Temm, Verhandl., Orth., p. 281,

pl. 20, fig. 2.

Euscyrius hemelylrus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No, 6, p. 56.

Small and slender with a very distinet pattern. Head brown above,
adorned with 4 light lines; pronotum dark brown with two lateral yellow bands.
Elytra ereyish with a yellow humeral band, covering only the four first abdom-
inal tergites; exposed portion of abdomen with two submedian brown lines,
sixth tergite with two brown spots.

Leneth of body 9 mm.; post. fem. 7 mm.; elytra 3 mm.; ovipositor 8 mm.

Queensland: Bellenden Ker (Stockholm Maus,).

Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill); Groote Eylandt (N. B. Tin-
dale), (S.A.M.).

This species is very common and widely distributed in India, the Malay
Archipelago and as far as Japan.

2. Husceyrtus conctnnus (Haan).

Gryllus (Eneoptera) concinnus Haan, 1842, Temm. Verhandl., Orth., p. 231,

pl. 20, fig. 3.

A little larger than the preceding but with a much less distinct pattern,
often almost completely testaceous; very distinct from hemelytrus in the shape
of the frontal rostrum.

I have not seen an example of this species from Australia but I think it
will be found in Queensland, as it is common and as widely spread as the pre-
ceding.

3. Euscyrtus austraLticus Chopard.

Euscyrtus australicus Chopard, 1925, Ark. f. Zool., 18A, No. 6, p, 56,

This species is close to the preceding, being of a rather uniform testaceous
colouration with a very narrow frontal rostrum. The elytra extend almost to
the apex of abdomen; they are almost transparent with the lateral field a little
darker and the veins rufous brownish; wings longer than the elytra. But the
shape of the ovipositor is very different from both preceeding species; this organ
is a little flattened, almost straight, only feebly curved downwards near the
extremity.

Length of body 15 mm.; length with wings 16 mm.; post. fem. 9-5 mm.;
elytra 9 mm.; ovipositor 14 mm.

514 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

INDEX OF NAMES (Synonyms in italies),

Adenopterus

affinis (Madasumma )
albovittata (Metioche)
amplipennis (Hndacusta)
Amusurgus

Anaxipha Ms
anaxiphoides (Anaxipha)
anguiifrons (Hndacusta)
angusta (Metioche)
angustissimus (Aphonoides)
angustus (Oecanthus) ..
annulipes (Nemobius) ..
Anurogryllus :
aperta (Madasumma) ..
Aphonoides

aptera (Endotaria)
Apterogryllus
Arachnocephalus

areolata (Metioche)
armatipes (Gryllopsis)
armatus (Hemiphonoides)
anstraliana (Metioche)
australianus (Nemobius)
australianus (Pentacentrus)
australicus (Arachnocephalus)

australiens (Cephaloeryllus) ..
australiens (Copholandrevus) .-

australicus (Euseyrtus)
australicus (Metiochodes)
australicus (Ornebius)
australis (Anurogrylins)
australis (Aphonoides)
australis (Hndacusta) ..
australis (Madastmma)
australis (Myrmecophila)
australis (Nemabius)
australis (Tremellia)

oll
495
470
460
475
465
466
457
470
507

462

bicolor (Metioche)

bifasciatus (Lebinthus)
bivittatus (Nemobius) ..
brevicauda (Mundeicus)

brevipennis (Piestodactylus) ..

brevithorax (Oruebius)
brevis (Aphonoides)
brunneovariegatus

( Dolichogryllus)
brunnerianus (Aplerogryllus)
brunnerianus (Cacoplistes)

Cacoplistes
Cucoplistidae :
callosifrous (emiphonus)
canotus (Cardiodactylus)
Cardiodactylus ..
Cephalogryllus

commodus (Grylhalus)
comiparatus (Gryllulus)
eoncinnus (Huseyrtus)
continua (Madasununa )
Copholandrevus
curtipalpis (Ornebius)
enrtipermis (Gryllulus)
curvatifrons (Eurepa)
eycloptera (Endacusta)
Cyrtoprosopus
Cyrtoxiphoides

denticauda (Ornebius)
debilis (Aphonomorphus)
Dietyonemobius
diminuens (Gryllulus)
diminutus (Eugryllodes)
Dolichogrylus
Dolichoxipha i
domesticus (Gryllulus)
dunkensis (Ornebius) ..

469
482
430
508
485
439
509

497
402
450

448
448
502
481
480
404
410
413
513
497
426
439
416
488
458
423
473

440
507
431
415
422
497
472
409
438

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

Endacusta
Endotaria
Kneopteridae
Kugryllodes
Jurepa
Buryeryllodes
Buseyrtus

fascifrons (Amusuretts )
faseipes (Ornebinus)
femoratus (Nemobtus)
fistulator (Grylulus)
flavipes (Metioche)
flavispina (Grylulus)
frontalis (Hemiphonus)
fuliqinosus (Grylhus)
fulviceps (Gryllulns)

fuseocinetum (Paratrigonidium) ;

raimardi (Cardiodactylus)
eracilipes (Dolichoxipha)
gracilis (Ilemiphonus)
Gryllidae

try linae

Gryllodes

Gryllopsis

Gryllulus

hackeri (Aphonoides) ..
hackeri (Metiochodes)
(Ornebius)
hemelytrus (Euseyrtus)

haekeri

Hemiphonoides
Hemiphonus

heteropus (Dietyonemobins) 23

Homoeoxipha
hornensis ( Mailesumma’ )
howensis (Ornebius)

infuseata (Metioche)
innotabilis (Gryllus)
insularis (Metioche)

450
460
480
422
484
446
512

475
4435
430
414

irrorata (Endacusta)
Itaridae

kempi (Gryllulus)
himberleyensis (Gryllus)

laevicauda (Ornebius)
laeviceps (Cephalovryllus)
laparinthae (Nenmobius)
laticaput (Grylhuilus )
lateralis (Dictyonemobius)
latifrons (Ornebius)
latipennis (Huryeryllodes)
Lebinthus 7.
leai (Cvrtoxiphoides) ..
leai (Xabea)

lepidoides (Aryllus)
lepidus (Gryllulus)
lineiceps (Gryllulus)
lividus (Aphonoides)
longicauda (Piestodactylus)
longifemur (Mundeicus)
longipennis (Anaxipha)
Loxoblemmus

lyeoides (Homoeoxipha)

macrocephala (Mjébergella) ..

Madasumma

major (Endacusta)
marginipennis (Hurepa)
medioeris (Gryllulus)
Metiochodes

Metioche

minor (Endacusta)
minuseulus (Gryllulns)
Mijobergella

mjébergi (Anaxipha) .
mjOberei (Endaeusta)
mjobergi (Eurepa)
mjébergi (Myrmecophila)
mjobergi (Ornebius)

515

456
489

418
411
441
406
427
419
Aol
442
446
482
473
463
411
411
412
508
486
504
465
425
466

426
492
453
486
418
477
467
455
416
425
465
455
486
435
437

516 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

mjobergi (Pteronemobius)
Mogoplistidae

Mundeicus

Myrmecophila
Myrmecophilidae

nanus (Gryllus)
Nemobiinae

Nemobius . Ms
nigromaculatus (Ornebius)
norfolkensis (Adenopterus)

novae-guineae (Cardiodactylus)

obseura (Madasumma)
obscurifrons (Salmanites)
Oceanicus (Gryllulus)
ocellata (Madasumma)
Oecanthidae

oecanthus .
oligoneura (Endacusta)
ornata (Metioche)
ornaticeps (Pteronemobius)
Ornebius

pallens (Loxoblemmus)
pallidus (Ornebius)
palpatus (Scapanonyx)
Paratrigonidium
pardalis (Endacusta) ..
parinervis (Metioche) ..
parvithorax (Ornebius)
parvulus (Gryllulus)
parvus (Ornebius)
pedestris (Apterogryllus)
Pentacentridae
Pentacentrus
Phalangopsidae
pilipennis (Endacusta)

planifrons (Cyrtoxiphoides) ..

planiceps (Madasumma)

Podoscirtidae
Pteronemobius

rectinervis (Metioche)
regulus (Gryllus)

regulus (Pteronemobius)
reticulatus (Madasumma )
rufescens (Oecanthus)
ruficeps (Cephalogryllus)
rufideclus (Cardiodactylus)
rugosus (Apterogryllus)

Salmania

Salmanites

Scapanonyx te J.
seutellatus (Gryllulus)
servillei (Gryllus)
sigillatus (Gryllodes)

sjéstedti (Trigonidomorpha) ..

sordida (Hurepa)
stramineus (Cyrtoprosopus)
subaptera (Hurepa)
subniger (Gryllulus)

testacea (Myrmecophila)
tindalei (Metiochodes)
tindalei (Mundeicus)
Tremellia

Trigonidiidae
Trigonidomorpha
truneatus (Pteronemobius)

tuberculifrons (Hemiphonus) .

unicolor (Hurepa)
unicolor (Pteronemobius)

vicinus (Hemiphonus)
villoseeips (Hemiphonus)
vittaticollis (Metioche)
vittatus (Hemiphonus)

westwoodianus (Cachoplistus)

Xabea

517

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

“Suaqyod
snums/qoroeT Jo omEg “CE ‘snynurwip sepoyhidng Jo wyeyuad aye~y “pe fadway + Jo auug ‘gg Senpnosnunu ‘JO auleg ‘Ze
tsnynaind “9 Jo wosqzsyo yyy “TE frdway “yy “og ‘suocipam -H “gg fsnmnosnuru +H “gz ssupnand "9 “Le fsnynpjaynos “9 “9g Ssny
~vandwuoo +9 ‘cg fsdanayn{ ‘y “73 tsdanew) ‘py “ga £ (OW M ‘Me]aoAng WOIz) supide] “9 2g SMTA [UsIOp ‘oureg ‘Tg {Mera apts ‘snp
“OMMLOD SrIN ay "OZ tsywajsnv snpjphuGounup “Gl {sdaoaev] ‘gy fsnoyvazsnv Snyfiisbopoyday “LT Sermeyuor ‘cg-p[ ‘Su

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

518

“Baaqolu ‘Gg Stofvwm “PG !yyploLte “EG SsyvAgsnD “ZG ivpsnappugy JO Sepeur Jo BrpRyTMes)
:ge-go "SLT “wou “TE fsypazsny "OG t4ofpw “ep SrGsaqolu "SF fsuosfyniun “1p Spanauobyo “gp ivjsnovpug JO soaps Jo BapAT
:[¢-9F ‘Stq ‘ppnvayusp °Q ‘xoysodrao Jo xady “Gp ‘sadzosy{ (9 ‘awUg “Fp ‘stdjpdyino “E ‘mes ‘EP Ssnapjnopuosbu °C
‘ended Livpixep ‘zp fsnanjnopuoshiw *Q ‘aug “TE tancoysaoig ‘OQ ‘oUILg “OF ‘sisuamoy ‘QO fameg "6g 'stdjpdayuna smqausop

(syoordvaed) saayBa euR FO ssod0Ig ‘gE ‘sda0IMULO “Tq ‘OUINS “LE £09 snanbas smiqowanospg FO WoIyAT “OE “SE-9E ‘StL

LS
\

519

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA

“sista
-usoy ‘JT JO omMIEg “Ee, ‘sinafy vuwnsypoz Jo sudjed Axeprxey “sL ‘syossny vyjamary Jo oueg ‘T) f4ojoovwn vdewng yo oweg
‘OL 'MOIA [BIAET PUL SAOQE WOIF ‘suosfunosqo saziwHWjMY Jo eITeITUes [LY “69 ‘sngpwsvsrg snyywqaT JO BIpEItued ay “Rg
feues Jo oysodrag "19 Siajppwy sapoyooyayy yo sndyed Areypixey “99 ‘suosfrunpd saproydrxozsfig ‘10ys0d1aQ ‘cg ‘vydixvup Fo
peey “FO fsaproydiwopzuig JO peay “gg ‘yyveuaq Woay ous Jo AFtwaI4xG "gg SvLaj}dy DiuDjJopU “Tg ‘v4nauoGyo “0g ‘v4a,dopofia
‘eg fyyvouaq worz owns Jo Aymmosjxy “gg SsuowfynBun ‘po faoww “ge :vjsnavpug JO soe Jo VIPBITMIOD ‘ey-gG “AI

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

520

‘sisuayjofiow snsajdouapP JO BITVpUeD “gg {Mata [elaqel ‘uosjATA ZFO] JO JUTEG “gg faaoqe woudl woljAya yySIa JO aseq ‘ssewa
-ypoLiou snuajdouapP “Lg {yyeaueq wosy dures Jo AymMasyxGT ‘9g fwayavy "p JO aUIEY “cg !synsjsny saplouoydpP Jo euRY “Fg £19)
-Opwy Snalapunjy JO BITEIIUaS ale ‘eg isnzowsD sapiowoydiway JO oulVg “ZB ‘snwwo1. “A JO auryg “Ts fMOTA [eIazBY ‘engnp7w
HY Fo bug “Bg tsnmoia “Jo amg ‘Tg f Mara Te1EZe] ‘gnpogpiazo BITBIMAH “GL ‘syponsd “JY Jo suIVY “gL ‘snjN]IIa snuoydrway
Jo awug "pL fswuausoy ‘yy Jo omeg “g) fsdaawumd “py Jo aUG “ey tDvNoIVe4 HUWsSHpYY JO wOI;4TR WEN GS-HL BLT

ZEA

98

88 48

tn
fo
_

CHOTARD— AUSTRALIAN GRYLLUIDEA

APPENDIX.
DESCRIPTIONS OF PAPUAN SPECTES,

The collections of the various Australian Moseams contain a certain aiuim-
ber of new species from New Guinea, which are described below, Some of
these species probably oveur in North Australia.

XABEA PODOSUIRTOIDES sp. th. (Qeeanthidae).

9 Holotype. Size medium, rather slender; yellowish white. Head long,
depressed between the eyes. Autennae and palpi yellowish white. Pronotum a
little longer than wide backwards; disk strongly embossed, the median line fur-
rowed except near the anterior margiu where it has a small carina; on each side
of this carina 6 or 7 small elevated ridges are visible; lateral lobes with a
lobiform enlargement a little behind the middle. Abdomen yellowish. Cerci
short and rather stout. Ovipositor short, straight, with apical valves oval,
subacute at apex; their external face with 4 strong prominent ridges. Legs
whitish ; anterior tibiae strongly dilated at base, perforated with two tympana,
the infernal very large, the external smaller; posterior tibiae without spines
Elytra whitish, almost transparent, rather wide; dorsal field with a very wide,
rather irregular reticulation; Cu with 4 branches; lateral field rather wide,
se with 4 branches; R very distant from Se, the space between them occupied
by rather regular transverse veinlets. Wines rather markedly surpassing the
elytra.

¢ Allotype. Head and pronotum as in the female; head adorned with a
few small rufous spots behind the eyes and a small band of the same colour be-
tween them. Elytra rather narrow, adorned with 7 very light brown spots, 8 in
the angles of the triangle formed hy the first chord, the diagonal vein and the
antero-internal margin of the mirror, the other 4 in the mirror itself; this is a
little longer than wide, with right anterior margin, divided in the middle by a
straight vein. Cerci short,

Length of body ¢ 10-5 mm., 9 11 mm.; length with wings ¢ 16 mm.,
@ 17-5 mm.; elytra ¢ 8 mm.,? 9°45 mm.; post. fem. ¢ 5-5 mm., 2 6 mm.;
ovipositor 5°5 mim.

Types: N.E. Papua: Mt, Lamington, 1,890-1,500 ft. (C. 'T. MeNamara),
1 @ (S,A.M).; Torres Straits, Murray Island (A, M, Lea), 1 ¢ (8.A.M.),

This species is remarkable in the shape of the lateral lobes of pronotum
and particularly in the ovipositor of the female, the apical valves of which

522 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

differ from the other Oecanthidae and are quite similar to those of the Podos-
cirtidae.

PENTACENTRUS NIGRESCENS sp. nl. (Peutacentridae).

é Holotype. Blackish, feebly pubescent. Head almost flat above, with
fine transverse ridges between the eyes and two longitudinal punctate bands
on the oeciput; frontal rostrum almost as wide as the first antennal segment at
apex; face very short, blackish. Byes transversally lengthened; ocelli small,
subequal. Palpi black; fourth segment of maxillary palpi shorter than third
aud fifth, the last one triangular in shape. Pronotum one and a quarter times
as wide as long, with anterior margin straight, posterior strongly rounded
disk very weakly convex, blackish, unicolorous; lateral lobes strongly ronnded
in front. Abdomen and cerei black. Genitalia formed of a thick superior
piece which is deeply notched at apex, forming two lobes almost quadrangular
in shape with smooth superior margin; in the bottom of the noteh a small pro-
jection arises, divided at apex into two sharp points. Legs blackish; anterior
tibiae with a large internal tympanum. Posterior femora unicolorons, finely
pubescent; tibiae with rufous spines; posteriou metatarsi very long with finely
serrulated superior margin. Epiproct (supero-anal valve) subrectangolar in
shape, rather strongly narrowine backwards, nearly smooth, furrowed in the
middle; subgenital plate large, a little narrower at apex, with rounded angles
Elytra of a very dark brown above, with almost black lateral field, Wings
smoky, somewhat irrideseent.

Length of body 7-5 min.: length with wings 10+5 mni,

Type; N.E. Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,300-1,500 ft. (C. T, MeNamara),
1 6 (S,A.M.).

PeNTACUNTROUS SOROR Sp. 1,

4 Holotype, Very close to the preceding; larger, Ocell: larger; antennae
thiek, with the first two sezments brown; the remainder yellow with a wide
brown portion about the middle. Legs and cerci yellowish, Epiproct almost
square, with apical margin a little sinuated and thickened; its surface finely
and regularly punctuated with two oblique prominent lines near the base, with
a tuft of stiff bristles. Genitalia of the same type as the preceding species,
strongly sclevified, in the shape of two large triangular plates, the superior
margin of which is armed with three small teeth; apical part divided mta two
small acute teeth. Elytra with aval vein not quite so straight as in igrescens;
cubito-anal space relatively narrower, with less numerous, riot so regular and
less sintiated transverse veinlets.

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 523

Length of body 9-5 mm.; length with wings 13 min.
Type: N.E. Papua: Mt. Lamington (C. T. McNaimara), 1 ¢ (A.M.),

PENTAVENTRUS PAPUANUS Sp. IL

8 Holotype. Blackish with trauslicent spots on the elytra. Ilead black;
flattened, declivous above, fecbly punetate and provided with long, rufous,
sparse hairs; frontal rostrum a little narrowing at apex, nearly as wide as
the first antennal segment. Face black, short and wide. Eyes rounded, pro-
jeeting; lateral oeelli rather big, round, anterior very small, in the middle of
the rostrum. Antennae broken. Palpi black; fifth segment of maxillary palpi
triangular, obliquely truncate. Pronotum a little wider than long, black, shin-
iug with rufous, erect hairs; posterior margin sinuate; disk feebly vonves,
furrowed in the middle; lateral lobes blackish, with convex inferior margin,
much rounded anterior angle. Abdomen blackish; epiproct almost square with
rounded angles. Genitalia feebly chitinized, composed of two large rectangular
plates, with rounded angles, with at their apical margin 5 or 6 long recum-
bent bristles and 3 still longer, obliquely erect bristles near the internal mar-
wins between the two plates, at base, there is a sinall furcate projection. An-
terior and median legs rufous; anterior tibiae perforated with a lavge internal
tympanum, Posterior legs wanting. Elytra blackish brown with transhicent
spots; a large spot al base between Se and M; several smaller spots in the
same space, farther from the base; another rather large spot near the base
between the cubital and anal veins. and 3 small ones towards the apex of the
same space, The veins separated by very irregular distances, Rorather mark
edly sinuate and remote from ML; this last vein very close to the cubital, whieh
is fureate a little before the apex; An also very remote from Cu, euryed at
base; the whole surface of the elytron is filled with very small tubercles, some
times very distant from one another, exeept along the principal veins, where
they are very close. Wings longer than the elytra, blackish.

@ Allotype, Similar to the male; elytral venation almost the same with
anal vein not so strongly curved at base, Ovipositor rather short, with apieal
valves long, s¢areely wider than the stem, lanceolate.

Length of body ¢ 7:5 mm., 2 8 amm.; Jenyth with wings 12 mm,

Types; N.E, Papua: Mt. Lamington (C, T, MeNamara),1 4,19 (8.A.M.)

OrNDEIUS LEAL sp. 1. (Mogoplistidae).

& HHalolype. Small; testaceous covered with grey and browt scales. Head
with frontal vostrum as wide as first antennal segment; face very short, testa-
ceots marbled with brown. Maxillary palpi yellow with a few brown spots;

524 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

fourth segment very short, fifth short and wide, triangulay, a little darkened
at apex. Pronotum as long as wide backwards, feebly narrowing in front, with
anterior margin straight, posterior margin feebly convex. Abdomen brown
above. yellow beneath. Cerci yellaw, spotted with brown; process of the anal
valves yellow, oblique, feebly flattened, rounded but not thickened at apex,
Anterior and median femora covered with white and brown scales; tibiae with
two rather neat brown rings; posterior tibiae spotted with brown, metatarsi
brown at apex. Elytra widely discovered, whitish, a little milky, with 3 large
brown spots along the posterior margin and one in the internal angle of the
mirror; this one is as long as wide, almost regularly rounded on the external
and posterior margins, with widely open anterior and internal angles; diagonal
vein rather long.

Length of body 6 mm.; pronot, 2 mm,; post. fem, 3°2 mm.; elytra 2 mm.

Rather close to OQ. angustifrons Chop,, from Sarawak, but with shorter
pronotum aud elytra more completely freed.

Type: Fiji: Ovalau (A. M. Lea, June, 1924), 1 ¢ (S.A.M.).

ANAXIPHA PAPUANA sp. n. (Trigonidiidae).

9 Holotype. Size relatively large for the genus; wings very long; colour-
ation light testaceous brown. Head wider than the pronotum in front, very
convex above; frontal rostrum short, rounded, almost as wide as the first
antennal segment, Hace yellow with a median longitudinal brown band,
Byes rounded, rather projecting. Antennae and palpi yellowish; fourth seg-
ment of the maxillary palpi shorter than third, fifth equalling the third in
length, in the shape of a long triangle. Pronotum a little warrowing in front,
convex above, provided with long brown bristles; lateral lobes coneolorons,
with strongly rounded anterior angle. Abdomen brownish, pubescent. Ovi-
positor short, feebly curved, with apical valves wide, occupying almost half
the total length, limited at base by two transverse ridges, rather strongly den-
ticulated towards the apex. Legs of the same colour as the body, pubescent;
anterior tibiae perforated with two tympana: posterior femora adorned with a
longitudinal brown band. Elytra testaceous; veins of the dorsal field almost
longitudinal, weakly prominent; lateral field stronply widening at base, with
4 veins, the third and fourth of which are strongly eurved. Wings much
longer than the elytra, a little darkened.

Length of body 5°5 mm.; length with wings 12 mm.; post. fem, 5°35 mm.;
elytra 4 mm.; ovipositor 2-2 mim.

Type: N.B, Papua: Mt. Lamington, 1,300-1,500 ft. (C. T. MeNamara),
1 ¢ (S.A.M.).

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 525

This species is rather close to A. bifaseiala Chop., from New Guinea but
with longer wings and posterior femora, adorned with one longitucinal band
only. It is also lose to longealatu Chop., from Sarawak. which is smaller with
conedlorons legs,

Geu, GryvLuarconus toy. (Podoscirtidue),

Shape rather short; head flattened above, strongly punctuated; frontal
rostrum yery narrow at apex; fifth segment of maxillary palpi large and
rather wide, secnriform, Pronotum yery strongly punctuated, Anterior tibiae
perforated on the internal face with an oval tympanum, external face non-
perforated. Elvtra with almost longitudinal. close veins. finely striated be-
tween the veins; Se with two branches emerging from the base,

Type of the genus: Gryllaphonus striatipennis sp, 0.

GRYLLAPHONUS STRIATIPENNIS Sp. 1.

9 Holotype. Rather uniformly brown. Flead as wide as pronotum; ver:
tex sloping, flat with a strong punectation and a small Y-shaped carina, unit-
ing the oeelli; frontal rostrum very narrow at apex, which is feebly rounded.
Face very long, brown, smooth, Eyes dorso-ventrally lengthened, narrowing
downwards; ocelli small, disposed in a triangle, the anterior one in a small
depression in the middle of the rostrum, Antennae yellowish, with first seg-
ment large, a little flattened, brownish. Palpi yellow; fourth segment of the
maxillary palpi much shorter than third, fifth large, rather wide, with regularly
vonvex superior aud apical margins. Pronotum brown, strongly and regularly
punctuated; anterior margin very feebly concave, posterior margin sinuated,
both strongly lined; disk weakly convex, the punctuation almost regular except
on the usual impressions which are feebly visible; lateral lobes concolorous
with inferior margin slightly ascending forwards; the punctuation is replaced
by a dainty reticulation, Abdomen brown above, yellowish beneath; subgenital
plate small, narrowing and a little truncated at apex. Ovipositor rather short,
straight; apical valves puuetuated at their external face with a dentieulated
ridge near the apex. Legs short. Anterior femora testaeeous brown; tibiae
darkened aboye, perforated on their internal face with vather large, oval
tympanum; external face feebly depressed without a tympanum; median
femora a little darker than the anterior ones. Posterior femora wide, brown
with a yellow ring a little before the apex; tibiae serrulated, armed with 3
external, 4 internal spines; external apical spurs very short; median and
superior internal spurs a little longer, subequal in length; metatarsi short,
yellow with apex brown, armed above with 2 apical spines and 3 on the exter-
nal margin. Elytra rather long, testaceous brown, shining; dorsal field with

526 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

very close veins, Cu with 4 branches, Cu p divided at base, 5 anal and axillary
veins; between the principal veins, there are rather weak false veins and a
fine transverse striation; transverse veinlets forming very long areolae. Lateral
field high, with the same aspect as the dorsal field; Se with two branches rising
from the base. Wings feebly surpassing the elytra, brown, finely pubescent.

6 Allotype. Similar to the female. Subgenital plate long, feebly narrow-
ing towards the apex which is rounded, deeply furrowed. Genitalia long and
narrow, weakly notched at apex.

Length of body 10 mm.; length with wines 14 mm.; post. fem. 6-2 mm.;
elytra 10 mm.; ovipositor 6-5 mm.

Types: Fiji: Taveuni (A. M. Lea), 1 9,1 ¢ (S.A.M.),

This species has quite a number of characteristic features: dense punctua-
tion, close veins and striation of the elytra, short and stout posterior femora.
The new genus in which it belongs can be placed close to Munda and Apho-
noides.

MUNDA PUNCTIPES sp. 0.

9 Holotype. Rather large, testaceous brown, a little spotted with yellow,
finely pubescent. Head adorned with 4 yellowish, feebly visible bands on the
occiput; vertex sloping, feebly concave; frontal rostrum truncated, a little nar-
rower than the first antennal segment. Face brown, shining; clypeus spotted
with yellow. Eyes a little lengthened dorsally and ventrally, narrowing down-
wards; ocelli very small, disposed as a triangle, the anterior one in the middle
of the rostrum in the bottom of a small gutter. Antennae testaceous with a
few small yellow rings. Palpi yellowish; maxillary palpi with fourth segment
a little shorter than third, fifth equalling the third, rather narrow, feebly securi-
form with superior and apical margins almost regularly convex. Pronotum a
little wider than long, narrowing feebly in front; anterior margin slightly
convex, posterior margin a little sinuated; disk weakly convex, testaceous
brown with a few yellow spots, chiefly along the anterior margin; lateral lobes
eoncolorous with inferior margin convex, rounded angles. Abdomen brown
above, yellowish beneath; subgenital plate large, with posterior margin trun-
cated, angles rounded. Ovipositor slender with superior valves short, oval,
rounded at apex, their inferior margin with 3 rounded teeth, their external
face finely tuberculated with a strong ridge before the apex; inferior apical
valves much longer than the superior, bidentate at apex and with a tooth before
the basal furrow. Legs rather short, pubescent. Anterior and median
femora pale brown with yellowish base and three feebly distinct bands of the
same colour; tibiae brownish with two rows of 3 or 4 yellow spots on the

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 527

superior face; anterior tibiae with two oval tympana; metatarsi very short.
Posterior femora yellowish with two wide transverse brown bands, apex alse
darkened. Elytra brown, finely pubescent, with a series of irregular yellow
spots alone the humeral edge; transverse veinlets yellow, pavticularly near the
base; veins almost longitudinal and equidistant; Cu divided near the apieal
third, Hs internal branch divided at hase, Au and two As reenlarly distant ;
transyerse veinlets rather nomerons, forming rather long areolae; lateral fleld
with Se givin off two longitndinal branches, visine very wear the base. Wiis
feebly surpassing the elytra,

é Allotype. Very similar to the females head darker without light bancls
on the oveiput, Subygenital plate very long. very narrow at apex, covered with
long hairs.

Length of body 12°5 mm.; length with wings 20 mum.: post. fem. 0-5 mu.:
elytra 13°5 mine: ovipositor { moa.

Types: N.EL Papua: Mt. Lamineton, 1800-1500 ft. (C. T. MeNamara }
1 9 (S.A.M,); Stephansort, Astrolabe Bay, Biro, 1897, 1 é (Paris Mus.).

This species is very close to MW. javana Sauss., with froutal rostrum nar-
rowed and more regularly convex supero-apical margin of the fifth see@ment of
maxillary palpi.

MUNDA QUADRIMACULATA Sp, n,

é Holotype. Size medium; black with 4 eallons yellow spots on the
elytra, Tlead cubiform, black with scarce white hairs; frontal rostrum a little
narrowing at apex, narrower than first antennal segment. Hace dark brown,
shining. Eyes very large, projecting, lengthened dorsally and ventrally; ocelli
small, the anterior one in the middle of the rostrum. Antennae black. Maxil-
lary palpi with first three seginents dark brown, fourth shorter than third,
widening, yellowish brown, filth large, seeuriform, yellowish. Pronotum rather
strongly narrowing in frout, as long as wide in front, with anterior margii
almost straight, sinuate, posteriovy margin yellow; disk irregularly convex,
blackish, feebly punctate and pubescent; lateral lobes higher than long, black
with yellowish inferior margin, angles rounded. Abdomen hluck above, yellow
benvath, except the subgenital plate, which is brown, Cerei rather thick,
brown with a wide yellow ring near the base. Elytra dark brown with
whitish extremity, finely pubescent, with two large callous yellow spots on the
humeral edge, near the base, and two other such spots near the middle; veins
almost longitudinal, equidistant; transverse veinlets few in number; lateral
field black with almost straight veins, Se with 3 branches; surface between the
veins finely striated, Wings long, slightly irridescent, Legs blackish with a

528 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

yellow spot at apex of the femora; anterior tibiae strongly swollen, perforated
with two large, oval tympana, Postetior femora with a large, basal spot, yel-
low striated with brown on the external face; a little before the apex, there is
an oblique yellow spot covering both external and internal faces,

2 Allotype. A little lareeer than the male, general colouration lighter,
pronotum feebly spotted with rufous. Subgenital plate fecbly notched at
apex. Ovipositor rather long, a little eurved upwards; apical valves almost
rounded, with tuberculated external face, with 8 small teeth towards the apex
of the inferior margin,

Length of body ¢@ 9 mm., 9 11 wm.,; length with wings ¢ 13 mm, @
15-5 mm.; post. fem. # H°Tmim, ¢ 7-2 mm.; elytra ¢ Y mm, @ 10-5 mn;
ovipositor 7-5 mm,

Types: N.E. Papua: Mt. Lamington (C. T. McNamara), 1 ¢, 1 9
(8.A.M.).

This species is a little more slender than the preceding and yery easy to
reeognize by its colouration.

MunpDA PUNCTATA sp. 1,

§ Holotype. Rather long and narrow; shining dark brown with head,
pronotum and legs rather strongly punctate. Head flattened above, vertex and
frontal rostrum very strongly punctate; frontal rostrum triangular with yery
narrow, but rounded top. Face as long as wide, rufous brown, shining. Maxil-
lary palpi yellowish brown, with fourth segment short, fifth rather large and
wide, securiform. Eyes big and projecting; ocelli very small. Pronotum nar.
rowing rather strongly in front, with anterior margin straight, posterior mar-
gin subangulate; disk feebly convex, furrowed on the median line, shining,
finely punctate; lateral lobes long, with slightly convex inferior margin, angles
rounded, colour and punctuatiun as on the disk. Abdomen light brown above,
yellowish beneath. Subgenital plate long, narrowing and rounded at apex.
Genitalia with superior part deeply notched at apex and a tooth between the
sides of the notch; inferior part formed of two acute points turned inwards.
Anterior and median lees a little lighter than the body; anterior tibiae strongly
swollen, perforated with a large oval tympanum either side. Elytra a little
longer than the abdomen, rather narrow; veins longitudinal and equidistant;
transverse veinlets scarce, forming very long areolae; lateral field low with
close, longitudinal veins; Se giving off one branch only rising from the base.
Wings extending a little farther than the elytra, brown.

9 Allatype. Similar to the male; general colour a little lighter, the ead
and pronotum tinged with rufous, femora rather strongly darkened; frontal

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 529

rostrunt not so natrow at apex and not so eoarsely piunetnated. Posterior
femora short and thick, with a rather strong punetnation, forming oblique
streaks on the external face; metatarsi short with a larve denticle before the
apical spur on each superior margin, Subgenital plate with rounded posterior
jmareiu, Ovipositor rather Jong, a little enrved; supero-apical valves rounded,
rather strongly tiberenlated and armed with 2 inferior teeth; inferior valves
longer that the superior ones, denticeulated,
¢ 9 mm, 9 11 mm.; length with wines 2 12-5 mm,,
9 15 tum.; elytra & 8-5 mm. @ 10-5 mm.; post. fem. 2 6 inm.; ovipositor
10-5 mim, .
Types: N.E. Papua: Mt. Lamington (C.T, MeNamara).1 2,1 ¢ (A.M.).
This species has almost exactly the same aspect, colour, punctation and

Leneth of body

shape of the vertex as Gryllaphonus striatipennis bat with a less close elytral
venation and with anterior tibiae perforated with two large tympana.

MuNDA BASIMACULATA Sp. 1.

# Holotype, Size mediim, rather wide; colouration brown with a large
whitish spot at hase of the elytra. Tead cubical, brownish with 6 short yellow-
ish lines on the oeeiput; vertex flat; frontal rostram with rather strongly con-
verging sides, apex truncated, much narrower than the first anteunal seement,
Face shining brown with darker spots on the faeial shield along the margins of
the elypeus and of {he antennal soekets (in the paratype, the fave is wholly
black), Eyes laree, rounded; ocelli rather large, almost equal, the anterior
in the middle of the rostrum, Antennae light brown with a few small yellow
rings, the first two segments brown, the first with a longitudinal yellow line
in the middle above. Palpi yellowish with a slight brown tinge ahove; fourth
seoment Of the maxillary palpi shorter than third, fifth equalling third, rather
narrow, feebly securiform. Pronotum one and a quarter as wide as lone, with
straight anterior margin, posterior sinuate; disk rather strongly convex, nni-
formly rufous brown, pubescent; anterior and median femora with a few light
spots; anterior tibiae perforated with two oval tyinpana. Posterior femora
rather short and thick, a little darkened at apex, their external face striated
and with a yagne brown, transverse median band; posterior tibiae strongly
jiairy, armed with 4 spines on each margin; metatarsi very short, Elytra a
little longer than the abdomen, rather wide, finely pubeseent; their colour a
light brown with a laree basal whitish spot and another spot of the same
colour about the middle on the humeral edge; dorsal field with 6 feebly oblique,
very regularly separated veins; lateral field high, of the same colour as the
dorsal field; Se with 3 branches. Wings a little longer than the elytra.

530 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

9 Allotype. As the male but a little larger. Subgenital plate wide, rather
widely notched at apex. Ovipositor rather long, straight, with apical valves
small, oblong, the superior ones rugulous, with 2 wide, rounded inferior teeth,
the inferior valves dentieulate, not surpassing the superior ones.

Leneth of body ¢@ 12-5 mm., 9 15-5 mm.; leneth with wings ¢@ 18+5 mm.,
9 22 mm.; post. fem. ¢ 8-6 mm., ? 10 mm.; elytra ¢ 12mm. 9 10-5 mm;
ovipositor 10+2 min,

Types: New Guinea: Erinna, Astrolabe Bay (Biro, 1896), 1¢, 1 &
(Paris Mus.) ; Paratype: British New Guinea: Koitaki (EB, A, Packley, 5-12,
vy, 1921), 12 (AM).

This species has the same general shape as M. javana (Sauss.) but with a
different colouration.

MUNDA MBELANOCEPHALA sp. Nn.

é Hololype. Rather small and slender; light brown with head nearly
black. Head short, rather strongly flattened between the eves; frontal rostrum
with strongly converging sides, very narrow at apex. Face short, blackish,
shining. Eyes big, projecting; ocelli very small, the anterior one searcely
visible in the bottom of a gutter at base of rostrum. Antennae broken, the
first two segments brown, base of the flagellum yellow. Palpi yellowish; fourth
segment of the maxillary palpi short, fifth rather wide, securiform. Pronotum
light brown, with anterior margin straight, yellowish, a little thickened; pos-
terior margin sinuate, also lighter than the disk; lateral lobes long, with in-
ferioy margin almost straight, very dark brown except for the light margins.
Abdomen brownish above, yellowish beneath; subgenital plate long, narrowing,
subaneulate at apex. Cerci yellowish. Anterior and median femora yellowish ;
tibiae darkened on the superior face; anterior tibiae perforated with two oval
tympana, the internal one very large. Posterior legs wanting. Elytra rather
narrow, light brown above, with very dark sides; dorsal field with 6 obliqne,
reewlarly spaced veins; Se with 2 branches, rising from the base.

9 Allotype. Similar to the male but a little less slender; head and lateral
field of the elytra not so dark. Ovipositor rather lone and slender; apical
valves oval, finely ridged on their external face, apex with 2 rounded teeth.

Leneth of body ¢ 8 mm., 2? 9 mm,; length with wings 4 13 mm., ¢
15:5 mm.; elytra ¢ 8:5 mm., 2? 10 mm.; ovipositor 7-5 mm,

Types: N.E. Papua: Mt. Lamington (C. T. McNamara), 1 ¢@,1¢9 (S.A.M.)

CHOPARD—-AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 531

MuNDA FLAVOLINEATA Sp. 0.

2 Holotype. Size medium; shape rather Jonge. Tlead short; frontal ros-
trum with strongly convergme margins, very narrow at apex, Seareely half as
wide as the first antennal segment; head blackish above with a wide yellow
band between the eyes, on the oceiput; another yellow band, V-shaped, ou the
frontal rostrum. Eyes big, projecting; ocelli small, the anterior one in the bot-
tom of a depression, in the middle of the rostrum. Wace black, shining, An-
tennae rufous with first two segments blackish. Palpi yellowish; fourth seg-
ment of maxillary palpi short, tifth large, seeuriform. Pronotum one and a
fifth times as wide as long, very feebly narrowing in front; anterior margin
weakly convex, posterior margin sinuate; disk yellowish, darkened alone the
posterior margin; lateral lobes long, yellow. Alidomen brown above, yellow on
the sides and beneath. Subgenital plate long, rounded at apex. Cerci yellow.
Genitalia short, deeply notched at apex. Anterior and median legs yellowish
with tibiae darkened above; anterior tibiae perforated with two tympana.
Posterior legs wantiug. Elytra finely pubescent, dark brown above with a
yellow band on the humeral edge; veins almost longitudinal, very reeularly
spaced; lateral field brown, Se with 2 branches rising from the base. Wings
longer thau the elytra.

Leneth of body 11 mm,; length with wings 16 mm.; elytra 10 mm.

Type: N.E. Papua: Mt. Lamington Distr, (C. 'T. MeNamara),1 ¢ (A.M.).

This species is close to M. javanq (Sauss) but more slender. The colour-
ation is rather characteristic, particularly on the head, but it must he very
variable, as in all the species of this group. T have seen three specimens of
the species, one of which is darker than the type with head and pronotuin
almost black, elytra of which is darker than the type with head and pronotum
almost black, elytra very dark with a well defined humeral yellow band and a
basal spot of the same eolour divided by small black veins.

APHONOIDES BICOLOR sp. 11.

é Holotype. Rather slender; head and pronotum rufous. elytra very dark
brown, Ilead a little flattened; frontal rostrum as wide as first antennal seg-
ment. Eyes feebly projecting; ocelli small. Antennae and palpi rufous; fifth
segment of the maxillary palpi short, seeuriform. Pronotum much wider than
long, with posterior margin sinuated, wholly rufous; disk feebly convex,
pubeseent. Abdomen brownish above, rufous beneath; subgenital plate
rather long, subacute at apex. Lees rufous; anterior tibiae rather strongly
dilated at base, perforated with a large oval tympanum on the internal face;

532 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

posterior femora relatively lony and slender. Elytra long, dark brown above,
yellowish on the lateral field; dorsal fleld finely pubescent, with 7 regularly
spaced, feebly oblique veins; 4 of these veins are branches of Cu; transverse
veinlets rather regular, forming lengthened areolae; lateral field rather low;
Se with 8 branches which are regularly «disposed alone the whole length.
Wines feebly surpassing the elytra.

Length of body 11 mm.; length with wings 17 min,; post, fem, 8°5 mm.;
elytra 13 mm.

Type: N.. Papua: Mt, Lamington (C. T. MeNamara), 1 ¢ (S.A.M.)_

This species has rather characteristic colonration; it differs from most of
the species of the genus phonmdes in the shape of the filth sevment of the
maxillary palpi which is short, subsecuriform.

PHISIS BREVIPENNIS sp. n. (‘Tettigonioidea, Conocephalidae).

é Holotype. Rather small, greenish. Ilead rounded, smooth; vertex
ending in a sharp point. Face long; forehead large, smooth, feebly convex,
Eves strongly projecting, rounded. Antennae and palpi yellowish. Maxillary
palpi long and slender, with fifth segment longer than fourth, feebly enlarged
and obliquely truncated at apex. Pronotum a little depressed with truncated
anterior margin, posterior convex; disk with two feebly marked longitudinal
yellow bands and a deep furrow towards the anterior fourth; lateral lobes very
low with straight inferior margin, rounded angles. Abdomen feebly com-
pressed; tenth tergite convex, with posterior margin roundly notehed in the
middle; epiproct very small; paraprocts vertically lengthened with rounded
superior margin. Subgenital plate narrowing backwards, feebly notched;
styles. Cerei curved, strongly enlarged at base, very narrow in the middle,
again widening and depressed in their apical half. Legs long aud slender, of
the same colour as the body. Anterior femora armed on their inferior margins
with 5 external, 4 internal very long spines; genicular lobes with a small spine;
tibiae armed with 7 spies on each inferior margin, the three apical of which
decrease in length; tympana in the shape of a split with strongly dilated mar-
gins. Middle femora with 3 external spines, and 1 internal spine at base;
tibiae armed above with 2 internal spines, beneath with 5 internal and 6 exter-
nal spines. Posterior femora strongly dilated at base but with a lone, filiform,
apical part; mfervo-external margin with 6 small spines in the apical half,
internal margin without spies; genicular lobes armed with a small spine;
posterior tibiae long and slender, armed above with 18-20 spines on each mar-
gin, beneath with 12 external, 7 or 8 internal spines. Elytra very narrow,

ne

CHOPARD—AUSTRALIAN GRYLLOIDEA 533

extending only little beyond the abdominal extremity; anterior margin sinuated,
posterior margin straight; Sc and R veins very close, a little sinuated; M and
Cu shortly united at base, the median vein straight; transverse veinlets rather
numerous and regular. Wings as long as the elytra.

@ Allotype. Similar to the male. Elytra very narrow, subacute at apex,
with longitudianl veins; M and Cu united rather lengthily at base. Ninth
abdominal tergite large, feebly dilated, with concave posterior margin; tenth
short, deeply notched at apex. Cerci close at base, a little depressed, slightly
curved. Subgenital plate narrowing and feebly notched at apex. Ovipositor
long, compressed, straight as far as the middle, rather strongly curved after;
superior valves strongly dilated at. base.

Length of body ¢ 12 mm., @ 16 mm.; pronot. ¢ 3 mm. @ 3°5 mm:
ant. fem. 6 6-5 mm., 2 6:8 mm.; post. fem. ¢ 11 mm., 2? 11-5 mm.; post.
tib. ¢ 12:2 mm., 2? 13-6 mm.; elytra ¢ 11 mm., 2? 138-5 mm.; ovipositor
9 mm.

Types: Dunk Island (H. Hacker, Aug. 1927), 1 ¢,1 2 (Q.M.).

This species is quite distinctive with its short elytra and can be compared
only with P. africana Karny, from the Cameroons.

ON THREE NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF
SCHIZOPTERINAE (HETEROPTERA-
CRYPTOSTEMMATIDAE)

FROM AUSTRALIA

By GORDON F. GROSS, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The minute bugs of the family Cryptostemmatidae are now known to have
representatives of both subfamilies in the Australian fauna. The Cryptostemmatinae
are as yet still represented by the one species Ceratocombus (Xylonannus)
australiensis Gross (Gross, 1950), while the Schizopterinae are represented by a
number of specimens in the collection of the South Australian Museum, and in a
collection at present with Dr. P. Wygodzinsky in Tucumdn, Argentina. The Australian
Schizopterine material in the South Australian Museum collection contains a number
of new genera and species, but of this material only three species (each belonging to a
new genus) are represented by specimens in sufficiently good condition to merit their
description. The description of the remainder awaits the acquisition of supplementary
material.

On THREE NEW GENERA anp SPECIES
or SCHIZOPTERINAE (Hereroprera-CryPTosTEMMATIDAE)
rrom AUSTRALIA

By GORDON F. GROSS, Sou'rn Ausrratian Museum.
Vig, 1-2.

THE minute bugs of the family Cryptostemmatidae are now known to have
representatives of both subfamilies in the Australian fauna. The Cryptostem-
matinae are aS yet still represented by the one species Cerdtocombus (Xylo-
nenwnus) australiensis Gross (Gross, 1950), while the Schizopterinae are rep-
resented by a number of specimens in the collection of the South Australian
Museum, and in a collection at present with Dr. P. Wygodzinsky in Tueuman,
Argentina. The Australian Sehizopterine material in the South Australian
Museum collection contains a number of new genera and species, but of this
material ouly three species (each belonging to a new genus) are represented
by specimens in sufficiently good condition to merit their description, The
description of the remainder awaits the acquisition of supplementary material.

To deseribe these new forms | have endeavoured to establish a more com-
plete nomenelature for the main veins of the hemelytra than hitherto employed
(Wygodzinsky, 1950, p. 11). The venation of Pachyplagioides yen. nov,
(fig. 10) as one of the more simple among Sehizopterinae and also more easily
compared with the venation of certain other classic hepteropteron types (ef, the
nymphal Corcid Syromestes, and the fossils Dunstaniopsis and Prosbole) is
here deseribed in detail,

In Pachyplayioides the thickened vostal margin of the hemelytra is ex»
panded around Se, the second vein is R + M, dividing about one-third of the
way along the hemelytron into R and M, RK is two-branched, the external
branch to Se is Ry—» and the portion runniug posteriad to the hind margin
is Rs. That the outward turning portion of the vein is Ry,s, rather than R,
only, is best shown by comparing Wygodzinsky’s figure of Chinanius bierigi
(Wygodzinsky, 1948, fig. 15) with Tillyard’s figure of Dunstaniopsis triassica
(Tillyard. 1918, text fig. 18). The first division of R-+ M is into Ry.» and
Rs +M. In both Chinannus and Dunstaniopsis Ryo then continues for a
little way as a coniposite vein before dividing into R, and Ru. Rs + M sub-
sequently divides mto Rs and M, and then Rs in both genera divides into Re
and Ry +5, and it is Ry4.5 which in both genera receives the R — M cross vein.

536 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

M gives off a cross vein to Cu before the latter reaches the region of JA 4 2A
(vide infra) which is doubtless the M—Cu evoss vein of wide occurrence iL
insects, and then M receives another conuection with Cu from the region of
the jnoetion of Cu and 1A + 2A. A vomparison with Syranustes and Die-
staniopsis has led me to believe that this is the outward turning branel of
Cu (Cu dal) whieh more ov less follows the diavding Line to meet elements of
M. This is mueh better shown in Wyegodziusky’s figure of Humptalanannus
addatilins (Wygodzinsky, 1950, fw. 192), M in Paehyplogiowtes after the
junetion with Cu tums outward, branching to send au oitiward clement to
joi Kat the division of Ry and Rs (the R — M eross vein of wide occurrenee
in insects) and then turns inward to joi Ci, this last very reminiscent of
the formation of the larger mewbranal cell in Miroidea, Cu follows: veey
close to the elaval suture but exterior to it and receives M—Cu from, and
wives off Cuy, to M and also reveives 1A + 2A then proceeds posteriad (as
Cuys + Cus?) to join M just auterior to the posterior margin. TA and
2A are separate over most of the clavus in Pachyplagiowles, but fuse just in
front of the claval suture in this genus and cross the sitture as a composite
vein LA + 2A to join Cu.

The yenation of all other Schizopterinae seems easily comparable with,
though often more primitive than that of Paehyplagioides. Ry» branches
into its 2 component veins in Chinanuus while in some other genera (e.g.
Ommatides, Schizoptera, Scabranunius, ete.) Ky and Ry are given off separ-
ately before Rs and M separate, A fairly constant feature appears to be the
two cross veins connecting M and Cu (M—Cu and Cuy,, and the usually
rectangular cell enclosed by then) (me). Cn may not join with M to form the
closed cell characteristic of Puchyplagivides, Diclyonannus gen. nov. Hunip-
tatanannus, Vilhenannus, Tropistrochus, ete, but continue to the apical mar-
gin as in Pachyplagia, ov disappear without reaching the margin as in
Ceratocomboides, Sehizaplera, Corixidea, Membracioides, Nannocoris, Dun-
donannus, Seabranannns, Humptudananius, etc., and in some of these genera
no distinet LA + 2A is formed, 1A and 2A join terminally without continuing
on forming a single ring-shaped vein (Ceralocomboides, Sehizoplera, ete.).

The Schizopterinae have long been recognized as an extremely arehaie
group within the [Heteroptera on the peculiar structure of the antennae, the
diversity of the venation, the altnost complete lack of differentiation of the
hemelytra into corium and membrane, the ill-defined clavus and claval suture,
and itt the somewhat atehed bemelytra of some genera, e.g. Dictyontnius gen.
fiov., a character reminiscent of Ilomoptera. The brachypterous Lornis of
Schizopterinae often show even more primitive features, eg. the apparent
complete lack of a clavus in many brachypterous forms.

GrRoss—New AUSTRALIAN SCHIZOPTERINAE (HETEROPTERA) 337

In several genera there are vague indivations of an incipient differentia-
tion between corium anc membrane on the hemelytra, for example m Puehy-
plagrotdes Cty, M (after its junetion with Crya) and Wyse all follow an
oblique line reminiscent of the behaviony of these same vius alung the dividing

MMUENTesctlermew soe

=

Vig. 1. A. dorsal view of head and pronotum and B of Pachyplayia axsiralia n. sp, Be
dorsal view left elytron, C. dorsal view Pachyplagiondes reginae nv. sp. D. dorsal view Dretya-
novnns flavus, ni. sp.

538 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

line in the Syromastes nymph and in Dunstaniopsis, something the same thing
occurs in Duadondnnus and is best marked of all in Humptatanannus aeddi-
titius (Wyegodzinsky, 1950, fig. 192). Some forms (/Lwnptatanunnus, Dun-
donannus, Vilhkenannus, Corividea and Membracioides) have a well marked
node on the costal margin, and. such genera as Puchyplayioides, Nannacoris
and Iumptatanannus show a marked thickening of the costal margin (which
affects only Sc in these genera but includes both Se and R in Pachyplagia) a
posterior spreading of which might be the method by which corium and subse-
quently clavus have become hardened and the venation obsolete in the more
hivhly developed heteroptera.

The Schizopterinae seem to have separated from the main bulk of Lleterop-
tera at about the stage of the Diustaniidae; the wing venation of Sclizoplera
especially as regards M is much more simple than in Dunstaniidae, and van he
more or less derived from thai of this family. But an extremely puzzling
complication arises here that many Schizopterine genera show no trace of a
dividing line, a feature more primitive than Dunstamopsis. There can only
be two explanations for this, either the arrangement of ves in Hunplatan-
annus, Plachyplagioides, ote, vesembling a dividing line is purely accidental,
and that the Schizopterinae separated from the stem ol recent Heteroptera
before the true dividing line appeared, or there has been an actnal loss of the
dividing line in those forms which show no trace of anything resembling it,
we, Diclyonannus, in which case time of separation of the Schizopterinae frou
other Ileteroptera is maybe much later and certainly oveurred after the form-
ation of a dividing line in Heteroptera.

My thanks are especially due to Mr. N. B, Tindale for considerable assist-
anre in the elucidation of the wing venation of these forms.

The three new Australian forms may be distinguished with the following
key:

1. Hemelytra with a fine ‘herringbone’? senlpture between the main veins
Dictyonunnus flavus gen. et. sp. nov,

Hemelytra not as above wt wi ne éfe che Bs J+ -2

to

Cu, given off from Cu at the junetion of Cu with LA + 2A
Puchyplagiaides reyinae gen, et. sp. nov.
Cuy, given off from Cu well after the junetion of Cu with LA -+ 2A
Pachyplagia australia gen, et. sp. nov.

1In some Tropiduchidse (Homoptora) e.g. Oasa spp. a structure analogous to the ‘* divid-
ing line’? in modern Heteroptora oceurs together with a well advanced differentiation of the
tegming into a ‘feortum’? and ‘'membrane'? in addition to the clavus. This similarity to the
hemelytron of a Heteropteron is certuinly accidental in this case.

GrRoOss—NEW AUSTRALIAN SCHIZOPTERINAE (HETEROPTERA) 539

PacHYPULAGIA gen. nov,

Shape elongate oval. Ilead and pronotum strongly declivous, hemelytra
flat. Eyes moderate in size, several times smaller than the distance between
them. Ocelli absent. Rostriun short, robust, attaining only midcoxae. Third
segment of antennae longer than fourth,

Pronotum trapeziform, punctate, a distinct pronotal collar present. Lateral
margins straight, auterior and posterior convex. Seutellum triangular extend-
ing well back under pronotum, this region exposed in some specimens and
separated from region normally exposed by a transverse sulcus, this suleus
lying in specimens in which the rest of the scutelluam is not exposed, just
under hind margin of pronotum. Propleura enlarged, sae-like, produced for-
ward to level of eyes, metapleura with a posterior lobe only. Metasternum
with a longish backwardly directed spine.

Legs normal, tarsal formula 2.2.3. in both sexes. Claws long and curved.
Arolia not conspicuous.

Hemelytra with well marked and developed venation (fig. 1B). Under
special lighting the thickened costal margin is seen to be composed of Se and R
which are separated near the centre of this costal thickening by a short longi-
tudinal groove. Cu along claval suture also only visible under special light-
ing. Cell me hexagonal, Cuja given off after junction of Cu and LA + 2A,M
gives off three branches to R the most exterior R—M (to Ry 5), Rs
(Rgj4s5) emerges from near end of thickened costal margin and divides into
Rs and Ry,,. 1A and 2A are separate over most of the clavus then merge
into 1A -+- 2A which crosses the claval suture to join Cu. Cuyu (+ Cue) con-
tinues straight to hind margin after Cuy, is given off to M. Wings with a very
fine net-like reticulate venation.

Male genitalia asymmetrical right clasper the largest, vesica long and
slender and coiled, near anus a long apparently movable process reminiscent
of a bovine tail which is probably the anophore (or possibly a third free appen-
dage).

Female genitalia apparently symmetrical, without gonopophyses.

PACHYPLAGIA AUSTRALIA Sp, NOV-
Fig. 1 A, B, 2 A, B, C.

Holotype male forma macreptera.
Coloration. Pronotum, head, eyes, s¢cuteUum, thickened costal margin and
underside of abdomen brown; legs, rostrum and antennae yellowish brown.

540 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

Structure. As for generic deseription. Ifead 3604 long, width across eyes
600, lengths of sexmeuts of antennae 804, 802, 4304, 3400, first. two segments
with short hairs (802), second pair with much longer hairs, oe loug, one near
the base of segment IV being 280. Rostrum 240. long, lengths of segments
60u, 50u, 110p.

Pronotum 430, long, anterior width 580,, posterior width 6204. Lengths
of podomeres, femora I 420n, IT 460u, IIT 540p, tibiae 1 530, IT 460p, TIL 790,,
tarsi and claws [ 220n, IL 220u, LIL 5350p.

Body covered with a sparse pilosity apparently absent in the cells of the
hemelytra and on the wings. The longest hairs on the abdomen congregated
around the pygophore (up to 90u),

Total length 2000u. Greatest width 620p.

Allotype female forma macroplera,

As for male. Spermatheca as figured, Lengths podomeres femora T 440,,
TI 480p, LIT 560n, tibiae L 470n, TIT 720n, tarsi and claws T 2380p, T1 220,,
LT 350y, lengths segments antennae, 110p, 80n, 470p, 370p lengths segments
vostium 80z, 60u, 160...

Holotype ¢ and allotype @ from Sydney, N.S.W., H. W. Cox (Nos.
1 20,053 and 20,054), 41 paratypes from Sydney, N.S.W., H. W. Cox anid
A. M, Lea, and Port Lincoln, 8.A., A. M. Lea (inquilines), all specimens in
the collection of the South Australian Museum (Nos. J 20,055 to T 20,061).

PACHYPLAGIOIDES gen, ov.

General form elongate oval. Head short, width across eyes greater than
leneth, Byes moderately larger, several times smaller than the distance separ-
ating them dorsally. QOcelli absent. Clypens not salient. Rostrum just reach-
ing mid-coxaé, First two segments of antennae equal in length and together
somewhat shorter than length of head, remaining segments !

A distinct prenotal collar present, pronotum trapezillorm, posteriorly
wider than long, posterior margin almost straight, anterior slightly convex.
Seutellum acuminate, leneth subeqial to basal width, Meso- and metapleura
normal, metapleura with slight angle posteriorly.

Legs moderately slender, all leg segments mnelnding coxite setose, tibia
markedly so. Claws simple, arolia pounded, Tarsal formula 3.3.3,

Hemelytra with a well mavked and developed venation (fig, 10). Se rnn-
ning only 34 of the costal margin which is strongly thickened, R + M is fused
with Se along its basal quarter, K -- M divide about half along Se, R divides
only in two branches, Ry, and Ryj4)5- Cell me rectangular, Cuya given

GROSS—NEW AUSTRALIAN SCHIZOPTERINAE (H@&TEROPTERA) 541

off at point of fusion of 1A + 2A with Cu, Cuyn and M merge distally, R—M
meeting Rs (Rgi4.5) at point of separation of Ryu». 1A and 2A separate
over most of the clavus, uniting just before elaval suture into LA + 2A whieh
crosses the suture to fuse with Cu.

Abdomen of male apparently strongly chitinized, Asymmnietrical claspers
present. Vesiea short, robust,

PACHYPLAGIOIDES REGINA Sp, Nov.
Fig. 1C,2D, B, F, G, U, 1, J.

Holotype male forma mucroptera,

Colouration. Dark chestnut brown; legs, first two segments of antennae
and rostrum yellowish and hemelytra yellowish, infuseated.

Structure. As for generie description. Head 240» long, width aeross eyes
2604, width across eyes 260u. First 2 seements of antennae as in figure
(21) each 95. long, remaining segments missing, Rostrum stout, total length
220 and width at base 60p.

Pronotum dimensions: anterior width 370, posterior width 530p, length
410y, lateral margins with fine hairs. Scutellum punctate, width at base 170.
and length 160,.

Femora normal, sparsely setose, tibiae slender, hind tibiae slightly curved.
Tibiae more setose than femora with longish spines (up to 130.) on their outer
margin and much denser and generally shorter (50) pairs on their inner mar-
gins. Coxae with sparse and longish (100) hairs near articulation with femora.
Dimensions of podomeres: femora T 410z, IL 450, LIT 430,; tibiae 1 430,
IT 410p, IIT 620; tarsi and claws I 160y, IL 160u, TTT 230,.

Veins of hemelytra with scattered hairs up to 30, long, costal margin with
longer hairs (95) beginning near the end of Se, and passing around the pos-
terior end of wing longest posteriorly.

Ventral abdominal segments (except genitalia) without appendages with
sparse hairs (up to 80) and a clothing of extremely short hairs (only several p
long).

Male genitalia as figured.

Total length: 1640.4. Greatest width: 620n.

Holotype male from ‘‘Fallen leaves, Cairns District, Queensland, A. M.
Lea,”’ in the collection of the South Australian Museum (No. I 20,052).

542 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

—————

Tergite Vii

Conjunctival “WS
Appendage ~~

———— 65 mom ————+

Fig. 2. A. dorsal view male genitalia, B. rostrum and C. spermatheca of Pachyplagia
australia. D. fore leg. FE. second leg, F. hind leg. G. rostrum. H. male genitalia from
above. 1. first two segments of antennae and J, Prosternum of Pachyplagioides reginae n. sp.

GROsSS—NEW AUSTRALIAN SCHIZOPTERINAE (HETEROPTERA) 543

DicryYONANNUS gen. nov.

Shape broadly pear-shaped. Ilead conical, elypeus very slightly salient.
Eyes very small, ocelli absent, Head beneath suleate from just behind rostrum
to anterior margin of prosternnm, Antennae inserted ventrally very close to
the raised edges of the sulcus. First two segments only present, remainder
apparently lost. Rostrum reaching to about mid-coxae, First segment ineras-
sated, second longer than first, and third longer than first two together.

Anterior margin of pronotum nearly straight, posterior margin concave,
lateral margins straight, diverging posteriad, hind angles rounded; pronotum
nearly twiee as broad as long. subequal in length to head. Pronotum dorsally
with a curved transverse constriction. Prosternum and mesosternum showing
a continuation of the yentral suleus of the head; on hind margin of meso-
sternum this rises and becomes a nearly horizontal baekwardly produced spath-
ulate spine, This sulens has a raised keel on either side. Propleura poueh-
like ju which are inserted the fore coxae, propleura produced well in front of
eyes. Metapleura riot produced back in spine but only as a lobe. Seutellum tri-
angular.

Femora of all three legs subequal, tibia T and II shortest and tibia LIT
longest; tarsi T, TT and ITT subequal. Tarsal formula 2.1.1,

Elytra very convex and very coriaceous eostal margin broadly reflexed,
turning outwards before doing sa to form (looking from above), a kind of
gutter. Venation as figured (fig. 1D), with a fine herringbone sculpture be-
tween the main veins. Se not discernible but apparently following the costal
margin, Ry.» aud Rs undivided. Cell me long, anterior margin (M) sinuate
Cuy, meeting M 34 the length of hemelytron and well past the fusion of
1A + 2A and Cu, Cuy» + Cuy joins M before posterior margin. R—M cross
yein a little further exterior in position to Cuyy,; 1A and 2A separate over
most of the elavus uniting just anterior to the claval suture into 1A + 2A and
erossing the suture to fuse with Cu. Ventral abdominal segments strongly
chitinized. No asymmetrical gonopophyses present in female genitalia.

DicryoONaNNuS FLAVUS sp. nov,

Fig, 1D.

Holotype male.

Colouration. Honey coloured. Eyes red.

Structure. As for generic description. Length of head 170, width across
eyes 300y, lengths 2 segments of antennae present 404 and 60», second segment

544 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

only with a few sparse hairs (204). Rostrum 510 long, lengths of segments
60, 110p, 3840p.

Pronotum 250. long, anterior width 260n, posterior width 450. Leneths
podomeres, femora I 2304, [1 230e, TTT 250, tibiae 1 28, TE 2694, ILL 5830p,
tarsi and claws 1169p, IT 160p, LIT 160p. Seutellum 160, long and 250, wide
basally. Hemelytra 780, long. Ventral abdominal segments with sparse hairs,
longest (35. and subelavate) on the pygophore.

Total length: 1240. Greatest width 780p.

Holotype female (Cairns District, 1 ¢, A. M. Lea, in fallen leaves, in the
collection of the South Australian Museum (No. 1 29,062)).

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

China, W. E., 1946; New Cryptostemmatidae (Iemiptera) from Trinidad,
British West Indies. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (B), 15 (11-12) ; 148-154,
5 figs.

Gross, G. F., 1950: On a New Species of Cryptostemmatidae (Ilemiptera-Hete-
voptera) from Australia. Mee. South Aust. Mus., 9 (8) + 827-9, 1 fig.
Handlirsch, A., 1908: Die Fossilen Insekten, ete. Leipzig. Pls. 7, 87, 38, 43.
Reuter, O. M., 1891; Monographia Ceratocombidarum Orbis Terrestris. Act,

Soc, Sci. Fenn., 19 (6): 27 pp, 1 pl.

MeAtee, W. L. and Malloch, J. R., 1925: Revision of bugs of the family Crypto-
stemmatidae in the collection of the United States National Museum.
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 67 (18) : 1-42, 4 pls.

Tillyard, R. J., 1918: Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. No. 4. (Hemiptera,
Heteroptera). The Family Dunstaniidae. With a Note on the Origin of
the Heteroptera. Proc, Linn, Soc, N.S.W., 48 (3): 568-592, 1 PL, 5 figs.

Wygodzinsky, P., 1947: Sobre um novo genero e wna nova especie de Schizop-
terinae do Brasil (Cryptostemmatidae, Hemiptera). Bol. Ent. Venezolana,
Caracas, 6 (1): 25-385, 17 figs.

Wygodzinsky, P., 1950: Schizopterinae from Angola ( Cryptostemmatidae, Hem-
iptera). ex. Subsidios para o Estudo da Biologia na Lunda. Published by
the Museu do Dundo (Lisboa).

THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REPTILE FAUNA
PART I. OPHIDIA

By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary
This systematic list of the South Australian Reptile Fauna contains comments on the
variation and distribution of various species within the State. Three snakes are
described as new. All species and races added since or omitted by Waite (1929) are
marked with an asterisk.
Family Typhlopidae

Typhlops unguirostris Peters.

Typhlops (Onychocephalus) unguirostris Peters, 1867, Monats. Akad. Berlin, p. 708,
fig. 3.

Typhlops pinguis Waite.
Typhlops pinguis Waite, 1897, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxi, p. 25, p1. II.
Typhlops bituberculatus (Peters).
Onychocephalus bituberculatus Peters, 1863 (1864), Monats. Akad. Berlin, p. 233.
Typhlops australis (Gray).

Anilios australis Gray, 1845, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., p. 135.

Tut SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REPTILE FAUNA
Parrtl. OPHIDIA

By FRANCIS J. MITCHELL, Sourn Ausrratian Museum.
Fig, 1-3,

Tuts systematic list of the South Australian Reptile Fauna contains comments
on the variation and distribution of various species within the State. Three
snakes are described as new. All species and races added since or omitted by
Waite (1929) are marked with an asterisk.

Famity TYPHLOPIDAE,
TYPHLOPS UNGUIROSTRIS Peters.

Typhlops (Onychocephalus) unguwirostris Peters, 1867, Monats, Akad. Berlin,
p. 708, fig. 3.

TYPHLOPS PINGUIS Waite.

Typhlops pinguis Waite, 1897, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., xxi, p. 25, pl. TI.

TYPIILOPS BITUBERCULATUS (Peters).
Onychocephalus bituberculatus Peters, 1863 (1864), Monats, Akad. Berlin,
p. 233.
TYPHLOPS AUSTRALIS (Gray).

Anilios australis Gray, 1845, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., p, 135.

Famity BOIDAE.,
MorRELIA ARGUS VARIEGATA Gray.

Morelia variegata Gray, 1842, Zool. Misc., p, 43.

Loveridge (1934, p. 270) has summarized the reasons for the recognition
of argus, and the resurrection of Morelia. Further, he expresses the opinion
that the two colour phases are dimorphic forms and consequently considers
variegata synonymous with typical argus. However, constant populations of

546 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

both phases undoubtedly oeeur, all South Australian specimens so far exam-
ined being referable to variegata, and it is the author’s opinion that variegata
should be retained until sufficient material is available to thoroughly analyse
the problem.

ASPIDITES MELANOCEPHALUS RAMSAYT Macleay.

Aspidiates ramsayi Macleay, 1882, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 6, p. 813.

Famity ELAPIDAE.

AsprpoMoRPHUs DIADEMA (Schlegel).

Calamaria diadema Schlegel, 1857, Phys. Serp., 2, p. 32.

DEMANSIA PSAMMOPHIS PSAMMOPHTS (Schlegel)

Elaps psammophis Schlegel, 1857, Phys. Serp., 2, p. 405.
This species is fairly abundant in the drier regions of the State.

DemansiA teExXTLIS (Dumeril and Bibron),

Furina textilis Dumeril and Bibron, 1854, Erp. Gen., 7, p. 1,242.

South Australian examples of the species vary considerably in scalation
and colouration. Specimens collected in the drier regions of the State differ
from more southerly examples in possessing a larger, more prominent rostras
and in showing a greater tendency to retain the darker juvenile markings in
the adult. Eastern Australian juveniles, presumed to belong to the type race, the
type loeality being unknown, often possess as many as 40 narrow black cross-
bands. A minority of both adult and juvenile specimens examined from Central
and Northern South Australian localities possess 12 or less broad black bands,
the bands being present only on the anterior half of the body in several adult
specimens. Other adults are uniform light brown often with oecasional black
scales or faint variegations. None of the many specimens examined from the
vieinity of Adelaide and other localities to the south were found to possess
darker body markings, although a black mape and head bands are invariably
present in young specimens.

Loyeridge (1934, p. 278) places a specimen taken at a locality on the Coo-
rong, South Australia with three New South Wales specimens in the type race.
In view of this decision all specimens with the less prominent rostral and uni-
form adult colouration, whose distribtuion appears to be correlated with the

MITCHELL—SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REPTILE FAUNA 547

cooler climate, are herein rewarded as belonging to D. textilis lectilis, while
those taken further north are referred to D. lextilis wuchalis, although they are
by no means typical of North-western Australian populations of the subspecies,

The following South Australian specimens were examined. D. tectilis tex-
tilis: Adelaide and suburbs (27 specimens), Tailem Bend (2 specimens), Snow-
town, Yorketown, Clarendon, Iallett’s Cove, Hindmarsh Island, Murray Bridge
(2 specimens), Naracoorte, Strathalbyn, Crafers, Nortons Summit, Ardrossan,
Port Pirie, Wallaroo (2 specimens), Kangarilla, Millbrook, THectorville, Angas-
ton, Salisbury (2 specimens), Tanunda, Luecindale (2 specimens), Milane,
Blackwood, Waterfall Gully, Marino, Williamstown, Hehunga, Happy Valley,
Port Lineoln (2 specimens), Middleton, Hackham, Wardang Island, Narrung,
Encounter Bay.

D. textilis nuchalis: Ooldea (3 specimens), Penong (3 specimens), Streaky
Bay, Marree (3 specimens), Kingoonya, Bordertown, Koonibba (2 specimens),
Burra, Mern Merna (8 specimens), Hawker, Renmark, Mingary, Lake Eyre
South (on south-eastern shore), Wharminga, Whyalla.

The position of the 2nd and 3rd upper labials velative to the preocular
and the number of lower labials contacting the auterior chin-shields are very
variable, the variation being independent of distribution.

The variety tnframdcula Waite occurs spasmodically and is not worthy of
taxonomic recognition.

*DEMANSIA MODESTA (Gunther),

Cacophis modesta Gunther, 1872, Amn and May. Nat, Hist., (4), 9, p. 35, pl. TIT,
fig. C.

A number of specimens belonging to this species have been taken in the
North-western corner of the State in the Mann, Everard and Barrow Ranges.

*DEMANSIA ACUTIROSTRIS sp. noy. (Fig. 1).

Holotype. 5.A.M. R.3133, taken at lat, 28.26’ S. and long. 137.24’ EB. on
an island in Lake Eyre, South Anstralia. The specimen was taken in October,
1950, by Messrs. E. A. Brooks, M. Brooks and EH. Price, while conducting a tour
over the recently filled lake.

Diagnosis. Midbody seales in 17 rows; anal divided; ventrals 218; sub-
eaudals in 54 pairs, Snont strongly depressed; lower jaw undershot by a dis-
tance almost equal to half the snout length. Uniform brown ahove with several
broad darker eross-bands.

548 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 1. Demansia acutirostvis Mitchell. Dorsal, lateral and ventral views of the head of
the holotype specimen; an enlarged view of the valyuiiar nostril is also shown.

Type description. Eye moderate, its diameter a little longer than its dis:
tance from the mouth. Snout stronely depressed, square fronted, with a flat
dorsal surface; lower jaw undershot by a distance almost equal to half the snout
length; the portion of the rostral visible dorsally is much wider than lone.

Frontal widest anteriorly, 14 & wider than lone, wider than the supra-
oculars, but constricted to a width slightly less than the supraoculars (see fig. 1).
Nasal large, undivided, in contact with the preocilar; nostril valvular, the

MITCHELL—SOuTH AUSTRALIAN REPTILE FAUNA 549

nasal depression being large, but the actual aperture only a slit between three
fleshy pads. Postoculars irregular, three on the left, the lower minute, two on
the right; a single preocular. Temporals 1 + 2, the lower posterior set imto
the upper edge of the sixth upper labial; third and fourth of six upper labials
suboeular. First upper labial curving well in under the snout. Midbody scales
in 17 vows; ventral 218; subeaudals 55; anal divided.

The fangs are followed after a short intersparve by six or seven strongly
grooved teeth; slightly reeurved.

Dorsal surfaces light brown with several darker cross-bands of varying
width. These bands are only faintly visible in the preserved specimen, but
were prominent in life. The brown dorsal colouring extends well under the body
to the ventrals, leaving a mid-ventral white stripe approximately one-third the
total width of a ventral seale.

Measurements: 1,045 (900 + 145) mm.

This species is separable from all described members of the genus by the
strongly depressed snout, markedly undershot lower jaw and greater develop-
ment of the valvular nostril. In most species of Demansia there is a tendency
for the nostril to be partially elosed by a series of dermal folds, but in none is
it developed to the extent shown in acutirostris.

The flat dorsal surface of the square tipped snout, the undershot lower jaw
and valvular nostril suggest that this species is of burrowing habit. Its general
appearance and colouration are most nearly approached by D, textilis nuchalis
(Gunther).

PSEUDECHIS PORPHYRAICUS (Shaw).

Coluber porphyraicus Shaw, 1794, New Holland, p. 27, pl. X.

PSEUDECHIS AUSTRALIS (Gray).

Naja australis Gray, 1942, Zool, Miscell., p, 55,

PSEUDECHTS MICROLEPIDOTUS (MeCoy).

Diemenia nucrolepidotus MeCoy, 1879, Prod. Zool. Viet., dee, TIT, pl. xxiii,

fig, 2-3.

I have been unable to find a confirmed record of this species occurring in
South Australia, although its recorded distribution in Northern Victoria and
South-western New South Wales indicates that it may occur in parts of Eastern
South Australia.

550 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

DENISONIA SUPERBA (Gunther),

Hoplocephalus superbus Gunther (part), 1858, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 217.

Waite (1929, p, 218) doubtfully included this species in his handbook,
mentioning that he had not seen ‘fan undoubted example’? from South Australia.
Recently, numerous examples haye been received from localities in the upper
Mount Lofty Ranges and the lower south-eastern districts of South Australia, A
single juvenile specimen from Kangaroo Island has also been examined.

Denison1a coronara (Sehlegel).

Hlaps coronatus Schlegel, 1837, Phys. Serp., 2, p. 454.
Two South Australian specimens of this species, S.A.M. R.1777 aud R.2134,
have been examined. Both were taken at Mount Compass.

DENTISONIA CORONOIDES (Gunther),

Hoplocephalus coronoides Gunther, 1858, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., p. 215.
All South Australian examples examined belong to the marstersi colour
variety.

*DENISONIA NIGROSTRIATA BREVICAUDA SUbsp. Nov.

Holotype. S.A.M. 2.8137, Fowler’s Bay, South Australia.

Paratypes. S.A.M. R.1230, Waikerie, South Australia; S.A.M. R.2273, Par-
rakie, South Australia; S.A.M. R.3126, nine adults and twelve juveniles taken
at Sedan in the Murray Serub, South Australia; S.A.M. R.3138, R.3140, Murray
Bridge, South Australia; S.A.M. R.3141, Mount Wedee, via Elliston, South Aus-
tralia and R.3139, Beetaloo Waterworks, South Australia.

Diagnosis. As the subspecific name suegests, South Australian examples of
this species differ from the type race in possessing a much shorter tail with eon-
sequent decrease in the number of subeaudal scales. The holotype of D. nigros-
triata niyrostriata possessed 62, while Boulenger (1896, p. 344) records 50-64;
Kinghorn (1929, p. 182) records the species as extending well down into New
South Wales, but does not record any additional data, merely quoting Boulen-
ger’s variation. Kershaw (1918, p, 31) records the oceurrence of the species in
Victoria and National Museum locality records indicate the species to be re-
stricted to the north-western corner of that State. The subeaudal seale counts
of the fourteen adults in the present series vary from 23-29, the mean being
26:1. The ventral scale count is also lower, being 152-164 as compared to 180-

MITCHELL—-SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REPTILE FAUNA 551

184 (Boulenger, op. cit.). In all other scale details these specimens agree closely
with the type race.

The holotype is the largest specimen examined and measures 455 (415 + 50)
mm. It is interesting to compare these measurements with those of Boulenger’s
type race topotype, viz. 380 (328 + 52) mm.

DENISONIA GOoULDIT (Gray).

Elaps gouldii Gray, 1841, in Grey’s Journ, Exped. West. Austr., 2, p. 444,
pl. V, fig. 1.

DENISONIA FLAGELLUM (McCoy),

Hoplocephalus flagellum McCoy, 1878 (deeade IL), Prod. Zool. Viet., p. 7,
pl. XI, fig. 1.

This species is common in the Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia.

Dentsonia surra (Peters).

Hoplocephalus sutus Peters, 1863, Monatsh. Akad. Berlin, p. 234.

In two excellent papers Kinghorn (1920 and 1929) has compiled sound
reasons for synonymizing H. frenatus Peters, H. frontalis Ogilby, H. stirlingt
Lueas and Frost, D. frontalis var. propinqua De Vis and D. forresti Boulenger
with suta,

The following data on South Australian specimens has been compiled as
a supplement to Kinghorn’s 1920 paper on Eastern Australian material.

S.A.M. R.130, Quorn, 157, 35; S.A.M. R.2628, Mern Merna (2 specimens),
176, 32; 164, 38; S.A.M. R.2658, Mern Merna, 163, 35; S.A.M., 2.2781, Whit-
tata, Andamooka Ranges, 154, 30; S.A.M. R.2598, Lyndhurst, 157, 31; 8.A.M.
R.2257, Aldgate (2 specimens), 159, 31; 161, 33; S.A.M. R.2378, Penong, 171,
34; S.A.M. R.3144, Caroona, via Port Augusta, 153, 31; 8.A.M. R.3147, Leigh
Creek (3 specimens), 167, 35; 164, 34; 166, 33. In all of these specimens the
temporals are 2-- 2 and the nasal contacts the preoenlar. This data gives an
overall variation of 153-176 ventrals and 30-35 subcaudals for South Australian
specimens.

*DENISONIA BRUNNEA sp. nov. (Fig. 2, 2a and b).

Holotype, SAM. R.3151, taken at Mount Wedge, near Elliston on the
West Coast of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia by J. L. Harwood, Esq., on
29th July, 1907.

552 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Diagnosis. Midbody seales in 17 longitudinal rows; ventrals 194; sub-
caudals 56; the anal is divided, The nasal forms sutures with the Ist, 2nd and
8rd upper labials. Uniform light brown dorsally, the supva-ocular scales being
slightly darker; veutral surfaces uniform cream,

Type description. General proportions short, stout ; head wide, distinet from
the neck; snout ronmded. Seale pattern fine; the length of a midventral seale
ig less than one-fifth of its width. Nasal undivided, joming the preocular and
the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd upper labials; 3rd and 4th of six upper labials suboentlar ;
two postoculars. Maximum length of the internasals only half that of the
prefrontals; frontal 14 times longer than wide, as long as, but slightly wider
than the supraoculars. Temporals 2+ 2, the lower anterior wedyed between
the 5th and 6th upper labials. Vertical diameter of the eye greater than its
distance from the mouth and approximately equal to half the snout leugth,

Body seale counts aud colour as given in thie cHagnosis,

The fangs are followed after an interspace by three short, stout vonival
teeth, these teeth being directed shghtly backward. The fangs of this species
appear to be large for its size, measuring almost 3 mm., while the following
maxillary teeth measure only approximately 4 mm.

Measurements. 284 (240 4+ 44) mm.

Affinities, The general form and high ventral seale counts do nub suggest
immediate relationship with any deseribed species. The scale counts are most
nearly approached by those of D. signata dan. of Queensland and New South
Wales, but a comparison with several specimens from Mount Tambourine,
Queensland, indicates the present speeies to differ in possessing higher ventral
and subeaudal couits, entirely different colouration, and several other scealation
differences evident froim fig. 2, 24 and hb.

Denigon1a CuRWA (Sehlegel). (Fig. 2, la and b.)
Naja curta Schlegel, 1837, Phys. Serp. ii, p. 186.
Brachyaspis curta Boulenger, 1896, Brit. Mus. Cal. Snakes, TT, pp. 953,

Three South Australian specimens of this interesting species were examined,
S.A.M. R.2371, from Tintinarra, S.AM. 2.3160, from Coombe, and S8.A.M,
R.2285, a specimen with no definite locality data, but found im association with
other specimens taken near Salt Creely on the Coorong,

Because of the superficial similarity of these specimens to several members
of the genus Denisonia, thought was given to the reasons for the separation of
the species as genotype of Brachyaspis, This separation appears to have been
based on three characters, the marked distinction of the head from the neck

Fig. 2. la and Ib: Denisonia cnrta (Scllegel); dorsal and lateral yiews of the head
(S.A.M. R2371). 2a and 2h: Denisonia brimiiea Mitchell. Dorsal and lateral views of the
holotype specimen (S.A.M. R8133). Aa and db: Notechis sculatus yar. Dorsal and lateral
views of the head (S.A.M. R3143).

and body, the dividing of the nasal and the strong enlargement of the anterior
mandibular teeth. Assuming Gunuther’s figure (1862, pl. LX, fig, 11) to be of
accurate proportion, the first of these characters must be very variable as none
of the present specimens show the head to be more distinet than that of D. sula
or D. signata. Kinghorn (1931, fg. 1) also seems to indicate a less marked
distinction than that figured by Gunther. The dividing of the nasal is also
inconstant, two of these specimens possessing undivided nasals, while in the

554 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

third it is partially divided by a shallow groove through the nostril. The
anterior mandibular teeth are enlarged and recurved, but not sufficient to
make this species unique in the genus Denisonia. On the above grounds Brachy-
aspis is referred to the synonomy of Denisonia. The fangs are followed after
an interspace by four strongly recurved, solid teeth.

Noted variation of the material examined—midbody scales in 19 rows, 26—
27 around the neck; ventrals 135-139; subeaudals 36-40, single; anal un-
divided. Temporals 3 -++ 3 except on the left side of R.2371, where it is 2 +3;
anterior temporals slightly larger than posterior. Kinghorn (1931, fig. 1)
figures elongated anterior temporals. The shape and size of the frontal is
variable.

ACANTHOPHIS ANTARCTICUS ANTARCTICUS (Shaw).

Boa antarctica Shaw, 1794, Nat. Miscell., pl. mxxxv.

ACANTHOPHIS pyRRHUS Boulenger.

Acanthophis pyrrhus Boulenger, 1898, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 2, p. 76.

NOTECHIS SCUTATUS SCUTATUS (Peters).
Naja (Hamadryas) scutata Peters, 1861, Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 690.

In describing the supposed western subspecies occidentalis, Glauert (1948,
p- 189-141) appears to have been convinced that the scale variation recorded
by Kinghorn (1929a, p. 146) is typical. However, the type specimen according
to Peters had body scale counts of 17, 173 and 45, so that the population from
which Kinghorn took his data is not typical of the species, assuming the varia.
tion recorded in his handbook to be not distorted by typographical errors. A
survey of the variation listed below indicates the body scale counts to be very
unstable, and therefore of little diagnostic value. Further, the colour variation
shown by specimens in the South Australian Museum collection completely
envelops that recorded in earlier references to that species.

This casts doubt on the recognition of occidentalis as a western subspecies,
the only evident differences being the predominance of one of the many colour
patterns shown by South Australian specimens and the possession of 17 rather
than 19 midbody scales.

As recorded for Western Australian specimens by Glauert (op. cit.), South
Australian Tiger Snakes are restricted to swampy habitats.

The following body scale data has been considered. Midbody scales in 15
rows; Tasmania (5 specimens), possessing 172, 172, 168, 164, 172 ventrals and
9, 54, 50, 53 and 48 subcaudals.

MITCHELL—Sourh AUSTRALIAN REPTII.A FAUNA 555

Midbody seales in 17 rows: Warren River, Westeen Anstralia (2 speci-
mens), 149, 159 ventrals and 44, 46 subeaudals; near Renidelsham, South Aus-
tralia (2 specimetis), 167, 161 veutrals and 49, 44 subeaudals; Yorke Peninsula,
South Australia, 170 ventrals and 46 subeandals ; Mannuwm, South Australia, 168
ventrals aud 47 subcaudals; Sleaford Mear, Eyre Peniusula, South Australia,
167 ventrals and 47 subcaudals; Minders Island, Bass Strait, 177 ventrals and
53 subcaudals; Tasmania (7 specimens), 173, 173. 170, 173, 169, 166, 159
ventrals and 50, 52, 51, 56, 55, 54, 49 subeaudals; Hobart, Tasmania, 179 vent-
rals and 50 subcaudals; Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 154 ventrals and
51 subeaudals; Junction of Murray and Darling Rivers (3 specimens), 168,
168, 169 ventrals and 86, 46, 54 subcaudals.

Midbody scales in 19 rows: Milang, South Australia, 163 ventrals und 47
snbeandals; Mannum, South Australian (2 specimens), 164, 163 veutrvals ane
47, 47 subeaudals; Murray Bridge (2 specimens), 160, 168 ventrals and 48,
52 subeandals; Crowes, Otway Ranges, Vietoria, 164 veutrals and 50° sub-
caudals; Penneshaw, Kangaroy Island, South Australin, 169 ventrals and 45
subeaudals; Eleanor River, Kangaroo Island, South Austealia, 174 ventraly, 48
subeaudals; Deep Creek, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 184 ventrals and 45
subeandals; Syduey, New South Wales (2 specimens), 175, 179 ventrals anrl
46, 54 subeaudals; New South Wales, 185 yentrals and 61 subvandals; Rangarou
Island, South Australia (2 specimens), 178, 172 veutrals auc 54, 51 subvancdals;
Prahran, Victoria, ventrals iol quoted, 49 subeandals; dunetion of Davliny and
Murray Rivers, 168 veutials atid 50 subeandals,

Data taken from many speciens without accurate locality data was also
considered. Glaviert (1948) records variation of 17 (32 specimens) to 19 (8
specimens) midbody seales, 185 (1 specimen) aml 146-162 (39 specimens)
ventral seales and 0-02 snbeandals for the type series of aevidentalis. King
horn (1929, p. 146) records a variation of 128-186 ventrals and 80-84. sub-
eaudals. In addition to the South Australian Museum collection the following
references were utilized in the compilation of the above list—Boulenger (1896,
p. 342), Kinghorn (1921, p. 145), Loveridge (1934, p. 290), and MeCoy (1878,
pp. 11-12).

S.A.M. 8.3143 from Tatlem Bend, South Australia, is au interesting speci-
men. It possesses several aberrant characters which have been considered
worth describing aud figuring (see fie. 2, Sa and b). Midbudy seales in 19 rows;
veutrals 165; subeaudals 56, all single. The dorsal seales are very clongate,
more elongate than those of an average specimen of the same total leueth, <A
large rhomboidal oveipital is present. The colouring is also distinutive, the head
being dark grey; body with a wide coppery brown middorsal stripe lightening

556 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ventrolaterally to bright lemon yellow ventrally, all colours deepening posteri-
orly. Underside of the head white with a yellow tinge on the lower anterior
temporal and 4th and 5th upper labials. Colowrs described from life. The

HOT

specimen measures 388 (327 + 61) mn.

Norecnis svuTATUS, var. NIGER Kinghorn.

Notechis scutatus var, niger Kinghorn, 1921, Ree. Aust. Mus., xiii, 4, p. 145.

This snake was originally described as a melanotic variety restricted to
Kangaroo Island, South Australia. However, specimens identical with the
Kangaroo Island examples have recently been taken at localities on the southern
ends of Yorke and Eyre Peninsulas, South Australia.

The reoceurreuce of this colour pattern in two areas totally independent of
the type locality raises an interesting problem. Is this an example of impressed
variation or has it a definite genetic basis? Specimens taken in the lower south-
eastern districts of South Australia resemble Tastnanian specimens in showing
a darkening of the dorsal colouring with consequent obliteration of the cross-
bands, but none show the dark ventral colouring characteristic of niger. The
body seale variation falls within that recorded for the type race and is in-
eluded in the above list.

Norrcutis ater (Krefft).
Hoplocephalus ater Kreftt, 1866, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 370.

It is noted that Glanert (1948, p. 141) places ater as a subspecies of
seutatus. As but a single example of this snake has been taken, the species
being unrepresented in the South Australian Museum collection in spite of
extensive collecting in the Flinders Ranges, our present knowledge gives no
grounds for regarding it a subspecies of scwtatus.

RuyNcHorLars BertTHoup. (Jan.)

Elaps berthaldi Jan., 1859, Rev. et Mag. Zool,, p. 123.

RHYNCHOELAPS FAgcTOLATUS (Gunther).
Rhinelaps fasciolatus Gamther, 1872, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), ix, p. 34,
pl. v, fig. 4.
*At least one additional species of Rhynchoelaps oceurs in South Australia,
and specimens have been identified tentatively as R. semifasciata Gunther or
R. australis Krefft. However, the group is badly in need of revision, one object

MITCHELL—SOUTH AUSTRALIAN REPTILE FAUNA 557

of such work being to determine the stability of certain scale details used to
characterize several of the recently described ‘‘shovel snouted”’ species. This is
being undertaken by Mr. J. R. Kinghorn of the Australian Museum, Sydney,
and a selection of South Australian Museum specimens has been sent for his
examination. His identification of the South Australian species is awaited with
interest.

*FURINA ANNULATA (Gray).

Calamaria annulata Gray, 1841, in Grey’s Journ, Exped. West. Austral. 2,
p. 443.

This species is quite common throughout the State.

*FURINA BIMACULATA Dumeril and Bibron.

Furina bimaculata Dumeril and Bibron, 1854, Erpet, Gen., 7, p. 1,240.

A single specimen, 8.A.M. R.2802, was collected at Kingoonya, South Aus-
tralia.

REFERENCES CITED,

Boulenger, G. A. (1896): Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., [1], (London).

Glanert, L. (1948): Western Australian Naturalist, 1, pp. 139-141.

Gunther, A. (1862): Ann. May. Nat. Hist., (3), EX, p. 130, pl. rx, fig. 11.
Kershaw, J. A. (1918) : Vietorian Naturalist, p. 31.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1920): Ree. Aust. Mus., XILI, pp. 119-117.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1921): Rec. Aust. Mus., xii, p. 145.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1929): Ree. Aust. Mus., XVII, pp. 76-84.

Kinghorn, J. R. (1929a): Snakes of Australia, (Sydney).

Kinghorn, J. R. (1981) : Ree. Aust. Mus., XVULI, p. 85.

Loveridge, A. (1934): Bull. Mus. Comp, Zool. Harv., UN XVIL, 6, pp. 248-383.
MeCoy, F. (1878) : Prod. Zool. Vict., dee. 1, pp. 11-12.

Waite, E. R. (1929): Reptiles and Amphibians of South Australia (Adelaide).

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

INDEX ro GENERA anp SPECIES

Ablepharus +s
absidata, Nannamoria
atuleata, Schizotrema
acutirostris, Demansia
adelaidensis, Tiliqua
Adenopterus

affinis, Madasummi
Agaricus

agrion, Eocuma
albosutura, Notoseil:
albovittata, Metioche
Altispeeula

Amorena

Amoria,

amplipennis, Endacusta
Amusurgus

Anaxipha,

anaxiphoides, Anaxipha
Anchistylis '
angulifrons, Endacusta
angusta, Metioche 44
angustissimus, Aphonoi(es
angustus, Oeeanthus ..
annulata, Furina

anoura, Polydelphis
antaretiens, Acanthophis
antibroticus, Agaricus
Anurogryllus

aperta, Madasumma
Aphonoides

apicostata, Socienna,
aptera, Endoturia

aptera, Seatopse
Apterogryllus
Arachnocephalus

arena, Marginella
areolata, Metioche

argus, Morelia ., 1s
armatipes, Gryllopsis
armatus, Hemiphonoides
atuanus, Megalatractus
asper, Nannastacus

ater, Noteechis ., “4
attenuata, Aturia
attenuata, Seilares
Aturia

australe, Paraheterotyphium
wustralia, Pachyplagia
australiae, Pomacuma,
australiana, Metioehe
australianus, Pentacentrus
australicus, Arachnocephalus
australicus, Cephalogryllus
australicus, Copholandrevus
australicus, Euseyrtus
australicus, Metiochodes

Page
177
192
234
547
300
51L
495

43
109
391
470
386
191
192
460)
476
465
466
355
457
470
507
462
557
104
554

45
407
493
506
388
461
331
402
444
214
47]
545
421
503
338
226
556
255
ag4
256
102
439
110
469
445
444
404
426
513
478

australicus, Ornebius
australiensis, Ceratocombus
uustralionsis, Cumella
uustraliensis, Xylonannus
australis, Anurogryllus
nustralis, Aphonoides
australis, Dimorphostylis
dustralis, Endacusta
australis, Madasumina
australis, Myrmecophils
australis, Pseudechis
australis, Saxostrea.
australis, Tremellia “1
australis, Typhlops
austro-evernius, Cortinarius
Austroyoluta, on a

baca, Marginella
hakeri, Glyphoeuma
Balanotaenia ’
banerolti, Balanvtaenin
basimaeulata, Munda
hasilbulbosus, Cortinarius
basiruhescens, Cortinarius
hergi, Sterna * ‘
bertholdi, Rhyne hoelaps:
Biacetabulum =. , on
bicolor, Aphonoides
hicolor, Metioche
bieristata, Gynodiastylia
bifasciatus, Lebinthus
bimaculata, Furina ..
bituberculatus, Typhlops
hivittatus, Nemobius
Bodotria

hranchiale, Tiliqua
brevicauda, Denisonia
brevicauda, Mundeieus
brevipennis, Phisis
brevipes, Cyclaspis
brevis, Aphonoides ve
brevithorax, Ornebius
brunnea, Denisonia

hrunneovariegatus, Dolichogryiins

brunnerianus, Cacoplistes
bungana, Egernia

Cacoplistes ale "
cacuminatus, Zaclys
eallosifrons, "Hemiphonus
Campanile Ae “v
Campylaspis

cana, Camella

cana, Cyclaspls =
candida, Cyclaspis
eaprella, Cyelaspis
caputserpentis, Ravitrona

308, ¢

560 RECORDS OF THE 5

Capyella ms f=
Cardiodactylus

earnarae, Egernia
cassandra, Meracamelon
eassida, Marginella
casuarinac, Tiliqna
cenchroides, Falco S-
centralis, 'Cympanocryptis
Cephalogrylns

cephalus, Tympanoeryptis
Ceratocombus

Cereopsis a3
cessicus, Joculator
charma, Marginella
cinnamoneo-badins, Cortinarius
elarkei, Aturia

clima, Marginella

elisia, Marginella
commodus, Grylulus
comparatus, Gryllulus
coucinnus, Euscyrtus .,
eonfusa, Physaloptera
eontinua, Madasumma
Copholandreyus
coronata, Denisonia
eoronoiles, Denisonia
Cortinarius

Corvus

Cottonia ‘
cottoni, Dimor, phostylis
eretata, Oyelaspis
erista, Marginella
erocea, Notoseila
Cumella

Cumellopsis ‘
eunninghami, Egernis.
eurta, Denisonia
eurtipalpis, Ornebius
curtipennis, Gryllnlus
euryatifrons, Eurepa
Oyelaspis ’
eyelobates, Exohaliotis
eycloptera, Endaeusta
Cymbiola as
Cymbiolacca

Cymbiolena

Cymbiolista : ‘
Oyrtoprosopus.. :
Cyrtoxiphoides

Cystiens

dannevigi, Zaclys ve “+

demansiae, Physaloptern,
denticauda, Ornebius
depressa, Egernia
Dermoeybe P
diadema, Aspidomorphua
Dicoides : be
Dictyonannus
Dietyonemohins
diemenignus, Dromaiua

Page
31s
480
282
352
216
305
173

80
Aid

"5B, 62

327
174
389
215

51
255
215
212
410
413
513
106

rad

.A. MUSEUM

diminuens, Gryllulus
diminutus, Eugryllodes
Dimorphostylis
Dolichogryllus a
Doliechoxipha —.. vv
doma, Marginella
domesticus, Gryllulus
dorrecnsis, Dryaspis
dorsalis, Ngernia
Dromaius

Dryaspis

dunkensis, Ornebius

echinata, Campylaspis
Hehinopary phiom -
Egernia

ellisi, Eehinoparyphiom
Endacusta -
Endotaria

Eocuma

Ericusa

Eudyptula

Eugrylodes ma
Eurepa .. ws 4
Eurygryllodes .
Euseyrtus

Euseila

Exohaliotis

exsculpta, Cyclaspis

Falco Le os
fascifrons, ‘Amusurgus
faseciolatus, Rhynchoelaps
faseipes, Ornebius
filaria, Ophidasearis
fistulator, Gryllulus
flagellum, Denisonia
flavipes, Metioche
flayispina, Gryllulus
flavolineata, Munda
flavus, Dictyonannus
flindersi, Joculator
formosa, Egernia

frerei, Egernia a
frontalis, Hemiphonus
fulgida, Cyelaspis
fulviceps, Gryllolus i

fuscocintum, Paratrigonidium

Gabianus as >
gaimardi, Cardiodactylus
Gampsocoris = _
geniculosa, Atispecula.
Gephyrocuma.

gerrardii, Tiliqua
Gibherula

Gibberulina.

gigas, Tiliqua

pigas, Tympanoeryptia
plohosa, Cyelaspis ‘

175, 279

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Qlyphocuma
goodenovii, Petroics
gouldii, Denisonin
gracilipes, Dolichoxipha
gracilis, Hemiphonus
greyii, DENTOE
Gryllodes

Gryllopsis

Gryllulus
Guttacypraea
Gynodiastylis

liackeri, Aphonoides
hackeri, Metiochodes
hackeri, Ornebus
Haematopus :
haliastus, Pandion
halligani, Notoseila
Harpeola

hartmeyeri, Gynodiastylis
Huastospiculum :
holyola, Ravitrona
hemelytrus, Euseyrtus
Hemiergis
Hemiphonoides
Hemiphonus

hershawi, Oreixenica .
heteropus, Dusty opamiapipe (1)
Hirundo

hispida, Cumella
Homoeoxipha

hornensis, Madasumma.
howensis, Ornebius
Hyvdroeyhe

ianthinus, Cortinarius
incerta, Sympodomma
inconstans, Nannastacus
inepta, Gynodiastylis
inflatus, Nannastacus
infuscata, Metioche
Tnoloma

inornata, Egernia
insulatis, Metioche
intima, Tympanoeryptis
introspecta, Jocnlator
irrorata, Endacusta

Joonlator BA
juxta, Cyelaspis

Kalieephalus
kanunda, Oreixenica
kempi, Gryllulns
kingii, Egernia
kintorei, Egernia

Jaevicauda, Ornebins
qaeviceDe) Cephalogryllus
laqueata, Proxicrione
Larus as

lata, Gynodiastylis

Page
124
172
551
472
500
177
429
420
408
336
358

510
477
442
174
173
392
184
859
106
336
613
177
502
499
144
433
173
238
466
496
438

47

51
123
226
3fid
226
470

47
283
468

jJateralis, Dietyonemobius
lateralis, Zosterops
laticaput, Gryllulus
lutifrons, Ornebius
latipennis, Eurygryllodes
lavendoeaernleus, Cortinarius
leai, Cyrtoxiphoides

leai, Nabea

Lebinthus

leipoae, Raillietina
luupardina. Sehizotrema
lepidus, Gryllulus
Leptocuma

lineata, Tympanoeryptis
lineiceps, Gryllulus
linco-oeellatus, Ablepharus
lividus mr
lobulata, Capyella
longifemur, Mundeicus
longipennis, Anaxipha
Loxoblemmus a
luctuosa, Tiliqua
lycoides, Homoeoxipha
Lygosoma

Lyria

macrocephala, Mjabergella
maculosa, Bodotria
maculosa, Tsmrpaneery pts
Madasumma,

maiponga, Neides
major, Egernia

major, Endacusta

major, Notolytocestus
mala, Marginella
Mamillana

mamilla, Speeula
Marginella

Marginellona
marginipennis, Eurepa
marmorata, Notoseila
marmoratus, Phylodactylus
medioeris, Gryliulus
Megalatractus .
melanocephala, Munda
melanocephalus, pepiites
Melo 4 0 ;
Meracumelon

Mesericusa

Metacanthus

metn, Marginella
Metioche

Metiochodea 1
metula, Marginella
michaelseni, Cumella
microlepidotus, Pseudechis
Microyhalins Te
minor, Campylaspis
minor, Endacusta

minor, Eudyptula

minor, Notolytocestus

562

minusculus, Gryllulus
minutus, Microphallus
Mjobergella

mjobergi, Anaxipha
mjobergi, Cyclaspis
mjobergi, Endacusta
mjobergi, Eurepa
mjobergi, Myrmecophila.
mjobergi, Ornebius
modesta, Demansia
Mogoplistidae

mollis, Cyclaspis
mollis, Paradiastylis
multifasciata, Tiliqua
multiseutata, Egernia
munda, Gynodiastylis
Mundcicus
Myastaponda
Myrmecophila
Myxacinm

naua, Vaunthompsonia
Nannamoria
Nannastacus

napoleonis, Egernia
nasutus, Nannastacus
Neides =A
Nemobius

Neophema,

neoxena, Hirundo
newmanae, Amoria.
newmanae, Marginella
nichollsi, Leptocuma
nichollsi, Nannastacus
niger, Notechis
nigrescens, Pentacentrus
nigricornis, Pneustocerns
nigrolutea, Tiliqua
nigromaculatus, Ornebins
nigrostriata, Denisonia
nitida, Cyclaspis

nitida, Egernia.
norfolkensis, Adenopterus
Notolytocestus re
Notopeplim

Notoseila

Notovoluta

novao-guineae, Cardiodactylus
noyae-hollandiae, Cereopsis

novae-hollandiae, Larus

novae-hollandine, Meliornis

obseurs, Madasnmma
obseurofrons, Salmanites
oceidentalis, Dieoides
oevipitalis, Tiliqua
oceanicus, Gryllulus
ocellata, Madasumtma.
Oceanthus ; 3
oleaginus, Cortinarius

176, 281

359
504
3236
434

46

118
191
226
281
226
314
420
173
173
192
199
115
227
556
522

RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

oligoneura, Endacusta
Ophidascaris

ophidis, Tanqua.
Oreixenicn,

Orenbius

ornatliceps, Pteronemobius

Pachy plagia
Pachyplagioides
pacitieus, Gabianus
psecifieus, Protacanthus
palla, Marginella
pallens, Loxoblemmus
pallidus, Ornebius
palpatus, Seapanonyx
Pandion di
papuana, Anaxiphu,
papuanus, Pentacentrus
Paradiastylis ..
Paraheterotyphlum
Paratrigonidium a;
pardalis, Endacusta
parinervis, Metioche
parvithorax, Ornebius
parvulus, Grylulus
paryus, Ornebius -
patria, Marginella rh
pedestris, Apterogryilus
Pentacentrus '
pera, Marginella
peronii, Hemiergis
Perrieula ‘
pertenerus, Metacanthus
petersi, Tiliqua

Petroica ‘
petrophila, Neophema
Phieginacium

phryne, Oreixenica
Phylodactylus
Physaloptera.

physa, Marginella
pileata, Buseila
pilipennis, Endacusta

pinguicolla, Tympanoeryptis ..

pinguis, Typhlops
planiceps, Madasnmma,
planifrons, Cyrtoxiphoides
plute, Metacantins -
Prenustocerus e
podoscirtnides, Xabea
Polydelphia ict ots
Pomacuma

porphyraicus, Psendechis
Protacanthus 2:
Proxichione a4 -
psammophus, Demansia
Pteronemobius :
Pterospira rare 24
Puffinus

pulehellus, Gamprocoris.

oA Pag

pulicaria, Guttacy praca
pulleini, Leptocama —,.
punctata, Munda ve
punctipes, Munda ba
pura, Cyelaspis

pyrrhus, Acanthophis
pyrrhus, Ophidasearis
quadrimiuculata, Munda
Rubicon rw ce
Raillietina EY
romsayi, Aspiditus
Rayitronu : .
rectineryis, Metioche
regina, re te a
regina, Specula 4
regula, Marginella
regulus, Pteronemobius
Relegamoria

repanda, Gephyrocuma
resima, Schizotrema oo
reticulatus, Madasumomu
Rhadoua : .
rosselli, Zoila

rudis, Oyclaspis “4
rufescens, Ovcanthus
rnficeps, Cophalogryllus
rufidulus, Cardiodsvetylus
wigosa, Tiliqua .
rigosa, Zeuocuma te
migosnsa, Apterogryllus

sagma, Marginella -
Salmanites

Saxostrea

Scapanonyx -
Sea topse vs es
Schizotrema ;
seincoides, Tiliqua
scutatus, Notechis
seutellatus, Gryllulus
seyphophilla, Sacostrea
sigillutus, Gryllodes
Seilarex

semilaeyis, Zaelys
serrifera, Leptocnma vs
serventyi, Glyphocuma
sheardi, Cyclaspis

sica, Marginella.

similis, Campylaspis
similis, Cumello.

similis, Gephyroeuma
sjostedti, Prigepidomiotpls
Socionna .
sordida, Furepa
soror, Pentacentrus
Specula re:
Sphenomorphus

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Page

336
115
. 528
a -. 526
“i a+ 9
. - 554
-» 14

te |) dog

spllotes, pelnepis

Sterna

stokesii, Egernia
stramineus, Cyrtoprosopus
striatipennis, Gryllaphonus
striolata, Egernia,
strumosa, Cyelaspis _.
styliferus, Zaclys ,
suhaptera, Burepa =v
subinflatus, Nannastaeus
sublevis, Cyclaspis Be
subuiger, Gryllulus =
superba, Denisonia

suta, Denisonia .
symbolicum, Campanile
Sympodomma

taeniata, Lygosoma
talla, Marginella
tundani, Bracetabulum
Tanqua

tasmaniensis, Neides
Teéelamonia 3
tenellus, Metacanthus
jenuirostris, Puffinus
Terniyoluta. :
testacea, Myr mecophila
tetradactyvla, Rhodona
totraporopbora,
textilis, Demansia a
tiara; Tanqua.. ae
Tiliqua rte
tindalei, Metiochodes wi
tindalei, Mundeicus
Tremellia vi vs
Trigonidomorpha
trisculpta, Socienna. .
trnneatus, Pteronemobius
tnbereulifrons, Hentiphonus
turbonilloides, Speeula
turgida, Gynodiastylis
Tympanoeryptis

umbonatus, Cortinarius
ungnirostris, Typhlops
unicolor, Eurepa a
unicilor, Haematopus
unicolor, Pteronemobius
uniformis, Tympahoeryptis
unisuleats, Campylaspis

yariegata, Morelia
Vaunthonipsonia

vereoi, Zoila i
vereonis, Seilarex

es

Tympunoeryptis

verona-bronneus, Cortinari ius

viestia, Gynodiastylis
vieinus, Hemiphonus
vieta, Dimorphostylis
vietus, Nannastacus
villosiceps, Hemiphonus

564 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page
violaceo-hinnuleus, Cortinarius ~- 52
vitellus, Myastaponda Bi .. 336
vittaticollis, Metioche we .. 468
vittatus, Hemiphonus a .. 499
vittatus, Metacanthus Ey .. 320
Voluta.. <2 oh re .. 184
Volutoconus UES i. *s .. 189
waitei, Anchistylis 3 * + .. 358
wakefieldi, Neides ae fe .. 317
whitei, Egernia be is 280, 282

whitii, Egernia ia 3 «i ATS

whitleyi, Paradiastylis
whitleyi, Sympodomma
wood-jonesii, Tiliqua

Xabea

xanthodermus, Agaricus

Xylonannus
Zaclys
Zebramoria
Zenocuma
Zoila
Zosterops

Page

354
120
305

463

45
327
392
191
110
335
173